"B^x is-

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

Library of the

Museum of

Comparative Zoology

o\

MUS. COiviP. ZOOL.
LIBRARY

Brigham Young University

Science Bulletin

HARVARD
UNIVERSITY

Vr0

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY
AND WILDLAND CONSERVATION

by
EARL M. CHRISTENSEN

BIOLOGICAL SERIES — VOLUME IX, NUMBER 1
JUNE, 1967

BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BULLETIN
BIOLOGICAL SERIES

Editor: Dorald M. Allred, Department of Zoology and Entomology,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Associate Editor: Earl M. Chbistensen, Department of Botany,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Members of the Editorial Board:

J. V. Beck, Bacteriology

C. Lynn Haywabd, Zoology

W. Derby Laws, Agronomy

Howard C. Stutz, Botany

Wilmer W. Tanner, Zoology, Chairman of the Board

David L. Hanks, Botany

Ex officio Members

Rudger H.
Scienci

Ernest L. Olson, Chairman, University Publications

Rudger H. Wajlker, Dean, College of Biological and Agricultural
Sciences

The Brigham Young University Science Bulletin, Biological Series, publishes
acceptable papers, particularly large manuscripts, on all phases of biology.

Separate numbers and back volumes can be purchased from University
Publications, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. All remittances should be
made payable to Brigham Young University.

Orders and materials for library exchange should be directed to the Division
of Gifts and Exchange, Brigham Young University Library, Provo, Utah.

Brigham Young University
Science Bulletin

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY
AND WILDLAND CONSERVATION

by
EARL M. CHRISTENSEN

BIOLOGICAL SERIES — VOLUME IX, NUMBER 1
JUNE, 1967

MUS. COMP. ZOOL.
UBRARY

OCT 1 1 19*7

HARVARD
UNIVERSITY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction I

Bibliography 1

Chronological Arrangement 75

Index 93

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY AND WILDLAND
CONSERVATION

by

Earl M. Christensen1

INTRODUCTION

This bibliography includes articles on botany
per se, biotic communities, range management,
watershed management, forestry, recreational
use of wildlands, and those aspects of zoology
and wildlife management involving plant com-
munities or habitat management. Most of the
references are to scientific papers and theses,

but selected semipopular and popular articles
are included. References published by December
31, 1964 are listed. The references are arranged
alphabetically by author. A chronological ar-
rangement follows the alphabetical listing. A
general subject index based on the reference
titles is included also.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Anon. 1878. The field-work of the United

States Geological and Geographical Survey of

the Territories, under the direction of Prof.

F. V. Hayden, for the season of 1877. Amer.

Nat., 13:96-114.
Anon. 1960. The passing of the desert. Des-

eret Farmer, 3(1):1. Aug. 11. (Reprint

from Deseret News. )
Anon. 1907. Dense stands of lodgepole pine.

Deseret Farmer, 4(17): 14-15. Nov. 30.
Anon. 1908. The Bahamorrhiza. Utah Educ.

Rev., 1(9): 13-14.
Anon. 1911. Professor Garrett's -book, "A

spring flora of the Wasatch region." Utah

Educ. Rev., 4(9): 16-18.
Anon. 1914. The forests of the lntermountain

region. Utah Educ. Rev., 7(8-9): 19-22.
Anon. 1914. Utah to the Grand Canyon by

rail. Utah Educ. Rev., 7 (8-9): 24-26.
Anon. 1917. Scenic marvels of Sevier Forest.

Amer. Forestry, 23:11-14.
Anon. 1919. A proposed survey of the fungi

of Utah. Utah Educ. Rev., 13(4) :128.
Anon. 1920. Utah kills many noxious animals.

U. S. D. Agr. Weekly News Letter, 7 (38): 12.
Anon. 1922. Utah's range land. Utah Farmer,

43(13):6. Oct. 28.
Anon. 1932. The willow family in Zion. Zion-

Bryce Nature Notes, 4(l):7-8.
Anon. 1936. Wind erosion in Utah. Soil

Conserv., 1(10): 10. (Note.)
Anon. 1938. Pioneering in western agricul-
ture: A resume of the first half-century of

'Department of Botany. Bripham Young University, Provo, Utah.

research 1888-1938 at the Utah Agricultural
Experiment Station. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bid.
282. Range Management, pp. 111-115.
Anon. 1938. Range recovers under system of
management. Jour. For., 36:718.

Anon. 1942. Big trees — Utah's old juniper.
Amer. For., 48:52.

Anon. 1942. Rubber from western desert
plants. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 3(2) :2, 11.

Anon. 1945. Utah's man-made marshes (from
information gathered by Marcus Nelson).
Utah Fish and Game Bui.; Locomotive springs
is sportsmen's paradise, 2(5): 1-5; Utah public
shooting grounds, 2(6):l-8; Ideal habitat at
Clearlake, 2(7) :1, 3-9; Farmington Bay Wa-
terfowl Project, 2(8): 1-5.

Anon. 1946. Buriston Pond gets face lifted.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 3(2):7-8.

Anon. 1946. Range reseeding discussed. Utah
Fish and Game Bui., 3( 1 ) :7.

Anon. 1947. Forests and forest products,
1905-1946. Utah Econ. and Bus. Rev.,
7(l):55-57.

Anon. 1947. Stockmen demand probe of Unit-
ed States Forest Service. Utah Fish and
Game Bui, 4(2): 1-2.

Anon. 1947. Utah's oldest man-made marsh.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 4(2):3,6-7.

Anon. 1947. The range question. Utah Fish
and Game Bui., 4(2):4-5.

Anon. 1947. Department of Botany and Plant
Pathology [Utah State Agricultural College].
Utah Farm and Home Sci., 8(1):2.

Bhioham Young University Science Bulletin

Anon. 1947. School of Forest, Range, and
Wildlife Management [Utah State Agricultural
College]. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 8(2) :2.

Anon. 1948. Pittman Robertson wildlife res-
toration in Utah. Utah Mag., 10(ll):6-9, 25-
26. October.

Anon. 1948. Reclamation on the Provo River.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 5(9):2-3.

Anon. 1948. World's largest scrub oak found
in southern Utah. Utah Fish and Game
Bui., 5(10):4-5.

Anon. 1949. A report on Ogden Bay Refuge.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 7(9):3-5.

Anon. 1949. Conservation begins in a class-
room. Utah Educ. Rev., 42(5):10-11, 36-37.

Anon. 1949. Utah deer loss heavy despite
emergency feeding program. Utah Fish and
Game Bui.. 7(3):1, 3-6.

Anon. 1950. Unwise use of soils and water
challenges fish production. Utah Fish and
Game Bui., 7(12):1, 6-7.

Anon. 1950. The May meeting [Proposed Utah
State Dept. of Conservation]. Utah Audubon
News, 2(6) :29.

Anon. 1950. The December meeting [Control
of floods on Salt Lake City watersheds].
Utah Audubon News, 2( 1 ) :l-2.

Anon. 1953. Whv public lands should remain
public lands. Utah Fish and Game Bui.,
10(l):l,3-4.

Anon. 1954. Utah's forest products. Utah
Econ. and Bus. Rev., 4(2):4-5.

Anon. 1954. Teachers from almost every dis-
trict in the state responded to teachers' work-
shop established in Utah. Utah Fish and
Game Bui., 10(12):7-8.

Anon. 1955. Fifty years of conservation.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 11 (5): 1-2.

Anon. 1955. Winter range and surplus deer.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 11 (12): 1,9.

Anon. 1955-.56. These are the champs. Amer.
For., 61(9):31-40, 62(4):33-40. (See Dixon,
Dorothy. 1961.) (Trees.)

Anon. 1956. Maintaining our deer herd.
Utah Fish and Came Bui., 12(4):2-3.

Anon. 1956. Utah's conservation week. Utah
Fish and Game Bui., 12(4) A.

Anon. 1956. Do they want a park or a wil-
derness area? Utah Fish and Game Bui.,
12(5): 1,4.

Anon. 1957. Make a place for wildlife.
Utah Fish and Came Bui., 13(3) :1,8.

Anon. 1957. Tooele scouts boost habitat im-
provement. Utah Fish and Game Mag.,
13(6): 12.

Anon. 1957. Browse seed is our need. Utah
Fish and Game Mag., 13(9) :9.

Anon. 19.58. Structures control Utah's Pleas-
ant Creek. In Small Watershed Review.
West. Conserv. Jour., 15(4):24-25.

Anon. 1958. Management of our forests.
Utah Farm and Home Sci., 19:118.

Anon. 1959. Conservation in the schools: The
three "rs" and resources. Utah Fish and
Game Mag., 15(3) :3-4.

Anon. 1959. What is a watershed? Utah Fish
and Game Mag., 15(8) :3-4.

Anon. 1960. Water resources. Utah Fish and
Game Mag., 16(2): 15.

Anon. 1960. Utah in 1980: Our land, our
water, and our agriculture. Utah Farm and
Home Science, 21:90-115.

^non. 1960. Head of Santaquin Canyon.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 16(7): 12-13, 15.

Anon. 1962. Dust bowl detour. Utah Fish
and Game Mag., 13(9)3-5.

Anon. 1963. Pinon and juniper on ranges un-
dergoing intensive studv. Utah Farmer, 82
(23): 7. Dec. 5.

Anon. 1964. Government Creek improvement
encouraging for cattlemen. Utah Farmer,
83(3) :20. Feb. 6.

Abbott, Edwin Bruce. 1953. Effects of sea-
son, spacing and intensity of seeding on
emergence and survival of four wheat-grass
species in central Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Agr. College, Logan.

Adams, Thomas C. 1938. Marcus E. Jones,
a sketch. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 15:11-13.

Aldous, A. E. and H. L. Shantz. 1924. Types
of vegetation in the semiarid portion of the
United States and their economic significance.
Jour. Agr. Res., 28:99-128.

Aldous, C. M. 1945. Pocket gopher food
caches in central Utah. Jour. Wildlife Mgt.,
9:327-328.

Aldous, C. M. 1951. The feeding habits of
pocket gophers (Thomomys talpoules moorei)
in the high mountain ranges of central Utah.
Jour. Mammal., 32:84-87.

Aldous, C. M. 1952. (See Ellison, Lincoln
and C. M. Aldous.)

Allan, John Stevens. 1962. The plant com-
munities of the Big Cottonwood Canyon
drainage. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.

Allan, P. F. 1948. (See Costley, R. J., P. F.
Allan, Odell Julander, and D. I. Rasmussen.)

Allee, W. C. 1926. Some interesting animal
communities of northern Utah. Sci. Monthly,
23:481-495.

Allen, Leland F. 1958. (See Jepson, Carl E.
and Leland F. Allen. )

Bibliography of Utah Botany

Allman, Verl Phillips. 1952. A preliminary
study of the vegetation in an exclosure in
the chaparral of the Wasatch Mountains,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Allman, Verl Phillips. 1953. A preliminary
study of the vegetation in an exclosure in the
chaparral of the Wasatch Mountains. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 30:63-73.

Allred. B. W. 1948. (See Woolfolk, E. J., D.
F. Costello, and B. W. Allred.)

Allred, B. W. 1949. (See Clements, F. E.)

Allred, J. B. 1963. Giants of Cache [trees].
The Salt Lake Tribune, Section II. p. 5.
Aug. 25.

Alter, J. Cecil. 1921. Forests in relation to
climate and water supplv. Trans. Utah Acad.
Sci., 2:194-197.

Alvey, Edson and James M. Gatherum. 1951.
Escalante forms "Stop a Gully Club." Utah
Educ. Bev., 44(4):18-19.

American Forest Products Industries. 1958.
The Forest Industries of Utah: Utah forest
facts. Washington, D. C. 11 pp.

Anderson, D. A. 1937. (See Croft, A. B., Lo-
well Woodward, and D. A. Anderson.)

Anderson, D. A. 1941. The survival of Azo-
tabacter [sic] and other forms in old adobes.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 18:13.

Anderson, D. A. 1943. (See Croft, A. B., Lo-
well Woodward, and D. A. Anderson)

Anderson, D. A. 1950. (See Tully, J. G., Jr.,
D. A. Anderson, and T. L. Martin.)

Anderson, Dean A. and Ernest L. Miner. 1940.
Some soil-plant relationships in the juniper-
pinon belt. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 17:13-14.

Anderson, Loran C. 1959. Investigations in
the genus Chrysothamnus. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Anderson, Loran C. 1964. Taxonomic notes
on the Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus complex
(Astereae, Compositae). Madrono, 17:222-
227.

Anderson, Mark. 1919. (See Jardine, James
T. and Mark Anderson. )

Anderson, Mark. 1921. Detection of over-
grazing by means of indicator plants. Trans.
Utah Acad. Sci., 2:56-58.

Anderson, Mark. 1933. (See Woodbury, A.
M. and Mark Anderson.)

Anderson, Max Arthur. 1963. A studv of the
productivity of macro-invertebrates and peri-
phyton in the Smith and Morehouse Creek,
Summit County, Utah. Master's Thesis,
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Anderson, Neal Warren. 1962. The effect of
NaCl and KC1 on the respiration and photo-

synthesis of greasewood, Sarcobatus vermicu-

latus ( Hook. ) Torr. Master's Thesis, Univ.

Utah, Salt Lake City.
Anderson, B. C. 1933. Dr. [George] Stewart's

talk. Utah Juniper, 4:10.
Anderson, Boger A. and William A. Weber.

1962. Two new species of Parmelia from

western United States. Bryologist, 65:234-241.
Anderson, Bussell D. 1956. The biology and

distribution of the western rose curculio

Rhynchites bicolor Fab. in Salt Lake County.

Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.
Anderson, Bussell D. and Don M. Bees. 1957.

The biologv of the western rose Curculio

Rhynchites bicolor Fab. in Salt Lake County.

Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 34:

162.
Andrews, A. LeBoy. 1932. The Mielichhojeria

of northern North America. Bryologist, 35:38-

41.
Andrews, H. N. 1943. Notes on the genus

Tcmpskya. Amer. Midi. Nat., 29:133-136.
Andriano, Donald. 1964. The bell tolls. Utah

Fish and Game Mag., 20(6) :4-7.
Antrei, Albert C. 1951. A geographic inter-
pretation of timber production in Utah.

Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.
Armstrong, Margaret and J. J. Thornber. 1915.

Field book of western wild flowers. C. P.

Putnam's Sons, New York, N. Y. 596 pp.
Arnberger, Leslie P. and Jeanne B. Janish.

1952. Flowers of the southwest mountains.

Southwestern Monuments Assoc. Popular

Series No. 7. Globe, Arizona. 112 pp.
Arnold, C. A. 1962. A Rhexoxijlon-\ike stem

from the Morrison formation of Utah. Amer.

Jour. Bot., 49:883-886.
Arnold, Chester A. and Walter Sadlick. 1962.

A Mississippian flora from northeastern Utah

and its faunal and stratigraphic relations.

Univ. Mich. Contrib. Mus. Paleontology,

17(ll):241-263.
Arnold, Frank B. 1928. Utah's most valuable

tree [Lombardi poplar]. Amer. For., 34:

491-493.
Arnold, Frank B. 1929. A unique Utah tree

(Cercocarpus leclif alius). Improvement Era,

32:999-1001.
Ashman, Boland Bruce. 1954. A cytological

study of induced octoploid of an Agropyron-

Hordeum hybrid. Master's Thesis, Utah

State Agr. College, Logan.
Axelrod, D. I. 1940. Late Tertiary floras of

the Great Basin and border areas. Bui. Torrey
Bot. Club, 67:477-487.
Axelrod, Daniel I. 1950. Studies in late Ter-
tiary paleobotany. Carnegie Inst. Wash.

Bhicham Young Univeksity Science Bulletin

Pub. 590. 323 pp. Evolution of desert vege-
tation of western North America: 215-306.

Axelrod, D. I. 1958. Evolution of the Madro-
Tertiary geoflora. Bot. Rev., 24:433-509.

Baasher, Mustafa M. 1961. Use of mean dis-
tance between plants in determining ade-
quate plot size. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Babcock, E. B. and G. L. Stebbins, Jr. 1938.
The American species of Crepis. Carnegie
Inst. Wash. Pub. 504. 199 pp.

Backman, Gus P. 1953. Water in multiple-use
forest management. Proc. Fourth Amer. For-
est Congress, pp. 132-138. American Forestry
Association, Washington, D. C.

Bailey, Harold Edwards. 1955. (See Bailey,
Virginia Long and Harold Edwards Bailey.)

Bailey, Harold E. and Virginia Long Bailey.
1941. Forests and trees of the western Na-
tional Parks. U. S. Dept. Int., Natl. Park
Serv. Conserv. Bui. 6. 129 pp.

Bailey, L. H. 1886. A preliminary synopsis of
North American Carices. Proc. Amer. Acad.
Sci., 22:59-157.

Bailey, Reed W. 1932. Statement. In Grazing
on public domain. Hearings before the Comm.
Publ. Lands, House Rep., 72nd Cong., 1st
Sess. U. S. Govt. Printing Office, pp. 72-76.

Bailey, Reed W. 1934. Problems in control of
erosion and floods in Utah. Utah [uniper,
5:17-22, 38, 40.

Bailey, Reed W. 1935. Epicycles of erosion
in the valleys of the Colorado Plateau Pro-
vince. Jour. Geol, 43:a37-355.

Bailey, Reed W. 1935. Shackling the moun-
tain flood. Amer. For., 41(3) : 101-104, 150.

Bailey, Reed W. 1937. A new epicycle of
erosion. Jour. For., 35:997-1005.

Bailey, Reed W. 1941. Land erosion — normal
and accelerated — in the semiarid west.
Trans. Amer. Geophvs. Union, Part 11:240-
250.

Bailey, Reed W. 1948. Utah's watersheds.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:
35-36.

Bailey, Reed W. 1948. Forest and range re-
search in Utah and the Intermountain reg-
ion. Utah Mag., l0(10):6-7, 24-25.

Bailey, Reed W. 1948. Reducing runoff and
siltation through forest and range manage-
ment. Jour. Soil and Water Conserv., 3( 1 ) :
24-31.

Bailey, Reed W. 1949. Forest and range man-
agement in flood and sediment control.
Northwest Sci., 23:99-111.

Bailey, Reed W. 1951. Water control through
watershed management. Proc. U. N. Sci.
Conf. Conserv. and Util. Res., 17 Aug. -6 Sept.

1949, Lake Success, New York, IV. Water
Resources, pp. 180-182.

Bailey, Reed W. 1951. (See Ellison, Lincoln,
A. R. Croft, and Reed W. Bailey.)

Bailev, Reed W. 1958. Living in harmonv
with nature. Utah Educ. Rev., 51 (5): 10-11,
37-39.

Bailey, Reed W. and Charles A. Connaughton.
1936. In watershed protection. In The west-
ern range. Sen. Doc. 199, 74th Cong., 2nd
Sess. pp. 303-339. U. S. Govt. Printing Office,
Washington.

Bailey, Reed W. and Otis L. Copeland, Jr.
1960. Low flow discharges and plant cover
relations on two mountain watersheds in
Utah. l.A.S.H. Com. of Surface Waters, Pub.
51. pp. 267-278.

Bailey, Reed W. and Otis L. Copeland. 1961.
Vegetation and engineering structures in
flood and erosion control. U. S. Forest Serv.,
Intermountain Forest and Range Exp. Sta.
23 pp.

Bailey, Reed W., George W. Craddock, and
A. R. Croft. 1947. Watershed management
for summer flood control in Utah. U.S.D. Agr.
Misc. Pub. 639. 24 pp.

Bailey, Reed W., C. L. Forsling, and R. J. Be-
craft. 19.34. Floods and accelerated eros-
ion in northern Utah. U. S. D. Agr. Misc.
Pub. 196. 21 pp.

Bailey, Virginia Long. 1941. (See Bailey,
Harold E. and Virginia Long Bailey. )

Bailey, Virginia Long. 1962. Revision of the
genus Ptelea (Rutaceae). Brittonia, 14:1-45.

Bailey, Virginia Long and Harold Edwards
Bailey. 1955. A guide to the flowering
plants and ferns of the western national parks.
Amer. Midi. Nat., .54:1-32.

Baird, Glen T. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
Glen T. Baird, George Stewart, Ben S. Mark-
ham, and Howard Clegg. )

Baird, Glenn T. n.d. Pasture mixtures. Utah
State Univ. Ext. Serv. Cir. 183. Logan, Utah.
15 pp. (Bui. 183 revised.)

Baker, F. S. 1918. Aspen as a temporary for-
est type. Jour. For. 16(3) :294-303.

Baker, F. S. 1920. Utah's national forests and
their relation to the economic development
of the state. Utah Educ. Rev., 13(5) : 196-200.

Baker, F. S. 1920. Utah national forests in
relation to the water supplv. Utah Educ.
Rev., 13(9-10) : 330-332.

Baker, F. S. 1920. Utah's national forests.
Utah Farmer, 16(40). 1, 20-21. May 8.

Baker, F. S. 1921. Two races of aspen. Jour.
For., 19:412-413.

BlHLIOGHAl'HY OF UTAH BOTANY

Baker, F. S. 1925. Aspen in the central
Rocky Mountain region. U. S. D. Agr. Bill.
1291.' 47 pp.

Baker, F. S. 1925. National forests as taxpay-
ers. Utah Payroll Builder, 13( 11 ) : 37-39.

Baker, F. S. 1925. (See Korstian, C. F. and
F. S. Baker.)

Baker, F. S. 1925. (See Paul, J. H. and F. S.
Baker. )

Baker, F. S. 1944. Mountain climates of the
western United States. Ecol. Monog., 14:
223-254.

Baker, F. S. and C. F. Korstian. 1931. Suita-
bility of brush lands in the Intermountain
region for the growth of natural or planted
western yellow pine forests. U. S. D. Agr.
Tech. Bui. 256. 83 pp.

Baker, Frederick S., C. F. Korstian, and N. J.
Fetherolf. 1921. Snowshoe rabbits and con-
ifers in the Wasatch Mountains of Utah.
Ecology, 2:304-310.

Baker, F. S. and S. B. Locke. 1926. National
forests of the Intermountain District. In
Naturalist's Guide to the Americas, pp 224-
232. (See Shelf ord, V. E. 1926.)

Baker, Milo S. 1938. An undescribed species
of Viola from Utah. Madrono, 4:194-196.

Baker, Milo S. 1949. Studies in western vio-
lets. IV. Leafl. West Bot, 5:141-147.

Baker, Virgil Raymond. 1954. Agricultural
conservation in Castle Valley, Utah. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake Citv.

Baker, William L. 1949. Soil changes associ-
ated with recovery of scrub oak Quercus gam-
belii after fire. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

Ball, Carleton R. 1934. Two new varieties of
Salix scouleriana Barratt. Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci., 24:73-78.

Ball, Carleton R. 1949. Two problems in
Salix distribution. Madrono, 10:81-87.

Ball, Wilburn N. 1956. Revised course of
studv to include conservation. Utah Fish and
Game Bui., 12(l):l-2.

Barkley, Theodore VI. 1960. A revision of
Senecio integerrimus Nuttall and allied spe-
cies. Leafl. West. Bot., 9:97-113.

Barmore, William J., )r. 1962. Bighorn sheep
and their habitat in Dinosaur National Monu-
ment. Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Lo-
gan.

Barnebv, R. C. 1943. Miscellaneous diagno-
ses. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:193-199.

Barneby, B. C. 1944. Pugillus Astragalorum
Alter! Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 25:147-167.

Barneby, R. C. 1944. A note on the distribu-
tion on some western dicotyledons. Leafl.
West. Bot., 4:7-12.

Barnebv, R. C. 1945. Pugillus Astragalorum.

III. Leafl. West. Bot., 4 : 49-63.
Barneby, R. C. 1945. Pugillus Astragalorum

IV: The section Diplocystium. Leafl. West.

Bot., 4:65-147.
Barneby, R. C. 1946. Pugillus Astragalorum

V. Leafl. West Bot., 4:228-238.
Barneby, R. C. 1947. Pugillus Astragalorum

VI: Notes on section Drabellae. Leafl. West.

Bot., 5:1-9.
Barneby, R. C. 1947. Pugillus Astragalorum

VII: A revision of the Argoplu/lli. Amer.

Midi. Nat., 37:421-516.
Barneby, R. C. 1947. Pugillus Astragalorum

VIII: Notes on section Genistoidei. Leafl.

West. Bot., 5:25-35.
Barnebv, B. C. 1949. Eriogonum viUiftorum

and its near relatives in the Great Basin.

Leafl. West. Bot., 5:151-154.
Barnebv, Rupert C. 1949. Pugillus Astragal-
orum X: New species, varieties and combi-
nations. Amer. Midi. Nat., 41:496-502.
Barnebv, R. C. 1951. Pugillus Astragalorum

XIII: The varieties of A. tegetarius Wats.

(Kentrophyta Nutt.). Leafl. West. Bot., 6:89-

102.
Barneby, R. C. 1952. A revision of the North

American species of Oxytropis DC. Proc.

Calif. Acad. Sci., 27:177-312.
Barnebv, R. C. 1952. Pugillus Astragalorum

XIV: Notes on sect. Lonchocarpi. Leafl.

West. Bot., 6:172-177.
Barnebv, R. C. 1953. Pugillus Astragalorum

XV: Four new species. Leafl. West Bot., 7:

31-38.
Barneby, R. C. 1954. Pugillus Astragalorum

XVI: Minor novelties from Nevada. Leafl.

West. Bot., 8:192-199.
Barnebv, R. C. 1956. Pugillus Astragalorum

XVII: Four new species and one variety.

Leafl. West. Bot.. 8: 14-23.
Barneby, R. C. 1964. Atlas of North Ameri-
can Astragalus. Memoirs New York Bot.

Card., 13:1-1188.
Barnes, C. T. 1913. (See Paul, J. II. and C.

T. Barnes. )
Barnes, Claude T. 1913. (See Paul, J. H.,

Claude T. Barnes, and Elizabeth Cannon Por-
ter. )
Barnes, Claude T. 1914. (See Paul, J. II. and

Claude T. Barnes. )
Barnes, Claude T. 1943. The hawthorn, Cra-
taegus Colorado, a new record for Utah.

Great Basin Nat., 4:55.
Barnes, Claude T. 1945. The plant clear-eye

or see-bright ( Salvia sclarea ) , a new record

for Utah. Great Basin Nat., 6:128.

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Barnes, G. H. 1958.(See Daniel, T. W. and
G. H. Barnes.)

Barnes, W. G. 1926. The storv of the range.
U. S. Sen. 69th Cong. 1st Sess. ( Beprinted
from Part 6 of the hearings before a sub-com-
mittee of the Committee of Public Lands
and Surveys). 60 pp.

Barnes, Will C. and James T. Jardine. 1916.
Livestock production in the eleven far west-
ern states. U. S. D. Agr., Office of the Sec-
retary, Beport 110. 100 pp.

Barnett, L. Bruce. 1964. The genus Scirpus
in Utah, a revision. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters. 41:1-9.

Barnett, L. Bruce. 1964. An ecological study
of waterfowl habitat at Powell's Slough, Utah
Lake. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Barnett, Bruce. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley L.,
Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Barrett, Charles Elmer. 1934. Studies in hay
fever. Clinical observations including a bo-
tanical and air survey of the Utah region.
Jour. Allergv, 5:406-426.

Barrett, John '\\'. 1962. (See Daniel T. W.)

Bartholomew, Virga and Thomas L. Martin.
1937. Activities of soil fungi isolated from
virgin soils of Utah Valley. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 14:23.

Bartram, Edwin B. 1926. Milium arizonic
Amman. Bryologist, 29:30-31.

Bartram, Edwin B. 1927. Notes on Mielich-
hoferia. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 54:31-34.

Bass, C. 1964. Significant new fossil plant lo-
cality in Utah. Contrib. Geol. Univ. Wyo.,
3:94-95.

Bateman, George Q. and Wesley Keller. 1956.
Grass-legume mixtures for irrigated pastures
for dairv cows. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 382.
43 pp.

Baxter, John W. 1958. Notes on Rocky Moun-
tain rust fungi. Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 47:131-135.

Beal, J. A. 1939. The Black Hills beetle, a
serious enemy of Bocky Mountain pines.
U. S. D. Agr.' Farmers' Bui. 1824. 21 pp.

Beale, Donald. 1963. The desert dwellers.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 19(8):3-5.

Beath, O. A. 1943. Toxic vegetation growing
on the Salt Wash Sandstone member of the
Morrison formation. Amer. Jour. Bot., 30:
698-707.

Beath, Orville A. 1964. (See Bosenfield,

Irene and Orville A. Beath.)
Beath, O. A.. C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.
1939. The use of indicator plants in locat-
ing seleniferous areas in the western United

States. I. General. Amer. Jour. Bot., 26:257-
269.
Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.

1940. The use of indicator plants in locat-
ing seleniferous areas in the western United
States. III. Further studies. Amer. Jour. Bot.,
27:564-573.

Beath, O. A.. C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.

1941. The use of indicator plants in locat-
ing seleniferous areas in western United
States. IV. Progress report. Amer. jour. Bot.,
28:887-900.

Bebb, M. S. 1878. (See Rothrock, J. T.)
Beck, D Elden. 1942. Life history notes on

the California Gull, No. 1. Great Basin Natl.,

3:91-108.
Beck, D Elden. 1948. Can you top this?

Utah Mag., 10(8) :24.
Beck, D Elden. 1958. (See Hayward, C.

Lvnn, D Elden Beck, and Wilmer W. Tan-
ner. )
Beck, James Stephen. 1960. Conservation

class field trips for Utah. Master's Thesis,

Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.
Becker, Herman F. 1960. Epitaph? to Eopun-

tia douglassi. Cactus and Succulent Jour., 32.

28-29.
Beckwith, Lieut. E. G. 18.55. (See Torrey,

John and Asa Gray.)
Becraft, B. J. 1931. Plants versus flood. Utah

Juniper, 2:15-17.
Becraft, R. J. 1934. Plant cover in relation to

floods and watershed protection. Utah Juni-
per, 5:9-12.
Becraft, B. J. 1934. (See Bailey, Reed W., C.

L. Forsling, and R. J. Becraft.)
Beetle, Alan A. 19.38. Eleochoris in the Rocky

Mountain Region. Univ. Wyo. Pub., 5(3) : 19-

27.
Beetle, Alan A. 1941. Studies in the genus

Scirpus L. 11. The section Buvothnjon Ehrh.

Amer. Jour. Bot., 28:469-476.
Beetle, Alan A. 1943. Studies in the genus

Scirpus L. VI. The section Schocnoplectus

Palla. Amer. Jour. Bot., 30:395-401.
Beetle, A. A. 1960. A study of sagebrush.

The section Tridenlatae of Artemisia. Univ.

Wyo. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 368. 83 pp.
Beetle, Dorothy E. 1944. A monograph of the

North American species of FritiUaria. Mad-
rono, 7:133-159.
Behle, William H. 1943. Birds of Pine Valley

Mountain region, southwestern Utah. Bui.

Univ. Utah, 34(2), Biol. Ser., 7(5). 85 pp.
Behle, William H. 1948. Bird resources. Proc.

Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:43-45.
Behle, William H. 1951. ( See Lockerbie, Mrs.

C. W. and William H. Behle.)

BlBLlOGHAl'HY OF UTAH BoiANY

Behle, William H. 1955. The birds of the
Deep Creek Mountains of central western
Utah. Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 11 (4): 1-34.

Behle, William H. 1958. The bird life of
Great Salt Lake. Univ. Utah Press, Salt Lake
City. 203 pp.

Behle, William H. 19.58. The birds of the
Raft River Mountains, northwestern Utah.
Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 11 (6): 1-40. (Ecologic
Formations: p. 11.)

Behle, William H. 1960. The birds of south-
eastern Utah. Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 12(1 ):1-
56. (Vegetation is described on pages 9-11.)

Behle, William H. 1964. Dr. Angus M. Wood-
bury — An appreciation. Utah Audubon
News, 16(7):43-48.

Behle, William H., John B. Bushman, and Clif-
ton M. Greenhalgh. 1958. Birds of the Ka-
nab area and adjacent high plateaus of
southern Utah. Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 11(7):
1-92.

Bennett, James A. 1950. (See Harris, Lorin
E., George Stewart, Neil C. Frischknecht,
James A. Bennett, and Harry K. Woodward.)

Bennett, John. 1956. Factors influencing avail-
ability of potassium in central Utah soils.
Master's thesis, Brigham Young Univ.. Provo,
Utah.

Bennion, Glynn Colin. I960. Hybridization of
Popidus Fremontii and Populus angustifoMa
in Perry Canyon, Boxelder Count)', Utah.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Bennion, Glynn Colin, Robert K. Vickerv, and
W. P. Cottam. 1961. Hybridization of Pop-
ulus fremontii and Populus angustifolia in
Perry Canyon, Box Elder County, Utah. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 38:31-35.

Benson, Lyman. 1957. The Opuntia pulchella
complex. Cactus and Succulent Jour., 29:19-21.

Benson, Lyman. 1957. Association of species
in natural vegetation. In Plant classification.
D. C. Heath and Co., Boston, Mass. pp. 565-
640.

Benson, Lvman. 1962. Plant taxonomy: Me-
thods and principles. Ronald Press Co., New
York. 494 pp.

Benson, Lyman and Robert A. Darrow. 1944.
A manual of southwestern desert trees and
shrubs. Univ. Ariz. Bui. 15(2), Biol. Sci. Bui.
6. 411 pp.

Benson, Seth Bertram. 1935. A biological re-
connaissance of Navajo Mountain, Utah.
Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., 40 ( 14) : 439-456.

Bercaw, Louise O., Annie M. Hannay, and Mary
G. Lacy. 1938. Bibliography on land utili-
zation, '1918-36. U.S.D.Agr. Misc. Pub. 284.
1508 pp. (Utah: pp. 727-7.30.)

Berry, Edward W. 1915. Paleo-botanic evi-
dence of the age of the Morrison formation.
Geol. Soc. Amer. Bui., 26:335-342.

Berry, Edward W. 1927. Cycads in the Shin-
arump conglomerate of southern Utah. Wash.
Acad. Sci. Jour., 17:303-307.

Berry, Edward W. 1930. A new Pterophijll-
um from the Shinarump conglomerate in
Utah. Wash. Acad. Sci. Jour., 20:458-463.

Berry. W. H. 1963. (See Hull, A. C, Jr.,
Ralph C. Holmgren, W. H. Berrv. and Joe

A. Wagner. )

Berrvman, Jack H. 1960. Wildlife and land
use. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 16(7) :18-
19.

Berrvman, Jack H. 1960. Wildlife and land
use: Highway planning and wildlife manage-
ment. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 16(9):
10-11.

Berrvman. Jack H. 1961. Urban sprawl.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 17(8) :8-9.

Berwick, V. K. 1962. Floods in Utah, magni-
tude and frequency. U. S. Geol. Surv. Cir.
457. 24 pp.

Bessev, Gerald E. 1960. Aquatic plants of
central Utah and their distribution. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Biddulph, Orlin. 1933. The anatomy of the
transition region of Pinus edulis. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Billings, W. D. 1949. The shadscale vegeta-
tion zone of Nevada and eastern California
in relation to climate and soils. Amer. Midi.
Nat., 42:87-109.

Billings. William Dwight. 1951. Vegetational
zonation in the Great Basin of western North
America. Internatl. Union Biol. Sci. [P.] Ser.

B, Colloquia, 9:101-122.

Binns, Wayne. 1962. (See Williams, M. Co-
burn, Wayne Binns, and Lynn F. James. )

Bird, Douglas Marion. 1964. A history of tim-
ber resource use in the development of Cache
Valley, Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Birkmaier, E. E. 1936. (See McArdle, Rich-
ard E., David F. Costel'.o, E. E. Birkmaier,
Carl Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb,
Alba A. Simpson, and Arnold R. Standing. )

Blake, Joseph T. 1960. (See Edlefsen, James
L., C. Wayne Cook, and Joseph T. Blake.)

Blake, Sidney Fay. 1922. New Asteraceae
from Utah and Nevada. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash., 35:173-177.

Blake, Sidney Fav. 1931. Nine new American
Asteraceae. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 21:325-
336.

Bhicmam Young Univehsity Science Bulletin

Blake, Sidney Fay. 1935. Five new plants of
the genus Aplopappus. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 48:169-174.

Blanch, George T. n.d. ( See Reuss, Lawrence
A. and George T. Blanch.)

Blanch, George T. and Glvde E. Stewart. 1943.
The utilization of irrigable land in the reser-
vation area of the Uinta Basin, Utah. Utah
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 303. 53 pp.

Bleak, Alvin T. 1948. Heavy stocking— a
handicap to range sheep production. U. S.
Forest Serv., Intennountain Forest and Range
Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 17. 6 pp.

Bleak, Alvin T. 1950. Intermediate wheat-
grass promises good forage. Utah Farmer,
69(17):12-13. March 23.

Bleak, Alvin T. and T. A. Phillips. 1950. Seed-
ing stands from airplane broadcasting of pel-
leted and unpelleted seed in southeastern
Utah. U. S. Forest Serv., Intennountain For-
est and Range Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 22. 14 pp.

Bliss, Garv L. 1963. The economics of saw-
milling in Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Boe, Kenneth N. 1950. (See Roe, Arthur L.
and Kenneth N. Boe.)

Bolen, Eric George. 1962. Ecology of spring-
fed salt marshes. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Bolen, Eric G. 1964. Plant ecology of spring-
fed salt marshes in western Utah. Ecol. Mon-
og., 34:143-166.

Boott, William. 1878. (See Rothrock, J. T. )

Boulter, Kay. 1964. Conservation goes to
camp. Utah Fish and Game Bui., 20(6):
18-19.

Boutwell, John Mason. 1912. Geology and
ore deposits of the Park Citv District, Utah.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap.' 77. 231 pp.

Bowman, Isaiah. 1911. Forest physiography.
John Wiley and Sons, New York. 759 pp.
Chap. 14. Great Basin, pp. 210-235.
Chap. 17. Colorado Plateaus, pp. 256-297.

Bovle, A. C. 1947. Dinosaurs and dinosauria.
Mineral. Soc. Utah Bui., 7(l):ll-35.

Bracken, A. F. 1940. Dry farming as de-
veloped in the sagebrush zone. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 17:25-32.

Bracken, A. F. 1942. Range reseeding gives
promise of increased feed supplies. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 3(3):8-9.

Bracken, A. F. 1944. The place of pastures in
Utah agriculture. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
5(3) :8, 13, 15.

Bracken, A. F. and R. J. Evans. 1943. Pas-
tures. Utah State Agr. College Ext. Ser.,
N. S. 120. 48 pp.

Bradley, George Wallace. 1942. Seedling
anatomy and origin of secondary structures in
Eurotia lanata. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake Citv.

Bradley, Wilmot H. 1929. Algal reefs and
oolites of the Green River formation. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 154-G. pp. 203-223.

Bradley, Wilmot H. 1929. Neue Beobachtun-
gen iiber Algen als Urmaterialien de Bog-
headkohlen undschiefer. Centralb. Mineral.
Geol. u. Palaont. Abt. B., 1929(5) : 182-190.

Bradley, Wilmot H. 1931. Origin and micro-
fossils of the shale of the Green River forma-
tion of Colorado and Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Prof. Pap. 168-A. 58 pp.

Braun, A. 1883. Fragmente einer Monographic
der Characeen, Nach der hinterlasenen
Manuscripten A. Braun's herausgegeben von
Dr. O. Nordstedt. Abh. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin
(1882):1-211.

Brenckle, J. F. (See Saccardo, P.A. 1920.)

Brenckle, J. F. and Walter P. Cottam. 1940. A
new Polygonum from Garfield County, Utah.
Bui. Univ! Utah, 30(15), Biol. Ser., 4(4). 7
pp.

Brewster, Wayne Winters. 1951. The gall
wasps (Hymenoptera: Cynipidae) producing
galls on scrub oak, Quercus gambelii Nuttall
in Salt Lake County. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Briggs, L. J. 1914. '(See Kearney, T. H., L. J.
Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W. McLane, and R.
L. Piemeisel.)

Britton, N. L. 1904. Four new North Ameri-
can birches. Bui. Torrev Bot. Club, 31:165-
166.

Broadbent, Dee A. 1944. Livestock numbers
in Utah. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 5(3). -1-2,
18-20.

Broaddus. Mabel Jones. 1935. Marcus E.
Jones, A. M., Biographical sketch. Contrib.
West. Bot., 18:152-157.

Brown, Almeda Perry. 19.34. Types of greens
or pot-herbs used in rural Utah homes. Utah
Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 104. 22 pp.

Brown, J. Carl. 1941. (See Thorne, D. W.
and J. Carl Brown.)

Brown, Raymond C. 1960. A study of the ef-
fects of different substrates on growth and
reproduction in certain coprophilic Agarica-
ceae. Master's The:is, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Brown, Raymond C. 1963. (See Christensen,
Earl M. and Raymond C. Brown.)

Brown, Boland W. 1929. Additions to the
flora of the Green River formation. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 154-F. pp 279-299.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

9

Brown, Roland W. 1934. The recognizable
species of the Green River flora. U. S. Geol.
Surv. Prof. Pap. 185-C. pp. 45-77.

Brown, Roland W. 1934. (See Read, Charles
E. and Roland W. Brown. )

Brown, Roland VV. 1936. Field identification
of the fossil ferns called Tempskija. Jour.
Wash. Acad. Sci., 26:45-52.

Brown, Roland W. 1940. New species and
changes of name in some American fossil flo-
ras. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30:344-356.

Brown, Roland W. 1949. Pliocene plants from
Cache Valley, Utah. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.,
39(7):224-229.

Brown, Roland W. 1959. Some paleobotanical
problematics. Jour. Paleontol., 33:122-124.

Brun, Jorge M. 1962. A comparison of the
line-interception, point frame and distance
measurement methods for analyzing desert
shrub vegetation. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Brun, Jorge M. and Thadis W. Box. 1963. A
comparison of line intercepts and random
point frames for sampling desert shrub vege-
tation. Jour. Range Mgt., 16:21-25.

Brush, W. D. 1947. Single-leaf pinvon pine.
Amer. For., 53:170-171.

Buchanan, Hayle. 1960. The plant ecology of
Bryce Canyon National Park. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. Utah', Salt Lake City.

Buhler, Ernest O. 1941. Forest and water-
shed fires in Utah. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir.
115. 27 pp.

Bulkley, Ross V. 1958. The food of adult Fish
Lake trout and its relation to forage fish
abundance. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.. Arts and
Letters, 35:85-89.

Bullinger, Wilbur George. I960. Develop-
ment of a land ethic and stewardship con-
sciousness toward natural resources in de-
nominational schools. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Bundy, Ora. Compiler. 1943. After victory:
Plans for Utah and the Wasatch Front. Utah
State Dept. Publ. and Indust. Dev.. Salt Lake
City. 7 Parts.

Burke, Melvin H. 19.34. Plant distribution stu-
dies in the Wellsville Range, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Burke, W. S. 1949. (See Matson, G. A., A.
Rauve, J. M. Sugihara, and W. J. Burke.)

Burkey. Naia H. 19.54. Distinguishing char-
acteristics of the seeds of garden flowers of
Utah and a key for their identification. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Burnham, Robert C. 1950. The climates of

Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Burns, J. M. 1960. A new species of oak-
eating Erynnis (Lepidoptera: llesperiidae)
restricted to the southern cordillera of the
United States. Wasman Jour. Biol., 18:
147-160.

Burr, George O. 1931. Native vegetation in
the pre-historic Lake Bonneville basin. Jour.
Amer. Soc. Agron., 2-3:407-413.

Burton, Warren Hepburn, Jr. 1955. The agri-
culture problem of the Navajo Indian Reser-
vation. Master's Thesis, Clark Univ., Worces-
ter, Mass.

Bushman, John B. 1958. (See Behle, William
H., John B. Bushman, and Clifton M. Green-
halgh. )

Buss, Walter R. 1951. Bibliography of Utah
Geology to December 31, 19.50. Utah Geol.
and Mineral. Surv., Univ. Utah Bui. 40. 219
pp.

Butcher, John E. 1959. (See Harris, Lorin E.,
Wayne Cook, and John E. Butcher.)

Butler, Bertram T 1909. The western Ameri-
can birches. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 36:421-
440.

Butt, Newbern 1. 1938. The soil as one fac-
tor in early Mormon colonization. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Butters, Frederic K. 1917. Pcllaea atropur-
purea (L. ) Link and Pellaea glabella Mett.
ex. Kuhn. Amer. Fern Jour., 7:77-87.

Butters, Frederic. 1921. Taxonomic and geo-
graphic studies in North American Ferns. III.
Pellaea glabella and its western segregates.
Amer. Fern Jour., 11:75-82.

Byers, Horace G. 1935. Selenium occurrence
in certain soils in the United States, with a
discussion of related topics. U. S. D. Agr.
Tech. Bui. 482. 47 pp.

Byers, Horace G., John T. Miller, K. T. Williams,
and H. W. Lakin. 1938. Selenium occur-
rence in certain soils in the United States
with a discussion of related topics: Third re-
port. U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui. 601. 74 pp.

Cain, Stanley A. 1944. Foundations of plant
geography. Harper & Brothers, New York.
556 pp.

Calder, J. A. and D. B. O. Savile. 1960. Stu-
dies in Saxifragaceae, III Saxifraga odonto-
loma and lyallii, and North American sub-
species of S. punctata. Canad. Jour. Bot., 38:
409-435.

Calkins, Hugh G. 1939. Men and nature must
cooperate. Utah Educ. Rev., 32(4) : 169-172.

Cameron, Frank K. 1902. (See Kearney, Tho-
mas H. and Frank K. Cameron.)

10

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Camp, Harry W. 1956. Economics research
needs related to wildland mangement and de-
velopment in the mountain states. U. S. For-
est Serv., Intermountain Forest and Range
Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 38. 27 pp.

Campbell, Douglas Houghton. 1926. An out-
line of plant geography. The Macmillan Co.,
New York. 392 pp. (pp. 121-124).

Campbell, R. S. 1936. Climatic fluctuations.
In The western range. Sen. Doc. 199, 74th
Cong., 2nd Sess. pp. 135-150. U. S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington.

Campbell, R. S., Lincoln Ellison, and F. G. Ren-
ner. 1948. Management that restores the
range. In Grass, U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook Agr.,
1948: 221-226.

Cannon, George M. 1924. Trees worth while.
Improvement Era, 27 ( 6 ): 526-529.

Cannon, George M. 1934. Trees of modern
Zion. Improvement Era, 37(4):198-199, 233,
255; 37(5):274-277.

Cannon, Helen L. 1952. The effect of uran-
ium-vanadium deposits on the vegetation of
the Colorado Plateau. Amer. Jour. Sci., 250:
735-770.

Cannon, Helen L. 1964. Geochemistry of
rocks and related soils and vegetation in the
Yellow Cat area, Grand County, Utah. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Rul. 1176. 127 pp.

Cannon, Orson S. 1962. Powderv mildew of
potatoes in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 39:188. (Abstract.)

Cannon, Orson S. 1964. Pollution — our self-
made problem. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
25:114-115.

Cannon, S. Q. 1931. Torrential floods in nor-
thern Utah, Report of Special Flood Commis-
sion. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 92. 51 pp.

Cardon, P. V. 1913. Cereal investigations at
the Nephi substation. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 30.
,50 pp.

Cardon, P. V. 1927. (See Peterson. W., P. V.
Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G. Stewart, and A. C.
Esplin.)

Carlson, G. W. 1963. In the Intermountain
region: Multiple use management of nation-
al forests. Jour. Soil and Water Conserv., 18:
117-120.

Carlson, Leland H. 1962. Watershed project
saves Cedar City dollars. Soil Conserv., 28:
88-89.

Carnahan, Glenn F. I960. The inhibitory ef-
fects of taweed upon the germination and
growth of seedlings. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Carozzi, Albert V. 1962. Observations on
algal biostromes in the Great Salt Lake, Utah.
Jour. Geol., 70:246-252.

Carr, William H. 1946. As the grass goes.
Nat. Hist., 55:156-162.

Carroll, W. E. 1922. Nature, not man, deter-
mines Utah's agriculture. Utah Farmer, 43
(14): 4. Nov. 4.

Carter, George F. 1945. Plant geography and
culture history in the American southwest.
Viking Fund. Pub. in Anthropology No. 5.
140 pp.

Carter, Kate B. 1940. Trees, flowers and birds
of Utah. In Heart throbs of the west, 2:237-
260.

Carter, Kate B. 1958. ( See Kimball, Annie C. )

Castle, Elias Smith. 1955. The vegetation and
its relationship to the dune soils of the pink
sand dunes of Kane County, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Chamberlain, Norman Vance. 1958. Mammals
of the Fishlake Plateau and Thousand Lake
Mountain. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.

Chamberlain, Norman V. 1960. Water key to
our survival. Utah Fish and Game Mag.,
16(3) :3-4.

Chamberlin, Ralph Vary. 1911. The ethno-
botany of the Gosiute Indians. Proc. Acad.
Sci. Phila., 63:24-99. Also Mem. Amer. An-
thropological Assoc., 2(5):329-405.

Chamberlin, Ralph V. 1946. The beginning of
natural history teaching in Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 23:12-13. (Ab-
stract, pp. 125-136.)

Chamberlin, Ralph V. 1947. Man and na-
ture in earlv Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 24:3-22.

Chamberlin, Ralph V. 1950. Life sciences at
the University of Utah. Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City. 417 pp. Chap. 1. Ethnobiology,
pp. 1-21; Chap. 2. The explorers and early
naturalists, pp. 22-40; Chap. 3. Nature and the
pioneers, pp. 41-64.

Chaney. Ralph W. 1944. A fossil cactus from
the Eocene of Utah. Amer. Jour. Bot., 31:
507-528.

Chapline, W. R. 1936. Excessive stocking. In
The western range. Sen. Doc. 199, 74th
Cong., 2nd Sess. pp. 151-171. U. S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington.

Chapline, W. R. 1948. Range research con-
tributions. Proc. Inter-American Conf. on
Conserv. Renew. Nat. Res., Denver, Colorado.
Dept. State Pub. 3382. pp. 391-396.

Chapman, V. J. 1960. Salt marshes and salt
deserts of the world. Interscience Publishers,
Inc., New York. 392 pp.

Chase, Agnes. 1950. (See Hitchcock, A. S.
and Agnes Chase. )

Bibliography of Utah Botany

11

Chatwin, Sterling Larry. 1956. The vertical
distribution of phvtoplankton of Deer Creek
Reservoir, Wasatch Countv, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Chegwidden, Maud. 1936. Cardening in the
Rockies. Utah Mag., 2(10):88-97.

Chick, W. Drew, Jr. 1936. Forest insects in
Zion, Bryce, and Cedar Breaks. Zion-Bryce
Nature Notes, 8(2): 13-17.

Choate, Grover A. 1963. The forests of Wyo-
ming. U. S. Forest Serv. Res. Bui. INT-2. 47
pp. ( Intermountain Forest and Range Exp.
Sta.)

Choate, Grover A. 1964. (See Miller, Robert
L. and Grover A. Choate.)

Chournos, Nick. 1959. (See Julander, Odell
and Nick Chournos. )

Christensen, Dale Clair. 1938. The feeding
value of certain duck food plants of the Bear
River Migratory Bird Refuge as determined
by chemical analysis. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Agr. College, Logan.

Christensen, Donald R. 1959. (See Plummer.
A. Perry, Homer D. Staplev, Donald R. Chris-
tensen. )

Christensen, Donald B. 1959. (See Stapley,
Homer D. and Don R. Christensen. )

Christensen, Donald R. 1963. (See Plummer,

A. Perry, Donald R. Christensen, and Stephen

B. Monsen.)

Christensen, Donald B. 1964. (See Plummer.

A. Perry, Donald B. Christensen, and Stephen

B. Monsen. )

Christensen, Earl M. 1949. The ecology and
geographic distribution of oakbrush (Quercus
gambelii) in Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Christensen, Earl M. 1950. Distributional ob-
servations of oak brush (Quercus gambelii
Nutt. ) in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad Sci., Arts
and Letters, 27:22-25.

Christensen, Earl VI. 1955. Ecological notes
on the mountain brush in Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 32:107-111.

Christensen, Earl M. 1956. Bibliography of
Utah aquatic biology. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 33:91-100.

Christensen. Earl M. 1957. Photographic his
tory of the mountain brush on "Y" Mountain,
central Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 34:1.54-155. (Abstract.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1957. (See Welsh, Stan-
ley L., and Earl M. Christensen.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1958. Growth rates and
vegetation change in the oak-maple brush
in lower Provo Canvon, Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 35:167-168. (Ab-
stract. )

Christensen, Earl M. 1958. The climate of the
grasslands of northern Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 35:174-175. (Ab-
stract. )

Christensen, Earl M. 1959. A climatic study
of some northern desert shrub communities.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 36:
174. ( Abstract. )

Christensen, Earl M. 1959. A comparative
study of the climates of mountain brush, pin-
yon-juniper, and sagebrush communities in
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 36:174-175. (Abstract.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1959. (See Nixon, El-
ray S. and Earl M. Christensen.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1961. The Agropyron-
Poa bunchgrass vegetation in central Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 38:
113. (Abstract.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1961. The deciduous
tree communities of central Utah. Bui. Ecol.
Soc. Amer., 42:62-63. (Abstract.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1962. Bibliography of
Utah aquatic biology, No. II. Great Basin
Nat., 22:32-53.

Christensen, Earl M. 1962. The rate of natur-
alization of tamarix in Utah. Amer. Midi.
Nat, 68:51-57.

Christensen, Earl M. 1962. The root system of
bigtooth maple. Great Basin Nat., 22:114-
115.

Christensen, Earl M. 1963. Naturalization of
Bussian olive ( Elaeagnus angustifolia L. ) in
Utah. Amer. Midi. Nat., 70:133-137.

Christensen, Earl M. 1963. Layering in tam-
arix induced bv algae. Amer. Midi. Nat.,
70:250.

Christensen, Earl M. 1963. The foothill bunch-
grass vegetation of central Utah. Ecology,
44:156-158.

Christensen, Earl M. 1963. Tall wheatgrass, a
new roadside species in Utah. Bhodora, 65:
318.

Christensen, Earl M. 1964. Succession in a
mountain brush community in central Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:
10-13. (Erratum - 41(2):ii.)

Christensen, Earl M. 1964. Changes in com-
position of a Rromus tectorum-Sporobolus
cnjptandrus-Aristida longiseta community fol-
lowing fire. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 41:53-57.

Christensen, Earl M. 1964. Utah botany and
wildland conservation: A card file bibliog-
raphy. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 41:144. (Abstract.)

12

Bhicham Young Univehsitx Science Bulletin

Christensen, Earl M. 3964. The recent natur-
alization of Siberian elm (Ulrnus pumila L.)
in Utah. Great Basin Nat., 24:103-106.

Christensen, Earl M. and Raymond C. Brown.

1963. A blackbrush over 400 years old. Jour.
Range Mgt. 16:118.

Christensen, Earl M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961.
Ecological study area at Lilv Lake in the
Uinta Mountains, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad.
Set, Arts and Letters, 38:36-49.

Christensen, Earl M. and Hyrum B. Johnson.

1964. Presettlement vegetation and vegeta-
tional change in three valleys in central Utah.
Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bui., Biol. Ser.,
4(4). 16 pp.

Christensen, Earl M. and Hyrum B. Johnson
1964. Presettlement vegetation in eastern
Juab and Millard Counties, Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:318. (Ab-
stract. )

Christensen, Earl M. and Elray S. Nixon. 1964.
Observations on reproduction of bigtooth ma-
ple. Leafl. West. Bot., 10:97-99.

Christensen, Earl M. and Stanley L. Welsh.
1963. Presettlement vegetation of the valleys
of western Summit and Wasatch Counties,
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters,
40:163-174.

Chura, Nicholas J. 1959. A park in the mak-
ing. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 15(9) :6-7,
14.

Chura, Nicholas. 1961. Food availability and
preferences of juvenile mallards. Trans.
North Amer. Wildlife Conf., 26:121-134.

Chura, Nicholas J. 1962. Food availability and
selective utilization by juvenile mallards
(Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos L. ) on the
Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Chura, Nicholas J. and Jessop B. Low. 1961.
Food availabilitv and utilization of juvenile
mallards. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.. Arts and
Letters, 38:113-114. (Abstract.)

Churchill, Ethan D. 1961. (See Hanson, Her-
bert C. and Ethan D. Churchill. )

Clark, Ira. 1940. Some limitations in the use
of volume-height tables for determining de-
gree of utilization of range forage. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 17:3-4.
(Abstract.)

Clark, Ira. 1944. Field comparisons in esti-
mating percentage utilization of range forage
plants by direct percentage and by use class
estimates. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.. Arts and
Letters, 21:7. (Abstract.)

Clark, Ira. 1945. Variability in growth char-
acteristics of forage plants on summer range
in central Utah. Jour. For., 43:273-283.

Clark, L. K. and E. L. Noble. 1958. The For-
est Service soil and water management pro-
gram in the Intermountain region. Proc. Soc.
Amer. For., 1958:33-34.

Clark, William J. 1956. An evaluation of me-
thods of concentrating and counting the phy-
toplankton of Bear Lake, Utah-Idaho. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Clark, William J. 1957. (See McConnell, Wil-
liam J., William J. Clark, and William F. Sig-
ler.)

Clark. William J. 1958. The phytoplankton of
the Logan River, Utah, a mountain stream.
Ph.D. Thesis. Utah State Univ., Logan. (Dis-
sert. Abst, 21 (6): 1339.)

Clark, William J. and William F. Sigler. 1961.
Preliminary investigation of the phytoplankton
of Bear Lake, Utah-Idaho. Trans. Amer. Mi-
cro. Soc, 80:28-32.

Clausen, Robert T. 1938. A monograph of the
Ophioglossaceae. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club,
19(2): 1-177.

Clawson, A. B. 1919. (See Marsh, C. D„ A.
B. Clawson, and H. Marsh.)

Clawson, A. B. 1920. (See Marsh, C. Dwight,
and A. B. Clawson.)

Clawson, Marion. 1942. (See Hochmuth, H.
P., E. R. Franklin and Marion Clawson.)

Clayton, Vaughn A. 1942. The influence of
some alkali salts in the presence of various
concentrations of calcium on the growth of
Sporobolus cn/ptandrus. Master's Thesis,
Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Clegg, Howard. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
Glen T. Baird, George Stewart, Ben S. Mark-
ham, and Howard Clegg. )

Clegg, Howard. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
Howard Clegg, B. S. Markham, and George
Stewart. )

Clements, E. S. 1945. (See Clements, F. E.
and E. S. Clements.)

Clements, E. S. 1949. (See Clements, F. E.)

Clements, F. E. 1916. Plant succession. Car-
negie Inst. Wash. Pub. 242. pp. 23.3-236.

Clements, Frederic E. 1920. Plant indicators.
Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. 290. .388 pp.

Clements, Frederic E. 1928. Plant succession
and indicators: A definitive edition of plant
succession and plant indicators. The H. W.
Wilson Co., New York. 453 pp.

Clements, Frederic E. 19.34. The relict method
in dynamic ecology. Jour. Ecology, 22:39-68.

Clements, Frederic E. 19.36. The origin of the
desert climax and climate. In Essays in Geo-
botany in honor of William Albert Setchell.
Edited by T. H. Goodspeed. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley, Calif. 319 pp.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

13

Clements, Frederic E. 1949. Dynamics of veg-
etation. Compiled and edited by B. W. Allred

and Edith S. Clements.. The H. W. Wilson

Co., New York. 296 pp.
Clements, F. E. and E. S. Clements. 1945.

Rocky Mountain flowers. 3rd Ed. The H. W.

Wilson Co., New York. 390 pp.
Clements, F. E. 1923. (See Hall, H. M. and

F. E. Clements.)
Clements, Frederick E. 19.38. (See Weaver,

John E., and Frederick E. Clements. )
Cliff, Edward P. 1947. Mountain pastures.

Utah Mag., 9(9):8-9, 24-25.
Cline, Morris G. 1960. A comparison of the

root system of bitterbrush and cliffrose.

Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,

Utah.
Clover, Elzada U. 1938. The Cactaceae of

southern Utah. Bui. Torrev Bot. Club., 65:

397-412.
Clover, E. U. and Lois Jotter. 1941. Cacti of

the Colorado River and tributaries. Bui.

Torrey Bot. Club, 68:409-419.
Coffman, W. Elmo. 1944. The Utah Valley

crescent. Ph.D. Thesis, Ohio State, Univ.

Columbus, Ohio.
Coffman, Elmo. 1948. Our resources. Proc.

Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:23-24.
Colbert, Francis Theodore. 1950. The effect

of firming seedbeds on the emergence and

establishment of four introduced species of

Agropyron. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.

College, Logan.
Cole, Franklin R. and L. David Hiner. 1963.

Studies on hybrids of Pinus monophylla Torr.

and Pinus edulis Engelm. in Utah. Lloydia,

26:205 (Abstract.)
Colton, Hon. Don B. 1932. Statement. In

Grazing on public domain. Hearings before

the Comm. Publ. Lands, House Rep., 72nd

Cong., 1st Sess. U. S. Govt. Printing Office.

pp. 12-19.
Connaughton, Charles A. 1936. (See Bailey,

Reed W. and Charles A. Connaughton.)
Connaughton, Charles. 1936. (See Watts, L.

F., George Stewart, Charles Connaughton, L.

J. Palmer and M. W. Talbot. )
Constance, Lincoln. 1941. The genus Nemo-

phila Nutt. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot, 19(10):

341-398.
Constance, Lincoln and Ren Hwa Shan. 1948.

The genus Osmorhiza ( Umbellif erae ) . Univ.

Calif. Pub. Bot, 23(3): 111-156.
Cook, Clyde John. 1947. A study of the util-
ization of northern Utah summer range plants

by sheep. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.

College, Logan.
Cook, C. Wavne. 1942. A study of the roots

of Bromus inermis in relation to drought re-
sistance. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Cook, C. W. 1943. (See Stoddart, L. A. and
C. W. Cook.)

Cook, C. W. 1949. (See Stoddart, L. A., A. H.
Holmgren, and C. W. Cook. )

Cook, C. W. 1950. (See Stoddart, L. A. and
C. W.Cook.)

Cook, C. Wayne. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.
and C. Wayne Cook.)

Cook, C. W. 1953. (See Stoddart. L. A., C.
W. Cook and B. P. Gomm.)

Cook, C. Wayne. 1954. Common use of sum-
mer range bv sheep and cattle. Jour. Range
Mgt, 7:10-13.

Cook, C. Wayne. 1954. (See Tingey, D. C.
and C. Wayne Cook. )

Cook, C. Wayne. 1956. Range livestock nu-
trition and its importance in the Intermountain
region. 17th Annual Faculty Research Lec-
ture, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Cook, C. Wayne. 1958. Sagebrush eradication
and broadcast seeding. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta.
Bui. 404. 53 pp.

Cook, C. Wayne. 1959. The effect of site on
the palatability and nutritive content of seeded
wheatgrasses. Jour. Range Mgt., 12:289-292.

Cook, Wayne. 1959. (See Harris, Lorin E.,
Wayne Cook and John E. Butcher.)

Cook, C. Wayne. 1959. (See Pieper, Rex, C.
Wayne Cook, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Cook, C. Wayne. 1960. (See Edlefsen, James
L., C. Wayne Cook, and Joseph T. Blake.)

Cook, C. Wayne. 1960. ( See Lloyd, Russel D.
and C. Wavne Cook. )

Cook, C. Wayne. 1961. Seeding response and
soil characteristics on adjacent sagebrush and
desert molly soils. Jour. Range Mgt., 14:
134-138.

Cook, C. Wayne. 1962. An evaluation of some
common factors affecting utilization of des-
ert range species. Jour. Range Mgt., 15:333-
3.38.

Cook, C. Wavne. 1963. Herbicide control of
sagebrush on seeded foothill ranges in Utah.
Jour. Range Mgt., 16:190-195.

Cook, C. Wayne. 1964. More seeded fothill
[sic] pastures would help desert ranges. Utah
Farmer, 83(1) :6. Jan. 2.

Cook, C. Wayne. 1966. (See Stoddart, L. A.
and C. Wayne Cook. )

Cook, C. Wayne and Thadis W. Box. 1961. A
comparison of the loop and point methods of
analyzing vegetation. Jour. Range Mgt., 14:
22-27.

14

Bhigham Young Univehsity Science Bulletin

Cook, C. Wayne and DiUard H. Gates. 1960.
Effects of site and season on oxalate content
of halogeton. Jour. Range Mgt., 13:97-101.

Cook, C. Wayne and Carl J. Goebel. 1962.
The association of plant vigor with physical
stature and chemical content of desert plants.
Ecology, 43:. 543-546.

Cook, C. Wayne and Lorin E. Harris. 1950
The nutritive content of the grazing sheep's
diet on the summer and winter ranges of
Utah. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 342. 66 pp.

Cook. C. Wayne, and Lorin E. Harris. 1952.
Nutritive value of cheatgrass and crested
wheatgrass on spring ranges of Utah. Jour.
Range Mgt., 5:331-337.

Cook, C. Wayne and Rex Hurst. 1962. A quan-
titative measure of plant association on ranges
in good and poor condition. Jour. Range
Mgt., 15:266-273.

Cook, C. Wayne and Ned Jefferies. 1963. Bet-
ter distribution of cattle on mountain ranges.
Utah Farm and Home Sci., 24:31, 48-49.

Cook, C. Wayne and Clifford E. Lewis. 1963.
Competition between big sagebrush and
seeded grasses on foothill ranges in Utah.
Jour. Range Mgt, 16:245-250.

Cook, C. Wayne and Russell D. Lloyd. 1960.
Does range seeding pay? Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 21:78-79, 85-86.

Cook, C. Wayne and Karl G. Parker. 1963.
Timing vital if sagebrush getting 2,4-D.
Utah Farmer, 82(10) : 13. May 16.

Cook, C. Wayne and L A. Stoddart. 1947.
Seeding ranges to grass. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 8(4):10-12.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1950.
Seeding ranges to grass requires proper meth-
ods and hardy varieties. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 11:52-53, 56.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1951.
Survival of wheatgrasses on sagebrush range
depends on methods of seeding as well as
weather conditions. Utah Farm and Home
Sci., 12:43, 58-59.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1953.
The quandary of utilization and preference.
Jour. Range Mgt., 6:329-335.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1953.
Some growth response of crested wheatgrass
following herbage removal. Jour. Range
Mgt., 6:267-270.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1953.
The halogeton problem in Utah. Utah Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bui. 364. 44 pp.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1959.
Improve foothill ranges. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 20:5-6, 18.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1960.

Physiological responses of big sagebrush to

different types of herbage removal. Jour.

Range Mgt, 13:14-16.
Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1961.

Nutrient intake and livestock responses on

seeded foothill ranges. Jour. Animal Sci., 20:

36-41.
Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1963.

The effect of intensity and season of use on

the vigor of desert range plants. Jour. Range

Mgt., 6:315-317.
Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1964. Spring

grazing critical to desert ranges. Utah Farm

and Home Sci., 25:6-7, 25-26.
Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart. 1964.

Range resources. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,

25:100-101.
Cook, C. Wayne. L. A. Stoddart, and L. E.

Harris. 1951. Measuring consumption and

digestibility of winter range by sheep. Jour.

Range Mgt., 4:335-346.
Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E.

Harris. 1952. Determining the digestibility

and metabolizable energy of winter range

plants by sheep. Jour. Animal Sci., 11:578-

590.
Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E.

Harris. 1953. Effects of grazing intensity

upon the nutritive value of range forage.

Jour. Range Mgt, 6:51-54.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Har-
ris. 1954. The nutritive value of winter
range plants in the Great Basin. Utah Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bui. 372. 56 pp.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E.
Harris. 1956. Comparative nutritive value
and palatability of some introduced and na-
tive forage plants for spring and summer graz-
ing. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 385. 39 pp.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E.
Harris. l957. Supplementing livestock on
desert range. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 18:
36-37, 45-47.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E.
Harris. 1959. The chemical content in var-
ious portions of the current growth of salt-
desert shrubs and grasses during winter.
Ecology, 40:644-651.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and Virgil L.
Hart. 1952. Good range management pre-
vents losses from halogeton poisoning. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 13:25-26, 45.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and F. E. Kin-
singer. 1958. Responses of crested wheat-

Bibliography of Utah Botany

15

grass to various clipping treatments. Ecol.
Monog., 28:237-272.

Cook, C. Wayne, Kent Taylor, and Lorin E.
Harris. 1962. The effect of range condition
and intensity of grazing upon daily intake and
nutritive value of the diet on desert ranges.
Jour. Range Mgt, 15:1-6.

Cook, C. Wayne, David O. Williamson, Lorin E.
Harris, L. A. Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen.
1950. Appraising desert range forage for
sheep. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 11:32-33,
42.

Cook, Newell B. 1936. Economic side of wild-
life. Utah Mag., 2(9) :5-8.

Cook, Newell B. 1936. Restoration: Manage-
ment by public agencies. Proc. North Amer.
Wildlife Conf., 187-190.

Cooke, William B. 1955. Subalpine fungi and
snowbanks. Ecology, 36:124-130.

Coombs, Robert E. 1964. A floristic and eco-
logical survey of the algal flora of the western
Uinta Mountains and adjacent areas. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah.

Copeland, Otis L. 1960. Watershed restora-
tion— a photo-record of conservation practices
applied in the Wasatch Mountains of Utah.
Jour. Soil and Water Conserv., 15:105-120.

Copeland, Otis L., Jr. 1960. (See Bailey, Reed
W. and Otis L. Copeland, Jr. )

Copeland, Otis L. 1961. (See Bailev, Reed
W. and Otis L. Copeland.)

Cornwell, George William. 1960. A survey of
conservation education in Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake Cirv.

Correll, Donovan S. 1943. The genus Hab-
enaria in western North America. Leafl.
West. Bot., 3:233-247.

Costello, David F. 1936. ( See McArdle, Rich-
ard E. and David F. Costello. )

Costello, David F. 1936. ( See McArdle, Rich-
ard E., David F. Costello, E. E. Birkmaier,
Carl Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb,
Alba A. Simpson, and Arnold R. Standing.)

Costello, D. F. 1948. (See Woolfolk, E. J.,
D. F. Costello, and B. W. Allred. )

Costello, David F. and Raymond Price. 1939.
Weather and plant-development data as de-
terminants of grazing periods on mountain
range. U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui. 686. 30 pp.

Costley, R. J., P. F. Allan, Odell Julander, D. I.
Rasmussen. 1948. Wildlife, a resource of
the range. In Grass, U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook
Agr. pp. 243-247.

Cottam, Clarence. 1948. Our federal govern-
ment and conservation. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:59-67.

Cottam, Clarence. 1962. (See Woodbury, An-
gus M. and Clarence Cottam.)

Cottam, Clarence and Cecil S. Williams. 1939.
Food and habits of some birds nesting on
islands in Great Salt Lake. Wilson Bui., 51:
150-155.

Cottam, Walter P. 1924. Utah's giant fir.
Amer. For. and For. Life, 30:109.

Cottam, Walter P. 1926. An ecological study
of the flora of Utah Lake, Utah. Ph.D. The-
sis, Univ. Chicago, Illinois.

Cottam, Walter P. 1927. Preliminary studies
of evaporation rates at various elevations on
Mt. Timpanogos. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 5:
9-10.

Cottam, Walter P. 1929. Man as a biotic fac-
tor illustrated by recent floristic and physio-
graphic changes at the Mountain Meadows.
Washington County, Utah. Ecology, 10:361-
363.

Cottam, Walter P. 1929. Some phytogeo-
graphical features of Utah. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., 6:6-7.

Cottam, W. P. 1929. Man as a biotic factor
in ecology as illustrated bv recent floristic
and physiographic changes at Mountain Mea-
dows, Washington County, Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., 6:18-19.

Cottam, Walter P. 1929. Flora of Utah.
Utah Educ. Rev., 22:376-377, 400, 402.

Cottam, Walter P. 1930. Some unusual flor-
istic features of the Uintah Mountains, Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 7:48-49.

Cottam, W. P. 1931. The sand dunes of Lake
Michigan and Millard County, Utah. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., 8:54. (Abstract.)

Cottam, Walter P. 1933. Plant life. In Utah
resources and activities. Utah State Dept.
Public Inst., Salt Lake City. pp. 101-114.

Cottam, W. P. 1933. ( See Knight, Betty' Marie
and W. P. Cottam. )

Cottam, Walter P. 1937. Has Utah lost claim
to the lower Sonoran zone? Science. 85:
563-564.

Cottam, Walter P. 1939. A new violet from
Utah. Bui. Univ. Utah, 29(13), Biol. Ser.,
4(3). 8 pp.

Cottam, Walter P. 1940. (See Brenckle, J. F.
and Walter P. Cottam. )

Cottam, W. P. 1940. (See Stewart, George,
W. P. Cottam, and Selar Hutchings.)

Cottam, Walter P. 1945. Resource problems
of Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 22:53-64.

Cottam, Walter P. 1946. Some bio-ecological
factors of Utah and Britain contrasted. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 23:83-90.

Cottam, Walter P. 1947. Is Utah Sahara
bound? Bui. Univ. Utah, 37(11): 1-40.

16

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Cottam, Walter P. 1947. Is Utah Sahara
bound? Utah Educ. Rev., 40(5): 151-155,
191-192.

Cottam, Walter P. 1947. (See Thomas, Hon.
Elbert D.)

Cottam. Walter P. 1948. General plan for
conservation. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 25:69-72.

Cottam, Walter P. 1948. The role of ecology
in the conservation of renewable resources.
Proc. Inter-American Conf. on Conserv. Re-
new. Nat. Res., Denver, Colorado. Dept.
State Pub. 3382. pp. 396-401.

Cottam, Walter P. 1952. Is Utah Sahara
bound? Conservation in the Americas, No.
12:3-23. Apr.-July.

Cottam, Walter P. ' 1953. Statement. In Graz-
ing policies and range improvements in the
national forests. Hearings before the Com-
mittee on Agr. and For., U. S. Sen., 83rd
Cong., 1st Sess. U. S. Govt. Printing Office,
pp. 140-141.

Cottam, Walter P. 1953. The need of research
in conservation. Utah Audubon News, 5(2):
7-11.

Cottam, W. P. 1953. Prevernal leafing of as-
pen on Utah mountains. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 30:107-108. (Abstract.)

Cottam, W. P. 1953. ( See Vest, E. Dean and
W. P. Cottam. )

Cottam, Walter P. 1954. Prevernal leafing of
aspen in Utah mountains. Jour. Arnold Ar-
boretum, 35:239-248.

Cottam, Walter P. 1954. ( See Hall, Heber H.
and Walter P. Cottam. )

Cottam, Walter P. 1955. ( See Hall, Heber H.
and Walter P. Cottam. )

Cottam, Walter P., 1961. Our renewable wild
lands — a challenge. Univ. Utah Press, Salt
Lake City. 182 pp.

Cottam, Walter Pace. 1961. The impact of
man on the flora of the Bonneville Basin.
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City. 11 pp.

Cottam, W. P. 1961. (See Bennion, Glynn
Colin. Robert K. Vickery, and W. P. Cottam. )

Cottam, Walter P. 1963. Our humid moun-
tain lands - Their possibilities for human en-
joyment - Their threat to human survival.
Utah Audubon News, 15( 10):66-69; 16(1):
4-7.

Cottam, W. P. ( See Floyd, J. Whitney. 1962. )

Cottam, Walter P. (See Harrison, Bertrand F.
1963.)

Cottam, Walter P. and Rudy Drobnick. 1955.
A new oak from the Oquirrh Mountains, Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 32:
33-34.

Cottam, Walter P. and F. R. Evans. 1945. A

comparative study of the vegetation of grazed
and ungrazed canyons of the Wasatch Range.
Utah. Ecology, 26:171-181.

Cottam, Walter P., A. O. Garrett, and Bertrand
F. Harrison. 1940. New and extended
ranges for Utah plants. Bui. Univ. Utah,
30(16), Biol. Ser., 4(5). 11 pp.

Cottam, Walter P. and George Stewart. 1940.
Plant succession as a result of grazing and of
meadow desiccation by erosion since settle-
ment in 1862. Jour. For., .38:613-626.

Cottam, Walter P. and Kathryn E. Thomas.
1933. The floral development of Claytonia
lanceolata Pursh. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 10:
33.

Cottam, Walter P. and John M. Tucker. 1956.
The impact of postpluvial climates on oak dis-
tribution within the Great Basin area of Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 33:
178-179.

Cottam, Walter P., John M. Tucker, and Rudy
Drobnick. 1959. Some clues to Great Basin
postpluvial climates provided by oak distri-
butions. Ecology, 40:361-377.

Coulter, John M. 1873. Botany. In Hayden,
F. V. Sixth Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr.
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, pp. 747-
792.

Coulter, John M. 1879. Reports upon the bo-
tanical collections made in portions of Nev-
ada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico
and Arizona, during the years 1871-1875. By
J. T Rothrock. Bot. Gaz., 4:197-198.

Coulter, John M. 1885. Manual of the botany
(Phaenogamia and Pteriodophvta ) of the
Rock)- Mountain Region, from New Mexico
to the British boundary. American Cook Co.,
New York. 452 pp.

Coulter, John M. (See Hall, H. M. 1910.)

Coulter, John M. and Aven Nelson. 1909.
New manual of Botany of the central Rocky
Mountains. American Book Co., New York.
646 pp.

Coville, F. V. 1892. Descriptions of new
plants from southern California, Nevada, Utah
and Arizona. Proc. Biol, Soc. Wash., 7:65-80.

Coville, Frederick Vernon. 1893. Botany of
the Death Vallev Exoedition. Contrib. U. S.
Nat. Herb., Vol. 4. 363 pp.

Coville, F. V. 1896. Three editions of Stans-
burv's Report. Bui. Torrev Bot. Club, 23:
137-139.

Cox, Hallie L. 1952. Measuring the nutritive
value of winter range plants bv sheep. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Craddock, George W. 1938. Keeping our
wild-land soils in place. Jour. For., 36:861-
863.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

17

Craddock, George W. 1945. Salt Lake City
flood, 1945. News Bui. of the Mineralogical
Soc. of Utah, 6(2):35-40.

Craddock, George W. 1945. (See Woodward,
Lowell and George Craddock. )

Craddock, George W. 1946. Salt Lake City
flood, 1945. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 23:51-61.

Craddock, George W. 1947. (See Bailey,
Reed W., George W. Craddock, and A. R.
Croft.)

Craddock, George W. 1948. Insuring Utah's
water supply through watershed research.
Utah Mag., 10(9): 14-15, 27-29.

Craddock, George W. 1958. Watershed man-
agement problems of the Intermountain west.
Proc. Soc. Amer. For., 1958:31-32.

Craddock, George W. 1960. Floods controlled
on Davis County watersheds. Jour. For.,
58:291-293.

Craddock, George W. and Lowell Woodward.
1945. Surface runoff potentials of some Utah
range-watershed lands. Jour. For., 43:357-
365.

Craighead, F. C. 1925. The Dendwctontts
problems. Jour. For., 23:340-354.

Craighead, Frank C, Jr. 1963. (See Craig-
head, John J., Frank C. Craighead, Jr., and
Ray J. Davis.)

Craighead, John J., Frank C. Craighead, Jr., and
Ray J. Davis. 1963. A field guide to Rocky
Mountain wildflowers. Houghton Mifflin Co.,
Boston. 277 pp.

Crane, Harold S. 1951. Utah's elk herd pro-
vides interesting historv. Utah Fish and
Game Bui., 8(12): 1,3,5. '

Crane, Harold S. 1951. Restoration and man-
agement of elk in Utah. Proc. 31st Ann.
Conf. W. Assoc. State Game and Fish Comms.
pp. 165-167.

Crane, Harold S. 1954. Game range experts
revegetation prog. Utah Fish and Game
Bui., 10(9) :5,8.

Crane, Harold S. 1962. Canvonlands ques-
tion. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 18(7) :8-9.

Crawford, A. L. 1938. ( See Hasler, J. W. and
A. L. Crawford. )

Croft, A. R. 1925. The alkali and water rela-
tions of Atriplex carnosa. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Croft, A. R. 1930. Some osmotic phenomena
in Atriplex hast at a L. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
7:52-54.

Croft, A. R. 1935. Watersheds and the far-
mer. Utah Farmer. 56(5) :3, 14.

Croft, A. R. 1936. Whv all these floods?
Utah Farmer, 57(6) :1, 10-11.

Croft, A. R. 1944. (See Ellison, Lincoln and
A. R. Croft.)

Croft, A. R. 1945. Water — a most important
resource of Utah's forest and range lands.
Utah Farmer, 65(9) :6.

Croft, A. R. 1946. A land-use management
cycle. Jour. For., 44:819-821.

Croft, A. R. 1946. Some factors that influence
the accuracy of water-supply forecasting in
the Intermountain region. Trans. Amer. Geo-
phys. Union, 27:375-388.

Croft, A. R. 1947. (See Bailey, Reed W.,
George W. Craddock, and A. R. Croft.)

Croft, A. R. 1947. Utah has many areas that
are real flood threats. Deseret News Weekly
Magazine. August 9.

Croft, A. R. 1948. Water loss by stream sur-
face evaporation and transpiration of riparian
vegetation. Trans. Amer. Geophvs. Union,
29:235-239.

Croft, A. R. 1950. A water cost of runoff con-
trol. Jour. Soil and Water Conserv., 5:13-15.

Croft, A. R. 1951. (See Ellison, Lincoln, A. R.
Croft, and Reed W. Bailey. )

Croft, A. R. 19.56. (See Rosa, J. M. and A. R.
Croft. )

Croft, A. R. 1956. (See Struble, Robert G.
and A. R. Croft. )

Croft, A. R. 1962. Some sedimentation phe-
nomena along the Wasatch Mountain Front.
Jour. Geophysical Res., 67(4) :1511-1524.

Croft, A. R. and John A. Adams, Jr. 1950.
Landslides and sediment in the North Fork
of Ogden River, May 1949. U. S. Forest
Sen'., Intermountain Forest and Range Exp.
Sta. Res. Pap. 21. 4 pp.

Croft, A. R. and Marvin D. Hoover. 1951.
The relation of forests to our water supply.
Jour. For., 49:245-249.

Croft, A. R. and L. V. Monninger. 19.53.
Evapotranspiration and other water losses on
some aspen forest types in relation to water
available for stream flow. Trans. Amer.
Geophys. Union, 34:563-574.

Croft, A. R., Lowell Woodward, and D. A. An-
derson. 1937. A comparison of accelerated
erosion losses in Emigration, Red Butte and
City Creek Canyons. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 14:31-32. (Abstract.)

Croft, A. R., Lowell Woodward, and D. A. An-
derson. 1943. Measurement of accelerated
erosion on range lands. Jour. For., 41:112-
116.

Cronin, Eugene H. 1953. (See Jansen, Leon-
ard L. and Eugene H. Cronin. )

Cronin, Eugene H. 1960. Effects of monuron
on Hahgeton and associated salt-desert shrub
vegetation. Weeds, 8:168-172.

18

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Cronquist, Arthur. 1939. New plant records in
Utah and Idaho. Leafl. West Bot., 2:210-
211.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1940. Revision of the west-
ern North American species of Aster center-
ing about Aster foliaceus Lindl. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1942. A new Erigewn from
Idaho. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:167-168.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1943. The varieties of
Astragalus decumbens. Leafl. West Bot., 3:
250-254.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1943. The North American
species of Erigewn centering about E. speci-
osus (Lindl.) DC. and E. glabellas Nutt.
Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 70:265-274.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1943. Revision of the west-
ern North American species of Aster centering
about Aster foliaceus Lindl. Amer. Midi. Nat.,
29:429-468.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1957. The typification of
Galium multijlorum var. Watsoni Gray.
Leafl. West. Bot. 8:145-147.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1963. Two new varieties in
Machaeranthera. Leafl. West. Bot., 10:11-13.

Cronquist, Arthur. 1964. (See Gleason, Hen-
ry A. and Arthur Cronquist. )

Crossley, D. E. 1953. (See Tackle, David and
D. I. Crossley.)

Currie, Pat O. ' 1963. Food habits of the black-
tailed jackrabbit (Lepus californicus) and for-
age competition between jackrabbits and do-
mestic livestock on native range in north-
western Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Curtis, James D. 1948. Aspen: The utility
timber crop of Utah. Timberman, 49(8):
56-56, 116.

Curtis, James D. 1948. Storehouse of beautv
and utility — Utah's quaking aspen. Utah,
10(10): 16-17, 29-30.

Curtis, James D. 1958. Germinative capacity
of Engelmann spruce seed U. S. Forest Serv.,
Intermountain Forest and Range Exp. Sta.
Res. Note 58. 3 pp.

Cutler, Hugh C. 1939. Monograph of the
North American species of the genus Ephedra.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 26:373-427.

Cutler, John C. 1909. Address by John C.
Cutler, Governor of Utah. In Proceedings of
a Conference of Governors in the White
House, Washington, D. C., May 13-15, 1908.
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, pp. 163-
168.

Dahl, Billie Eugene. 1953. The digestible nu-
trients and metabolizable energy found in
winter range plant. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Agr. College, Logan.

Dahlgren, Robert B. 1955. Factors affecting
mourning dove populations in Utah. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Daines, Lyman Luther. 1910. Physiological
experiments on some algae of Great Salt Lake.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Daines, L. L. 1917. On the flora of the Great
Salt Lake. Amer. Nat., 51:499-506.

Dalton, Patrick Daly. Jr. 1951. The effect of
feeding different phosphorus compounds to
sheep on the desert range in west-central
Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. Col-
lege, Logan.

Daniel, T. W. 1958. (See Floyd J. Whitney
and T. W. Daniel. )

Daniel, T. W. 1962. The middle and south-
ern Rocky Mountain region. In Barrett, John
W. Regional silviculture of the United States.
Ronald Press, New York. Chap. 8. pp. 334-
405.

Daniel, T. W. and G. H. Barnes. 1958. Thin-
ning a young stand of lodgepole pine. Proc.
Soc. Amer. For., 1958:159-163.

Darling, F. Fraser. 1956. Man's ecological
dominance through domesticated animals on
wild lands. In Thomas, William L., Ed.
Man's role in changing the face of the earth.
Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, pp.
778-787.

Darlington, Josephine. 1934. A monograph of
the genus Mentzelia. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard., 21:103-226.

Darrow, Robert A. 1944. ( See Benson, Lyman
and Robert A. Darrow. )

Darson, L. W. 1938. (See Stoddart, L. A., P.
B. Lister, George Stewart, T. Dean Phinney,
and L. W. Darson. )

Daston, J. S. 1946. Three noteworthy Cacti
of southwestern Utah. Amer. Midi. Nat., 36:
661-662.

Daston, J. S. 1956. The identity of Micro-
puntia. Cactus and Succulent Jour., 28:194-
195.

Dastrup, Bernard Curtis. 1963. Vegetational
changes of the Uinta Basin since settlement.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Davidson, John F. 1950. The Genus Pole-
monium [Tournefort] L. Univ. Calif. Pub.
Bot., 23(5):209-282.

Davidson, Ross W. 1947. (See Mielke, James
L. and Boss W. Davidson.)

Davis, Charles A. 1916. On the fossil algae
of the petroleum yielding shales of the Green
River formation of Colorado and Utah. Proc.
Nat. Acad. Sci., 2:114-119.

Davis, Clark D. 1960. The chain's link. Utah
Fish and Game Mag., 16(2) :6-7.

BlllLKXiKAl'HY OF U TAH BOTANY

19

Davis, Clark D. 1962. From burn to browse.

Utah Fish and Game Mag., 18(10):8-9.
Davis, Owen M. 1932. (See Martin, Thomas

L. and Owen M. Davis.)
Davis, Ray J. 1963. (See Craighead, John J.,

Frank C. Craighead, Jr., and Ray J. Davis. )
Day, Franklin D. 1958. The cattle industry of

San Juan County, Utah, 1875-1900. Master's

Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.
Davton, W. A. 1934. (See Sudworth, George

B.)

Dayton, William A. 1960. Notes on western
range forbs: Equisetaceae through Fumari-
aceae. U. S. D. Agr., Agr. Handbook 161.
254 pp.

Deaver, Chester F. and Horace S. Haskell.
1955. Pinyon resources. Distribution of pin-
yon (Pinus edulis), yield and resin potentiali-
ties, Navajo-Hopi reservations, Arizona-Utah.
Univ. Ariz. Press, Tucson. 37 pp.

DeBano, Leonard Francis. 1957. The effect
of season and degree of use the physiological
response and nutritive content of desert for-
age plants. Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ.,
Logan.

Denney, Alice. 1955. The effect of different
salt concentrations on the growth and oxalate
content of Halogeton glomcratus. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Detling, LeRoy E. 1939. A revision of the
North American species of Descuriana. Amer.
Midi. Nat., 22:481-520.

DeVoto, Bernard. 1950. Restoration in the
Wasatch. Land, 9:393-397.

DeVoto, Bernard. 1952. The easy chair:
Flood in the desert. Harper's Mag., 205
(August): 58-61.

Dewey, Douglas R. 1964. Synthetic hybrids
of new world and old world Agropyrons.
I. Tetraploid Agroptjron spicatum X diploid
Agropyron cristatum. Amer. Jour. Bot., 51:
763-769.

Dewey, W. G. and D. C. Tingey. 1958. A new
grass host for dwarf bunt. Plant Disease Re-
porter, 42:18-19.

Dice, Lee R. 1939. The Sonoran biotic pro-
vince. Ecology, 20:118-129.

Dice, Lee R. 1943. The biotic provinces of
North America. Univ. Mich. Press, Ann Ar-
bor. 78 pp.

Diem, Kenneth Lee. 1952. A management
study of the Idaho-Utah interstate deer herd
with special reference to the Sublett, Black
Pine, and East Raft River Mountain unit.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Dixon, Dorothy. 1961. These are the champs.
Amer. For., 67(l):41-46, 48-50; 67(2):41-47.
(See Anon. 1955-.56.) (Trees.)

Dixon, Helen. 1935. Ecological studies on the

high plateaus of Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.

Chicago, Illinois.
Dixon, Helen. 1935. Ecological studies on the

high plateaus of Utah. Bot. Gaz., 97:272-

320.
Dixon, Joseph S. and E. Lowel Sumner, Jr.

1939. The deer problem: Deer trapping and

deer removal at Zion Canyon, Utah. Trans.

North Amer. Wildlife Conf., 4:231-235.
Dodge, Natt N. and Jeanne R. Janish. 1961.

Flowers of the southwest deserts. 5th Ed.

Southwestern Monuments Assoc. Popular

Series No. 4. Globe, Arizona. 112 pp.
Doman, Everett R. 1947. ( See Rasmussen,

D. I. and Everett R. Doman. )
Doman, Everett R. and D. I. Rasmussen. 1944.

Supplemental winter feeding of mule deer in

northern Utah. Jour. Wildlife Mgt, 8:317-

338.
Domingo, Wayne E. 1940. Bulk hybridization

of smooth bromegrass (Bromus inermis).

Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Lo-
gan.
Doran, C. W. 1944. Management of sheep on

range infested with orange sneezeweed.

U. S. D. Agr. Cir. 691. 28 pp.
Dougall, Patricia. 1942. The shade trees of

Salt Lake City, Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ.

Utah, Salt Lake City.
Dougherty, S. S. 1922. Grazing possibilities.

Utah Farmer, 42(51): 18. July 22.
Downey, John C. and David B. Dunn. 1964.

Variation in the lycaenid butterfly Plebejus

icarioides III. Additional data on food-plant

specificity. Ecology, 45:172-178.
Drobnick, Rudy. 1955. (See Cottam, Walter P.

and Rudy Drobnick. )
Drobnick, Rudv. 1958. The ecology of a relic

hybrid oak in the great basin area of Utah.

Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.
Drobnick, Rudy. 1959. A method of selecting

browse revegetation sites. Proc. 39th Ann.

Conf. W. Assoc. State Game and Fish Comms.

pp. 167-173.
Drobnick, Rudy. 1959. (See Cottam, Walter

P., John M. Tucker, and Rudy Drobnick.)
Drobnick, Rudy. 1960. What deer eat. Utah

Fish and Game Mag., 16(12):6-7.
Drobnick, Rudy. 1961. Monarch's [elk] menu.

Utah Fish and Game Mag., 17(8):18-19.
Dunford, Max P. 1958. Genetic variation in

bluebunch wheatgrass. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.
Dunn, David B. 1957. A revision of the Lup-

inus arbustus complex of the Laxiflori. Mad-
rono, 14:54-73.

20

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Dunn, David B. 1964. ( See Downey, John C.
and David B. Dunn.)

Dunn, David B. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley L.,
Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Dunn, Paul M. 1933. A study of some forest
tree plantings on agricultural land and water-
shed areas in Utah showing methods of re-
forestation and first results. Master's Thesis,
Iowa State College, Ames.

Dunn, Paul M. 1935. The distribution of
trees for Utah farm planting. Utah Juniper,
6:36.

Dunn, Paul M. 1936. Forest tree nursery at
Utah State Agricultural College. Utah State
Quarterly, 12, Mar., p. 4.

Dunn, Paul M. 1940. Tree planting survey on
some watershed areas. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 17:7. (Abstract.)

Dunn, Paul M. 1941. Forestry nursery sup-
plies trees to farmers at very low cost. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 2(1):2.

Dunstan, William Albert. 1951. A compara-
tive study of a dredged and undredged por-
tion of the Provo River, Utah. Master's The-
sis, Utah Univ., Salt Lake City.

Durand, Elias. 1860. A sketch of the botany
of the basin of the Great Salt Lake of Utah.
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Phila., New Ser.,
11:155-180.

Durrant, Stephen D. 1959. (See Woodbury,
Angus M., Stephen D. Durrant, and Seville
Flowers. )

Durrant, Stephen D. 1960. (See Woodbury,
Angus M., Stephen D. Durrant, and Seville
Flowers. )

Dutton, C. E. 1882. Tertiary history of the
Grand Canvon district. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Monog., 2:78-79.

Eardley, A. J. 1930. Stratigraphy, structure,
and physiography of die soudiern Wasatch
Mountains, Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Princeton
Univ., Princeton, N. J.

Eardley, A. J. 1932. A limestone chiefly of
algal origin in the Wasatch conglomerate,
southern Wasatch Mountains, Utah. Papers
Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 16:
399-414.

Eardley, A. J., Vasal Gvosdetsky and R. E. Mar-
sell. 1957. Hydrology of Lake Bonneville
and sediments. Bui. Geol. Soc. Amer., 68:
1141-1202.

Eastwood, Alice. 1892. General notes of a
trip through southeastern Utah. Zoe, 3:354-
361.

Eastwood, Alice. 1893. Notes on some Colo-
rado plants. Zoe, 4:2-12.

Eastwood, Alice. 1893. List of plants collect-

ed in southeastern Utah with notes and
description of new species. Zoe, 4:113-127.

Eastwood, Alice. 1895. Two new species of
Aquilegia from the upper Sonoran zone of
Colorado and Utah. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
(2), 4:559-562.

Eastwood, Alice. 1896. Report on a collec-
tion of plants from San Juan County, in
southeastern Utah. Calif. Acad. Sci. Proc.,
2nd Ser., 6:271-329.

Eastwood, Alice. 1902. New western plants.
1. New species from Colorado and Utah.
Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 29:523-524.

Eastwood, Alice. 1927. New species of Cean-
othus. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 16:361-363.

Eastwood, Alice. 1933. Two new species of
western Galium. Leafl. West. Bot., 1:55-56.

Eastwood, Alice. 1934. A revision of Arctosta-
-phylos with key and descriptions. Leafl.
West. Bot., 1:105-128.

Eastwood, Alice. 1936. A new Townsendia
from Utah. Leafl. West. Bot., 1:206-207.

Eastwood, Alice. 1937. New species of Dode-
catheon. Leafl. West. Bot., 2:36-38.

Eastwood, Alice. 1937. New species of west-
ern plants. Leafl. West. Bot., 2:54-56.

Eastwood, Alice. 1941. New species of Cas-
tilleja, I. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:87-92.

Eastwood, Alice. 1942. New western plants.
IV. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:157-160.

Eastwood, Alice. 1942. New species and var-
ieties of Lupinus. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:169-
175.

Eaton, Daniel C. 1878. (See Rothrock, J. T.)

Ebinger, John E. 1962. Validity of the grass
species Digitaria adscendens. Britonnia, 14:
248-253.

Edlefsen, James L. 1960. Diet determination
on desert vegetation using esophageal-fistula
cannula equipped sheep. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Edlefsen, James L., C. Wayne Cook, and Jos-
eph T. Blake. 1960. Nutrient content of
the diet as determined by hand plucked and
esophageal fistula samples. Jour. Animal Sci.,
19: 560-567.

Edwards, Harold L. 1961. Early spring use
of grass by game and its effect on subsequent
production. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Egoscue, Harold J. 1962. Ecology and life
history of the kit fox in Tooele Countv, Utah.
Ecology, 43:481-497.

Ehrendorfer, Friedrich. 1956. Survey of the
Galium multiflonim complex in western North
America. Contrib. Dudley Herb., 5:1-21.

BlBLIOCRAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

21

Ehrendorfer, F. 1957. The lectotype of Gali-
um multiflorum var. Watsoni. Leaf]. West.
Bot, 8:148-149.

Elias, Maxim K. 1943. Palaeoconjne and re-
lated epizoic algae of late Paleozoic age.
Bui. Geol. Soc. Amer., 54:1830. (Abstract.)

Ellis, Don E. 1939. A fungus disease of Arceu-
thobium. Phytopathology, 29:995-996.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1940. Ecological aspects of
forest recreation. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 17:9-10. (Abstract.)

Ellison, Lincoln. 1941. Notes on ecology of
subalpine range plants in central Utah. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 18:12.
( Abstract. )

Ellison, Lincoln. 1943. A natural seedling of
western aspen. Jour. For., 41:767-768.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1946. The pocket gopher in
relation to soil erosion on mountain range.
Ecology, 27:101-114.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1947. High on the moun-
tain top, where the wealth of the state begins.
Utah Farmer, 66(11): 18.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1947. Mountain range-water-
sheds. Utah Farmer, 66(13): 11.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1948. Bettering management
of Utah's range lands. Utah Mag., 10(10):
8-13, 25-27.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1948. Subalpine vegetation
of the Wasatch Plateau. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Minn., Minneapolis.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1948. (See Campbell, B. S.
Lincoln Ellison, and F. G. Benner. )

Ellison, Lincoln. 1949. Establishment of veg-
etation on depleted subalpine range as influ-
enced bv microenvironment. Ecol. Monog.,
19:95-121.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1949. The ecological basis
for judging condition and trend on mountain
range land. Jour. For., 47:786-795.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1950. ( See Lull, Howard W.
and Lincoln Ellison.)

Ellison, Lincoln. 1954. Subalpine vegetation
of the Wasatch Plateau, Utah. Ecol. Monog.,
24:89-184.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1955. Our weight in the bal-
ance of nature. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 32:11-25.

Ellison, Lincoln. 1959. Bole of plant succes-
sion in range improvement. Amer. Assoc.
Adv. Sci., Symposium Volume on Grasslands.
Pub. 53:307-321

Ellison, Lincoln. 1960. Influence of grazing
on plant succession of rangelands. Bot. Bev.,
26:1-78.

Ellison, Lincoln and C. M. Aldous. 1952. In-
fluence of pocket gophers on vegetaton of

subalpine grassland in central Utah. Ecology,
33:177-186.

Ellison, Lincoln and A. B. Croft. 1944. Prin-
ciples and indicators for judging condition
and trend of high range-watersheds. U. S.
Forest Serv., Intermountain Forest and Bange
Exp. Sta. Bes. Pap. 6. 65 pp.

Ellison, Lincoln, A. B. Croft, and Beed W. Bai-
ley. 1951. Indicators of condition and trend
on high range-watersheds of the Intermoun-
tain region. U. S. D. Agr., Agr. Handbook 19.
66 pp.

Ellison, Lincoln and W. B. Houston. 1958.
Production of herbaceous vegetation in open-
ings and under canopies of western aspen.
Ecology, 39:337-345.

Ellison, William L. 1964. A systematic study
of the genus Bahia (Compositae). Bhodora,
66:67-86, 177-215, 281-311.

Engelmann, George. 1876. Beport of the bot-
any of the expedition. In Beport of explora-
tions across the Great Basin of the Territory
of Utah ... in 1859. Engineer Dept, U. S.
Army, Govt. Printing Office, Washington.
Appendix M. pp. 433-447.

Engelmann, George. 1876. About the oaks of
the United States. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci.,
3:372-400, 539-543. (See Engelmann, George.
1887.)

Engelmann, George 1878. ( See Bothrock, J. T.
1878.)

Engelmann, George. 1887. About the oaks of
the United States. In Trelease, William and
Asa Gray. Editors. The botanical works of
the late Ceorge Engelmann. John Wilson and
Son, Cambridge, Mass. pp. 389-407. (Be-
print of Engelmann, George. 1876.)

Ensign, Margaret. 1942. A revision of the cel-
astraceous genus Forsellesia (Glossopetalon).
Amer. Midi. Nat., 27:501-511.

Enyeart, George W. 1956. Besponses of sage
grouse to grass reseeding in the pines area,
Garfield County, Utah. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Epling, Carl. 1942. (See McClintock, Eliza-
beth and Carl Epling.)

Eppson, H. F. 1939. (See Beath, O. A., C. S.
Cilbert, and H. F. Eppson.)

Eppson, H. F. 1940. (See Beath, O. A., C. S.
Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.)

Eppson, H. F. 1941. (See Beath, O. A., C. S.
Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.)

Erdman, Kimball Stewart. 1961. Classifica-
tion and distribution of the native trees of
Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Erdmann, C. E. 1960. (See Fisher, D. J.,
C. E. Erdmann, and J. B. Beeside, Jr.)

22

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Erickson, Roy C. 1957. (See Martin, Alex C,
Roy C. Erickson, and John H. Steenis. )

Erlanson, Eileen Whitehead. 1929. Field ob-
servations on wild roses of the western United
States. Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 11:117-135.

Esplin, A. C. 1927. (See Peterson, W., P. V.
Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G. Stewart, and A. C.
Esplin. )

Esplin, A. C. 1947. You can't denude a desert.
The Westerner, 11(9) :23, 110-118. Oct.

Esplin, A. C, J. E. Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart.
1937. A study of Utah's winter range. Utah
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 277. 49 pp.

Evans, Frederick R. 1936. A comparative
study of the vegetation of a grazed and an
ungrazed canyon of the Wasatch Range.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Evans, F. R. 1945. (See Cottam, W. P. and
F. R. Evans.)

Evans, Pancy Alice. 1925. A plant ecology
study in Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Chicago,
Illinois.

Evans, P. Alice. 1926. An ecological study in
Utah. Bot. Gaz., 82:253-285.

Evans, R. B. 1937. (See Price, Raymond and
R. B. Evans.)

Evans, R. J. 1942. The menace of weeds.
Utah Farm and Home Sci., 3(1):10-11.

Evans, R. J. 1943. (See Bracken, A. F. and
R. J. Evans.)

Evans, Thomas B. 1941. A study of the life
history of the Rocky Mountain mule deer in
northern Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.

Everson, Axel C. 1949. A study of a forage
utilization method based on the weight of
plant units. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Evitt, William R. 1961. The dinoflagellate
Nannoceratopsus Deflandre: Morphology, af-
finities and infraspecific variability. Micropa-
leontology, 7:. 305-316.

Ewan, Joseph. 1944. The perennial south-
western Datura and the validity of Matthew's
hypothesis in plant geography. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 25(9):235-244.

Ewan, Joseph. 1950. Rocky Mountain natural-
ists. Univ. Denver Press, Denver, Colo. 358
pp.

Ewing. Carl. 1936. (See McArdle, Richard E.,
David E. Costello, E. E. Birkmaier, Carl Ew-
ing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb, Alba A.
Simpson, and Arnold R. Standing.)

Eyre, S. R. 1963. Vegetation and soils: A
world picture. Aldine Publ. Co., Chicago, 111.
324 pp.

Farnsworth, Raymond B. and Thomas L. Mar-

tin. 1937. Studies of some of the biological
characteristics of the virgin soils in Utah Val-
ley at the western base of the Wasatch Moun-
tains. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 14:27. (Abstract.)

Farnsworth, Raymond B. and Thomas L. Mar-
tin. 1949. The presence and some activi-
ties of algae in some western soils. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 26:148.
( Abstract. )

Fautin, Reed W. 1941. Biotic communities of
the northern desert shrub biome in western
Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. 111., Urbana.

Fautin, Reed W. 1946. Biotic communities of
the northern desert shrub biome in western
Utah. Ecol. Monog., 16:251-310.

Fautin, Reed W. 1948. Some biotic commun-
ities of the desert in western Utah. Jour.
Colo.-Wyo. Acad. Sci., 3(5):52-53. (Abstract.)

Fenley, John M. 1948. Oldman wormwood
. . . ornamental sagebrush makes good plant
for erosion control and sheep grazing. Utah
Farmer, 67(15): 13. March 25.

Fenley, J. M. 1950. (See Plummer, A. Perry
and J. M. Fenley.)

Fenn, H. E. 1919. Utah and the Forest Ser-
vice. Amer. Sheep Breeder, 39(l):34-35.

Ferguson, C. W. 1949. Additional dates for
Nine Mile Canyon, northeastern Utah. Tree-
Ring Bui., 16:10-11.

Femald, M. L. 1932. The linear-leaved North
American species of Potamogeton, section
Axillares. Mem. Amer. Acad., Arts and Sci.,
17:1-183.

Fetherolf, James M. 1917. Aspen as a per-
manent forest type. Jour. For., 15:757-760.

Fetherolf, N. J. 1921. (See Baker, Frederick
S., C. F. Korstian, and N. J. Fetherolf.)

Fetherolf, N. J. 1921. (See Korstian, C. F.
and N. J. Fetherolf. )

Fields, Larry. 1964. Look over Lake Powell.
Utah Fish' and Game Mag., 20(4):4-5.

Fink, Bruce. 1907. A round trip between
Iowa and Puget Sound. I. Westward bound.
Plant World, 10:49-58.

Finn, L. E. 1956. Micropuntia. Cactus and
Succulent Jour., 28:176. (Letter.)

Fireman, Milton and H. E. Hayward. 1952.
Indicator significance of some shrubs in the
Escalante Desert, Utah. Bot. Gaz., 114:143-
155.

Fischer, George W. 1948. (See Sprague, Rod-
erick, George W. Fischer, and Jack P. Mei-
ners. )

Fischer, George W. 1951. Some new grass
smut records from the western states. II. My-
cologia, 43:67-77.

BlBLIOGHAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

23

Fischer, V. L. 1962. Flaming Gorge; recrea-
tion under multiple use. Amer. For., 68(2):
24-27, 48-50.

Fisher, D. J., C. E. Erdmann, and J. B. Reeside,
Jr. 1960. Cretaceous and Tertiary forma-
tions of the Book Cliffs, Carbon, Emery and
Grand Counties, Utah, and Garfield and Mesa
Counties, Colorado. U. S. Geol. Surv. Pap.
332. 80 pp.

Fitzgerald, O. A. 1929. Lumbering in Utah.
Utah Educ. Rev., 23:90-91, 122.

Fitzgerald, O. A. 1929. Utah's timber supply.
Utah Educ. Rev., 23:142-143, 160-161.

Flannery, John S. 1957. Hardware Ranch.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 13(2) :2-3.

Flannery, John S. 1957. Are we slaughtering
our deer herds? Utah Fish and Game Mag.,
13(ll):6-7.

Flannery, John and Temp Reynolds. 1959.
High school conservationists choose horse-
back trip. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 15(7):
12-17.

Flook, Donald R. 1955. A study of the win-
ter foraging habits of mule deer in enclosures
in northern Utah with a test of the half-and-
half sampling technique. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Flous, F. 1934. Diagnoses d'especes et vari-
etes nouvelles de Pseudotsuga americains.
Bui. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, 66(3/4): 329-
346.

Flowers, Seville. 1926. A text and manual of
Timpanogos mosses. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Flowers, Seville. 1929. A preliminary list of
Utah mosses. Bryologist, 32:74-83.

Flowers, Seville. 1933. On fossil mosses.
Bryologist, 36:26-27.

Flowers, S. 1933. Grimmia alpicola var. lati-
folia Zett. Bryologist, 36:27.

Flowers, Seville. 1933. Mosses of the Great
Salt Lake Region. Bryologist, 36:34-43.

Flowers, Seville. 1934. Vegetation of the
Great Salt Lake region. Bot. Gaz., 95:353-
418.

Flowers, Seville. 1935. Common mosses of
Utah. Utah Univ. 48 pp. Mimeo.

Flowers, Seville. 1936. The brvophvtes of
Utah. Bryologist, 39:97-104.

Flowers, Seville. 1937. Physcomitrium pyg-
maeum. Bryologist, 40:80.

Flowers, Seville. 1942. Plant life of the Great
Salt Lake region. News Bui. of the Minera-
logical Soc. of Utah, 3(3):36-56.

Flowers, Seville. 1944. Ferns of Utah. Bui.
Univ. Utah, 35(7), Biol. Ser., 4(6). 87 pp.

Flowers, Seville. 1945. Utah hepatics. Brv-
ologist, 48:8-11.

Flowers, Seville. 1949. A new Selaginellu
from southwestern Utah. Amer. Fern Jour.,
39:83-86. (Errata-40:167. 1950).

Flowers, S. 1951. A new species of Tortuia
from Utah and Arizona. Brvologist, 54:278-
282.

Flowers, Seville. 1952. Additional notes on
Selagmella utahensis. Amer. Fern Jour., 42:
58-60.

Flowers, Seville. 1952. Two Crossidiums in
Utah. Bryologist, .55:216-218.

Flowers, Seville. 1953. Distribution and rela-
tionships of the Euselaginellae. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 30:109-110.

Flowers, Seville. 1953. Tortuia papillosissima,
new to North America. Bryologist, 56:160-
164.

Flowers, Seville. 1954. Liverworts of Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 31:
93-100.

Flowers, Seville. 1954. Some lichens of Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 31:
101-105.

Flowers, Seville. 1955. Ecological sample
areas as standards for biotic communities.
In Symposium on ecology of disease trans-
mission in native animals. Ecological Re-
search, Univ. Utah for the Army Chemical
Corps, Dugway, Utah. pp. 11-12.

Flowers, Seville. 1957. Ethnobryology of the
Gosiute Indians of Utah. Bryologist, 60:11-
14.

Flowers, Seville. 1959. Vegetation of Glen
Canyon. In Ecological studies of the flora
and fauna in Glen Canyon. Univ. Utah An-
thropological Papers, 40:21-61.

Flowers, Seville. 1959. Algae collected in
Glen Canyon. In Ecological studies of the
flora and fauna in Glen Canyon. Univ. Utah
Anthropological Papers, 40:203-206.

Flowers, Seville. 1959. Common grasses of
Utah. 3rd Ed., Rev. Univ. Utah Div. Biol.

^ 122 pp.

h lowers, Seville. 1959. ( See Woodbury, An-
gus M., Stephen D. Durrant, and Seville Flow-
ers.)

Flowers, Seville. 1960. Vegetation of Flaming
Gorge Reservoir Basin. In Studies of the
Flora and Fauna of Flaming Gorge. Univ.
Utah Anthropological Papers, 48:1-98.

Flowers, Seville. I960. (See Woodbury, An-
gus M., Stephen D. Durrant, and Seville Flow-
ers.)

Flowers, Seville. 1961. The Hepaticae of Utah.
Univ. Utah Biol. Series, 12(2). 106 pp.

Flowers, Seville. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley
L., Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

24

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Flowers, Seville, n.d. Algae of Utah. Utah

Univ. 70 pp. Mimeo.
Flowers, Seville, n.d. Mosses of Utah. Utah

Univ. 89 pp. Mimeo.
Flowers, Seville, n.d. The blue-green algae of

Utah. Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City. 69 pp.

Mimeo.
Floyd, J. Whitney. 1948. Burning range.

Utah Fish and Game Bui., 5(9):6,8.
Floyd, J. Whitney. 1958. What the Park and

Recreation Commission may mean to Utah.

Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 35:

39-41.
Floyd, J. Whitney. 1959 Land management

agencies Utah Fish and Game Mag., 15(5):

14-15, 22.
Floyd, J. Whitney. 1959. Land management

agencies . . . their relationships to wildlife.

Utah Fish and Game Mag., 15(6) :6.
Floyd, J. Whitney. 1962. Review: Our renew-
able wildlands, a challenge, by W. P. Cottam.

Utah Hist. Quart., .30:275-277.
Floyd J. Whitney and T. W. Daniel. 1958.

Some management problems in the pinyon-

juniper type. Proc. Soc. Amer. For., 1958:

77-79.
Ford, Thomas Stanley. 1949. An ecological

study of moss distribution in Big Cottonwood

Canyon, Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,

Salt Lake City.
Forsling, Clarence L. 1922. (See Jardine, J.

T. and Clarence L. Forsling. )
Forsling, C. L. 1924. Fire and the range im-
provement problem. Natl. Wool Grower,

14(7): 13-14.
Forsling, C. L. 1928. The soil protection prob-
lem. Jour. For., 26:994-997.
Forsling, C. L. 1930. Research needs in the

Intermountain region. Utah Juniper, 1(1):

9-13.
Forsling, C. L. 1931. (See Stewart, George

and C. L. Forsling. )
Forsling, C. L. 1931. A study of the influence

of herbaceous plant cover on surface run-off

and soil erosion in relation to grazing on the

Wasatch Plateau in Utah. U. S. D. Agr. Tech.

Bui. 220. 71 pp.
Forsling, C. L. 19.34. (See Bailey, Reed W.,

C. L. Forsling, and R. J. Becraft. )
Forsling, C. L., Fred P. Cronemiller, Percy E.

Melis, Arnold R. Standing, Alva A. Simpson

and Rex King. 1936. Range conservation

the exception. In The western range. Sen.

Doc. 199, 74th Cong., 2nd Sess. pp. 249-300.

U. S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
Forsling, C L. and Earle V. Storm. 1929. The

utilization of browse forage as summer range

for cattle in southwestern Utah. U. S. D.
Agr. Cir. 62. 29 pp.

Fortier, Samuel. 1896(?). The water supply
of Cache Valley. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui.,
.50:1-50.

Fosberg, F. R. 1938. The lower Sonoran in
Utah. Science, 87:39-40.

Foster, Harris Norman. 1960. An ecological
study of a warm sulphur spring in Salt Lake
Valley, Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

Foster, J. H. 1910. (See Hodson, E. R. and
J. H. Foster.)

Franklin, E. R. 1942. (See Hochmuth, H. P.,
E. R. Franklin and Marion Clawson. )

Frederick, Elfriede. 1924. The bacterial flora
of Great Salt Lake and the viability of other
micro-organisms in Great Salt Lake water.
Master's Thesis, Utah Univ., Salt Lake City.

Fredine, C. Gordon. 1956. (See Shaw, Sam-
uel P. and C. Gordon Fredine. )

Frehner, Leon. 1948. Shall we have state
parks in Utah? Utah Mag., 10(3):8-11, 22.

Fremont, Capt. J. C. 1845. (See Torrey,
John and J. C. Fremont.)

Frischknecht, Neil C. 1949. Seedling emer-
gence and survival of sixteen grasses in cen-
tral Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Frischknecht, Neil C. 1950. Tall wheatgrass
thrives on salt-bearing lands. Utah Farmer
69(12):8.

Frischknecht, Neil C. 19.50. (See Harris, Lo-
rin E., George Stewart, Neil C. Frischknecht,
James A. Bennett, and Harry K. Woodward. )

Frischknecht, Neil C. 1951. Seedling emer-
gence and survival of range grasses in central
Utah. Agron. Jour., 43:177-182.

Frischknecht, Neil C. 1952. (See Plummer,
A. Perry and Neil C. Frischknecht. )

Frischknecht, Neil C. 1959. Effects of pre-
sowing vernalization on survival and develop-
ment of several grasses. Jour. Range Mgt,
12:280-286.

Frischknecht, Neil C. 1963. Contrasting ef-
fects of big sagebrush and rubber rabbit-
brush on production of crested wheatgrass.
Jour. Range Mgt., 16:70-74.

Frischknecht, Neil C, Lorin E. Harris, and
Harry K. Woodward. 1953. Cattle gains
and vegetal changes as influences by grazing
treatments on crested wheatgrass. Jour.
Range Mgt., 6:151-157.

Frischknecht, Neil C. and A. Perry Plummer.
1949. A simplified technique for determining
herbage production on range and pasture
land. Agron. Jour., 41:63-65.

BlBLIOCKAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

25

Frischknecht, Neil C, and A. Perry Plummer.
1955. A comparison of seeded grasses under
grazing and protection on a mountain brush
burn. Jour. Range Mgt, 8:170-175.

Froiland, Sven G. 1962. The genus Salix (wil-
lows) in the Black Hills of South Dakota.
U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui. 1269. 75 pp.

Frothingham, E. H. 1909. Douglas fir: A
study of the Pacific coast and the Rocky
Mountain forms. U. S. D. Agr., For Serv. Cir.
150. 38 pp.

Frothingham, E. H. 1911. (See Weigle, W. G.
and E. H. Frothingham.)

Frykman, Joel K. 1958. Aspen management
in Utah. Proc. Soc. Amer. For., 1958:71-74.

Fuller, Robert Weeks. 1953. Studies in the
life history and ecology of the American pin-
tail (Anas acuta tzitzihoa Vieillot) in Utah.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Funk, William H. 1963. Growth and control
of algae in Deer Creek Reservoir. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Gaines, Xerpha. 1957. Plants of Glen Canvon.
Plateau, 30(2):31-34.

Galway, Desma H. 1945. The North Ameri-
can species of Smilacina. Master's Thesis,
Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Galway, Desma H. 1945. The North Ameri-
can species of Smilacina. Amer. Midi. Nat.,
33:644-666.

Gardner, Frank D. and John Stewart. 1900. A
soil survey in Salt Lake Valley, Utah. In
Whitney, Milton. Field operations of the
Division of Soils, 1899. U. S. D. Agr. Rep.
64. pp. 77-114.

Garrett, A. O. 1910. The smuts and rusts of
Utah. Mycologia, 2:265-304.

Garrett, A. O. 1913. Some introduced plants
of Salt Lake County, Utah. Torreya, 13:237-
241.

Garrett, A. O. 1913. The influence of biologi-
cal investigations upon the other sciences.
Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 1:68-77.

Garrett, A. O. 1914. The smuts and rusts of
Utah— II. Mycologia 6:240-258.

Garrett, A. O. 1915. Some unique rusts.
Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 1:132-136. (1908-
1917.)

Garrett, A. O. 1919. Smuts and rusts of Utah
—III. Myocolgia, 11:202-215.

Garrett, A. O. 1921. Some introduced plants
of Utah. Torreya, 21 ( 5 ) : 76-79.

Garrett, A. O. 1921. Forest tree diseases [of
Utah]. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 2:182-189.

Garrett, A. O. 1921. Smuts and rusts of Utah
—IV. Mycologia, 13:101-110.

Garrett, A. O. 1922. Dates of early flowering.
Utah Educ. Rev., 15(8):36-37.

Garrett, A. O. 1923. Botany as a "practical"
subject. Utah Educ. Rev., 16(7) :5-7.

Garrett, A. O. 1924. The aecial stage of Puc-
cinia patter soniana. Mycologia, 16:33-35.

Garrett, A. O. 1925. Smuts and rusts of Utah
—V. Mycologia, 17:202-209.

Garrett, A. O. 1926. A new smut. Mycologia,
18:286.

Garrett, A. O. 1926. Asplenium viride and
Cryptogramma Stelleri in Utah. Amer. Fern
Jour., 16:27-28.

Garrett, A. O. 1926. Azolla caroliniana Willd.
in Utah. Amer. Fern Jour., 16:98.

Garrett, A. O. 1929. Plants in Utah that poi-
son stock. Utah Educ. Rev., 22:386-388, 402-
403.

Garrett, A. O. 1933. Uroajstis Hetwherae sp.
nov. Mycologia, 25:151.

Garrett, A. O. 1936. Spring flora of the Wa-
satch region. 5th Ed. Stevens and Wallis,
Inc., Salt Lake City, Utah. 240 pp. (1st Ed.,
1911, Salt Lake City; 2nd Ed., 1912, Lancas-
ter; 3rd Ed., 1917, Lancaster; 4th Ed., 1927,
Salt Lake City. )

Garrett, A. O. 1937. The Uredinales or rusts
of Utah. Bui. Univ. Utah, 28(7), Biol. Ser.
4(1). 81 pp.

Garrett, A. O. 1939. The Ustilaginales or
smuts of Utah. Bui. Univ. Utah, 29(9), Biol.
Ser., 4(2). 23 pp.

Garrett, A. O. 1940. (See Cottam, Walter P.,
A. O. Garrett, and Bertrand F. Harrison.)

Garrett, A. O. (See Anon. 1911.)

Garrett, A. O. (See Jones, Marcus E. 1911.)

Garrett, A. O. (See Vickery, Robert K. Jr.
1961.)

Gashwiler, Jay S. 1952. (See Robinette, W.
Leslie, Odell Julander, Jay S. Gashwiler, and
Justin G Smith. )

Gates, Dillard H. 1956. Ecology of plant dis-
tribution on the salt-deserts of Utah. Ph.D.
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Gates, Dillard H. 1956. Ecology of plant dis-
tribution on the salt-deserts of Utah. Jour.
Range Mgt., 9(1):58. (Abstract.)

Gates, Dillard H. 1960. ( See Cook, C. Wayne
and Dillard H. Gates.)

Gates, D. H., L. A. Stoddart, and C. W. Cook.
1956. Soil as a factor influencing plant dis-
tribution on salt-deserts of Utah. Ecol.
Monog., 26:155-175.

Gates, John M. 1957. Autumn food habits of
the gadwall in northern Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 34:69-71.

Gatherum, Gordon Elwood. 1951. Pellet seed-
ing on sagebrush range. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

26

Bbigham Young University Science Bulletin

Gatherum, Gordon E. 1961. Pellet seeding on
sagebrush range. Jour. Range Mgt, 14:160.
( Abstract. )

Gatherum, James M. 1951. (See Alvey, Ed-
son and James M. Gatherum. )

Gaufin, Arden R. 1955. Save our wet lands.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 11(5): 1-3.

Gaufin, Arden R. 1955. The effects of pollu-
tion on our fishery. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 32:71-74.

Gaufin, Arden R. 1957. Limnological analy-
ses of Jordan, Price, Provo, and Weber Rivers
by Arden R. Gaufin. Univ. Utah and Utah
State Water Pollution Control Board. Salt
Lake City.

Gaufin, Arden R. 1958. Report on limnologi-
cal and sanitary characteristics of Jordan,
Price, Provo, and Weber Rivers for 1957-58.
Univ. Utah and Utah State Water Pollution
Control Board. Salt Lake City.

Gaufin, Arden R. 1964. (See Rabe, Fred W.
and Arden R. Gaufin. )

Gaufin, Arden R., Gerald R. Smith, and Phil
Dotson. 1960. Aquatic survey of Green Riv-
er and tributaries within the Flaming Gorge
Reservoir Basin. In Ecological studies of the
flora and fauna of Flaming Gorge Reservoir
Basin, Utah and Wyoming. Univ. Utah An-
thropological Papers, 48:139-175.

Gaufin, David M. 1949. (See Rasmussen, D.
Irvin and David M. Gaufin.)

Gaufin, D. M. 1950. (See Julander, Odell,
W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith, and D. M. Gau-
fin.)

Gaufin, D. M. 1951. (See Julander, Odell,
D. M. Gaufin, Arthur D. Smith, and W. Leslie
Robinette. )

Gaufin, D. M. and others. 1950. Range for big
game and livestock in Utah. Utah State
Dept. Fish and Game Bui. 2. 24 pp.

Genaux, Charles M. 1930. The maple tree.
Utah Educ. Rev., 23:298-299, 325-326.

Ghiselin, Jon Brewster. 1956. Ecological dis-
tribution and frequency of occurrence of sum-
mer birds of the high western Uinta Moun-
tains, Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah. Salt
Lake City.

Gifford, Gerald Fredric. 1964. Aspen root and
top growth: Field observations of roots; re-
sponse of roots and tops to moisture, tempera-
ture, light intensity, and soil type. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Gilbert, C. S. 1939. (See Beath, O. A., C. S.
Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson. )

Gilbert, C S. 1940. (See Beath, O. A., C. S.
Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.)

Gilbert, C. S. 1941. (See Beath, O. A., C. S.
Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.)

Gill, L S. 1935. Arceuthobiurn in the United
States. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
32:111-245.

Gillett, George W. 1960. Flowering responses
in PJiacelia scricea and P. idahoensis. Mad-
rono, 15:245-249.

Gillett, George W. 1962. Evolutionary rela-
tionships of Phacelia linearis. Brittonia, 14:
231-236.

Gilman, J. C. and E. V. Abbott. 1927. A sum-
mary of the soil fungi. Iowa State Coll.
Jour. Sci., 1:225-343.

Gleason, Henry A. and Arthur Cronquist. 1964.
The natural geography of plants. Columbia
Univ. Press, New York. 420 pp. (pp. 174,
232, 372-388.)

Goebel, Carl J. 1960. Effect of range condi-
tion and plant vigor upon the production and
nutritive value of forage. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan, Utah.

Goebel, Carl J. 1962. (See Cook, C. Wayne
and Carl J. Goebel.)

Goebel, Carl J. and C. Wayne Cook. 1960.
Effect of range condition on plant vigor, pro-
duction, and nutritive value of forage. Jour.
Range Mgt., 13:307-313.

Goede, Ronald W. 1961. Some effects of so-
dium fluoride on the benthic algae of a lotic
environment. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Gold, Herbert. 1939. A preliminary study of
salt effects in the germination of Allenrolfea
occidentalis. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

Gomm, B. P. 1953. (See Stoddart, L. A., C.
W. Cook and B. P. Gomm. )

Gomm, Fred B. 1955. The apparent digesti-
bility and nutritive value of four introduced
wheatgrasses at four stages of growth. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Gonzales, Martin H. 1964. Patterns of live-
stock behavior and forage utilization as in-
fluenced by environmental factors on a sum-
mer mountain range. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Goodman. G. J. 1931. Notes on the distribu-
tion of some Rocky Mountain plants. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard., 18:283-286.

Goodman, G. J. and C. L. Hitchcock. 1932. A
new scapose Draba from Utah. Ann. Miss-
ouri Bot. Gard., 19:77-78.

Goodspeed, T. H. 1936. (See Clements, Fred-
eric E.)

Goodwin, D. L. 1960. Seven jackrabbits equal
one ewe. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 21:38-
39.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

27

Goodwin, D. L. 1962. Grazing steep moun-
tain slopes. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 23:

12-13, 28.
Gortner, R. A. 1924. (See Harris, J. Arthur,

R. A. Gortner, W. F. Hoffman, J. V. Lawrence,

and A. T. Valentine. )
Gould, Frank W. 1945. Additions to the flora

of Utah. Leafl. West. Bot, 4:212-213.
Gould, Frank W. and Zarir J. Kapadia. 1962.

Bouteloua uniflora in Utah. Leafl. West. Bot.,

9:255.
Graham, Edward H. 1935. Botanizing in the

Uinta Basin. Carnegie Magazine, 9:143-147.
Graham, Edward H. 1937. Botanical studies

in the Uinta. Basin of Utah and Colorado.

Ann. Carnegie Mus., Pittsburgh, 26:1-432.
Graham, Edward H. 1937. How selective is

the habitat of the poisonous Astragalus hylo-

philus? Ecology, 18:171-172.
Graham, Edward H. 1937. Notes on some

mosses from the Uinta Basin, Utah. Bryolo-

gist, 40:40-45.
Graham, Jay E. 1959. Creation of an aquatic

wildlife habitat by mosquito source reduc-
tion. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 36:81-82.
Grant, U. S., 3D. 1950. The Dinosaur dam

sites are not needed. Living Wilderness, 34:

17-24.
Gray, Asa. 1855. (See Torrey, John and Asa

Gray. )
Gray, Asa. 1876. Contributions to the Botany

of North America. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts

and Sci., n.s., 4:51-84.
Gray, Asa. 1878. Contributions to the Botany

of North America. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts

and Sci., n.s., 5:361-374.
Gray, Asa. 1880. Contributions to North

American Botany. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts

and Sci., n.s., 8:78-108.
Gray, Asa. 1882. Contributions to North

American Botany. I. Studies of Aster and

Solidago in older herbaria. Proc. Amer. Acad.

Arts and Sci., 17:163-199.
Gray, Asa. 1887. (See Engelmann, George.)
Gray, Asa and Joseph D. Hooker. 1880. The

vegetation of the Rocky Mountain region and

a comparison with that of other parts of the

world. Bui. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv.

Terr., 6(l):l-77. (1881)
Gray, John. 1932. Common plants of Zion

Canyon. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 4(6):9-ll.
Greaves, J. E. 1937. (See Esplin, A. C, J. E.

Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart. )
Greaves, J. E. 1941. (See Holt, Wendell L.

and J. E. Greaves. )
Greaves, J. E. 1942. (See Stoddart, L. A. and

J. E. Greaves.)

Greeley, William B. 1913. Reforestation on
the national forests. Proc. Soc. Amer. For.,
8:261-277.

Green, Lisle R. 1948. Utilization of forage
plants and diet of sheep on the Utah winter
range. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. Col-
lege, Logan.

Green, L. R., L. A. Shary, C. W. Cook, and L.
E. Harris. 1951. Utilization of winter range
forage by sheep. Jour. Range Mgt, 4:233-241.

Greene, Edward Lee. 1881. Emendation of
the genus Fendlera. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club.,
8:25-26.

Greene, Edward L. 1905. Diagnoses Aragallor-
um. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 18:11-18.

Greenhalgh, Clif. 1958. Sage chickens and
civilization. Utah Fish and Game Mag.,
14(7):6.

Greenhalgh, Clifton M. 1958. (See Behle,
William H, John B. Bushman, and Clifton M.
Greenhalgh. )

Greenwood, Lucile. 1951. Club women are
interested in conservation education. Utah
Educ. Rev., 44(4) :19.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1916. The Navajo Coun-
try. A geographic and hydrographic recon-
naissance of parts of Arizona, New Mexico,
and Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water-Supply
Pap. 380. 219 pp.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1933. Colorado Plateau
region. Internatl. Geol. Cong., 16th Sess.
Guidebook 18: Excursions C-l and C-2. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington. 38 pp. (Vegeta-
tion, pp. 4-5.)

Gregory, Herbert E. 1938. The San Juan
country. A geographic and geologic recon-
naissance of southeastern Utah. U. S. Geol.
Surv. Prof. Pap. 188. 123 pp.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1944. Geologic observa-
tions in the Upper Sevier River Valley, Utah.
Amer. Jour. Sci., 242:577-606.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1945. Population of
southern Utah. Econ. Geography, 21:30-51.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1945. Scientific explora-
tions in southern Utah. Amer. Jour. Sci., 423:
527-549.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1949. Geologic and geo-
graphic reconnaissance of eastern Markagunt
Plateau, Utah. Bui. Geol. Soc. Amer., 60:
969-998.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1950. Geology and geo-
graphy of the Zion Park region, Utah and
Arizona. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 220.
200 pp.

Gregory, Herbert E. 1950. Geology of eastern
Iron County, Utah. Utah Geol. and Minera-
logical Surv. Bui. 37. 153 pp. Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

28

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Gregory, Herbert E. 1963. Kanab: The south-
em gateway to Utah. Utah Geol. and Min-
eralogical Surv. Bui. 49. 21 pp.

Griffin, Gerald D. 19.56. An investigation of
Anabaena unispora Gardner and other blue-
green algae as a possible mosquito control
factor in Salt Lake County, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake Citv.

Griffin, Gerald D. and Don M. Rees. 1956.
Anabaena unispora Gardner and other blue-
green algae as possible mosquito control fac-
tors in Salt Lake County, Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 33:101-103.

Griner, Lynn A. 1939. A study of the sage
grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus) with spe-
cial reference to life history, habitat require-
ments, and numbers and distribution. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Grittanugulya, Narong. 1962. The effects of
temperature stratification, and locality on the
germination of several Rocky Mountain coni-
ferous species. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Groesbeck, J. Rowe. 1925. Arid land recla-
mation. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Grosvenor, Gilbert H. 1917. Our state flow-
ers. Natl. Geog. Mag., 31:481-517. The sego
lily (Calochortus nuttallii Torr. and Gr. ).
pp. 498, 512.

Groves, Gerald T. 1960. (See Hall, Heber H.
and Gerald T. Groves. )

Gvosdetsky, Vasal. 1957. (See Eardley, A. J.,
Vasal Gvosdetsky and R. E. Marsell. )

Hahn, Glen G 1919. ( See Hartley, Carl, Roy
G. Pierce, and Glen G. Hahn.)

Hahn, Glen G 1920. (See Hartlev, Carl and
Glen G Hahn. )

Hales, Donald C. 1960. Rape of the rivers.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 16(2) :3-4.

Hall, E. C. 1883. Utah territory. Report on
the productions of agriculture. U. S. Census
10th, 1880. Vol. 3:117-124.

Hall, H. M. 1910. A new Rocky Mountain
botany. Plant World, 13:96-99. (Review of
Coulter, John M. and Aven Nelson. New
manual of botany of the central Rocky Moun-
tains. )

Hall, Harvey M. and Frederic E. Clements.
1923. The phylogenetic method in taxonomy.
The North American species of Artemisia,
Chrysothamnus, and Atriplex. Carnegie Inst.
Wash. Pub. 326. 355 pp.

Hall, Heber Horace. 1954. The impact of man
on the vegetation and soil of the Upper Valley
Allotment, Garfield County, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Hall, Heber H. and Walter P. Cottam. 1955.
The impact of man on the vegetation and
soil of the Upper Valley area, Garfield Coun-
ty, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 32:105-106.

Hall, Heber H. and Gerald T Groves. 1960.
Annotated list of plants found in Flaming
Gorge Reservoir Basin, 1959. In Ecological
studies of the flora and fauna of Flaming
Gorge Reservoir Basin, Utah and Wyoming.
Univ. Utah Anthropological Papers, 48:49-98.

Hammond, H. L. 1924. The juniper tree. Im-
provement Era, 27(9) :891.

Hancock, Norman V. 1955. A management
study of the Cache elk herd. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Hanks, David L. 1963. A study of the copro-
philous Ascomycetes of Utah. Master's The-
sis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Hanna, Leo A. 1934. Recent botanical field
work in northeastern Utah and northwestern
Colorado. Jour. Colo.-Wyo. Acad. Sci., 1(6):
53. (Abstract.)

Hanna, Marian Lucy. 1962. Differential salt
tolerance of Hordeum jubatum, Agropyron
trachycatdum, and their natural hybrid Ely-
mus macounii. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Hannay, Annie M. 1938. ( See Berclaw, Louise
O., Annie M. Hannay, and Mary G. Lacy.)

Hansen, Henry P. 1946. Postglacial vegeta-
tion of the northern Great Basin. Amer. Jour.
Bot, 33-266. (Abstract.)

Hansen, Leonard L. 1938. (See Knowlton,
George F. and Leonard L. Hansen.)

Hansen, Wilford L. 1933. Recreational devel-
opment in Logan Canyon, Utah. Utah Juni-
per, 4:23-24, 45-48.

Hansen, W. L. 1947. Errant waters. Utah
Mag., 9(9) :22-33, 31-32, .34.

Hanson, Craig Alfred. 1962. New species of
perennial Atriplex from the western United
States. Studies in Systematic Botany, 1:1-4.
Publ. by author.

Hanson, Craig A. 1962. Perennial Atriplex of
Utah and the northern deserts. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Hanson, Craig. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley L.,
Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Hanson, Herbert C. and Ethan D. Churchill.
1961. The Plant Community. Reinhold
Publ. Co., New York. 218 pp. ( Utah: pp. 33,
39, 40, 46, 47, 85, 86, 88, 148.)

Hanson, Wallace R. 1939. The ecology of
Agropyron inerme on protected and heavily
grazed range land in Cache Valley, Utah.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Lo-
gan.

BlBLIOGHAPHV OF UTAH BOTANY

29

Hanson, Wallace R. and L. A. Stoddart. 1940.
Effects of grazing upon bunch wheat grass.
Jour. Soc. Agron., 32:278-289.

Hardy, Ross. 1937. Rirds of pinon and shad-
scale near Price, Utah. Master's Thesis,
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Hardy, Ross. 1944. Discovering and conserv-
ing the biological resources of Utah. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 21:67-70.

Hardy, Cecil Ross. 1944. The influence of
soil type and of barriers on the local distri-
bution of some mammals in southwestern
Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Michigan, Ann
Arbor.

Hardy, Ross. 1945. Breeding birds of the pig-
my conifers in the Book Cliff region of east-
ern Utah. Auk, 62:523-542.

Hardy, Ross. 1945. The influence of types of
soil upon the local distribution of some mam-
mals in southwestern Utah. Ecol. Monog.,
15:71-108.

Hardy, Ross. 1947. Animals are a resource
too. Utah Educ. Rev., 40(5): 165-167.

Hardy, Ross. 1947. The Beaverdam Moun-
tains as a barrier in plant and animal distri-
bution: Additional information. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 24:138. (Ab-
stract. )

Hardy, Ross. 1948. Our program for action
[conservation]. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 25:77-78.

Haring, Inez M. 1961. Mosses of the Glen
Canyon area. Plateau, 33:120-122.

Harlow, William M. and Ellwood S. Harrar.
1958. Textbook of dendrology. 4th Ed. Mc-
Graw-Hill, New York. 561 pp.

Harper, Kimball T. 1959 Vegetational changes
in a shadscale-winterfat plant association dur-
ing twenty-three years of controlled grazing.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Harrar, Ellwood S. 1958. (See Harlow, Wil-
liam M. and Ellwood S. Harrar.)

Harris, F. S. 1912. The effect of soil moisture
on the morphology of certain plants. Trans.
Utah Acad. Sci.,' 1:65. (1908-1917.) (Ab-
stract. )

Harris, F. S. 1915. Effect of soil alkali on
plant growth. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 1:131-
132. (1908-1917.)

Harris, F. S. 1916. The alkali content of cer-
tain Utah soils. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci. 1:153.
(1908-1917.) (Abstract.)

Harris, Franklin Stewart. 1920. Soil alkali:
Its origin, native and treatment. John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York. 258 pp.
Harris, Franklin S. 1946. The role of wild-
land resources in the settlement of the inland

western mountain region. Jour. For., 44:784-
788.

Harris, J. Arthur. 1927. The cat tail, Typha
angustifolia, in Utah. Torreya, 27:9-11.

Harris, J. Arthur, R. A. Gortner, W. F. Hoffman,
J. V. Lawrence, and A. T. Valentine. 1924.
The osmotic concentration, specific electrical
conductivity, and chloride content of the tissue
fluids of the indicator plants of Tooele Val-
ley, Utah. Jour. Agr. Res., 27:893-924.

Harris, J. Arthur et al. 1934. The physico-
chemical properties of plant saps in relation to
phytogeography. Data on native vegetation
in its natural environment. Univ. Minnesota
Press, Minneapolis. 339 pp.

Harris, Lorin E. 1950. (See Cook, C. Wayne
and Lorin E. Harris. )

Harris, Lorin E. 1950. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
David O. Williamson, Lorin E. Harris, L. A.
Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. )

Harris, L. E. 1951. (See Cook, C. Wayne, L.
A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E. 1952. ( See Cook, C. Wayne,
and Lorin E. Harris. )

Harris, Lorin E. 1952. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E. 1953. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Harris, L. E. 1954. (See Cook, C. Wayne, L.
A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E. 1956. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E. 1957. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E. 1959. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E. 1959. (See Pieper, Rex, C.
Wayne Cook, and Lorin E. Harris. )

Harris, Lorin E. 1962. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
Kent Taylor, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Harris, Lorin E., Wayne Cook, and John E.
Butcher. 1959. Symposium on forage evalu-
ation: V. Intake and digestibility techniques
and supplemental feeding in range forage
evaluation. Agron. Jour., 51:226-234.

Harris, Lorin E., Neil C. Frischknecht, George
Stewart, James A. Bennett, and Harry K.
Woodward. 1950. Crested wheatgrass pro-
vides excellent spring pasture for beef cattle.
Farm and Home Sci., 11(4):70-71, 93-94.

Harris, Marion L. 1926. An ecological study
of Timpanogos Creek, from Aspen Grove to
Wildwood. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Harris, Stuart K. 1951. (See Wyman, Leland
C. and Stuart K. Harris. )

Harrison, Bertrand F. 1932. The rise and de-
velopment of the megagametophyte in Fritil-

30

Bhigham Younc University Science Bulletin

laria pudica and FritiUaria atropurpurea.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.. Arts and Letters, 9:9-
20.

Harrison, Bertrand F. 1939. An annotated list
of Utah grasses. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 16:23-35.

Harrison, Bertrand F. 1940. (See Cottam,
Walter P., A. O. Garrett, and Bertrand F. Har-
rison. )

Harrison, B. F. 1940. (See Nisson, A. W. and
B. F. Harrison.)

Harrison, Bertrand F. 1954. Grass — "Chief
nourisher in life's feast." Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 31:13-23.

Harrison, Bertrand F. 1957. A botanical gar-
den at Brigham Young University. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 34:45-49.

Harrison, B. F. 1961. (See Christensen, Earl
M. and B. F. Harrison. )

Harrison, Bertrand F. 1963. Dr. Walter P.
Cottam. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 40:129-130.

Harrison, Bertrand F. and Richard F. Nelson.
1957. Preliminary investigation of the role
of selenium in Stanleya pinnata. Proc. Utah
Aoad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 34:159. (Ab-
stract. )

Harrison, Bertrand F, Stanley L. Welsh, and
Glen Moore. 1964. Plants of Arches Na-
tional Monument. Brigham Young Univ. Sci.
Bui., Biol. Ser., 5(1). 23 pp.

Harrison, J. William. 1926. A preliminary
study of the fresh water algae of Washington
County, Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Harshberger, John W. 1958. Phytogeographic
survey of North America. 2nd (Reprint) Ed.
H. R. Engelmann (J. Cramer), Weinheim/
Bergstr., Germany. 790 pp. (1st Ed. Wil-
helm Engelmann, Leipzig and G. E. Stechert
and Co, New York. 1911.)

Hart, Virgil L. 1952. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Virgil L. Hart. )

Hart, Virgil Lee. 1953. Halogeton and range
management. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.

Hartley, Carl. 1918. Rhizoctonia as a needle
fungus. Phytopathology, 8:62.

Hartley, Carl, Roy G. Pierce, and Glen G. Hahn.
1919. Moulding of snow-smothered nursery
stock. Phytopathology, 9:521-531.

Hartley, Carl and Glen G. Hahn. 1920. Notes
on some diseases of aspen. Phvtopathology,
10:141-147.

Haskell, Horace S. 1955. ( See Deaver, Chester
F. and Horace S. Haskell.)

Haskell, Horace S. 19.58. Flowering plants in

Glen Canyon, late summer aspect. Plateau,
3(l):l-3.

Hasler, J. W. and A. L. Crawford. 1938. Dia-
tomaceous marl of Bonneville age. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci, Arts and Letters, 15:25-26.

Hawkes, H. Bowman. 1959. The back val-
leys of Summit and Wasatch Counties. Inter-
mountain Assoc. Petroleum Geol. Tenth An-
nual Field Conf. pp. 8-18.

Hawkes, H. Bowman. 1960. The paradoxes of
the conservation movement. Bui. Univ. Utah,
51 (11): 1-35.

Hawksworth, Frank G. 1953. The pycnial
stage of Cronartium filamentosum. Plant Di-
sease Reporter, 37:246.

Hawksworth, Frank G. 1961. Dwarfmistletoe
of ponderosa pine in the southwest. U.S.D.
Agr. Tech. Bui. 1246. 112 pp.

Hawksworth, Frank G. and James L. Mielke.
1962. Witches' broom of Gambel oak asso-
ciated with Articularia quercina var. minor.
Phytopathology, 52 : 451 -454 .

Hayden, F. V. 1873. Sixth annual report of
the U. S. Geological Survey of the Territories
embracing portions of Montana, Idaho, Wyo-
ming, and Utah; . being a report of progress of
the explorations for the year 1872. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington. 844 pp.

Hayden, F. V. (See Anon. 1898.)

Hays, James Douglas. 1960. A study of the
South Flat and related formations of central
Utah: Part II. Palynology. Master's Thesis,
Ohio State Univ., Columbus.

Hayward, C. Lynn. 1934. ( See Tanner, Vasco
M. and C. Lynn Hayward.)

Hayward, C. Lynn. 1940. Feeding habits of
the red squirrel. Jour. Mammalogy, 21:220.

Hayward, C. Lynn. 1943. Biotic communities
of the coniferous forests of the southern Wa-
satch and Uinta Mountains, Utah. Ph.D.
Thesis (part), Univ. Ill, Urbana.

Hayward, C. Lynn. 1945. Biotic communities
of the southern Wasatch and Uinta Moun-
tains, Utah. Great Basin Nat, 6:1-124.

Hayward, C. Lynn. 1948. Biotic communities
of the Wasatch chaparral, Utah. Ecol.
Monog, 18:473-506.

Hayward, C. Lynn. 1952. Alpine biotic com-
munities of the Uinta Mountains, Utah. Ecol.
Monog, 22:93-120.

Hayward, C. Lynn, D Elden Beck, and Wilmer
W. Tanner. 1958. Zoology of the upper
Colorado River Basin. 1. The biotic commu-
nities. Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bui, Biol.
Ser, 1(3). 74 pp.

Hazzard, A. S. 1934. Limnological studies of
the Strawberry Reservoir, Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci, Arts and Letters, 11:253.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

31

Hazzard, A. S. 1935. A preliminary study of
an exceptionally productive trout water, Fish
Lake, Utah. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc., 65:122-
128.

Hazzard, A. S. 1935. Environmental control
(stream and lake improvement) in Utah wa-
ters. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts, and Let-
ters, 12:256-266.

Heaton, Vard H. 1956. Range reseeding in
southern Utah and northern Arizona. Jour.
Range Mgt, 9:289-291.

Heckard, Lawrence R. 1960. Taxonomic
studies in the Phacelia magellanico polyploid
complex. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 32(1 ):1-
126.

Hedgcock, G. G. 1914. Notes on some di-
seases of trees in our national forests. IV.
Phytopathology, 4:181-188.

Hedrick, U. P. 1899. Tree planting in Utah.
Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui., 62:229-260.

Heggen, Albert W. 1959. A place to hunt.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 15(11): 10.

Heinecke, Gertrude K. 1945. Wild flowers and
plants of Utah. Salt Lake City. 75 pp.

Henderson, Norland C. 1962. A taxonomic
revision of the genus Lycopus (Labiatae).
Amer. Midi. Nat., 68:95-138.

Henderson, W. W. 1942. The genus Hesper-
otettix in Utah (Orthoptera. Locustidae, Gyr-
tacanthacrinae ) . Great Basin Nat., 3:9-21.

Hendricks, B. A. 1936. (See McArdle, Rich-
ard E., David F. Costello, E. E. Birkmaier,
Carl Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb,
Alba A. Simpson, and Arnold R. Standing.)

Henry, L. K. 1936. Mycorrhizae from the
Uinta Basin. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Pittsburgh,
25:63-72.

Henssen, Aino. 1963. The North American
species of Placynthium. Canad. Jour. Bot.,
41:1687-1724.

Herman, F. R. 1958. Silvical characteristics of
Rocky Mountain juniper. U. S. For. Serv.
Rocky Mt. Forest and Range Exp. Sta. Pap.
29. 20 pp.

Hermann, Frederick J. 1934. A new Carda-
mine from the Uinta Mountains, Utah. Rho-
dora, 36:409-412.

Hermann, F. J. 1948. The Juncus triformis
group in North America. Leafl. West Bot., 5:
109-120.

Hermann, F. J. 1963. A western American
variety of Carex bipartita. Leafl. West. Bot.,
10:1.5-16.

Hermann, F. J. 1964. The Juncus Mertensi-
anus complex in western North America.
Leafl. West. Bot., 10:81-96.

Hervey, Ralph J. 1947. Studies on the tox-

icity of algae for animals. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 24:49-50.

Hervey, R. J. 1947. The effect of the dichro-
mate ion on algal growth. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 24:136-137.

Hevly, Richard H. 1961. Notes on aquatic
non-flowering plants of northern Arizona and
adjoining regions. Plateau, 33:88-92.

Hibbert, Alden Ron. 1961. A study of com-
monly used hvdrologic concepts and their ap-
plication in run off analysis on small moun-
tain watersheds. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Hicks, Charles E. 1964. The effects of a syn-
thetic detergent, alkyl benzene sodium sul-
fonate, on the productivity of stream algal
communities. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Hildebrand, Samuel F. and Irving L. Tower.
1927. Food of trout in Fish Lake, Utah.
Ecology, 8:. 389-397.

Hill, George R. 1939. The famous juniper,
Jardine Tree. Utah Educ. Rev., 33(1 ):6.

Hill, Jerry W. 1952. Life history and manage-
ment of the Cache deer herd. Master's The-
sis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Hilmon, Junior B. 1955. A revised technique
for measuring forage utilization. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Hilton, James Waldo. 1940. Effects of certain
micro-ecological factors on the germinability
and early development of Eurotia lanata.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Hilton, James W. 1941. Effects of certain
micro-ecological factors on the germinability
and early development of Eurotia lanata.
Northwest Sci., 15:86-92.

Hiner, L. David. 1963. ( See Cole, Franklin R.
and L. David Hiner. )

Hinman, Robert A. 1959. Problems in ante-
lope management in Utah. Proc. 39th An-
nual Conf. W. Assoc. State Game and Fish
Comms. pp. 201-207.

Hitchcock, A. S. 1933. New species and new
names of grasses from Texas. Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci., 23:449-456.

Hitchcock, A. S. and Agnes Chase. 1950.
Manual of the grasses of the United States.
U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Pub. 200. 1051pp. (Re-
vised. )

Hitchcock, C. Leo. 1936. The genus Lepidium
in the United States. Madrono, 3:265-320.

Hitchcock, C. Leo. 1939. Notable western
plants I. Leafl. West. Bot., 2:177-180.

Hitchcock, C. Leo. 1943. The xerophyllous
species of Philadelphus in southwestern North
America. Madrono, 7:35-56.

32

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Hitchcock, C. Leo. 1950. On the subspecies

of Lepidium montanum. Madrono, 10:155-

158.
Hitchcock, C. Leo. 1952. A revision of the

North American species of Lathyrus. Univ.

Wash. Pub. Biol., 15:1-104.
Hitchcock, C. Leo and Bassett Maguire. 1947.

A revision of the North American species of

Silene. Univ. Wash. Pub. Biol., 13:1-73.
Hochmuth, H. R. 1948. (See Keller, Wesley,

and H. R. Hochmuth. )
Hochmuth, H. R. 1952. Utah's range sheep

industry on decline. Utah Farm and Home

Sci., 13:88-89, 98.
Hochmuth, H. R., E. R. Franklin, and Marion

Clawson. 1942. Sheep migration in the In-

termountain region. U. S. D. Agr. Cir. 624.

70 pp.
Hodson, E. R. 1911. Some present day prob-
lems in forestry. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 1:

45-54. (1908-1917.)
Hodson, E. R. and J. H. Foster. 1910. Engel-

mann spruce in the Rocky Mountains. U. S.

D. Agr. Forest Serv. Cir. 170. 23 pp.
Hoffman, W. F. 1924. (See Harris, J. Arthur,

R. A. Gortner, W. F. Hoffman, J. V. Lawrence,

and A. T. Valentine.)
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1941. (See Maguire,

Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren.)
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1943. New poisonous

weed invades western ranges. Utah Farm

and Home Sci., 4(4) :3, 11.
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1944. Weeds that may

become noxious. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,

5(4):8-9.
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1945. Two poisonous

milkweeds. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 6(2):

11, 12.
Holmgren, A. H. 1946. Four weed threats.

Utah Farm and Home Sci., 7(2):13-14.
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1946. (See Maguire,

Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren. )
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1948. Handbook of the

vascular plants of the northern Wasatch.

Lithotype Process Company, San Francisco.

202 pp.
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1948. Native plant be-
comes weed menace. Utah Farm and Home

Sci., 9(3). -20.
Holmgren, A. H. 1949. (See Stoddart, L. A.,

A. H. Holmgren, and C. W. Cook. )
Holmgren, A. H. 1950. Halogeton invading

eastern Utah winter ranges. Utah Farm and

Home Sci., 11:86.
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1951. (See Maguire,

Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren. )
Holmgren, Arthur H. 1958. Weeds of Utah.

Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Spec. Rep. 12. 85 pp.

Holmgren, Arthur H. 1962. The vascular
plants of the Green River from the Flaming
Gorge to Split Mountain Gorge. Utah State
Univ., Logan. 40 pp. ( Report to the Nation-
al Park Service.)

Holmgren, Arthur H. 1962. The Intermoun-
tain Herbarium offers many services. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 23:41.

Holmgren, Arthur H. 1963. Winter takes its
toll of mountain shrub. [Ceanothus velutinus
Dougl.] Utah Farm and Home Science, 24:
72.

Holmgren, Ralph C. 1963. (See Hull, A. C,
Jr., Ralph C. Holmgren, W. H. Berry, and
Joe A. Wagner.)

Holmgren, Arthur H. and Bassett Maguire.
1949. Noxious weeds of Utah farm lands.
Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 123. 48 pp.

Holt, Wendell L. 1940. The occurrence of se-
lenium in Utah forage plants. Master's The-
sis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Holt, Wendell L. and J. E. Greaves. 1941.
The occurrence of selenium in Utah forage
plants. Soil Sci., 51:299-306.

Hoover, Marvin D. 1951. (See Croft, A. R.
and Marvin D. Hoover.)

Horton, Jerome S. 1964. Notes on the intro-
duction of deciduous tamarisk. U. S. Forest
Serv. Res. Note RM-16. 7 pp. ( Rocky Moun-
tain Forest and Range Exp. Sta. )

Hough, Franklin B. 1878. Forest resources of
Utah. In Report upon forestry. Govt. Print-
ing Office, Wash. pp. 593-596.

Hough, Franklin B. 1882. Forest fires in Utah.
In Report on forestry. Govt. Printing Office,
Wash. pp. 197-199.

Houston, Walter R. 1951. A preliminary study
of some factors affecting forage production
in the aspen type of central Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Houston, Walter R. 1954. A condition guide
for aspen ranges of Utah, Nevada, southern
Idaho, and western Wyoming. U. S. Forest
Serv., lntermountain Forest and Range Exp.
Sta. Res. Pap. 32. 25 pp.

Houston, W. R. 1958. (See Ellison, Lincoln
and W. R. Houston.)

Howell, John Thomas. 1940. New western
plants. Leafl. West. Bot, 2:253-256.

Howell, John Thomas. 1942. Southwest bo-
tanical odyssey. Leafl. West. Bot., 3: 132-137.

Howell, John Thomas. 1942. Studies in Pha-
celia. III. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:190-192.

Howell, John Thomas. 1942. Western plants
from here and there. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:187-
188.

Howell, John Thomas. 1943. Studies in
Phacelia — a revision of species related to P.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

33

pulchella and P. rotundifolia. Amer. Midi.
Nat., 29:1-26.

Howell, John Thomas. 1943. Sertulum Gree-
neanum. Amer. Midi. Nat., 30:6-39.

Hubbard, Richard Loren. 1952. Comparison
of feeding time and weight of forage eaten
as measures of forage preference for captive
mule deer. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Hubbard, Richard L. 1954. (See Smith, Ar-
thur D. and Richard L. Hubbard.)

Hubbert, Ferris E., Jr. 1950. An evaluation
of grazing treatments on Utah spring and fall
range reseeded to crested wheatgrass in terms
of beef cattle gains, and nutrient trends of
available forage. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.

Huff, Clairon L. 1963. Tightening the belt.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 19(12):2Q-21.

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1939. Bulbous bluegrass Poa
bulbosa on the foothill ranges of the Inter-
mountain region. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1941. Competition between
sagebrush and reseeded species on a burned-
over area in southeastern Idaho. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 18:12. (Abstract.)

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1948. (See Price, Raymond,
K. W. Parker, and A. C. Hull.)

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1954. (See Pechanec, Joseph
H., George Stewart, A. Perry Plummer, Joseph
H. Robertson, and A. C. Hull, Jr.)

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1955. ( See Plummer, A. Perry,
A. C. Hull, Jr., George Stewart, and Joseph H.
Robertson. )

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1962. Tarweed, a competitor
and inhibitor of seeded plants. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 39:191. (Ab-
stract. )

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1962. Growth in the green-
house of grasses and shrubs on soils from
shadscale and sagebrush areas. Jour. Range
Mgt, 15:262-266.

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1963. Cheatgrass, a competi-
tor with crested wheatgrass seedlings. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 40:244-245.

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1963. Fertilization of seeded
grasses on mountainous rangelands in north-
eastern Utah and southeastern Idaho. Jour.
Range Mgt., 16:306-310.

Hull, A. C. 1964. Depth of seeding cheat-
grass and three wheatgrasses. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:146-147. (Ab-
stract. )

Hull, A. C, Jr., Ralph C. Holmgren, W. H.
Berry, and Joe A. Wagner. 1963. Pellet
seeding on western rangelands. U. S. D.
Agr. Misc. Pub. 922. 34 pp.

Hull, A. C, Jr. and Thomas L. Martin. 1939.
A preliminary study of some physical and
chemical characteristics of soils under sage-
brush, shadscale and winterfat. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 16:39. (Abstract.)

Hull, A. C, Jr. and Joseph F. Pechanec. 1947.
Cheatgrass — a challenge to range research.
Jour. For., 45:555-564.

Hunt, Charles B. 1948. Our resources — soils.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:
27-28.

Hunt, John D. 1963. Let's talk farm forestry.
Utah State Univ. Ext. Cir. 311. 4 pp.

Hunt, J. D. 1964. Utah's new forestry depart-
ment "on the grow." West. Conserv. Jour., 21
(l):58-60.

Hunt, J. D. 1964. (See Tocher, S. Ross and
J. D. Hunt.)

Hunt, John D. and William G Poulsen. 1964.
Retailing Christmas trees in 1963. Utah Farm
and Home Sci., 25:18-19, 29-30.

Hurd, Richard M. 1943. (See Plummer, A.
Perry, Richard M. Hurd, and C. K. Pearse. )

Hurd, Richard M., and C. Kenneth Pearse.
1943. Increased forage from salt-grass lands.
Utah Farmer, 62 (21): 6, 14.

Hurst, Rex. 1962. (See Cook, C. Wayne and
Rex Hurst.)

Hutchins, Lee M. 1941. (See Richards, B. L.
and Lee M. Hutchins. )

Hutchings, S. S. 1936. (See Stewart, George
and S. S. Hutchings.)

Hutchings, Selar. 1940. (See Stewart, George,
W. P. Cottam, and Selar Hutchings.)

Hutchings, S. S. 1944. (See Stewart, George
and S. S. Hutchings.)

Hutchings, Selar S. 1946. Drive the water to
the sheep. Natl. Wool Grower, 36:10-11, 48.

Hutchings, Selar S. 1950. Effects of seasonal
grazing on winter ranges of the Intermoun-
tain region. Jour. Range Mgt., 3:220-221.
( Abstract. )

Hutchings, Selar S. 19.50. Forecasting forage
on the winter range. NaU. Wool Grower,
40(10): 14, 36.

Hutchings, Selar S. 1951. Winter range for-
age forecast, 1951. Natl. Wool Grower, 41
(10):12.

Hutchings, Selar S. 1954. Managing winter
sheep ranges. U. S. D. Agr. Farmers' Bui.
2067. 46 pp.

Hutchings, Selar S. and George Stewart. 1953.
Increasing forage yields and sheep produc-
tion on Intermountain winter ranges. U. S. D.
Agr. Cir. 925. 63 pp.

Hutchinson, S. Blair and John H. Wikstrom.
1957. Industrial opportuities in the Head-
waters Timber Development Unit. U. S. For-

34

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

est Serv., Intermountain Forest and Range
Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 45. 70 pp.

Hyder, Donald N. 1949. Emergence and sur-
vival of four introduced wheat-grasses as in-
fluenced by rate and season of planting on
abandoned farm lands of Utah. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Hyder, D. N. 1962. (See Sneva, Forrest A.
and D. N. Hyder.)

Ibrahim, Kamal. 1962. Plant communities of
the shadscale zone in Grand County as relat-
ed to soil and geology. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 39:191-193. (Abstract.)

Ibrahim, Kamal M. 1963. Ecological factors
influencing plant distribution in the shad-
scale zone of southeastern Utah. Ph.D. The-
sis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Ikeler, K. C. 1927. (See Peterson, W., P. V.
Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G. Stewart, and A. C.
Esplin. )

litis, Hugh H. 1955. Capparidaceae of Nev-
ada. In Contributions toward a flora of Ne-
vada. U. S. D. Agr., Agr. Res. Ser., Plant Ind.
Sta., Beltsville, Md. No. 35. 24 pp.

Imshaug, Henry A. 1957. Alpine lichens of
western United States and adjacent Canada. I.
The macrolichens. Bryologist, 60:177-272.

Ives, Ronald L. 1946. Bottle springs. Jour.
Geol., 54:123-125.

Jackson, Norman H. 1958. Competition for
use of public lands, emphasizing grazing.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

James, George Wharton. 1922. The national
forests of Utah. In Utah, land of blossoming
valleys. Page Co., Boston, pp. 216-234.

James. Lynn F. 1962. (See Williams, M. Co-
bum, Wayne Binns, and Lynn F. James.)

James, Thos. P. 1878. ( See Rothrock, J. T. )

Janish, Jeanne R. 1952. ( See Arnberger, Les-
lie P. and Jeanne R. Janish. )

Janish, Jeanne R. 1961. (See Dodge, Natt N.
and Jeanne R. Janish. )

Jansen, Leonard L. and Eugene H. Cronin.
1953. Halogeton on trial. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 14:38-39, 46.

Janson, Reuel G. 1946. A survey of the na-
tive rabbits of Utah with reference to their
classifications, distribution, life histories, and
ecology. Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ.,
Logan.

Jardine, James T. 1916. (See Barnes, Will C.
and James T. Jardine. )

Jardine, James T. and Mark Anderson. 1919.
Range management on the national forests.
U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 790. 98 pp.

Jefferies, Ned W. 1962. The effect of 2, 4-D
and nitrogen fertilizers on forage production

of northern Utah mountain ranges. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Jefferies, Ned. 1963. (See Cook, C. Wayne
and Ned Jefferies. )

Jeffery, Duane Eldro. 1963. Factors influenc-
ing elk distribution on Willow Creek summer
range, Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Jensen, A. W. 1906. The Manti Forest Re-
serve: Description of a typical reservation in
Utah. For. and Irrig., 12:291-293.

Jensen, G. Hortin. 1940. The relation of some
physical and chemical factors of the soil to
the productivity and distribution of certain
waterfowl food plants at Bear River Migratory
Waterfowl Refuge. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Jensen, G. Hortin. 1942. (See Maguire, Bas-
sett and G. Hortin Jensen. )

Jensen, Max S. 1937. (See Marshall, William
H. and Max S. Jensen.)

Jensen, Robert L. 1957. (See Plummer, A.
Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and Homer D. Stap-
ley.)

Jensen, Robert L. 1957. (See Plummer, A.
Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and Homer D. Stap-
ley.)

Jensen, Robert L. 1961. Pygmy forests.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 17(3) :3-5.

Jepson, Carl E. and Leland F. Allen. 1958.
Wild flowers of Zion and Bryee Canyon Na-
tional Parks and Cedar Breaks National Mon-
ument. Zion-Bryce National History Assoc.
No page numbers; 109 figures.

Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946. Dilo-
phospora alopecuri on wheat in South Caro-
lina. Plant Disease Reporter, 30:327.

Johnson, Ben. 1913. Native wild flowers of
Utah. Utah Educ. Rev., 6(8-9) :55-57.

Johnson, Ben. 1929. Some Utah wild flowers
for Utah gardens. Utah Payroll Builder,
18(7): 157-160.

Johnson, Carl M. 1963. A biology teacher's
guide to Cache County, Utah and vicinity.
An index to references and natural objects for
indoor and outdoor instruction. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Johnson, Clark D. 1952. Life history and ecol-
ogy of the mallard duck (Anas phtyrhyn-
chos platyrhynchos L. ) in Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Johnson, Hyrum B. 1964. Changes in the veg-
etation of two restricted areas of the Wasatch
Plateau as related to reduced grazing and
complete protection. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo. Utah.

Johnson, Hyrum B. 1964a. (See Christensen,
Earl M. and Hyrum B. Johnson.)

Bibliography of Utah Botany

35

Johnson, Hyrum B. 1964b. (See Christensen,

Earl M. and Hyrum B. Johnson.)
Johnson, J. E. 1880. Curious forms of botany

in southern Utah. L. B. Case's Bot. Ind.,

3:17-19.
Johnson, J. Harlan. 1934. Fossil algae from

the Jurassic of Utah. Geol. Soc. Amer. Proc,

1933:331. (Abstract.)
Johnson, Margaret E. 1962. The classroom

moves outdoors. Utah Educ. Rev., 55

(March): 14-15, 34.
Johnston, Ivan M. 1937. Studies in the Bor-

aginaceae, XII. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 18:

1-25.
Johnston, Ivan M. 1939. Studies in the Bor-

aginaceae, XIII. New or otherwise notewor-
thy species, chiefly from western United

States. Jour. Arnold Arboretum, 20:375-402.
Johnston, Ivan M. 1948. Studies in the Bor-

aginaceae, XVI. Species chiefly from Mexico

and western United States. Jour. Arnold Ar-
boretum. 29:227-241.
Jolley, Donal J. 1930. Defoliation of ash trees

again. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 2(1):3.
Jolley, Donal J. 1931. Ash tree caterpillars

again. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 3(1):4.
Jolley, D. J. 1932. Revegation [sic] on the

rims of Zion. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 4(2):

8-9.
Jones, Dale. 1957, The range is the thing.

Utah Fish and Game Mag., 13(5) :9.
Jones, George Neville. 1940. A monograph of

the genus Symphoricarpos. Jour. Arnold Ar-
boretum, 2:201-252.
Jones, George Neville. 1946. American species

of Ainelanchier. 111. Biol. Monog., 20(2).

126 pp.
Jones, Marcus E. 1879. Aecidium giliae. Bot.

Gaz., 4:230-231. (Note.)
Jones, Marcus E. 1880. Observation on re-
markable forms of Tritinim repens. Bot.

Gaz., 5:40-41.
Jones, Marcus E. 1880. Notes from Utah.

Bot. Gaz., 5:153-155.
Jones, Marcus E. 1881. Notes from Utah.

Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 8:70-71, 75-76.
Jones, Marcus E. 1882. Ferns of the west.

Salt Lake City, Utah. Publ. by author. 30

pp.
Jones, Marcus E. 1882. Notes on California

plants. Bot. Gaz., 7:33-35.
Jones, Marcus E. 1882. Notes from Utah and

Nevada. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 9:5-6.
Jones, Marcus E. 1883. Notes from Utah.

Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 10:32-33, 69-70.
Jones, Marcus E. 1888. Flora of Utah. From

Tullidge's Magazine, The Western Galaxy.

Mar. 1888. 4 pp.

ones, Marcus E. 1888. Grasses of Utah. The
Utah Agriculturist, 1:208-209, 228-229.

ones, Marcus E. 1888. Letter to Salt Lake
City Council. The Utah Agriculturist, 1:42.

ones, Marcus E. 1888. Poisonous plants.
The Utah Agriculturist, 1:59, 126.

ones, Marcus E. 1888. Shade trees of Utah.
The Utah Agriculturist, 1:122-123.

ones, Marcus E. 1891. New plants from
Arizona, Utah and Nevada. Zoe, 2:12-17.

ones, Marcus E. 1891. New species and
notes of Utah plants. Zoe, 2:236-252.

ones, Marcus E. 1892. Contributions to west-
ern botany. No. 3. Zoe, 3:283-309.

ones Marcus E. 1893. Contributions to west-
ern botany. No. 4. Zoe, 4:22-54.

ones, Marcus E. 1893. Contrbutions to west-
ern botany. No. 5. Zoe, 4:254-282.

ones, Marcus E. 1894. Contributions to west-
ern botany VI. Zoe, 4:366-369.

ones, M. E. 1895. Contributions to western
botany. VII. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (2nd
series), 5:611-732.

ones, Marcus E. 1896. Calamagrostis scopu-
loium Jones. Erythea, 4:35-37.

ones, Marcus E. 1900. Contributions to west-
ern botany, No. IX. Zoe, 4:41-53.

ones, Marcus E. 1908. The willow family of
the Great Plateau. Salt Lake Citv, Utah.
32 pp.

ones, Marcus E. 1910. The origin and distri-
bution of the flora of the Great Plateau.
Contrib. West. Bot., 13:46-68.

ones, Marcus E. 1911. Spring flora of the
Wasatch: A review of the new book by A.
O. Garrett. Utah Educ. Rev., 4(7): 19-20.

ones, Marcus E. 1919. Botanical exploration
in Utah. Utah Educ. Rev., 13(4): 136-140.

ones, Marcus E. 1923. Revision of North
American species of Astragalus. Salt Lake
City, Utah. Publ. by author. 399 pp.

ones, Marcus E. 1930. Early botanizing.
Desert, 2:21-25.

ones, Marcus E. 1930. Contributions to west-
ern botany, 16:1-53, 17:1-31. Claremont,
California. Publ. by author.

ones, Marcus E. 1933., 1935. Contributions
to western botany No. 18. Claremont, Calif.
Publ. by author. 158 pp.

ones, Marcus E. 1937. An account of the
botanical collecting of Marcus E. Jones during
the years 1875 to 1919. Manuscript. Library
of the Division of Plants, United States Nat.
Mus., Washington, D. C. (Copies prepared
and distributed by P. A. Munz. )

Jones, Marcus E. 1937. Mamillaria galesii sp.
nov. Jour. Cactus and Succ. Soc. Amer., 8:99.

36

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Jones, Marcus E. (See Broaddus, Mabel Jones.

1935.)
Jones, Marcus E. (See Lockerbie, Charles W.

1959.)
Jones, Marcus E. ( See Munz, P. A. 1938. )
Jones, Volney H. 1955. Plant materials in a

cave in Zion National Park. In Schroeder,

A. H. Archaeology in Zion Park. Univ. Utah
Anthropological Papers, 22:183-201.

Julander, Odell. 1948. (See Costley, R. J.,
P. F. Allan, Odell Julander, D. I. Rasmussen.)

Julander, Odell. 1951. Utah's big game, live-
stock, and range relationship research project.
Jour. Range Mgt., 4:3.30-334.

Julander, Odell. 1952. (See Robinette, W.
Leslie, Odell Julander, Jay S. Gashwiler, and
Justin G. Smith.)

Julander, Odell. 1952. Forage habits of mule
deer during the late fall, as measured by
stomach content analyses. U. S. Forest Serv.,
Intermountain Forest and Range Exp. Sta.
Res. Note 2. 5 pp.

Julander, Odell. 1953. Deer and livestock
competition in Utah. Proc. 32nd Ann. Conf.
W. Assoc. State Game and Fish Comms.,
1952. pp. 79-85.

Julander, Odell. 1953. (See Smith, Justin G.
and Odell Julander. )

Julander, Odell. 1955. Deer and cattle range
relations in Utah. For. Sci., 1:130-139.

Julander, Odell. 1955. Deer and livestock re-
lations in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 32:202-203.

Julander, Odell. 1955. Ecology of deer - live-
stock foothill ranges in Utah. Proc. 34th Ann.
Conf. W. Assoc. State Game and Fish Comms.
pp. 186-194.

Julander, Odell. 1958. Techniques in studying
competition between big game and livestock.
Jour. Range Mgt., 11:18-21.

Julander. Odell. 1961. (See Mars ton, Richard

B. and Odell Julander. )

Julander, O. 1962. Range management in re-
lation to mule deer habitat and herd produc-
tivity in Utah. Jour. Range Mgt., 15:278-281.

Julander, Odell and Nick Chournos. 1959.
Utah experiments reveal pocket gophers play
ruinous role in range reseeding. Natl. Wool
Grower, 49(7): 17.

Julander, Odell, D. M. Gaufin, Arthur D. Smith,
and W. Leslie Robinette. 1951. Range for
big game and livestock in Utah. Utah State
Fish and Game Dept. Pub. No. 2. 24 pp.

Julander, Odell, Jessop B. Low, and Owen W.
Morris. 1959. Influence of pocket gophers
on seeded mountain range in Utah. Jour.
Range Mgt., 12:219-224.

Julander, Odell and W. Leslie Robinette. 1950.

Deer and cattle range relationships on Oak
Creek range in Utah. Jour. For., 48:410-415.

Julander, Odell, and W. Leslie Robinette. 1951.
Deer — harvest or starve them? Utah Fish
and Game Bui., 8(8):3-5, 7.

Julander, Odell, W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith,
and D. M. Gaufin. 1950. A review of Utah's
big game, hvestock, and range relationship
problems. U. S. Forest Sen'., Intermountain
Forest and Range Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 24. 53
pp.

Kapadia, Zarir J. 1962. ( See Gould, Frank W.
and Zarir J. Kapadia. )

Karren, J. B. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley L„
Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Kartchner, James A. 1928. A study of forest
tree insects of Utah. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Katich, Philip Joseph, Jr. 1952. Occurrence of
Tempskya in the lower Cretaceous of the west-
ern interior. Jour. Paleontology, 26:677.

Kaushik, D. K. 1963. The influence of salinity
on the growth and reproduction of marsh
plants. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah State Univ., Lo-
gan.

Kay, Lee. 1933. (See Taylor, T. G. and Lee
Kay.)

Kay, Lee. 1948. One of the oldest trees on
earth found in Utah [Quercus gambelii]. Salt
Lake Times, Friday, June 18:1, 8.

Kay, Lee. 1952. Stories of old timers: Martin
Fish. Utah Fish and Game Bui., 9(3):4-5.

Kay, Lee. 1958. The Board of Big Game Con-
trol. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 14(6) :11,
23.

Kay, Lee. 1960. The balance of nature. Utah
Fish and Game Mag., 16(2): 14.

Kay, Lee. 1960. Water pollution. Utah Fish
and Game Mag., 16(4) :7, 22.

Kay, Lee. (See Utah Fish and Game Bui.,
1948-1956.)

Kearney, Thomas H. 1935. The North Ameri-
can species of Sphacralcca; subgenus Eus-
phaeralcea. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot, 19(1 ):1-
128.

Kearney, T. H., L. J. Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W.
McLane, and R. L. Piemeisel. 1914. Indica-
tor significance of vegetation in Tooele Val-
ley, Utah. Jour. Agr. Res., 1:365-418.

Kearney, Thomas H. and Frank K. Cameron.
1902. Some mutual relations between alkali
soils and vegetation. U. S. D. Agr. Rep. 71.
78 pp.

Kearney, Thomas H., Robert H. Peebles, and
Collaborators. 1942. Flowering plants and
ferns of Arizona. U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Pub.
423. 1069 pp.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

37

Kearney, Thomas H., Robert H. Peebles, and
Collaborators. 1960. Arizona flora. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley. 1085 pp.
Keck, David D. 1934. A new Penstemon from

Utah. Leafl. West. Bot, 1:82-83.
Keck, David D. 1937. Studies in Pentemon.
V. The section Pellanthera. Amer. Midi.
Nat., 18:790-829.
Keck, David D. 1946. A revision of the Ar-
temesia vulgaris complex in North America.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 25(17):421-468.
Keene, W. L. 1934. (See Millard, Ned D.

and W. L. Keene. )
Kelker, George Hills. 1941. Suggested phases
of big game management. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 18:55-57.
Kelker, George Hills. 1945. A review of the
fish and game situation in Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 22:41-52.
Keller, Allan C. 1942. Acer glabrum and its

varieties. Amer. Midi. Nat., 27:491-500.
Keller, Wesley. 1936. (See Stewart, George,

and Weslev Keller.)
Keller, Wesley. 1941. Range improvement
through better varieties of grass is aim of
breeding program. Utah Farm and Home
Sci., 2(2) :7, 11.
Keller, Wesley. 1949. Ranches have a stake in
range research. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
10(3) :6-7.
Keller, Wesley. 1950. Rancher! Crested
wheatgrass is what you want. Utah Farm
and Home Sci., 11:49.
Keller, Wesley. 1956. (See Bateman, George

Q. and Wesley Keller. )
Keller, Wesley and H. R. Hochmuth. 1948.
Cultivated forage crops. In Grass, U. S. D.
Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp. 548-553.
Kendeigh, S. Charles. 1954. History and eval-
uation of various concepts of plant and ani-
mal communities in North America. Ecology,
35:152-172.
Kendeigh, S. Charles, et al. 1950-51. Nature
sanctuaries in the United States and Canada;
a preliminary inventors'. Living Wilderness,
15(35): 1-45.'
Kent, Kate Peck. 1957. The cultivation and
weaving of cotton in the prehistoric south-
western United States Trans. Amer. Philos.
Soc, new ser., 47(3). 732 pp.
Kier, Lemont B. and Taito O. Soine. 1960. The
alkaloids of Argcmone munita subsp. rotun-
data. Jour. Amer. Pharmaceutical Assoc, Sci.
Ed., 49:187-190.
Killpack, Merlin L. 1956. A study of Utah
pocket mice of the genus Perognaihus. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Kimball, Annie C. 1958. In Carter, Kate B.
Our pioneer heritage, 1:135. (Record of
plantings at William Wagstaff home in Salt
l^ke in 1860. )

Kimerer, Keith. 1919. Presence of bacteria in
water. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

King, Clarence. 1871. (See Watson, Sereno.)

Kinsinger, Floyd E. 1957. The influence of
frequency, intensity and season of clipping on
root production and the chemical constituents
of roots of crested wheatgrass. Ph.D. Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Kinsinger, Floyd. 1958. ( See Cook, C. Wayne,
L. A. Stoddart, and Flovd Kinsinger. )

Kirkpatrick, Ruth. 1934.' The life of the Great
Salt Lake with special reference to the algae.
Master's Thesis, Utah Univ., Salt Lake City.

Kleinhampl, Frank J. 1962. Botanical pros-
pecting for uranium on South Elk Ridge, San
Juan County, Utah. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bui.
1085-D. 188 pp.

Klement, Alfred S., Jr. 1963. (See Tanner,
Wilmer W.)

Klomp, Gerard J. 1949. Possibilities for in-
creasing range forage production in Utah
through artificial revegetation. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 26:146-147.

Kneipp, L. F. 1916. Utah's forest resources;
their administration, development and use.
Utah Industrial Commission, Annual Report,
18(17): 173-192.

Knight, Betty Marie. 1932. A contribution to
the knowledge of mushrooms of Utah. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Knight, Betty Marie and W. P. Cottam.' 1933.
Fleshy fungi of Salt Lake County. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., 10:27-31.

Knight, Ralph A. 1949. Sanitary survey of the
Jordan River. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

Knowlton, Bryant Sutton. 1941. The early his-
tory of agriculture in Utah. Master's Thesis,
Univ. Calif., Berkeley.

Knowlton, Frank H. 1888. Description of a
new fossil species of Chara (Wasatch group,
Wales, Utah). Bot. Gaz., 14:156-157.

Knowlton, Frank H. 1900. Flora of the Mon-
tana formation. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bui. 163.
118 pp.

Knowlton, Frank. 1923. Revision of the flora
of the Green River formation, with descrip-
tions of new species. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof.
Pap., 131-F: 133-136.

Knowlton, George F. 1930. Studies on the
beet leafhopper. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 7:
57-58.

38

Bkigham Young University Science Bulletin

Knowlton, George F. 1940. New elm pest in-
vades Utah. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
1(4):2.

Knowlton, George F. 1941. Studies on western
aphids. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 18:65-68.

Knowlton, George F. 1942. Aphids from Mt.
Timpanogos, Utah. Great Basin Nat., 3:5-8.

Knowlton, George F. 1946. Aphids from Mt.
Timpanogos, Utah. Part 2. Great Basin Nat.,
7:1-6.

Knowlton, George F. 1961. Insects: A range
problem. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 38:122-123. (Also Utah State Univ. Ext.
Serv. Mimeo. Ser. 175. 3 pp. 1960.)

Knowlton, George F. and Leonard L. Hansen.
1938. Notes on berry insects of Utah. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 15:127-130.

Kollmorgen, Walter M. 1953. Land tenure
and irrigation in Utah. Geog. Bev., 43:110.

Korstian, C. F. 1917. Value of scientific re-
search in forestry. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci.,
1:186-194. (1908-1917.)

Korstian, Clarence F. 1921. Evaporation of
soil moisture in relation to forest planting.
Trans. Utah Acad. Soc, 2:116-117.

Korstian, Clarence F. 1921. Effect of late
spring frost upon forest vegetation in the Wa-
satch Mountains of Utah. Ecology, 2:47-52.

Korstian, Clarence F. 1921. Making the for-
ests of Utah a permanent resource. Trans.
Utah Acad. Sci., 2:177-182.

Korstian, C. F. 1921. Belation of precipita-
tion to height growth of forest tree saplings.
Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 2:
259-266.

Korstian, C. F. 1921. (See Baker, Frederick
S., C. F. Korstian, and N. J. Fetherolf. )

Korstian, Clarence F. 1923. Control of snow
molding in coniferous nursery stock. Jour.
Agr. Bes., 24:741-748.

Korstian, Clarence F. 1924. Density of cell sap
in relation to environmental conditions in the
Wasatch Mountains of Utah. Jour. Agr. Bes.,
28:845-907.

Korstian. C. F. 1925. Some ecological effects
of shading coniferous nursery stock. Ecology,
6:48-51.

Korstian, C. F. 1931. (See Baker, F. S. and

C. F. Korstian.)

Korstian, C. F. and F. S. Baker. 1925. Forest
planting in the Intermountain region. U. S.

D. Agr., Dept. Bui. 1264. 56 pp.
Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf. 1921. Con-
trol of stem girdle of spruce transplants caused
by excessive heat. Phytopathology, 11:485-
490.

Kothmann, Merwyn Mortimer. 1963. The ef-

fect of range condition and intensity of graz-
ing upon the daily intake and nutritive value
of the diet of sheep on summer ranges of
northern Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Krishnamra, Judha. 1960. Effects of tempera-
ture and stratification on the germination of
several Rocky Mountain coniferous seeds.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Krygier, James T. 1955. Seeds in the forest
floor of ponderosa pine type. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Kuchler, A. W. 1964. Potential natural vegeta-
tion of the conterminous United States [map
and manual]. Amer. Geog. Soc. Spec. Pub.
.36. 39 pp., 116 legends, map.

Kutzleb, C. A. 1936. (See McArdle, Bichard
E., David F. Costello, E. E. Birkmaier, Carl
Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb, Alba

A. Simpson, and Arnold B. Standing. )
Lacy Charles H. 1959. Artificial pothole and

level ditch development as a means of increas-
ing waterfowl production. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Lacy, Mary G. 1938. (See Berclaw, Louise
O., Annie M. Hannay, and Mary G. Lacy.)

Lakin, H. W. 1938. (See Byers, Horace G.,
John T. Miller, K. T. Williams, and H. W. La-
kin.)

Lamb, Harold B. 1964. Wider horizons. Utah
Audubon News, 16(7):49-50.

Lambert, Carlyle B. 1940. The distribution of
plant types in the Escalante Desert of Utah
with relation to soil condition. Master's The-
sis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Lankford, Bobert Benninger. 1952. Micro-
paleontology of the Cretaceous-Paleocene,
northeastern Utah. Master's thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Larsen, C. Eugene. 1936. The development of
the embrvo of Iris missouriensis Nutt. Mas-
ter's Thesis. Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Larson, E. N. 1941. Be-establishing big game.
Utah Mag., 5(9): 12-13, 32.

Larson, Emery M. 1963. Utah's roadside de-
velopment program. 22nd Short Course on
Boadside Dev., Univ. of Ohio. pp. 30-36.

Laudermilk, Jerome D. 1945. Dawn cactus of
Green Biver, Utah. Desert Mag., 8(7):7-8.

Lawler, Bobert E. 1960. Observations on the
life history of channel catfish, Ictalurus piinc-
tatus ( Bafinesque ) , in Utah Lake, Utah. Utah
Fish and Game Dept., Salt Lake City, Utah.
69 pp.

Lawrence, J. V. 1924. (See Harris, J. Arthur,

B. A. Gortner, W. F. Hoffman, J. V. Lawrence,
and A. T Valentine. )

Bibliography of Utah Botany

39

Leatham, Lyndon J. 1942. ( See Marshall, Wil-
liam H. and Lyndon J. Leatham.)

Lee, W. O. 1953. (See Timmons, B. L. and
W. O. Lee.)

Lee, W. O. and F. L. Timmons. 1955. Control
chokecherry. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 16:
46-48, 61-62.

Lemke, Armond Edwin. 19.54. A pollutional
survey of Mill Creek, Salt Lake County, Utah.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Lemmon, J. G. 1878. The Great Basin. Bot.
Gaz., 3:24-27.

Leonard, Paul D. 1964. The influence of
Chrysothamnus nauseosus on production and
vigor of Agropyron cristatum and Agropyron
ehngatum. Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ.,
Logan.

Leonard, Boss. 1943. Wildlife management in
war-time. Trans. North Amer. Wildlife Conf.,
8:89-92.

Leonard, Boss. 1946. Status and trends of big
game in the United States. Utah Fish and
Game Dept, Salt Lake City, Utah. 36 pp.

Leonard, Boss. 1947. Wildlife versus livestock.
Utah Fish and Game Dept., Salt Lake City.
8 pp.

Leonard, B. Boyd. 1947. Good range - ade-
quate feed essential for livestock production.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Leopold, Aldo, Lyle K. Sowls, and David L.
Spencer. 1947. A survey of over-populated
deer ranges in the United States. Jour. Wild-
life Mgt, 11:162-177.

Lesquereux, Leo. 1872. Lignitic formation and
fossil flora. In Hayden, F. V. Sixth Ann. Bep.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. Govt. Printing Office,
Washington, pp. 315-427. (Utah, p. 339.)

Leukel, B. W. 1946. ( See Johnson, A. G. and
B. W. Leukel.)

Lewis, Clifford E. 1961. The effect of season
and rate of 2, 4-D control of sagebrush invad-
ing seeded pastures. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Lewis, Clifford E. 1963. ( See Cook, C. Wayne
and Clifford E. Lewis.)

Lewis, Harlan and Margaret Ensign Lewis.
1955. The genus Clarkia. Univ. Calif. Pub.
Bot, 20(4):241-392.

Lewis, Margaret Ensign. 1955. (See Lewis,
Harlan and Margaret Ensign Lewis.)

Lewis, Mont E. 1955. Carex — its distribution
and importance in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci, Arts and Letters, 32:204. (Abstract.)

Lewis, Mont E. 1958. Carex — Its distribution
and importance in Utah. Brigham Young
Univ. Sci. Bui, Biol. Ser, 1(2). 43 pp.

Liechty, William B. 1952. A preliminary
study of the genus Carex in Utah county,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Lillian, Walt. 1948. Oldest juniper in the
world located near Logan, Utah: Cover
photograph. Utah Mag, 10(44). April.

Lindsey, A. A. 1954. (See Woodin, H. E. and
A. A. Lindsey.)

Lindsay, Delbert W. 1949. A tree-ring study
in western Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Lindsay, Delbert W. 1959. Vascular plants
collected in Clen Canyon. In Ecological stu-
dies of the flora and fauna in Glen Canyon.
Univ. Utah Anthropological Papers, 40:63-72.

Lindsay, Delbert W. 1960. The crossing be-
havior and cytogenetics of Mimulus guttatus
Fischer in the Bonneville Basin. Ph.D. Thesis,
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Lindsay, Delbert W. 1961. ( See Vickery, Bob-
ert K, Jr., and Delbert W. Lindsay.)

Lindsay, Delbert W. 1964. Natural dispersal
of Mimulus guttatus. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci,
Arts and Letters, 41:237-241.

Linford, Ernest H. 1953. Opportunities for
improving practical multiple use. Proc.
Fourth Amer. Forest Congress, pp. 120-131.
American Forestry Association, Washington,
D. C.

Linford, M. B. 1925. "Utah" a veteran juniper.
Amer. For, 31:485, 499.

Ling, Lee. 1951. Taxonomic notes on the Us-
rilaginales. Lloydia, 14:101-110.

Linsley, E. G. and J. W. Macswain. 1962. A
new species of Sphecodogastra associated with
Oenothera in eastern Utah, New Mexico and
western Texas (Hvmenoptera: Halictidae).
Pan-Pacific Ent, 38:45-47.

List, Peter. 1959. Growth prediction in spruce-
fir forest tvpe on U. S. U. College forest.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Lister, P. B. 1938. ( See Stoddart, L. A, P. B.
Lister, George Stewart, T. Dean Phinney, and
L. W. Darson. )

Little, Elbert L. 1948. Older names for two
western species of Juniperus. Leafl. West.
Bot, 5:125-132.

Little, Elbert L, Jr. 1949. Important forest
trees of the United States. In Trees, U. S. D.
Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp 763-814.

Little, Elbert L, Jr. 1950. Southwestern trees,
a guide to the native species of New Mexico
and Arizona. U. S. D. Agr, Agr. Handbook 9.
109 pp.

Little, Elbert L, Jr. 1953. Check list of native
and naturalized trees of the United States,

40

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

(including Alaska). U. S. D. Agr., For. Serv.,
Agr. Handbook 41. 472 pp.

Livingston, Burton E. and Forrest Shreve. 1921.
The distribution of vegetation in the United
States, as related to climatic conditions. Car-
negie Inst. Wash. Pub. 284. 590 pp.

Lloyd, Russell Duane. 1955. Big game meat
consumption in Utah and its relation to con-
sumption of meat from commercial livestock.
Jour. Range Mgt, 8(5):214-217.

Lloyd, Russell Duane. 1959. Costs and returns
from seeding publicly-owned sagebrush-grass
ranges to crested wheatgrass. Ph.D. Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Lloyd, Russell D. 1960. (See Cook, C. Wayne
and Russell D. Lloyd.)

Lloyd, Russell D. and C. Wayne Cook. 1960.
Seeding Utah's ranges. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta.
Bui. 423. 19 pp.

Lobenstein, Henry. 1948. Flood control sur-
veys— proposed safeguards for Utah's farm-
lands, industries, and homes. Utah Mag., 10
(10): 22-23, 32-34.

Locke, S. B. 1921. Forests and fish and game
conservation. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 2:190-
193.

Locke, S. B. 1926. ( See Baker, F. S. and S. B.
Locke. )

Locke, S. B. 1928. Progress in wild life con-
servation. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 5:19-21.

Locke, S. B. 1929. Forest trees in Utah. Utah
Educ. Rev., 23:20-21, 33.

Locke, S. B. 1929. The balsam firs of Utah
forests. Utah Educ. Rev., 22:349-351.

Locke, S. B. 1929. The pine trees of Utah.
Utah Educ. Rev., 12:440-441, 446.

Locke, S. B. 1930. Juniper trees in Utah.
Utah Educ. Rev., 23:242-243, 267.

Lockerbie, Charles' W. 1959. Broader hori-
zons. Utah Audubon News, ll(8):45-46.

Lockerbie, Mrs. C. W. and William H. Behle.
1951. Plants of the Utah-Nevada region at-
tractive to birds and the birds attracted to
them. Utah Audubon News, 3(4): 19-20.

Lofgren, B. F. 1949. Timing spring run-off by
correlating with bud and blossom periods.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 26:
144-145.

Lofgren, B. F 1952 A calendar of springtime
for the Rocky Mountain Region. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 29:34-38.

Long, W. H. 1922. (See Korstian, C. F. and
W. H. Long. )

Long, W. S. 1940. Notes on the life histories
of some Utah mammals. Jour. Mammalogy,
21:170-180.

Long, W. S. 1941. The utilization of Russian

thistle by wildlife. Jour. Wildlife Mgt., 5:136-
138.

Lorentzen, Eden. 1948. The economics of the
plan [conservation]. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 25:73-76.

Low, Jessop B. 1948. Game and mice compete
for forage on Utah ranges. Utah Fish and
Game Bui.. 4(8): 1-4.

Low, Jessop B. 1948. Our resources — mam-
mals. Proc. Utah Acad, Sci., Arts and Letters,
25:47-49.

Low, Jessop B. 1950. ( See Popov, Boris Hew-
itt and Jessop B. Low. )

Low, J. B. 1952. Research and its relationship
to game management. Utah Fish and Game
Bui., 9(4): 1-3, 8.

Low, Jessop B. 1955. (See Wingfield, Billy
and Jessop B. Low. )

Low, Jessop B. 1958. ( See Weller, Milton W.,
Billy H. Wingfield and Jessop B. Low.)

Low, Jessop B. 1959. (See Julander, Odell,
Jessop B. Low, and Owen W. Morris.)

Luke, Theron H. 1947. Best in the west —
Utah's big game hunting. Utah Mag., 9(10):
4-9, 24.

Lull, Howard W. 1949. Watershed condition
and flood potential. Jour. For., 47:4.5-48.

Lull, Howard W. and Lincoln Ellison. 1950.
Precipitation in relation to altitude in central
Utah. Ecology, 31:479-484.

Lull, H. W. and H. K. Orr. 1950. Induced
snow drifting for water storage Jour. For.,
48:179-181.

Lyman, Richard L. 1924. Reclamation. Im-
provement Era, 27(6):504-510.

MacDougal, Daniel Trembly. 1908. Sage-
brush deserts of Nevada and Utah. In Botan-
ical features of North American deserts. Car-
negie Inst. Wash. Pub. 99. pp. 28-30.

Macswain, J. W. 1962. (See Linsley, E. G.
and J. W. Macswain.)

Madsen, Marion J. n.d. General survey of
water pollution in Utah. Utah State Dept.
Fish and Game, Salt Lake City. Mimeo.

Madsen, L. L. 1950. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
David O. Williamson, Lorin E. Harris, L. A.
Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. )

Maguire, Bassett. 1935. Distributional notes
on plants of the Great Basin region, I. Leafl.
West. Bot.. 1:185-188.

Maguire, Bassett. 1937. Notes on the distri-
bution of Great Basin plants — II. Leafl. West.
Bot., 2:23-26.

Maguire, Bassett. 1940. Three new weeds in-
troduced into Utah. Utah Farm and Home
Sci., 1(3) :3.

Maguire, Bassett. 1941. Great Basin plants.
III. Caryophyllaceae. Madrono, 6:22-27.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

41

Maguire, B. 1941. Weed records for the Great

Basin. Torreya, 41:164466.
Maguire, Bassett. 1941. (See Tingey, D. C.

and Bassett Maguire.)
Maguire, Bassett. 1942. Great Basin plants.

VI. Notes on Gentiana. Madrono, 6:151-155.
Maguire, Bassett. 1942. Great Basin plants.

VII. Cruciferae. Amer. Midi. Nat., 27:463-469.
Maguire, Bassett. 1943. A monograph of the

genus Arnica ( Senecioneae, Compositae).
Brittonia, 4:. 386-510.
Maguire, Bassett. 1944. Great Basin plants.

VIII. New species in Carex and Erigeron.
Brittonia, 5:199-202.

Maguire, Bassett. 1946. Studies in the Caryo-
phyllaceae. I. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 73:326.

Maguire, Bassett. 1946. Studies in the Cary-
ophyllaceae — II. Arenaria nuttallii and Arena-
ria filiorum, section Ahine. Madrono, 8:258-
263.

Maguire, Bassett. 1947. Studies in the Cary-
ophyllaceae. III. The North American species
of Arenaria, sect. Eremogenc Fenzl. Bui.
Torrey Bot. Club, 74:38-56.

Maguire, Bassett, 1947. Great Basin plants —

IX. Compositae. Arnica, Hymenopappus,
Haplopappus, and Lygodesmia. Amer. Midi.
Nat., 37:136-145.

Maguire, Bassett. 1947. (See Hitchcock, C.

Leo and Bassett Maguire.)
Maguire, Bassett. 1949. (See Holmgren, Ar-
thur H. and Bassett Maguire. )
Maguire, Bassett. 1951. Studies in the Cary-

aphyllaceae — V. Arenaria in America north

of Mexico. A conspectus. Amer. Midi. Nat.,

46:493-511.
Maguire, Bassett. 1958. Arenaria rossii and

some of its relatives in America. Bhodora,

60:44-53.
Maguire, Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren.

1941. Great Basin plants— IV. Leafl. West.

Botany, 3:8-15.
Maguire, Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren.

1946. Botany of the Intermountain region.

I. Leafl. West. Bot., 4:261-267.

Maguire, Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren.
1951. Botany of the Intermountain region —

II. Lesquerella. Madrono, 21:172-184.
Maguire, Bassett and G. Hortin Jensen. 1942.

Great Basin plants. V. Aquatics. Rhodora,
44:4-9.

Maguire, Bassett and Robert E. Woodson, Jr.
1941. Two new asclepiads from the south-
western United States. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard., 28:245-248.

Mahaffey, Juanita. 1960. Pollution the worst
poacher. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 16(1):
3-4, 22.

Mahoney, J. R. 1946. Utah Economic and
Business Review, 5:1. Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Mahoney, J. R. 1959. Utah needs better man-
agement of our public lands and resources.
Utah Educ. Rev., 52(3):13-15.

Major, Jack. 1948. Elements of a range con-
dition classification of the aspen type in Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:
173-174.

Malmsten, Harry E. 1926. (See Sampson, Ar-
thur W. and Harry E. Malmsten. )

Mangelson, Farrin L. and Arthur D. Smith.
1951. Some problems encountered in the
chemical analysis of two species of juniper.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 28:
116. (Abstract).

Mann, David H. 1956. Our sheep ranges can
be made productive. Utah Farmer, 75(18):
6-7. Sept. 20.

Mann, David H. 1963. Sagebrush control calls
for repeated treatments. Utah Farmer, 82
(12):5. June 20.

Markham, Ben S. 1939. A preliminary study
of the vegetative cover in Spanish Fork Can-
yon, Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Markham, Ben S. 1951. (See Stoddart. L. A.,
Glen T. Baird, George Stewart, Ben S. Mark-
ham, and Howard Clegg.)

Markham, B. S. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
Howard Clegg, B. S. Markham, and George
Stewart. )

Marsell, R. E. 1957. (See Eardley, A. J., Vas-
al Gvosdetsky, and R. E. Marsell.)

Marsh, C. D. 1924. Stock-poisoning plants of
the range. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 1245. 74 pp.
(Revised 1929.)

Marsh, C. Dwight and A. B. Clawson. 1920.
The whorled milkweed (Asclepias galioides)
as a poisonous plant. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 800.
40 pp.

Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson, and H. Marsh.
1919. Oak leaf poisoning of domestic ani-
mals. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 767. 36 pp.

Marsh, H. 1919. (See Marsh, C. D., A. B.
Clawson, and H. Marsh.)

Marshall, William H. 1937. (See Williams,
Cecil S. and William H. Marshall.)

Marshall, William H. 1937. Muskrat sex-ratios
in Utah. Jour. Mammalogy, 18:518-519.

Marshall, Wm. H. 1938. (See Williams, Cecil
S. and Wm. H. Marshall. )

Marshall, William H. 1940. A survey of the
mammals of the islands in Great Salt Lake,
Utah. Jour. Mammalogy, 21:144-159.

42

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Marshall, William H. and Max S. Jensen. 1937.
Winter and spring studies of sharp-tailed
grouse in Utah. Jour. Wildlife Mgt, 1:86-99.

Marshall, William H. and Lyndon J. Leatham.
1942. Birds of the Great Salt Lake Islands.
Auk., 59:35-46.

Marston, Richard B. 1948. Effects of contour-
trenches and vegetational recovery upon hy-
drologic characteristics of Parrish Basin, Utah.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley.

Marston, Richard B. 1949. Effect of vegeta-
tion on rainstorm run-off. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 26:144. (Abstract.)

Marston, Richard B. 1952. Ground cover re-
quirements for summer storm runoff control
on aspen sites in northern Utah. Jour. For.,
50:. 303-307.

Marston, Richard B. 1955. Is the world's rain-
iest rain forest in southern Davis County,
Utah? Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 32:205. (Abstract.)

Marston, Richard B. 1958. Use of nuclear soil
moisture meter in studies of evapo-transpira-
tion on mountain soils. Proc. Soc. Amer. For.,
1958:39-41.

Marston, Richard B. 1958. Parrish Canyon,
Utah: A lesson in flood sources. Jour. Soil
and Water Conserv., 13:165-167.

Marston, Richard B. 1963. Some comparative
hydrologic characteristics of aspen and moun-
tain brush communities on steep mountain
watersheds in northern Utah. Ph.D. Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Marston, Richard B. and Odell Julander. 1961.
Plant cover reductions by pocket gophers fol-
lowing experimental removal of aspen from a
watershed area in Utah. Jour. For., 59:100-
102.

Martin, Alex C, Roy C. Erickson, and John H.
Steenis. 1957. Improving duck marshes by
weed control. U. S. D. Int., Fish and Wildlife
Serv. Cir. 19-Revised. 60 pp.

Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler. 1939. Food of
game ducks in the United States and Canada.
U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui. 634. 156 pp.

Martin, Floyd L. 1950. A revision of Cerco-
carpus. Brittonia, 7:91-111.

Martin, Paul S. 1963. The last 10,000 years:
A fossil pollen record of the American south-
west. Univ. Ariz. Press, Tucson. 87 pp.

Martin, Thomas L. 1937. ( See Bartholomew,
Virga and Thomas L. Martin. )

Martin, Thomas L. 1937. ( See Peterson, How-
ard B. and Thomas L. Martin. )

Martin, Thomas L. 1938. Seasonal variation
in some soil algae in some virgin Utah soils.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 15:5.

Martin, Thomas L. 1939. (See Hull, A. C,
Jr. and Thomas L. Martin.)

Martin, T. L. 1950 (See Tully, J. G, Jr., D.
A. Anderson, and T. L. Martin.)

Martin, Thomas L. and Owen M. Davis. 1932.
A preliminary study of blue sac disease of
fishes at the federal hatchery at Springville,
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 9:29-30.

Mason, D. T. 1915. The life history of lodge-
pole pine in the Rocky Mountains. U. S. D.
Agr. Bui. 154. 35 pp.

Mason, Fred. 1947. Forests in the desert.
Utah Mag., 9(9): 18-21.

Mason, Lamar R. 1963. Value of historical
data for determining potential or climax vege-
tation in developing range site descriptions.
Abstracts of Papers, Ann. Meeting Amer. Soc.
Range Mgt., 16:34.

Mason, Lamar. 1963. Using historical records
to determine climax vegetation. Jour. Soil
and Water Conserv., 18(5): 190-194.

Mason, Silas C. 1913. The pubescent-fruited
species of Primus of the southwestern states.
Jour. Agr. Res., 1:147-178.

Mathias, Mildred E. 1930. Studies in the Um-
belliferae. III. A monograph of Cymoptems
including a critical study of related genera.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 17:213-476.

Mathias, Mildred E. 1932. Studies in the Um-
belliferae. IV. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 19:
497-498.

Mathias, Mildred E. 1964. (See Theobald,
William L., Charles C. Tseng, and Mildred E.
Mathias. )

Matson, G. A., A. Rauve, J. M. Sugihara, and
W. J. Burke. 1949. Antibiotic studies on an
extract from Leptotaenia Multifeda [sic].
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 26:
145. (Abstract.)

Matthews, Darrell H. 1953. (See Robinson,
Max E. and Darrell H. Matthews. )

Matthews, D. H. 1955. (See Robinson, M. E.
and D. H. Matthews. )

Maxon, William R. 1917. A new Notholoena
from the southwest. Amer. Fern. Jour., 7:106-
109.

Maxon, William R. 1918. Further notes on
Pellaea. Amer. Fern Jour., 8:89-94.

Maxon, William R. 1919. Notes on American
ferns— XIV. Amer. Fern Jour., 9:67-73.

McArdle, Richard E. and David F. Costello.
1936. Tlie virgin range. In The western
range. Sen. Doc. 199, 74th Cong., 2nd Sess.
pp. 71-80. U. S. Govt. Printing Office, Wash.

McArdle, Richard E., David F. Costello, E. E.
Birkmaier, Carl Evving, B. A. Hendricks, C.
A. Kutzleb, Alba A. Simpson, and Arnold R.

BlBLIOCHAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

43

Standing. 1936. The white man's toll. In
The western ran^,.' Sen. Doc. 199, 74th
Cong., 2nd Sess. rp. 81-116. U. S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington.

McAtee, W. L. 1915. Eleven important wild-
duck foods. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 205. 25 pp.

McAtee, W. L. 1917. Propagation of wild-
duck foods. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 465. 40 pp.

McAtee, W. L. 1941. Plants useful in upland
wildlife management. U. S. D. Int. Bui. 7.
50 pp.

McCain, A. C. 1914. Forest and Timher. In
Second Report, Utah State Bureau of Immi-
gration, Labor and Statistics (Tenth Report of
the Bureau of Statistics), pp. 44-53.

McCarty, Edward C. 1935. Seasonal march of
carbohydrates in Elymus ambiguus and Muh-
lenbergia gracilis, and their reaction under
moderate grazing use. Plant Phvsiol., 10:
727-738.

McCarty, Edward C. 1938. The relation of
growth to the varying carbohydrate content
in mountain brome. U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui.
598. 24 pp.

McCarty, Edward C. and Raymond Price.
1942. Growth and carbohydrate content of
important mountain forage plants in central
Utah as affected by clipping and grazing.
U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui. 818. 51 pp.

McClintock, Elizabeth and Carl Epling. 1942.
A review of the genus Monarch (Labiatae).
Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot., 20(2): 147-194.

McConnell, William J. 1958. Chlorophyll and
productivitv in a Mountain River. Ph.D. The-
sis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

McConnell, William J., William J. Clark, and
William F. Sigler. 1957. Bear Lake, its fish
and fishing. Utah State Dept. of Fish and
Game, Idaho Dept. of Fish and Game, and
Wildlife Dept., Utah State Univ. 76 pp.

McConnell, W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1959.
Chlorophyll and productivity in a mountain
river. Limnology and Oceanography, 4(3):
335-351.

McCullough, C. W. 1947. Highway beautifi-
cation. Utah Mag., 9(3):24-25, 44-45.

McCullough, Robert A. 1951. Some studies of
the ecology and management of the muskrat
on the Locomotive Springs Migratory Water-
fowl Refuge, Box Elder County, Utah. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

McDonald, Donald B. 1956. The effects of
pollution on Great Salt Lake, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

McDonald, Donald Burt. 1962. The produc-
tivity of Deer Creek Reservoir, Utah, with
special reference to the phytoplankton. Ph.D.

Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City. (Dissert.
Abst. 23(9):3092-3093.)

McDonald, John E. 1946. Measuring the for-
age crop of range lands by vegetation analy-
sis. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College.
Logan.

McDougall, W. B. 1949. Plant ecology. 4th ed.
Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia. Chap. 21. The
distribution of plant communities in the Un-
ited States, pp. 195-208. Grazing problems,
pp. 209-210.

McGinnies, W. G. 1955. The United States
and Canada. In Plant Ecology, Reviews of
Research, Arid Zone Research VI, UNESCO,
pp. 250-301.

McGuire, John H. 1937. The influence of
overgrazing on the density and number of
palatable and unpalatable desert forage
plants. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Mcllvain, Ernest Hadley. 1948. Differential
germination and growth response of some im-
portant grass and forb seeds after treatment
with 2, 4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid and
diesel oil. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

McKay, J. W. 1936. Natural gardens of the
Wasatch I. Madrono, 3:223-227.

McKell, Cyrus M. 1950. A study of plant suc-
cession in the oak brush (Quercus gambelii)
zone after fire. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

McKell, Cyrus M. 1950. A study of plant suc-
cession in the oak brush (Quercus gambelii)
zone after fire. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 27:75. (Abstract.)

McKelvey, Susan Delano. 1938. Yuccas of the
southwestern United States. Part One. Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard Univ., Jamaica Plain,
Mass. 150 pp.

McKelvey, Susan Delano. 1947. Yuccas of the
southwestern United States. Part Two. Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard Univ., Jamaica Plain,
Mass. 192 pp.

McKnight, Kent Howell. 1952. A study of the
fleshy fungi of Utah. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

McKnight, Kent H. 1957. Some unusual Gas-
teromycetes from Utah. Proc. Utah Acad Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 34:155-156.

McKnight, Kent H. 1957. (See Pratt, Gene
A. and Kent H. McKnight. )

McKnight, Kent H. and David L. Mumford.
1958. Fungal parasites on some Utah species
of Portulacaceae. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 35:53-55.

McKnight, Kent H. and J. Keith Rigby. 1962.
Lower Cretaceous Ternpski/a from eastern

44

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Utah. Geol. Soc. Amer., Rocky Vlt. Sect.,
Prog. Ann. Meeting, p. 29. (Abstract.)

McLane. J. W. 1914. (See Kearney, T. H.,
L. J. Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W. McLane, and
R. L. Piemeisel. )

McLaughlin, W. W. 1905. Agricultural recon-
naissance of the Uinta Reservation. Utah
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 93. 23 pp.

McMillan, Calvin. 1948. A taxonomic and
ecological study of the flora of tile Deep
Creek Mountains of central western Utah.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

McMillan, Calvin. 1952. Senecia saxosus Klatt
in the Great Basin. Leafl. West. Bot, 6:221-
223.

McNulty, Irving B. 1947. The ecology of bit-
terbrush in Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

McNulty, Irving. 1963. Some effects of chlor-
ide salts on greasewood (Sarcobatus vermicu-
latus (Hook) Torr. ). Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 40:185-192.

McVaugh, Rogers. 1939. Some realignments
in the genus Nanmcladus. Amer. Midi. Nat.,
22:521-550.

McVaugh, Rogers. 1941. A monograph of the
genus Downingia. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club,
19(4):l-57.

McVaugh, Rogers. 1953. A botanical trip to
the Henry Mountains of Utah. Asa Gray
Bui., n.s., 2:279-287. (Ann Arbor, Mich.)

McVaugh, Rogers. 19.56. Edward Palmer:
Plant explorer of the American west. Univ.
Oklahoma Press, Norman. 430 pp.

Mead, David R. 1958. Forage production on
summer range following application of 2,4-D
to kill big sagebrush (Artemisia tridentata).
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Meeuwing, Richard O. 1960. Watersheds A
and B — A studv of surface runoff and erosion
in the subalpine zone of central Utah. Jour.
For., 58:556-560.

Meinecke, E. P. 1929. Quaking aspen: A
study in applied forest pathology. U. S. D.
Agr. Tech. Bui. 155. 33 pp.

Meiners, Jack P. 1948. (See Sprague, Roder-
ick, George W. Fisher, and Jack P. Meiners. )

Meiners, Jack P. 1949. (See Sprague. Boder-
ick and Jack P. Meiners. )

Meinzer, Oscar E. 1911. Ground water in
Juab, Millard, and Iron Counties, Utah. U. S.
Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 227. 162 pp.

Meinzer, Oscar Edward. 1927. Plants as indi-
cators of ground water. U. S. Geol. Surv.
Water Supply Pap. 577. 95 pp.

Menzies, Charles W. 1935. Effects of over-
grazing on the mortalirv of desert browse of

the Utah west desert. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Merriam, C. Hart. 1892. The geographical
distribution of life in North America with
special reference to the Mammalia. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash., 7:1-64.

Merriam, C. Hart. 1893. The Death Valley
expedition: A biological survey of parts of Cal-
ifornia, Nevada, Arizona and Utah. North
American Fauna, 7:1-393.

Merriam, C. Hart. 1893. Notes on the distri-
bution of trees and shrubs in the deserts and
desert ranges of southern California, southern
Nevada, northwestern Arizona, and south-
western Utah. North American Fauna, 7:285-
343.

Merriam, C. Hart. 1893. Notes on the geo-
graphic and vertical distribution of Cactuses,
Yuccas, and Agave, in the deserts and desert
ranges of southern California, southern Nev-
ada, northwestern Arizona, and southwestern
Utah. North American Fauna, 7:345-359.

Merriam, C. Hart. 1898. Life zones and crop
zones of the United States. U. S. D. Agr.,
Biol. Surv. Bui. 10. 79 pp.

Merrill, Lewis A. 1914. Supplementing the
natural precipitation by subterranean waters.
Proc. Ninth International Dry-farming Con-
gress, 160-165. (Vegetation of Escalante Val-
ley, page 161. )

Mia; M. M. and B. K. Vickery, Jr. 1961. Cyto-
genetic studies of the patterns of evolution in
the Mimulus glahratus complex. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 38:125-126.

Michaelsen, Leon. 1959. Bange reseedings
bring Baft Biver comeback. Utah Farmer,
78(24) :9. Dec. 17.

Mielke, James L. 19.50. Rate of deterioration
of beetle-killed Engelmann spruce. Jour. For.,
48:882-888.

Mielke, James L. 1952. The rust fungus Cro-
nartium filamentosum in Bocky Mountain
ponderosa pine. Jour. For., .50:365-373.

Mielke, James L. 1957. Aspen leaf blight in
the Intermountain region. U. S. Forest Serv.,
Intermountain Forest and Bange Exp. Sta.
Bes. Note 42. 5 pp.

Mielke, James L. 1957. The yellow witches'
broom of subalpine fir in the Intermountain
region. U. S. Forest Serv., Intermountain
Forest and Range Exp. Sta. Res. Note 47.
5 pp.

Mielke, James L. 1961. Commandra blister
rust. U. S. For. Serv. For. Pest Leafl. 62. 7

PP-
Mielke, James L. 1962. (See Hawksworth,

Frank G. and James L. Mielke.)

Bibliography of Utah Botany

45

Mielke, James L. and Ross W. Davidson. 1947.
Notes on some western wood-decay fungi.
Plant Disease Reporter, 31:27-30.

Miller, Elbert Ernest. 1951. Agricultural geo-
graphy of Cache Valley. Utah-Idaho. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Wash., Seattle.

Miller, Grant Leslie. 1959. An investigation of
pollution in the Price River, Carbon County,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Miller, John T. 19.38. ( See Ryers, Horace C,
John T. Miller, K. T. Williams, and H. W.
Lakin. )

Miller, Kim I. 1963. ( See Webster, Grady L.
and Kim I. Miller.)

Miller, Robert L. and Grover A. Choate. 1964.
The forest resource of Colorado. U. S. Forest
Serv. Res. Rul. INT-3. 55 pp. ( Intermountain
Forest and Range Exp. Sta. )

Mills, John A. 1955. Nutritive value of some
important range plants for spring and sum-
mer grazing. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Miner, E. L. 1939. A study of Utah trees in
their winter condition. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Miner, Ernest L. 1940. (See Anderson, Dean
A. and Ernest L. Miner)

Mitchell, Guv Elliott. 1927. Nature's giant
bridges. Amer. For., 33:657-660.

Mitchell, James G. 1956. Charophytes as a
guide to distinguishing between Lower Cre-
taceous and Upper Jurassic continental sedi-
ments in the subsurface. Intermountain Assoc.
Petroleum Geol. Seventh Annual Field Conf.
pp. 105-112.

Moessner, Karl E. 1962. Preliminary aerial
volume tables for pinvon-juniper stands. U.
S. Forest Sen., Intermountain Forest and
Range Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 69. 12 pp.

Moffett, J. W. 1936. A quantitative study of
the bottom fauna in some Utah streams vari-
ously affected bv erosion Bui. Univ. Utah,
26(9), Biol. Ser.,'3(3):l-32.

Mohr, E. 1913. (See Peterson, E. G. and E.
Mohr. )

Moldenke, Harold N. 1961-1964. Materials to-
ward a monograph of the genus Verbena. II,
V, XI, XII, XVIII, XXV. Phytologia, 8:108-
152, 274-323; 9:113-181, 186-238; 10:89-159;
11:155-213.

Monk, Ralph W. and George Stewart. 1951.
Seasonal variations of crude protein and phos-
phorus in four range plants used for reseed-
ing. U. S. Forest Serv., Intermountain For-
est and Range Exp. Sta. Res. Note 1. 5 pp.

Monninger, L. V. 1950. Rainfall interception
by aspen and herbaceous vegetation. Proc.

Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 27:73. (Ab-
stract. )

Monninger, L. V. 1953. ( See Croft, A. R. and
L. V. Monninger.)

Monsen, Stephen B. 1963. (See Plummer, A.
Perry, Donald R. Christensen, and Stephen B.
Monsen. )

Monsen, Stephen B. 1964. (See Plummer, A.
Perry, Donald R. Christensen, and Stephen B.
Monsen. )

VIoore, Glen. 1963. (See Treshow, Michael,
Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen Moore.)

Moore, Glen. 1964. (See Harrison, Bertrand
F., Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen Moore.)

Moore, Glen. 1964a. (See Treshow, Michael,
Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen Moore. )

Moore, Glen. 1964b. (See Welsh, Stanley L.
Michael Treshow. and Glen Moore. )

Moore, R. J. and C. Frankton. 1963. Cytotax-
onomic notes on some Cirsium species of the
western United States. Canad. jour. Bot.,
4L1553-L567.

Moore, R. R. 1964. A study of stand structure
in the uneven-aged stands in the Engelmann
spruce-subalpine fir types on the Utah State
University forest. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan. (Dissert. Abstract., 25(5):2692-
2693. )

Morris, Owen W. 1959. ( See Julander, Odell,
Jessop B. Low, and Owen W. Morris. )

Mosquin, Theodore. 1964. Chromosomal re-
patterning in Clarkia rhomboidea as evidence
for post-Pleistocene changes in distribution.
Evolution, 18:12-25.

Mott, Ralph Lionel. 1964. The role of sodium
and chloride in the osmoregulatin in grease-
wood, Sarcobatus vermiculatus (Hook.) Torr.
Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Movie, Richard W. 195S. Paleoecology of the
Manning Canyon Shale in central Utah.
Brigham Young Universitv Geology Studies,
5(7). 86 pp.

Mukherjee, Barid B. and Robert K. Vickery, Jr.
1960. Chromosome counts in the section
Simiolus of the genus Mimulus (Scrophular-
iaceae). IV. Madrono, 15:239-245.

Mukherjee, Barid B., Delbert Wiens, and Robert
K. Vickery, Jr. 1957. Chromosome counts in
the section Simiolus of the genus Mimulus
( Scrophulariaceae ) . II. Madrono, 14:128-131.

Mulaik, Stanley B. 1958. Conservation Educa-
tion Association formulates recommendations.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 14(10):3-4.

Mulaik, Stanley. 1958. Resources and youth.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 14(12):22.

Mulaik, Stanley B. 1962. Route to re-creation.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 18(8):10-11.

46

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Mumford, David L. 1958. A study of Physo-
derma on three species of Portulacaceae.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo.
Utah.

Mumford, David L. 1958. (See McKnight,
Kent H. and David L. Mumford. )

Munns, E. N. 1938. The distribution of im-
portant forest trees of the United States.
U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Pub. 287. 176 pp.

Munns, E. N. 1946. Water in wildland man-
agement. Jour. For., 44:799-804.

Munns, E. N. 1947. Hydrology of western
ranges. Jour. Soil and Water Conserv., 2(3):
139-144.

Munz, Philip A. 1928. Studies in Onagraceae.
I. A revision of the subgenus Chylismia of the
genus Oenothera. Amer. Jour. Bot, 15:223-
240.

Munz, Philip A. 1930. The North American
species of Orobanche, section Myzorrhiza.
Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 57:611-624.

Munz, Philip A. 1931. Studies in Onagraceae.
VII. The subgenus Pachylophis of the genus
Oenothera. Amer. Jour. Bot., 18:728-738.

Munz, Plulip A. 1937. ( See Jones, Marcus E. )

Munz, P. A. 1938. Botanical itinerary of Mar-
cus E. Jones. Leafl. West. Bot., 2:78. (Note.)

Munz, Philip A. 1939. Interesting western
plants— IV. Leafl. West. Bot., 2:156-158.

Munz, Philip A. 1941. Interesting western
plants— V. Leafl. West. Bot., 3:49-53.

Murdock, Joseph B. 1951. Alpine plant suc-
cession near Mount Emmons, Uinta Moun-
tains, Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Murdy, Horatio Williams. 1953. Some of the
relationships between livestock grazing and
duck nesting in the saltgrass vegetation type
in Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Murie, Margaret E. 1950. A matter of choice.
Living Wilderness, 34:11-15.

Murphy, Joseph B. 1951. Ecology of passer-
ine birds wintering at Utah Lake. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Murrill, W. A. 1945. A new polypore from
Utah. Mycologia, 37:157.

Musbach, Geo. E. 1932. The new home of
our waterfowl [Bear Biver Migrators' Bird
Befuge]. Utah Juniper, 3:7-9, 39-40.

Nave, Bobert Harry. 1960. A limnological study
of Clover Creek, Tooele County, Utah. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Nebeker, Alan. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley L,
Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Nelson, Aven. 1909. (See Coulter, John M.
and Aven Nelson.)

Nelson, Aven. 1912. Spring flora of the Inter-

mountain states. Ginn and Co., Boston. 204
pp.

Nelson, Aven. 1931. Bocky Mountain Herbar-
ium studies I. Amer. Jour. Bot., 18:431-442.

Nelson, Aven. 1934. Bocky Mountain Herbar-
ium studies. II. Amer. Jour. Bot., 21:573-
582.

Nelson, Aven. 1936. Bocky Mountain Herbar-
ium studies. IV. Amer. Jour. Bot., 23:265-
271.

Nelson, Aven. (See Hall, H. M. 1910.)

Nelson, David Lavar. 1963. Studies on flag-
ging and root and butt rot of subalpine fir,
Abies lasiocarpa ( Hook. ) Nutt. Master's The-
sis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Nelson, Enoch W. 1930. Mapping of browse
areas. Jour. For., 28:91-92.

Nelson, Enoch W. 1930. Methods of studying
shrubby plants in relation to grazing. Ecol-
ogy, 11:764-769.

Nelson, Lowry. 1937. Problems of conserving
and utilizing our agriculutral resources. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 14:77-79.

Nelson, Marcus. 1945. (See Anon.)

Nelson, Noland F. 1949. Marshes prove worth.
Utah Fish and Game Bui, 7(1):8.

Nelson, Noland F. 1953. Marsh development
and management on artificial impoundments
in Utah. Proc. 32nd Annual Conf. W. Assoc.
State Game and Fish Comms. pp. 207-209.

Nelson, Noland F. 1954. Factors in the devel-
opment and restoration of waterfowl habitat
at Ogden Bay Befuge, Weber County, Utah.
Utah State Fish and Game Dept. Pub. No. 6
87 pp.

Nelson, Noland F. 1955. Ecology of Great
Salt Lake marshes. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 32:37-40.

Nelson, Noland F. 1955. Factors in the devel-
opment and restoration of waterfowl habitat
at Ogden Bay Befuge, Weber County, Utah.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Lo-
gan.

Nelson, Noland F. 1955. Factors in revegetat-
ing saline marsh areas. Proc. 34th Ann. Conf.
W. Assoc. State Game and Fish Comms. pp.
258-263.

Nelson, Bichard Folsom. 1957. A preliminary
investigation of the role of selenium in the
growth of Stanleya pinnata. Master's Thesis,
Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Nelson, Bichard F. 1957. ( See Harrison, Ber-
trand F. and Bichard F. Nelson.)

Neubauer, Theodore A. 1963. The grasslands
of the West. Jour. Bange Mgt, 16:327-332.

Newberry, John S. 1874. On the lignites and
plantbeds of western America. Amer. Jour.
Sci., 107:399-404.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

47

Nielsen, Gerald L. 1954. (See Tanner, Vasco
M. and Gerald L. Nielsen.)

Nielsen, Harry Stewart, Jr. 1960. Lichens of
the Wasatch Mountains in central Utah.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Nielsen, Arlan Kent. 1956. A study of the
variability of Distichlis stricta selections from
several geographical locations in the western
United States. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.

Nielson, A. Errol. 1949. Some factors affect-
ing population changes of the deer herd on
the Ephraim unit of the Manti National Forest.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Lo-
gan.

Nielson, Averil B. 1939. Effects of overgraz-
ing range lands and seeded pastures and the
value of protection in correcting the effects
of overgrazing. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Nielson, R. D. 1962. The use and economic
significance of the National Land Reserve in
Utah. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 23:72-74.

Nielson, R. Lynn. 1952. Factors affecting the
California quail populations in Uintah County,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. Col-
lege, Logan.

Nisson, Antone W. 1939. The rise and devel-
opment of the megagametophyte in Yucca an-
gustissima Engelmann. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Nisson, A. W. and B. F. Harrison. 1940. The
rise and development of the megagameto-
phyte of Yucca angustissima Englm. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 17:73-83.

Nixon, Elray S. 1961. An ecological study of
an exclosure in the mountain brush vegetation
of the Wasatch Mountains, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Nixon, Elray S. 1964. (See Christensen, Earl
M. and Elray S. Nixon.)

Nixon, Elray S. and Earl M. Christensen. 1959.
An ecological study of an exclosure in the
mountain brush vegetation in the Wasatch
Mountains, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 36:182-183. (Abstract.)

Noble, E. L. 1958. ( See Clark, L. K. and E. L.
Noble. )

Noble, Edward L. 1963. Sediment reduction
through watershed rehabilitation. U. S. D.
Agr., Forest Service, Intermountain Region.
29 pp.

Nord, A. G. 1941. Utah national forests, the
people's playground. Utah Mag., 5(10):6-7,
27-28.

Nord, A. G. 1947. A century of recreation —
use of national forest resources. Utah Mag.,

9(9):16-17, 29, 31.

Nordstedt, O. (See Braun, A. 1883.)

Norrington, Annie. 1925. Phycological study
of some of the mountain lakes and streams of
the Wasatch and Uinta Ranges in Utah.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Chicago, Illinois.

Norrington, Annie. 1927. Phycological study
of some of the mountain lakes and streams of
the Wasatch and Uinta Ranges in Utah.
Chicago Univ. Abst. Thesis Sci. Ser., 3:287-
292.

Norris, J. J. 1942. Botanical analyses of stom-
ach contents as a method of determining for-
age consumption of range sheep. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Obom, Eugene Timbrell. 1938. Comparison
of methods of collecting, storing, and germin-
ating "seeds" of waterfowl food and cover
plants . Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. Col-
lege, Logan.

O'Gara, P. J. 1914. A disease of red clover
and alsike clover caused by a new species of
Colletotrichum. Phytopathology, 4:410.

O'Gara, P. J. 1914. A disease of the under-
ground stems of Irish potato caused by a new
species of Colletotrichum. Phytopathology,
4:410-411.

O'Gara, P. J. 1914. An anthracnose of Ascle-
pias speciosa caused by a new species of Col-
letotrichum. Phytopathology, 4:410.

O'Gara, P. J. 1915. A Podosporiella disease of
germinating wheat. Phytopathology, 5:323-
326.

O'Gara, P. J. 1915. A bacterial disease of west-
ern wheat-grass. First account of the occur-
rence of a new type of bacterial disease in
America. Science, 42:616-617.

O'Gara, P. J. 1916. A bacterial disease of west-
ern wheat-grass. Occurrence of a new type
of bacterial disease in America. Phytopath-
ology, 6:98-99.

O'Gara, P. J. 1916. A bacterial disease of west-
ern wheat-grass, Agwpyron smithii. Phyto-
pathology, 6:341-350

O'Gara, P. J. 1917. Notes on the distribution
of the bacterial disease of western wheat-
grass. Phytopathology, 7:225-226.

Ogden, Phil Reed. 1958. First-year seedling,
seedling survival, and production of four
wheat-grass species on an abandoned dry farm
area in Utah as influenced by seeding inten-
sity, drill row spacing, and season of planting.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Ogzewalla, C. Dwayne. 1958. (See Vickery,
Robert K., Jr., and C. Dwayne Ogzewalla.)

O'Keson, Clifford J. 1934. Erosion control in
Salina Canvon. Proc. Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 11:143-145.

48

Olsen, C. J. 1937. Placing management of
our natural resources in educational plan-
ning. Utah Educ. Rev., 31(1):17-19.

Olsen, C. J. 1941. Our forested northland.
Utah Mag., 5(6): 13, 31-32.

Olsen, C. J. 1947. Now and tomorrow for
Utah forests. Utah Mag., 9(1):14-17, 38-39.

Olsen, C. J. 1955. Letter to Hon. H. Aldous
Dixon concerning Heber District of the Uinta
National Forest. U. S. Forest Service, Ogden,
Utah. Dec. 20. (Mimeo. Copy.)

Olsen, Chester J. 1962. The outdoor recrea-
tion potential of Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 39:99-105.

Olsen, Orange A. 1933. The elk situation in
Utah. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Misc. Pub., 10:43-
45.

Olsen, Orange A. 1942. Managing Nebo's wa-
piti. Trans. North Amer. Wildlife Conf., 7:
375-379.

Olsen, Orange. 1943. Big game in multiple
land use in Utah. Jour. For., 41:792-797.

Olsen, Orange A. 1944. Big game in multiple
land use in Utah. Wise. Conserv. Bui., 9(2):
11-16.

Olsen, Orange. 1944. (See Robinette, W. Les-
lie and Orange Olsen.)

Olson, O. C. 1949. Relations between acceler-
ated erosion and soil depth on the Wasatch
Mountains. Soil Sci., 67:447-451.

Olson, Richard Louis. 1955. The inheritance
of flower color in a cross between Mimulus
cardinalis and Mimulus leivisii. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Olson, Richard L. 1956. (See Vickery, Robert
K., Jr., and Richard L. Olson.)

Oosting, Henry J. 1956. The study of plant
communities. 2nd Ed. W. H. Freeman and
Co., San Francisco. 440 pp.
Orr, H. K. 1950. (See Lull, H. W. and H. K.
Orr.)

Orr, Howard K. 1957. Effects of plowing and
seeding on some forage production and hy-
drologic characteristics of a subalpine range
in central Utah. U. S. Forest Serv., Inter-
mountain Forest and Range Expt. Sta. Res.
Pap. 47. 23 pp.
Ortiz, Luis B. 1950. Soil moisture in relation
to plant growth. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.
Ottley, Alice M. 1944. The American Loti
with special consideration of a proposed new
section, Simpeteria. Brittonia, 5:81-123.
Owen, Thomas J. 1963. The effect of temper-
ature on root growth of coniferous seedlings.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.
Ownbey, Gerald B. 1958. Monograph of the
genus Argemone for North America and the

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

West Indies. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club, 21(1):
1-159.

Pack, Dean A. 1919. Two Ciliata of Great
Salt Lake. Biol. Bui., 36:273-282.

Packard, A. S., Jr. 1897. The sea-weeds of
Salt Lake. Amer. Nat., 13:701.

Packer, Paul E. 1957. Management of forest
watershed and improvement of fish habitat.
Trans Amer. Fish Soc, 87:392-397.

Pady, S. M. 1942. Distribution patterns in
Melamp&orella in die national forests and
parks of the western states. Mycologia, 34:
606-627.

Page, Richard J. 1960. Important germina-
tion requirements for Sphaeralcea grossular-
kiefolia. Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ.,
Logan.

Palmer, Edward. 1878. Plants used by the
Indians of the United States. Amer. Nat.,
12:593-606, 646-655.

Palmer, Edward. (See McVaugh, Rogers,
1956. )

Palmer, L. J. 1936. (See Watts. L. F., George
Stewart, Charles Connaughton, L. J. Palmer,
and M. W. Talbor.)

Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Show. 1936. As a
home for wildlife. In The western range.
Sen. Doc. 199. 74th Cong., 2nd Sess. pp. 341-
361. U. S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington.

Pammel, L. H. 1903. Some ecological ^notes
on the vegetation of the Uintah Mountains.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 10:57-68.

Pammel, L. H. 1905. Sheep grazing in the
Forest Reserves from a layman's standpoint.
Proc. Amer. Forest Congress Held at Wash-
ington, D. C, Jan. 2 - 6 under the Auspices of
the Amer. Forestry Assoc. H. M. Suter Publ.
Co., Washington, D. C. pp. 242-248. (Uinta
Mts.)

Pammel, L. H. 1910. Rocky Mountain ram-
bles. Plant World, 13:155-163, 181-190.
Pammel, L. H. 1913. The grasses of the Uin-
tah Mountains and adjacent regions. Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci., 20:133-149.
Pammel, L. H. 1914. Grasses of the national
forests of the Rockies. Amer. Forester, 2:
41-54.
Papenfuss, Herbert D. 1964. A study of
growth rates in seedlings of Douglas fir eco-
types. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo.
Parker, Donald E. 1958. The forest pest sit-
uation in the Intermountain area. Proc. Soc.
Amer. For., 1958:60-63.
Parker, K. W. 1948. (See Price, Raymond,
K. W. Parker, and A. C. Hull, Jr.)

Bibliography of Utah Botany

49

Parker, Karl G. 1963. (See Cook, C. Wayne
and Karl G. Parker.)

Parker, Robert E. 1950. The inhibitory ef-
fects of Madia glomerata upon seed germin-
ation and plant growth. Master's Thesis,
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Parker, Robert E. 1950. The inhibitory effects
of Madia glomerata upon seed germination
and plant growth. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 27:74. (Abstract.)

Parker, Thomas C. 1933. Game management
problems of Utah National Parks. Utah Agr.
Exp. Sta. Misc. Pub., 10:32-34.

Parkey, Wade. 1950. Effect of date of plant-
ing new seeds of ten forage species on em-
ergence, survival, growth and flowering.
Master's Thesis. Utah State Univ., Logan.

Parkinson, Dana. 1928. Utah's most abundant
trees. Utah Educ. Rev., 22:178-179.

Parkinson, Dana. 1929. Does Utah have ma-
hogany? Utah Educ. Rev., 22:232-233.

Parkinson, Dana. 1930. Recreational tastes
curtailed or cultured. Utah Educ. Rev., 24
(3): 136-137, 163.

Parkinson, Dana. 1930. Why cut trees?
Utah Educ. Rev., 24(4): 180-181, 202.

Parkinson, Dana. 1931. Forest desperadoes.
Utah Educ. Rev., 24(6): 274-275, 294-295.

Parkinson, Dana. 1931. School funds from
national forests. Utah Educ. Rev., 24(5):
232-233, 254-255.

Parkinson, Dana. 1931. They have to eat.
Utah Educ. Rev., 24(8) :376-377, 401-402.

Parkinson, Ernest W. 19.33. Rird studies of
the Bear River marshes. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Parry, C. C. 1871. The North American des-
ert flora between 32° and 42° north latitude.
U. S. D. Agr. Mo. Rep., 1871:23-25.

Parry, Charles Christopher. 1875. Botanical
observations in southern Utah, in 1874. I-V.
Amer. Nat., 9:14-21, 139-146, 199-205, 267-
273, 346-351.

Parry, Charles C. 1876. Summer botanizing
in the Wasatch Mountains, Utah Ter'y. Proc.
Davenport Acad. Sci., 1:145-152.

Partridge, Donald B. 1948. Trees to beautify
Utah. Utah Mag., 10(3):20-21, 23-24, 26.

Pase, C. P. 1956. Is this the largest sagebrush
plant? Jour. Range Mgt., 9:60. (Note.)

Patraw, Mrs. P. P. 1932. The Datura. Zion-
Bryce Nature Notes, 4(6):l-2.

Patraw, Pauline Mead. 1933. The role of the
prickly pear in plant succession. Zion-Bryce
Nature Notes, 5(5):3-4.

Patraw, Pauline Mead and Jeanne R. Janish.
1959. Flowers of the southwest Mesas. 3rd

Ed. Southwestern Monuments Association,
Popular Series No. 5. 112 pp.

Patrick, Ruth. 1936. Some diatoms of Great
Salt Lake. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 63:157-
166.

Paul, J. H. 1908. A seventh grade nature les-
son (Arctium lappa). Utah Educ. Rev.,
2(3):25-26.

Paul, J. H. 1908. Nature study. Utah Educ.
Rev., 1(9): 10-12.

Paul, Joshua Hughes. 1914. Out of doors in
the west; field notes on plants, on ways and
usefulness of native birds, and on life histories
of certain notable insects of the Rocky Moun-
tain region. Salt Lake City. 320 pp. (Teach-
ers' Edition.)

Paul, J. H. 1916. I^et boy scouts plant trees
and shrubs that attract birds. Improvement
Era, 19(6):526-529.

Paul, J. H. 1920. Native trees of Utah. Utah
Educ. Rev., 13(9-10) :335-336.

Paul, J. H. 1933. Christmas trees alive at our
doors. Improvement Era, 36(6):350-381.

Paul, J. H. (See VanCott, Oscar." 1927.)

Paul, J. H. and F. S. Baker. 1925. The floods
of 1923 in northern Utah. Utah Univ. Bui.
15(3). 20 pp.

Paul, J. H. and Claude T. Barnes. 1913. For-
est groves and canyon streams. Deseret
News, Salt Lake City, Utah. 228 pp.

Paul, J. H. and Claude T. Barnes. 1914. West-
ern natural resources: What they are and
why they may be conserved. Deseret News,
Salt Lake City, Utah. 224 pp. (Teachers'
Edition. )

Paul, J. H. and Claude T. Barnes. 1914. Farm
foes and bird helpers. Deseret News, Salt
Lake City, Utah. 192 pp. (Teacher's Edi-
tion. )

Paul, J. H., Claude T Barnes, and Elizabeth
Cannon Porter. 1913. Farm friends and
spring flowers: Brief sketches of western
plant and animal life useful to man in the
Rocky Mountains. Deseret News, Salt Lake
City, Utah. 160 pp. ( Teacher's Edition. )

Payne, Helen C. 1952. Vegetation and soil.
Utah Educ. Rev., 45(4): 12, 22.

Payne, Helen C. and Ruth L. Roche. 1951.
Conservation, how to teach it. Utah Educ.
Rev., 45(2): 12-13, 28.

Payne, Willis Reed. 1953. The mold flora of
some southern Utah and southeastern Nev-
ada soils. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo.

Payson, Edwin Blake. 1926. Thlaspi, Oreo-
carya, and Erigeron. Univ. Wyoming Pub.
Sci., Bot., 1(6): 145-186.

50

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Pearse, C. Kenneth. 1941. Range grass seed:
A promising crop for Utah. Utah Farmer
61(5):9.

Pearse, C. Kenneth. 1943. (See Hurd, Rich-
ard M., and C. Kenneth Pearse.)

Pearse, C. K. 1943. (See Plummer, A. Perry,
Richard M. Hurd, and C. K. Pearce. )

Pearson, G. A. 1935. Timber growing and
logging practice in the southwest and in the
Rlack Hills region. U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui.
480. 80 pp.

Peattie, Donald Culrose. 1953. Natural his-
tory of western trees. Houghton Mifflin Co.,
Boston. 75 pp.

Pechanec, Joseph F. 1947. (See Hull, A. C,
Jr. and Joseph F. Pechanec.)

Pechanec, Joseph H., George Stewart, A. Perry
Plummer, Joseph H. Robertson, and A. C.
Hull, Jr. 1954. Controlling sagebrush on
rangelands. U. S. D. Agr. Farmers' Bui.
2072. 36 pp.

Peck, Raymond E. 1940. Charophyta and
Ostracoda from the Rocky Mountain conti-
nental formations. Proc. Missouri Acad. Sci.,
5(4): 128. (Abstract.)

Peck, Raymond E. 1957. North American
Mesozoic Charophyta. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof.
Pap. 294-A. 44 pp.

Peebles, Robert H. 1942. (See Kearney,
Thomas H. and Robert H. Peebles. )

Peebles, Robert H. 1960. (See Kearney, Tho-
mas H. and Robert H. Peebles.)

Pendleton, Robert C. 1952. Some uses of ra-
dioactive isotopes in ecological research.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Pennell. Francis W. 1920. Scrophulariaceae of
the central Rockv Mountain states. Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb', 20(9):313-381.

Pennell, Francis W. 1920. Scrophulariaceae of
the northwestern United States - II. Pedicu-
laris of the group Bracteosae. Bui. Torrey
Bot. Club, 61:441-448.

Pennell, Francis W. 1933. A revision of Syn-
thyris and Besset/a. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, 85:77-106.

Pennell, Francis W. 1935. The Scrophularia-
ceae of eastern temperate North America.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Monog. 1. 650
pp.

Peterson, Dan Lloyd. 1954. Reinventory of
surface soil and plant characteristics, Morris
watershed. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.

Peterson, E. G. and E. Mohr. 1913. Nitrogen
fixation by bacteria in Utah soils. Trans.
Utah Acad. Sci., 1:97-98. (1908-1917.)

Peterson, H. B. 1958. Tall wheatgrass offers

promise in the reclamation of saline soils.
Utah Farm and Home Sci., 19:40-41.

Peterson, Howard B. and Thomas L. Martin.
1937. Algae and Azotobacter characteristics
of soils at the base of the Wasatch Moun-
tains in Utah Valley. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 14:29.

Peterson, Ira L. 1937. High school biology in
Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Peterson, Levi S. 1964. The development of
Utah livestock law, 1848-1896. Utah Hist.
Quart, 32:198-216.

Peterson, William. 1922. The range manage-
ment problem in Utah. Utah Farmer, 43
(13):1, Oct. 28.

Peterson, William 1931. Conservation of the
public domain. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 39.
11 pp.

Peterson, William. 1933. Keeping nature's
balance on the western range. Amer. For.,
39:343-345, 381.

Peterson, W., P. V. Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G.
Stewart, and A. C. Esplin. 1927. Cattle
ranching in Utah. Report of a preUminary
economic survey of the ranch situation as of
1925. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 203. 56 pp.

Peterson, William and D. C. Tingey. 1928.
Weeds: Losses, agencies in distributions, na-
ture and control. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir.
71. 52 pp.

Pflugbeil, Ernst. 1960. Proposed site indices
for Engelmann spruce on the college forest
of the U. S. U. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Univ., Logan.

Phelps, John E. 1959. The Utah picture: Fu-
ture of our resources. Utah Fish and Game
Mag., 15(3)5-7.

Phillips, Hugh J. 1955. Mammals of the Lynn-
dyl, Utah, sand dune area: A population prob-
lem. Master's Thesis. Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Phillips, Lyle L. 1955. A revision of the per-
ennial species of Lupinus of North America.
Res. Studies State College Wash., 23:161-201.

Phillips, Max L. 1963. An end to Minersville
floods. Utah Farmer, 82(19):22.

Phinney, T. Dean. 1938. (See Stoddart, L.
A., P. B. Lister, George Stewart, T. Dean
Phinney, and L. W. Darson. )

Pickford, G. D. 1932. The influence of con-
tinued heavy grazing and promiscuous burn-
ing on spring-fall ranges in Utah. Ecology,
13:159-171.

Pickford, G. D. and George Stewart. 1935.
Coordinate method of mapping low shrubs.
Ecology, 16:257-261.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

51

Piemeisel, R. L. 1914. (See Kearney, T. H.,
L. J. Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W. McLane,
and R. L. Piemeisel.)

Piemeisel, R. L. 1940. ( See Shantz, H. L. and
R. L. Piemeisel.)

Pieper, Rex D. 1958. The effect of intensity
of grazing upon the nutritive content and di-
gestibility of desert ranges. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Pieper, Rex, C. Wayne Cook, and Lorin E. Har-
ris. 1959. Effect of intensity of grazing
upon nutritive content of the diet. Jour.
Animal Sci., 18(3) : 1031-1037.

Pierce, Roy G. 1919. (See Hartley, Carl, Roy
G. Pierce, and Glen G. Hahn. )

Piranian, George. 1937. The plankton of the
Bear River Migratory Water Fowl Refuge,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. Col-
lege, Logan.

Pitelka, Frank A. 1941. Distribution of birds
in relation to major biotic communities. Amer.
Midi. Nat, 25:113-137.. (Biomes, pp. 114-
116.)

Pittman, B. C. 1933. (See Taylor, T. G. and
B. C. Pittman. )

Pitts, LaVal M. 1963. Cytological evidence
for reciprocal introgression in Agropyon tra-
chycaulum and Agroypron spicatum. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Pitts, LaVal M. and Howard C. Stutz. 1963.
Cytological evidence for reciprocal introgres-
sion in Agropyron Trachycaulum [sic] and
Agropyron spicatum. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 40:246-247.

Plair, T. B. 1934. Vegetative cover of the
Utah Parks. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 6(3):
33-35.

Plummer, Arthur Perry. 1939. Viability, rate
of germination and early development of
twelve important range grasses. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1943. The germination
and early seedling development of twelve
range grasses. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron., 35:
19-34.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1944. Experiment shows
value of crested wheatgrass and rye for spring
and fall pasturage. U. S. Forest Serv., Inter-
mountain Forest and Range Exp. Sta. Res.
Pap. 9. 6 pp.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1946. Mountain brome-
grass — good for seeding mountain ranges.
Natl. Wool Grower, 36(5): 14.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1947. Make Utah ranges
productive. Artificial seeding of range lands

will help protect the livestock industry of our
state. Utah Farmer, 67(1 ):26; 67(2): 10, 23.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1947. (See Stewart,
George and A. Perry Plummer.)

Plummer, A. Perry. 1949. Kochia — ornamen-
tal garden plant makes good forage. Live-
stock like it. Utah Farmer, 68 ( 15 ): 10, 24, 25.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1954. (See Pechanec, Jo-
seph H., George Stewart, A. Perry Plummer,
Joseph H. Robertson, and A. C. Hull, Jr.)

Plummer, A. Perry. 1957. Range revegetation.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 13(6) :8-9.

Plummer, A. Perry. 1958. Restoration of jun-
iper-pinyon ranges in Utah. Proc. Soc. Amer.
For., 1958:202-211.

Plummer, A. Perry, Donald R. Christensen, and
Stephen B. Monsen. 1963. Game Forage
Revegetation Project Report. Dept. Bui. 63-
11. Federal Aid Completion Report. Utah
State Dept. Fish and Game, Salt Lake City.

Plummer, A. Perry, Donald R. Christensen, and
Stephen B. Monsen. 1964. Job completion
report for game forage revegetation project
W-82-R-9. Utah State Dept. Fish and Game,
Salt Lake City. 60 pp.

Plummer, A. Perry and J. M. Fenley. 1950.
Seasonal periods for planting grasses in the
subalpine zone of central Utah. U. S. Forest
Serv., Intermountain Forest and Range Exp.
Sta. Res. Pap. 18. 12 pp.

Plummer, A. Perry and Neil C. Frischknecht.
1952. Increasing stands of Indian ricegrass.
Agron. Jour., 44:285-289.

Plummer, A. Perry, A. C. Hull, Jr., George Stew-
art, and Joseph H. Robertson. 1955. Seed-
ing rangelands in Utah, Nevada, southern
Idaho, and western Wyoming. U. S. D. Agr.,
Agr. Handbook 71. 73 pp.

Plummer, A. Perry, Richard M. Hurd, and C. K.
Pearse. 1943. How to reseed Utah range
lands. U. S. Forest Serv., Intermountain For-
est and Range Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 1. 22 pp.

Plummer, A. Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and Ho-
mer D. Stapley. 1957. Range revegetation.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 13(6) :8-9.

Plummer, A. Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and Ho-
mer D. Stapley. 1957. Job completion re-
port for game forage revegetation project.
Utah State Dept. Fish and Game Dept. Info.
Bui. 31. 128 pp.

Plummer, A. Perry and Homer D. Stapley.
1959. Research in game forage restoration in
Utah. Proc. 39th Ann. Conf. W. Assoc. State
Game and Fish Comms. pp. 159-166.

Plummer, A. Perry, Homer D. Stapley, Donald
R. Christensen. 1959. Job completion re-

52

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

port for game forage re vegetation project.

Utah State Dept. Fish and Game, Dept. Info.

Bui. 25 pp.
Plummer, A. P. and George Stewart. 1944.

Seeding grass on deteriorated aspen range.

U. S. Forest Serv., Intermountain Forest and

Range Exp. Sta. Res. Pap. 11. 6 pp.
Pohl, Richard W. 1962. Agroypron hybrids

and the status of Agropijron pseudorepens.

Rhodora, 64:143-147.
Popov, Boris H. 1949. The introduced fishes,

game birds, and game and fur bearing mam-
mals of Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State

Agr. College, Logan.
Popov, Boris Hewitt and Jessop B. Low. 1950.

Game, fur animals, and fish introductions into

Utah. Utah State Dept. Fish and Game Misc.

Pub. 4.
Porsild, A. E. 1963. Stellaria longipes Goldie

and its allies in North America. Nat. Mus.

Canada Bui. 186. pp. 1-35.
Porter, C. L. 1952. Novelties in Hermidium

( Nyctaginaceae ) and Astragalus (Legumin-

osae) from eastern Utah. Rhodora, 54:158-

161.
Porter, C. L. 19.53. Some novelties from Utah.

Jour. Colo.-Wyo. Acad. Sci., 4(5) :42.
Porter, Elizabeth Cannon. 1913. (See Paul, J.

H., Claude T. Barnes, and Elizabeth Cannon

Porter. )
Porter, M. Rich. 1913. Some problems for

Utah botanists. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci., 1:

101-104. (1908-1917.)
Porter, Marlow Rich. 1930. The physical and

allergic properties of anemophilous pollens of

Salt Lake County. Master's Thesis, Univ.

Utah, Salt Lake City.
Porter, Richard D. 1955. Why we need laws

affecting mining claims changed. Utah Fish

and Game Bui., 11(8) :8.
Porter, Thos. C. 1878. ( See Rothrock, J. T. )
Potter, Albert F. 1903. Forest reserves in

Utah. Proc. Eleventh Nat. Irrig. Cong., 205-

209.
Poulsen, William G. 1964. Weed control in

Utah conifer tree planting. Utah Farm and

Home Sci., 25:22-23.
Poulsen, William G. 1964. ( See Hunt, John D.

and William G. Poulsen. )
Powell, J. W. 1879. Report on the lands of

the arid region of the United States with a

more detailed account of the lands of Utah.

2nd Ed. Govt. Printing Office, Washington,

D. C. 195 pp.

Pratt, Gene A. 1957. Studies on the period-
icity of certain plankton species of Salem

Lake. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Pratt, Gene A. and Kent H. McKnight. 1957.
Plankton periodicity in Salem Pond. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 34:153.

Preece, Sherman J., Jr. 1950. Floristic and eco-
logical features of the Raft River Mountains of
northwestern Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Preece, Sherman J., Jr. 1950. Some floristic
and ecological features of the Raft River
Mountains of Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 27:73. (Abstract.)

Preece, S. J., Jr. and B. L. Turner. 1953. A
taxonomic study of the genus Chamaechae-
nactis Rydberg ( Compositae ) . Madrono,
12:97-103.

Presnall, C. C. 1933. Character of the forest
cover in Zion Canyon. Zion-Bryce Nature
Notes, 5(4):6-7.

Presnall, C. C. 1933. Cottonwoods and wil-
lows in Zion Canyon. Zion-Bryce Nature
Notes, 5(5):5-6.

Presnall, C. C. 1934. The rarer trees of Zion
Canyon. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 6(3) :31-
33.

Presnall, C. C. 1934. Life zones. Zion-Bryce
Nature Notes, 6(5):49-52.

Presnall, C. C. 1935. The Datura. Zion-Bryce
Nature Notes, 7(3): 18-19.

Presnall, C. C. Ed. 1937. Plants of Zion Na-
tional Park. Zion-Bryce Mus. Bui., 1:1-69.
Zion-Bryce Nat. Hist. Assoc, Zion Natl. Park,
Utah.

Presnall, C. C. 1938. A survey of the deer
situation in Zion Canyon, Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 15:107-110.

Presnall, Clifford C. 1948. Cooperative pro-
tection of Utah agriculture. Utah Mag., 10
(11): 18-21, 30.

Preston, Richard J. 1940. Rocky Mountain
trees. Iowa State College Press, Ames. 285
pp.

Preston, Richard J. 1961. North American
trees. 2nd Ed. Iowa State Univ. Press,
Ames. 395 pp.

Price, Raymond. 1938. Artificial reseeding on
oak brush range in central Utah. U. S. D.
Agr. Cir. .548. 18 pp.

Price, Raymond. 1939. (See Costello, David
F. and Raymond Price. )

Price, Raymond. 1939. (See Stewart, George,
R. H. Walker, and Raymond Price.)

Price, Raymond. 1942. (See McCarty, Ed-
ward C. and Raymond Price. )

Bibliography ok Utah Botany

53

Price, Raymond. 1948. Conservation prob-
lems and practices. 1948. In Grass, U. S. D.
Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp. 569-574.

Price, Raymond. 1964. The Rocky Mountain
region — A challenge and opportunity for
American foresters. Jour. For., 62:622-626.

Price, Raymond and R. B. Evans. 1937. Cli-
mate of the west front of the Wasatch Plateau
in central Utah. U. S. Mo. Weather Rev.,
65:291-301.

Price, Raymond, K. W. Parker, and A. C. Hull,
Jr. 1948. The foundation of the range. In
Grass, U. S. P. Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp. 553-
556.

Pritchett, Clyde Lee. 1962. Vertebrate distri-
bution in relation to certain habitats in cen-
tral Kane Co., Utah. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Pyper, George D. 1935. The story of a silk-
worm. Improvement Era, 38(11 ): 666-668.

Pyrah, Grant L. 1964. Cytogenetic studies of
Cercocarpus in Utah. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Quigley, Blaine Howard. 1956. The interrela-
tion and interaction of Allenrolfea occidentals
and its edaphic environment. Master's The-
sis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Quinn, Barry George. 1958. The effects of
sugar beet wastes upon the periphyton of the
Jordan River. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

Rabe, Fred W. and Arden R. Gaufin. 1964.
Some limnological effects of fertilizing three
cirque lakes in the Uinta Mountains. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:255-
260.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1936. Outline of research
projects of die Utah Wildlife Experiment Sta-
tion. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters,
13:215-217.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1939. Mule deer range and
population studies in Utah. Trans. North
Amer. Wildlife Conf., 4:236-243.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1939. Utah's mule deer stu-
dies and management problems. Amer. Wild-
life, 28:232-240.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1940. Is the farmer-sports-
man council the answer? Trans. North Amer.
Wildlife Conf., 5:55-60.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1940. Utah's wildlife re-
search unit, its program and objectives. Utah
Juniper, 11:17-20.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1944. (See Doman, Ever-
ett R. and D. I. Rasmussen.)

Rasmussen, D. I. 1945a. (See Stoddart, L. A.
and D. I. Rasmussen.)

Rasmussen, D. 1. 1945b. (See Stoddart, L. A.
and D. I. Rasmussen.)

Rasmussen, D. I. 1947. Game — a national for-
est resource. Utah Mag., 9(9):14-15, 28-29.

Rasmussen, D. I. 1948. (See Cosdey, R. J.,
P. F. Allan, Odell Julander, D. I. Rasmussen.)

Rasmussen, D. I. 1951. Game and fur con-
servation on rangelands in the western United
States. Proc. U. N. Sci. Conf. Conserv. and
Util. Res., 17 Aug - 6 Sept. 1949, Lake Suc-
cess, N. Y., VII, Wildlife and Fish Resources,
pp. 201-204.

Rasmussen, D. I. and Everett R. Doman. 1947.
Planning of management programs for west-
ern big-game herds. Trans. North Amer.
Wildlife Conf., 12:204-210.

Rasmussen, D. Irvin and David M. Gaufin.
1949. Managing Utah's big-game crop. In
Trees, U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp. 573-
580.

Rauve, A. 1949. ( See Matson, G. A., A. Rauve,
J. M. Sugihara, and W. J. Burke.)

Raven, Peter H. 1962. The systematica of
Oenothera subgenus Chylismia. Univ. Calif.
Pub. Bot, 34(1):1-122.

Read, Charles E. and Roland W. Brown. 1934.
American Cretaceous ferns of the genus
Tempskya. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 186-
F. pp. 105-131.

Reagan, Albert B. 1927. Ancient cotton of
the soudiwest. The Southern Workman, 56:
426-429.

Ream, Robert Day. 1960. An ordination of
the oak communities of the Wasatch Moun-
tains. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Ream, Robert Day. 1964. The vegetation of
the Wasatch Mountains, Utah and Idaho.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Wise, Madison (Dissert.
Abst, 24:3517.)

Reavley, William L. 1961. Use and abuse.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 17(3):10-11.

Reed, Clyde F. 1964. Selaginella densa Rydb.,
an illegitimate name. Phytologia, 9:497-500.

Rees, Don M. 1957. (See Anderson, Russell
D. and Don M. Rees.)

Rees, Don M. 1957. (See Speirs, Roy D. and
Don M. Rees.)

Reeside, J. B., Jr. 1960. (See Fisher, D. J.,
C. E. Erdmann, and J. B. Reeside, Jr.)

Reid, H. L. 1931. Man's part in erosion. Zion-
Bryce Nature Notes, 3(4) :32.

Reimschussel, Ernest F. 1951. A study of or-
namental deciduous trees of Utah. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

54

Bhicham Younc Univehsity Science Bulletin

Reimschiissel, Ernest F. 1958. A checklist of
ornamental deciduous trees of Utah. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 35:65-79.

Reimschiissel, Ernest F. 1959. A checklist of
ornamental evergreen shrubs and vines of
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 36:97-110.

Reimschiissel, Ernest F. 1962. An evaluation
of shade trees for Utah. Proc. International
Shade Tree Conf., 38:33-36.

Reimschussel, Ernest F. 1964. A checklist of
ornamental deciduous shrubs and vines of
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 41:68-81.

Reimschussel, Ernest F. 1964. (See Welsh,
Stanley L., Michael Treshow, and Glen
Moore. )

Renner, F. G. 1948. (See Campbell, R. S.,
Lincoln Ellison, and F. G. Renner.)

Reuss, Lawrence A. and George T. Blanch.
Utah's land resources. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta.
Spec. Rep. 4. 66 pp.

Reynolds, Robert V. R. 1911. Grazing and
floods: A study of conditions in the Manti
National Forest, Utah. U. S. D. Agr., Forest
Service Bui. 91. 16 pp.

Reynolds, Temple A., Jr. I960?. The mule
deer: Its history, life history and management
in Utah. Utah State Dept. Fish and Game
Dept. Info. Bui. 60-4. 32 pp.

Rhoads, A. S. 1946. A contribution to the
fungus flora of Utah and Nevada. Plant Dis-
ease Reporter Suppl., 162:67-99.

Rich, Royal A. 1960. Hyrum Reservoir. Utah
Fish and Game Mag., 16(6): 12-13.

Rich, Royal A. 1960. Limnological studies on
Hyrum Reservoir in northern Utah. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Richards, B. L. 1940. Virus disease of peaches
spreading in Utah. Utah Farm and Home
Sci., 1(4):1,11.

Richards, B. L. 1945. The red-leaf choke-
cherry virus as a possible cause of wilt in the
sweet cherry and of dieback in the sour
cherry. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 22:9.

Richards, B. L. and Lee M. Hutchins. 1941.
The western "X" disease of the peach in Utah:
Its etiology and significance. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 18:13-14.

Richards, L. A. Ed. 1947. The diagnosis and
improvement of saline and alkali soils. Agr.
Res. Adm., U. S. D. Agr., U. S. Regional Sal-
inity Lab, Riverside, Calif. 157 pp.

Richardson, G. B. 1906. Coal in Sanpete
County, Utah. Bui. U. S. Geol. Surv., 285.
pp. 280-284.

Richardson, G. B. 1909. The Book Cliffs coal
field between Grand River, Colo, and Sunny-
side, Utah. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bui. 316. pp.
302-320.

Richens, Voit B. 1961. An ecological and man-
agement study of the Daggett deer herd of
northeastern Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Rigby, J. Keith. 1962. (See McKnight, Kent
H. and J. Keith Rigby.)

Robb, W. L. 1941. Lumbering, a home in-
dustry on Utah forests. Utah Mag., 5(10):
10, 32.

Robel, Robert J. 1961. The influence of carp
on the production of sago pondweed. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 38:119.
( Abstract. )

Robel, Robert J. 1961. The effects of carp
populations on the production of waterfowl
food plants on a western waterfowl marsh.
Trans. North Amer. Wildlife Conf., 26:147-
159.

Robel, Robert J. 1961. Water depth and tur-
bidity in relation to growth of sago pond-
weed. Jour. Wildlife Mgt, 25:436-438.

Robel, Robert J. 1962. The relationship of
carp to waterfowl food plants on a western
marsh. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah State Univ., Lo-
gan.

Robel, R. J. 1963. Carp studv. Utah Fish
and Game Mag., 19(8):20-21.

Roberts, N. Keith. 1961. Economic uses of
Utah's rangeland resources. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 22:12-14, 23-24.

Roberts, N. Keith and B. Delworth Gardner.
1964. Livestock and the public lands. Utah
Hist. Quart., 32:285-300.

Roberts, N. K. and E. B. Wennergren. 1963.
The economics of selecting and administering
state lands for grazing use. Utah Agr. Exp.
Sta. Bui. 443. 36 pp.

Robertson, Joseph H. 19.54. (See Pechanec,
Joseph H., George Stewart, A. Perry Plum-
mer, Joseph H. Robertson, and A. C. Hull,

Jr.)

Robertson, Joseph H. 1955. ( See Plummer, A.
Perry, A. C. Hull, Jr., George Stewart, and
Joseph H. Robertson.)

Robinette, W. Leslie. 1949. Winter mortality
among mule deer in the Fishlake National
Forest, Utah. U. S. D. Int., Fish and Wild-
life Serv. Spec. Sci. Rep. 65. 15 pp.

Robinette, W. Leslie. 19.50. (See Julander
Odell and W. Leslie Robinette.)

Robinette, W. Leslie. 1950. (See Julander,
W. L. Robinette. A. D. Smith, and D. M.
Gaufin. )

Bibliography of Utah Botany

55

Robinette, W. Leslie. 1951. (See Julander,
Odell, and W. Leslie Robinette.)

Robinette, W. Leslie. 1951. (See Julander,
Odell, D. M. Gaufin, Arthur D. Smith, and
W. Leslie Robinette.)

Robinette. W. Leslie, Odell Julander, Jay S.
Gashwiler, and Justin G. Smith. 1952. Win-
ter mortality of mule deer in Utah in relation
to range condition. Jour. Wildlife Mgt, 16:
289-299.

Robinette, W. Leslie and Orange Olsen. 1944.
Studies of the productivity of mule deer in
central Utah. Trans. North Amer. Wildlife
Conf., 9:156-161.

Robinson, Max E. and Darrell H. Matthews.
1953. Grass seeding to increase feed re-
sources in southern Utah. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 14:42-44.

Robinson, M. E. and D. H. Matthews. 1955.
Aspen cutting may increase feed resources and
water yield in southern Utah. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 16:28-29, 44.

Roche, Ruth L. 1951. (See Payne, Helen C.
and Ruth L. Roche. )

Roche, Ruth L. 1952. Teaching helps for
soil and vegetation. Utah Educ. Rev., 45(4):
13, 18-20.

Rodgers, Andrew Denny III. 1942. John Tor-
rey: A story of North American botany.
Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
352 pp.

Rodgers, Andrew Denney III. 1944. Ameri-
can botany, 1873-1892: Decades of transition,
Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
340 pp.

Rodgers, Andrew Denny III. 1944. John
Merle Coulter: Missionary in science. Prince-
ton Univ. Press., Princeton, New Jersey. 321
pp. (Utah: pp. 13-15, 32, 215, 217.)

Roe, Arthur L. and Kenneth N. Boe. 19.50.
Ponderosa pine bibliography. U. S. Forest
Serv., North. Rockv Mountain Forest and
Range Exp. Sta. Pap. 22. 74 pp.

Rognrud, Merle J. 1953. The population,
range, and productivity of the north Nebo
elk herd. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Rollins, G. W. 1910. Land policies of the
United States as applied to Utah to 1910.
Utah Hist. Quart., 20:239-251.

Rollins, Reed C. 1939. Studies in the genus

Lesquerella. Amer. Jour. Bot, 26:419-421.
Rollins, Reed C. 1940. Studies in the genus
Hedt/sarum in North America. Rhodora, 42:
217-239.
Ronco, Frank. 1961. Bibliography of Engel-
mann spruce and subalpine fir. U. S. Forest

Serv., Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Expt.
Sta. Pap. 57. 58 pp.

Rosa, J. M. and A. R. Croft. 1956. Water
yield and public management. Jour. Soil and
Water Conserv., 11:157-161, 193.

Rosenfeld, Irene and Orville A. Beath. 1964.
Selenium: Geobotany, biochemistry, toxicity
and nutrition. Academic Press, New York.
411 pp.

Roth, Arthur H, Jr. 1940-42. A graphic sum-
mary of grazing on the public lands of the
Intermountain region. U. S. Forest Serv., In-
termountain Forest and Range Exp. Sta.
Work Projects Admn. Project 765-01-2-3. n.p.
Mimeo.

Rothroek, J. T. 1878. Reports upon die bot-
anical collections made in portions of Nevada,
Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and
Arizona during the years 1871 . . . 1875. Rep.
U. S. Geog. Surv. West 100th Mer., First Lt.
Geo. M. Wheeler ... in charge. Vol. 6-Bot-
any. 404 pp. (See Wheeler, Geo. M. 1878.)

Rothroek, J. T. (See Coulter, John M. 1879.)

Rowalt, E. M. 1939. Soil defense of range and
farm lands in the southwest. U. S. D. Agr.
Misc. Pub. 338. 51 pp.

Russell, Harold. 1932. Early settlers plantings
— "The tree of heaven" in Zion. Zion-Bryce
Nature Notes, 4(2):7-8.

Russell, Henry Norris, Jr. 1945. (See Wood-
bury, A. M., and Henry Norris Russell, Jr.)

Rutledge, R. H. 1931. Conservation and use
of forest land. Utah Educ. Rev., 24(9) :422-
423, 4.56-458.

Rydberg, P. A. 1899. New species from the
western United States. Bui. Torrev Bot. Club
26:541-546.

Rydberg, P. A. 1900. Plant geography of
North America. Composition of the Rocky
Mountain Flora. Science (N.S.), 12:870-
873.

Rydberg, P. A. 1900. Studies on the Rocky
Mountain flora. I. Species of Senecio of the
Lobatus, Aureus, Subnudus and Tomentosus
groups. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 27:169-189.

Rydberg, P. A. 1900. Studies on the Rocky
Mountain Flora II. The Rocky Mountain
species of Melanthaceae. Bui. Torrey Bot.
Club, 27:528-538.

Rydberg, P. A. 1900. Studies on the Rocky
Mountain Flora — III. Some smaller genera of
composites. Bui. Torrev Bot. Club, 27:614-
636.

Rydberg P. A. 1901. The oaks of the Conti-
nental Divide north of Mexico. Bui. New
York Bot. Gard., 2:187-233.

56

Rydberg, P. A. 1902. Studies on the Rocky
Mountain Flora — VIII. Bui. Torrey Bot.
Club, 29:232-246.

Rydberg, P. A. 1905. Explorations in Utah.
Jour. New York Bot. Card., 6:158-165.

Rydberg, Per Axel. 1907. Studies on the
Rocky Mountain flora — XVII. Bui. Torrey
Bot. Club, 34:35-50.

Rydberg, P. A. 1907. Studies on the Rocky
Mountain flora — XVIII. Bui. Torrey Bot.
Club, 34:417-437.

Rydberg, P. A. 1911. Report of a trip to
southeastern Utah in the summer of 1911.
Jour. New York Bot. Card., 12:237-253.

Rydberg, P. A. 1913. Phytogeographical notes
on the Rocky Mountain region. 1. Alpine reg-
ion. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 40:677-686.

Rydberg, Per Axel. 1914. Notes on Rosaceae
—VIII. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 41:483-503.

Rydberg, P. A. 1915. Phytogeographical notes
on the Rocky Mountain region IV. Forests of
the subalpine and montane zones. Bui. Tor-
rey Bot. Club., 42:11-25.

Rydberg, P. A. 1916. Phytogeographical notes
on the Rocky Mountain region VI. Distribu-
tion of the subalpine plants. Bui. Torrey Bot.
Club, 43:343-364.

Rydberg. P. A. 1916. Vegetative life zones of
the Rocky Mountain region. Memoirs New
York Bot. Gard., 6:477-499.

Rydberg, P. A. 1917. Notes on Rosaceae —
XI. Roses of California and Nevada. Bui.
Torrey Bot. Club, 44:65-84.

Rydberg, P. A. 1917. Phytogeographical notes
on the Rocky Mountain region VII. Forma-
tions in the subalpine zone. Bui. Torrey Bot.
Club, 44:431-454.

Rydberg, P. A. 1919. Key to the Rocky Moun-
tain flora. New York. Publ. by author. 305
pp.

Rydberg, P. A. 1919. Phytogeographical notes
on the Rocky Mountain region VIII. Distri-
bution of the montane plants. Bui. Torrey
Bot. Club. 46:295-327.

Rydberg, P. A. 1922. Flora of the Rocky
Mountains and adjacent plains. 2nd Ed.
New York. Publ. by author. 1143 pp.

Rydberg, Per Axel. 1927. (Carduales) Cardu-
aceae: Liabeae, Neurolaeneae, Senecioneae
(pars). North Amer. Flora 34:289-360.

Rydberg, Per Axel. 1929. (Rosales) Fabaceae
Galegeae. North Amer. Flora, 24(5) :251-314;
(6):315-378; (7):379-462.

Rvdberg, Per Axel. 1932. Portulacaceae.

North American Flora, 21(4):279-336.
Rydberg, P. A. and C. L. Shear. 1897. A re-
port upon the grasses and forage plants of

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

the Rocky Mountain region U. S. D. Agr.,

Div. Agrostology Bui. 5. 48 pp.
Saccardo, P. A. 1920. Notae mycologicae, ser.

XXIX. Micromycetes Dakotensis et Utahensis

a Doct. J. F. Brenckle lecti et communicati.

[Fungi of Dakota and Utah collected by J. F.

Brenckle.] Mycologia, 12:199-205.
Sadlick, Walter. 1962. (See Arnold, Chester

A. and Walter Sadlick. )
Salisbury, Frank Boyer. 1952. Plant-soil rela

tions on material derived from hydrothermally

altered rock in the Marysvale region of Utah.

Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City
Salisbury, Frank B. 1954. Some chemical and

biological investigations of materials derived

from hydrothermally altered rock in Utah

Soil Science, 78:277-294.
Salisbury, Frank B. 1954. Soil formation and

vegetation on hydrothermally altered rock ma-
terial in Utah. Ecology, 45:1-9.
Sampson, Arthur W. 1918. Climate and plant

growth in certain vegetation associations. U

S. D. Agr. Bui. 738. 72 pp.
1918.
Natl.

The Great Basin
Wool Grower, 8

Effect of grazing
U. S. D. Agr. Bui.

Sampson, Arthur W
Experiment Station
(4): 19-21.

Sampson, Arthur W. 1919.
upon aspen reproduction.
741. 29 pp.

Sampson, Arthur W. 1919. Plant succession in
relation to range management. U. S. D. Agr
Bui. 791. 76 pp.

Sampson, Arthur W. 1925. The foothill-mon-
tane-alpine flora and its environment. In
Tidestrom, Ivar. Flora of Utah and Nevada
Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb., 25:24-31.

Sampson, Arthur W. 1925. Range manage-
ment and forestry. Jour. For., 23:476-483.

Sampson, Arthur W. 1951. Application of eco-
logical principles in determining condition of
grazing lands. Proc. United Nations Sci.
Conf. on Conserv. and Util. Res., Aug. 17-
Sept. 6, Lake Success, New York. Vol. VI,
Land resources, pp. 509-514.

Sampson, Arthur W. 1952. Range manage
ment: Principles and practices. John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York. 570 pp.

Sampson, Arthur W. and Harry E. Malmsten.
1926. Grazing periods and forage production
on the national forests. U. S. D. Agr., Dept.
Bui. 1405. 54 pp.

Sampson, Arthur W. and Leon H. Weyl. 1918
Range preservation and its relation to erosion
control on western grazing lands. U.S.D.
Agr. Bui. 675. 35 pp.

Samuelson, John A. 1950. A quantitative com
parison of the algal population in two Wasatch

Bibliography of Utah Botany

57

Mountain streams. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Samuelson, John A. 1950. A quantitative com-
parison of the algal populations in two Wa-
satch Mountain streams. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 27:76. (Abstract.)

Sanchez, Alfred M. 1940. Soil survey of the
Provo area, Utah. U. S. D. Agr. Advance
Sheets — Field Operations of the Bureau of
Soils, 1903. 34 pp.

Sargent, C. S. 1879. The forests of central
Nevada, with some remarks on those of the
adjacent regions. Amer. Jour. Sci. (ser. 3),
17:417-426.

Sargent, Charles Sprague. 1884. Report on the
forests of North America (exclusive of Mexi-
co). U. S. Census, 10th. 1880. Vol. 9. 612

Sargent, Charles Spague. 1891-1902. The silva
of North America: A description of the trees
which grow naturally in North America ex-
clusively of Mexico. Boston and New York.
14 Vols.

Sargent, Charles Sprague. 1926. Manual of
the trees of North America (exclusive of Mexi-
co.) 2nd Ed. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston
and New York. 910 pp. ( Reprinted 1933. )

Sarmiento, Roberto. 1957. Microfossil zona-
tion of Mancos group. Amer. Assoc. Petroleum
Geol. Bui. 41. pp. 1683-1693.

Saul, William Emmett. 1952. The identifica-
tion of woody shrubs of Utah based on stem
anatomy. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.

Saul, William Emmett. 1955. A descriptive
catalogue of the trees and larger woody shrubs
of Utah based on the anatomy of the wood.
Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Saul, William Emmett and Seville Flowers.
1953. The identification of woody shrubs on
Utah based on stem anatomy. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 30:30-31.

Saunders, Charles F. 1917. Western flower
guide. Wild flowers of the Rockies and west
to the Pacific. Doubleday, Page and Co.,
Garden City, N.Y. 286 pp.

Saunderson, Mont H. 1940. Some economic
aspects of western range lands conservation.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 17:10.
( Abstract. )

Savile, D. B. O. 1960. (See Calder, J A. and
D.B.O. Savile.)

Schemel, Mart Phillip. 1948. Carboniferous

plant spores from Utah. Amer. Jour. Bot.,

35:806. (Suppl.)
Schemel, Mart P. 1950. Carboniferous plant

spores from Daggett County, Utah. Jour.

Paleontol., 24:232-244.

Scholes, J. Fred. 1958. ( See Treshow, Michael

and J. Fred Scholes.)
Schulman, Edmund. 1943. Over-age drought

conifers of the Rocky Mountains. Jour. For.,

41:422-427.
Schulman, Edmund. 1945. Tree-ring hydrol-
ogy of the Colorado River Basin. Univ. Ariz.

Bui. 16(4). Lab. Tree-Ring Res. Bui. 2. 51

pp.
Schulman, Edmund. 1948. Dendrochronology

in northeastern Utah. Tree-Ring Bui., 15(1,

2):2-14.
Schulman, Edmund. 1949. Early chronologies

in the San Juan Basin. Tree-Ring Bui. 15:24-

32.
Schulman, Edmund. 1950. A dated beam from

Dinosaur National Monument. Tree-Ring

Bui., 16:18-19.
Schulman, Edmund. 1950. Miscellaneous ring

records. I. Tree-Ring Bui., 16:21.
Schulman, Edmund. 1950. Dendroclimatic

histories in the Bryce Canyon area, Utah.

Tree- Ring Bui., 17:2-16.
Schulman, Edmund. 1951. Miscellaneous ring

records. III. Tree-Ring Bui., 17:28-29.
Schulman, Edmund. 1954. Dendroclimatic

changes in semiarid regions. Tree-Ring Bui.,

20:26-30.

Schulman, Edmund. 19.54. Longevity under
adversity in conifers. Science, 119:396-399.

Schulman, Edmund. 1954. Tree-rings and
history in the western United States. Econ.
Bot., 8:234-250.

Schulman, Edmund. 1956. Dendroclimatic
changes in semiarid America. Univ. Ariz.
Press, Tucson. 142 pp.

Schultz, John D. 1964. Functional root con-
nections in trembling aspen clones of the
Wasatch Range. Bui. Ecol. Soc. Amer., 45-91.
( Abstract. )

Schultz, John D. 1964. The perpetual quest
for water. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 25:
98-99.

Schultz, Vincent. 1963. (See Tanner, Wilmer
W.)

Sears, F. C. 1897. Some Utah shade trees.
Gard. and For., 10:356.

Setty, M. G. Anantha Padmanabha. 1963. Pa-
leontology and paleoecology of the diatoms of
Lake Bonneville, Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City. (Dissert. Abst., 24:1578-
1579. )

Setty, Amantha [sic] P. 1963. Pliocene dia-
toms from the Bryce Canyon area, Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 40:
247.

58

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Shan, Ren Hwa. 1948. (See Constance, Lin-
coln and Ren Hwa Shan.)

Shantz, H. L. 1914. (See Kearney, T. H., L.
J. Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W. McLane, and R.
L. Piemeisel. )

Shantz, H. L. 1916. Plant succession in Tooele
Valley, Utah. In Clements, F. E. Plant suc-
cession. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. 242. pp.
233-236.

Shantz, H. L. 1924. (See Aldous, A. E. and
H. L. Shantz.)

Shantz, H. L. 1925. Plant communities in
Utah and Nevada. In Tidestrom, Ivar. Flora
of Utah and Nevada. Contrib. U. S. Natl.
Herb., 25:15-23.

Shantz, H. L. 1938. Recent developments in
wildlife management. Jour. For., 36:149-153.

Shantz, H. L. and R. L. Piemeisel. 1940. Types
of vegetation in Escalante Valley, Utah, as in-
dicators of soil conditions. U. S. D. Agr. Tech.
Bui. 713. 46 pp.

Shantz, H. L. anr1 R. Zon. 1924. Natural vege-
tation. U. S. D. Agr., Atlas Amer. Agr., Part
1, Sec. E.

Sharp, Ward McClintic. 1935. A critical study
of certain epappose genera of the Heliantheae
— Verbesininae of the natural family Compo-
sitae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 22:51-152.

Sharp, Lee A. 1949. The diet and daily con-
sumption of an experimental herd of sheep on
Utah's winter range. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Agr. Coll., Logan.

Sharpe, C. F. Stewart. 1938. What is soil ero-
sion. U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Pub. 286. 84 pp.

Shaw, Richard Joshua. 1950. A cyto-taxonom-
ic study of the genus Geranium within the
Wasatch region. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.

Shaw, Robert K. 1958. Food habits of the
Uinta ground squirrel (Citellus armatus Ken-
nicott) on some meadows of Mt. Timpanogos,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Shaw, Samuel P. and C. Gordon Fredine. 1956.
Wetlands of the United States. U. S. D. Int.,
Fish and Wildlife Serv. Cir. 39. 67 pp.

Shear, C. L. 1897. (See Rydberg, P. A. and
C. L. Shear. )

Shelford, V. E. Ed. 1926. Naturalists guide
to the Americas. Williams and Wilkins Co.,
Baltimore. 761 pp.

Shelford, Victor E. 1963. The ecology of
North America. Univ. Illinois Press, Urbana.
610 pp.

Sherwood, Glen Allan. 1959. The whistling
swan in the Great Salt Lake Valley of Utah.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Shippee, E. Allen. 1955. Mammal distribution
in relation to disease. In Symposium on ecol-
ogy of disease transmission in native animals.
Ecological Research, Univ. Utah for the Army
Chemical Corps, Dugway, Utah. pp. .33-43.

Show, S. B. 1936. ( See Palmer, L. J. and S. B.
Show. )

Shreve, Forrest. 1917. A map of the vegeta-
tion of the United States. Geographical Rev.,
3:119-125.

Shreve, Forrest. 1921. (See Livingston, Bur-
ton E. and Forrest Shreve.)

Shreve, Forrest. 1942. The desert vegetation
of North America. Bot. Rev., 8:195-246.

Shumway, Lewis Kay. 1961. An analysis of a
hybrid complex involving Agropyron sxibsecun-
dum, Agropyron trachycaulum, and Eltjmus
glaucus. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Shumway, L. K. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley
L., Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Sigler, William F. 1953. Fish Lake — improved.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 10(4) :1, 2, 4, 7.

Sigler, William F. 1953. Limnological and
fishery investigations in Fish Lake. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 30:111.
( Abstract. )

Sigler, William F. 1955. An ecological ap-
proach to understanding Utah's carp popula-
tions. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters,
32:95-104.

Sigler, William F. 1957. ( See McConnell, Wil-
liam J., William J. Clark, and William F Sig-
ler.)

Sigler, William F. 1958. The ecology and use
of carp in Utah. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 405.
63 pp.

Sigler, W. F. 1959. (See McConnell, W. J.
and W. F. Sigler. )

Sigler, William F. 1961. (See Clark, William
J. and William F. Sigler. )

Silen, Roy R. 1962. (See Squillace, A. E. and
Roy R. Silen.)

Simpson, Alba A. 1936. (See McArdle, Rich-
ard E., David F. Costello, E. E. Birkmaier,
Carl Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb,
Alba A. Simpson and Arnold R. Standing.)

Smart, Herbert. 1959. Our resources— our con-
sumers. Utah Fish and Game Mag., 15(7) :3-
4, 23.

Smith, Arthur D. 1940. Consumption of range
forage by caterpillars. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 17:3. (Abstract.)

Smith, Arthur D. 1944. A study of the reliabil-
ity of range vegetation estimates. Ecology,
25:441-448.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

59

Smith, Arthur D. 1947. Range lands are vital
to masses. Utah Fish and Game Bui., 4(4) :1,
3-5.
Smidi, Arthur D. 1947. Managing Utah's deer
herds. Utah Fish and Game Bui., 4(7): 1-3.
Smith, Arthur D. 1948. Livestock and deer
grazing affect on Utah vegitation [sic] is
pointed out. Utah Fish and Game Bui. 6(2) :
1-2.

Smith, Arthur D. 1949. Effects of mule deer
and livestock upon a foothill range in northern
Utah. Jour. Wildlife Mgt, 13:421-423.

Smith, Arthur D. 1949. Studies of the diges-
tibility of sagebrush when fed to mule deer.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 26:
141-142.

Smith, Arthur D. 1949. The effects of bacteria
of the family Micrococcaceae upon various
soil molds. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 26:140-141.

Smith, Arthur D. 1950. Feeding deer on
browse species during winter. Jour. Range
Mgt. 3:130-132.

Smith, Arthur D. 1950. Mule deer vs. live-
stock. Utah Fish and Game Bui. 7(12):1
4-5, 7.

Smith, Arthur D. 1950. Sagebrush as a win-
ter feed for deer. Tour. Wildlife Mgt., 14:285-
289. h

Smith, Arthur D. 1950. The status of forage
preference studies of mule deer and sheep
grazed within portable paddocks. Proc. 30th
Ann. Conf. W. Assoc. State Game and Fish
Comms. pp. 113-116.

Smith, A. D. 1950. (See Julander, Odell, W.
L. Robinette, A. D. Smith, and D. M. Gaufin.)

Smith, Arthur D. 1951. (See Julander, OdeU,
D. M. Gaufin, Ardmr D. Smith, and W. Leslie
Robinette. )

Smith, Arthur D. 1951. (See Mangelson, Far-
rin L. and Arthur D. Smith.)

Smith, Arthur D. 1952. Inquiries into differen-
tial consumption of juniper by mule deer.
Utah Fish and Game Bui., 9(5) -A.

Smith, A. D. 1952. Digestibility of some na-
tive forages for mule deer. Jour. Wildlife
Mgt., 15:309-312.

Smith, Arthur D. 1953. Consumption of native
forage species by captive mule deer during
summer. Jour. Range Mgt., 6:30-37.

Smith, Arthur D. 1955. Studies on the nutri-
tive value of browse plants. Proc. 34th Ann.
Conf. W. Assoc. State Game and Fish Comms.
pp. 201-204.

Smith, Arthur D. 1955. (See Stoddart, L. A.
and Arthur D. Smith.)

Smith, Arthur D. 1957. Nutritive value of
some browse plants in winter. Jour. Range
Mgt. 10:162-164.
Smith, Arthur D. 1957. Renovating overused
deer winter ranges. Utah Fish and Game
Bui., 13(l):6-7.
Smith, Arthur D. 1958. Considerations affect-
ing the place of big game on western ranges.
Proc. Soc. Amer. For., 1958:188-192.
Smith, Arthur D. 1960. Utah's federal grant
lands. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Special Rep. 14.
28 pp.
Smith, Arthur D. 1961. Range wars. Utah

Fish and Game Mag., 17(9):20-21.
Smith, Arthur D. 1963. Public lands: Fiction
and fact. Utah Farmer, 82(12) :8, 10-11. Tune
20.
Smith, Arthur D. 1964. Evidence of hybridiza-
tion between certain browse plants. Jour.
Range Mgt., 17:269-273.
Smith, Arthur D. and Richard L. Hubbard.
1954. Preference ratings for winter deer for-
ages from northern Utah ranges based on
browsing time and forage consumed. Jour.
Range Mgt., 7(6):262-265.
Smith, C. P. 1910-12. Notes from northern
Utah. I-IV. Muhlenbergia, 6:37-49, 61-63- 7:
61-65, 136-138.
Smith, Charles Piper. 1919. Studies in the
genus Lupimts— IV. The Pusilli. Bui. Torrey
Bot. Club, 46:389-410.
Smith, Gerald R. 1959. Effects of pollution on
the Weber River, Utah. Master's Thesis,
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.
Smith, Glenn William. 1953. The biology and
control of primary bark beetles (Dendrocto-
nus) on the Ashley and Wasatch National
Forests. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.
Smith, Jared G. 1898. Forage plants for culti-
vation on alkali soils. U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook,
pp. 435-550.
Smith, Justin G. 1942. A study of deer popu-
lations on the Wasatch Game Preserve, Utah,
1934-1942. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

Smith, Justin G. 1949. Deer forage observa-
tions in Utah. Jour. Wildlife Mgt., 13:314-315.

Smith, Justin G. 1952. Food habits of mule
deer in Utah. Jour. Wildlife Met., 16:148-
155. &

Smith, Justin G. 1952. (See Robinette, W.
Leslie, Odell Julander, Jay S. Gashwiler, and
Justin G. Smith.)

Smith, Justin G. and Odell Julander. 1953.
Deer and sheep competition in Utah. Jour.
Wildlife Mgt., 17:101-112.

60

Bkigham Young University Science Bulletin

Smith, Justin M. 1933. Methods of sampling
desert browse. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Smith, Winslow Whitney. 1936. Evidence of
a bacterial flora indigenous to the Great Salt
Lake in Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah Univ.,
Salt Lake City.

Sneva, Forrest A. and D. N. Hyder. 1962.
Estimating herbage production on semi-arid
ranges in the Intermountain region. Jour.
Range Mgt, 15:88-93.

Snow, Edna. 1931. A preliminary study of the
algae of Utah Lake. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Snow, Edna. 1932. A preliminary report on
the algae of Utah Lake. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., 9:21-28.

Snow, Edna. 1940. Desmids of Mirror Lake,
Utah. Bot. Gaz., 102:410-411.

Snow, Edna. 1945. Floral morphology of
Chrysothammus nmiseosus speciosus. Bot.
Gaz., 106:451-462.

Snow, Edna, and George Stewart. 1939. A
preliminary report of the algae of Mirror
Lake. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 16:113-115.

Snow, Rex T. 1937. The Audubon Society's
program and activities in Utah. Utah Educ.
Rev., 30(6):270-271.

Snow, Rex B. 1941. A natural history of die
Lewis Woodpecker Asyndesmus Lewisi
(Gray). Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.

Solbrig, Otto T. 1960. Cytotaxonomic and
evolutionary studies in the North American
species of Gutierrezia ( Compositae ) . Contrib.
Gray Herb., 188:1-63.

Solheim, W. G. 1957. Mycoflora saximonta-
nensis exsiccata. Centum VII. Univ. Wyo.
Pub., 21:142-155.

Southard, Alvin R. 1958. Some characteristics
of five soil profiles under quaking aspen in
Cache National Forest. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Sowls, Lyle K. 1947. (See Leopold, Aldo,
Lyle K. Sowls, and David L. Spencer. )

Speirs, Roy D. 1957. Insects of the choke-
cherry of the Wasatch area of Utah. Master's
Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Speirs, Roy D. and Don M. Rees. 1957. In-
sects of the chokecherry of the Wasatch area
of Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 34:161.

Spencer, David L. 1947. (See Leopold, Aldo,
Lyle K. Sowls, and David L. Spencer. )

Spencer, John S., Jr. 1964. Forest products
output in Utah and Nevada, 1962. U. S. For-

est Serv. Res. Pap. INT-12. 10 pp. (Inter-
mountain Forest and Range Exp. Sta. )

Spencer, John S., Jr. 1964. Utah's forest area
and timber volume. U. S. Forest Serv. Res.
Note INT-27. 4 pp. (Intermountain Forest
and Range Exp. Sta. )

Spencer, Joseph Earle. 1940. The develop-
ment of agricultural villages in southern Utah.
Agr. History, 14:181-189.

Spendlove, Earl. 1960. Work and watersheds.
Utah Fish and Game Mag., 16(10):20-21.

Spendlove, J. Clifton. 1949. The antibiotic ef-
fects of various strains of E. Coli [sic] against
some types of soil fungi. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 26:142. (Abstract.)

Sprague, Roderick. 1956. Some leafspot fungi
on western Gramineae. X. Mycologia, 48:
741-756.

Sprague, Roderick, George W. Fischer, and Jack
P. Meiners. 1948. Some new disease records
of Gramineae in the western United States.
Plant Disease Reporter, 32:98-114.

Sprague, Roderick and Jack P. Meiners. 1949.
Some new disease records of Gramineae in
the western United States -II, -III, Plant Dis-
ease Reporter, 33:147-158, 259-270.

Sprunk, George C. 1937. ( See Thiessen, Rein-
hardt and George C. Sprunk.)

Squillace, A. E. and Roy R. Silen. 1962. Racial
variation in ponderosa pine. For. Sci. Monog.,
2. 27 pp.

St. John, Harold. 1962. Monograph of the
genus Elodea ( Hydrocharitaceae ) Part I. The
species found in the Great Plains, the Rocky
Mountains, and the Pacific states and prov-
inces of North America. Research Studies,
Wash. State Univ., 30:19-44.

Standing, Arnold. 1931. Elk propagation and
management in Utah. Utah Juniper, 2:11-14,
39.

Standing, Arnold R. 1933. Ratings of forest
species for grazing surveys based on volume
produced. Utah Juniper, 4:11-14, 40-41.

Standing, Arnold R. 1936. (See McArdle,
Richard E., David F. Costello, E. E. Birk-
maier, Carl Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A.
Kutzleb, Alba A. Simpson, and Arnold R.
Standing. )

Standing, Arnold R. 1963. Utah plants and
the pioneers. Instructor, 1963:266-267, July.

Standley, Paul Carpenter. 1917. The Cheno-
podiaceae of the North American Flora. Bui.
Torrey Bot. Club, 44:411-429.

Standley, Paul C. 1930. Studies of American
plants 3. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pub. 277, Bot.
Ser., 8(l):l-73.

Stansbury, Howard. 1852. ( See Torrey, John. )

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

61

Stansbury, Howard. (See Coville, F. V. 1896.)
Stanton, William D. 1931. A preliminary study

of the flora of die Henry Mountains of Utah.

Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,

Utah.
Stanton, William D. 1933. The ecology and

floristics of die Henry Mountains. Proc. Utah

Acad. Sci., 10:25. (Abstract.)
Stapley, Homer D., and Don R. Christensen.

1959. Improving game forage in Utah. Utah

Fish and Game Mag., 15(6) :8-9.
Stapley, Homer D. 1957a. (See Plummer, A.

Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and Homer D. Stap-

ley.)
Stapley, Homer D. 1957b. (See Plummer, A.

Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and Homer D. Stap-

ley.)
Stapley, Homer D. 1959. (See Plummer, A.

Perry and Homer D. Stapley. )
Stapley, Homer D. 1959. (See Plummer, A.

Perry, Homer D. Stapley, Donald R. Christen-
sen.)
Starr, C. P. 1933. Wintering sheep on Utah's

west desert. Utah Juniper, 4:15-16, 41-42.
Stebbins, G. L., Jr. 1938. ( See Babcock, E. B.

and G. L. Stebbins, Jr. )
Steele, Paul L. 1958. The comparative mineral

requirements of pioneer and climax range

grasses. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young

Univ., Provo, Utah.

Steenis, John H. 1957. (See Martin, Alex C,

Roy C. Erickson, and John H. Steenis.)
Steeves, Margaret Wolfe. 1959. The pollen of

Ephedra. Jour. Arnold Arboretum, 40:221-

259.
Stevens, Kenneth R. 1950. Utah soils potential

sources of antibiotics. Utah Farm and Home

Sci., 11:91-92.
Stern, Kingsley R. 1961. Revision of Dicentra

( Fumariaceae ) . Brittonia, 13:1-57.
Stevens, Gordon J. 1963. Appraisal of the

timber resource potential of the Dixie National

Forest. Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ.,

Logan.

Stewart, Clyde E. 1943. (See Blanch, George
T. and Clyde E. Stewart.)

Stewart, Charles James. 1950. The ecological
distribution of mammals of Green Canyon,
North Logan, Cache County, Utah, and their
relation to plant communities. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Stewart, George. 1923. Floods and what they
mean. Improvement Era, 27(l):23-32.

Stewart, George. 1924. Control badly needed
for public grazing lands. Cattleman, 11(7):
17-23.

Stewart, George. 1924. This public domain of
ours. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 49. 56 pp.

Stewart, George. 1925. A land policy for the
public domain. Econ. Geog., 1(1):89-106.

Stewart, G. 1927. (See Peterson, W., P. V.
Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G. Stewart, and A. C.
Esplin. )

Stewart, George. 1928. Use and care of land
in Utah. Utah Educ. Rev., 21:436-437, 461-
468.

Stewart, George. 1930. Who should control
the public domain? Amer. For., 36:156-160,
166.

Stewart, George. 1934. Nature and degree of
deterioration on public domain of the Inter-
mountain region. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters. 11:107. (Abstract.)

Stewart, George. 1935. Plant cover and forage
conditions on spring-fall and winter ranges,
largely on public domain lands in the Inter-
mountain region. Utah Juniper, 6:9-13.

Stewart, George. 1935. (See Pickford, G. D.
and George Stewart.)

Stewart, George. 19.36. (See Watts, L. F.,
George Stewart, Charles Connaughton, L. J.
Palmer, and M. W. Talbot.)

Stewart, George. 1938. Revegetating man-
made deserts. Jour. For., 36:853-855.

Stewart, George. 1938. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
P. B. Lister, George Stewart, T. Dean Phinney,
and L. W. Darson. )

Stewart, George. 1939. ( See Snow, Edna, and
George Stewart. )

Stewart, George. 1940. (See Cottam, Walter
P. and George Stewart.)

Stewart, George. 1941. Historic records bear-
ing on agriculture land grazing ecology in
Utah. Jour. For., 39:362-375.

Stewart, George. 1941. Aridity and civiliza-
tion. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters,
18:13. (Abstract.)

Stewart, George. 1942. Preservation of soil
strongly influences forage production and re-
seeding on Intermountain ranges. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 19:3. (Abstract.)

Stewart, George. 1943. Contributions of forest
land to settlement in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci.. Arts and Letters, 20:25. (Abstract.)

Stewart, George. 1944. Present status of re-
search information on range reseeding. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 21:17-19.

Stewart, George. 1944. (See Plummer, A. P.
and George Stewart.)

Stewart, George. 1945. Range reseeding and
grazing of reseeded lands in Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 22:10. (Abstract.)

62

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Stewart, George. 1947. Increasing sheep for-
age by range reseeding. Natl. Wool Grower,
37(1):17-19, 52.

Stewart, George. 1947. Mountain waters: Our
heritage and obligation. Improvement Era,
50(7):448-450.

Stewart, George. 1948. Utah's biological heri-
tage and the need for its conservation. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:5-22.

Stewart, George. 1948. Grass and water keep
the keys. In Grass, U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook
Agr. pp. 541-543.

Stewart, George. 1948. Pastures and natural
meadows. In Grass, U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook
Agr. pp. 543-548.

Stewart, George. 1948. Reseeding means more
forage for Utah's range land. Utah Mag., 10
(10): 18-21, 30-33.

Stewart, George. 1949. History of the use of
public-land resources in Utah. In Utah, a cen-
tennial history, Vol. 1. pp. 175-191.

Stewart, George. 1949. Range reseeding by
airplane as compared with standard ground
methods. Agron. Jour., 41:283-288.

Stewart, George. 1950. Reseeding research in
the Intermountain region. Jour. Range Mgt.,
3:52-59.

Stewart, George. 1950. ( See Harris, Lorin E.,
George Stewart, Neil C. Frischknecht, James
A. Bennett, and Harry K. Woodward. )

Stewart, George. 1951. Healthy ranges resist
halogeton. Utah Farmer, 71:3. Jan. 4.

Stewart, George. 1951. (See Monk, Ralph W.
and George Stewart.)

Stewart, George. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
Glen T. Baird, George Stewart, Ben S. Mark-
ham, and Howard Clegg. )

Stewart, George. 1951. (See Stoddart, L. A.,
Howard Clegg, B. S. Markham, and George
Stewart. )

Stewart, George. 1953. (See Hutchings, Selar
S. and George Stewart. )

Stewart, George. 19.54. ( See Pechanec, Joseph
H., George Stewart, A. Perry Plummer, Joseph
H. Robertson, and A. C. Hull, Jr.)

Stewart, George. 1955. ( See Plummer, A. Per-
ry, A. C. Hull, Jr., George Stewart, and Joseph
H. Robertson. )

Stewart, George. 1957. Pasture survey in cen-
tral Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 34:160-161.

Stewart, George, W. P. Cottam, and Selar Hutch-
ings. 1940. Influence of unrestricted grazing
on northern salt desert plant associations in
western Utah. Jour. Agr. Res., 60:289-316.

Stewart, George and C. L. Forsling. 1931. Sur-
face run-off and erosion in relation to soil and

plant cover on high grazing lands in central
Utah. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron., 23:815-832.

Stewart, George and S. S. Hutchings. 1936.
The point-observation-plot ( square-foot densi-
ty ) method of vegetation survey. Jour. Amer.
Soc. Agron., 28:714-722.

Stewart, George, and S. S. Hutchings. 1944.
Winter-range research at the Desert Branch
Experiment Range. Utah Farm and Home
Sci., 5(l):6-8.

Stewart, George, and Wesley Keller. 1936. A
correlation method of ecology as exemplified
by studies of native desert vegetation. Ecol-
ogy, 17:500-514.

Stewart, George and A. Perry Plummer. 1947.
Reseeding range lands by airplane in Utah.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 24:35-
39.

Stewart, George, R. H. Walker, and Raymond
Price. 1939. Reseeding range lands of the
Intermountain region. U. S. D. Agr. Farmers'
Bui. 1823. 25 pp.

Stewart, George and John A. Widtsoe. 1943.
Contribution of forest land resources to the
settlement and development of the Mormon-
occupied West. Jour. For., 41:633-640.

Stewart, James O. 1928. Palatability of plants
found in the Wasatch Range to domestic live-
stock. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 5:17. (Ab-
stract. )

Stewart, James O. 1929. Plant indicators on
the range. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 6:28. (Ab-
stract. )

Stewart, Robert. 1911. Nitrates in dry-land
soils. Dry Farming, Bui. International Dry
Farming Cong., 5(2) :271-274.

Stewart, Robert. 1913. The intensity of nitri-
fication in arid soils. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci.,
1:96. (1908-1917.) (Abstract.)

Steyermark, Julian A. 1934. Studies in Grin-
delia. II. A monograph of the North American
species of the genus Grindelia. Ann. Missouri
Bot. Gard., 21:433-608.

Stockwell, Palmer. 1940. A revision of the
genus Chaenactis. Contrib. Dudley Herb.
Stanford Univ., 3:89-167.

Stoddart, L A. 1937. (See Esplin, A. C, J. E.
Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart.)

Stoddart, L. A. 1940. Range resources of Rich
County, Utah. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 291.
30 pp.

Stoddart, L. A. 1940. Too early grazing injures
range vegetation. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
1(1):6, 11.

Stoddart, L. A. 1940. (See Hanson, W. R. and
L. A. Stoddart.)

Bibliography of Utah Botany

63

Stoddart, L. A. 1941. Nurse crop not advisable

in range seeding. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,

2(2):6, 11.
Stoddart, L. A. 1941. The Palouse grassland

association in northern Utah. Ecology, 22:

158-163.
Stoddart, L. A. 1943. Range conservation best

way to maintain high production. Utah Farm

and Home Sci., 4(1):10.
Stoddart, L. A. 1943. Planning the use of

range lands in the Wasatch Front of Utah.

Utah Farm and Home Sci., 4(4):8-10.
Stoddart, L. A. 1944. Range management and

the production of big game. Utah Fish and

Game Bui., 2(2):3-7.
Stoddart, L. A. 1944. Gains made by cattle on

summer range in northern Utah. Utah Agr.

Exp. Sta. Bui. 341. 24 pp.
Stoddart, Laurence A. 1945. Range land of

America and some research on its manage-
ment. Fourth Annual Faculty Research Lec-
ture, Utah State Agr. College, Logan. 32 pp.
Stoddart, L. A. 1945. Range lands of Utah

County, Utah and their utilization. Utah Agr.

Exp. Sta. Bui. 317. 32 pp.
Stoddart, L. A. 1945. Chemical composition

of wheatgrass and its response to season. Utah

Farm and Home Sci., 6(2) :5, 15.
Stoddard, L. A. 1946. Rye nurse crops in

range seeding. Ecology, 27:61-64.
Stoddart, L. A. 1946. Some physical and chem-
ical responses of Agropyron spicatum to

herbage removal at various seasons. Utah

Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 324. 24 pp.
Stoddart, L. A. 1946. Seeding arid ranges to

grass. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 122. 29 pp.
Stoddart, L. A. 1947a. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1947b. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1948. Planting grass on Utah's

ranges. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 9(4):

8-9, 18.
Stoddart, L. A. 1950. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1950. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

David O. Williamson, Lorin E. Harris, L. A.

Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. )
Stoddart, L. A. 1951. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
j Stoddart, L. A. 1951. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1952. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Virgil L. Hart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1952. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Stoddart, L. A. 1953a. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart. )
Stoddart, L. A. 1953b. ( See Cook, C. Wayne,

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1953c. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1953. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1954. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1956. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1957. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Lorin E. Harris.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1958. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Floyd Kinsinger. )
Stoddart, L. A. 1959. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1959. (See Cook, C. Wayne,

L. A. Stoddart, and Loran E. Harris.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1960. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart.)
Stoddart, L. A. 1961. (See Cook, C. Wayne

and L. A. Stoddart. )
Stoddart, L. A. 1963. Public opinion will de-
cide range feud. Utah Farmer, 82(3) :1 7.

Feb. 7.

Stoddart, Laurence A. 1963. Our limited na-
tural resources. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
24:6-11, 23.

Stoddart, L. A. 1963. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
and L. A. Stoddart.)

Stoddart, L. A. 1964a. (See Cook, C. W. and
L. A. Stoddart.)

Stoddart, L. A. 1964b. (See Cook, C. W. and
L. A. Stoddart.)

Stoddart, L. A., Glen T. Baird, George Stewart,
Ben S. Markham, and Howard Clegg. 1951.
The halogeton problem in Utah. Utah State
Agr. Col. Ext. Bui. 250. 12 pp.

Stoddart, L. A., Howard Clegg, Ben S. Markham,
and George Stewart. 1951. The halogeton
problem on Utah's ranges. Jour. Range Mgt.,
4:223-227.

Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook. 1943. Range
resources. In Bundy, Ora. After victory:
Plans for Utah and the Wasatch Front. Utah
State Dept. Publ. and Indust. Dev., Salt Lake
City, Part II. pp. 33-44.

Stoddart, L. A. and C. Wayne Cook. 1950.
What species of grass for range seeding? Utah
Farm and Home Science, 11:72-73, 84.

Stoddart, L. A. and C. Wayne Cook. 1951.
Research will attempt to give definite answers
to questions on halogeton poisoning. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 12:70-71, 83-84.

64

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Stoddart, L. A., C. W. Cook, and B. P. Gomm.

1953. Halogeton may be spread by animals.

Utah Farm and Home Sci., 14:37, 46.
Stoddart, L. A. and J. E. Greaves. 1942. The

composition of summer range plants in Utah.

Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 305. 22 pp.
Stoddart, L. A., A. H. Holmgren, and C. W.

Cook. 1949. Important poisonous plants of

Utah. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Spec. Bep. 2. 21

PP-

Stoddart, L. A., P. B. Lister, George Stewart, T.
Dean Phinney, and L. W. Darson. 1938.
Bange conditions in the Uinta Basin, Utah.
Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 283. 34 pp.

Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Basmussen. 1945.
Deer management and range livestock produc-
tion. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 121. 17 pp.

Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Basmussen. 1945.
Growing livestock and big game on the range.
Utah Farm and Home Sci., 6(3): 12.

Stoddart, Laurence A. and Arthur D. Smith.
1955. Bange management. 2nd Ed. Mc-
Graw-Hill Book Co., New York. 433 pp.

Stokes, William Lee. 1938. Lithology and
stratigraphy of the Bed Plateau, Emery Coun-
ty, Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

Stokes, W. L. 1952. Lower Cretaceous in
Colorado Plateau. Bui. Amer. Assoc. Petrol-
eum Geol. 36. pp. 1766-1776.

Stokes, Wm. Lee. 1964. Natural history mu-
seums in Utah — a growing cultural influence.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:91-
93.

Stone, Bobert Carr, 1960. Life history study
of the desert wood rat. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Struble, Bobert G. and A. B. Croft. 1956.
Watershed resource management. Jour. Soil
and Water Conserv., 11:121-124. (Pleasant
Creek Watershed. )

Stutz, Howard Coombs. 1951. An ecological
study of a sphagnum lake in the subalpine for-
est of the Uinta Mountains of Utah. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Stutz, Howard C. 1958. ( See Thomas, L. Kay,
Jr. and Howard C. Stutz.

Stutz, Howard C. 1963. (See Pitts, La Val M.
and Howard C. Stutz.)

Stutz, Howard C. and L. Kay Thomas. 1964.
Hybridization and introgression in Cowania
and Purshia. Evolution, 18:183-195.

Sudworth, George B. 1915. The cypress and
juniper trees of the Bocky Mountain region.
U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 207. 36 pp.

Sudworth, George B. 1916. The spruce and

balsam trees of the Bocky Mountain region.
U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 327. 43 pp.

Sudworth, George B. 1917. The pine trees of
the Bocky Mountain region. U. S. D. Agr. Bui.
460. 47 pp.

Sudworth, George B. 1918, Miscellaneous con-
ifers of the Bocky Mountain region. U. S. D.
Agr. Bui. 680. 45 pp.

Sudworth, George B. 1927. Check lists of the
forest bees of the United States, their names
and ranges. U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Cir. 92. 295
pp.

Sudworth, George B. 1934. Poplars, principal
tree willows and walnuts of the Bocky Moun-
tain region. U. S. D. Agr. Tech. Bui. 420. Ill
pp. (Keys and bibliography by W. A. Day-
ton.)

Sugihara, J. M. 1949. (See Matson, G. A., A.
Bauve, J. M. Sugihara, and W. J. Burke.)

Sumner, E. Lowel, Jr. 1939. (See Dixon, Jos-
eph S., and E. Lowel Sumner, Jr.)

Svihla, Buth Dowell. 1931. Mammals of the
Uinta Mountain region. Jour. Mammalogy,
12:256-266.

Svihla, Buth Dowell. 1932. The ecological dis-
tribution of the mammals on the north slope of
the Uinta Mountains. Ecol. Monog., 2:47-81.

Swallen, Jason B. 1931. Crassipes, a new
grass genus from Utah. Amer. Jour. Bot, 18:
684-685.

Swallow, O. Truman. 1932. A preliminary lim-
nological study of Utah Lake. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Swaner, J. C. 1888. Nut bearing trees. Th<
Utah Agriculturist, 1 : 162.

Swaner, John C. 1888. Honey plants. The
Utah Agriculturist, 1:193-194.

Swaner, John C. 1888. The maple. The U
Agriculturist, 1:120.

Tackle, David. 1954. Viability of lodgepole
pine seed after natural storage in slash. U. S.
Forest Serv., Intermountain Forest and Bange
Exp. Sta. Pes. Note 8. 3 pp.

Tackle, David. 1956. Stocking and seedh
distribution on clean-cut lodgepole pine areas
in Utah. U. S. Forest Serv., Intermountain
Forest and Bange Exp. Sta. Bes. Note 38.
3 pp.

Tackle, David. 1958. Progress in management
of Bocky Mountain lodgepole pine. Proc. Soc.
Amer. For., 1958:66-68.

Tackle, David and D. I. Crossley. 1953. Lodge-
pole pine bibliography. U. S. Forest Serv.,
Intermountain Forest and Bange Expt. Sta.
Bes. Pap. 30. 57 pp.

Talbot, M. W. 1936. Bule-of-thumb manage-
ment. In The western range. Sen. Doc. 199,

Bibliography of Utah Botany

65

74th Cong., 2nd Sess. pp. 173-184. U. S.
Govt. Printing Office, Washington.

Talbot, M. W. 1936. ( See Watts, L. F., George
Stewart, Charles Connaughton, L. J. Palmer,
and M. W. Talbot.)

Talbot, M. W. 1961. (See Hormay, A. L. and
M. W. Talbot.)

Talmage, J. E. 1890. Some tiny plants. Con-
tributor, 11:258-261.

Tangren, W. E. 1950. Can fire aid range im-
provements? Utah Fish and Game Bui., 8
(3):5.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1926. Life zone studies of
southwestern Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 3:
7. (Abstract.)

Tanner, Vasco M. 1930. Fresh water biologi-
cal studies at Utah Lake. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., 7:60-61.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1931. A preliminary report
on a biological survey of the Uintah Mountain
lakes. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., 8:155-158.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1931. Fresh water biologi-
cal studies at Utah Lake, Utah, no 2. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., 8:199-203.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1936. Shall we adopt means
of conserving the wild life of Utah? Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 13: 189-190.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1940. A chapter on the na-
tural history of the Great Basin, 1800 to 1855.
Great Basin Nat, 1:33-61.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1940. A biotic study of the
Kaiparowits region of Utah. Great Basin
Nat., 1:97-126.

Tanner, Vasco M. 1946. Some aspects of the
conservation of human resources. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 23:117-124.

Tanner, Vasco M. and C. Lynn Hayward. 1934.
A biological study of the LaSal Mountains,
Utah. Report No. 1 (Ecology). Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 11:209-235.

Tanner, Vasco M. and Gerald L. Nielsen. 19.54.
Gastroidea ctjanea Melsh ( Coleoptera ) preyed
upon bv an hemipteran predator. Great Basin
Nat, 14:27-29.

Tanner, Wilmer W. 1958. (See Hayward, C.
Lynn, D Elden Beck, and Wilmer W. Tanner. )

Tanner, Wilmer W. 1963. Natural radiation
effects of vertebrate animals inhabiting the
uranium areas of southeastern Utah. In
Schultz, Vincent and Alfred W. Klement, Jr.,
Editors. Radioecology. Reinhold Pub. Corp.,
New York and American Institute of Biologi-
cal Sciences, Washington, D. C. pp. 325-326.

Taylor, Bob J. 1958. Methods of broadcast
seeding on sagebrush land. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

Taylor, J. Kent. 1962. The effect of range con-

dition upon the production, nutritive intake
and digestibility of desert range forage in
southwestern Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Taylor, Kent. 1962. (See Cook, C. Wayne,
Kent Taylor, and Lorin E. Harris.)

Taylor, T. G. 1930. The Forestry and Range
Department [at Utah State Agr. Coll.] Utah
Juniper, 1:19-21.

Taylor, T. G. and Lee Kay. 1933. Report on
sage-grouse survey in Rich, Wasatch, and Box
Elder Counties. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Misc.
Pub, 10:17-22.

Taylor, T. G. and B. C. Pittman. Editors. 1933.
Game-management developments and needs.
Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Misc. Pub. 10. 52 pp.

Teeter, James Wayne. 1963. The influence of
sodium chloride on the growth and reproduc-
tion of the sago pondweed (Potamogeton pec-
tinatus L. ) Master's Thesis, Utah State Univ.,
Logan.

Terry, William Z. 1940. Native trees of Utah
and the uses made of them by the early sett-
lers. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci, 17:115-117.

Thatcher, Lynn M. 1955. Water pollution.
Utah Fish and Game Bui, 11(7):5, 8.

Theobald, William L, Charles C. Tseng, and
Mildred E. Mathias. 1964. A revision of
Aletes and Neoparrya ( Umbelliferae ) . Brit-
tonia, 16:296-315.

Theriot, I. 1927. Deux mouses nouvelles.
Arch. Botanique, 1 (Bulls. Mens. 4):66-69.

Thiessen, Reinhardt and George C. Sprunk.
1937. Origin and petrographic composition of
the lower Sunnyside coal or Utah. U. S. Bur.
Mines Tech. Pap. 573. 34 pp.

Thomas, Art. 1958. Management of our public
lands: For all of the people? Utah Fish and
Game Mag, 14(5) :3, 7.

Thomas, Hon. Elbert D. 1947. Is Utah Sahara
bound? Extension of remarks of Hon. El-
bert D. Thomas of Utah in the Senate of the
United States ... on the subject, Is Utah Sa-
hara bound? by Dr. Walter P. Cottam. Cong.
Rec, 93(10):A 1174-A 1176. (Digest of "Is
Utah Sahara bound?")

Thomas, Hon. Elbert D. 1947. Is Utah Sahara
bound? by Dr. Walter P. Cottam. Extension of
remarks of Hon. Elbert D. Thomas of Utah in
the Senate of the United States, Friday, March
21, 1947. U. S. Govt. Printing Office. 8 pp.
(Digest of "Is Utah Sahara bound?")

Thomas, Kathryn E. 1932. The floral develop-
ment of Clai/tonia lanceolata Pursh. Mas-
ter's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Thomas, Kathryn E. 1933. ( See Cottam, Wal-
ter P. and Kathryn E. Thomas.)

66

Bkigham Young University Science Bulletin

Thomas, Lindsey K., Jr. 1957. Introgression
in Purshia tridentata (Pursh) DC. and Co-
wania stansburiana Torr. Master's Thesis,
Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Thomas, L. Kay, Jr. and Howard C. Stutz. 1958.
Introgression in Purshia tridentata (Pursh)
DC. and Cowania Stansburiana Torr. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 35:164-165.

Thomas, L. Kay. 1964. (See Stutz, Howard C.
and L. Kay Thomas. )

Thompson, Floyd. (See Utah Fish and Game
Bui. 1948-1956.)

Thornber, J. J. 1906. Alfilaria, Erodium cicu-
tarium, as a forage plant in Arizona. Ariz.
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 52. pp. 27-58.

Thornber, J. J. 1915. (See Armstrong, Mar-
garet and J. J. Thornber.)

Thorne, D. W. 1948. Conservation of Utah
soils. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters,
25:29-32.

Thornton, J. W. 1931. Plants and erosion.
Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 3(4):28-29.

Tidestrom, Ivar. 1913. Novitates florae utah-
ensis. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 26:121-122.

Tidestrom, Ivar. 1923. New or noteworthy
species of plants from Utah and Nevada.
Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 36:181-184.

Tidestrom, Ivar. 1925. Flora of Utah and Ne-
vada. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 25. 665 pp.

Tidwell, William D. 1962. An early Pennsyl-
vanian flora from the Manning Canyon Shale,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Tidwell, William D 1962. An early Pennsyl-
vanian flora from the Manning Canyon Shale,
Utah. Brigham Young Univ. Geology Studies,
9:83-101.

Tidwell, William D. 1962. Upper Carbonifer-
ous flora from Utah. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bocky
Mt. Sect., Prog. Ann. Meeting, p. 37. (Ab-
stract. )

Tillet, Stephen S. 1955. Some preliminary in-
vestigations in the Montia perfoliata complex.
Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Lo-
gan.

Tillohash, Toney. 1936. Paiute names for
mammals, reptiles, birds, and plants. Zion-
Bryce Nature Notes, 8(l):7-8.

Tillotson, C. B. 1917. Beforestation on the na-
tional forests. U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 475. 63 pp.

Tillotson, C. B. 1917. Nursery practice on
the national forests. U. S. D.Agr. Bui. 479.
86 pp.

Timmons, F. L. 1950? (See Tingey, D. C.
and F. L. Timmons.)

Timmons, F. L. 1955. (See Lee, W. O. and
F. L. Timmons. )

Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953. Chemi-
cals will control two serious weed pests in
Utah, quack^rass and canary grass. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 14:54-55, 67-68.

Tingey, D. C. 1928. (See Peterson, William
and D. C. Tingey.)

Tingey, D. C. 1950. Chemicals effective in
control of biscuitroot in winter wheat. Utah
Farm and Home Sci., 11:34-35, 42-43.

Tingey, D. C. 1953. Biscuitroot seriously re-
duces yield of winter wheat. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 14:12-13, 21-22.

Tingey, D. C. 1955. How long have we had
dwarf bunt? Plant Disease Beporter, 39:325-
328.

Tingey, D. C. 19.58. (See Dewey, W. G. and
D. C. Tingey.)

Tingey, D. C. 1960. Squarrose knapweed and
its control. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui. 432. 11
pp.

Tingey, D. C. and C Wayne Cook. 19.54.
Herbicides give economic control of mule ear
on range lands. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
15:5, 16-17.

Tingey, D. C. and Bassett Maguire. 1941.
Lawn weeds and their control. Utah Agr.
Exp. Sta. Cir. 117. 14 pp.

Tingey, D. C. and F. L. Timmons. 19,50?
Weeds: Methods for their control and eradi-
cation. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 127. 47 pp.

Tinker, F. A. 1962. The battle for Logan Can-
yon. Amer. For., 68 ( 3 ) : 32-34, 46-47.

Tocher, S. Boss and J. D. Hunt. 1964. Becrea-
tion research. Utah Farm and Home Sci.,
25:94-95.

Torrey, John. 1852. Catalogue of plants col-
lected by the expedition. In Stansbury, How-
ard. Exploration and survey of the Valley of
the Great Salt Lake of Utah. Lippincott,
Grambo and Co., Philadelphia, pp. 381-397.
(Also: An expedition to the Valley of the
Great Salt Lake.)

Torrey, John and J. C. Fremont. 1845. Des-
criptions of some new genera and species of
plants, collected in Capt. J. C. Fremont's ex-
ploring expedition to Oregon and north Cali-
fornia, in the years 1843-44. In Fremont, Bre-
vet Capt. J. C. Beport of the exploring expe-
dition to the Bocky Mountains in the year
1842, and to Oregon and north California in
the vears 1843-'44. House Bep. Doc. 199.
pp. 311-320.

Torrey, John and Asa Gray. 1855. Beport on
the botany of the expedition. In Beckwidi,
Lieut. E. G. Beport of explorations for a route
for the Pacific Bailroad, on the line of the
forty-first parallel of north latitude, pp. 115-

Bibliography ok Utah Botany

67

132. Reports of explorations and surveys, to

ascertain the most practicable and economical

route for a railroad from the Mississippi River

to the Pacific Ocean. 33rd Cong., 2nd Sess.,

House Rep. Ex. Doc, Vol. II, No. 91.
Towers, Irving L. 1927. (See Hildebrand,

Samuel F. and Irving L. Towers. )
Tracy, Aaron W. 1948. Utah's scenic resources.

Proc. Utah Acad. Sci, Arts and Letters, 25:51-

52.
Tracy, S. M. 1888. Report of an investigation

of the grasses of the arid districts of New

Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, and Utah. U. S.

Agr. Dept, Bot. Div. Bui. 6:5-29.
Transtrum, Lloyd G. 1964. (See Treshow,

Michael and Lloyd G. Transtrum. )
Trelease, William O. 1887. (See Engelmann,

George. )
Trelease, William. 1924. The American oaks.

Memoirs National Acad. Sci. 20. 255 pp. and

420 plates.
Treshow, Michael. 1963. Valsa canker of Pop-

ulus tremuloides Michx. Proc. Utah Acad.

Sci., Arts and Letters, 40:62-65.
Treshow, Michael. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley

L., Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)
Treshow, Michael and J. Fred Scholes. 1958.

The taxonomy of some species of Cytospora

found in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts

and Letters, 35:49-51.
Treshow, Michael and Lloyd G. Transtrum.

1964. Similarity between leaf markings

caused by air pollutants and other agents: I-

Moisture stress and fluoride expression. Proc.

Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:49-52.
Treshow, Michael, Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen

Moore. 1963. Guide to the woody plants of

Utah. Brigham Young Univ. Press, Provo,

Utah. 115 pp.
Treshow, Michael, Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen

Moore. 1964. Guide to the woody plants of

Utah. Pruett Press, Inc., Boulder, Colorado.

161 pp.
Tripp, George. 1949. Wasted resources. Utah

Fish and Game Bui., 7(8):2, 5.
Tripp, George. (See Utah Fish and Game Bui.

1948-1956.)
Trueblood, Richard. 1952. Sage grouse, grass

reseeding studied. Utah Fish and Game Bui.,

9(8):1, 7.
Trueblood, Richard Wayne. 1954. The effect

of grass reseeding in sagebrush lands on sage

grouse populations. Master's Thesis, Utah

State Agr. College, Logan.
Tseng, Charles C. 1964. ( See Theobold, Wil-
liam L., Charles C. Tseng, and Mildred E.

Mathias. )

Tucker, John M. 1956. (See Cottam, Walter
P. and John M. Tucker.)

Tucker, John M. 1959. (See Cottam, Walter
P., John M. Tucker, and Rudy Drobnick. )

Tucker, John M. 1961. Studies in the Quercus
undulata complex I. A preliminary statement.
Amer. Jour. Bot, 48:202-208.

Tuckerman, Edward. 1878. (See Rothrock,
J. T.)

Tully, Joseph George. 1951. The occurrence
of salt tolerant fungi in the Great Salt Lake
area and some metabolic studies of the organ-
isms. Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ.,
Provo, Utah.

Tully, J. G, Jr., D. A. Anderson, and T. L. Mar-
tin. 1950. Studies on the salt tolerance of
molds recently isolated from saline environ-
ments. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci, Arts and Let-
ters, 27:72. (Abstract.)

Turner, B. L. 1953. ( See Preece, S. J, Jr., and
B. L. Turner. )

Turner, Christy G, II. 1960. Mystery Canyon
Survey: San Juan County, Utah, 1959. Pla-
teau, 32:73-80.

Turner, George C, Jr. 1950. Peromyscus pop-
ulations as related to seasons and vegetative
types at the hardware ranch, Cache County,
Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr. Col-
lege, Logan.

Turner, Lewis M. 1948. Utah's range forage
and timber resources. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci,
Arts and Letters, 25:37-38.

Turner, Robert B. 1955. Determination of
digestibility of lignin by mule deer. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Turpin, R. L. 1939. Conservation and propa-
gation without waste. Utah Mag, 3(8):8-9,
11-12, 30-32.

Turpin, • R. L. 1944. Deer winter range im-
proved; "Goat Springs" proves value of pro-
gram. Utah Fish and Game Bui, 1(11): 1-4.

Turtle, L. Elliott. 1948. Geography of the
Sanpete County Oasis. Master's Thesis, Brig-
ham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Twomey, Arthur C. 1942. The birds of the
Uinta Basin, Utah. Ann. Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, 28:341-490.

Udy, Jay R. 1953. Effects of predator control
on antelope populations. Utah Fish and Game
Dept. Pub. 5. 48 pp.

Uhler, F. M. 1939. (See Martin, A. C. and
F. M. Uhler.)

U. S. Bureau of the Census. 1885. Forests of
Utah. Report on the forests of North Ameri-
ca, 9:569-571.

U. S. Congress, House Committee on Interior
and Insular Affairs. 1954. Colorado River

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Storage Project. House Doc. .364, 83rd Cong.,

2nd Sess. 332 pp.
U. S. Congress, House Committee on Public

Lands. 1929. Grazing on public domain.

Hearings Before the Comm., House Rep.

70th Cong., 2nd Sess. U. S. Govt. Printing

Office. 44 pp.
U. S. Congress, House Committee on Public

Lands. 1932. Grazing on public domain.

Hearings Before the Comm., House Rep., 72nd

Cong., 1st Sess. U. S. Govt. Printing Office.

155 pp.
U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on Agriculture

and Forestry. 1953. Grazing policies and

range improvements in the national forests.

Hearings Before the Comm., U. S. Sen., 83rd

Cong., 1st Sess. U. S. Govt. Printing Office.

230 pp.
U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on Public

Lands and Surveys. 1926. National forests

and the public domain. Hearings Before a

Subcommittee, 69th Cong., 1st Sess. Govt.

Printing Office. Utah Hearing, Vol. 2, pp.

1827-2065.
U. S. Dept. Agriculture. 1949. A vacation

guide: National forests; Utah. In Trees, U. S.

D. Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp. 872-873.
U. S. Dept. Interior. 1950. A survey of the

recreational resources of the Colorado River

Basin. U. S. Govt. Printing Office, Washing-
ton, D. C. Chap. 3: Plant and animal life.

(Chap. 11 contains a life zone map.)
U. S. Dept. Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service.

1955. Wetlands inventory, Utah. Fish and

Wildlife Service Region 2, Albuquerque, New

Mexico. 14 pp.
U. S. Dept. Interior, Water Resources Division.

1957. Floods of April-June, 1952 in Utah and

Nevada. U. S. D. Int. Water-Supply Pap.

1260-E. pp. 577-686.
U. S. Forest Service. 1921. Government forest

work in Utah. U. S. D. Agr. Dept. Cir. 198.

31 pp.
U. S. Forest Service. 1926. National forest re-
sources of Utah. U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Cir. 71.

26 pp.
U. S. Forest Service. 1930. Forest and range

resources of Utah: Their protection and use.

U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Pub. 90. 101 pp.
U. S. Forest Service. 1930. What the national

forests mean to the lntermountain region. U.

S. D. Agr. Misc. Cir. 47. 21 pp.
U. S. Forest Service. 1931. Government forest

work in Utah. U. S. D. Agr. Misc. Pub. 99.

18 pp.

U. S. Forest Service. 1936. The western range.
Sen. Doc. 199, 74th Cong., 2nd Sess. U. S.
Govt. Printing Office. 620 pp.

U. S. Forest Service. 1945. Sagebrush to grass.
U. S. D. Agr. AIS-27. 14 pp.

U. S. Forest Service. 1962. Wilderness; Inter-
mountain region. Ogden, Utah. 4 pp.

U. S. Forest Service. 1964. Green River pulp-
mill opportunities. U. S. Forest Serv., Region
Four, Ogden, Utah. 19 pp.

U. S. Forest Service, n.d. How to know the
trees of the lntermountain Region. U. S.
Forest Serv., Region Four, Ogden, Utah. 20

PP

U. S. Forest Service, n.d. Forestry and con-
servation for Utah women's clubs. Ogden,
Utah. 95 pp. Mimeo.

U. S. Forest Service, Division of Range Research.
1944. The history of western range research.
Agr. Hist, 18:127-143.

U. S. Forest Service, lntermountain Forest and
Range Experiment Station Annual Reports.
Ogden, Utah.

U. S. Forest Service, lntermountain Region.
1963. The lntermountain region's timber
story. Ogden, Utah. n.p.

U. S. Forest Service, lntermountain Region, n.
d. The Mt. Pleasant story. Ogden, Utah. 16
pp.

U. S. Forest Service, lntermountain Region, n.
d. Mountain water and the town. Ogden,
Utah. 29 pp.

University of Utah. 1955. Symposium on ecol-
ogy of disease transmission in native animals.
Ecological Research for the Army Chemical
Corps. Dugway, Utah. 112 pp.

University of Utah, Bureau of Economics and
Business Research. 1957. A study of the
economic value of fishing and hunting in Utah
— a summary. 22 pp.

University of Utah, Ecological Research. 1955.
Ecology of tularemia transmission in native
animals. Annual Report of the Director, Eco-
logical Research, Univ. Utah, Dugway, Utah.
57 pp.

Untermann, B. R. 1964. (See Unterman, G. E.
and B. R. Untermann. )

Unterman, G. E. and B. R. Untermann. 1964.
Geology of Uintah County. Utah Geol. and
Mineralogoical. Surv. Bui. 72. 112 pp.

Utah Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters.
1948. Symposium: Conservation of natural
resources in Utah. Reprinted from Vol. 25,
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters. 74 pp.

Utah Conservation Commission. 1909. Prelim-
inary report of the Utah Conservation Com-
mission. Salt Lake City. 128 pp.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

69

Utah Conservation Commission. 1913. First
Biennial Report. Arrow Press, Salt Lake City.
254 pp.

Utah Conservation Needs Committee. 1962.
Utah conservation needs inventory report.
Salt Lake City. 56 pp.

Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit.
Quarterly Activity Reports, Annual Reports,
and Special Reports. Utah State Univ., Lo-
gan.

Utah Dept. of Public Instruction. 1947. Utah's
land and early people. Salt Lake City. 143
pp. (A book for fourth to seventh grades.)

Utah Fish and Game Bui. 1948-19.56. Stories
of Old Timers. A series of articles based on
personal interviews by Lee Kay, George Tripp,
LaVar Ware, and Floyd Thompson. Utah Fish
and Game Bui, 6(4):4-5; 7(2):4-6; 7(3):6-8; 7
(6):3, 7; 7(8):3, 6; 7(9):6; 7(10):5-6; 7(11
3, 7; 7(12):2-3; 8(1):2, 7; 8(2):2; 8(3):2, 8
9(4):3, 8; 9(6):4; 8(7):6, 8; 8(8):6-7; 8(9)
5-6; 8(10):5; 8(11):5; 8(12):4-5; 9(l):5-6
9(2):2, 6; 9(3):4-5; 9(4):7-8; 9(5):5; 9(6)
4-5; 9(7):6-7; 9(8):6-7; 9(9):6-7; 9(10):6
8; 9( 11 ) :6-7; 9( 12) :5, 7; 10( 1 ) :5-6; 10(2) :5-6:
10(3) :5-6; 10(4) :5-6; 10(5) :5, 7; 10(6) :5-6
10(7) :4-5; 10(8) :4-5; 10(9) :2-3; 10(10):4-6
10(ll):4-6; 10(12):4-5;11(1):4, 7; ll(2):4-5
ll(3):4-5; ll(4):4-5; ll(5):4-5; ll(6):4-5
11(7):4, 7; ll(8):4-5; ll(12):4-5; 12(l):4-5
12(6) :8-9.

Utah Forest Industries Committee. 1962.
Utah's forest bounty. Publ. in cooperation
with American Forest Products Industries.
Washington, D. C. 15 pp.

Utah Historical Quarterly. 1964. Vol. 32(3):
179-320.

Utah Legislative Council. 1956. A study of
water administration, underground water re-
source management and floodwater control in
Utah. 48 pp.

Utah Shade Tree Commission. 1960. Recom-
mended street and ornamental trees for Utah.
Salt Lake City. 5 pp.

[Utah] Special Flood Commission. 1931. Re-
port of Special Flood Commission appointed
by Gov. H. Dern: Torrential floods in northern
Utah, 1930. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Cir. 92. 51
pp.

Utah State Bureau of Immigration, Labor and
Statistics, Second Report. (Tenth Report of
the Bureau of Statistics). 1914.

Utah State Fish and Game Commission. Bien-
nial Reports. Utah State Dept. Fish and
Game, Salt Lake City-
Utah Water and Power Board. 1948. Water
for Utah. Report of the Utah Water and

Power Board, Salt Lake City, Utah, July 1,
1948. 129 pp.

Utah Writers' Project, Work Projects Administra-
tion. 1942. Forest conservation in Utah:
Weber County. Sponsored by the Utah State
Institute of Fine Arts; Co-sponsored by the
U. S. Forest Service, School of Forestry at the
Utah State Agr. College, and the Ogden City
School System, Ogden, Utah. 95 pp.

Valentine, A. T. 1924. (See Harris, J. Arthur,
R. A. Gortner, W. F. Hoffman, J. V. Law-
rence, and A. T. Valentine.)

Vallentine, J. F. 1961. Important Utah range
grasses. Utah State Univ. Ext. Cir. 281. 48

PP-
VanCott, Oscar. 1927. J. H. Paul. Utah

Educ. Rev., 20(8):404-405, 436-437.

Vansell, George H. 1946. Some bee plants of
Utah. Utah Farm and Home Sci., 7(l):6-7.

Vasey, George. 1878. (See Rothrock, J. T.)

Vest, Edwin Dean. 1952. A preliminary study
of some of the germination characteristics of
Atriplex confertifolia. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Vest, Dean. 1955. Biotic communities as epi-
zootic highways. In Symposium on ecology of
disease transmission in native animals. Eco-
logical Research, Univ. Utah for the Army
Chemical Corps, Dugwav, Utah. pp. 12-16.
16.

Vest, E. Dean. 1962. Biotic communities in
the Great Salt Lake Desert. Institute of En-
vironmental Biological Research, Ecology and
Epizoology Series No. 73. Div. Biol. Sci.,
Univ. Utah. 122 pp.

Vest, E. Dean. 1962. The plant communities
and associated fauna of Dugway Valley in
western Utah. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt
Lake City.

Vest, E. Dean and W. P. Cottam. 1953. Some
germination characteristics of Atriplex confer-
tifolia. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 30:108-109.

Vickery, Robert K. 1955. Hybridizations in
Mimulus guttatus ( Scrophulariaceae ) . Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 32:212-213.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1956. Data on inter-
racial hybridizations in Mimulus guttatus
(Scrophulariaceae). Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 33:37-43.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1956. Data on inter-
sectional hybridizations in the Genus Mimulus
(Scrophulariaceae). Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 33:65-71.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1956. Data on inter-
racial and interspecific hybridizations in the
section Simiolus of the Genus Mimulus

70

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

(Scrophulariaceae). Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,
Arts and Letters, 33:45-64.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1957. ( See Mukherjee,
Barid B., Delbert Wiens, and Robert K. Vick-
ery.)

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1960. (See Mukherjee,
Barid B. and Robert K. Vickery, Jr.)

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1961. Manual of the
common, native plants of the Salt Lake region.
Adapted from A. O. Garrett's Spring flora of
the Wasatch region. Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City. 187 pp.

Vickery, Robert K. 1961. ( See Bennion, Glynn
Colin, Robert K. Victery, and W. P. Cottam. )

Vickery, R. K., Jr. 1961. (See Mia, M. M. and
R. K. Vickery. )

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. 1964. Barriers to gene
exchange between members of the Mimulus
guttattis complex (Scrophulariaceae). Evo-
lution, 18:52-69.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. and Delbert W. Lindsay.
1961. Crossing barriers in Mimulus guttatus
in relation to recent geologic changes in the
Great Basin. In Recent Advances in Botany,
Univ. Toronto Press, pp. 903-906.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. and C. Dwayne Ogze-
walla. 1958. A progress report on a new
method for the study of the nature of species.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 35:91-
94.

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. and Richard L. Olson.
1956. A preliminary investigation of flower
color inheritance in the Mimulus cardinalis
complex. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and
Letters, 33:35-36.

Wagner, Joe A. 1963. (See Hull, A. C, Jr.,
Ralph C. Holmgren, W. H. Berry, and Joe A.
Wagner. )

Waite, Robert Starr. 1962. The geographical
distribution and control of destructive bark
beetles and defoliating insects in the conifer-
ous forests of Utah. Master's Thesis, Univ.
Utah, Salt Lake City.

Wakefield, Homer. 1933. A study of the plant
ecology of Salt Lake and Utah Valleys before
the Mormon immigration. Master's thesis,
Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Wakefield, Homer. 1936. A study of the na-
tive vegetation of Salt Lake and Utah Valleys
as determined by historical evidence. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 13:11-16.

Wakefield, Homer. 1937. A transect study of
Utah Lake shore line from 1930 to 1936. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 14:39-40.

Walker, Don D. 1964. The cattle industry of
Utah, 1850-1900: An historical profile. Utah
Hist. Quart., 32:182-197.

Walker, R. H. 1939. ( See Stewart, George, R.
H. Walker, and Raymond Price.)

Walker, R. H. 1944. Benmore area location
of beef cattle investigations. Utah Farm and
Home Sci., 5(2):6-7.

Walters, Joel. 1947. Utah's humid islands.
Utah Mag., 9(9):4-7, 24.

Wanlass, W. L. 1928. Grazing lands as a pos-
sible new source of public revenue in Utah.
Utah Educ. Rev., 21:306-307, .340-341.

Wardle, William Duane. 1953. An ecological
study of a farm fish pond. Master's Thesis,
Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City.

Ware, LaVar. (See Utah Fish and Game Bui.
1948-1956.)

Watanabe, Seichi. 1944. The influences of
higher plants upon some microbiological acti-
vities in the soil. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Watson, Elba E. 1928. Contributions to a
monograph of the genus Helianthus. Papers
Mich. Acad. Sci., 9:305-475.

Watson, Sereno. 1871. U. S. Geol. exploration
of the 40th parallel. List of plants collected
in Nevada and Utah, 1867-69; numbered as
distributed. Govt. Print. Office, Wash., 43
pp.

Watson, Sereno. 1871. Botany. In King, Cla-
rence. Report of the geological exploration of
the fortieth parallel, Vol. 5. Prof. Papers En-
gineer Dept, U. S. Army, No. 18. 525 pp.

Watson, Sereno. 1873. New plants of norther
Arizona and the region adjacent. Amer. Nat.
7:299-303.

Watson, Sereno. 1874. Botanical report. In
Geographical and geological explorations and
surveys west of the one hundredth meridian.
Catalogue of plants collected in the years 1871,
1872, and 1873, with descriptions of nev
species. Engineer Dept., U. S. Army. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington, pp. 5-19.

Watson, Sereno. 1875. Revision of the Genus
Ceanothus and descriptions of new plants.
Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., n.s., 2:333-
350.

Watson, Sereno. 1877. Descriptions of n€
species of plants, with revisions of certain gen-
era. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., n.s., 4:
246-278.

Watson, Sereno. 1878. (See Rothrock, J. T.)

Watson, Sereno. 1879. Contributions to Amer-
ican Botany. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and
Sci., n.s., 6:213-303.

Watson, Sereno. 1882. Descriptions of new
species of plants from our western territories.
Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., n. s., 9:362-
382.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

71

Watson, Sereno. 1885. Contributions to Amer-
ican botany. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
as., 12:324-378.

Watts, L. F., George Stewart, Charles Con-
naughton, L. J. Palmer, and M. W. Talbot.
1936. The management of range lands. In
The western range. Sen. Doc. 199, 74th
Cong., 2nd Sess. pp. 501-522. U. S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington.

Weaver, John E. and Frederic E. Clements.
1938. Plant ecology. 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York. 601 pp.

Weber, William A. 1962. ( See Anderson, Rog-
er A. and William A. Weber. )

Webster, Grady L. and Kim I. Miller. 1963.
The genus Reverchonia ( Euphorbiaceae ) .
Rhodora, 65:193-207.

Weight, Kenneth E. 1928. The distribution,
taxonomy and ecology of the genus Salix of
Utah County, Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham
Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Weight, K. E. 1932. Western yellow pines in-
jured by porcupines. Zion-Bryce Nature
Notes, 4(5):6-7.

Weight, K. E. 1933. The bristle-cone pine in
Bryce Canyon National Park. Zion-Bryce Na-
ture Notes, 5(3) :8.

Weight, K. E. 1933. Douglas fir in Bryce Can-
yon. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 5(4):4-5.

Weight, K. E. 1934. Environmental factors in
Bryce Canyon forests. Zion-Bryce Nature
Notes, 6(3):28-30.

Weight, K. E. 1935. Fremont cottonwood.
Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 7(2): 12.

Weight, K. E. 1935. Ethnobotanical notes.
Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 7(3):20-21.

Weight, K. E. 1935. [Note on Datura repro-
duction]. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 7(3) :26.

Weight, Kenneth E. n.d. Check list of the
flowering plants of Bryce Canyon National
Park. 25 pp. Mimeo.

Weigle, W. G. and E. H. Frothingham. 1911.
The aspens: Their growth and management.
U. S. D. Agr. For. Serv. Bui., 93. 35 pp.

Weller, Milton W., Billy H. Wingfield, and Jes-
sop B. Low. 1958. Effects of habitat deter-
ioration on bird populations of a small Utah
marsh. The Condor, 60:220-226.

Wells, Philip V. 1959. An ecological investiga-
tion of two desert tobaccos. Ecology, 40:626-
644.

Wells, Philip V. 1960. Physiognomic intergra-
dation of vegetation on the Pine Valley moun-
tains in southwestern Utah. Ecology, 41:553-
556.

Welsh, Stanley L. 1957. An ecological survey
of the vegetation of the Dinosaur National

Monument, Utah. Master's Thesis, Brigham

Young Univ., Provo, Utah.
Welsh, Stanley L. 1963. Legumes of Utah I.

Preliminary report. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.,

Arts and Letters, 40:200-201.
Welsh, Stanley L. 1963. ( See Christensen,

Earl M. and Stanley L. Welsh.)
Welsh, Stanley L. 1963. (See Treshow, Mi-
chael, Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen Moore.)
Welsh, Stanley L. 1964. Legumes of Utah II:

Conspectus of the genera. Proc. Utah Acad.

Sci., Arts and Letters, 41:84-86.
Welsh, Stanley L. 1964. (See Harrison, Ber-

trand F., Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen Moore.)
Welsh, Stanley L. 1964. (See Treshow, Mi-
chael, Stanley L. Welsh, and Glen Moore.)
Welsh, Stanley L. and Earl M. Christensen.

1957. An ecological study of the vegetation

of the Dinosaur National Monument. Proc.

Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 34:55-56.

( Abstract. )
Welsh, Stanley L., Michael Treshow, and Glen

Moore. 1964. Guide to common Utah plants.

Brigham Young Univ. Press, Provo, Utah. 325

PP-

Wennergren, E. B. 1963. ( See Roberts, N. K.

and E. B. Wennergren.)

West, Rolan. 1955. Cloudburst on Chalk
Creek. Utah Fish and Game Bui., 11 (9): 11.

Wetmore, Alexander. 1921. Wild ducks and
duck foods of the Bear River Marshes, Utah.
U. S. D. Agr. Bui. 936. 20 pp.

Weyl, Leon H. 1918. (See Sampson, Arthur
W. and Leon H. Weyl.)

Wheeler, First Lieut. Geo. M. 1878. Report
upon United States Geographical Surveys west
of the one hundredth meridian. Vol. VI. Bot-
any. Govt. Printing Office, Washington. 404
pp. (See Rothrock, J. T. 1878.)

Wheeler, Louis Cutter. 1939 Astragalus ver-
sus Oxytropis. Leafl. West. Bot, 2:209-210.

Wherry, Edgar T. 1941. The phloxes of Idaho.
Notulae Naturae Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 87.
15 pp.

Wherry, Edgar T. 1942. The phloxes of Nev-
ada. Notulae Naturae Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
113. 11 pp.

Wherry, Egdar T. 1943. Microsteris, Phlox,
and an intermediate. Brittonia, 5:60-63.

Wherry, Edgar T. 1944. New phloxes from
Rocky Mountains and neighboring regions.
Notulae Naturae Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 146.
11pp.

White, Charles Langdon. 1925. The agricul-
tural geography of the Salt Lake oasis. Ph.D.
Thesis, Clark Univ., Worchester, Mass. ( Den-
ison Univ. Bui., Jour. Sci. Lab., 21:117-283.)

72

Bkigham Young University Science Bulletin

Wliite, Walter N. 1932. A method of estimat-
ing groundwater supplies based on discharge
by plants and evaporation from soil — results
of investigations in Escalante Valley, Utah.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Water Supply Pap. 659(A).
pp. 1-105.

Widtsoe, John A. 1912. Dry-farming. A sys-
tem of agriculture for countries under a low
rainfall. The Macmillan Co., New York. 445
pp.

Widtsoe, John A. 1943. (See Stewart, George
and John A. Widtsoe.)

Weigand, Edwin F. 1956. The Micropuntias,
Cactus and Succulent Jour., 28:82-83.

Wiens, Delbert. 1957. (See Mukherjee, Barid
B., Delbert Wiens, and Bobert K. Vickery, Jr.)

Wikstrom, John H. 1957. (See Hutchinson, S.
Blair and John H. Wikstrom. )

Williams, Cecil S. 1939. (See Cottam, Clar-
ence and Cecil S. Williams.)

Williams, Cecil S. and William H. Marshall.
1937. Goose nesting studies on Bear Biver
Migratory Waterfowl Befuge. Jour. Wildlife
Mgt, 1:77-86.

Williams, Cecil S. and Wm. H. Marshall. 1938.
Duck nesting studies, Bear Biver Migratory
Bird Befuge, Utah, 1937. Jour. Wildlife Mgt.,
2:29-48.

Williams, Kenneth L. 1960. Cooperation — key
to conservation. Utah Fish and Game Mag.,
16(1):10-11, 23.

Williams, Kenneth L. and Nels Bogh. 1962.
Bange improvements — a paying investment.
Utah Farmer, 81 (23): 5. Dec. 6.

Williams, K. T. 1938. ( See Byers, Horace G.,
John T. Miller, K. T. Williams, and H. W.
Lakin. )

Williams, Louis. 1932. Field and herbarium
studies, I. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 59:427-429.

Williams, Louis. 1934. Notes on Bocky Moun-
tain plants— I. Leafl. West. Bot., 1:129-131.

Williams, Louis. 1934. Field and herbarium
studies, II. Bui. Torrey Bot. Club, 61:259-
262.

Williams, Louis O. 1936. Field and herbarium
studies, IV. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 23:
447-456.

Williams, Louis O. 1936. Bevision of the
western Primulas. Amer. Midi. Nat., 17:741-
748.

Williams, Louis O. 1937. The Orchidaceae of
the Bocky Mountains. Amer. Midi. Nat., 18:
830-841.

Williams, M. Coburn, Wayne Binns, and Lynn
F. James. 1962. Occurrence and toxicology
of selenium in halogeton and associated
species. Jour. Bange Mgt., 15:17-22.

Williamson, David O. 1950. (See Cook, C.
Wayne, David O. Williamson, Lorin E. Harris,
L. A. Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. )

Wilson, Alvin K. 1962. Forest products out-
put in Utah in 1960. Intermountain Forest
and Bange Exp. Sta. For. Surv. Bel. 4. 6 pp.

Wilson, F. Douglas. 1953. A study of genetic
variability in squirreltail grass, Sitanion hy-
sfrix. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Wilson, F. Douglas. 1963. Bevision of Sitanion
(Triticeae, Gramineae). Brittonia, 15:303-
323.

Wilson, Boberta. 1964. (See Welsh, Stanley
L., Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Wilson, Vaney T. 1948. Boarding house for
birds. Utah Mag., 10 ( 11 ) : 22-23, 30-34. ( Bear
Biver Migratory Bird Befuge. )

Winchester, Dean E. 1917. Oil shale in the U.
S. Econ. Geol, 12:505-518.

Wingfield, Billy H. 1951. A waterfowl pro-
ductivity study in Knudson Marsh, Salt Lake
Valley, Utah. Master's Thesis, Utah State
Agr. College, Logan.

Wingfield, Billy H. 1958. ( See Weller, Milton
W., Billy H. Wingfield and Jessop B. Low. )

Wingfield, Billy and Jessop B. Low. 1955.
Waterfowl productivity in Knudson Marsh,
Salt Lake Valley, Utah. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 32:45-49.

Winkler, Ernest. 1930. Big game in Utah.
Jour. For., 28:668-674.

Winn, D. S. 1962. Boom for outdoor develop-
ment demonstrated in wide-open west. Soil
Conserv., 27:176-177.

Winn, Jess. 1959. Utah's buffalo herd. Utah
Fish and Game Mag., 15(8) :6-7.

Winsor, L. M. 1933. Barrier system for con-
trol of floods in mountain streams. U. S. D.
Agr. Misc. Pub. 155. 24 pp.

Winsor, L. M. 1933. Utah's flood problem.
Utah State Land Board. Feb.

Winters, Wayne Street. 1954. Beinventory of
soil and plant characteristics of Miller water-
shed. Master's Thesis, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Winterton, Bert W. 1958. A cytological study
of Agropi/ron dasystachyum. Master's Thesis,
Utah State Univ., Logan.

VVitte, Penelope. 1956. A cytotaxonomic study
of suspected hybrids between Agropyron sub-
secundum and Sitanion hystrix. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Wolf, Kenneth E. 1952. Some effect on fluc-
tuating and falling water levels on waterfowl
production. Master's Thesis, Utah State Agr.
College, Logan.

BlBLIOCRAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

73

Wolf, Kenneth E. 1956. The cause and con-
trol of blue-sac disease. Ph.D. Thesis, Utah
State Univ., Logan.

Wood, R. D. 1948. A review of the genus
Nitella (Characeae) of North America. Far-
lowia, 3:331-398.

Wood, Stephen L. 1949. The Scolytidae of the
Logan Canyon area in Utah and their host
plants. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 26:127-128.

Wood, Stephen L. 1951. Two new species and
new genus of Scolytidae (Coleoptera) from
Utah. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc, 24(l):31-32.

Woodbury, A.' M. 1929. Check list of plants
of Zion National Park, Utah. 12 pp. Mimeo.

Woodbury, A. M. 1929. Insects defoliate ash
trees. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 1(1):4.

Woodbury, A. M. 1929. Squawbush and
squawberries. Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 1(2):
4.

Woodbury, A. M. 1930. Successions in Zion.
Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 2(4) :3.

Woodbury, A. M. 1930. The Stadium Pool.
Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 2(4) :5.

Woodbury, Angus M. 1931. Biotic relation-
ships of Zion Canyon, Utah, with special refer-
ence to succession. A survey of the geologi-
cal, botanical and zoological interrelationships
within a part of Zion National Park. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Calif., Berkeley.

Woodbury, A. M. 1932. Early settlers plant-
ings— Mulberry trees. Zion-Bryce Nature
Notes, 4(3): 1-2.

Woodbury, A. M. 1932. The Stadium Pool.
Zion-Bryce Nature Notes, 4(6) :8.

Woodbury, A. M. 1933. Biotic relationships
of Zion Canyon, Utah, with special reference
to succession. Ecol. Monog., 3:147-245.

Woodbury, A. M. 1936. Animal relationships
of the Great Salt Lake. Ecology, 17:1-8.

Woodbury, A. M. 1937. Planning for the con-
servation of Utah's wild life. Utah Educ.
Rev., 30(4): 173-174, 200.

Woodbury, A. M. 1938. The lower Sonoran in
southwestern Utah. Science, 87:484-485.

Woodbury, A. M. 1939. Management of aqua-
tic wildlife in the Great Basin. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 16:41. (Abstract.)

Woodbury, A. M. 1940. Management of aqua-
tic wildlife in the Great Basin. Sci. Mon., ,50:
307-322.

Woodbury, Angus M. 1940. Pigmy conifer
limits in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts
and Letters, 17:13. (Abstract.)

Woodbury, A. M. 1947. Distribution of pigmy
conifers in Utah and northeastern Arizona.
Ecology, 28:113-126.

Woodbury, Angus M. 1948. Studies of the
desert tortoise, Gopherus agassizii. Ecol.
Monog., 18:145-200. (pp. 170-171, 174-175.)

Woodbury, A. M. 1948. Resource problems of
Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Let-
ters, 25:55-57.

Woodbury, A. M. 1949. Cover type map of
Utah. Dept. Vertebrate Zoology, Univ. Utah,
Salt Lake City.

Woodbury, A. M. 1954. Principles of general
ecology. The Blakiston Co., New York. 503
pp.

Woodbury, A. M. 1955. An annual cycle of
the desert jackrabbit. Ecology, 36:353-356.

Woodbury, A. M. 1955. The Dugway Ecolog-
ical Research Program. In Symposium on ecol-
ogy of disease transmission in native animals.
Ecological Research, Univ. Utah for the Army
Chemical Corps, Dugway, Utah. pp. 4-6.

Woodbury, A. M. 1956. Colorado dam contro-
versy. Sci. Month., 82:304-313.

Woodbury, A. M. Ed. 1956. Ecology of the
Great Salt Lake Desert: Ecological check lists.
Ecol. Res., Univ. Utah, Dugway, Utah. 125
pp.

Woodbury, Angus M. 1959. Working plan for
ecological studies. In Ecological studies of the
flora and fauna in Glen Canyon. Univ. Utah
Anthropological Papers, 40:1-20.

Woodbury, Angus M. 1959. An ecological
study of the Colorado River in Glen Canyon.
In Ecological studies of the flora and fauna in
Glen Canyon. Univ. Utah Anthropological
Papers, 40:149-176.

Woodbury, Angus M. Biol. Editor. 1960. Eco-
logical studies of the flora and fauna of Flam-
ing Gorge Reservoir Basin, Utah and Wyo-
ming. Univ. Utah Anthropological Papers,
48:1-243.

Woodbury, Angus M. 1964. Disease dissemi-
nation among biotic communities of the Great
Salt Lake Desert. Bui. Univ. Utah 55 (22).
282 pp. (Div. Biol. Sci. Misc. Pap. 4; Utah
Engineering Exp. Sta. Bui. 129.)

Woodbury, Angus M. (See Behle, William H.
1964.)

Woodbury, A. M. et al. 1957. Working plan
for ecological studies as a part of the Upper
Colorado River Basin Salvage Program. 19
pp.

Woodbury, Angus M. et al. 1958. Preliminary
report on biological resources of the Glen Can-
yon Reservoir: Ecological check lists, plants.
Univ. Utah Anthropological Papers, 31:42-123.

Woodbury, A. M. and Mark Anderson. 1933.
Conservation and management. In Utah — re-

74

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

sources and activities. Utah State Dept. Public
Inst., Salt Lake City. pp. 148-157.

Woodbury, Angus M. and Clarence Cottam.
1962. Ecological studies of birds in Utah.
Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 12(7): 1-28.

Woodbury, Angus M., Stephen D. Durrant, and
Seville Flowers. 1959. Survey of vegetation
in Glen Canyon Reservoir Basin. Univ. Utah
Anthropological Papers, 36:1-53.

Woodbury, Angus M., Stephen D. Durrant, and
Seville Flowers. 1960. A survey of the vege-
tation in the Flaming Gorge Reservoir Basin.
Univ. Utah Anthropological Papers, 45:1-121.

Woodbury, Angus M. and Henry Norris Russell,
Jr. 1945. Birds of the Navajo County. Bui.
Univ. Utah, 35(14), Biol. Ser., 9(1). 160 pp.

Woodbury, Lorraine. 1955. An ecological and
distributional study of small mammals of
Cedar Valley, Utah County, Utah. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Woods,- C. N. 1941. Farmers and foresters in
agriculture. Utah Mag., 5(8):12-31.

Woods, C. N. 1941. Utah's golden universary
of conservation. Utah Mag., 5(10):9, 30-31,
illus.

Woods, C. N. 1948. Floods and the grazing
of livestock on the watersheds of Utah. Jour.
For., 46:387-389.

Woods, John B. 1948. Forests of Utah. Amer.
For., 54:406-407, 428-429.

Woodson, Robert E., Jr. 1941. (See Maguire,
Bassett and Robert E. Woodson, Jr.)

Woodward, Harry K. 1950. ( See Harris, Lorin
E., George Stewart, Neil C. Fritchknecht,
James A. Bennett, and Harry K. Woodward.)

Woodward, Lowell. 1937. (See Croft, A. R.,
Lowell Woodward, and D. A. Anderson. )

Woodward, Lowell. 1943. Infiltration-capaci-
ties of some plant-soil complexes on Utah
range watershed-lands. Trans. Amer. Geo-
phys. Union, 24:468-473.

Woodward, Lowell. 1943. (See Croft, A. R.,
Lowell Woodward, and D. A. Anderson.)

Woodward, Lowell. 1945. (See Craddock,
George and Lowell Woodward. )

Woodward, Lowell and George W. Craddock.
1945. Surface runoff potentials of some Utah
range- watershed lands. Jour. For., 43:357-
365.

Woolfolk, E. J., D. F. Costello, and B. W. All-
red. 1948. The major range types. In
Grass, U. S. D. Agr. Yearbook Agr. pp. 205-
211.

Woolley, R. R. 1946. Cloudburst floods in
Utah. 1850-1938. U. S. Geol. Surv. Water-
Supply Pap. 994. 128 pp.

Woolley, Ralf R. 1947. Utilization of surface-

water resources of Sevier Lake Basin, Utah.
U. S. Geol. Surv. Water-Supply Pap. 920. 393
pp.

Woolley, Ralf R. 1948. Our resources — water.
Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:25-
26.

Workman, Gar W. 1963. An ecological study
of the Bear Lake littoral zone, Utah-Idaho.
Ph.D. Thesis, Utah State Univ., Logan.

Works Project Administration. 1942. (See
Utah Writers' Project.)

Works Projects Administration Writers' Program.
1954. Plant life. In Utah: A guide to the
state. American Guide Series, 3rd Printing,
pp. 18-24. Hastings House Publ., New York,
New York. 595 pp. ( Sponsored by the
Utah State Inst. Fine Arts; Co-sponsored by the
Salt Lake County Commission. ) ( 1st Print-
ing, 1941.)

Worlton, James T. 1944. Conservation: A re-
gional approach. Unit 9. The Pacific South-
west. Board of Education, Salt Lake City,
Utah. pp. 601-656.

Wormington, H. M. 1955. A reappraisal of the
Fremont Culture. Proc. Denver Mus. Nat.
Hist, 1:1-22.

Worthington, Keith N. 1951. A century of life
in Nephi in Juab Valley, 1851-1951. Master's
Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo, Utah.

Wride, Charles Hay ward. 1961. The agricul-
tural geography of Utah County, 1849-1960.
Master's Thesis, Brigham Young Univ., Provo,
Utah.

Wright, Dorde. 1964. ( See Welsh, Stanley L.,
Michael Treshow, and Glen Moore.)

Wyman, Leland C. and Stuart K. Harris. 1951.
The ethnobotany of the Kayenta Navaho.
Univ. New Mex. Pub. Biol. 5. 66 pp.

Yeager, M. Ward. 1939. Pinon-juniper forests.
National Parks Service Region III Quart., 1
(l):21-23.

Young, Levi Edgar. 1911. The buffalo. Utah
Educ. Rev., 5(3): 13-15.

Young, Levi Edgar. 1917. The sego lily. Utah
Educ. Rev., 11 (1-2): 10.

Young, Orson Whitney. 1947. Notes on peri-
phyton of Ogden River. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 14:137. (Abstract.)

Young, Orson Whitney. 1948. Observations on
periphyton of Ogden River. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts and Letters, 25:171-172.

Young, Orson Whitney. 1952. Books in the
running brooks, sermons in stones. Proc.
Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 29:17-23.

Young, Stanford. 1955. Survey and evaluation
of big game exclosures in Utah. Master's
Thesis, Utah State Agr. College, Logan.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

75

Young, Stanford. 1955. Big game exclosures in
wildlife management in Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, 32:65-69.

Young, William S. 1956. Improving sheep and
cattle range in the Intermountain Region of
Utah. Jour. Range Mgt, 9:286-287.

Zimmerman, Josephine. 1964. Over-grazing
and over-cutting by white man brought floods,
filled Utah Lake with silt. Daily Herald

(Provo), Oct. 22, p. 3.
Zobel, Keith W. 1958. The effect of feeding

Halogeton glomeratus in sublethal doses to

ewes during gestation. Master's Thesis, Utah

State Univ., Logan.
Zon, R. 1924. (See Shantz, H. L. and R. Zon.)
Zundel, George L. 1921. Smuts and rusts of

northern Utah and southern Idaho. Myco-

logia, 13:179-183.

CHRONOLOGICAL ARRANGEMENT

1845 Torrey, John and J. C. Fremont

1852 Torrey, John

1855 Torrey, John and Asa Gray

1860 Durand, E.

1871 Parry, C. C.

Watson, Sereno a,b
1873 Coulter, John M.

Hayden, F. V.

Lesquereux, Leo

Watson, Sereno

Newberry, John S.

Watson, Sereno

Parry, C. C.

Watson, Sereno

Engelmann, George a,b

Gray, Asa

Parry, Charles C.

Watson, Sereno

Anonymous

Gray, Asa

Hough, Franklin B.

Lemmon, J. G.

Palmer, Edward

Rothrock, J. T.

Rothrock, J. T. and Others

Wheeler, First Lieut. Geo. M.

Coulter, John M.

Jones, M. E.

Powell, J. W.

Sargent, C. S.

Watson, Sereno

Gray, Asa

Gray, Asa and Joseph D. Hooker

Johnson, J. E.

Jones, Marcus E. a,b

Jones, Marcus E.

Greene, Edward Lee

Dutton, C. E.

Gray, Asa

Hough, Franklin B.

Jones, M. E. a,b,c

Watson, Sereno

1883 Braun, A.
Hall, E. C.
Jones, Marcus E.

1884 Sargent, Charles Sprague

1885 Coulter, John M.

U. S. Bureau of the Census
Watson, Sereno

1886 Bailey, L H.

1887 Engelmann, George

1888 Jones, M. E. a,b,c,d,e
Knowlton, Frank H.
Swaner, J. C. a,b,c
Tracy, S. M.

1890 Talmage, J. E.

1891 Jones, Marcus E. a,b
Sargent, Charles Sprague

1892 Coville, F. V.
Eastwood, Alice
Jones, Marcus E.
Merriam, C. Hart

1893 Coville, Frederick Vernon
Eastwood, Alice a,b
Jones, Marcus E. a,b
Merriam, C. Hart a,b,c

1894 Jones, Marcus E.

1895 Eastwood, Alice
Jones, M. E.

1896 Coville, F. V.
Eastwood, Alice
Fortier, Samuel
Jones, Marcus E.

1897 Packard, A. S., Jr.
Rydberg, P. A.' and C. L. Shear
Sears, F. C.

1898 Merriam, C. Hart
Smith, Jared G

1899 Hedrick, U. P.
Rydberg, P. A.

1900 Gardner, Frank D. and John Stewart
Jones, Marcus E.

Knowlton, Frank N.
Rydberg, PA. a,b,c,d

76

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

1901
1902

1903
1904
1905

1906

1907
1908

1909

1910

1911

1912

1913

Rydberg, P. A.

Eastwood, Alice

Kearney, Thomas H. and Frank K.

Cameron
Rydberg, RA.
Pammel, L. H.
Potter, Albert F.
Britton, N. L.
Sanchez, Alfred M.
Greene, Edward L.
McLaughlin, W. W.

Pammel, L. H. 1914

Rydberg, P. A.
Anonymous
Jensen, A. W.
Richardson, G. B.
Thornber, J. J.
Anonymous
Fink, Bruce
Rydberg, Per Axel a,b
Anonymous
Jones, Marcus E.
MacDougal, Daniel Trembly
Paul, J. H. a,b
Butler, Bertram T.
Coulter, John M. and Aven Nelson
Cutler, John C. 1915

Frothingham, E. H.
Richardson, G B.
Utah Conservation Commission
Daines, Lyman Luther
Garrett, A. O.
Hall, H. M.

Hodson, E. R. and J. H. Foster
Jones, Marcus E.

Pammel, L. H. 1916

Rollins, G. W.
Smith, C. P.
Anonymous
Bowman, Isaiah
Chamberlain, Ralph Vary
Hodson, E. R.
Jones, Marcus E.
Meinzer, Oscar E.
Reynolds, R. V. R.

Rydberg, P. A. 1917

Stewart, Robert

Weigle, W. G. and E. H. Frothingham
Young, Levi Edgar
Boutwell, John Mason
Harris, F. S.
Nelson, Aven
Widtsoe, John A.
Cardon, P. V.
Garrett, A. O. a,b
Greeley, William B.
Johnson, Ben

Mason, Silas C.

Pammel, L. H.

Paul, J. H. and Claude T. Barnes

Paul, J. H., Claude T. Barnes, and

Elizabeth Cannon Porter
Peterson, E. G. and E. Mohr
Porter, M. Rich
Rydberg, P. A.
Stewart, Robert
Tidestrom, Ivar

Utah Conservation Commission
Anonymous a,b
Garrett, A. O.
Hedgcock, G G.
Kearney, T. H., L. J. Briggs, H. L.

Shantz, J. W. McLane, and R. L.

Piemeisel
McCain, A. C.
Merrill, Lewis A.
O'Gara, P. J. a,b,c
Pammel, L. H.
Paul, Joshua Hughes
Paul, J. H. and Claude T. Barnes a,b
Rydberg, Per Axel
Utah State Bureau of Immigration,

Labor and Statistics
Armstrong, Margaret and J. J. Thornber
Berry, Edward W.
Garrett, A. O.
Harris, F. S.
Mason, D. T.
McAtee, W. L.
O'Gara, P. J. a,b
Rydberg, P. A.
Sudworth, George B.
Barnes, Will C. and James T Jardine
Clements, F. E.
Davis, Charles A.
Gregory, Herbert E.
Harris, F. S.
O'Gara, P. J. a,b
Paul, J. H.
Rydberg, P. A. a,b
Shantz, H. L.
Sudworth, George B.
Anonymous
Butters, Frederic K.
Daines, L. L.
Fetherolf, James M.
Grosvenor, Gilbert H.
Korstian, C. F.
Maxon, William R.
McAtee, W. L.
O'Gara, P. J.
Rydberg, P. A. a,b
Saunders, Charles F.
Shreve, Forrest

Bibliography of Utah Botany

77

Standley, Paul Carpenter
Sudworth, George B.
Tillotson, C. R. a,b
Winchester, Dean E.
Young, Levi Edgar

1918 Baker, F. S.
Hartley, Carl
Maxon, William R.
Sampson, Arthur W.

Sampson, Arthur W. and Leon H. Weyl
Sudworth, George B.

1919 Anonymous
Fenn, H. E.
Garrett, A- O.

Hartley, Carl, Roy G. Pierce, and Glen

G. Hahn
Jardine, James T. and Mark Anderson
Jones, Marcus E.
Kimerer, Keith
Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson, and

H. Marsh
Maxon, William R.
Pack, Dean A.
Rydberg, P. A.
Sampson, Arthur W. a,b
Smith, Charles Piper

1920 Anonymous
Baker, F. S. a,b,c
Clements, Frederic E.
Harris, Franklin Stewart
Hartley, Carl and Glenn G. Hahn
Marsh, C. Dwight and A. B. Clawson
Paul, J. H.

Pennell, Francis W.
Saccardo, P. A.

1921 Alter, J. Cecil
Anderson, Mark
Baker, F. S.

Baker, Frederick S., C. F. Korstian, and

N. J. Fetherolf
Butters, Frederic
Garrett, A. O. a,b,c
Korstian, Clarence F. a,b,c,d
Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf
Livingston, Burton E. and Forrest Shreve
Locke, S. B.
U. S. Forest Service
Wetmore, Alexander
Zundel, George L.

1922 Anonymous
Blake, Sidney Fay
Carrol], W. E.
Dougherty, S. S.
Garrett, A. O.

James, George Wharton
Peterson, William
Rydberg, P. A.

1923 Garrett, A. O.

Hall, Harvey M. and Frederic E.

Clements
Jones, Marcus E.
Knowlton, Frank
Korstian, Clarence F.
Stewart, George
Tidestrom, Ivar

1924 Aldous, A. E. and H. L. Shantz
Cannon, George M.
Cottam, Walter P.
Forsling, C. L.

Frederick, Elfriede

Garrett, A. O.

Hammond, H. L.

Harris, J. Arthur, R. A. Gorrner, W. F.

Hoffman, J. V. Lawrence, and A. T.

Valentine

Korstian, Clarence F.

Lyman, Richard L.

Marsh, C. D.

Shantz, H. L. and R. Zon

Stewart, G. a,b

Trelease, William

1925 Baker, F. S. a,b
Craighead, F. C.
Croft, A. R.
Evans, Pansy Alice
Garrett, A. O.
Groesbeck, J. Rowe
Korstian, C. F.

Korstian, C. F. and F. S. Baker

Linford, M. B.

Norrington, A.

Paul, J. H. and F. S. Baker

Sampson, Arthur W. a,b

Shantz, H. L.

Stewart, George

Tidestrom, Ivan

White, Charles Langdon

1926 Allee, W. C.

Baker, F. S. and S. B. Locke

Barnes, W. C.

Bartram, Edwin B.

Campbell, Douglas Hougton

Cottam, Walter P.

Evans, P. Alice

Flowers, Seville

Garrett, A. O. a,b,c

Harris, Marion L.

Harrison, J. William

Payson, Edwin Blake

Sampson, Arthur W. and Harry E.

Malmsten
Sargent, Charles Sprague
Shelford, V. E.
Tanner, Vasco M.

78

Bhicham Vounc University Science Bulletin

U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on

Public Lands and Surveys
U. S. Forest Service

1927 Bartram, Edwin B.
Berry, Edward W.
Cottam, Walter P.
Eastwood, Alice

Gilman, J. C. and E. V. Abbott

Harris, J. Arthur

Hildebrand, Samuel F. and Irving L.

Towers
Meinzer, Oscar Edward
Mitchell, Guy Elliott
Norrington, A.
Peterson, W., P. V. Cardon, K. C. Ikeler,

G. Stewart, and A. C. Esplin
Beagan, Albert B.
Bydberg, Per Axel
Sudworth, George B.
Theriot, I.
Van Cott, Oscar

1928 Arnold, Frank B.
Clements, Frederic E.
Forsling, C. L.
Kartchner, James A.
Locke, S. B.

Munz, Philip A.

Parkinson, Dana

Peterson, William and D. C. Tingey

Stewart, George

Stewart, James O.

Wanlass, W. L.

Watson, Elba E.

Weight, Kenneth E.

1929 Arnold, Frank B.
Bradley, Wilmot H. a,b
Brown, Boland W.
Cottam, Walter P. a,b,c,d
Erlanson, Eileen Whitehead
Fitzgerald, O. A. a,b
Flowers, Seville

Forsling, C. L. and Earle V. Storm

Garrett, A. O.

Johnson, Ben

Locke, S. B. a,b,c

Meinecke, E. P.

Parkinson, Dana

Bydberg, Per Axel

Stewart, James O.

U. S. Congress, House Committee on

Public Lands
Woodbury, A. M. a,b,c

1930 Berry, Edward W.
Cottam, Walter P.
Croft, A. B.
Eardley, A. J.
Forsling, C. L.

Ganaux, Charles M.
Jolley, Donal J.
Jones, Marcus E. a,b
Knowlton, George F.
Locke, S. B.
Mathias, Mildred E.
Munz, Philip A.
Nelson, Enoch W. a,b
Parkinson, Dana a,b
Porter, Marlow Rich
Standley, Paul C.
Stewart, George
Tanner, Vasco M.
Taylor, T. G.
U. S. Forest Service a,b
Winkler, Ernest
Woodbury, A. M. a,b

1931 Baker, F. S. and C. F. Korstian
Becraft, B. J.

Blake, S. F.

Bradley, Wilmot H.

Burr, George O.

Cannon, S. Q.

Cottam, W. P.

Forsling, C. L.

Goodman, G. J.

Jolley, Donal J.

Munz, Philip A.

Nelson, Aven

Parkinson, Dana a,b,c

Peterson, W.

Beid, H. L.

Butledge, B. H.

Snow, Edna

Standing, Arnold

Stanton, William D.

Stewart, George, and C. L. Forsling

Svihla, Buth Dowell

Swallen, Jason B.

Tanner, Vasco M. a,b

Thornton, J. W.

U. S. Forest Service

[Utah] Special Flood Commission

Woodbury, Angus M.

1932 Anonymous
Andrews, A. LeBoy
Bailey, Beed W.
Colton, Hon. Don B.
Eardley, A. J.
Fernald, M. L.

Goodman, G. J. and C. L. Hitchcock

Gray, John

Harrison, Bertrand F.

Jolley, D. J.

Knight, Betty Marie

Martin, Thomas L. and Owen M. Davis

Mathias, Mildred E.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

79

Mushbach, Geo. E.

Patraw, Mrs. P. P.

Pickford, G. D.

Russell, Harold

Rydberg, Per Axel

Snow, Edna

Svihla, Ruth Dowell

Swallow, O. Truman

Thomas, Kathryn

U. S. Congress, House Committee on

Public Lands
Weight, K. E.
White, Walter N.
William, Louis
Woodbury, A. M. a,b

1933 Anderson, R. C.
Biddulph, Orlin
Cottam, Walter P.

Cottam, Walter P. and Kathryn E. Thomas

Dunn, Paul M.

Eastwood, Alice

Flowers, Seville a,b,c

Garrett, A. O.

Gregory, Herbert E.

Hansen, Wilford L.

Hitchcock, A. S.

Jones, M. E.

Knight, Betty Marie and W. P. Cottam

Olsen, Orange A.

Parker, Thomas C.

Parkinson, Ernest W.

Patraw, Pauline Mead

Paul, J. H.

Pennell, Francis W.

Peterson, William

Presnall, C. C. a,b

Smith, Justin M.

Standing, Aronld R.

Stanton, William D.

Starr, C. P.

Taylor, T. G. and Lee Kay

Taylor, T. G. and B. C. Pittman

Wakefield, Homer

Weight, K. E. a,b

Winsor, L. M. a,b

Woodbury, A. M.

Woodbury, A. M. and Mark Anderson

1934 Bailey, Reed W., C. L. Forsling and
R. J. Becraft

Bailey, Reed W.
Ball, Carleton R.
Barrett, Charles Elmer
Becraft, R. J.
Brown, Almeda Perry
Brown, Roland W.
Burke, Melvin H.
Cannon, George M.

Clements, Frederic E.

Darlington, Josephine

Eastwood, Alice

Flous, F.

Flowers, Seville

Hanna, Leo A.

Harris, J. Arthur, et al

Hazzard, A. S.

Hermann, Frederick J. a,b

Johnson, J. Harlan

Keck, David D. a,b

Kirkpatrick, Ruth

Nelson, Aven

O'Keson, Clifford J.

Pennell, Francis W.

Plair, T. B.

Presnall, C. C. a,b

Read, Charles E. and Roland W. Brown

Stewart, George

Steyermark, Julian A.

Sudworth, George B.

Tanner, Vasco M. and C. Lynn Hayward

Weight, K. E.

Williams, Louis a,b

1935 Bailey, Reed W. a,b
Benson, Seth Bertram
Blake, S. F.

Broaddus, Mabel Jones
Byers, Horace G.
Croft, A. R.

Dixon, Helen a,b

Dunn, Paul M.

Flowers, Seville

Gill, L. S.

Graham, Edward H.

Hazzard, A. S. a,b

Kearney, Thomas H.

Maguire, Bassett

McCarty, Edward C.

Menzies, Charles W.

Pearson, G. A.

Pennell, Francis W.

Pickford, G. D. and George Stewart

Presnall, C. C.

Pyper, George D.

Sharp, Ward McClintic

Stewart, George

Weight, K. E. a,b,c

1936 Anonymous

Bailey, Reed W. and Charles A.

Connaughton
Brown, Roland W.
Campbell, R. S.
Chapline, W. R.
Chegwidden, Maud
Chick, W. Drew
Clements, Frederic E.

80

Bricham Younc University Science Bulletin

Cook, Newell B. a,b

Croft, A. R.

Dunn, Paul M.

Eastwood, A.

Evans, Frederick R.

Flowers, Seville

Forsling, C. L., Fred P. Cronemiller, Percy

E. Melis, Arnold R. Standing, Alva A.

Simpson, and Rex King
Garrett, A. O.
Henry, L. K.
Hitchcock, C. Leo
Lars en, C. Eugene
McArdle, Richard E. and David F.

Costello
McArdle, Richard E., David F. Costello,

E. E. Birkmaier, Carl Ewing, B. A.

Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb, Alba A.

Simpson, and Arnold R. Standing
McKay, J. W. 1938

Moffett, J. W.
Nelson, Aven

Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Snow
Patrick, Ruth
Rasmussen, D. I.
Smith, Winslow Whitney
Stewart, George and S. S. Hutchings
Stewart, George and Wesley Keller
Talbot, M. W.
Tanner, Vasco M.
Tillohash, Toney
U. S. Forest Service
Wakefield, Homer
Watts, L. F., George Stewart, Charles

Connaughton, L. J. Palmer, and M. W.

Talbot
Williams, Louis O. a,b
Woodbury, A. M.
1937 Bailey, Reed W.

Bartholomew, Virga and Thomas L.

Martin
Cottam, Walter P.
Croft, A. R., Lowell Woodward, and

D. A. Anderson
Eastwood, Alice a,b
Esplin, A. C, J. E. Greaves, and L. A.

Stoddart
Farnsworth, Raymond B. and Thomas L.

Martin
Flowers, Seville
Garrett, A. O.
Graham, Edward H. a,b,c
Hardy, Ross
Johnston, Ivan M.
Jones, Marcus E. a,b
Keck, David D.
Maguire, Bassett 1939

Marshall, William H.

Marshall, William H. and Max S. Jensen

McGuire, John H.

Nelson, Lowry

Olsen, C. J.

Peterson, Howard B. and Thomas L.

Martin
Peterson, Ira L.
Piranian, George
Presnall, C. C.

Price, Raymond, and R. B. Evans
Snow, Rex T.
Thiessen, Reinhardt and George C.

Sprunk
Wakefield, Homer
Williams, Cecil S. and William H.

Marshall
Williams, Louis O.
Woodbury, Angus M.
Anonymous a,b
Adams, Thomas C.
Babcock, E. B. and G. L. Stebbins
Baker, Milo S.
Beetle, Alan A.
Bercaw, Louise O., Annie M. Hannay, and

Mary G. Lacy
Butt, Newbern I.
Byers, Horace G., John T. Miller, K. T.

Williams, and H. W. Lakin
Christensen, Dale Clair
Clausen, Robert T.
Clover, Elzada U.
Craddock, George W.
Fosberg, F. R.
Gregory, Herbert E.
Hasler, J. W. and A. L. Crawford
Knowlton, George F. and Leonard L.

Hansen
Martin, Thomas L.
McCarty, Edward C.
McKelvey, Susan Delano
Munns, E. N.
Munz, P. A.

Oborn, Eugene Timbrell
Presnall, C. C.
Price, Raymond
Shantz, H. L.
Sharpe, C. F. Stewart
Stewart, George
Stoddart, L. A., P. B. Lister, George

Stewart, T. Dean Phinney, and L, W.

Darson
Stokes, William Lee

Weaver, John E. and Frederic E. Clements
Williams, Cecil S. and Wm. H. Marshall
Woodbury, A. M.
Beal, J. A.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

81

Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F.

Eppson
Calkins, Hugh G.

Costello, David F. and Raymond Price
Cottam, Clarence and Cecil S. Williams
Cottam, Walter P.
Cronquist, Arthur
Cutler, Hugh C.
Detling, LeRoy E.
Dice, Lee R.

Dixon, Joseph S. and E. Lowel Sumner, Jr.
Ellis, Don E.
Garrett, A .O.
Gold, Herbert
Griner, Lynn A.
Hanson, Wallace R.
Harrison, Bertrand F.
Hill, George R.
Hitchcock, C. Leo
Hull, A. C.

Hull, A. C, Jr., and Thomas L. Martin
Johnston, Ivan M.
Markham, Ben S.
Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler
McVaugh, Rogers
Miner, E. L.
Munz, Philip A.
Nielson, Averil B.
Nisson, Antone W.
Plummer, Arthur Perry
Rasmussen, D. I. a,b
Rollins, Reed C.
Rowalt, E. M.

Snow, Edna and George Stewart
Stewart, George, R. H. Walker, and

Raymond Price
Turpin, R. L.
Wheeler, Louis Cutter
Woodbury, A. M.
Yeager, M. Ward
1940 Anderson, Dean A. and Ernest L. Miner
Axelrod, D. I.
Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F.

Eppson
Braken, A. F.

Brenckle, J. F. and W. P. Cottam
Brown, Roland W.
Carter, Kate B.
Clark, Ira
Cottam, Walter P., A. O. Garrett, and

Bertrand F. Harrison
Cottam, Walter P. and George Stewart
Cronquist, Arthur
Domingo, Wayne E.
Dunn, Paul M.
Ellison, Lincoln
Hanson, Wallace R. and L. A. Stoddart

Hayward, C. Lynn

Hilton, James Waldo

Holt, Wendell L.

Howell, John Thomas

Jensen, G. H.

Jones, George Neville

Knowlton, George F.

Lambert, Carlyle B.

Long, W. S.

Maguire, Bassett

Marshall, William H.

Nisson, A. W. and B. F. Harrison

Peck, Raymond E.

Preston, R. J.

Rasmussen, D. I. a,b

Richards, B. L.

Rollins, Reed C.

Roth, Arthur H., Jr.

Saunderson, Mont H.

Shantz, H. L. and R. L. Piemeisel

Smith, Arthur D.

Snow, Edna

Spencer, Joseph Earle

Stewart, George, W. P. Cottam, and

Selar Hutchings
Stockwell, Palmer
Stoddart, L. A. a,b
Tanner, Vasco M. a,b
Terry, William Z.
Woodbury, A. M. a,b
1941 Anderson, D. A.
Bailey, R. W.
Bailey, Harold E. and Virginia Long

Bailey
Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F.

Eppson
Beetle, Alan A.
Buhler, Ernest O.
Clover, E. U. and Lois Jotter
Constance, Lincoln
Dunn, Paul M.
Eastwood, Alice
Ellison, Lincoln
Evans, Thomas B.
Fautin, Reed Winget
Hilton, James W.

Holt, Wendell L. and J. E. Greaves
Hull, A. C, Jr.
Kelker, George Hills
Keller, Wesley

Knowlton, Bryant Sutton

Knowlton, George F.

Larson, E. N.

Long, W. S.

Maguire, Bassett a,b

Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren

82

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Maguire, Bassett and Robert E. Woodson,

Jr-

McAtee, W. L.

McVaugh, Rogers
Munz, Philip A.
Nord, A. G.
Olsen, C. J.
Pearse, C. Kenneth
Pitelka, Frank A.

Richards, B. L. and Lee M. Hutchins
Robb, W. L.
Snow, Rex B.
Stewart, George a,b
Stoddart, L. A. a,b
Tingey, D. C. and Bassett Maguire
Wherry, Edgar T.
Woods, C. N. a,b
1942 Anonymous a,b
Beck, D Elden
Bracken, A. F.
Bradley, George Wallace
Clayton, Vaugh A.
Cook, C. Wayne
Cronquist, Arthur
Dougall, Patricia
Eastwood, Alice a,b
Ensign, Margaret
Evans, R. T.
Flowers, Seville
Henderson, W. W.
Hochmuth, H. P., E. R. Franklin, and

Marion Clawson
Howell, John Thomas a,b,c
Kearney, Thomas H., Robert H. Peebles,

and Collaborators
Keller, Allan C.
Knowlton, George F.
Maguire, Bassett a,b
Maguire, Bassett and G. Hortin Jensen
Marshall, William H. and Lyndon J.

Leatham
McCarty, Edward C. and Raymond Price
McClintock, Elizabeth and Carl Epling
Norris, J. J.
Olsen, Orange A.
Pady, S. M.

Rodgers, Andrew Denney III
Shreve, Forrest
Smith, Justin G.
Stewart, George

Stoddart, L. A. and J. E. Greaves
Twomey, Arthur C.
Utah Writers' Project, Work Projects

Administration
Wherry, Edgar T.
1943 Andrews, H. N.
Barneby, R. C.

1944

Barnes, Claude T.

Beath, O. A.

Beetle, Alan A.

Behle, William H.

Blanch, George T. and Clyde E. Stewart

Bracken, A. F. and R. J. Evans

Bundy, Ora

Correll, Donovan S.

Croft, A. R., Lowell Woodward, and D. A

Anderson
Cronquist, Arthur a,b,c
Dice, Lee R.
Elias, Maxim K.
Ellison, Lincoln
Hayward, C. Lynn
Hitchcock, C. Leo
Holmgren, A. H.
Howell, John Thomas a,b
Hurd, Richard M. and C. Kenneth Pearse
Leonard, Ross
Maguire, Bassett
Olsen, Orange
Plummer, A. Perry
Plummer, A. Perry, Richard M. Hurd

and C. K. Pearse
Schulman, Edmund
Stewart, George

Stewart, George and John A. Widtsoe
Stoddart, L. A. a,b
Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook
Wherry, Edgar T.
Woodward, Lowell
Baker, F. S.
Barneby, R. C. a,b
Beetle, Dorothy E.

Benson, Lyman and Robert A. Darrow
Bracken, A. F.
Broadbent, Dee A.
Cain, Stanley A.
Chaney, Ralph W.
Clark, Ira
Coffmaii, W. Elmo

Doman, Everett R. and D. I. Rasmussen
Doran, C. W.

Ellison, Lincoln and A. R. Croft
Ewan, Joseph
Flowers, Seville
Gregory, Herbert E.
Hardy, Ross
Hardy, Cecil Ross
Holmgren, Arthur H.
Maguire, Bassett
Olsen, Orange A.
Ottley, Alice M.
Plummer, A. Perry

Plummer, A. Perry and George Stewart
Robinette, W. Leslie and Orange Olsen

Bibliography of Utah Botany

83

Rodgers, Andrew Denney III a,b

Smith, Arthur D.

Stewart, George

Stewart, George and S. S. Hutchings

Stoddart, L. A. a,b

Turpin, R. L.

U. S. Forest Service

Walker, R. H.

Watanabe, Seichi

Wherry, Edgar T.

Worlton, James T.

1945 Anonymous
Aldous, C. M.
Rarneby, R. C. a,b
Rarnes, Claude T.
Carter, George F.
Clark, Ira

Clements, F. E. and Clements, E. S.
Cottam, W. P.

Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans
Craddock, George W.
Craddock, George W. and Lowell

Woodward
Croft, A. R.
Flowers, Seville
Galway, Desma H. a,b
Gould, Frank W.
Gregory, H. E. a,b
Hardy, Ross a,b
Hayward, C. Lynn
Heinecke, Gertrude K.
Holmgren, Arthur H.
Kelker, George Hills
Laudermilk, Jerome D.
Murrill, W. A.
Richards, R. L.
Schulman, Edmund
Snow, Edna
Stewart, George
Stoddart, L. A. a,b,c
Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Rasmussen a,b
U. S. Forest Service
Woodbury, A.M. and Henry Norris

Russell, Jr.
Woodward, Lowell and George W.

Craddock

1946 Anonymous a,b
Rarneby, R. C.
Carr, William H.
Chamberlin, Ralph V.
Cook, Clyde John
Cottam, Walter P.
Craddock, George W.
Croft, A. R. a,b
Daston, J. S.
Ellison, Lincoln
Fautin, Reed W.

Hansen, Henry P.

Harris, Franklin S.

Holmgren, A. H.

Hutchings, Selar S.

Ives, Ronald L.

Janson, Ruel

Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel

Jones, G. N.

Keck, David D.

Knowlton, George F.

Leonard, Ross

Maguire, Rassett a,b

Maguire, Rassett and Arthur H. Holmgren

a,b
Mahoney, J. R.
McDonald, John E.
Munns, E. N.
Plummer, A. Perry
Rhoads, A. S.
Stoddart, L. A. a,b,c
Tanner, Vasco M.
Vansell, George H.
Woolley, R. R.
1947 Anonymous a,b,c,d,e,f

Railey, Reed W., George W. Craddock,

and A. R. Croft
Rarneby, R. C. a,b,c
Royle, A. C.
Rrush, W. D.
Chamberlin, Ralph V.
Cliff, Edward P.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart
Cottam, W. P. a,b
Croft, A. R.
Ellison, Lincoln a,b
Esplin, A. C.
Hansen, W. L.
Hardy, Ross a,b
Hervey, Ralph J. a,b
Hitchcock, C. Leo and Rassett Maguire
Hull, A. C, Jr. and Joseph F. Pechanec
Leonard, Ross
Leonard, R. Boyd
Leopold, Aldo, Lyle K. Sowls, and David

L. Spencer
Luke, Theron H.
Maguire, Bassett a,b
Mason, Fred
McCullough, C. W.
McKelvey, Susan Delano
McNulty, Irving B.

Mielke, James L. and Ross W. Davidson
Munns, E. N.
Nord, A. G.
Olsen, C. J.
Plummer, A. Perry
Rasmussen, D. 1.

84

Rasmussen, D. I. and Everett R. Doman
Richards, L. A.
Smith, Arthur D. a,b
Stewart, George a,b
Stewart, George and A. Perry Plummer
Thomas, Hon. Elbert D. a,b
Utah Dept. of Public Instruction
Walters, Joel
Woodbury, Angus M.
Woolley, Ralf R.
Young, Orson Whitney
1948 Anonymous a,b,c

Railey, R. W. a,b,c

Reck, D Elden

Behle, William H.

Bleak, Alvin T.

Campbell, R. S., Lincoln Ellison, and

F. G. Renner
Chapline, W. R.
Coffman, Elmo

Constance, Lincoln and Ren Hwa Shan
Costley, R. J., P. F. Allan, Odell Julander,

D. I. Rasmussen
Cottam, Clarence
Cottam, Walter P. a,b
Craddock, George W.
Croft, A. R.
Curtis, James D. a,b
Ellison, Lincoln a,b
Fautin, Reed W.
Fenley, John M.
Frehner, Leon
Green, Lisle R.
Hardy, Ross
Hayward, C. Lynn
Holmgren, Arthur H. a,b
Hunt, Charles B.
Johnston, Ivan M. a,b,c
Kay, Lee

Keller, Wesley and H. R. Hochmuth
Lillian, Walt
Little, Elbert L.
Lobenstein, Henry
Lorentzen, Eden
Low, Jessop B. a,b
Major, Jack
Marston, Richard B.
Mcllvain, E. H.
McMillan, Calvin
Partridge, Donald B.
Presnall, Clifford C.
Price, Raymond
Price Raymond, K. W. Parker, and A. C.

Hull, Jr.
Schemel, Mart Phillips
Schulman, Edmund
Smith, Arthur D.

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Sprague, Roderick, George W. Fischer,

and Jack P. Meiners
Stewart, George a,b,c,d
Stoddart, L. A.
Thorne, D. W.
Tracy, Aaron W.
Turner, Lewis M.
Tuttle, L. Elliott
Utah Academy of Sciences, Arts and

Letters
Utah Fish and Game Bui.
Wilson, Vaney T.
Wood, R. D.

Woodbury, Angus M. a,b
Woods, C. N.
Woods, John B.
Woolfolk, E. J., D. F. Costello, and B. W.

Allred
Wooley, Ralf R.
Young, Orson Whitney
1949 Anonymous a,b,c
Bailey Reed W.
Baker, Milo S.
Baker, William L.
Ball, Carleton R.
Bameby, R. C. a,b
Billings, W. D.
Brown, Roland W.
Christensen, Earl M.
Clements, Frederic E.
Ellison, Lincoln a,b
Everson, Axel C.
Farnsworth, Raymond B. and Thomas L.

Martin
Ferguson, C. W.
Flowers, Seville
Ford, Thomas Stanley
Frischknecht, Neil C.
Frischknecht, Neil C. and A. Perry

Plummer
Gregory, Herbert E.

Holmgren, Arthur H. and Bassett Maguire
Hyder, Donald N.
Keller, Wesley
Klomp, Gerard J.
Knight, Ralph A.
Lindsay, Delbert W.
Little, Elbert L„ Jr.
Lofgren, B. F.
Lull, Howard W.
Marston, Richard B.
Matson, G. A., A. Rauve, J. M. Sugihara,

and W. J. Burke
McDougall, W. B.
Nelson, Noland F.
Nielson, A. Errol
Olson, O. C.

BlBLIOCHAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

85

Plummer, A. Perry

Popov, Boris H.

Rasmussen, D. Irvin and David M. Gaufin

Robinette, W. Leslie

Schulman, Edmund

Sharp, Lee A.

Smith, Arthur D. a,b,c

Smith, Justin G.

SpendJove, J. Clifton

Sprague, Roderick and Jack P. Meiners

Stewart, George

Stoddart, L. A., A. H. Holmgren and
C. W. Cook

Tripp, George

Wood, Stephen L.

Woodbury, A. M.
1950 Anonymous a,b,c

Axelrod, Daniel I.

Bleak, A. T.

Bleak, A. T. and T. A. Phillips

Burnham, Robert C.

Chamberlin, Ralph V.

Christensen, Earl M.

Colbert, Francis Theodore

Cook, C. Wayne and Lorin E. Harris

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart

Cook, C. Wayne, David O. Williamson,
Lorin E. Harris, L. A. Stoddart, and
L. L. Madsen
Croft, A. R.

Croft, A. R. and John A. Adams, Jr.
Davidson, John F.
DeVoto, Bernard
Ewan, Joseph
Frischknecht, Neil C.
Gaufin, D. M. and others
Grant, U. S.

Gregory, Herbert E. a,b
Harris, Lorin E., Neil C. Frischknecht,
George Stewart, James A. Bennett, and
Harry K. Woodward
Hitchcock, A. S. and Agnes Chase
Hitchcock, C. Leo
Holmgren, A. H.
Hubbert, Ferris E., Jr.
Hutchings, Selar S. a,b
Julander, Odell and W. Leslie Robinette
Julander, Odell, W. L. Robinette, A. D.

Smith, and D. M. Gaufin
Keller, Wesley
Kendeigh, S. Charles, et al
Little, Elbert L., Jr.
Lull, Howard W. and Lincoln Ellison
Lull, H. W. and H. K. Orr
Martin Floyd L.
McKell, Cyrus M. a,b
Mielke, James L.

Monninger, L. V.

Murie, Margaret E.

Ortiz, Luis B.

Parker, Robert E. a,b

Parkey, Wade

Plummer, A. Perry and J. M. Fenley

Popov, Boris Hewitt and Jessop B. Low

Preece, Sherman J., Jr. a,b

Roe, Arthur L. and Kenneth N. Boe

Samuelson, John A. a,b

Schemel, Mart P.

Schulman, Edmund a,b,c

Shaw, Richard Joshua

Smith, Arthur D. a,b,c,d

Stevens, Kenneth R.

Stewart, Charles James

Stewart, George

Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook

Tangren, W. E.

Tingey, D. C.

Tingey, D. C. and F. L. Timmons

Tully, J. G, Jr., D. A. Anderson, and T. L.

Martin
Turner, George C, Jr.
U. S. Dept Interior
1951 Aldous, C. M.

Alvey, Edson and James M. Gatherum

Antrei, Albert C.

Bailey, Reed W.

Barneby, R. C.

Billings, William Dwight

Brewster, Wayne Winters

Buss, Walter R.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddard, and

L. E. Harris
Crane, Harold S. a,b
Croft, A. R. and Marvin D. Hoover
Dalton, Patrick Daly, Jr.
Dunstan, William Albert
Ellison, Lincoln, A. R. Croft, and Reed W.

Bailey
Fischer, George W.
Frischknecht, Neil C.
Gatherum, Gordon Elwood
Green, L. R, L. A. Sharp, C. W. Cook,

and L. E. Harris
Greenwood, Lucile
Houston, W. R.
Hutchings, Selar S.
Julander, Odell
Julander, Odell, D. M. Gaufin, Arthur D.

Smith, and W. Leslie Robinette
Julander, Odell and W. Leslie Robinette
Ling, Lee

Lockerbie, Mrs. C. W. and William H.
Behle

86

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Maguire, Bassett

Maguire, Bassett and Arthur H. Holmgren

Mangelson, Farrin L. and Arthur D. Smith

McCullough, Bobert A.

Miller, Elbert Ernest

Monk, Balph and George Stewart

Murdock, Joseph B.

Murphy, Joseph B.

Payne, Helen C. and Ruth L. Roche

Rasmussen, D. I.

Reimschiissel, Ernest F.

Sampson, Arthur W.

Schulman, Edmund

Stewart, George

Stoddart, L. A., Glen T. Baird, George

Stewart, Ben S. Markham, and Howard

Clegg
Stoddart, L. A., Howard Clegg, Ben S.

Markham, and George Stewart
Stoddart, L. A. and C. Wayne Cook
Stutz, Howard Coombs
Tully, J-jseph George
Wingfield, Billy H.
Wood, Stephen L.
Worthington, Keith N.
Wyman, Leland C. and Stuart K. Harris
1952 Aliman, Verl Phillips

Arnberger, Leslie P. and Jeanne B. Janish

Barneby, B. C. a,b

Cannon, Helen L.

Cook, C. Wayne and Lorin E. Harris

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and

Lorin E. Harris
Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and

Virgil L. Hart
Cottam, Walter P.
Cox Hallie L.
DeVoto, Bernard
Diem, Kenneth Lee
Ellison, Lincoln and C. M. Aldous
Fireman, Milton and Hayward, H.E.
Fireman, Milton and H. E. Hayward
Flowers, S. a,b,c
Hayward, C. Lynn
Hill, Jerrv W.
Hitchcock, C. L.
Hockmuth, H. B.
Hubbard, Richard Loren
Johnson, Clark D.
Julander, Odell
Katich, Philip Joseph, Jr.
Kay, Lee

Lankford, Robert Renninger
Liechty, William R.
Lofgren, B. F.
Low, J. B.
Marston, Richard B.

McKnight, Kent Howell

McMillan, Calvin

Mielke, James L.

Nielson, B. Lynn

Payne, Helen C.

Pendleton, B. C.

Plummer, A. Perry and Neil C.

Frischknecht
Porter, C. L.
Bobinette, W. Leslie, Odell Julander, Jay

S. Gashwiler, and Justin G. Smith
Roche, Ruth L.
Salisbury, Frank Boyer
Sampson, Arthur W.
Saul, William Emmett
Smith, A. D. a,b
Smith, Justin G.
Stokes, W. L.
Trueblood, Richard
Vest, Edwin Dean
Wolf, Kenneth E.
Young, Orson Whitney
1953 Anonymous

Abbott, Edwin Bruce

Aliman, Verl

Baekman, Gus P.

Barneby, B. C.

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart a,b,c

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and

Lorin E. Harris
Cottam, Walter P. a,b
Croft, A. B. and L. V. Monninger
Dahl, Billie Eugene
Flowers, Seville a,b
Frischknecht, Neil C., Lorin E. Harris,

and Harry K. Woodward
Fuller, Bobert Weeks
Hart, Virgil Lee
Hawksworth, Frank G.
Hilmon, Junior B.

Hutchings, Selar S. and George Stewart
Jansen, Leonard L. and Eugene S. Cronin
Julander, Odell
Kollmorgen, Walter M.
Linford, Ernest H.
Little, Elbert L., Jr.
McVaugh, Bogers
Murdy, Horatio Williams
Nelson, Noland F.
Payne, Willis Beed
Peattie, Donald Culrose
Porter, C. L.

Preece, S. J., Jr. and B. L. Turner
Robinson, Max E. and Darrell H.

Matthews
Rognrud, Merle J.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

87

Saul, William Emmett and Seville Flowers

Sigler, William F. a,b

Smith, Arthur D.

Smith, Glenn William

Smith, Justin G. and Ode 11 Julander

Stoddart, L. A., C. W. Cook, and B. P.

Gomm
Tackle, David and D. 1. Crossley
Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee
Tingey, D. C.
Udy, Jay R.
U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on

Agriculture and Forestry
Vest, E. Dean and W. P. Cottam
Wardle, Wiliam Duane
Wilson, F. Douglas
19.54 Anonymous a,b

Ashman, Roland Bruce

Baker, Virgil Raymond

Barneby, R. C.

Burkey, Naia H.

Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and L. E.

Harris
Cottam, Walter P.
Crane, Harold
Ellison, Lincoln
Flowers, Seville a,b
Hall, Heber Horace
Hall, Heber H. and Walter P. Cottam
Harrison, Bertrand F.
Houston, Walter R.
Hutchings, Selar S.
Kendeigh, S. Charles
Lemke, Armond Edwin
Nelson, Noland F.
Pechanec, Joseph H., George Stewart, A.

Perry Plummer, Joseph H. Robertson,

and A. C. Hull, Jr.
Peterson, D. L.
Salisbury, Frank B.
Schulman, Edmund a,b,c
Smith, Arthur D. and Richard L. Hubbard
Tackle, David

Tanner, Vasco M. and Gerald L. Nielsen
Tingey, D. C. and C. Wayne Cook
Trueblood, Richard Wayne
U. S. Congress, House Committee on

Interior and Insular Affairs
Winters, Wayne Street
Woodbury, A. M.
Works Project Administration Writers'

Program
1955 Anonymous a,b,c

Bailey, Virginia Long and Harold

Edwards Bailey
Behle, William H.

Burton, Warren Hepburn, Jr.

Castle, Elias Smith

Christensen, Earl M.

Cooke, William B.

Cottam, Walter P. and Rudy Drobnick

Dahlgren, Robert B.

Deaver, Chester F. and Horace S. Haskell

Denney, Alice

Ellison, Lincoln

Flook, Donald R.

Flowers, Seville

Frischknecht, Neil O. and A. Perrv

Plummer
Gaufin, Arden R. a,b
Gomm, Fred B.
Hancock, Norman V.
litis, Hugh H.
Jones, Volney H.
Julander, Odell a,b,c
Krygier, James T.
Lee, W. O. and F. L. Timmons
Lewis, Harlan, and Margaret Ensign

Lewis
Lewis, Mont E.
Lloyd, Russell Duane
Marston, Richard B.
McGinnies, W. G.
Mills, John A.
Nelson, Noland F. a,b,c
Olsen, C. J.
Olsen, Richard Louis
Phillips, Hugh J.
Phillips, Lyle L.
Plummer, A. Perry, A. C. Hull, Jr., George

Stewart, and Joseph H. Robertson
Porter, Richard D.

Robinson, M. E. and D. H. Matthews
Saul, William Emmett
Shippee, E. Allen
Sigler, William F.
Smith, Arthur D.
Stoddart, Laurence A. and Arthur D.

Smith
Thatcher, Lynn M.
Tillett, Stephen S.
Tingey, D. C.
Turner, Robert B.
U. S. Dept. Interior
University of Utah, Ecological Research

a,b
Vest, Dean
Vickery, Robert K.
West, Rolan

Wingfield, Billy and Jessop B. Low
Woodbury, A. M. a,b
Woodbury, Lorraine
Wormington, H. M.

Bhicham Young Univehsity Science Bulletin

Young, Stanford a,b
1956 Anonymous a,b,c

Anderson, Russell D.

Ball, Wilburn N.

Barneby, R. C.

Bateman, George Q. and Wesley Keller

Bennett, John

Camp, Harry W.

Chatwin, Sterling Larry

Christensen, Earl M.

Clark, William J.

Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and

Lorin E. Harris
Cottam, Walter P. and John M. Tucker
Darling, F. Fraser
Daston, J. S.
Ehrendorfer, Friedrich
Enyeart, George W.
Finn, L. E.
Gates, Dillard H. a,b
Gates, D. H., L. A. Stoddart, and C. W.

Cook
Chiselin, Jon Brewster
Griffin, Gerald D.
Griffin, Gerald D. and Don M. Rees
Heaton, Vard H.
Killpack, Merlin L.
Mann, David H.
McDonald, Donald B.
McVaugh, Rogers
Mitchell, James E.
Nielson, Arlan Kent
Oosting, Henrv J.
Pase, C. P.

Quigley, Blaine Howard
Rosa, J. M. and A. R. Croft
Schulman, Edmund

Shaw, Samuel P. and C. Gordon Fredine
Sprague, Roderick
Struble, Robert G. and A. R. Croft
Tackle, David
Utah Legislative Council
Vickery, Robert K., Jr. a,b,c
Vickery, Robert K., Jr. and Richard L.

Olson
Weigand, Edwin F.
Witte Penlope
Wolf, Kenneth E.
Woodbury, A. M. a,b
Young, William S.
1957 Anonymous a,b,c

Anderson, Russell D. and Don M. Rees

Benson, Lyman a,b

Christensen, Earl M.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and

Lorin E. Harris

Cronquist, Arthur

DeBano, Leonard Francis

Dunn, David B.

Eardley, A. J., Vasal Gvosdetsky, and

R. E. Marsell
Ehrendorfer, F.
Flannery, John S. a,b
Flowers, Seville
Gaines, Xerpha
Gates, John M.
Gaufin, Arden R.
Harrison, Bertrand F.
Harrison, Bertrand F. and Richard F.

Nelson
Hutchinson, S. Blair and John H.

Wikstrom
Imshaug, Henrv7 A.
Jones, Dale
Kent, Kate Peck
Kinsinger, Floyd E.
Martin, Alex C, Roy C. Erickson, and

John H. Steenis
McConnell, William J., William J. Clark,

and William F. Sigler
McKnight, Kent H.
Mielke, James L. a,b
Mukherjee, Barid B., Delbert Wiens, and

Robert K. Vickery, Jr.
Nelson, Richard Folsom
Orr, Howard K.
Packer, Paul E.
Peck, R. E.
Plummer, A. Perry
Plummer, A. Perry, Robert L. Jensen, and

Homer D. Stapley
Pratt, Gene A.

Pratt, Gene A. and Kent H. McKnight
Sarmiento, Roberto
Smith, Arthur D. a,b
Solheim, W. G.
Speirs, Roy D.

Speirs, Roy D. and Don M. Rees
Stewart, George
Thomas, Lindsey K., Jr.
U. S. Dept. Interior, Water Resources

Division
University of Utah, Bureau of Economics

and Business Research
Welsh, Stanley L.

Welsh, Stanley L. and Earl M. Christensen
Woodbury, A. M. ct al.
1958 Anonymous a,b

American Forest Products Industries
Axelrod, D. I.
Bailey, Reed W.
Baxter, John W.
Behle, William H. a,b

Bibliography of Utah Botany

89

Behle, William H., John B. Bushman, and
Clifton M. Greenhalgh

Bulkley, Ross V.

Chamberlain, Norman Vance

Christensen, Earl M. a,b,

Clark, L. K. and E. L. Noble

Clark, William J.

Cook, C. W.

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and
Floyd Kinsinger

Craddock, George W.

Curtis, James D.

Daniel, T. W. and G. H. Barnes

Day, Franklin D.

Dewey, W. G. and D. C. Tingey

Drobnick, Rudy

Dunford, Max P.

Ellison, Lincoln and W. R. Houston

Floyd, J. Whitney

Floyd, J. Whitney and T. W. Daniel

Frykman, Joel K.

Gaufin, Arden R.

Greenhalgh, Clif

Harlow, William M. and Ellwood S.
Harrar

Harshberger, John W.

Haskell, Horace S.

Hayward, C. Lynn, D Elden Beck, and
Wilmer W. Tanner

Herman, F. R.

Holmgren, Arthur H.

Jackson, Norman H.

Jepson, Carl E. and Leland F. Allen

Julander, Odell

Kay, Lee

Kimball, Annie C.

Lewis, Mont E.

Maguire, Bassett

Marston, Richard B. a,b

McConnell, William J.

McKnight, Kent H. and David L.

Mumford
Mead, David R.
Moyle, Richard W.
Mulaik, Stanley B. a,b
Mumford, David L.
Ogden, Phil Reed
Ownbey, Gerald B.
Parker, Donald E.
Peterson, H. B.

Pieper, Rex D.
Quinn, Barry George
Reimschussel, Ernest F.
Shaw, Robert K.
Sigler, William F.
Smith, Arthur D.

Southard, Alvin R.

Steele, Paul L.

Tackle, David

Taylor, Bob J.

Thomas, Art

Thomas, L. Kay, Jr. and Howard S. Stutz

Treshow, Michael and J. Fred Scholes

Vickery, Robert K., Jr. and C. Dwayne

Ogzewalla
Weller, Milton W., Billy H. Wingfield,

and Jessop B. Low
Winterton, Bert W.
Woodbury, Angus M., et al.
Zobel, Keith W.
1959 Anonymous a,b,

Anderson, Loran C.

Brown, Roland W.

Christensen, Earl M. a,b

Chura, Nicholes J.

Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart

Cook, C. Wayne, L. A. Stoddart, and

Lorin E. Harris
Cottam, Walter P., John M. Tucker, and

Rudy Drobnick
Drobnick, Rudy
Ellison, Lincoln

Flannery, John and Temp Reynolds
Flowers, Seville a,b,c
Floyd, J. Whitney a,b
Frischknecht, Neil C.
Graham, Jay E.
Harper, Kimball T.
Harris, Lorin E., Wayne Cook, and John

E. Butcher
Hawkes, H. Bowman
Heggen, Albert W.
Hinman, Robert A.
Julander, Odell and Nick Chournos
Julander, Odell, Jessop B. Low, and

Owen W. Morris
Lacy, Charles H.
Lindsay, Delbert W.
List, Peter

Lloyd, Russell Duane
Lockerbie, Charles W.
Mahoney, J. R.

McConnell, W. J. and W. F. Sigler
Michaelsen, Leon
Miller, Grant Leslie

Nixon, Elray S. and Earl M. Christensen
Patraw, Pauline Mead and Jeanne R.

Janish
Phelps, John E.
Pieper, Rex, C. Wayne Cook, and Lorin

E. Harris
Plummer, A. Perry

90

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Plummer, A. Perry and Homer D. Stapley
Plummer, A. Perry, Homer D. Stapley,

and Donald R. Christensen
Reimschiissel, Ernest F.
Sherwood, Glen Allan
Smart, Herbert
Smith, Gerald R.
Steeves, Margaret Wolfe
Wells, Philip V.
Stapley, Homer D. and Don R.

Christensen
Winn, Jess

Woodbury, Angus M. a,b
Woodbury, Angus M., Stephen D.

Durrant, and Seville Flowers
1960 Anonymous a,b,c

Railey, Reed W. and Otis L. Copeland, Jr.

Barkley, Theodore M.

Beck, James Stephen

Becker, H. F.

Beetle, A. A.

Behle, William H.

Bennion, G. C.

Berryman, Jack H. a,b

Bessey, Gerald E.

Brown, Raymond C.

Buchanan, Hayle

Bullinger, Wilbur George

Bums, J. M.

Calder, J. A. and D. B. O. Savile

Carnahan, Glenn F.

Chamberlain, Norman V.

Chapman, V. J.

Cline, Morris G.

Cook, C. Wayne and Dillard H. Gates

Cook, C. Wayne and Russell D. Lloyd

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart

Copeland, O. L.

Corn well, George William

Craddock, George W.

Cronin, Eugene H.

Dayton, William A.

Davis, Clark D.

Drobnick, Rudy

Edlefsen, James L.

Edlefsen, James L., C. Wayne Cook, and

Joseph T. Blake
Ellison, Lincoln
Fisher, D. J., C. E. Erdmann, and J. B.

Reeside, Jr.
Flowers, Seville
Foster, Harris Norman
Gaufin, Arden R., Gerald R. Smith, and

Phil Dotson
Gillett, George W.
Goebel, Carl f.
Goebel, Carl J. and C. Wayne Cook

1961

Goodwin, D. L.

Hales, Donald C.

Hall, Heber H. and Gerald T. Groves

Hawkes, H. Bowman

Hays, James Douglas

Heckard, Lawrence R.

Kay, Lee a,b

Kearney, Thomas H., Robert H. Peebles,

and Collaborators
Kier, Lemont B. and Taito O. Soine
Krishnamra, Judha
Lawler, Robert E.
Lindsay, Delbert William
Lloyd, Russell D. and C. Wayne Cook
Mahaffey, Juanita
Meeuwing, Richard O.
Mukherjee, Barid B. and Robert K.

Vickery, Jr.
Nave, Robert Harry
Nielson, Harry Stewart
Page, Richard J.
Pflugbeil, Ernst
Ream, R. R.

Reynolds, Temple A., Jr.
Rich, Royal A. a,b
Smith, Arthur D.
Solbrig, Otto T.
Spendlove, Earl
Stone, Robert Carr
Tingey, D. C.
Turner, Christy G. II
Utah Shade Tree Commission
Wells, Philip V.
Williams, Kenneth L.
Woodbury, Angus M.
Woodbury, Angus M., Stephen D.

Durrant, and Seville Flowers
Baasher, Mustafa M.
Bailey, Reed W. and Otis L. Copeland
Bennion, Glynn Colin, Robert K. Vickery

and W. P. Cottam
Berryman, Jack H.
Christensen, Earl M. a,b
Christensen, Earl M. and B. F. Harrison
Chura, Nicholas

Chura, Nicholas J. and Jessop B. Low
Clark, William J. and William F. Sigler
Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne and Thadis W. Box
Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart
Cottam, Walter P. a,b
Dixon, Dorothy

Dodge, Natt N. and Jeanne R. Janish
Drobnick, Rudy
Edwards, Harold L.
Erdman, Kimball Stewart
Evitt, William R.

Bibliography of Utah Botany

91

Flowers, Seville

Gatherum, Gordon E.

Goede, Ronald W.

Hanson, Herbert C. and Ethan D.

Churchill
Haring, Inez M.
Hawks worth, Frank G.
Hevly, Richard H.
Hibbert, Alden Ron
Jensen, Robert L.
Knowlton, George F.
Lewis, Clifford E.

Marston, Richard B. and Odell Julander
Mia, M. M. and R. K. Vickery, Jr.
Mielke, James L.
Moldenke, Harold N.
Nixon, Elray S.
Preston, Richard J.
Reavley, William L.
Richens, Voit B.
Robel, Robert J. a,b,c
Roberts, N. K.
Ronco, Frank
Shumway, Lewis Kay
Smith, Arthur D.
Stern, Kingsley R.
Tucker, John M.
Vallentine, J. F.
Vickery, Robert K., Jr.
Vickery, Robert K., Jr. and Delbert W.

Lindsay
Wride, Charles Hayward
1962 Anonymous

Allan, John Stevens

Anderson, Neal Warren

Anderson, Roger A. and William A. Weber

Arnold, C. A.

Arnold, Chester A. and Walter Sadlick

Bailey, Virginia Long

Barmore, William J., Jr.

Benson, Lyman

Berwick, V. K.

Bolen, Eric George

Brun, Jorge M.

Cannon, Orson S.

Carlson, Leland H.

Carozzi, Albert V.

Christensen, Earl M. a,b,c

Chura, Nicholas J.

Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne and Carl J. Goebel

Cook, C. Wayne and Rex Hurst

Cook, C. Wayne, Kent Tavlor, and

Lorin E. Harris
Crane, Harold S.
Croft, A. R.
Daniel T. W.

Davis, Clark D.

Ebinger, John E.

Egoscue, Harold J.

Fischer, V. L.

Floyd, J. Whitney

Froiland, Sven G.

Gillett, George W.

Goodwin, D. L.

Gould, Frank W. and Zarir J. Kapadia

Grittanugulya, Narong

Hanna, Marian Lucy

Hanson, Craig Alfred a,b

Hawksworth, Frank G. and James L.

Mielke
Henderson, Norlan C.
Holmgren, Arthur H. a,b
Hull, A. C, Jr. a,b
Ibrahim, Kamal
Jefferies, Ned W.
Johnson, Margaret E.
Julander, O.
Kleinhampl, Frank J.
Linsley, E. G. and J. W. Macswain
McDonald, Donald Burt
McKnight, K. H. and J. Keith Rigby
Moessner, Karl E.
Mulaik, Stanley B.
Nielson, R. D.
Olsen, Chester J.
Pohl, Richard W.
Pritchett, Clyde Lee
Reimschussel, Ernest F.
Raven, Peter H.
Robel, Robert J.

Sneva, Forrest A. and D. N. Hyder
Squillace, A. E. and Roy R. Silen
St. John, Harold
Taylor, J. Kent
Tidwell, William D. a,b.c
Tinker, F. A.
U. S. Forest Service
Utah Conservation Needs Committee
Utah Forest Industries Committee
Vest, E. Dean a,b
Waite, Robert Stan-
Williams, Kenneth L. and Nels Bogh
Williams, M. Coburn, Wayne Binns, and

Lynn F. James
Wilson, Alvin K.
Winn, D. S.
Woodbury, Angus M. and Clarence

Cottam
1963 Allred, J. R.

Anderson, Max Arthur
Anonymous
Beale, Donald
Bliss, Gary L.

92

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Brun, Jorge M. and Thadis W. Box
Carlson, G. W.
Choate, Grover A.
Christensen, Earl M. a,b,c,d
Christensen, Earl M. and Baymond C.

Brown
Christensen, Earl M. and Stanley L. Welsh
Cole, Franklin B.
Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne and x\ed Jefferies
Cook, C. Wayne and Clifford E. Lewis
Cook, C. Wayne and Karl G. Parker
Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart
Cottam, Walter P.
Craighead, John J., Frank C. Craighead,

Jr. and Bay J. Davis
Cronquist, Arthur

Currie, Pat O. 1964

Dastrup, Bernard Curtis
Eyre, S. B.
Frischknecht, Neil C.
Funk, William H.
Gregory, Herbert E.

Hanks, David L.

Harrison, Bertrand F.

Henssen, Aino

Hermann, F. J.

Holmgren, Arthur H.

Huff, Clairon L.

Hull, A. C, Jr. a,b

Hull, A. C, Jr., Balph C. Holmgren, W. H.
Berry, and Joe A. Wagner

Hunt, J. D.

Ibrahim, Kamal M.

Jeffery, Duane Eldro

Johnson, Carl M.

Kaushik, D. K.

Kothmann, Merwyn Mortimer

Larson, Emery M.

Mann, David H.

Marston, Bichard B.

Martin, Paul S.

Mason, Lamar B. a,b

McNulty, Irving

Moore, B. J. and C. Frankton

Nelson, David Lavar

Neubauer, Theodore A.

Noble, Edward L.

Owen, Thomas J.

Phillips, Max L.

Pitts, LaVal M.

Pitts, LaVal M. and Howard C. Stutz

Plummer, A. Perry, Donald B. Christensen
and Stephen B. Monson

Porsild, A. E.

Bobel, B. J.

Boberts, N. K. and E. B. Wennergren

Setty, M. G. Anantha Padmanabha a,b

Shelf ord, Victor E.

Smith, Arthur D.

Standing, Arnold B.

Stevens, Gordon J.

Stoddart, L. A. a,b,

Tanner, Wilmer W.

Teeter, James Wayne

Treshow, Michael

Treshow, Michael, Stanley L. Welsh, and

Glen Moore
U. S. Forest Service, Intermountain

Begion
Webster, Grady L. and Kim I. Miller
Welsh, Stanley L.
Wilson, F. Douglas
Workman, Gar W.
Anonymous
Anderson, Loran C.
Andriano, Donald
Barneby, B. C.
Barnett, L. Bruce a,b
Bass, C.

Behle, William H.
Bird, Douglas Marion
Bolen, Eric G.
Boulter, Kay
Cannon, Helen L.
Cannon, Orson S.
Choate, Grover A.
Christensen, Earl M. a,b,c,d
Christensen, Earl M. and Hyrum B.

Johnson a,b
Christensen, Earl M. and Elray S. Nixon
Cook, C. Wayne

Cook, C. Wayne and L. A. Stoddart a,b
Coombs, Bobert E.
Dewey, Douglas B.

Downey, John C. and David B. Dunn
Ellison, William L.
Fields, Larry
Gifford, Gerald Frederic
Gleason, Henry A. and Arthur Cronquist
Gonzales, Martin H.
Harrison, Bertrand F., Stanley L. Welsh,

and Glen Moore
Hermann, F. J.
Hicks, Charles E.
Horton, Jerome S.
Hunt, A. C.
Hunt, J. D.

Hunt, John D. and William G. Poulsen
Johnson, Hyrum B.
Kiichler, A.' W.
Lamb, Harold B.
Leonard, Paul D.
Lindsay, Delbert W.

Bibliography ok Utah Botany

93

Miller, Robert L. and Grover A. Choate

Moore, R. R.

Mosquin, Theodore

Mott, Ralph Lionel

Papenfuss, Herbert D.

Peterson, Levi S.

Plummer, A. Perry, Donald R. Christensen

and Stephen B. Monsen
Poulsen, William G.
Price, Raymond
Pyrah, Grant L.

Rabe, Fred W. and Arden R. Gaufin
Ream, Robert Day
Reed, Clyde F.
Reimschiissel, Ernest F.
Roberts, N. Keith and B. Del worth

Gardner
Rosenfield, Irene and Orville A. Beath
Salisbury, Frank B.
Sehultz, John D. a,b
Smith, Arthur D.
Spencer, John S., Jr. a,b
Stokes, Wm. Lee
Stutz, Howard C. and L. Kay Thomas

Theobold, William L., Charles C. Tseng,

and Mildred E. Mathias
Tocher, S. Ross and J. D. Hunt
Treshow, Michael and Lloyd G.

Trans trum
Unterman, G. E. and B. R. Untermann
Utah Historical Quarterly
Vickery, Robert K., Jr.
Walker, Don D.
Welsh, Stanley L.
Welsh, Stanley L., Michael Treshow, and

Glen Moore
Woodbury, Angus M.
Zimmerman, Josephine

No

date Baird, Glenn T.

Flowers, Seville a,b,c

Madsen, Marion J.

Reuss, Lawrence A. and George T. Blanch

U. S. Forest Service a,b,c

U. S. Forest Service, Intermountain
Region a,b

Weight, Kenneth E.

INDEX

This index is based on the titles of the articles. In general, subjects which are discussed in the
articles but which are not indicated in the titles are not indexed specifically.

Abies ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology, trees )
Locke, S. B. 1929b
Sudworth. C. B. 1916
kmiocarpa

Mielkc, |. 1.. 19371)
Nelson. D. L. 1963
Honco, F. 1961
Acer ( See also mountain brush, oak-maple brush, plant
ecology, trees )

glabrum, Keller, A. C. 1942
grandidentatum

Christensen, E. M. 1958, 1962c
Christensen, E. M. and E. S. Nixon. 1964
Genaux, C. M. 1930
Swaner, J. C. 1888c
U. S. Forest Service. 1930
sacchurum gmndideniatum (See grandidentatum)
Aecidium giliae, Jones, M.E. 1879
Aegilops cylindrica, Dewey, W. G. and D. C. Tingey.

1958
Agaricaceae, Brown, R. C. I960
Agave, Merriam, C. H. 1893c

agencies, land management. Floyd, J. W. 1959a, b
agriculture ( See also dry farming, farmers, farm lands,
pastures, range management, livestock)
Anon. 1960b
Carrol, W. E. 1922
conservation. Baker, V. R. 1954

farmers. Woods, C. N. 1941a
geography, Wride, C. H. 1961
grazing ecology, Stewart. G. 1941
history

Anon. 1938a

Knowlton, B. S. 1941
Navajo Indian Reservation, Burton, W. H., Jr. 1955
predator control. Prcsnall, C. C. 1948
resource problems. Nelson, L. 1937
tree planting, Dunn. P. M. 1933
Uinta Reservation, McLaughlin, M. W. 1905
villages, southern Utah, Spencer, J. E. 1940
Agropi/ron

Abbott. E. E. 1953

Bleak, A. T. 1950

Colbert, F. T. 1950

Cook. C. W. 1959

Cook, C. \V. and L. A. Stoddart. 1951

Frischknecht, N. C, L. E. Harris, and H. K.
Woodward. 1953

Gomm, F. B. 1955

Hubbert, F. E.Jr. 1950

Hull, A. C. . 1963a. 1964

Hyder. D. N. 1949

Keller, W. 1950

Kinsinger, F. E. 1957

Lloyd, R. D. 1959

Ogden, P. R. 1958

94

Bkigham Young University Science Bulletin

Peterson, H. B. 1958
Plummer, A. P. 1944
cristatum

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1953b
Cook, C. W. and L. E. Harris. 1952
Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1953
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart. and F. E. Kin-
singer. 1958
Dewey, D. R. 1964
Frischknecht, N. C. 1963

Harris, L. E., G. Stewart, N. C. Frischknecht,
J. A. Bennett, and H. K. Woodward. 1950
Leonard, P. D. 1964
dasystachyum, Winterton, B. W. 1958
elongatiim

Christensen, E. M. 1963d
Frischknecht, N. C. 1950
Leonard, P. D. 1964
inerme

Hanson, W. R. 1939
Hanson, W. R. and L. A. Stoddart. 1940
pseudorepens, Pohl, R. W. 1962
repens, Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953
smithii, disease

O'Gara, P. J. 1915b, 1916a, b, 1917
Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946
spicatum ( See also inerme )

Christensen, E. M. 1961a, 1963b
Dewey, D. R. 1964
Dunford, M. P. 1958
Pitts, L. M. 1963
Stoddart, L. A. 1945c, 1946b
subsecundum

Shumway, L. K. 1961
Witte, P. 1956
trachycaulum

Hanna, M. L. 1962
Pitts, L. M. 196.3
Shumway, L. K. 1961
Agropyron-Horeum, cytological study. Ashman. R. B.

1954
Agropyron-Poa community, Christensen, E. M. 1961a,

1963b
Ailanthus altissima, Russell H. 1932
air pollutants, Treshow, M. and L. G. Transtrum. 1964
air survey, botanical, Barrett, C. E. 1934
Aletes macdougalii breviradiatu.s, Theobald, W. L., C. C.

Tseng, and M. E. Mathias. 1964
alfalfa, Carroll, W. E. 1913
alfilaria, Thomber, J. J. 1906

algae, (See also aquatic plants, periphyton, phytoplank-
ton, water)

Anderson, D. A. 1941
Anderson, M. A. 1963
Bradley, W. H. 1929a. b
Braun, A. 1883
Bulkley, R. V. 1958
Carozzi, A. V. 1962
Chatwin, S. L. 1956
Christensen, E. M. 1956, 1962a, 1963b
Clark, W. J. 1956, 1958
Clark. W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1961
Coombs, R. E. 1964
Dairies, L. L. 1910, 1917
Davis, C. A. 1916
Dunstan, W. A. 1951
Eardley, A. J. 1932. 1957

Eardley, A. J.. V. Gvosdetsky, and R. E. Marsell.
1957

Elias, M. K. 1943

Evitt, W. R. 1961

Farnsworth, R. B. and T. L. Martin. 1949

Flowers, S. 1933, 1934, 1942, 1959b, n.d. (a, b)

Foster, H. N. 1960

Funk, W. H. 196.3

Goede, R. W. 1961

Griffin. G. D. 1956

Griffin, G. D. and D. M. Rees. 1956

Harrison. J. W. 1926

Hasler, J. W. and A. L. Crawford. 1938

Hazzard, A. S. 1934, 1935a

Hervey. R. J. 1947a, b

Hevly, R. H. 1961

Hicks, C. E. 1964

Hildebrand. S. F. and I. L. Towers. 1927

Ives, R. L. 1946

Johnson, J. H. 1934

Kirkpatrick, R. 1934

Knowlton, F. H. 1888

Martin, T. L. 1938

McDonald, D. B. 1962

Mitchell, J. G. 1956

Moffett, J. W. 1936

Nave, R. H. 1960

Norrington, A. 1924, 1927

Pack, D. A. 1919

Packard. A. S.Jr., 1897

Patrick, R. 1936

Peck, R. E. 1940, 1957

Peterson. H. B. and T. B. Martin. 1937

Piranian, G. 1937

Pratt, G. A. 19.57

Pratt, G. A. and K. H. McKnight. 1957

Quinn, B. G. 1958

Rabe, F. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1964

Samuelson, J. A. 1950a, b

Setty, M. G. A. P. 1963a b

Sigler. W. F. 1953b

Snow, E. 1931, 1932, 1940

Snow, E. and G. Stewart. 1939

Talmage, J. E. 1890

Untermann. G. E. and B. R. Untermann. 1964

Wood, R. D. 1948

Woodbury, A. M. 1930b, 1931, 1932b, 1933

Young, O. W. 1947, 1948, 1952
Alisma pumtago-aquutica, Ling, L. 1951
alkali salts, influence of, Clayton, V. A. 1942
alkali soils ( See also saline soils, soils )

Harris, F. S. 1915, 1916. 1920

Kearney, T. H. and F. K. Cameron. 1902

Richards, L. A. 1947
alkaloids, Argemone munita, Kier, L. B. and T. O. Soine.

1960
alkyl benzene sodium sulfonate. Hicks, C. E. 1964
Allenrolfea occidentalis

edaphic environment, Quigley, B. H. 1956

germination. Gold, H. 1939
allergic properties, pollens. Porter, M. R. 1930
Allium funiculosum. Nelson, A. 1934
alpine

biotic communities, Hayward, C. L. 1952

flora, Sampson. A. W. 1925a

lichens, Imshaug, H. A. 1957

phvtogeographical notes, Rydberg, P. A. 1913

plant succession, Murdock, J. Pi. 1951
Amelanchier, Jones, G. N. 1946
Anahacna unispora

Griffin, G. D. 1956

Bibliockaphv OF Utah Botany

95

Griffin, G. D. and D. M. Rees. 1956
antelope ( See also big game, biotic communities )

Beale, D. 1963

Hinman, R. A. 1959

Udy, J. R. 1953
antibiotics, soil, Stevens, K. R. 1950
aphids, Knowlton, G. F. 1941. 1942, 1946
Aplopappus

scopulorum hirteUus, Blake, S. F. 1935

suffruticosus typicus, Maguire, B. 1937
Aquarius Plateau, Wheeler, L. C. 1939
aquatic plants ( See also algae, mosses, water )

Anon. 1945, 1946a. 1947c, 1948b, 1949a, 1950a

Anderson. M. A. 1963

Andriano, D. 1964

Barnett, L. B. 1964a, b

Beetle, A. A. 1941, 1943

Bessey, G. E. 1960

Bolen, E. G. 1962, 1964

Braun, A. 1883

Bulkley. R. V. 1958

Carozzi, A. V. 1962

Chatwin, S. L. 1956

Christensen, D. C. 1938

Christensen, E. M. 1956, 1962a, b, 1963a, b. 1964

Christensen, E. M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961

Chura, N. 1961, 1962

Chura, N. J. and J. B. Low. 1961

Clark, W. J. 1956, 1958

Clark, W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1961

Coombs, R. E. 1964

Cottam, W. P. 1926

Daines, L. L. 1910, 1917

Dunstan, W. A. 1951

Evans, P. A. 1925, 1926

Femald, M. L. 1932

Flowers. S. 1926. 1929, 1933b, c, 1934, 1935, 1936,
1942. 1945, 1954, 1959a, b. 1960. 1961, n.d.

Foster, H. N. 1960

Frederick. E. 1924

Fuller, R. W. 1953

Funk, W. H. 1963

Garrett, A. O. 1926c

Gates, J. M. 1957

Gaufin, A. R. 1955a, b, 1957. 1958

Gaufin, A. R., G. R. Smith, and P. Dotson. 1960

Goede. R. \V. 1961

Graham, E. H. 1937

Graham, J. E. 1959

Griffin, G. D. 1956

Griffin. G. D. and D. M. Rees. 1956

Hales, D. C. 1960

Harris. J. A. 1927

Harris, M. L. 1926

Harrison, f. W. 1926

Hazzard, A. S. 1934, 1935a, b

Hervev, R. J. 1947a, b

Hevly, R. H. 1961

Hick's, C. E. 1964

Hildebrand. S. F. and I. L. Tower. 1927

Ives, R. L. 1946

Jensen. G. H. 1940

Kaushik, D. K. 1963

Kay, L. 1960b

Kimerer, K. 1919

Kirkpatrick, R. 1934

Knight, R. A. 1949

Lacy, C. H. 1959

Lawler. R. E. 1960

Lemke, A. E. 1954

Maguire, B. and G. H. Jensen. 1942

Martin, A. C, R. C. Erickson and J. H. Steenis.
1957a

Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler. 1939

Martin, T. L. and O. M. Davis. 1932

McAtee, W. L. 1915, 1917

McConnell, W. J. 1958

McConnell. W. J., W. J. Clark and W. F. Sigler.
1957

McConnell, W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1959

McCullough, R. A. 1951

McDonald, D. B. 1962

Moffett, J. W. 1936

Nave, R. H. 1960

Nelson. N. F. 1953, 1954, 1955 a, b, c

Norrington, A. 1925, 1927

Obom, E. T. 1938

Pack, D. A. 1919

Packard, A. S., Jr. 1897

Packer, P. E. 1957

Parkinson, E. W. 1933

Patrick, R. 1936

Piranian. G. 1937

Pratt, G. A. 1957

Pratt, G. A. and K. H. McKnight. 1957

Quinn, B. G. 1958

Rabe, F. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1964

Rich, R. A. 1960a, b

Robel, R. J. 1961a, b, c, 1962, 1963

Samuelson, J. A. 1950a, b

Shaw, S. P. and G. G. Fredine. 1956

Sherwood, G. A. 1959

Sigler, W. F. 1953a, b. 1955. 1958

Smith, W. W. 1936

Snow, E. 1931, 1932, 1940

Snow, E. and G. Stewart. 1939

St. John, H. 1962

Stutz, H. C. 1951

Swallow, O. T. 1932

Talmage, J. E. 1890

Tanner, V. M. 1930. 1931b

Tanner, V. M. and G. L. Nielsen. 1954

Teeter, J. W. 1963

U. S. Dept. Interior. 1955

Wakefield. H. 1937

Wetmore, A. 1921

Williams. C. S. and W. H, Marshall. 1937. 19.38

Wingfield, B. H. 1951

Wingfield, B. and J. B. Low. 1955

Wolf. K. E. 1952, 1956

Wood, R. D. 1948

Woodbury, A. M. 1930b, 1931, 1932b, 1933, 1936.
1939. 1940a, 1956b, 1959a, b, 1960

Woodbury, A. M.. et al. 1957, 1958

Woodbury, A. M., S. D. Durrant. and S. Flowers.
1959, 1960

Workman. G. W. 1963

Young, O. W. 1947, 1948, 1952

Zimmerman, J. 1964
Aquilegiu, Eastwood, A. 1895
Aragallus majusculus, Greene, E. L. 1905
Arceuthobium

Ellis. D. E. 1939

Gill, L. S. 1935

Hawksworth, F. G. 1961
archeology (See also dendroclironology )

Jones, V. H. 1955

96

Bhicham Iounc Univkbsity Science Bulletin

Kent, K. P. 1957
Arches National Monument, Harrison, B. F., S. L.

Welsh, and G. Moore. 1964
Arctium lappa, Paul, J. H. 1908a
Arctostaphylos platyphylh, Eastwood, A. 1934
Arenaria

Maguire, B. 1941a, 1946, 1947a, 1951, 1958
ccphaloidea, Goodman, G. J. 1931
filiorum, Maguire, B. 1946b
kingii kingii, Maguire B. 1947a
compacta, Maguire, B. 1947a
uintahensis, Maguire, B, 1947a
plateauensis, Maguire, B. 1947a
nuttallii, Maguire, B. 1946b

Argemone

Ownbey. G. B. 1958
munita, Kier, L. B. and T, O. Soine. 1960
Aristida longiseta, Christensen, E. M. 1964b

Arnica

Maguire, B. 1943
aruchnoidea, Bydberg, P. A. 1927
Artemisia (See also browse, northern desert shrub,
mountain brush, plant ecology, shrubs)
Beetle, A. A. 1960
Hall, H. M. and F. E. Clements. 1923
norvegia saxatilis, Maguire. B. 1937
spinescens, Billings, W. D. 1949
tridentata

Beede, A. A. 1960

Christensen, E. M. 1959b, 1961a. 1963b

Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b

Cook, C. W. 1958, 1963

Cook, C. W. and C. E. Lewis. 1963

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1951. 1960

Fenley, J. M. 1948

Gatherum, G. E. 1951, 1961

Hall, H. M. and F. F. Clements. 1923

Hortin, J. K. 1965

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1941, 1962b

Lewis. C. E. 1961

Lloyd, B. D. 1959

MacDougal, D. T. 1908

Mann, D. H. 1963

Mead, D. R. 1958

Pase, C. P. 1956

Pechanec, J. H.. G. Stewart, A. P. Plummer, J.

H. Robertson, and A. C. Hull. 1954
Smith, A. D. 1949b, 1950a, c
Stoddart, L. A. 1940, 1941, 1943, 1945b,

1946c
Stoddart, L. A„ P. B. Lister, G. Stewart, T. D.

Phinney, and L. W. Darson. 1938
Trueblood. R. W. 1954
U. S. Forest Service. 1945
vulgaris, Keek. D. D. 1946
Articularia quercina minor, Hawksworth, F. G. and J. L.
Mielke. 1962

Asclepias

Maguire. B. and R. E. Woodson, Jr. 1941
Cutleri, Barneby, R. C. 1944b
galioides

Holmgren. A. H. 1945
Marsh, C. D. and A. B. Clawson. 1920
labriformis, Holmgren, A. H. 1945
speciosa, O'Gara, P. J. 1914b
Ascomycetes, Hanks, D. L. 1963
ash trees ( See Fraxinus )

Ashley National Forest, lodgepole pine, Tackle, D. 1954

aspen (See Populus tremuloides)

Aspen Grove, Provo Canyon, Harris, M. L. 1926

Asplenium viride, Garrett, A. O. 1926b

Aster

Cronquist, A. 1940
Gray. A. 1882
foliaceus, CronquLst, Arthur. 1943
glaucodes pulcher, Blake, S. F. 1922
Asteraceae (See Compositae)
Astragalus

Jones, M. E. 1923
Wheeler, L. C. 1939
canovirins, Barneby, B. C. 1945a
castaneaeformis consobrinus, Barneby, B. C. 1949b
chloiides, Barneby, R. C. 1947a
convalhirius, Barneby, B. C. 1954

typicus, Barneby, R. C. 1947b
decumbem decumbens, Cronquist, A. 1943a
oblongifolius, Cronquist, A. 1943a
serotinus, Cronquist, A. 1943a
ensiformis glacilior, Barneby, R. C. 1944a
flexuosus diehlii, Barneby, R. C. 1945a
hamiltoni, Porter, C. L. 1952, 1953
Harrisonii, Barneby, B. C. 1964
hylophilus, Graham, E. H. 1937b
lentiginous araneosus, Barneby, B. C. 1945b
chartaceus, Barneby, B. C. 1945b
mokiacensis, Barneby, B. C. 1945b
palans, Barneby. R. C. 1945b
phityphyllidius, Barneby, B. C. 1945b
salinus, Barneby, R. C. 1945b
stramineus, Barneby, R. C. 1945b
vitreus, Barneby, R. C. 1945b
limnocharis, Barneby, B. C. 1946
Marcusjonesii, Munz. P. A. 1941
monumentalis, Barneby, R. C. 1953
Munzii, Wheeler, L. C. 19.39
specabilis, Porter, C. L. 1952. 1953
tegetarius, Barneby. B. C. 1951
Asyndesmus Lewisi, Lewis Woodpecker, Snow, R. B.
1941

Hall, H. M. and F. E. Clements. 1923
Hanson, C. A. 1962a, b
carnosa, Croft, A. R. 1925
confertifolia

Billings, W. 1). 1949
Hardy, B. 1937
Hull, A. C, Jr. 1962b
Ibrahim. K. ' 1962, 1963
Vest, E. D. 1952

Vest. E. D. and W. P. Cottam. 1953
elegans, Maguire, B. 1935
hastata, Croft. A. B. 1930
nitens, Standley, P. C. 1930
Audubon Society, Utah, Snow, R. T. 1937
Aulospermum minimum, Mathias, M. E. 1930
Austrian pine, reforestation, Greeley, W. B. 1913
Azolla curoliniana, Garrett. A. O. 1926c

Azotobacter

soil, Peterson, H. B. and T. L. Martin. 1937

survival, Anderson. D. A. 1941
bacteria

Anderson, D. A. 1941

Frederick, E. 1924

Kimmerer, K. 1919

BlBLlOCHAPHY OF UlAH BOTANY

97

O'Gara, P. J. 1915b. 1916a, b. 1917

Martin. T. L. and O. M. Davis. 1932

Peterson, E. G. and E. Mohr. 1913

Peterson, H. B. and T. L. Martin. 1937

Smith, A. D. 1949e

Smith, W. W. 1936

Spendlove, J. C. 1949

Wolf, K. E. 1956
Btihia

dissecta, distribution map, Ellison. W. L. 1964

ourolepsis, Blake, S. F. 1922
balance of nature

Ellison. L. 1955

Kay, L. 1960a

Peterson, W. 1933
balsam firs (See Allies)
Balsamorrhizu

Anon. 1908

hirsuta hgocephala, Sharp, W. M. 1935

hispiduh, Sharp, W. M. 1935
Batidophaca

humivagans, Rydberg, P. A. 1929

sabinarum, Rydberg, P. A. 1929
Bear Lake

Clark. W. J. 1956

Clark, W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1961

McConnel, W. J., W. J. Clark, and W. F. Sigler.
1957

Workman, G. W. 1963
Bear River, Williams. C. S. and W. H. Marshall. 1937,

1938
Bear River marshes

Parkinson, E. W. 1933

Wetmore. A. 1921
Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge

Christensen, D.' C. 1938

Jensen, G. H. 1940

Musbach, G. E. 1932

Piranian, G. 1937

Wilson, V. T. 1948
Bear River Migratory Waterfowl Refuge (See Bear

River Migratory Bird Refuge)
beaver, Shantz, H. L. 1938
Beaverdam Mountains. Hardy, R. 1947b
bee plants, Vansell, G. H. 1946
beetles

Tanner. V. M. and G. L. Nielsen. 1954

bark

Smith, G. W. 1953
Waite, R. S. 1962
Wood, S. L. 1949. 1951

Black Hills

Beal, J. A. 1939
Craighead, F. C. 1925

Engelmann spruce, Mielke, J. L. 1950
Benmore area, Walker, R. H. 1944

benthic algae, effects of sodium fluoride. Goide, R. W.
1961

Berberis Fendleri, Maguire, B. 1937

berry insects, Knowlton, G. F. and T. T. Hansen. 1938

Betufo Utahensis

Britton, N. L. 1904
Butler, B. T. 1909

bibliography

aquatic biology, Christensen, E. M. 1956, 1962a
botany and conservation, Christensen, E. M. 1964c
Engelmann spruce and subalpine fir, Ronco. F.
1961

geology, Buss, W. R. 1961

land utilization, Bercaw, L. O., A. M. Hannay, and

M. G. Lacy, 1938
lodgepole pine, Tackle. D. and D. I. Crossley, 1953
ponderosa pine, Roe, A. L. and K. N. Boe. 1950
Big Cottonwood Canyon
Allan. J. S. 1962
Ford, T. S. 1949
big game (See also antelope, biotic communities, deer,
elk, rangeland and range management, wildlife)
Anon. 1947d, 1949c, 1955b, 1956a, 1957a, b. c
Barmore, W. J., Jr. 1962
Beale, D. 1963
Costley, R. J.. P. F. Allan, O. Julander, D. I. Ras-

mussen. 1948
Crane. H. S. 1951a. b, 1954, 1962
Diem, K. L. 1952

Dixon, J. S. and E. L. Sumner, Jr. 1939
Doman. E. R. and D. I. Rasmussen. 1944
Drobnick, R. 1960, 1961
Evans, T. B. 1941
Flannery, J. S. 1957a, b
Flook, D. R. 1955
Gaufin, D. M. and others. 1950
Hancock, N. V. 1955
Hill. J. W. 1952
Hinman, R. A. 1959
Hubbard, R. L. 1952
Huff, C. L. 1963
Jeffery, D. E. 1963
Julander, O. 1951, 1952, 1953, 1955a, b, c, 1958

1962
Julander, O., D. M. Gaufin, A. D. Smith, and W. L.

Robinette. 1951
Julander, O. and W. L. Robinette. 1950, 1951
Julander. O., W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith, and

D. M. Gaufin. 1950
Kay. L. 1958
Kelker, G. H. 1941, 1945
Larson. E. N. 1941
Leonard, R. 1943, 1946, 1947

Leopold, A., L. K. Sowls, and D. L. Spencer. 1947
Lloyd, R. D. 1955
Locke, S. B. 1921, 1928
Low, J. B. 1948, 1952
Luke, T. H. 1947
Nielson, A. E. 1949
Olsen, O. A. 1933, 1942, 1943, 1944
Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Show. 1936
Parker, T. C. 1933
Parkinson, D. 1931c
Plummer, A. P. 1957, 1958
Plummer, A. P.. D[. R. Christensen, and S. B.

Monsen. 1963, 1964
Plummer, A. P., R. L. Jensen, and H. D. Stapley.

1957a, b
Plummer, A. P. and H. D. Stapley. 1959
Plummer. A. P., H. D. Stapley, and D. R. Christen-
sen. 1959
Presnall, C. C. 1938
Rasmussen. D. I. 1936, 1939a, b, 1940 a, b, 1947,

1951
Rasmussen, D. I. and E. R. Doman. 1947
Rasmussen, E. I. and D. M Gaufin. 1949
Reynolds, T. A., Jr. 1960
Richens, V. B. 1961
Robinette, W. L., O. Julander. J. S. Gashwiler, and

J. G. Smith. 1952
Robinette, W. L. and O. Olsen. 1944

98

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Bognrud, M. J. 1953

Shantz, H. L. 1938

Smith, A. D. 1947b, 1948, 1949a, b, 1950a, b, c,
d, 1952a, b, 1953, 1955, 1957a, b, 1958, 1961

Smith, A. D. and B. L. Hubbard. 1954

Smith, J. G. 1942, 1949, 1952

Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953

Standing, A. 1931

Stapley, H. D. and D. B. Christensen. 1959

Stoddart, L. A. 1944a

Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Basmussen. 1945a, b

Tanner, V. M. 1940a

Taylor, T. G. and B. C. Pittman. 1933

Turner, B. B. 1955

Turpin, B. L. 1939, 1944

Udy, J. B. 1953

Winkler, E. 1930

Winn, J.. 1959

Young, L. E. 1911

Young, S. 1955a, b
bio-ecological factors, Utah and Britain. Cottam, W. P.

1946
biography

Adams, T. C. 1938

Behle, W. H. 1964

Broaddus, M. J. 1935

Chamberlin, B. V. 1946, 1950

Ewan, J. 1950

Harrison. B. F. 1963

Jones, M. E. 1937

McVaugh, B. 1956

Bodgers, A. D., III. 1942, 1944a, b

Van Cott, O. 1927
biological heritage. Stewart, G. 1948a
biological reconnaissance, Navajo Mountain, Benson, S.

B. 1935

biological study, LaSal Mountains, Tanner, V. M. and

C. L. Hayward. 1934

biology, high school, Peterson, I. L. 1937

biology, teacher's guide, Cache County, Johnson, C. M.

1963
biostromes, algal, Carozzi, A. V. 1962
biotic communities ( See also plant ecology, wildlife )

Fautin, B. W. 1941, 1946, 1948

Hayward, C. L. 1942, 1943. 1945, 1948

Hayward, C. L., D E. Beck, and W. W. Tanner.
1958

Tanner, V. M. 1940b

Vest, E. D. 1955, 1962a. 1)

Woodbury, A. M. 1964
biotic provinces, Dice, L. B. 1939, 1943
biotic relationships. Woodbury, A. M. 1931, 1933
birch ( See Betula )
birds ( See also biotic communities, wildlife )

Anon. 1945, 1947c, 1949a

Bamett, L. B. 1964b

Behle, W. H. 1943, 1948, 1955. 1958a, b, 1960

Behle, W. H., J. B. Bushman, and C. M. Green-
halgh. 1958.

Benson, S. B. 1935

Carter, K. B. 1940

Christensen, D. C. 1938

Chura. N. J. 1961, 1962

Chura, N. j. and J. B. Low. 1961

Cottam, C. and C. S. Williams. 1939

Dahlgren, B. B. 1955

Enyeart, G. W.. 1956

Fautin, B. W. 1941. 1946. 1948

Fuller, B. W. 1953

Gates, J. M. 1957

Ghiselin, J. B. 1956

Hardy, B. 1937, 1945a

Hayward, C. L. 1942, 1943, 1945, 1948

Hayward, C. L., D E. Beck, and W. W. Tanner.
1958

Jensen, G. H. 1940

Johnson, C. D. 1952

Lacy, C. H. 1959

Lockerbie, Mrs. C. W. and W. H. Behle. 1951

Marshall, W. H. and M. S. Jensen. 1937

Marshall, W. H. and L. J. Leatham. 1942

Martin, A. C, B. C. Erickson, and J. H. Steenis.
1957

Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler. 1939

McAtee, W. L. 1915, 1917

Murdy, H. W. 1953

Murphy, J. B. 1951

Musbach, G. E. 1932

Nelson, N. F. 1949. 1953, 1954, 1955a, b, c

Nielson, B. L. 1952

Obom, E. T. 1938

Parkinson, E. W. 1933

Paul, J. H. 1914

Paul, J. H. and C. T. Barnes. 1914b

Pitelka, F. A. 1941

Bobel, B. J. 1961b, 1962

Snow, B. B. 1941

Taylor, T. G. and L. Kay. 1933

Tillohash, T. 1936

Trueblood, B. 1952, 1954

Twomey, A. C. 1942

Weller, M. W.. B. H. Wingfield, and J. B. Low.
1958

Wetmore, A. 1921

Williams, C. S. and W. H. Marshall. 1937

Wilson, V. T. 1948

Wingfield. B. H. 1951

Wingfield, B. and J. B. Low. 1955

Wolf, K. E. 1952

Woodbury, A. M. and C. Cottam. 1962

Woodbury, A. M. and H. N. Bussell, Jr. 1945
biscuitroot (See Lomatium leptocarpus)
bitterbrush (See Purshia tridentata)
blackbrush, Christensen, E. M. and B. C. Brown. 1963
Black Hills beetle

Beal, J. A. 1939

Craighead, F. C. 1925
blue sac disease

Martin, F. L. and O. M. Davis. 1932

Wolf, K. E. 1956
bluegrass ( See Pou )
Bonneville Basin

flora, Cottam, W. P. 1961b

Mimulus guttutus, Lindsay, D. W. 1960
Book Cliff region. Hardy. 1945a
Book Cliffs

Bichardson, G. B. 1909

Fisher, D. J.. C. E. Erdmann, and I. B. Beesidc, Jr.

1960

Boraginaceae, Johnston, I. M. 1937, 1939, 1948

botanical garden, Brigham Young University. Harrison,

B. F. 1957
Botrichium

lanceolatum, Maguirc B. and A. H. Holmgren.
1946

Lunar ia

minganense, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren.
1946

Bibliography of Utah Botany

typicum, Clausen, R. T. 1938
Bottle Springs, Ives, R. L. 1946
Bouteloua

curtipendula, Turner. C. G., II. 1960
uniflora, Gould, F. W. and Z. J. Kapadia. 1962
Boxelder County, Taylor, T. G. and L. Kay. 1933
breeding, range plants, Keller, W. 1941
Brickellia

hngifolia, Turner, C. G, II. 1960
scabra, Turner, C. G, II. 1960
bridges, natural, Mitchell, G. E. 1927
Brigham Young University Botanical Garden, Harrison,

B. F. 1957
Brighton. Lamb. H. B. 1964
bromegrass (See Bromus)
Bromus

McCarty, E. C. 1938
Plummer, A. P. 1946
incrmis

Cook, C. W. 1942
Domingo, W. E. 1940
rubens, Maguire. B. 1935
teetotum

Christensen, E. M. 1946b
Cook, C. W. and L. E. Harris. 1952
Hull, A. C, Jr. 1963a, 1964
Hull, A. C, Jr., and J. F. Pechanec. 1947
browse (See also shrubs)
Anon. 1957c
Davis, C. O. 1962
Forsling, C. L. 1929
Nelson, E. W. 1930a
Smith. A. D. 1950a, 1955, 1957, 1964
Smith, J. M. 1933
Bryce Canyon National Park
Buchanan, H. 1960
Chick, W. D., Jr. 1936
Jepson, Carl E. and L. F. Allen. 1958
Mielke, J. L. 1952
Plair, T. B. 1934
Schulman, E. 1950c
Setty, A. P. 1963

Weight, K. E. 1932, 1933a, b, 1934, 1935a, b. c.
n.d.
bryophytes

Andrews, A. L. 1932
Bartram. E. B. 1926, 1927

Flowers, S. 1926, 1929. 1933a, b, c, 1934, 1935,
1936, 1937, 1942, 1945, 1951, 1952b, 1953,
1954a, 1957, 1959b, 1961, n.d.
Ford, T. S. 1949
Graham, E. H. 1937
Haring, I. M. 1961
Sayre, G. 1938
Theriot, I. 1827
buffalo

Tanner, V. M. 1940a
Winn, J. 1959
Young, L. E. 1911
bullrush ( See Scirpus )

bunchgrass, Christensen, E. M. 1961a, 1963c
Buriston Pond, Anon. 1946a
burned-over area, Hull, A. C, Jr. 1941
bum to browse, Davis. C. D. 1962
butt rot, subalpine fir, Nelson, D. L. 1963
Cache County, Turner, G. C, Jr. 1950
Cache deer herd, Hill, J. W. 1952
Cache elk herd, Hancock, N. V. 1955

Cache National Forest

Dixon, D. 1961

Southard, A. R. 1958
Cache Valley

Bird, D. M. 1964

Fortier, S. 1896

Hanson. W. R. 1939

Miller, E. E. 1951
Cactaceae, Clover, E. U. 1938
cacti

Chaney, R. W. 1944

Clover, E. U. 1938

Clover, E. U. and L. Jotter. 1941

Daston, J. S. 1946

Jones, Marcus E. 1937b

Laudermilk, J. D. 1945

Merriam, C. H. 1893c
Calamagrostis scopulorum, Jones, M. E. 1896
Calochortus nuttallii

Grosvenor, G. H. 1917

Young. L. E. 1917
Campanulaceae, McMillan, R. 1941
canary grass, Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953
Canyonlands National Park, Anon. 1956
Canyonlands question, Crane, H.S. 1962
canyon streams, Paul, G. H. and C. T. Barnes. 1913
Capparidaceae. Ilitis, H. H. 1955
carbohydrates

McCarty. E. C. 1935

McCarty, E. C. and Raymond Price. 1942
Carbon County, Fisher, D. J., C. E. Erdmann, and J. B.

Reeside, Jr. 1960
Carboniferous flora, Tidwell, W. D. 1962
Carboniferous plant spores, Schimel, M. P. 1950
Cardamine uintahensis, Herman, F. J. 1934
Carduaceae. Rydberg, P. A. 1927
Car ex

Bailey, L. H. 1886
Lewis, M. E. 1955, 1958
Liechty, W. R. 1952

bipurtita uustromontaiw, Hermann, F. J. 1963

campylocurpa affinh, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holm-
gren. 1946

Deweyana, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren.
1946

interimus, Maguire, B. 1944

rachillis, Maguire, B. 1944

vernacular Hobsonii, Maguire, B. 1944
Caryophyllaceae, Maguire, B. 1941a, 1946a, b, 1947a,

1951
Castilleia scrabrida, Eastwood, A. 1902
Castrtleja zionis, Eastwood, A. 1941
Castle Valley, Baker, V. R. 1954
caterpillars

ash trees, Jolley. D. J. 1931

range forage consumption. Smith, A. D. 1940
cat tail. Harris, J. A. 1927
cattle ( See also livestock, range management )

Cook, C. W. and N. Jefferies. 1963

Day, F. D. 1958

Forsling, C. L. and E. V. Stom. 1929

Frischknecht, N. C, L. E. Harris, and H. K. Wood-
ward. 1953

Hubbert, F. E., Jr. 1950

Julander. O. 1955a

Julander, O. and W. L. Robinette. 1950

Peterson, W., P. V. Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G Stewart,
A. C. Esplin. 1927

100

Bricham Voun<; Univehsity Science Bulletin

Stoddart, L. A. 1944b

Walker, D. D. 1964

Walker, R. H. 1944

Young, W. S. 1956
Caulanthes pilosus, Maguire. B. 1935
Ceanothus

revision, Watson, S. 1875

utahensis, Eastwood, A. 1927

velutinus, Holmgren, A. H. 1963
Cedar Breaks National Monument

Chick, W. D.,]r. 1936

Jepson, C. E. and L. F. Allen. 1958
Cedar City, Carlson, L. H. 1962
Cedar Mountain, aspen, Dixon, D. 1961
Cedar Valley, Woodbury, L. 1955
cell sap, density, Korstian, C. F. 1924
Centauria, Tingey, D. C. 1960

Centrocercus urophasianus, ecology, Griner, L. A. 1939
Cercocarpus

cytogenetic studies, Pyrah, G. L. 1964

distribution. Martin, F. L. 1950

ledifolius

Arnold, F. R. 1929
Parkinson, D. 1929

montanus, Parkinson, D. 1929
cereal investigations, Cardon, P. V. 1913
Chaenactis, distribution maps, Stockwell, P. 1940
Chalk Creek, cloudburst, West, R. 1955
Chamaechaenactus, Preece, S. J., Jr., and B. L. Turner.

1953
chaparral (See mountain brush, oak, oakbrush)
Chara, Knowlton, F. H. 1888
Characeae, Wood, R. D. 1948
Charophyta, Peck, R. E. 1940
charophytes, Mitchell, J. G. 1959
cheatgrass ( See Bromus tectorum )
Cheilanthes Covillei, Maguire, B. 1935
Chenopodiaceae

Smith, J. G. 1898

Standley, P. C. 1917
chloride content, plants, Harris, J. A., F. A. Gortner,
W. F. Hoffman, J. V. Lawrence, and A. T. Valentine.
1924
chloride salts, effect on greasewood, McNulty, I. 1963
chlorophyll, mountain river

McConneU, W. J. 1958

McConnell, W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1959
chokecherry (See Prunus mclanocarpa)
christmas trees

Hunt, J. D. and W. G. Poulsen. 1964

Paul, J. H. 1933
chromosome counts, Mimulus

Mukherjee, B. B. and P. K. Vickery, Jr. 1960

Mukherjee. B. B., D. Wiens, and R. K. Vickery, Jr.
1957
Chrysopsis viscida cinerascens, Blake, S. F. 1922
Chrysothamus

Anderson, L. C. 1959

Hall, H. M. and F. E. Clements. 1923

tuiuseosus, Leonard, P. D. 1964

nauseosus speciosus, Snow, E. 1945

viscidiflorus, Anderson, L. C. 1964
Ciliata, Great Salt Lake, Pack, D. A. 1919
cirque lakes, fertilizing, Rabe, F. W. and A. R. Gaufin.

1964
Cirsium

arizonicum, Gould. F. W. 1945

cytotaxonomy, Moore, R. J. and C. Frankton.
1963

Citellux urmatus, ecology, Shaw, R. K. 1958

City Creek Canyon, Croft, A. R., L. Woodward, and D.

A. Anderson. 1937
Clarkia

Lewis, H. and M. E. Lewis. 1955
rhomboidea, Mosquin, T. 1964
classroom, out door, Johnson, M. E. 1962
Clavator harrisi, fossil, Mitchell, J. G. 1959
Claytonia

Umceolata

Cottam, W. P. and K. E. Thomas. 1933
Thomas, K. E. 1932
virginica, Maguire, B. 1937
clear-eye. Salvia sclarea, Barnes, C. T. 1945
Clearlake, habitat, Anon. 1945
cliffrose( See Cowania xtansburuiiui)
climatology (See also dendroclimatology, hydrology,
plant ecology, watersheds and water supply)
Alter, J. C. 1921
Baker, F. S. 1944
Burham, R. C. 1950
Campbell, R. S. 1936
Christensen, E. M. 1958, 1959a, b
Costello, D. F. and R. Price. 1939
Cottam, W. P. 1927
Cottam, W. P. and J. M. Tucker. 1956
Cottam, W. P., J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobrick.

1959
Korstian, C. F. 1921a, b, c
Livingston, B. E. and F. Shreve. 1921
Lull, H. W. and L. Ellison. 1950
Price, R. and R. B. Evans. 1937
Sampson, A. W. 1918a. 1925a
clover, disease, O'Gara, P. J. 1914a, b
Clover Creek, limnological study, Nave, R. H. 1960
Cogswellia minima, Mathias, M. E. 1932
Coleogyne ramosissima , Christensen, E. M. and R. C.

Brown. 1963
Coleoptera ( See beetles )
Colletotrichum, O'Cara, P. J. 1914a, b
Colorado Plateau

Bowman, I. 1911
Stokes, W. L. 1952
Province, Bailey, R. W. 1935a
region, Gregory, H. E. 1933
uranium-vanadium, Cannon, H. L. 1952
Colorado Plateaus, Bowman, I. 1911
Colorado River ( See also Glen Canyon, Lake Powell )
Clover, E. U. and L. Jotter. 1941
Woodbury, A. M. 1959a, b
Basin

Hayward, C. L., D E. Beck and W. W. Tanner.

1958
Schulman. E. 1945
U. S. Dept. Interior. 1950
dam controversy, Woodbury, A. M. 1956
Storage Project, U, S. Congress, House Committee
on Interior and Insular Affairs. 1954
Commandra umhrelluta, Mielke. J. L. 1961
Compositae

Anderson, L. D. 1964
Blake, S. F. 1922, 1931
Cronquist, A. 1940
Ellison, W. L. 1964
Gray, A. 1882
Maguire, B. 1943, 1947b
Maguire, B. 1947b
Rydberg, P. A. 190(kl

BlULlUGHAPHY OF UTAH BoTANV

101

conservation

Anon. 1906, 1917, 1920. 1938a, 1947b, 1948a, b.

1949b. 1950a. b, c, 1953, 1954b, 1955a, 1956b, c,

1957a, b, 1959a, 1962
Alvey, E. and J. M. Gatherum. 1951
Anderson, R. C. 1933
Andriano, D. 1964
Bailey, R. W. 1958
Baker. V. R. 1954
Ball, W. N. 19.56
Beck, J. S. 1960
Bercaw, L. O., A. M. Hannay, and M. G. Lacy.

1938
Berryman, J. 11. 1960a, b. 1961
Blanch, G. T. and C. E. Stewart. 1943
Boulter. K. 1964
Bullinger. W. G. 1960
Bundy, O. 1943
Burton, W. H., Jr. 1955
Calkins, H. G. 1939
Camp. H. W. 1956
Carlson, G. W. 1963
Carroll, W. E. 1922
Christensen. E. M. 1956, 1962a, 1964c
Chura, N. J. 1959
Coffman, W. Elmo. 1944, 1948
Cornwall, G. W. 1960
Cottam, C. 1948
Cottam, W. P. 1945, 1947a. b. 1948a, b, 1952,

1953a. b. 1961a, b, 1963
Croft, A. R. 1946a
Cutler, J. C. 1909
Darling. F. F. 1956
Davis, C. D. 1960
DeVoto, B. 1950, 1952
Ellison. L. 1940, 1955
Fenn, H. E. 1919
Fields, L. 1964

Fknnery, J. and T. Reynolds. 1959
Floyd, J. W. 1959a. b, 1962
Frehner, L. 1948
Garrett, A. O. 1913, 1923
Gaufin, A. R. 1955a
Greenwood, L. 1951
Gregory, H. E. 1945a
Groesbeck, J. R. 1925
Hall, H. H. 1954

Hall, H. H. and W. P. Cottam. 1955
Hansen, W. L. 1933
Hardy, R. 1944a, 1947a. 1948
Hawkes, H. B. 1960
Johnson, C. M. 1963
Johnson, M. E. 1962
Knowlton, B. S. 1941
Kollmorgen, W. M. 1953
Lamb. H. B. 1964
Larson, E. M. 1963
Locke, S. B. 1921, 1928
Lockerbie. C. W. 1959
Lorentzen. E. 1948
Lyman, R. L. 1924
Mahoney, J. R. 1946. 1959
McCullough, C. W. 1947
Mitchell, G. E. 1927
Mulaik. S. B. 1958a, b, 1962
Murie, M. E. 1950
Nelson, L. 1937
Nielson, R. D. 1962
Nord, A. G. 1941

Olsen. C. J. 1937, 1962

Parkinson, D. 1930a

Paul, y. H. 1908a, b, 1914. 1916

Paul, j. H. and C. T. Barnes. 1913, 1914a, b

Paul, J. H., C. T. Barnes, and E. C. Cannon. 1913

Payne, H. C. 1952

Payne, H. C. and R. L. Roche. 1951

Peterson, I. L. 1937

Peterson, W. 1922, 1931, 1933

Phelps. J. E. 1959

Porter. R. D. 1955

Price, R. 1948

Reavley, W. L. 1961

Reuss. L. A. and G. T. Blanch, n.d.

Roche, R. L. 1952

Rollins, G. W. 1910

Rutledge, R. H. 1931

Saunderson. M. H. 1940

Smart, H. 1959

Snow, R. T. 1937

Stewart, G. 1924a, b, 1925. 1928, 1930, 1934,

1947b, 1948a. b. 1949a
Stoddart, L. A. 1943a. 1963b
Stokes, W. L. 1964
Tanner, V. M. 1936, 1946
Thomas, A. 1958
Thomas. E. D. 1947a, b
Thome, D. W. 1948
Tinker, F. A. 1962
Tocher, S. R. and J. D. Hunt. 1964
Tripp, G. 1949
Turpin. R. L. 1939
U. S. Congress. 1929, 1932, 1926, 1949. 1950.

1953, 1954
U. S. Dept. Interior. 1950
U. S. Forest Service. 1921. 1926, 1930a. b, 1931,

1962, n.d.
Utah Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. 1948
Utah Conservation Commission. 1909. 1913
Utah Conservation Needs Committee. 1962
Utah Cooperative Wildlife Research Unit
Utah Dept. of Public Instruction. 1947
Utah Writers' Project. 1962
Williams, K. L. 1960
Winn, D. S. 1962
Woodbury, A. M. 1937, 1948b. 1956
Woodbury, A. M. and M. Anderson. 1933
Woods. C. N. 1941b
Woolley, R. R. 1948
Worlton, J. T. 1944
Young, O. W. 1952
conservation economics
Camp, H. W. 1956
Lorentzen, E. 1948
Nielson, R. D. 1962
Robert. N. K. 1961
Saunderson, M. H. 1940
conservation education

Anon. 1949b. 1954b, 1959a

Ball, W. N. 1956

Beck. J. S. 1960

Boulter, K. 1964

Bullinger, W. G. 1960

Comwell. G. W. 1960

Flannery, J. and T. Reyonlds. 1959

Greenwood, L. 1951

Johnson. C. M. 1963

Johnson. M. E. 1962

Mulaik, S. B. 1958a, b

102

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Olsen, C. J. 1937

Paul, J. H. 1908a, b, 1914

Paul, J. H. and C. T. Barnes. 1913, 1914a, b

Paul, J. H., C. T. Barnes, and E. C. Porter. 1913

Payne, H. C. 1952

Payne, H. C. and B. L. Roche. 1951

Peterson, I. L. 1937

Roche, R. L. 1952

Utah Writers Project, Work Projects Administration.

1942
Worlton, J. T. 1944
Conservation Education Association, Mulaik, S. B.

1958a
contour trenches, Marston, B. B. 1948
coprophilic Agaricaceae, Brown, R. C. 1960
eoprophilous Ascomycetes, Hanks, D. L. 1963
Corrallorhiza striata

Maguire. B. 1935
Williams, O. 1937
Corydalis Wetherillii, Eastwood, A. 1902
Cottam, Dr. Walter P., Harrison. B. F. 1963
cotton

Kent, K. P. 1957
Reagan, A. B. 1927
Cottonwood ( See Populus )
Coulter, John Merle, missionary in botany, Rodgers. A.

D., III. 1944
cover map, Woodbury, A. M. 1949
Cowania stansburiuna
Cline, M. G. 1960
Smith, A. D. 1964
Stutz, H. C. 1964
Thomas, L. K., Jr. 1957
Thomas, L. K., Jr., and H. C. Stutz. 1958
Crassipes annum, Swallen. J. R. 1931
Crataegus

chrysocurpu, Maguire, B. 1937
Colorado, Barnes, C. T. 1943
Crepis, Babcock, E. B. and G. L. Stebbins, Jr. 1938
crested wheatgrass ( See Agropyron cristatum )
Cretaceous

Fisher. D. J., C. E. Erdman, and J. B. Beeside. Jr.

1960
Katich, P. J., Jr. 1952
McKnight, K. H. and J. K. Bigby. 1962
Mitchell, James G. 1959
Bead, C. E., R. W. Brown. 1934
Stokes, W. L. 1952
Cretaceous-Paleocene. micropaleontology. Lankford, B.

B. 1952
cricket, Mormon, Swain, B. B. 1940
Cronartium filamentosum

Hawksworth, F. G. 1953
Mielke, J. L. 1952
crop zones, Merriam, C. H. 1898
Crossidiums, Flowers, S. 1952b
Cruciferae, Maguire, B. 1942b
Cryptantha

Barnebyi, Johnston, I. M. 1948
Grahamii, Johnston, I. M. 19.37
pustulosa, Williams, L. 1934
Rollinsii, Johnston. 1. M. 1939
Cryptogrumma Stelleri, Garrett, A. O. 1926b
cycads, fossil. Berry, E. W. 1927
Cycladenia jonesii, Eastwood. A. 1942
Cytnoptcrus

Mathias, M. E. 1930
Watsonni, Howell, J. T. 1940
Ct/nodon dactylon, Maguire, B. 1940

Cyperus

esculentus, Maguire, B. 1940
filiferus. Brown, B. W. 1959
Cypripedium fasciculatum, Williams, L. O. 1937
Cystium stramineum, Bydberg, P. A. 1929
Cytosporu, Treshow. and J. F. Scholes. 1958
cytotaxonomy

Cirsium, Moore, B. J. and C. Frankton. 1963
Gutierrezia, Solbrig, O. T. 1960
Daggett County, plant spores, Schemel, M. P. 1950
Daggett deer herd, Bichens, V. B. 1961
Dalea thompsonae, Williams, L. O. 1936
dam, Colorado River, controversy, Woodbury, A. M.

1956
Datura

Ewan, J. 1944
Patraw, Mrs. P. P. 1932
Presnall, C. C. 1935
Weight, K. E. 1935c
Davis County, Marston, R. B. 1955
deciduous tree communities, Christensen, E. M. 1961b
Deep Creek Mountains
Behle, W. H. 1955
Maguire, B. 1935

Maguire, B. and A H. Holmgren. 1946
McMillan, C. 1948
deer (See also big game, biotic communities, wildlife)
Anon. 1947d, 1949c, 1955b, 1956a, 1957a, b, c
Crane, H. S. 1954, 1962
Diem. K. L. 1952

Dixon, J. S. and E. L. Sumner, Jr. 1939
Drobnick, B. 1960
Evans, T. B. 1941
Flannery, J. S. 1957a, b
Flook, D. B. 1955
Gaufin, D. M. and others. 1950
Hill, J. W. 1952
Hubbard. B. L. 1952
Huff. C. L. 1963
Julander. O. 1951, 1952, 1953, 1955a, b, c, 1958.

1962
Julander, O.. D. M. Gaufin, A. D. Smith, and W. L.

Bobinette. 1951
Julander, O. and W. L. Robinette. 1950, 1951
Kay, L. 1958

Leopold, A., L. K. Sowls, and D. L. Spencer. 1947
Nielson, A. E. 1949
Parkinson, D. 1931c
Plummer, A. P. 1957, 1958
Plummer, A. P., D. R. Christensen, and S. I

Monsen. 1963, 1964
Plummer, A. P., R. L. Jensen, and H. D. Stapley.

1957a. b
Plummer, A. P. and H. D. Stapley. 1959
Plummer. A. P., H. D. Stapley, D. B. Christensen.

1959
Presnall, C. C. 1938
Rasmussen, D. I. 1939a, b. 1947. 1951
Rasmussen, D. I. and E. R. Doman. 1947
Reynolds, T. A., Jr. 1960(?)
Richens, V. B. 1961
Bobinette, W. L. 1949
Bobinette, W. L., O. Julander, J.. S. Gashwiler, and

J. G. Smith. 1952
Robinette. W. L. and O. Olsen. 1944
Shantz, H. L. 1938
Smith, A. D. 1947b, 1948. 1949a. b. 1950a, b, c,
d, 1952a, b, 1953, 1955, 1957a, b, 1958, 1961

BlBLlOCKAl'HY OF UTAH BolANY

103

Smith, A. D. and R. L. Hubbard. 1954

Smith, J. G. 1942, 1949, 1952

Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953

Stapley. H. D. and D. R. Christensen. 1959

Stoddart. L. A. and D. I. Rasmussen. 1945a. b

Tanner, V. M. 1940a

Taylor, T. G. and B. C. Pittman. 1933

Turner, R. B. 1955

Turpin, R. L. 1939, 1944
Deer Creek Reservoir

Funk, W. H. 1963

McDonald, D. B. 1962
dendrochronology

Ferguson, C. W. 1949

Lindsay, D. W. 1949

Schulman, E. 1943, 1945, 1948, 1949, 1950a. b,
c, 1951, 1954a. b. c, 1956
dendroclimatology ( See also dendrochronology )

Lindsay, D. W. 1949

Schulman, E. 1945, 1950b. 1954a, 1956
Dendroctonus ( See also beetles, plant pathology )

control, Smith, G. W. 1953

problems, Craighead, F. C. 1925
Descuriana, distribution, Detling, L. E. 1939
Desert Branch Experiment Range, Stewart, G. and S. S.

Hutchings. 1944
deserts (See also northern desert shrub, plant ecology,
salt deserts)

Anon. 1906. 1942b

Axehod, D. I. 1950

Beale, D. 1963

Burr, G. D. 1931

Brun. J. M. and T. W. Box. 1963

Chapman, V. J. 1960

Christensen, E. M. 1959a

Cook, C. W. 1962, 1964

Cook, C. W. and C. G. Goebel. 1962

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1963, 1964

Cook, C. W., David O. Williamson, L. E. Harris,
L. A. Stoddart. and L. L. Madsen. 1950

Cook. C. W.. L. A. Stoddart. and L. E. Harris.
1957, 1959

Cottam, W. P. 1937

De Bano, L. F. 1957

Dice, L. R. 1939

Edlefsen, J. L. 1960

Esplin, A. C. 1947

Fautin, R. W. 1941, 1946, 1948

Fireman, M. and H. E. Hayward. 1952

Flowers, S. 1934, 1942

Fosberg, F. R. 1938

Gates, D. H. 1956a. b

Gates. D. H„ L. A. Stoddart, and C. W. Cook.
1956

Lambert, C. B. 1940

Merriam. C. H. 1893a, b, c

Menzies, C. W. 1935

Parrv, C. C. 1871

Richards. L. A. 1947

Shreve, F. 1942

Smith, J. M. 1933

Starr, C. P. 1933

Stewart, G. 1941b

Stewart, G. W., W. P. Cottam, and S. Hutchings.
1940

Stewart. B. and W. Keller. 1936

Taylor, J. K. 1962

Vest, D. 1955. 1962a, b

Woodburv, A. M. 1938, 1955b. 1956, 1964

deserts, man-made, Stewart, G. 1938

desert tortoise, Woodbury, A. M. 1948

desmids, Mirror Lake, Snow, E. 1940

diatomaceous marl, Hasler. J. W. and A. L. Crawford.

1938
diatoms (See also algae)

Hasler, J. W. and A. L. Crawford. 1938

Patrick. R. 1936

Setty, A. P. 1963

Setty, M. G. A. P. 1963
Dicentra, Stem. K. R. 1961
Dicoria hrandegei, Turner. C. G., II. 1960
Digitariti

adscendens, Ebinger, J. E. 1962

ischaemum, Sprague, R. 1956
Dilophospora alopecuri, Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leu-

kel. 1946
dinoflagellate, Evitt, W. R. 1961
Dinosaur Dam, Grant, U. W., 3 D. 1950
Dinosaur National Monument

Anderson, R. A. and N. A. Weber. 1962

Barmore, W. J., Jr. 1962

Grant. U. S.. 3 D. 1950

Murie, M. E. 1950

Schulman, E. 1950a

Welsh, S. L. 1957

Welsh, S. L. and E. M. Christensen. 1957
disease (See plant pathology)
distance measurement methods, ecological, Brun. J. M.

1962
Distichlis striata

Hurd, R. M. and C. K. Pearse. 1943

Murdy, H. W. 1953

Nielson, A. K. 1956
Dixie National Forest

Mielke, J. L. 1952

Stevens, G. J. 1963
Dodemtheon

tentrandrum

Goodman, G. J. 1931
Maguire, B. 1937

zionetise, Eastwood, A. 1937a
Douglas fir ( See Pseudotsuga taxifoliu )
Downingw laeta, distribution, McVaugh, R. 1941
Draba suhalpina, Goodman, G. J. and C. L. Hitchcock.

1932
dry farming

Bracken, A. F. 1940

Stewart, R. 1911

Widtsoe. J. A. 1912
ducks ( See birds )

Dugway Valley, Vest, E. D. 1955, 1962a, b
dwarf bunt

Dewev, W. G. and D. C. Tingey. 1958

Tingey, D. C. 1955
ecology ( See plant ecology )
economics ( See conservation economics )
Elaeagnus angustifolia, Christensen, E. M. 1963a
Eleochoris

arenicok, Beetle, A. A. 1938

calm, Beetle, A. A. 1938

palustris major. Beetle, A. A. 1938

puucijlora, Beetle, A. A. 1938

rostellata, Beetle, A. A. 1938
elk ( See also big game, biotic communities, wildlife )

Craine, H. S. 1951a, b

Drobnick, R. 1961

Hancock, N. V. 1955

Jeffery, D. E. 1963

104

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Olsen, O. A. 1933, 1942

Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Show. 1936

Parkinson, D. 1931c

Rognrud, M. J. 1953

Standing, A. 1931
elm, Siberian, Christensen, E. M. 1964d
elm-leaf beetle, Knowlton, G. F. 1940
Elodea, St. John, H. 1962
Elymus

ambiguus, McCarty, E. C. 1935

glaucus, Shumway, L. K. 1961

macounii, Hanna, M. L. 1962
Emery County

Fisher, D. J., C. E. Erdmann, and J. B. Reeside, Jr.
1960
Emigration Canyon

Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans. 1945

Croft, A. R., L. Woodward, and D. A. Anderson.
1937

Evans, F. R. 1945

Samuelson, J. A. 1950a, b
energy, metabolizable, winter range plants, Dahl, B. E.

1953
Engelmann spruce (See Picea engelmannii)
Eopuntia douglasii, fossil, Becker, H. F. 1960
Ephedra

Cutler, H. C. 1939
Steeves, M. W. 1959

nevadensis, Billings, VV. D. 1949
Equisetaceae, Dayton, William A. 1960
Equisetum variegatum, Maguire, B. 1941
Erigeron

Cronquistii, Maguire, B. 1944

Engelmanni, Cronquist, A. 1942

glabellus, Cronquist. A. 1943b

simplex, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1946

speciosus, Cronquist, A. 1943b

uintahens-is, Cronquist, A. 1943b

vagus, Payson, E. B. 1926
Eriogonum

aretioides, Barneby, R. C. 1949

crispum, Williams, L. 1932

filiformum, Williams, L. 1932

nelsonii, Williams. L. 1932

Shockleyi

candidum, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren.

1941
longilohum, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren.
1941

lilliflorum tumulosum, Barneby, R. C. 1949

zionis, Howell. J. T. 1940

Erodium

cicutarium, Thornber, J. J. 1906

texanum, Gould, F. W. 1945
erosion ( See also floods and flood control, soils,
watersheds and water supply)

Anon. 1936

Alvey, E. and J. M. Gatherum. 1951

Bailey, R. W. 1934, 1935a. 1937

Borah, Leo A. 1936

Cottam, W. P. 1940

Croft. A. R., L. Woodward, and D. A. Anderson.
1937, 1943

Okeson, C. J. 1934

Olson, O. C. 1949

Peterson, W. 1933

Rowalt, E. M. 1939

Sampson, A. W. and L. H. Weyl. 1918

1951

E. Hayward.

1940

Sharpe. C. T. S. 1938

Stewart, G. and C. L. Forsling. 1931

Thornton, J. W. 1931
Erynnis, oak-eating, Burns, J. M. 1960
Escalante, Alvey, E. and J. M. Gatherum.
Escalante Desert, Fireman, M. and H.
1952

Lambert, C. B. 1940
Escalante Valley

Shantz, H. L. and R. L. Piemeisel.

White. W. N. 1932
Escherichia coli, Spendlove, J. C. 1949
ethnobiology, Chamberlin, R. V. 1947, 1950
ethnobotany

Carter, G. F. 1945

Chamberlin, R. V. 1911, 1947, 1950

Jones, V. H. 1955

Flowers, S. 1957

Kent, K. P. 1957

Palmer, E. 1878

Weight, K. E. 1935a

Wormington, H. M. 1955

Wynan, L. C. and S. K. Harris. 1951
ethnobryology. Flowers, S. 1957
Euphorbia esula, Maguire, B. 1940
Eurotia lanata

anatomy, Bradley, G. W. 1942

distribution map. Billings, W. D. 1949

ecology, Hilton, J. W. 1940, 1941
Euselaginellae, Flowers, S. 1953a
evaporation

Cottam, W. P. 1927

White, W. N. 1932
evapotranspiration

Croft, A. R. and L. V. Monninger. 1953

Marston, R. B. 1958
exploration, botanical ( See also Chronological Arrange
ment, page 75)

Anon. 1878

Chamberlin, R. V. 1946, 1950

Coulter, J. M. 1873, 1879, 1885

Coville. F. V. 1892, 1893, 1896

Durand, E. 1860

Eastwood, A. 1892. 1893a, b, 1895, 1896, 1902

Engelmann, G. 1876

Gregory, H. E. 1945b

Hayden, F. V. 1873

Jones. M. E. 1880a, b,
1930a, 1937a

Lemmon, J. G. 1878

McVaugh, R. 1956

Merriam, C. H. 1892, 1893a, b. c

Munz. P. A. 19.38

Pammel, L. H. 1903, 1910, 1913, 1914

Parry, C. C. 1871. 1875, 1876

Powell, J. W. 1879

Rodgers, A. D..III. 1942. 1944a, b

Rothrock, J. T. 1878

Rydberg. P. A. 1899, 1900a, b, c. d, 1901, 1902,
1905, 1907, 1911

Torrey, J. 1852

Torrey, J. and J. C. Fremont. 1845

Torrey. J. and A. Gray. 1855

Tracy. S. M. 1888

Watson, S. 1871a, b, 1873, 1874, 1875. 1877,
1879, 1882, 1885
farmers

Dunn, A. F. 1941

1881, 1882b. 1883, 1919,

Bibliography of Utah Botany

105

Woods, C. N. 1941a
farmer-sportsman council, Rasmussen, D. I. 1940a
Farmington Bay Waterfowl Project, Anon. 1945
farm hinds

Holmgren, A. H. and B. Maguire. 1949

Lobenstein, H. 1948

Rowalt, E. M. 1939
federal government, conservation, Cottam, C. 1948
Fendlera Utahensis, Greene, E. L. 1881
ferns, Andrews, H. N. 1943

Bailey, V. L. and H. E. Bailev. 1955

Brown. R. W. 1936

Butters, F. K. 1917, 1921

Clausen, R.. T. 1938

Cottam, Walter P.. A. O. Garrett, and B. R. Har-
rison. 1940

Flowers, S. 1944

Garrett, A. O. 1926b, c. 19.36

Katich. P. J., Jr. 1952

Jones, M. E. 1882a

Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1946

Maxon, W. R. 1917, 1918, 1919

McKnight, K. H. and J. K. Rigby. 1962

Read, C. E. and R. W. Brown. 1934
fertilizers

forage production. Jefferies, N. W. 1962

rangelands, Hull, A. C, Jr. 1963b
fir ( See Abies, forests and forestry, plant ecology, trees )
fire

Christensen, E. M. 1964b

Davis, C. D. 1962

Forsling, C. L. 1924

Hull, A. C. Jr. 1941

Tangren. W. E. 1950
fish ( See also aquatic botany, water )

Anon. 1950a

Bulkley, R. V. 1958

Bur. Econ. and Bus. Res. Univ. Utah. 1957

Gaufin, A. R. 1955b

Hazzard, A. S. 1934, 1935a, b

Hildebrand, S. F. and I. R. Towers. 1927

Kelker, G. H. 1945

Lawler, R. E. 1960

Locke, S. B. 1921

Martin, T. L. and O. M. Davis. 1932

McConnell, W. J., W. J. Clark, and W. F. Sigler.
1957

Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Show. 1936

Packer, P. E. 1957

Popov. B. H. 1949

Popov, B. H. and J. B. Low. 1950

Robel. R. J. 1961a, b, 1962, 1963

Sigler, W. F. 1953a, b, 1955, 1958

Wardle, W. D. 1953
Fish Lake

Bulkley, R. V. 1958

Hazzard. A. S. 1935a

Hildebrand, S. F. and I. L. Towers. 1927

Sigler, W. F. 1953a, b
Fishlake National Forest. Robinette, W. L. 1949
fish pond, farm, Wardle, W. D. 1953
flagging, subalpine fir, Nelson, D. L. 1963
Flaming Gorge

Fischer, V. L. 1962

Flowers, S. 1960

Hall, H. H. and G. T. Groves. 1960

Holmgren, A. H. 1962

Woodbury, A. M. 1960
Flaveria campestris, Maguire, B. 1937

floods and flood control ( See also watersheds and water
supply)

Anon. 1950b

Bailey, R. W. 1934, 1935b

Bailey, R. W. and O. L. Copeland. 1961

Bailey. R. W., G. W. Craddock, A. R. Croft. 1947

Bailey, R. \V.. C. L. Forsling, and R. J. Becraft
1934

Berwick, V. K. 1962

Cannon, S. Q. 1931

Craddock, W. W. 1945, 1946. 1960

Croft. A. R. 1936, 1947

DeVoto, B. 1950, 1952

Lobenstein, H. 1948

Marston, R. B. 1958a

Paul, J. H. 1925

Phillips, M. L. 1963

Reynolds, R. V. R. 1911

Rowalt. E. M. 1939

Stewart, Geo. 1923

Utah Legislative Council. 1956

Utah Special Flood Commission. 1931

U. S. Dept. Interior. 1957

West. R. 1955

Winsor, L. M. 1933a. b

Woollev, R. R. 1946

Woods.' C. N. 1948
floras and floristic manuals ( See also taxonomy and plant
distribution )

Anon. 1911

Armstrong, M. mid J. J. Thornber. 1915

Arnberger, L. P. and J. R. Janish. 1952

Bailey, V. L. and H. E. Bailev. 1955

Brown. R. W. 1929

Clements, F. E. and E. S. Clements. 1945

Cottam, W. P. 1926. 1929d, 1961b

Coulter, J. M. and A. Nelson. 1909

Craighead, J. J., F. C. Craighead. Jr., and R. J.
Davis. 1963

Daines. L. L. 1917

Dodge. N. N. and J. R. Janish. 1961

Flowers, S. 1944, 1953a. 1959c

Frederick, E. 1924

Garrett, A. O. 1936

Gaufin, A. R.. G. R. Smith, and P. Dotson. 1960

Gould, F. W. 1945

Graham. E. H. 1937a

Haskell, H. S. 1958

Heinecke, G. K. 1945

Holmgren, A. H. 1948. 1962

litis, H. H. 1955

Jepson, C. E. and L. F. Allen. 1958

Johnson. B. 1913, 1929

Jones, M. E. 1888, 1910

Kearney, T. H. and R. H. Peebles. 1942, 1960

Knowlton, F. H. 1900, 1923

Lindsay, D. W. 1959

Longenheim, J. H. 1955

McMillan, C. 1948

Nelson. A. 1912

Patraw, P. M. and J. R. Janish. 1959

Paul, J. H., C. T. Barnes, and E. C. Porter. 1913

Payne, W. R. 1953

Preece, S. J.. Jr. 1950a. b

Rydberg, P. A. 1900. 1922

Sampson, A. W. 1935

Saunders, C. F. 1917

Sayre, G. 1938

Stanton, W. D. 1931

106

Bhicham Young Univehsity Science Bulletin

Thomas, K. 1932

Tidestrom, I. 1913, 1925

TidweU, W. D. 1962

Treshow, M., S. L. Welsh, and G. Moore. 1963

Welsh, S. L. 1957

Welsh, S. L., M. Treshow, and G. Moore. 1964

Weight, K. E. n.d.
fluoride, Treshow, M. and L. G. Transtrum. 1964
Fomes

pinicola, Hedgeock, G. G. 1914

roseus, Hedgeock, G. G. 1914
Fontinalis utahensis, Theriot, I. 1927
foothill

bunchgrass, Christensen, E. M. 1963c

flora, Sampson, A. W. 1925a

ranges. Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1959
forage ( See also browse, grass, nutrition, rangeland and
range management)

Bracken, A. F. 1942

Clark, I. 1945

Cook, C. W., D. O. Williamson, L. E. Harris, L. A.
Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. 1950

Cook, C. W.. L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.
1956

Esplin, A. C, J. E. Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart.
1937

Everson, A. C. 1949

Flook, D. R. 1955

Gonzales, M. H. 1964

Green, L. R. 1948

Green, L. R., L. A. Sharp, C. W. Cook, and L. E.
Harris. 1951

Hilman, J. B. 1955

Holt, W. L. 1940

Harris, L. E„ W. Cook, and ]. E. Butcher. 1941

Holt, W. L. and J. E. Greaves. 1941

Hutchings, S. S. 1950b, 1951

Hutchings, S. S. and G. Stewart. 1953

Julander, O. 1952

Jefferies, N. W. 1962

Killer, W., H. R. Hochmuth. 1948

Leonard, R. B. 1947

McDonald, J. E. 1946

McGuire, J. H. 1937

Mead, D. R. 1958

Norris, ]. J. 1942

Plummer, A. P. 1949

Plummer, A. P., R. L. Jensen, and H. D. Stapley.
1957

Plummer, A. P., H. D. Stapley, and D. R. Christen-
sen. 1959

Plummer, A. P. and H. D. Stapley. 1959

Plummer, A. P., D. R. Christensen, and S. B. Mon-
son. 1963

Robinson, M. E. and D. H. Matthews. 1953, 1955

Rydberg, P. A. and C. L. Shear. 1899

Sampson, A. W. and H. E. Malmsten. 1926

Smith, A. D. 1950d

Smith, A. D. 1952b

Smith, J. G. 1898

Stapley, H. D. and D. R. Christensen. 1959

Stewart, G. 1935, 1948

Turner, L. M. 1948
forests and forestry ( See also plant ecology, trees )

Anon. 1907, 1914a. 1917. 1947a, d, 1954a, 1958b.
1960b, 1963

Alter, J. C. 1921

American Forest Products Industries. 1958

Antrei, A. C. 1951

Backman, G. P. 1953

Bailey, H. E. and V. L. Bailey. 1941

Bailey, R. W. 1948c, 1949

Baker, F. S. 1918, 1920a, 1920b, 1921, 1925a, b

Baker, F. S. and C. F. Korstian. 1931

Baker, F. S. and S. B. Locke. 1926

Bliss, G. L. 1963

Bowman, I. 1911

Buchanan, H. I960

Buhler, E. O. 1941

Carlson, G. W. 1963

Chick, W. D.Jr. 1936

Choate, G. A. 1963

Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1955, 1958a, 1959b,

1961b, 1964a
Christensen, E. M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961
Christensen, E. M. and F. S. Nixon. 1964
Croft. A. R. 1945
Croft, A. R. and M. D. Hoover. 1951
Croft, A. R. and L. V. Monninger. 1953
Curtis, J. D. 1948a, b
Daniel, T. W. 1962
Daniel, T. W. and G. H. Barnes. 1958
Deaver, C. F. and H. S. Haskell. 1955
Dunn, P. M. 1933, 1935. 1936, 1940, 1941
Ellison, L. 1940, 1943
Fenn, H. E. 1919
Fetherolf, J. M. 1917
Fitzgerald, O. A. 1929a. b
Floyd, J. W. and T. W. Daniel. 1958
Frykman, J. K. 1958
Garrett, A. O. 1921b
Greeley, W. B. 1913
Hayward, C. L. 1943, 1945
Hedgeock, G. G. 1914
Herman, F. R. 1958
Hodson, E. R. 1911
Hodson, E. R. and J. H. Foster. 1910
Hough, F. B. 1878, 1882
Houston, W. R. 1951. 1954
Hunt, J. D. 1963, 1964
Hunt, J. D. and W. G. Poulsen. 1964
Hutchinsin, S. B. and J. H. Wikstrom. 1957
James, G. W. 1922
Jardine, J. T. and M. Anderson. 1919
Jensen, A. W. 1906
Jensen, R. L. 1961
Kartchner, J. A. 1928
Kneipp, L. F. 1916

Korstian, C. F. 1917, 1921a, b, c, d, 1923, 1925
Korstian, C. F. and F. S. Baker. 1925
Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf. 1921
Krygier, J. T. 1955
Linford, E. H. 1953
List, P. 19.59
Locke, S. B. 1921. 1929a
Major, J. 1948
Mason, D. T. 1915
Mason, F. 1947
McCain, A. C. 1914
Meinecke. E. P. 1929
Mielke, J. L. 1950
Miller, R. L. and G. A. Choate. 1964
Moessner, K. E. 1962
Moore, R. R. 1964
Mosquin, T. 1964
Nord. A. G. 1941. 1947
Olsen. C. J. 1941, 1947, 1955. 1962
Packer, P. E. 1957

Biulioghaphy or Utah Botany

107

Pady, S. M. 1942

Parker, D. E. 1958

Parkinson, D. 1928, 1929, 1930a, b, 1931a, b, c

Paul, J. H. and C. T. Barnes. 1913

Pearson, G. A. 1935

Pflugbeil, E. 1960

Plummer, A. P. 1958

Potter, A. F. 1903

Poulsen, W. G. 1964

Presnall, C. C. 1933a

Price, R. 1964

Ream, R. D. 1960, 1964

Robb, W. L. 1941

Robinson, M. E. and D. H. Matthews. 1955

Roe, A. L. and K. N. Boe. 1950

Ronco, F. 1961

Rutledge, R. H. 1931

Rydberg, P. A. 1915

Sampson, A. W. 1919a, 1925b

Sargent, C. S. 1879, 1884, 1891-1902, 1826

Smith, G. W. 1953

Southhard, A. R. 1958

Spencer, J. S., Jr. 1964a, b

Stevens, G. J. 1963

Tackle, D. 1954, 1956, 1958

Taylor, T. G. 1930

Tillotson, C. R. 1917a, b

Turner, L. M. 1948

U. S. Bureau of the Census. 1885

U. S. Dept. Agriculture. 1949

U. S. Forest Service. 1921, 1926. 1930a, b. 1931,
1963, 1964, n.d.

Utah Forest Industries Committee. 1962

Utah State Bureau of Immigration, Labor and Sta-
tistics. 1914

Utah Writers Project, Works Projects Administra-
tion. 1942

Waite, R. S. 1962

Weight, K. E. 1934

Weigle, W. G. and E. H. Frothingham. 1911

Wilson, A. K. 1962

Woodbury, A. M. 1940b, 1947

Woods, C. N. 1941a

Woods, J. B. 1948

Yeager, M. W. 1939
Forsellesia, Ensign, M. 1942
fortieth parallel, Watson, S. 1871a, b
fossils ( See paleobotany)
Fraxinus

Jolley, D. J, 1930, 1931

Woodbury, A. M. 1929b
Fremont culture, Wormington, H. M. 1955
Fremont poplar (See Populus fremontii)
Fritillaria

atropurpurea

Beetle. D. E. 1944
Harrison, B. F. 1932

pudica

Beetle, D. E. 1944
Harrison, B. F. 1932
frost, late spring. Korstian, C. F. 1921b
Fumariaceae

Dayton, W. A. 1960

Stern, K. R. 1961
fungi ( See also smuts, rusts, molds, mushrooms, myco-
rhizae, plant pathology)

Anon. 1919

Bartholomew. V. and T. L. Martin. 1937

Baxter, J. W. 1958

Brown, R. C. 1960

Cannon, O. S. 1962

Cooke, W. B. 1955

Dewey, W. G. and D. C. Tingey. 1958

Ellis, D. E. 1939

Fischer, G. W. 1951

Garrett, A. O. 1910, 1914, 1915, 1919, 1921b,
1921c, 1924, 1925, 1926a, 1933, 1937, 1939

Gilman, J. C. and E. V. Abbott. 1927

Hanks, D. L. 1963

Hartley, C. 1918

Hartley, C, R. C. Pierce, and G. G. Hahn. 1919

Hartley, C. and G. G. Hahn. 1920

Hawksworth. F. G. 1953

Hawksworth, F. G. and J. L. Mielke. 1962

Hedgcock, G. G. 1914

Henry, L. K. 1936

Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946

Jones, M. E. 1879

Knight, B. M. 1932

Knight, B. M. and W. P. Cottam. 1933

Korstian, C. F. 1923

Ling, L. 1951

McKinght, K. H. 1952, 1957

McKnight, K. H. and D. L. Mumford. 1958

Mielke, J. L. 1952, 1957a, b, 1961

Mielke, J. L. and R. W. Davidson. 1947

Mumford, D. L. 1958

Murrill, W. A. 1945

Nelson, D. L. 1963

O'Gara, P. J. 1914a, b, c, 1915a

Pady. S. M. 1942

Payne, W. R. 1953

Rhoads, A. S. 1946

Saccardo, P. A. 1920

Smith, A. D. 1949c

Solheim, W. G. 1957

Spendlove, J. C. 1949

Sprague, R. 1956

Sprague, R., G. W. Fisher, and J. P. Meiners. 1948

Sprague, R. and J. P. Meiners. 1949

Stevens, K. R. 1950

Tingey, D. C. 1955

Treshow, M. 1963

Treshow, M. and J. F. Sholes. 19.58

Tully, J. G. 1951

Tullv, J. G., Jr., D. A. Anderson, and T. L. Martin,
1950

Zundel, G. L. 1921
fur animals

Popov, B. H. 1949

Popov. B. H. and J. B. Low. 1950
Galium

multiflorum Watsonii

Cronquist, A. 1957
Ehendorfer, F. 1956, 1957

utuhense, Eastwood, A. 1933
gall wasps, Brewster, W. W. 1951
game, big ( See big game )
game management ( See big game, birds, rangeland and

range management, wildlife)
gardening, Chegwidden. M. 1936
gardens. McKay, J. W. 1936
Carfield County, vegetation and soil

Hall, H. H. 1954

Hall, H. H. and W. P. Cottam. 1955
Gasteromycetes. McKnight, K. H. 1957

108

Bhigham Young Univehsity Science Bulletin

Cayophytum lasiospermum, Maguire. B. 1935
genetics

Ashman. R. B. 1954

Cole, F. R. and L. D. Hiner. 1963

Cottam, W. P. and R. Drobnick. 1955

Cottam, W. P. and J. M. Tucker. 1956

Cottam, W. P., J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick.

1959
Dewey, D. R. 1964
Domingo. W. E. 1940
Dunford, M. P. 1958
Hanna. M. L. 1962
Keller, W. 1941
Lindsay, D. W. 1964
Mia, M. M. and R. K. Vickery. Jr. 1961
Moore, R. J. and C. Frankton. 1963
Mukherjee,' B. B. and P. K. Vickery, Jr. I960
Mukherjee, B. B., D. Wiens, and R. K. Vickery,

Jr. 1957
Olson, R. L. 1955
Pitts, L. M. 1963
Pitts, L. M. and H. C. Stutz. 1963
Shumway, L. K. 1961
Smith, A. D. 1964
Solbrig. O. T. 1960

Stutz, H. C. and L. K. Thomas. Jr. 1964
Thomas, L. K., Jr. 1957
Tucker. J. M. 1961
Wilson, F. D. 1953
Witte, P. 1956

Vickery, R. K., Jr. 1955, 1956a, b, c. 1964
Vickery, R. K., Jr. and D. W. Lindsay. 1961
Vickery, R. K„ Jr. and C. D. Ogzewalla. 1958
Vickery, R. K.. Jr. and R. L. Olson. 1956
Gentiana

Maguire, B. 1942a
barhellata, Williams, L. 1934
geobotany

essays, Clements, F. E. 1936
selenium, Rosenfield, I. and O. A. Beath. 1964
geographical surveys
Anon. 1878 '
Greenwood, N. H. 1960
Wheeler. Lt. G. M. 1878
geography, plant (See plant geography)
geology (See also paleobotany)
Anon. 1878
Bout well, J. M. 1912
Buss, W. R. 1951
Coulter, J. M. 1873
Gregory, H. E. 1944, 1950b
Ibrahim, K. 1962

Unterman, G. E. and B. R. Unterman. 1964
Watson. S. 1871a, b
Woodbury. A. M. 1931
Geranium, Shaw, R. ]. 1950
germination

Carnahan, G. F. 196(1
Hilton, J. W. 1940, 1941
Mcllvain. E. H. 1948
Oborn. E. T. 1938
Page, R. J. I960
Vest, E. D. 1952
giant fir, Utah's, Cottam, W. P. 1924
giant trees, Allred, J. R. 1963
Cilia nuttallii, Jones, M. E. 1879
Glen Canyon

Flowers, S. 1959a. b
Gaines. X. 1957

Haring, I. M. 1961

Haskell, H. S. 1958

Lindsay, D. W. 1959

Woodbury, A. M. 1959a, b

Woodbury, A. M., el al. 1957, 1958

Woodbury, A. M., S. D. Durrant, and S. Flowers.

1959, 1960

Glossopetalon, Ensign, M. 1942

Goat Springs, Turpin, R. L. 1944

goose nesting, Williams, C. S. and W. H. Marshall.

1937
gopher ( See pocket gopher )
Gopherus agassizii, Woodbury, A. M. 1948a
Gosuite Indians, ethnobotany
Chamberlain. R. V. 1911
Flowers, S. 1957
Government Creek, Anon. 1964
Gramineae ( See grass )
Grand Canyon

Anon. 1914b
Dutton. C. E. 1882
Ibrahim, K. 1962
Grand County

Cannon, H. L. 1964
Fisher, D. J., C. E. Erdmann, and J. B. Reeside,
Jr. 1960
grass (See also plant ecology, rangeland and range
management)

Anon. 1946b, 1964

Abbott, E. B. 1953

Aldous, A. E. and H. L. Shantz.

Ashman, R. B. 1954

Baird. G. T. n.d.

Bateman, G. Q. and W. Keller.

Bleak. A. T. 1950

Bleak, A. T. and T. A. Phillips.

Bracken. A. F. 1942, 1944

Bracken, A. F. and R. J. Evans.

Carr. W. H. 1946

Christensen, E. M. 1958b. 1961a, 1963c, d, 19641

Christensen. E. M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961

Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b

Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963

Clayton, V. A. 1942

Cliff, E. P. 1947

Colbert, F. T. 1950

Cook. C. W. 1942, 1958. 1959, 1961, 1964

Cook, C. W. and L. E. Harris. 1952

Cook, C. W. and C. E. Lewis. 1963

Cook C. W. and R. D. Lloyd. I960

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1947, 1950,

1951. 1953b. 1961
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Hams.

1959
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and F. E. Kinsinger.

1958
Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans.
Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart.
Dastrup. B. C. 1963
Dewev, D. R. 1964
Dewey. W. G. and D. C. Tingey.
Domingo, W. E. 1940
Dunford, M. P. 1958
Ebinger. J. E. 1962
Edwards, H. L. 1961
Ellison, L. and C. M. Aldous
Evans, F. R. 1936
Fischer, G. W. 1951
Flowers, S. 1959c

1924

1956
1950

1943

1945
1940

1958

1952

Bibliography of Utah Botany

109

Frischknecht, N. C. 1949, 1950, 1951, 1959, 1963
Frischknecht, N. C, L. E. Harris, and H. K. Wood-
ward. 1953
Frischknecht, N. C. and A. P. Plummer. 1949,

1955
Gatherum, G. E. 1951, 1961
Gomm, F. B. 1955
Hanna, M. L. 1962
Hanson, W. R. 1939
Hanson, W. R. and L. A. Stoddart. 1940
Harris, L. E., N. C. Frischknecht, G. Stewart, J.

A. Bennett, and H. K. Woodward. 1950
Harrison, B. F. 1939, 1954
Heaton, V. H. 1956
Hitchcock, A. S. 1933
Hitchcock, A. S. and A. Chase. 1950
Hortin, J. K. 1965
Hubert, F. E., Jr. 1950
Hull, A. C. Jr. 1939, 1941, 1962a, b, 1963a, b.

1964
Hull. A. C, Jr., R. C. Holmgren, W. H. Berry, and

J. A. Wagner. 1963
Hull, A. C, Jr., and J. F. Pechanec. 1947
Hurd, R. M. and C. K. Pearse. 1943
Hyder, D. N. 1949
Jefferies, N. W. 1962
Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946
Johnson, H. B. 1964
Jones, M. E. 1888b
Keller, W. 1941. 1950
Keller, W. and H. R. Hochmuth. 1948
Kinsinger, F. E. 1957
Klomp, G. J. 1949
Leonard, P. D. 1964
Lewis, C. E. 1961
Lloyd, R. D. 1959
Lloyd, R. D. and C. W. Cook. 1960
Maguire, B. 1935, 1937

Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1941, 1946
McCarty, E. C. 1935, 1938
McCarty, E. C. and R. Price. 1942
Michaelsen, L. 1959
Neubauer, T, A. 1963
Nielsen, A. K. 1956
Nielson, A. B. 1939
O'Gara, P. J. 1915a, b, 1916a, b, 1917
Ogden, P. R. 1958
Orr. H. K. 1957
Pammel, L. H. 1913, 1914
Parkey, W. 1950
Pearse, C. K. 1941
Peterson, H. B. 1958
Pickford, G. D. 1932
Pitts. L. M. 1963
Pitts, L. M. and H. C. Stutz. 1963
Plummer, A. P. 1939, 1943. 1944, 1946, 1947.

1957
Plummer, A. P. and J. M. Fenley. 1950
Plummer, A. P. and N. C. Frischknecht. 1952
Plummer, A. P., A. C. Hull, Jr., G. Stewart, and

J. H. Robertson. 1955
Plummer, A. P., R. M. Hurd, and C. K. Pearse.

1943
Plummer, A, P. and G. Stewart. 1944
Pohl. R. W. 1962
Price, R. 1938

Price. R., K. W. Parker, and A. C. Hull., Jr. 1948
Robinson, M. E. and D. H. Matthews. 1953
Rydberg, P. A. and C. L. Shear. 1897

Shumway, L. K. 1961

Sprague, R. 1956

Sprague, R., G. W. Fischer, and J. P. Meiners.
1948

Sprague, R. and J. P. Meiners. 1949

Steele. P. L. 1958

Stewart, G. 1938, 1944, 1945, 1947, 1948b, c. d,
1949, 1950, 1957

Stewart, G. and A. P. Plummer. 1947

Stewart, G., R. H. Walker, and R. Price. 1939

Stoddart, L. A. 1941a,b, 1945, 1946a, b, c, 1948

Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook. 1950

Stoddart, L. A. and J. E. Greaves. 1942

Taylor, B. J. 1958

Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953

Tracy, S. M. 1888

Trueblood, R. 1952, 1954

U. S. Forest Service. 1945

Vallentine, J. F. 1961

Wilson, F. D. 1953, 1963

Winterton, B. W. 1958

Witte, P. 1956
grassland ( See also grass )

Christensen, E. M. 1958b, 1961a, 1963c, 1964

Ellison. L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952

Neubauer, T. A. 1963

Stoddart, L. A. 1941b
grass-legume mixtures. Bateman, G. Q\ and W. Keller.

1956
Grayia spinosa, Billings, W. D. 1949
grazing (See rangeland and range management)
greasewood (See Sarcohalus vermiculatus)
Great Basin

Boulton, H. E. 1950

Bowman, I. 1911

Durand, E. 1860

Engelmann, G. 1876a

Lemmon, J. G. 1878

Maguire, B. 1935, 1937, 1941a, b, 1942a, b, 1947b

Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1941

Maguire, B. and G. H. Jensen. 1942

McMillan, C. 1952

Tanner, V.. M. 1940

Vickery, R. K., Jr., and D. W. Lindsav. 1961

Woodbury, A. M. 1939, 1940a
Great Basin Experiment Station, Sampson, A .W. 1918b
Great Plateau, Jones, M. E. 1908, 1910
Great Salt Lake

Behle, W. H. 1958a

Carozzi, A. V. 1962

Flowers, S. 1934, 1942

Kirkpatrick, R. 1934

McDonald, D. B. 1956

Nelson, N. F. 1955a, c

Patrick, R. 1936

Peck, O. A. 1919

Smith, W. W. 1936

Tully, J. G. 1951

Woodbury, A. M. 1936
Great Salt Lake Basin, Durand, E. 1860
Great Salt Lake Desert

Vest, E. D. 1962a

Woodbury, A. M. 1964
Great Salt Lake region, Flowers, S. 1933c, 1942
Great Salt Lake Valley, Sherwood, G. A. 1959
Green Canyon. Stewart. C. J. 1950
Green River ( See also Flaming Gorge )

Laudermilk, J. D. 1945

U. S. Forest Service. 1964

110

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Woodbury, A. M. 1960

Woodbury, A. M., S. D. Durrant, and S. Flowers.
1960
Green River flora, Brown, R. W. 1934
Green River formation

Bradley, W. H. 1929

Knowlton, F. 1923
greens, cooking, Brown, A. P. 1934
Qrimmia alpicola latifolia, Flowers, S. 1933b
Grindelia squarrosa depressa, Steyermark, J. A. 1934
ground squirrel, food habits, Shaw, R. K. 1958
ground water, Meinzer, O. E. 1911, 1927
Gutierrezia, Solbrig, O. T. 1960
Habenaria

dilata albiflora, Correll, D. S. 1943
leucostachys, Correll, D. S. 1943

hyperborea, Correll, D. S. 1943

obtusata, Correll, D. S. 1943

sparsiflora

Williams, L. O. 1937
laxifbra, Correll, D. S. 1943

unalascensis, Correll, D. S. 1943

viridis bracteatus, Correll, D. S. 1943
half-and-half sampling technique, Flook, D. R. 1955
Halogeton glomeratus

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1953a, c

Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and V. L. Hart.
1952

Cronin, E. H. 1960

Denny, A. 1955

Hart, V. L. 1953

Holmgren, A. H. 1950

Jansen, L. L. and E. H. Cronin. 1953

Stewart, G. 1951

Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook. 1951

Stoddart, L. A., G. T. Baird, G. Stewart, B. S.
Markham, and H. Clegg. 1951

Stoddart, L. A., C. W. Cook, and B. P. Gomm.
1953.

Williams, M. C, W. Benns. and L. F. James.
1962

Zobel, K. W. 1958
Haplopappus, Maguire, B. 1947b
Hardward Ranch, Flannery, J. S. 1957a
hawthorn, Crataegus Colorado, Barnes, C. T. 1943
hay fever, Barrett, C. E. 1934
Headwaters Timber Development Unit, Hutchinson, S.

B. and J. H. Wikstrom. 1957
Hedysarum boreale utahense, Rollins, R. C. 1940
Helenium, Doran C. W. 1944
Helianthus

anomalus, Blake, S. F. 1931

bracteatus, Watson, E. E. 1928

Henry Mountains

McVaugh. R. 1953

Stanton, W. D. .1931, 1933
Hepaticae, Flowers, S. 1945, 1961
herbicides

Cook, C. W. 1963

Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953

Tingey, D. C. 1959

Tingey. D. C. and C. W. Cook. 1954
Hermanophyton kirkbyorum, Arnold, C. A. 1962
Hermidium alipses pallidum, Porter. C. L. 1952
Herpotrichia migra, Hedgcock, G. G. 1914
Hesperonia retrorsa, Maguire, B. 1935
Hesperotettix, Orthoptera, Henderson, N. C. 1942
Hibiscus Trionum, Maguire, B. 1937

high plateaus, ecology, Dixon, H. 1935a, b
highway beautification
Larson, E. M. 1963
McCullough, C. W. 1947
highway planning, Berryman, J. H. 1960b
historic records ( See presettlement vegetation )
honey plants (See also bee plants), Swaner, J. C.

1888b
Hordeum

fubalum, Hanna, M. L. 1962

pusillum pubeiis, Hitchcock, A. S. 1933
human resources, conservation, Tanner, V. M. 1946
humid islands, Walter, J. 1947
hybrids ( See generics )
Hydrocharitaceae, St. John, H. 1902
hydrology ( See also climatology, water, watersheds and
water supply)

Eardley, A. J., V. Gvosdetsky, and R. E. Marsell.
1957

Hibbert, A. R. 1961

Marston, R. B. 1948, 1963b

Munns, E. N. 1947

Schuhnan, E. 1945
Hydrophyllum alpestre, Maguire, B. 1935
hydrothermally altered rock, Salisbury, F. B. 1952
Hymeno pappus, Maguire, B. 1947b
Hymenoptera

Cynipidae, Brewster, W. W. 1951

Halictidae, Linsley, E. G. and J. W. Macsfain.
1962
Hyrum Reservoir, Rich, R. A. 1960a, b
impoundments, artificial, Nelson, N. F. 1953
indicator plants,

Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.
1939, 1940, 1941

Fireman, M. and H. E. Hayward. 1952

Harris. J. A., R. A. Gortner, W. F. Hoffman, J. V.
Lawrence, and J. T. Valentine. 1924
insects ( See also biotic communities )

Anderson, R. D. 1956

Anderson, R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957

Beal, J. A. 1939

Brewster, W. W. 1951

Burno, J. M. 1960

Chick, W. D., Jr. 1936

Craighead, F. C. 1925

Downey, J. C. and D. B. Dunn. 1964

Henderson, W. W. 1942

Jolley, D. J. 1930, 1931

Jones, M. E. 1888

Kartchner, J. A. 1928

Knowlton, G. F. 1930, 1940, 1941, 1942, 1946,
1961

Knowlton, G. F. and L. L. Hansen. 1938

Linsley, E. G. and J. W. Macswain. 1962

Mielke, J. L. 1950

Parkinson, D. 1931

Paul, J. H. 1914

Pyper, G. D. 1935

Smith, A. D. 1940

Smith, G. W. 1953

Speirs, R. D. 1957

Speirs, R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957

Swain, R. B. 1940

Tanner, V. M. and G. L. Nielsen. 1954

Waite, R. S. 1962

Wood, S. L. 1949, 1951

Woodbury, A. M. 1929,b c

Bibliography of Utah Botany

111

Intermountain Forest and Range Experiment Station,

Annual Reports, U. S. Forest Service.
Intermountain Herbarium, Holmgren, A. H. 1962
introduced plants ( See also naturalized species, weeds )

Garrett, A. O. 1913a, 1921a
Iris missouriensis, Larsen, C .E. 1936
Iron County

Gregory-, H. E. 1950b
Meinzer, O. E. 1911
irrigable land, utilization, Blanch, G. T. and C .E.

Stewart. 1943
irrigation, Kollmorgen, W. M. 1953
Ivesia utahensis, Watson, S. 1882
Jardine juniper
Anon. 1942
Allred, J. R. 1963
Hammond, H. L. 1924
HiU, G. R. 1939
Lillian, W. 1948
Linford, M. B. 1925
Locke, S. B. 1930
Jones, Marcus E.

Adams, T. C. 1938
Broaddus, M. J. 1935
Munz, P. A. 1938
Jonesiella mearsii, Rydberg, P. A. 1929
Jordan River

periphyton, Quinn, B. G. 1958
sanitary, survey, Knight, R. A. 1949
Juab County

Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b
Meinzer, D. E. 1911
Phillips, H. J. 1955
Worthington, K. N. 1951
Juncus

alpinus fuscescens, Maguire, B. 1935
bryoides, Herman, F. J. 1948
mertensianus, Hermann, F. J. 1964
triformis, Herman, F. J. 1948
juniper( See Juniperus)
juniper-pinyon ( See pinyon-juniper )
Juniperus ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology,
rangeland and range management, trees)
osteosperma ( See also pinyon-juniper )

Little, E. L., Jr. 1948
scopulorum

Anon. 1942
Allred, J. R. 1963
Dixon, D. 1961
Hammond, H. L. 1924
Herman, F. R. 1958
Hill, G. R. 1939
Lillian, W. 1948
Linford, M. B. 1925
Locke, S. B. 1930
Schulman, E. 1954b
utahensis (see osteosperma)
Kaiparowits region. Tanner, V. M. 1940b
Kanab, Gregory, H. E. 1963
Kanab area, Behle, W. H., J. B. Bushman, and C. M.

Greenhalgh. 1958
Kane County

Castle, E. S. 1955
Pritchett, C. L. 1962
Kayenta Navaho, Wyman, L. C. and S. K. Harris. 1951
Kentrophyta, Barneby, R. C. 1951
kit fox, Egoscue, H. J. 1962
knapweed, squarrose, Tingey, D- C. 1960
Labiatae

Henderson, N. C. 1962
McClintock, E. and C. Epling. 1942
Lactuca soligna, Gould, F. W. 1945
Lake Bonneville

Burr, G. O. 1931

Eardley, A. J.. V. Gvosdetsky, and R. E. Marsell.

1957
Setty, M. G. A. P. 1963
Lake Powell, Fields, L. 1964
Lake Michigan. Cottam, W. P. 1931
land

Anon. 1960b
Bullinger, W. G. 1960
Stewart , G. 1928
management

Croft. A. R. 1946a
Rosa, J. M. and A. R. Croft. 1956
Stoddart, L. A. 1945
Thomas, A. 1958
management agencies, Floyd. J. W. 1959a, b
policies

Rollins, G. W. 1910
Stewart, G. 1925
public ( See public lands )

resources, Reuss, L. A. and G. A. Blanch, n.d.
tenure, Kollmorgen, W. M. 1953
use

Bercaw, L. O., A. M. Hannay, and M. G. Lacy.

1938
Berryman, J. H. 1960a, b
Croft, A. R. 1946a
Stewart, G. 1928
lands, arid, Powell, J. W. 1879
landslides, Croft, A. R. and J. A. Adams, Jr. 1950
LappuJa gracilenta, Eastwood. A. 1902
La Sal Mountains, Tanner, V. M. and C. L. Havward.

1934
Lathyrus zionis, Hitchcock, C. L. 1952
lawn weeds, Tingey, D. C, and B. Maguire. 1941
leafhopper studies, Knowlton, G. F. 1930
leafing, Cottam, W. P. 1954
Legumes, Welsh, S. L. 1963. 1964
Lepidium

Hitchcock, C. L. 1936
montanum, Hitchcock, C. L. 1939. 1950
bracliybotryum, Rydberg, P. A. 1907
tortum, William, L. 1934
Lepidoptera, Hesperiidae. Burns, J. M. 1960
Leptotaenia Multijeda, Matson, G. A., A. Rarve, J. M.

Sugihara, and W. J. Burke, 1949
Lepus californieus, Currie. P. O. 1963
Lesquerella

Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1951
calcicola, Rollins, R. C. 1939
hemiphysaria, Maguire, B. 1942
kingii, Goodman, G. J. 1931
multiceps, Maguire, B. 1942
subumbellata, Rollins, R. C. 1939
Lewis woodpecker, Snow, R. B. 1941
lichens

Anderson, R. A. and W. A. Weber. 1962
Flowers, S. 1954b
Imshaug, H. A. 1957
Nielsen, H. S„ Jr. 1960
life zones ( See also plant geography )
Billings, W. D. 1951
Cottam, W. P. 1937
Dice, L. R. 1939
Eastwood. A. 1895

112

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Merriam, C. H. 1898

Presnall, C. C. 1934b

Rydberg, P. A. 1916b

Tanner, V. M. 1926

Woodbury, A. M. 1938
lignin, Turner, R. B. 1955
Lily lake, Uinta Mountains, Christensen, E. M. and

B. F. Harrison. 1961
Limnalsine membranacea, Rydberg, P. A. 1932
Listera borealis, Williams, L. O. 1937
littoral zone, Bear Lake, Workman, G. W. 1963
liverworts (See also bryophytes)

Flowers, S. 1954a
livestock (See also cattle, nutrition, rangeland and range
managment, sheep)

Barnes, W. C. and J. T. Jardine. 1916

Bleak, A. T. 1948

Broadbent, D. A. 1944

Cook, C. W. and L. E. Harris. 1950

Cook, C. W. and N. Jefferies. 1963

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1961

Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.
1951, 1952, 1957

Cook, C. W., D. O. Williamson, L. E. Harris, L. A.
Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. 1950

Cox, H. L. 1952

Dalton, P. D., Jr. 1951

Day, F. D. 1958

Doran, C. W. 1944

Edlefsen, J. L. 1960

Fenley, J. M. 1948

Forsling, C. L. and E. V. Storm. 1929

Frischknecht, N. C, L. E. Harris, H. K. Wood-
ward. 1953

Gaufin, A. R. and others. 1950

Gonzales, M. H. 1964

Goodwin, D. L. 1960

Green, L. R. 1948

Hochmuth, H. R. 1952

Hochmuth, H. R.. E. R. Franklin, and M. Claw-
son. 1942

Hubbert, F. E., Jr. 1950

Hutchings, S. S. 1946, 1950a, b, 1951, 1954

Hutchings, S. S. and G. Stewart. 1953

Julander, O. 1951, 1953, 1955a, b, c, 1958

Julander, O. and W. L. Robinette. 1950

Julander, O., W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith, and
D. M. Gaufin. 1950

Kothmann, M. M. 1963

Leonard, R. 1947

Mann, D. H. 1956

Marsh, C. D. 1924

Murdy, H. W. 1953

Norris, J. J. 1942

Pammel, L. H. 1905

Peterson, L. S. 1964

Peterson, W„ P. V. Cardon, K. C. Ikeler, G.
Stewart, A. C. Esplin. 1927

Roberts, N. K. and B. D. Gardner. 1964

Sharp, L. A. 1949

Smith, A. D. 1948, 1949, 1950b, d

Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953

Starr, C. P. 1933

Stewart, G. 1947a

Stoddart, L. A. 1944b

Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Rasmussen. 1945b

Walker, D. D. 1964

Walker. R. H. 1944

Woods, C. N. 1948

Young, W. S. 1956

Zobel, K. W. 1958
Locomotive Springs, Anon. 1945
Locomotive Springs Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Mc-

Cullough, R. A. 1951
Locustidae, Henderson, W. W. 1942
lodgepole pine ( See Pinus contorta )
Logan Canyon

Hansen, W. L. 1933

Tinker, F. A. 1962
Logan River, Clark, W. J. 1958
logging, Pearson, G. A. 1935
Lomatium leptocarpus

Holmgren, A. H. 1948

Tingey, D. C. 1959
Lombardy poplar. Arnold, F. R. 1928
Lonicera Utahensis, Watson. S. 1882
Loti, Ottley, A. M. 1944

lower Sonoran zone (See Sonoran zone, lower)
lumbering ( See also forests and forestry, timber, trees )

Fitzgerald, O. A. 1929a

Robb, W. L. 1941
Lupinus

Downey, J. C. and D. B. Dunn. 1964
Phillips, L. L. 1955
Smith, C. P. 1919

arbustus, Dunn, D. B. 1957

pukher, Eastwood, A. 1942
lyeaenid butterfly, Downey, J. C. and D. B. Dunn.

1964
Lycium cooperi, Billings, W. D. 1949
Lycopus, Henderson, N. C. 1962
Lygodesmia, Maguire, B. 1947b
Lynndyl sand dunes, Phillips, H. J. 1955
Machaeranthera glabriuscuki confertifolia, Cronquist. A.

1963
macro-invertebrates, Anderson, M. A. 1963
Madia glomerate

Carnahan, G. F. 1960

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1962a

Parker, R. E. 1950a, b
Madro-Tertiary geoflora, Avelrod, D. I. 1958
mahogany (See Cercocarpus)
mammals (See also big game, rodents and rabbits, wild-
life)

Chamberlain, N. V. 1958

Hardy, C. R. 1944

Hardy, R. 1945b

Long, W. S. 1940

Low, J. B. 1948a, b

Marshall. W. H. 1940

Merriam, C. H. 1892

Phillips, H. J. 1955

Shippee, E. A. 1955

Stewart, C. J. 1950

Svihla, R. D. 1931, 1932

Tillohash, T. 1936

Woodbury, L. 1955
Mammillaria gatesii, Jones. M. E. 1937b
man

early Utah. Chamberlain, R. V. 1947

biot'ic factor, Cottam, W. P. 1929

impact of

Hall, H. H. 1954

Hall, H. H. and W. P. Cottam. 1955

nature and, Calkins, H. G. 1939

part in erosion. Reid, H. L. 1931
Mancos group, Sarmiento, R. 1957
man-made marshes, Anon. 1945, 1947c

BlHLIUGHAPHY OF Ul'AH BOTANY

113

Manning Canyon Shale

Harrison, B. F. and R. K. Nelson

Moyle, R. W. 1958

Nelson, R. F. 1957

Tidwell, W. D. 1962a, b
Manti Forest Reserve, Jensen, A. W. 1906
Manti National Forest

Nielson, A. E. 1949

Reynolds. R. V. R. 1911
maple ( See Acer)

Markagunt Plateau, Gregory, H. E. 1949
marshes ( See also aquatic plants, salt marshes )

Anon. 1945, 1947c

Bolen, E. G. 1962, 1964

Chapman, V. J. 1960

Flowers, S. 1934, 1942

Kaushik, D. K. 1963

Nelson, N. F. 1949, 1953, 1955a, b, c

Robel, R. J. 1961a, b, c, 1962
Maryvale region, Salisbury, F. B. 1952
meadows ( See grasslands, pastures, plant ecology, range-
land and range management)
meat consumption, Lloyd, R. D. 1955
Melampsorella, Pady, S. M. 1942
Melanthaceae, Rydberg, P. A. 1900c
Mentzelia, Darlington, J. 1934
Mertensia incongruens, Goodman, G. J. 1931
mesas, Patraw, P. M.and J. R. Janish. 1959
Mesozoic Charophyta, Peck, R. E. 1957
metabolic studies, Sully, J. G. 1951
metabolizable energy, Cook, C, Wayne, L. A, Stoddart,

and L. E. Harris. 1952
mice ( See also rodents and rabbits )

Low, J. B. 1948a

Killpack. M. L. 1956
Micrococcaceae, Smith, A. D. 1949c
Micropuntia

Finn, L. E. 1956

Wiegand, F. 1956

Daston, J. S. 1956
Microsteris, Wherry, E. T. 1943
Mielichhoferia

Andrews, A. L. 1932

Bartram, E. B. 1927
milkweeds (See Asclepias)
Millard County

Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b

Cottam, W. P. 1939

Meinzer, O. E. 1911
Mill Creek, Lemke, A. E. 1954
Miller watershed. Winters, W. S. 1954
Mimulus

Lindsay, D. W. 1960, 1964

Mia, M. M. and R. K. Vickery, Jr. 1960

Mukherjee, B. B., D. Wiens, and R. K. Vickery.

Jr. 1957
Pennell, F. W. 1935

Vickery. R. K„ Jr. 1955, 1956a, b, c, 1964
Vickery, R. K., Jr., and U. W. Lindsay. 1961
Vickery, R. K., Jr., and R. L. Olson. 1956

primuloides, Maguire, B. 1937
mineral requirements, grasses, Steele, P. L. 1958
Mirror Lake

Snow, E. 1940

Snow, E. and G. Stewart. 1939
mining claims, Porter, R. D. 1955
Mississippian flora, Arnold, A. and W. Sadlick. 1962
mistletoe (See Arceuthobium)
Mnium arizonic, Bartram, E. B. 1926

moisture meter, Marston, R. B. 1958
molds (See fungi, plant pathology)

Smith, A. D. 1949c

Tully, J. G., Jr., D. A. Anderson, and T. L. Martin.
1950
Monarda, McClintock, E. and C. Epling. 1942
Montana formation, Knowlton, F. H. 1900
montane

plants, Rydberg, P. A. 1919

zones, Rydberg, P. A. 1915

flora, Sampson, A. W. 1925a
Montia perfoliata, Tillett, S. S. 1955
monuron, Cronin, E. H. 1960
Mormon colonization, Butt. N. I. 1938
Mormon cricket. Swain, R. B. 1940
Mormon settlement. Stewart, G. and [. A. Widtsoe.

1943
Morrison formation

Arnold, C. A. 1962

Beath, O. A. 1943

Berry, E. W. 1915
Morus

Woodbury, A. M. 1935

multicaules, Pyper, G. D. 1935
mosses ( See bryophytes )
moulding. Hartley, D„ R. G. Pierce, and G. G. Hahn.

1919
mountain

brome, McCarty, E. C. 1938

brush (See Acer, plant ecology, Quercus)
AUman, V. P. 1952, 1953
Christensen, E. M. 1955. 1957, 1958a, 1959b,

1964a
Frischknecht, N. C. and A. P. Plummer. 1955
Marston, R. B. 1963b
Nixon, E. S. 1961

Nixon, E. S. and E. M. Christensen. 1959
Ream, R. D. 1960, 1964

forage plants, McCarty, E. C. and R. Price. 1942

lands, Cottam, W. P. ' 1963

pastures. Cliff, E. P. 1947

range, Gonzales, M. H. 1964

slopes, Goodwin, D. L. 1962

streams, Winsor. L. M. 1933
Mountain Meadows

Talbot, M. W. 1936

Cottam, W. P. 1929a, c

Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart. 1940
Mount Emmons, Murdock, J. R. 1951
Mount Nebo, Rognrud, M. J. 1953
Mount Pleasant, U. S. Forest Service, Intermountain

Region, n.d.
Mount Timpanogos

Cottam, W. P. 1927

Hayward, C. L. 1942

Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Shaw. 1936

Shaw, R. K. 1958
Muhlenbergia

cttrtifolia, Turner, C. G., II. 1960

gracilis, McCarty, E. C. 1935
mulberry trees (See Morus)

mule's ear, Tingey. D. C. and C. W. Cook. 1954
multiple use, Reavley, W. L. 1961
museums, Stokes, W. L. 1964
mushrooms ( See also fungi )

Knight, B. M. 1932

Knight, B. M. and W. P. Cottam. 1933

McKnight, K. H. 1952, 1957
muskrat ( See also rodents and rabbits )

114

BmcHAM Young Univeksity Science Bulletin

Marshall, W. H. 1937
McCullough, R. A. 1951
mycorrhizae ( See also fungi )

Henry, L. K. 1936
Myzocallis alhambra, Knowlton, G. F. 1941
Namacladus glanduliferus orientate, McVaugh, R. 1939
Nannoceratopsis, Evitt, W. R. 1961
national forests (See also forests and forestry, plant
ecology )

Bailey, H. E. and V. L. Bailey. 1941

Baker, F. S. 1920a, b, 1925b

Baker, F. S. and S. B. Locke. 1926

Cottam, W. P. 1935a

Dixon, D. 1961

Greeley, W. B. 1913

Hedgcock, G. G. 1914

James, G. W. 1922

Jensen, A. W. 1906

Mielke, J. L. 1952

Nielson, A. E. 1949

Nord, A. G. 1941. 1947

Olsen, C. J. 1955

Pady, S. M. 1942

Parkinson, D. 1931

Rasmussen, D. I. 1947

Reynolds, R. V. R. 1911

Robinette, W. L. 1949

Southard, A. R. 1958

Stevens, G. J. 1963

Tackle, D. 1954

TiUotson, C. R. 1917a, b

U. S. Congress, House Committee on Public Lands.

1929, 1932
U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on Agriculture

and Forestry. 1953
U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on Public Lands

and Surveys. 1926
U. S. Department of Agriculture. 1949
U. S. Forest Service. 1921, 1926, 1930a, b, 1931,

1936, 1945, 1962, 1964, n.d. (a, b)
U. S. Forest Service. Division of Range Research.

1944
U. S. Forest Service, Intermountain Forest and

Range Experiment Station Annual Reports
U. S. Forest Service, Intermountain Region. 1963.
n.d. (a, b)
national land reserve, Nielson, R. D. 1962
national monuments (See Arches National Monument,
Cedar Breaks National Monument, Dionsaur National
Monument)
national parks (See also Bryce National Park, Canyon
Lands National Park, national monuments, Zion Na-
tional Park)

Bailey, H. E. and V. L. Bailey. 1941
Jones. V. H. 1955
Pady, S. M. 1942
natural history. Chamberlain, R. V. 1945
naturalized species (See also introduced plants, plant
ecology, taxonomy and distribution, weeds)
Christensen, E. M. 1962b. 1963a, 1964d
Presnall, C. C. 1934a
nature

balance of ( See balance of nature )
early Utah, Chamberlain. R. V. 1947
man and, Calkins, H. G. 1939
pioneers and, Chamberlain, R. V. 1950
study, Paul, J. H. 1908a, b
Navajo country

Gregory, H. E. 1916

Woodbury, A. M. and H. N. Russell. Jr. 1945
Navajo Indian Reservation

Burton, W. H., Jr. 1955
Deaver, C. F. and H. S. Haskell. 1955
Navajo Mountain, Benson, S. B. 1935
Nebo elk herd, Rognrud, M. J. 1953
needle fungus, Hartley, C. 1918
Nemophila, Constance, L. 1941
Nephi, Worthington, K. N. 1951
Nicotiana

attenuate, Wells, P. V. 1959
trigonophylla, Wells, P. V. 1959
Nine Mile Canyon, Ferguson, C. W. 1949
Nitella opaca

Braun, A. 1883
Wood, R. D. 1948
nitrates, dry farming, Stewart, R. 1911
nitrification, arid soils, Stewart, R. 1913
nitrogen fixation, Peterson, E. G. and E. Mohr. 1913
northern desert shrub ( See also deserts, sagebrush, salt
deserts, plant ecology)
Christensen, E. M. 1959
Fautin, R. W. 1941, 1946, 1948
Notholoena

Jonesii, Maxon, W. R. 1917
limitanea, Maxon, W. R. 1919
nuclear soil meter, Marston, R. B. 1958
nurse crops, Stoddart, L. A. 1941b, 1946
nursery practice, Tillotson, C. R. 1917b
nut bearing trees, Swaner, J. C. 1888
nutrition ( See also livestock, plant physiology )
Cook, C. W. 1956
Cox, H. L. 1952
Dahl. B. E. 1953

Edlefsen, J. L., C. W. Cook, and J. T. Black. 1960
Hubbert, F. E., Jr. 1950
Monk, R. W. and G. Stewart. 1951
Pieper, R. D. 1958

Pieper, R. D., C. W. Cook, and L. E. Harris. 1959
Nyctaginaceae, Porter, C. L. 1952
oak (See Quercus)
oakbrush (See mountain brush, oak-maple brush, plant

ecology, Quercus gambelli)
oak-maple brush, Christensen. E. M. 1958a
Oenothera

Linsley, E. G. and J. W. Macswain. 1962
Raven, P. H. 1962
caespitosa jonesii, Munz. P. A. 1931
Hookeri hirsutissima, Munz, P. A. 1939
orientalis, Munz, P. A. 1928
Ogden Bay Refuge
Anon. 1949a

Nelson, N. F. 1954, 1955b
Ogden River

Croft, A. R. and J. A. Adams, Jr. 1950
Young, O. W. 1947, 1948
Onagraceae, Munz. P. A. 1928, 1931
Ophioglossaceae, Clausen, R. T. 1938
Opuntia ptdchella, Benson. L. 1957a
Oquirrh Mountains, oak, Cottam, W. P. and R. Drob-

nick. 1955
Orchidaceae, Williams, L. O. 1937
Oreocarua

breviflora, Payson, E. B. 1926
jonesiana, Payson, E. B. 1926
ruguhs, Payson, E. B. 1926
tarva, Nelson. A. 1936
williamsii. Nelson, A. 1934
ornamental deciduous trees, Reimschtissel, E. F. 1951,

BlbLlOGHAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

115

1958
Orobanche ludoviciana lutiloba, Munz, P. A. 1930
Orthoptera, Henderson. W. W. 1942
Oryzopsis, Plummer, A. P. and N. C. Frischknecht.

1952
osmoregulation, Mott, B. L. 1964
Osmorhiza, Constance, L. and B. H. Shan. 1948
osmotic concentration, Harris, J. A., R. A. Gortner, W.
F. Hoffman, J. V. Lawrence, and A. T. Valentine.
1924
Otozamites powelli, Berry. E. W. 1927
outdoor development, Winn, D. S. 1962
outdoor instruction ( See also conservation education )

Johnson, C. M. 1963
over-cutting, Zimmerman, J. 1964
overgrazing (See rangeland and range management)
oxalate content of halogeton, Cook, C. W. and D. H.

Gates. 1960
Oxytropis

Barneby, B. C. 1952

Wheeler, L. C. 1939
Paeonia Brownii, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren.

1941
Paiute plant names, Tillohash, T. 1956
Palaeocoryne, Elias, M. K. 1943
paleobotany

Andrews, H. N. 1943

Arnold, C. A. 1962

Arnold. C. A. and W. Sadlick. 1962

Axelrod, D. I. 1940. 1950. 1958

Bass, C. 1964

Becker, H. F. 1960

Berry. E. W. 1915, 1927. 1930

Boyle, A. C. 1947

Bradley, W. H. 1929a, b, 1931

Brown, B. W. 1929, 1934a, b, 1936, 1940, 1949.
1959

Buss, W. R. 1951

Chaney, B. W. 1944

Davis, C. A. 1916

Dutton, C. E. 1882

Eardley, A. J. 1930, 1932, 1957

Eardley, A. J., V. Gvosdetsky, and R. E. Marsell.
1957

Elias, M. K. 1943

Evitt, W. B. 1961

Fisher. D. J., C E. Erdmann, and J. B. Reeside,
Jr. 1960

Flowers. S. 1933a

Hasler, J. W. and A. L. Crawford. 1938

Hays, J. D. 1960

Johnson. J. H. 1934

Katish. P. J., Jr. 1952

Knowlton, F. H. 1888, 1900. 1923

Lankford, R. R. 1952

Laudermilk, J. D. 1945

Lesquereux, L. 1872

McKnight. K. H. and J. K. Rigby. 1962

Mitchell, J. G. 1956

Moyle, R. W. 1958

Newberry, J. S. 1874

Peck, R. E. 1940, 1957

Read, C. E. and R. W. Brown. 1934

Richardson, G. B. 1906, 1909

Sarmiento, B. 1957

Schemel, M. P. 1948, 1950

Setty, M. G. A. P. 1963a. b

Stokes, W. L. 1938, 1952

Thiessen, B. and G. C. Sprunk. 1937

TidweU, W. D. 1962a, b, c

Winchester, D. E. 1917
Paleozoic age, Elias, M. K. 1943
Palmer, Edward, plant explorer, McVaugh, B. 1956
Palouse grassland. Stoddart, L. A. 1941
palvnology (See also pollen)

' Hays, J. D. 1960
Park and Becreation Commission, Floyd, J. W. 1958
Park City district, Boutwell, J. M. 1912
parks ( See also national monuments, national parks,
state parks)

Anon. 1956c

Amberger. L. P. and J. B. Janish. 1952

Bailey, H. E. and V. L. Bailey. 1941

Bailey, V. L. and H. E. Bailey. 1955

Chura, N. J. 1959

Dodge, N. N. and J. B. Janish. 1961

Floyd, J. W. 1958

Frehner, L. 1948

Olsen. C. J. 1962

Parker, T. C. 1933

Patraw, P. M. and J. B. Janish. 1959

Plair, T. B. 1934

Beid. H. L. 1931

Thornton, J. W. 1931
Punnelia saximontana, Anderson, B. A. and W. A.

Weber. 1962
Parrish Basin, Marston. B. B. 1948
Parrish Canyon, Marston, B. B. 1948, 1958a
pastures ( See also rangeland and range management)

Baird, G. T. n.d.

Bateman, G. Q. and W. Keller. 1956

Bracken, A. F. 1944

Barcken, A. F. and B. J. Evans. 1943

Frischknecht, N. C. 1949

Stewart, G. 1957, 1948c
pathology ( See plant pathology )
Paul, J. H., biography, Van Cott. O. 1927
peaches, diseases

Bichards. B. L. 1940

Bichards, B. L. and L. M. Hutchins. 1941
Pedicularis paysoniana, Pennell, F. W. 1934
Pellaea

atropurpurea, Butters, F. K. 1917

breweri

Butters, F. K. 1917
Maxon, W. B. 1918

glabella, Butters, F. K. 1917, 1921

pumila, Butters, F. K. 1921
pellet seeding, Hull, A. C, Jr., B. C. Holmgren, W. H.

Berry, and J. A. Wagner. 1963
Pennsylvanian flora. TidweU, W. D. 1962a, b
Penstemon

bracteatus, Keck, D. D. 1934

confusus typicus, Keck, D. D. 1937

Palmeri

eglandulosus, Keck, D. D. 1937
typicus, Keck, D. D. 1937

utahensis, Keck, D. D. 1937
periphyton ( See also algae )

Anderson, M. A. 1963

Quinn, B. G. 1958

Young, O. W. 1947, 1948
Peromyscus, Turner, G. C, Jr. 1950
Petalostemon Searlsiae, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holm-
gren. 1941
Phacelm

austromontaiui, Howell. J. T. 1942b

demissa heterotricha, Howell, J. T. 1943a

116

Bricham Younc University Science Bulletin

demissa typica, Howell, J. T. 1943a
idahoensis, Gillett, G. W. 1960
indecora, Howell, J. T. 1943a
linearis, Gillett, G. W. 1962
magellanica, Heckard, L. R. 1960
pulchella, Howell, J. T. 1943a
rotundifolia, Howell, J. T. 1943a
sericea, Gillett, G. W. 1960
Phaenogamia, Coulter, J. M. 1885
Phalaris, Timmons. B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953
phenology, Lofgren, B. F. 1952
Philadelphus microphyllus stramineus form zionensis,

Hitchcock, C. L. 1943
Phlox

caesia, Eastwood, A. 1937b
cortezana, Nelson, A. 1931
gladiformis, Wherry, E. T. 1942
grahami, Wherry, E. T. 1943
griseola, Wherry, E. T. 1942
jonesii, Wherry, E. T. 1944
kelseyi variabilis, Wherry, E. T. 1941
Phycomitrium pygmaeum, Flowers, S. 1937
Phyllosticta digitariae, Sprague, R. 1956
phylogenetic method, Hal], H. M. and F. E. Clements.

1923
Physoderma, Mumford, D. L. 1958
phytogeography (See plant geography)
phytopathology (See plant pathology)
phytoplankton (See also algae, aquatic plants)
Chatwin, S. L. 1956
Clark, W. J. 1956, 1958
Clark, W. J. and W. F. Sigler. 1961
McDonald, D. B. 1962
Picea ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology, trees )
Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf. 1921
List, P. 1959
Sudworth, G. B. 1916
engelmannii

Curtis, J. D. 1958
Gregory, H. E. 1950
Hedgcock, G. G. 1914
Hodson, E. R. and J. H. Foster. 1910
Korstian, C. F. 1925
Mielke, J. L. 1950

Mielke, J. L. and R. W. Davidson. 1947
Moore, R. R. 1964
Parkinson, D. 1928, 1931
Pflugbeil, E. 1960
Ronco, F. 1961
pigmy conifers ( See pinyon-juniper )
pine (See Pinus)

Austrian (See Pinus nigra)
brisde-cone ( See Pinus aristuta )
limber (See Pinus flexilus)
lodgepole ( See Pinus contortu )
Pinyon (See Pinus edulis, Pinus monophylla)
ponderosa (See Pinus ponderosa)
Pine Valley Mountains
Behle, W. H. 1943
Hevly, R. H. 1961
Wells. P. V. 1960
Pinus ( See also forests and forestry, pinyon-juniper.
plant ecology, trees)

Beal, J. A. 1939
Brush, W. D. 1947
Hardy, R. 1937
Locke, S. B. 1929c
Sudworth, G. B. 1917
Weight, K. E. 1932

aristata, Weight, K. E. 1933a
contorta

Anon. 1907

Daniel, T. W. and G. H. Barnes. 1958

Greeley, W. B. 1913

Hutchinson, S. B. and J. H. Wikstrom. 1957

Korstian, C. F. 1925

Mason, D. T. 1915

Tackle, D. 1954, 1958

Tackle, D. and D. I. Crossley. 1953
edulis

Biddulph, O. 1933

Cole, F. R. and L. D. Hiner. 1963

Deaver, C. F. and H. S. Haskell. 1955

Dixon, D. 1961

Schulman, E. 1954b
flexilis, Dixon, D. 1961

monophylla, Cole, F. R. and L. D. Hiner. 1963
nigra, Greeley, W. B. 1913
ponderosa

Greeley, W. B. 1913

Hawksworth, F. G. 1961

Krygier, J. T. 1955

Mielke, J. L. 1952

Roe, A. L. and K. N. Boe. 1950

Schulman, E. 1954b

Squillace, A. E. and R. R. Silen. 1962
pinyon-juniper ( See also forests and forestry, Juniperus,
Pinus, plant ecology, trees)
Anon. 1963

Anderson, D. A. and E. L. Miner. 1940
Biddulph, O. 1933
Brush, W. D. 1947
Christensen, E. M. 1959b
Cole, F. R. and L. D. Hiner. 1963
Davis, C. D. 1960

Deaver, C. F. and H. S. Haskell. 1955
Dixon, D. 1961

Floyd, J. W. and T. W. Daniel. 1958
Hardy, R. 1937, 1945
Jensen, R. L. 1961
Little, E. L., Jr. 1948
Mangelson, F. L. and A. D. Smith. 1951
Moessner. K. E. 1962
Plummer, A. P. 1958, 1959
Schulman, E. 1954a
Smith, A. D. 1952a
Sudworth, G. B. 1915
Woodbury, A. M. 1940b, 1947
Yeager, M. W. 1939
pioneers, Standing, A. R. 1963
Pisophaca pardalina, Rydberg, P. A. 1929
Placynthium nigrum nigrum, Henssen, A. 1963
plankton ( See also algae, aquatic botany, phytoplankton )
Piranian, G. 1937
Pratt, G. A. 1957

Pratt, G. A. and K. H. McKnight. 1957
plant ecology ( See also biotic communities, forests
and forestry, plant geography, rangeland and range
management, watersheds and water supply)
Anon. 1907
Abbott, E. B. 1953
Aldous, A. E. and H. L. Shantz. 1924
Aldous, C. M. 1945
Allan, J. S. 1962
Allman, V. P. 1952, 1953
Anderson, D. A. and E. L. Miner. 1940
Baasher, M. M. 1961
Baker, F. S. 1918, 1925

Bibliography of Utah Botany

117

Baker. F. S. and C. F. Korstian. 1931

Baker, F. S.. C. F. Korstian. and N. J. Fetherolf.

1921
Baker, W. L. 1949
Barnett. L. B. 1964b
Behle, W. H. 1955, 1958a, b, 1960
Behle, W. H.. J. B. Bushman, and C. M. Green-

halgh. 1958
Benson, S. B. 1935
Bessey, G. E. 1960
Bolen, E. G. 1962, 1964
Boutwell, J. M. 1912
Bracken, A. F. 1960
Brun, ]. M. 1962
Brun, J. M. and T. W. Box. 1963
Buchanan, H. 1960
Burke, M. H. 1934
Burr, G. O. 1931
Cannon, H. L. 1952, 1964
Cardon, P. V. 1913
Camahan, G. F. 1960
Carr, W. H. 1946
Castle, E. S. 1955
Chapman. V. J. 1960
Christensen, D. C. 1938
Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1955, 1956, 1957,

1958a. b. 1959a. b, 1961a, b, 1962a. b. c, 1963a,

b, c.d, 1964a, b, c, d
Christensen, E. M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961
Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b
Christensen, E. M. and E. S. Nixon. 1964
Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963
Clark. W. J. 1956. 19.58
Clayton, V. A. 1942
Clements, F. E. 1916, 1920. 1928. 1934, 1936,

1949
Cline, M. G. 1960
Cook, C. W. 1942, 1961. 1962, 1963
Cook, C. W. and T. W. Box. 1961
Cook, C. W. and D. N. Gates. 1960
Cook, C. W. and C. J. Goebel. 1962
Cook, C. W. and R. Hurst. 1962
Cook, C. W. and C. E. Lewis. 1963
Cook. C. W. and K. G. Parker. 1963
Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1953a, b, 1963a
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart. and L. E. Harris.

1954, 1957, 1959a
Cottam, W. P. 1926, 1927, 1929a, b, c, 1930, 1931,

1937, 1946, 1948, 1953c, 1954, 1961a, b. 1963
Cottam, W. P. and R. Drobnick. 1955
Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans. 1945
Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart. 1940
Cottam, W. P. and ]. M. Tucker. 1956
Cottam, W. P., J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick.

1959
Croft, A. R. 1925, 1930
Daniel. T. W. 1962
Daniel, T. W. and G. H. Barnes. 1958
Darling, F. F. 1956
Dastrup, B. C. 1963
Davis, C. D. 1960, 1962
Denney. A. 1955
Dice. L. R. 1939. 1943
Dixon, H. 1935a, b
Drobnick, R. 1958
Ellison, L. 1940, 1941, 1943, 1946, 1948a, b,

1949a, b. 1954, 1955, 1959, 1960
Ellison. L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952
Ellison, L. and A. R. Croft. 1944

Ellison. L., A. R. Croft, and R. W. Bailey. 1951

Ellison, L. and W. R. Houston. 1958

Esplin. A. C, J. E. Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart.

1937
Evans, F. R. 1936
Evans, P. A. 1925, 1926
Fautin, R. W. 1941, 1946, 1948
Fetherolf, J. M. 1917
Fireman. M. and H. E. Hayward. 1952
Flook, D. R. 1955

Flowers, S. 1934. 1942. 1955, 1959, 1960
Flovd, J. W. and T. W. Daniel. 1958
Ford, T. S. 1949
Forsling, C. L. 1931
Fosberg. F. R. 1938
Foster, H. N. 1960

Frischkneeht, N. C. 1949, 1951, 1959, 1963
Frischknecht, N. C. and A. P. Plummer. 1949,

1955
Garrett. A. O. 1922
Gates, D. H. 1956a, b
Gates, D. H.. L. A. Stoddart. and C. W. Cook.

1956
Ghiselin, J. B. 1956
Gifford, G. F. 1964
Gillet, G. W. 1960
Graham, E. H. 1935, 1937a, b
Gray, A. and J. D. Hooker. 1880
Gregory, H. E. 1916, 1933, 1938, 1944. 1945b.

1949, 1950a. b. 1963
Grittanugulya. N. 1962
Hall, H. H. 1954

Hall, H. H. and W. P. Cottam. 1955
Hanson, H. C. and E. D. Churchill. 1961
Hanson, W. R. 1939
Hanson, W. R. and L. A. Stoddart. 1940
Hardy, R. 1944b, 1945. 1947b
Harper. K. T. 1959
Harris, J. A. et al. 1923, 1934
Harris, M. L. 1926

Hayward, C. L. 1943. 1945, 1948, 1952
Hilton, J. W. 1940, 1941
Holmgren, A. H. 1963
Houston, W. R. 1951, 1954
Hull, A. C. Jr. 1941, 1962a, b
Hull, A. C, Jr., and T. L. Martin. 1939
Ibrahim, K. 1962, 1963
Jensen, G. H. 1940
Jensen, R. L. 1961
Johnson, H. B. 1964
Jolley, D. J. 1932
Inlander, O. 1955a, b. c. 1958, 1962
Julander, O., D. M. Gaufin, A. D. Smith, and W.

L. Robinette. 1951
Julander. O., W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith, and

D. M. Gaufin. 1950
Kaushik. D. K. 1963
Kay, L. 1960a
Kearney, T. H., L. J. Briggs. H. L. Shantz, J. W.

McLane, and R. L. Piemeisel. 1914
Kearney. T. H. and F. K. Cameron. 1902
Kendeigh. S. C. 1954
Kendeigh, S. C. et al. 1950-51
Kleinhampl, F. J. 1962
Korstian, C. F. 1921a. b, c. 1924, 1925
Krygier, J. T. 1955
Lambert. C. B. 1940
Lindsay, D. W. 1949, 1964
Livingston. B. E. and F. Shreve. 1921

118

Bkigham Young University Science Bulletin

Lofgren, B. F. 1949, 1952

Lull, H. W. and L. Ellison. 1950

MacDougal, D. T. 1908

Major, J. 1948

Markham, B. S. 1939

Marston, R. B. 1963

Marston, R. B. and O. Julander. 1961

Martin, P. S. 1963

Mason, L. R. 1963a, b

McDonald, J. E. 1946

McDougall, W. B. 1949

McGinnies, W. G. 1955

McGuire, J. H. 1937

McKay, J. W. 1936

McKell, C. M. 1950a, b

McMillan, C. 1948

McNulty, I. B. 1947

Meinzer, O. E. 1911, 1927

Menzies, C. W. 1935

Merriam, C. H. 1898

Merrill, L. A. 1914

Murdock. J. R. 1951

Nave, R. H. 1960

Nelson, E. W. 1930a, b.

Nelson, N. F. 1954, 1955a, b. c

Nixon, E. S. 1961

Nixon. E. S. and E. M. Christensen. 1959

Ortiz, L. B. 1950

Owen, T. ]. 1963

Page, R. J. 1960

Pammel, L. H. 1903. 1910

Papenfuss, H. D. 1964

Parker, R. E. 1950a, b

Parkey, W. 1950

Patraw, P. M. 1933

Payne, H. C. 1952

Pendleton, R. C. 1952

Peterson, D. L. 1954

Pickford, G. D. 1932

Pockford, G. D. and G. Stewart. 1935

Plair, T. B. 1934

Plummer, A. P. 1939, 1943, 1957, 1958

Plummer, A. P. and N. C. Frischknecht. 1952

Preece, S. ].. Jr. 1950a, b

Presnall, C. C. 1933a, 1934

Quigley, B. H. 1956

Ream, R. D. 1960, 1964

Rydberg, P. A. 1915, 1916a, b, 1917b, 1919b

Salisbury. F. B. 1952, 1954a, b

Sampson, A. W. 1918a. 1919a. b, 1925a, 1949.

1951
Sanchez, A. M. 1940
Shantz, H. L. 1916, 1925
Shantz, H. L. and R. L. Piemeisel. 1940
Shaw. R. K. 1958
Smith, A. D. 1944
Smith, J. M. 1933
Sneva, F. A. and D. N. Hyder. 1962
Stanton, W. D. 1931. 1933
Steele, P. L. 1958
Stewart, G. 1935, 1938. 1941a. b, 1942, 1943,

1948
Stewart, G.. W. P. Gottam, and S. Hutchings.

1940
Stewart, G. and C. L. Forsling. 1931
Stewart, G. and S. S. Hutchings. 1936
Stewart. G. and W. Keller. 1936
Stewart, G. and J. A. Widtsoe. 1943
Stewart. ]. O. 1929

Stoddart, L. A. 1941

Stutz, H. C. 1951

Svihla, R. D. 1932

Tanner, V. M. 1926, 1931a, 1940a, b

Tanner, V. M. and C. L. Hayward. 1934

Tanner, W. W. 1963

Vest, E. D. 1952, 1955, 1962a, b

Vest, E. D. and W. P. Cottam. 1953

Wakefield, H. 1933, 1936, 1937

Walters, J. 1947

Weaver, J. E. and F. E. Clements. 1938

Weight, K. E. 1928. 1934

Wells. P. V. 1959, 1960

Welsh, S. L. 1957

Welsh. S. L. and E. M. Christensen. 1957

White, W. N. 1932

Widtsoe, J. A. 1912

Winters, W. S. 1954

Woodbury, A. M. 1930a, 1931, 1933, 1936, 1938,

1940, 1947, 1948a, 1949, 1954, 1955a, 1956b,

1959a, b, 1960, 1964
Woodbury, A. M. et al. 1957, 1958
Woodbury, A. M., S. D. Durrant, and S. Flowers.

1951, 1952
Woodbury, L. 1955
Woodward, L. 1943
plant geography ( See also taxonomy and distribution,
higher plants )

Anon. 1878, 1914b

Anderson, L. C. 1959, 1964

Antrei, A. C. 1951

Babcock, E. B. and G. L. Stebbins, Jr. 1938

Benson. L. 1957b, 1962

Benson, S. B. 1935

Bessey, G. E. 1960

Bowman, I. 1911

Burke, M. H. 1934

Burr. G. O. 1931

Cain, S. A. 1944

Campbell. D. H. 1926

Carter, G. F. 1945

Chapman. V. J. 1960

Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1955, 1962b,

1963b. c, d, 1964d
Cottam, W. P. 1929b, 1930, 1933, 1939
Cottam. W. P. and J. M. Tucker. 1956
Cottam, W. P.. J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick.

1959
Daniel, T. W. 1962
Deaver, C. F. and H. S. Haskell. 1955
Dice, L. R. 1939, 1943
Drobnick, R. 1958
Durand, E. 1860
Fink. B. 1907
Fosberg, F. R. 1938
Garrett, A. O. 1913, 1921a
Gleason, H. A. and A. Cronquist. 1964
Goodmann, G. J. 1931
Gray, A. and J. D. Hooker. 1880
Gregory, H. E. 1916, 1933, 1938. 1944. 1949,

1950a, b. 1963
Hansen, H. P. 1946
Harris, J. A. et al. 1934
Harshberger, J. W. 1958
Hawkes, M. B. 1959
Jones, M. E. 1910
Kendeigh, S. C. 1954
Kuchler, A. W. 1964
Lemmon, J. G. 1878

BlBLIOCHAPHY OK UlAH BoTANY

119

Livingston, B. E. and F. Shreve. 1921

MacDougal, D. T. 190S

McDougall, W. B. 1949

Merriam, C. H. 1892, 1893a, b, c, 1898

Miller, E. E. 1951

Oosting, H. J. 1956

Pitelka, F. A. 1941

Powell, J. W. 1879

Rydberg, P. A. 1900a, 1913, 1915. 1916a, b
1917b, 1919b

Sargent, C. S. 1879

Shelf ord, V. E. 1926, 1963

Shreve, F. 1917, 1942

Turtle, L. E. 1948

Weaver, J. E. and F. E. Clements. 1938

Wheeler, G. M. 1878

White, C. L. 1925

Woodbury, A. M. 1947. 1949

Wride, C. H. 1961
plant pathology ( See also bacteria, fungi, insects )

Beal, J. A. 1939

Brewster, W. W. 1951

Bums. J. M. 1960

Cannon, O. S. 1962

Chick, W. D„ Jr. 1936

Craighead, F. C. 1925

Dewey, W. G. and D. C. Tingey. 1958

Ellis, D. E. 1939

Fischer, G. W. 1951

Garrett, A. O. 1910, 1914, 1915, 1919, 1921b, c,

1924, 1925, 1926a. 1933, 1937. 1939
Gill, L. S. 1935
Hartley, C. 1918

Hartley. C. R. G. Pierce, and G. G Hahn. 1919
Hartley, C. and G. G. Hahn. 1920
Hawksworth, F. G 1953, 1961
Hawksworth, F. G and J. L. Mielke. 1962
Hedgcock. G. G. 1914
Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946
Jolley, D. J. 1930, 1931
Jones, M. E. 1888
Kartchner. J. A. 1928
Knowlton, G. F. 1930. 1940, 1941, 1942 1946

1961
Knowlton, G. F. and L. L. Hansen. 1938
Korstian, C. F. 1923
Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf. 1921
Lee, W. O. and F. L. Timmons. 1955
Mielke, J. L. 1950, 1952, 1957a, b, 1961
Mielke, J. L. and R. W. Davidson. 1947
McKnight, K. H. 1952

McKnight, K. H. and D. L. Muniford. 1958
Meinecke, E. P. 1929
Mumford, D. L. 1958
Nelson, D. L. 1963

O'Gara, P. J. 1914a. b, c, 1915a, b. 1916a, b, 1917
Pady, S. M. 1942
Parker, D. E. 1958
Parkinson, D. 1931
Rhoads, A. S. 1946
Richards, B. L. 1940, 1945
Richards. B. L. and L. M. Hutchins. 1941
Smith, A. D. 1940
Smith, G. W. 1953
Spiers, R. D. 1957
Spiers, R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957
Sprague, R. 1956

Sprague. R.. G. W. Fischer, and J. P. Meiners.
1948

Sprague, R. and J. P. Meiners. 1949
Tingey, D. C. 1955
Treshow, M. 1963
Treshow, M. and J. F. Scholes. 1958
Treshow, M. and L. G. Transtrum. 1964
Waite, R. S. 1962
Weight, K. E. 1932
Wood, S. L. 1949, 1951
Woodbury, A. M. 1929c
Zundel, G. L. 1921
plant physiology ( See also nutrition )
Anderson, N. W. 1962
Cook, C. W. 1959
Cook, C. W. and K. G. Parker. 1963
Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1953a 1960

1961. 1963a
Cook, C. W.. L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris

1952, 1953, 1954, 1956, 1959a
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and F. E. Kinsinger

1958 ■ 6

Cook, C. W.. D. O. Williamson, L. E. Harris and

L. L. Madsen. 1950
Croft. A. R. 1925, 1930
Cronin, E. H. 1960
Dahl, B. E. 1953
Daines, L. L. 1910
DeBano, L. F. 1957
Denney, A. 1955
Goede, R. W. 1961
Gold, H. 1939
Gomm, F. B. 1955
Hanna, M. L. 1962
Harris, F. S. 1912, 1914
Harris, J. A., et ah 1924, 1934
Harrison, B. F. and R. F. Nelson. 1957
Kier, L. B. and T. O. Soine. 1960
Kinsinger, F. E. 1957
Korstian, C. F. 1924
Krishnamra, J. 1960
Lewis, C. E. 1961

Mangelson, F. L. and A. D. Smith. 1951
Matson, G. A., A. Rauve, J. M. Sugihara, and W T

Burke. 1949
McCarty, E. C. 1935, 1938
McCarty, E. C. and R. Price. 1942
Mcllvain. E. H. 1948
McNulty, I. 1963 .
Mead, D. R. 1958
Monk, R. W. and C. Stewart. 1951
Nelson, R. F. 1957
Parker, R. E. 1950a, b
Parkey. W. 1950
Steele, P. L. 1958
Stoddart. L. A. 1945c, 1946b
Stoddart, L. A. and J. E. Greaves. 1942
Teeter, J. W. 1963
Watanabe, S. 1944
plateau region, Gregory, H. E. 1933
plateaus, high, Dixon, H. 1935a, b
Plebejus icarioides, Downev, J. C and D B Dunn

1964
Pliocene

Brown. R.. W. 1949
Setty, A. P. 1963
plot size, Baasher. M. M. 1961
Poa

Christensen, E. M. 1961a, 1963c
Johnson. A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946
Maguire. B. 1935

120

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

bulbosa, Hull, A. C, Jr. 1939

nervosa, Maguire, B. 1935
pocket gopher

Aldous, C. M. 1945. 1951

Ellison, L. 1946

Ellision, L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952

Julander, O. and N. Chournos. 1959

Julander, O., J. B. Low, and O. W. Morris. 1959

Marston, R. B. and O. Julander. 1961
Podosporielh, O. Gara. P. J. 1915
point frame, Brun, J. M. 1962
point-observation plot, Stewart, G. and S. S. Hutchings.

1936
poisonous plants

Beath, O. A. 1943

Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.
1939, 1940, 1941

Byers, H. G. 1935

Byers, H. G., J. T. Miller, K. T. Williams, and H.
W. Lakin. 1938

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1953c

Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and V. L. Hart. 1952

Cronin, E. H. 1960

Denney, A. 1955

Doran, C. W. 1944

Ewan, J. 1944

Garrett, A. O. 1929

Graham, E. H. 1937

Harrison, B. F. and R. F. Nelson. 1957

Hart, V. L. 1953

Holmgren, A. H. 1943, 1945, 1950

Holt, W. L. 1940

Holt, W. L. and J. E. Greaves. 1941

Jansen, L. L. and E. H. Cronin. 1953

Johnson, A. G. and R. W. Leukel. 1946

Jones, M. E. 1888d

Knight, B. M. 1932

Knight. B. M. and W. P. Cottam. 1933

Marsh, C. D. 1924

Marsh, C. D. and A. B. Clawson. 1920

Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson, and H. Marsh. 1919

McKnight, K. H. 1952

Nelson, R. F. 1957

Patraw, Mrs. P. P. 1932

Presnall, C. C. 1935

Rosenfeld, I. and O. A. Beath. 1964

Stewart, G. 1951

Stoddart, L. A.. C. T. Baird, G. Stewart, B. S.
Markham, and H. Clegg. 1951

Stoddart, L. A., H. Clegg, B. S. Markham, and G.
Stewart. 1951

Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook. 1951

Sotddart. L. A., C. W. Cook, and B. P. Gomm.
1953

Stoddart, L. A.. A. H. Holmgren, and C. W. Cook.
1949

Weight, K. E. 1935c

Williams, M. C, W. Binns. and L. F. James. 1962

Zobel, K. W. 1958
Polemonium, Davidson, J. F. 1950
pollen

Barrett, C. E. 1934

Martin, P. S. 1963
Porter. M. R. 1930
Steeves, M. W. 1959
pollution ( See also aquatic botany, water)

Cannon, O. S. 1964
Gaufin, A. R. 1955b
Hales. E. C. 1960

Kay, L. 1960b
Mahaffey, J. 1960
McDonald. D. B. 1956
Miller, G. L. 1959
Lemke, A. E. 1954
Smith. G. R. 1959
Thatcher, L. M. 1955
Treshow, M. and L. G. Transtrum. 1964
Polygonum utahense, Brenckle, J. F. and W. P. Cottam.

1940
Polyporus submucultmi.s, Murrell, W. A. 1945
pond, farm fish, Wardle, W. D. 1953
ponderosa pine ( See Pinu.s ponderosa )
pondweed (See also aquatic plants, Poiamogeton )

sago, Robel, R. J. 1961a, c
poplar, Lombardy, Arnold. F. R. 1928
poplars ( See Populus )
Populus ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology,
trees )

Presnall, C. C. 1933b
Sudworth, G. B. 1934
U. S. Forest Service. 1930
Weight. K. E. 1935a
angustifolia

Bennion, G. C. 1960
Bennion, G. C, R. K. Vickery, and W. P.
Cottam. 1961
fremontii

Bennion, G. C. 1960
Bennion, G. C, R. K. Vickery, and W. P.
Cottam. 1961
nigra italica, Arnold. F. R. 1928
tremuloides

Baker, F. S. 1918. 1921, 1925a
Cottam, W. P. 1953c, 1954
Curtis, J. D. 1948a, b
Dixon, D. 1961
Ellison, L. 1943
Fetherolf, J. M. 1917
Frykman. J. K. 1958
Gifford, G. F. 1964
Hartley, C. and G. G. Hahri. 1920
Houston, W. R. 1951, 1954
Major, J. 1948
Marston, R. B. 1952, 1963b
Marston, R. B. and O. Julander.
Meinecke, E. P. 1929
Mielke, J. L. 1957a
Plummer, A. P. and G. Stewart.
Robinson. M. E. and D. H. Matthews. 1955
Sampson, A. W. 1919
Southand, A. R. 1958
Treshow, M. 1963

Weigle, W. G. and E. H. Frothingham. 1911
porcupines, Weight. K. E. 1932
Portulacaceae

McKnight, K. H. and D. L. Mumford. 1958
Mumford, D. L. 1958
Rydberg. P. A. 1932
postglacial vegetation, Hansen, H. P. 1946
postpluvial climates

Cottam, W. P. and J. M. Tucker. 1956
Cottam, W. P.. J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick.
1959
Potamogeton (See also aquatic plants)
Bessey, G. E. 1960
Femald, M. L. 1932
Robel, R. J. 1961a, b, c, 1962, 1963
Teeter, J. W. 1963

1961

1944

BlHLlOGHAPHY OF UTAH BOTANY

121

epihydrus Nuttatlii, Maguire, B. 1935
potassium, central Utah, Bennett, J. 1956
potassium chloride, Anderson, N. W. 1962
potatoes. Cannon, O. S. 1962
pot herbs, Brown. A. P. 1934
pothole, Lacy, C. H. 1959
powdery mildew, Cannon, O. S. 1962
Powell's Slough, Utah Lake, Bamett, L. B. 1964b
Prasiola mexicana, Hevly. R. H. 1961
precipitation ( See also climatology )
Korstian, C. F. 1921d
Lull, H. W. and L. Ellison. 1950
predator control (See also wildlife)
Presnall, C. C. 1948
Udy, J. R. 1953
presettlement vegetation ( See also plant ecology )
Bracken, A. F. 1940
Burr, G. O. 1931
Chamberlin, R. V. 1947

Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1961a. 1963c
Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b
Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963
Cottam, W. P. 1929a, b, 1947a. b, 1952, 1961a

b, 1945
Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart. 1940
Dastrup, B. C. 1963
Durand, E. 1860
Hall, H. H. 1954

Hall. H. H. and W. P. Cottam. 1955
Harris, F. S. 1946
Mason, L. R. 1963a, b
Stewart, G. 1941a, 1943, 1948, 1949a
Stewart, G. and J. A. Widtsoe. 1943
Stoddart, L. A. 1941
Tanner, V. M. 1940a
Wakefield, H. 1933, 1936
Worthington, K. N. 1951
presowing vernalization, Frischknecht. N. C. 1959
prevernal leafing, aspen. Cottam, W. P. 1953. 1954
Price. Hardy, R. 1937
Price River

Gaufin, A. R. 1957, 19.58
Miller, G. L. 1959
prickley pear (See also cacti), Patravv, P. M. 1933
Primula maguirei, Williams, L. O. 1936
protein variations, Monk, R. W. and G. Stewart. 1951
Provo area, Sonehez, A. M. 1904
Provo Canyon

Allman, V. P. 1952. 1953

Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppson.

1939
Christensen, E. M. 1958a, 1962, 1964a
Christensen, E. M. and E. S. Nixon. 1964
Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963
Harris, M. L. 1926
Nixon, E. S. 1961

Nixon. E. S. and E. M. Christensen. 1959
Provo River ( See also Deer Creek Reservoir )
Anon. 1948b
Dunstan, W. A. 1951
Gaufin, A. R. 1957, 1958
Primus

demissa, Maguire, B. 1937
fasciculata, Mason. S. C. 1913
melanocarpa

Lee, W. O. and F. L. Timmons. 1955
Richards, B. L. 1940, 1945
Speirs, R. D. 1957
Speirs, R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957

Pscudotsuga ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology,
trees )

globulosa, Flous, F. 1934
rehderi, Flous, F. 1934
taxifolia

Beck, D E. 1948
Flous, F. 1934
Frothingham, E. H. 1909
Hayward, C. L. 1940
Korstian, C. F. 1925
Pappenfuss, H. D. 1964
Schulman, E. 1954b
Sudworth, G. B. 1918
Weight, K. E. 1933b
Psoralea epipsila, Bameby, R. C. 1943
Ptelca, Bailey, V. L. 1962
Pteridophyta, Coulter, J. M. 1885
Pteridophyta and Angiosperms, Cottam, W. P., A. O.

Garrett, and B. F. Harrison. 1940
Pterophyllum bakeri, Berry, E. W. 1930
public domain ( See also land, public lands )
Stewart, G. 1924b, 1925, 1930
U. S. Congress. Senate Committee on Public Lands
and Surveys. 1926
public lands ( See also hind, public domain )
Anon. 1953
Jackson, N. H. 1958
Lloyd, R. D. 1959
Mahoney, J. R. 1959
Roberts, N. K. and B. D. Gardner. 1964
Roth, C. H., Jr. 1940-42
Smith, A. D. 1960. 1963
Stewart, G. 1924a, b. 1949a
public shooting grounds. Anon. 1945
Puccinia pattersoniana, Garrett, A. O. 1924
pulpmill, U. S. Forest Service. 1964
Purshia tridcntata

Cline. M. G. 1960
McNulty, I. B. 1947
Smith, A. D. 1964
Stutz, H. C. and L. K. Thomas. 1964
Thomas. L. K., Jr. 1957
Thomas, L. K., Jr., and H. C. Stutz. 1958
quackgrass, Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953
quail. California, Nielson, R. L. 1952
Quercus (See also forests and forestry, plant ecology,
trees )
gamhelii

Anon. 1948b

Baker, W. L. 1949

Brewster, W. W. 1951

Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1958a

Cottam, W. P. and R. Drobnick. 1955

Cottam, W. P. and J. M. Tucker. 1956

Cottam, W. P.. J, M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick.

1959
Coulter, J. M. 1885
Drobnick, R. 1958
Engelmann. G. 1876b, 1887
Hawksworth, F. G. and J. L. Mielke. 1962
Kay. L. 1948
Kn'owlton, G. F. 1941
Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson, and H. Marsh.

1919
McKell. C. M. 1950a, b
Mann, D. H. 1956
Price, R. 1938
Ream, R. R. 1960
Rydberg. P. A. 1901

122

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Smith, J. G. 1949
Trelease, W. 1924
U. S. Forest Service. 1930
undulata, Tucker, J. M. 1961
rabbit brush (See Chrysotliamnus)
rabbits (See rodents and rabbits)
Raft River Mountains

Behle, W. H. 1958b
Michaelson, L. 1959
Preece, J., Jr. 1950a, b
ranchers, Keller, W. 1949, 1950
ranch situation, Peterson, W., P. V. Cardon, K. C. Ikeler,

G. Stewart, and A. C. Esplin. 1927
rangeland and range management

Anon. 1922, 1938a, b, 1946b, 1947b, d, 1955b,

1956a, 1957a, b, c, 1960b, 1963, 1964
Abbott, E. B. 1953
Aldous, C. M. 1951
Anderson. M. 1921
Bailey, R. W. 1932, 1948b. c, 1949
Baird, G. T. n.d.
Barnes. W. C. 1926
Barnes, W. C. and J. T. Jardine. 1916
Bateman, G. Q. and W. Keller. 19.56
Bleak, A. T. 1948, 1950
Bleak, A. T. and T. A. Phillips. 1950
Bracken, A. F. 1942. 1944
Bracken. A. F. and R. J. Evans. 1943
Broadbent, D. A. 1944
Campbell, R. S., L. Ellison, and F. G. Renner.

1948
Carlson, G. W. 1963
Carr, W. H. 1946
Chapline, W. R. 1936, 1948
Christensen, E. M. 1961a. 1963a, b
Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b
Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963
Clark, I. 1940, 1944, 1945
Cliff. E. P. 1947
Colbert, F. T. 1950
Colton, D. B. 1932
Cook, C. J. 1947
Cook, C. W. 1954, 1956, 1958, 1959, 1961, 1962.

1963, 1964
Cook, C. W. and T. W. Box. 1961
Cook, C. W. and D. H. Gates. 1960
Cook, C. W. and C. J. Goebel. 1962
Cook, C. W. and L. E. Harris. 1950, 1952
Cook, C. W. and R. Hurst. 1962
Cook, C. W. and N. Jefferies. 1963
Cook, C. W. and C. E. Lewis. 1963
Cook, C. W. and R. D. Lloyd. 1960
Cook, C. W. and K. G. Parker. 1963
Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1947a. b, 1950a,
b. 1951a. b, 1953a, b, c. I960, 1961, 1963, 1964a,
b
Cook C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.

1951, 1952, 1953, 1954, 1956, 1957, 1959a, b
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and V. L. Hart. 1952
Cook, C. W„ L. A. Stoddart, and F. E. Kinsinger.

1958
Cook, C. W., K. Taylor, and L. E. Harris. 1962
Cook, C. W„ D. O. Williamson, L. E. Harris, L. A.

Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. 1950
CosteUo, D. F. and R. Price. 1939
Costley, R. J., P. F. Allan, O. Julander. and D. I.

Rasmussen. 1948
Cottam, W. P. 1947a, b, 1953a, 1961a, b
Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans. 1945

Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart. 1940

Cox, H. L. 1952

Craddock, G. W. 1938

Craddock, G. W. and L. Woodward. 1945

Crane, H. S. 1954

Croft, A. R. 1945

Croft, A. R.. L. Woodward, and D .A. Anderson,

1943
Currie, P. O. 1963
Dahl, B. E. 1953
Dalton, P. D., Jr. 1951
Dastrup, B. C. 1963
Davis, C. D. 1962
Day, F. D. 1958
DeBano, L. F. 1957
DeVoto, B. 1952
Doran, C. W. 1944
Dougherty. S. S. 1922
Drobnick, R. 1959, 1960, 1961
Dutton, C. E. 1882
Edlefsen, J. L. 1960

Edlefsen, J. L., C. W. Cook and J. T. Blake. 1960
Edwards, H. L. 1961
Ellison, L. 1941, 1946, 1948a, b, 1949a, b, 1954

1959, 1960
Ellison, L. and C. M. Aldous. 1953
Ellison, L. and A. R. Croft. 1944
Ellison, L„ A. R. Croft, and R. W. Bailey. 1951
Ellison, L. and W. R. Houston. 1958
Esplin. A. C. 1947
Esplin. A. C.„ J. E. Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart.

1937
Evans, F. R. 1936
Evans, P. A. 1925, 1926
Everson, A. C. 1949
Fenley, J. M. 1948
Fenn, H. E. 1919
Flook, D. R. 1955
Floyd, J. W. 1948
Forsling, C. L. 1924. 1930, 1931
Forsling, C. L., F. P. Cronemiller, P. E. Melis, A.
R. Standing, A. A. Simpson, and R. King. 1936
Forsling, C. L. and E. V. Storm. 1929
Frischknecht, N. C. 1949, 1950, 1951. 1959, 1963
Frischknecht, N. C, L. E. Harris, and H. K. Wood-
ward. 1953
Frischknecht, N. E. and A. P. Plummer. 1949,

1955
Gatherum. G. E. 1951, 1901
Gaufin, D. M. and others. 1950
Goebel, C. J. 1960
Goebel. C. J. and C. W. Cook. 1960
Comm, F. B. 1955
Gonzales, M. H. 1964
Goodwin, D. L. 1960, 1962
Green. L. R. 1948
Green, L. R., L. A. Sharp, C. W. Cook, and L. I

Harris. 1951
Hall, E. C. 1883
Hanson, W. R. 1939
Hanson, W. R. and L. A. Stoddart. 1940
Harper, K. T. 1959
Harris. L. E., W. Cook, and J. E. Butcher. 1959
Harris, L. E., G. Stewart, N. C. Frischknecht, J. A.

Bennett, and H. K. Woodward. 1950
Hart. V. L. 1953
Heaton. V. H. 1956
Hilmon, J. B. 1955
Hoehmuth, H. R. 1952

BlBLlOGKAPHY OF UTAH BoTANY

Hochmuth, H. R., E. R. Franklin, and M. Clawson

1942
Holmgren, A. H. 1943, 1950
Houston, W. R. 1951, 1954
Hubbard, R. L. 1952
Hubbert, F. E. Jr. 1950
Hull, A. C, Jr., 1939, 1941, 1962a, b, 1963a b

1964
Hull, A. C, Jr., R. C. Holmgren, W. H. Berry and

J. A. Wagner. 1963
Hull, A. C. Jr., and J. F. Pechanec. 1947
Hurd, R. M. and C. K. Pearse. 1943
Hutchings, S. S. 1946, 1950a, b, 1951, 1954
Hutchings, S. S. and G. Stewart. 1953
Hyder, D. N. 1949
Jansen, L. L. and E. H. Cronin. 1953
Jackson, N. H. 1958
Jardine, J. T. and M. Anderson. 1919
Jefferies, N. W. 1962
Jeffery, D. E. 1953
Jensen, A. W. 1906
Johnson, H. B. 1964
Jones, D. 1957
Julander, O. 1951, 1952, 19,53, 1955a, b, c 1958

1962
Julander, O. and Nick Choumos. 1959
Julander, O., D. M. Gaufin, A. D. Smith, and W L

Robinette. 1951
Julander, O., J. B. Low, and O. W. Morris. 1959
Julander, O. and W. L. Robinette. 19,50, 1951
Julander, O., W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith and

D. M. Gaufin. 1950
Keller, W. 1941, 1949, 1950
Keller, W. and H. R. Hochmuth. 1948
Kinsinger, F. E. 1957
Klomp, G. J. 1949
Kothmann, M. M. 1963
Leonard, P. D. 1964
Leonard, R. 1947a, b

Leopold, A., L. K. Sowls, and D. L. Spencer 1947
Lewis, C. E. 1961
Lloyd, R. D. 1959
Lloyd, R. D. and C. W. Cook. 1960
Low. J. B. 1948a
Major, J. 1948
Mann, D. H. 1956, 1963
Marsh, CD. 1924

Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson. and H. Marsh. 1919
Mason, L. R. 1963a
McArdle, R. E. and D. F. Costello. 1936
McArdle, R. E., D. F. Costello, E. E. Birkmaier,
C. Ewing, B. A. Hendricks, C. A. Kutzleb, A. A.
Simpson, and A. R. Standing. 1936
McCarty, E. C. 1935, 1938
McCarty, E. C. and R. Price. 1942
McDonald, J. E. 1946
McGuire, J. H. 1937
McLaughlin, W. W. 1905
Mead, D. R. 1958
Menzies, C. W. 1935
Michaelsen, L. 1959
Mills, J. A. 1955

Monk, R. W. and G. Stewart. 1951
Murdy, H. W. 1953
Neubauer, T. A. 1963
Nielson, A. B. 1939
Nixon, E. S. 1961

Nixon, E. S. and E. M. Christensen. 1959
Norris, J. J. 1942

123

Ogden, P. R. 1958

Olsen, C. J. 1955

Pammel. L. H. 1905

Pearse, C. K. 1941

Pechanec, J. H., G. Stewart. A. P. Plummer, J. H.

Robertson, and A. C. Hull, Jr. 1954
Peterson, H. B. 1958
Peterson, L. S. 1964
Peterson, W. 1922, 1931, 1933
Peterson, W.. P. V. Cardon. K. C. Ikeler, G. Stew-
art, and A. C. Esplin. 1927
Pickford, G. D. 1932
Pieper. R. D. 1958

Pieper, R., C. W. Cook, and L. E. Harris. 1959
Plummer, A. P. 1939. 1943, 1944 1946 1947

1949, 1954, 1957, 1958
Plummer, A. P.. D. R. Christensen. and S B

Monsen. 1963, 1964
Plummer, A. P. and J. M. Fenley. 1950
Plummer, A. P. and N. C. Frischknecht. 1952
Plummer. A. P.. A. C. Hull, Jr., G. Stewart, and

J. H. Robertson. 1955
Plummer, A. P.. R. M. Hurd, and C. K. Pearse

1943
Plummer. A. P., R. L. Hensen, and H. D. Staplev
1957 F '"

Plummer, A. P. and H. D. Stapley. 1959
Plummer, A. P.. H. D. Stapley, D. R. Christensen.

Plummer, A. P. and G. Stewart. 1944

Price, R. 1938, 1948

Price, R., K. W. Parker, and A. C. Hull, Ir. 1948

Reynolds, R. V. R. 1911

Roberts. N. K. 1961

Roberts, N. K. and B. D. Gardner. 1964

Roberts. N. K. and E B. Wennergren. 1963

Robinson, M. E. and D. H. Matthews. 1953

Robinette, W. L., O. Julander. J. S. Gashwiler, and
J. G. Smith. 1952

Rognrud. M. J. 1953

Roth. A. H., Jr. 1940-42

Rowalt, E. M. 1939

Sampson, A. W. 1918b, 1919a, b, 1925b 1951

1952
Sampson. A. W. and H. E. Malmsten. 1926
Sampson, A. VV. and L. H. Weyl. 1918
Saunderson, M. H. 1940
Sharp, L. A. 1949

Smith, A. D. 1940, 1944, 1947a, b, 1948 1949a
b. 1950a, b, c, 1952a, b, 1953, 1955, 1957a b'
1958, 1960, 1961, 1963
Smith, D. A. and R. L. Hubbard. 19.54
Smith, J. G. 1898
Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953
Sneva, F. A. and D. N. Hyder. 1962
Standing, A. R. 1933
Starr, C. P. 1933
Steele. P. L. 1958

Stewart. G. 1924a, 1935, 1938, 1941a, b 1942
1943, 1944a. b, 1945. 1947a, 1948b c d 1949a'
b, 1950, 1951, 1957
Stewart, G., W. P. Cottam, and S. Hutchings. 1940
Stewart, G. and C. L. Forsling. 1931
Stewart, G. and S. S. Hutchings. 1944
Stewart, G. and A. P. Plummer. 1947
Stewart, G.. R. H. Walker, and R. Price. 1939
Stewart, J. O. 1928, 1929

Stoddart. L. A. 1940a, b. 1941, 1943a, b, 1944a
b, 1945a, b, c, 1946a, b, c, 1948, 1963a, 'b,

124

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Stoddart, L. A., G. T. Baird, G. Stewart, B. S.

Markham. and H. Clegg. 1951
Stoddart, L. A., H. Clegg, B. S. Markham. and G.

Stewart. 1951
Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook. 1943. 1950, 1951
Stoddart, L. A., C. W. Cook, and B. P. Gomm.

1953
Stoddart, L. A. and J. E. Greaves. 1942
Stoddart, L. A., A. H. Holmgren, and C. W. Cook.

1949
Stoddart. L. A., P. B. Lister, G. Stewart. T. D.

Phinney. and L. W. Darson. 1938
Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Basmussen. 1945a. b
Stoddart, L. A. and A. D. Smith. 1955
Talbot, M. W. 1936
Tangren, W. E. 1950
Taylor, B. J. 1958
Taylor, J. K. 1962
Taylor, T. G. 1930
Tingey, D. C. and C. W. Cook. 1954
Turner, L. M. 1948
U. S. Congress, Senate Committee on Agriculture

and Forestry. 1953
U. S. Forest Service. 1926, 1930a, b, 1931. 1936,

1944, 1945
Utah Historical Quarterly. 1964
Vallentine, J. F. 1961
Walker, D. D. 1964
Walker, B. H. 1944
Wanlass, W. L. 1828
Watts, L. F., G. Stewart, C. Connaughton. L. J.

Palmer, and M. W. Talbot. 1936
Williams, K. L. 1960
Williams, K. L. and N. Bogh. 1962
Woods, C. N. 1948
Woodward, L. 1943

Woodward, L. and G. W. Craddock. 1945
Woolfolk. E. J., D. F. Costello, and B. W. Allied.

1948
Young, L. E. 1911
Young, S. 1955a. b
Young, W. S. 1956
Zimmerman. J. 1964
Zobel, K. W. 1958
Ranunculus

adoneus alpinus, Maguire. B. and A. H. Holmgren.

1946
trichophyllus hispidulus, Maguire, B. 1937
rat. desert wood. Stone, R. C. 1960
reclamation ( See also conservation )
Anon. 1948b
Grosbeck, J. R. 1925
Lyman, R. L. 1924
Peterson, H. B. 1958
recreation ( See also conservation )
Fischer, V. L. 1962
Nord, A. G. 1947
Olsen, C. L. 1962
Parkinson, D. 1930a
Tocher, S. R. and J. D. Hunt. 1964
U. S. Dept. Interior. 1950
Red Butte Canyon

Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans. 1945
Croft, A. R.. Lowell Woodward, and D. A. Ander-
son. 1937
Evans, F. R. 1945
Samuelson. J. A. 1950a. b
Red Canyon, Eastwood, A. 1937b
reforestation ( See also forests and forestry, revegetation )

1960

1951

Dunn. P. M. 1933

Greeley, W. B. 1913

Tackle, C. 1956

Tillotson, C. R. 1917a
reseeding (See also grass, rangeland and range manage-
ment, revegetation )

Anon. 1946b

Abbott, E. B. 1953

Bracken, A. F. 1942

Colbert, F. T. 1950

Cook, C. W. 1958, 1959, 1964

Cook, C. W. and C. E. Lewis. 1963

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1947. 1950, 1951,
1961

Frischknecht, N. C. and A. P. Plummer. 1955

Catherum. G. E. 1951. 1961

Heaton, V. H. 1956

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1941, 1962, 1963, 1964

Lloyd, R. D. 1959

Lloyd, R. D. and C. W. Cook.

Michaelsen, L. 1959

Monk. R. W. and G. Stewart.

Nielson, A. B. 1939

Ogden, P. R. 1958

Orr, H. K. 1957

Plummer. A. P. 1946, 1947

Plummer, A. P., A. C. Hull. Jr., G. Stewart, and
J. H. Robertson. 1955

Plummer, A. P., R. M. Hurd, and C. K. Pearse.
1943

Plummer, A. P. and G. Stewart. 1944

Price, R. 1938

Stewart, G. 1938, 1944, 1945, 1947. 1948d, 1949,
1950

Stewart, G. and A. P. Plummer. 1947

Stewart, G., R. H. Walker, and R. Price. 1939

Stoddart, L. A. 1941b. 1946a, c. 1947

Taylor, B. J. 1958

Trueblood, R. 1952
revegetation ( See also plant ecology, rangeland and
range management, reforestation, reseeding)

Baird, G. T. n.d.

Bateman. G. Q. and W. Keller. 19.56

Colbert, F. T. 1950

Crane, H. 1954

Davis, C. D. 1962

DeVoto, B. 1950. 1952

Drobnick, R. 1959

Jolley, D. J. 1932

Nelson, N. F. 1955

Plummer, A. P. D. R. Christensen, and S. B. Mon-
son. 1963

Stewart, G. 1938
Reverclwnia arenaria

Hitchcock, C. L. 1939

Webster, G. L. and K. T. Miller. 1963
Rltcxt>xylon-\ike stem, Arnold, C. A. 1962
Rhizoctonia, Hartley, C. 1918
Rhus Uihbata, Woodbury, A. M. 1929c
Rhi/nchites bicolor, Anderson. R. D. and D. M. Rees.

1957
rieegrass. Indian, Plummer, A. P. and N. C. Frisch-
knecht.. 1952
Rich County

Stoddart, L. A. 1940

Taylor, T. G. and L. Kay. 1933
riparian vegetation ( See also aquatic botany, plant
ecology )

Croft. A. R. 1948

Bibliography of Utah Botany

125

roadside development

Larson, E. M. 1963

McCullough. C. W. 1960b
rodents and rabbits

Aldous, C. M. 1945, 1951

Baker, F. S., C. F. Korstian, and N. J. Fetherolf.
1921

Currie, P. O. 1963

Ellison, L. 1946

Ellison, L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952

Goodwin, D. L. 1960

Hayward, C. L., D E. Beck, and W. W. Tanner.
1958

Janson, R. G. 1946

Julander, O. and N. Choumos. 1959

Killpack, M. L. 1956

Low, J. B. 1948

Marshall. W. H. 1937

Marston, R. B. and O. Julander. 1961

McCullough. R. A. 1951

Pritchett, C. L. 1962

Shaw, R. K. 1958

Stewart, C. J. 1950

Stone, R. C. 1960

Svihla, R. D. 1931, 1932

Tanner, W. W. 1963

Turner, G. C, Jr. 1950

Woodburv, A. M. 1955a, b. 1956b. 1960, 1964

Woodbury, L. 1955
roots

Christensen, E. M. 1962c

Cline. M. G. 1960

Nelsen, D. L. 1963

Owen. T. J. 1963

Schultz, J. D. 1964
Rosa woodsii, Anderson. R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957
Rosaceae, Rydberg, P. A. 1914, 1917a
rose, Anderson R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957
rose curculio. Anderson. R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957
rubber, Anon. 1942b

runoff ( See also floods and flood control, watershed and
water supply )

Bailey, R. W. 1948c

Croft, A. R. 19,50

Hibbert, A. R. 1961

Marston, R. B. 1949, 1952

Stewart, G and C. L. Forsling. 1931

Woodward, L. and G. W. Craddock. 1945
Russian olive. Christensen, E. M. 1963a
Russian thistle, Long, W. S. 1941
rust fungi (See also fungi, plant pathology)

Garrett, A. O. 1910, 1914, 1915, 1919. 1921c,
1925

Mielke, J. L. 1952. 1961

Zundel, G. L. 1921
Rutaceae, Bailey, V. L. 1962
rye

Plummer, A. P. 1944

Stoddart. L. A. 1946a
sagebrush ( See Artemisia tridentata )
sage grouse ( See also birds )

Enyeart, G. W. 1956

Greenhalgh, C. 1958

Griner. L. A. 1939

Taylor, T. G. and L. Kay. 1933

Trueblood, R. 1952, 1954
sago pondweed ( See also Potamogeton )

Robel, R. J. 1961

Teeter, J. W. 1963

Salem Lake (Pond). Pratt, G. A. 1957

Salem Pond, Pratt, G. A. and K. H. McKnight. 1957

Salicaceae ( See also Populus, Salix )

Anon. 1932

Jones. M. E. 1908
Salina, Marsh, C. D., A. B. Clawson, and H. Marsh.

1919
Salina Canyon, O'Keson, C. J. 1934
saline soils ( See also alkali soils, salt deserts )

Peterson. H. B. 1958

Richards, L. A. 1947
salinity, Kaushik, D. K. 1963
Salix

Anon. 1932
Froiland, S. G. 1962
Jones, M. E. 1908
Presnall, C. C. 1933b
Sudworth. G. B. 1934
Weight, K. E. 1928

lusiandra, Ball. C. R. 1949

monticola, Maguire, B. 1937

scouleriarm coctaneu, Ball, C. R. 1934
salt

effect an Allenrolfeu occidentalis, Gold, H. 1939

effect on greasewood, Anderson, N. W. 1962
salt concentration. Denney, A. 1955
salt deserts (See also alkali soils, deserts, plant ecology,
northern desert shrub)

Burr, G. O. 1931

Chapman, V. J. 1960

Christensen, E. M. 1959a

Cook, C W., L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.
1959

Fautin. R. W. 1941, 1946, 1948

Fireman, M. and H. E. Hayward. 1952

Flowers, S. 1934, 1942

Gates, D. H. 1956a, b

Gates, D. H.. L. A. Stoddart, and C. W. Cook.
1956

Lambert, C. B. 194(1

Richards. L. A. 1947

Stewart, G., W. P. Cottam. and S. Hutchings. 1940

Vest, D. 1955, 1962a, b

Woodbury, A. M. 1955b, 1956, 1964
saltgrass ( See DistichlLs stricta )
Salt Lake County

Garrett, A. O. 1913a

Porter, M. R. 1930

Vickery, R. K., Jr. 1961

Wakefield, H. 1933, 1936
Salt Lake Desert, Woodbury, A. M. 19.56
Salt Lake oasis, White. C. L. 1925
Salt Lake region. Vickery, R. K.Jr. 1961
Salt Lake Valley, native vegetation, Wakefield, H.

1933, 1936
salt marshes ( See also aquatic plants )

Bolen, E. G. 1962. 1964

Chapman, V. J. 1960

Flowers, S. 1934, 1942

Nelson, N. F. 1955a, b, c
salt tolerance, grasses, Hanna, M. L. 1962
salt tolerant molds, Tully, J. G.. Jr., D. A. Anderson,

and T, L. Martin. 1950
Salt Wash Sandstone, Beath, O. A. 1943
Salvia sclarea, Barnes, C. T. 1945
sanctuaries, Kendeigh, S. C, et al. 1950-51
sand dunes

Castle, E. S. 1955

Cottam, W. P. 1931

126

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Phillips, H. J. 1955
San Juan Basin, Schulman, E. 1949
San Juan County

Christensen, E. M. and B. C. Biown. 1963

Day, F. D. 1958

Eastwood, A. 1896

Turner, C. G., II. 1960
San Juan country, Gregory, H. E. 1938
Sanpete County, Turtle, L. E. 1948
Santaquin Canyon, Anon. 1960c
sap, Harris, J. A., el al. 1934
Sarcobatus vermiculatus

Anderson, N. W. 1962

McNulty, T. 1963

Mott, R. L. 1964
sawmilling, Bliss, G. L. 1963
Saxifraga odontoloma, Calder, J. A. and D. B. O. Savile.

1960
Saxifragaceae, Calder, J. A. and D. B. O. Salive. 1960
scenic resources, Tracy, A. W. 1948
school funds, from forests, Parkinson, D. 1931
Scirpus (See also aquatic plants)

Barnett, L. B. 1964a

Beetle, A. A. 1941, 1943
Scolytidae, Wood, S. L. 1949, 1951
Scrophulariaceae

Pennell, F. W. 1920, 1934, 1935

Vickery, R. K., Jr. 1955, 1956a, b, c
sedimentation phenomena, Croft, A. B. 1962
sediment reduction, Noble. E. L. 1963
see-bright, Salvia scalrea, Barnes, C. T. 1945
seeds, garden flowers, Burkey, N. H. 1954
sego lily ( See Calochortus )
Selaginella

densa, Reed, C. F. 1964

engelmannii scopulorum, Reed, C. F. 1964

utahensis, Flowers, S. 1949, 1952a

selenium

Beath, O. A., C. S. Gilbert, and H. F. Eppon.

1939. 1940, 1941
Byers, H. G. 1935
Byers, G. H., J. T. Miller, K. T. Williams, and H.

W. Larkin. 1938
Harrison, B. F. and R. F. Nelson. 1957
Holt, W. L. 1940
Holt, W. L.and J. E. Greaves. 1941
Nelson, R. F. 1957
Rosenfield, I. and O. A. Beath. 1964
Williams, M. C, W. Binns, and L. F. James. 1962

Senecio

Rydberg, P. A. 1900b
integerrimus, Barkley, T. M. 1960
saxosus, McMillan, C. 1952
service berry, Jones, G. N. 1946
Sevier Forest, Anon. 1917
Sevier Lake Basin, Woolley, R. R. 1947
Sevier River Valley, Gregory, H. E. 1944
Sevier Valley, Anon. 1914
shadscale (See Atriplex confertifolw, northern desert

shrub, plant ecology, salt desert)
sharp-tailed grouse, Marshall, W. H. and M. S. Jensen.

1937
sheep ( See also livestock, nutrition, rangeland and
range management)
Bleak, A. T. 1948
Cook, C. W. and L. E. Harris. 1950
Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.
1951, 1952.

Cook, C. W., D. O. Williamson, L. E. Harris, L. A.
Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. 1950

Cox, H. L. 1952

Dalton, P. D„ Jr. 1951

Doran, C. W. 1944

Edlefsen, J. L. 1960

Fenley, J. M. 1948

Goodwin, D. L. 1960

Green, L. R. 1948

Hochmuth, H. R. 1952

Hochmuth, H. R., E. R. Franklin, and M. Clawson.
1942

Hutchings, S. S. 1946, 1950a, b, 1951, 19.54

Hutchings, S. S. and G. Stewart. 1953

Kothmaim, M. M. 1963

Mann, D. H. 1956

Norris, J. J. 1942

Pammel, L. H. 1905

Sharp, L. A. 1949

Smith, A. D. 1950d

Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953

Starr, C. P. 1933

Stewart, G. 1947a

Young, W. S. 1956

Zobel, K. W. 1958
sheep, bighorn, Barmore, W. J., Jr. 1962
Shinarrump conglomerate, Berry, E. W. 1927, 1930
shrubs (See also plant ecology)

Anon. 1942

Anderson, N. W. 1962

Aldous, A. E. and H. L. Shantz. 1924

Ball, C. B. 1934, 1949

Beetle, A. A. 1960

Benson, L. and R. A. Darrow. 1944

Billings, W. D. 1949

Bradley, G. W. 1942

Brun, J. M. 1962

Brun J. M. and T. W. Box. 1963

Christensen, E. M. 1959b

Cline. M. G. 1960

Cook, C. W. 1958, 1963

Cook, C. W. and C. E. Lewis. 1963

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1951a, b, 1960

Cook, C. W., L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.
1952

Cook, C. W., D. O. Williamson, L. E. Harris, L. A.
Stoddart, and L. L. Madsen. 1950

Davis, C. D. 1962

Drobnick, R. 1959, 1960

Fautin, R. W. 1941. 1946, 1948

Fenley, J. M. 1948

Fireman, M. and H. E. Hayward. 1952

Forsling, C. L. and E. V. Storm. 1929

Frischknecht, N. C. 1963

Frisehknecht. N. C. and P. P. Plummer. 1955

Froiland, S. G. 1962

Gatherum, G. E. 1951, 1961

Hall, H. M. and F. E. Clements. 1923

Hanson, C. A. 1962a, b

Hardy. R. 1937

Hayward, C. L. 1945, 1948

Hilton, J. W. 1940, 1941

Holmgren, A. H. 1963

Hortin, J. K. 1965

Hull, A. C, Jr. 1941, 1962b

Hull, A. C, Jr., and T. L. Martin. 1939

Jones, G. N. 1946

Ibrahim, K. 1962, 1963

Bibliography of Utah Botany

127

Leonard, P. D. 1964

Lewis, C. E. 1961

Lloyd, R. D. 1959

MacDougal. D. T. 1908

Maguire. B. 1937

Mann, D. H. 1963

Martin, F. L. 1950

Mason, S. C. 1913

McNulty, I. B. 1947, 1963

Mead, D. R. 1958

Menzies, C. W. 1935

Merriam, C. H. 1893b

Mott. R. L. 1964

Nelson, E. W. 1930a, b

Pase, C. P. 1956

Paul, J. H. 1916

Pechanec, J. H., G. Stewart, A. P. Plummer, J. H.
Robertson, and A. C. Hull, Jr., 1954

Piekford, G. D. and G. Stewart. 1935

Presnall, C. C. 1933b

Pyrah, G. L. 1964

Quigley, B. H. 1956

Reimschussel, E. F. 1959, 1964

Saul, W. E. 1952. 1955

Saul, W. E. and S. Flowers. 1953

Smith, A. D. 1949b. 1950a. c, d, 1953, 1955,
1957a, b. 1964

Smith, A. D. and R. L. Hubbard. 1954

Smith, J. G. 1949, 1952

Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953

Smith, J. M. 1933

Steeves, M. W. 1959

Stutz, H. C. and L. K. Thomas. 1964

Sudworth, G B. 1934

Thomas, L. K., Jr. 1957

Thomas, L. K., Jr. and H. C. Stutz. 1958

Treshow, M., S. L. Welsh, and G. Moore. 1964

Trueblood. R. W. 1954

U. S. Forest Service. 1945

Vest. E. D. 1952

Vest, E. D. and W. P. Cottam. 1953

Weight, K. E. 1928

Woodbury, A. M. 1929b
Siberian elm, Christensen, E. M. 1964d
Silene

Pctersonii, Maguire, B. 1941a

petersonii minor, Hitchcock, C. L. and B. Maguire.
1947
silkworm, Pyper, G. D. 1935
Sitanion

Wilson. F. D. 1963
Witte, P., 1956

hystrix, Wilson, F. D. 1953
Smilacina, Galway, D. H. 1945a, b
Smith and Morehouse Creek. Anderson, M. A. 1963
smuts (See also fungi, plant pathology)

Garrett, A. O. 1910, 1914, 1919, 1921c. 1925,
1926a, 1939

Ling, L. 1951

Zundel. G. L. 1921
sneezeweed, Doran, C. W. 1944
snowdrifting, induced, Lull, H. W. and H. K. Orr.

1950
sodium chloride

effect on greasewood, Anderson, N. W. 1962

influence on sago pondweed. Teeter, J. W. 1963
sodium fluoride, effects on algae, Golde. R. W. 1961
soil

Anon. 1936, 1950a, 1962

Alvey, E. and J. M. Gatherum. 1951

Anderson, D. A. and E. L. Miner. 1940

Bailey, R. W. 1934, 1935a. 1937, 1941

Bailey, R. W. and O. L. Copeland. 1961

Bailey, R. W., C. L. Forsling, and R. J. Becraft.

1934
Baker. W. L. 1949

Bartholomew, V. and T. L. Martin. 1937
Bennett, J. 1956
Butt. N. I. 1938
Cannon. H. L. 1952, 1964
Castle. E. S. 1955
Clark, L. K. and E. L. Noble. 1958
Clayton, V. A. 1942
Cook, C. W. 1961
Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart. 1940
Craddock, G. W. 1938
Croft. A. R. 1946a, 1962
Croft, A. R. and J. A. Adams, Jr. 1950
Croft, A. R., L. Woodward, and D. A. Anderson.

1937. 1943
Ellison, L. 1946
Eyre. S. R. 1963

Farnsworth, R. B. and R. L. Martin. 1937, 1949
Fireman. M. and H. E. Hayward. 1952
Forsling. C. L. 1928, 1931
Gates, D. H., L. A. Stoddart, and C. W. Cook.

1956
Gardner, F. D. and J. Stewart. 1900
Gilman, J. C. and E. V. Abbott. 1927
Hardy, C. R. 1944, 1945b
Harris, F. S. 1912, 1915, 1916, 1920
Harris, J. A., et al. 1923, 19.34
Hull. A. C Jr.. and T. L. Martin. 1939
Hunt. C. B. 1948
Ibrahim, K. 1962. 1963
Jensen, G. H. 1940
Kearney, T. H., L. J. Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W.

McLane, and R. L. Piemeisel. 1914
Kearney. T. H. and F. Cameron. 1902
Kollmorgen, W. M. 1953
Korstian, C. F. 1921a
Lambert, C. B. 1940
Lyman, R. L. 1924
Marston, R. B. 1958
Martin, T. L. 1938
Noble, E. L. 1963
O'Keson, C. J. 1934
Olson. O. C. 1949
Ortiz. L. B. 1950
Pavne. H. C. 1952
Payne, W. R. 1953
Peterson, D. L. 1954
Peterson, E. G. and E. Mohr. 1913
Peterson, H. B. 1958
Peterson, H. B. and T. L. Martin. 1937
Quigley, B. H. 1956
Reid, H. L. 1931
Richards, L. A. 1947
Rowalt, E. M. 1939
Salisbury, F. B. 1952, 1954a, b
Sampson, A. W. and L. H. Weyl. 1918
Sanchez, A. M. 1904
Shantz, H. L. and R. L. Piemeisel. 1940
Shantz, H. L. and R. Zon. 1924
Sharp, C. F. S. 1938
Smith, A. D. 1949c
Southard. A. R. 1958
Spendlove, J. C. 1949

128

Bhigham Vounc Univehsity Science Bulletin

Stevens, K. R. 1950

Stewart, G. 1942

Stewart, G. and C. L. Forsling. 1931

Stewart, R. 1911, 1913

Thome, D. W. 1948

Thornton, J. W. 1931

Widtsoe, J. A. 1912

Winters, W. S. 1954

Woodward, L. 1943
Solatium rostratum, Maguire, B. 1937
Solidago, Gray, A. 1882
Sonoran biotic province, Dice. L. R. 1939
Sonoran zone

lower

Cottam, W. P. 1937
Fosberg, F. R. 1938
Woodbury, A. M. 1938

upper

Eastwood, A. 1895
Sophora serieea, Ball, R. C. 1944b
Sorghum hulepense, Maguire, B. 1937
Spanish Fork Canyon, Markham, B. S. 1939
Spliaeralcea

Kearney, T. H. 1935

grossularuiefolia, Page, R. J. 1960
Sphaerophysa Salsula, Cronquist, A. 1939
sphagnum lake, ecology, Stutz, H. C. 1951
Sphecodagustra, Linsley, E. G. and J. W. Macswain.

1962
Split Mountain Gorge, Holmgren, A. H. 1962
spores, fossil, Schemel, M. P. 1948, 1950
Sporobolus cryptandrus

Christensen, E. M. 1964b

Clayton, V. A. 1942
Spruguea umhellatu, Maguire, B. 1935
spring flora

Nelson, A. 1912

Wasatch

Anon. 1911
Garrett, A. O. 1936
Jones, M. E. 1911
Vickery. R. K.. Jr. 1961
spring run-off, Lofgren, B. F. 1949
springtime calendar. Lofgren, B. F. 1952
spruce (See Picea)
spruce-fir forest. List, P. 1959
square-foot density, vegetation survey, Stewart, G. and

S. S. Hutchings. 1936
squarrose knapweed, Tingey, D. C. 1960
squawbush, Woodbury, A. M. 1929c
squirrel

ground, Shaw, R. K. 1958

red, Hayward, C. L. 1940
squirreltail grass (See Silunion)
Stachys Rothrockii, Bameby, R. C. 1944b
Stadium Pool, Zion National Park, Woodbury, A. M.

1930a, 1932b
Stanleya pinnata

Harrison, B. F. and R. F. Nelson. 1957

Nelson, R. F. 1957
Stansbury's report, Colville, F. V. 1896
state lands, Roberts, N. K. and E. B. Wennergren. 1963
state parks

Floyd, J. W. 1949

Frehner, L. 1948
Stellaria

longipes, Porsild, A. E. 1963

monantha, Porsild, A. E. 1963
stem girdle, control. Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf.

1921
stewardship, development, Bullinger, W. G. 1960
Stop a Gulley Club, Escalante, Alvey, E. and J. M.

Gatherum. 1951
stories of old timers

Kay, L. 1952

Utah Fish and Game Bui. 1948-1956
Strawberry Reservoir, Hazzard, A. S. 1934
subalpine

fir (See Abies lusiocarpa)

forest, Stutz, H. C. 1951
fungi, Cooke, W. B. 1955

grasses, Plummer, A. P. and J. M. Fenley. 1950

hydrology, Orr, H. K. 1957

vegetation

Ellison, L. 1948b. 1949a, b, 1954
Ellison, L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952

zone, Rydberg, P. A. 1915, 1916a, 1917b
Subuluria aquatica, Maguire, B. 1935
succession ( See also plant ecology, vegetation change )

Christensen, E. M. 1964a

Ellison, L. 1949a, 1959, 1960

Harper, K. T. 1959

Johnson, H. B. 1964

Murdock, J. R. 1951

Patraw, P. M. 1933

Sampson, A. W. 1919b

Shantz, H. L. 1916

Woodbury, A. M. 1930a. 1931, 1933
sugar beet wastes, Quinn, B. G. 1958
Summit County

Anderson, M. A. 1963

Christensen. E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963

Hawkes, H. B. 1959
Stinnyside coal, paleobotany, Thiessen, R. and G. C.

Sprunk. 1937
swan, whistling, Sherwood, G. A. 1959
Symphoricarpos, Jones, G. N. 1940
Synthyris laciniata ibupahemis, Pennell, F. W. 1933
Tamurix pentandru

Christensen. E. M. ]962b. 1963b

Horton. J. S. 1964
tarweed ( See Madia glome rata )
taxonomy and distribution, higher plants ( See aLo floras
and floristic manuals, plant geography)

Anon. 1908, 1911. 1932

Anderson, L. C. 1959, 1964

Andrews. H. N. 1943

Armstrong. M. and J. J. Thornber. 1915

Arnberger. L. P. and J. R. Janish. 1952

Arnold. C. A. 1962

Bailey, L. H. 1886

Bailey, V. L. 1962

Bailey, B. L. and H. E. Bailey. 1955

Baker, F. S. 1921

Baker, M. S. 1938, 1949

Ball, C. R. 1934

Barkley, T. M. I960

Bameby, R. C. 1943, 1944a, b, 1945a, b, 1946,
1947a, b, 1949a, b. 1951, 1952a, b, 1953. 1954,
1956, 1964

Barnes, C. T. 1943, 1945

Barnett, L. B. 1964a

Becker, H. F. 1960

Beetle, A. F. 1938. 1941, 1943, 1960

Bennion, G. C. 1960

Bennion, C. C. R. K. Vickery, and W. P. Cottan
1961

Benson, L. 1957a

Bibliography of Utah Botany

129

Benson, L. unci R. A. Darrow. 1944

Berry, E. W. 1927, 19.30

Bessey, G. E. 1960

Blake, S. F. 1935

Brenckle, J. F. and W. P. Cottam. 1940

Britton, N. L. 1904

Buell, M. F. 1958

Burkey, N. H. 1954

Butler, B. 1909

Butters, F. K. 1917, 1921

Calder, J. A. and D. B. O. Saville. 1960

Carter, K. B. 1940

Chegwidden, M. 1936

Christensen, E. M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961

Clausen, R. T. 1938

Clements, F. E. and E. S. Clements. 1945

Clover, E. U. 1938

Clover, E. U. and L. Jotter. 1941

Constance, L. and R. H. Shan. 1948

Correll, D. S. 1943

Cottam, W. P. 1929d, 1930

Cottam, W. P. and R. Drobnick. 1955

Cottam, W. P., A. O. Garrett, and B. R, Harrison.

1940
Cottam, W. P., J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick,

1959
Coulter, J. M. 1873, 1879, 1885
Coulter, J. M. and A. Nelson. 1909
Coville, F. V. 1892, 1896
Craighead, J. J.. F, C. Craighead, Jr.. and R. J.

Davis. 1963
Cronquist, A. 1939, 1940, 1942, 1943a, b, c, 1957,

1963
Cutler, H. C. 1939
Darlington, J. 19.34
Daston, J. S. 1946, 1956
Davidson, J. F. 1950
Dayton, W. A. 1960
Detling, L. E. 1939
Dewey. D. R. 1964
Dodge, N. N. and J. R. Janish. 1961
Drobnick, R. 1958
Dunford, M. P. 1958
Dunn, D. B. 1957
Eastwood, A. 1892, 1983a, b, 1895, 1896, 1902,

1927, 1933, 1934, 1936, 1937a, b, 1941. 1942a, b
Ebinger, J. E. 1962
Ehrendorfer, F. 1956, 1957
Ellison, W. L. 1964
Engelmann, G. 1876a, b, 1887
Ensign, M. 1942
Erlanson, E. W. 1929
Evans, R. J. 1942
Ewan, J. 1944
Fernald, M. L. 1932
Finn, L. E. 1956
Flowers, S. 1944, 1959c
Froiland, S. G. 1962
Frothingham, E. H. 1909
Gaines, X. 1957
Galway, D. H. 1945a. b
Garrett, A. O. 1913, 1921a, 1926a, b. 1936
Gill, L. S. 1935
Gillet, G. W. 1962
Goodman, G ], 1931

Goodman, G. J. and C. L. Hitchcock. 1932
Gould, F. W. 1945
Gould, F. W. and Z. J. Kapadia. 1962
Graham, E. H. 1935, 1937a

Gray, A. 1876, 1878, 1880. 1882

Greene, E. L. 1881, 1905

Grosvenor, G. H. 1917

Hall, H. M. 1910

Hall, H. M. and F. E. Clements. 1923

Hall, H. H. and G. T. Groves. 1960

Hanna, L. A. 1934

Hanson, C. A. 1962a, b

Harris. J. A. 1927

Harrison. B. B. 1939

Harrison. B. F., S. L. WeLsh, and G Moore. 1964

Haskell, H. S. 1958

Hayden, F. V. 1873

Heckard. L. R. 1960

Hcinecke, G. K. 1945

Henderson, N. C. 1962

Henssen, A. 1963

Hermann, F. J. 1934, 1948, 1963, 1964

Hitchcock, A. S. 1933

Hitchcock, A. S. and A. Chase. 1950

Hitchcock, C, L. 1936, 1939, 1943, 1950, 1952

Hitchcock. C. L. and B. Maguire. 1947

Holmgren, A. H. 1944, 1945, 1946, 1948a. b, 1950,

1958, 1962a
Holmgren, A. H. and B. Maguire. 1949
Horton, J. S. 1964

Howell, J. T. 1940, 1942a, b, c. 1943a, b
litis, H. H. 1955

Jepson, C. E. and L. F. Allen. 1958
Johnson, B. 1913, 1929
Johnson, J. E. 1880
Johnston, I. M. 1937, 1939, 1948
Jones. G. N. 1940, 1946
Jones, M. E. 1880a, b. 1881, 1882b, c, 1883,

1888a, b, c, d, e, 1891a, b. 1892, 1893a, b, 1894,

1895, 1896, 1900, 1908. 1910, 1911, 1919, 1923,

1930a, b, 1933, 1937a, b
Kearney, T. H. 1935
Kearney, T. H.. R. H. Peebles, and Collaborators.

1942, 1960

Keck, David D. 1934, 1937, 1946

Knowlton, F. H. 1900, 1923

Lewis. H. and M. E. Lewis. 1955

Lewis, M. E. 1955, 1958

Leitchy, W. R. 1952

Lindsay. D. W. 1959, 1960

Maguire, B. 1935, 1937, 1940, 1941a, b, 1942a, b,

1943, 1944. 1946a, b. 1947a, b, 1951, 1958
Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1941, 1946,

1951
Maguire. B. and G. H. Jensen. 1942
Maguire, B. and R. E. Woodson, Jr. 1941
Martin. A. C, R. C. Erickson, and J. H. Steenis

1957
Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler. 1939
Martin, F. L. 1950
Mason, S. C. 1913
Mathias, M. E. 1930, 1932
Maxon. W. R. 1917, 1918, 1919
McAtee. W. L. 1915, 1917, 1941
McClintock, E. and C. Epling. 1942
McKay, J. W. 19.36
McKelvey, S. D. 1938, 1947
McMillan, C. 1948. 1952
McVaugh, R. 1939, 1941, 1953
Merriam, C. H. 1892, 1893a, b, c, 1898
Mia, M. M. and R. K. Vickery, Jr. 1961
Moldenke, H. N. 1961-1964
Moore, R. J. and C. Frankton. 1963

130

BlllGHAM VOUNG UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BULLETIN

Mukherjee, B. B. and R. K. Vickery. Jr. 1960
Mukherjee, B. B., D. Wiens, and R. K. Vickery,

Jr. 1957
Munns, E. N. 1938

Munz, P. A. 1928, 1930, 1931. 1938, 1939, 1941
Nelson, A. 1912, 1931, 1934, 1936
Nielsen, A. K. 1956
Olson. R. L. 1955
Ottley, A. M. 1944
Ownbey, G. B. 1958
Pammel, L. H. 1913, 1914
Parry, C. C. 1875, 1876
Patraw, P. M. and J. R. Janish. 1959
Payson, E. B. 1926
Pennell, F. W. 1920, 1933, 1934, 1935
Peterson, W. and D. C. Tingey. 1928
Phillips, L. L. 1955
Pitts, L. M. 1963
Pitts, L. M. and H. Stutz. 1963
Pohl, R. W. 1962
Porter, C. L. 1952, 1953
Porsild, A. E. 1963
Preece, S. J. Jr. 1950a, b
Preece, S. J., Jr. and B. L. Turner. 1953
Presnall, C. C. 1933b. 1934a, 1935, 1937
Pyrah, G. L. 1964
Raven, P. H. 1962
Read, C. E. and R. W. Brown. 19.34
Reed, C. F. 1964

Reimschussel, E. F. 1951, 1958. 1959, 1962, 1964
Rollins, R. C. 1939, 1940
Rothrock, J. T. 1878
Russell, H. 1932
Rydberg. P. A. 1899, 1900a, b, c, d, 1901, 1902,

1905, 1907a, b, 1911, 1913, 1914, 1915, 1916a,

b, 1917a, b, 1919a, b, 1922, 1927,, 1929, 1932
Rvdberg, P. A. and C. L. Shear. 1897
Saunders, C. F. 1917
Sharp, W. G. 1935
Shaw, R. J. 1950
Shumway. L. K. 1961
Smith, A. D. 1964
Smith, C. P. 1910-12, 1919
Solbrig, O. T. 1960
Squillaee, A. E. and R. R. Silen. 1962
St. John, H. 1962
Standley, P. C. 1917, 1930
Stanton, W. D. 1931, 1933
Stern, K. R. 1961
Stevermark, J. A. 1934
Stockwell, P. 1940
Stutz, H. C. and L. K. Thomas. 1964
Sudworth. G. B. 1915, 1916, 1917. 1918, 1927,

1934
Swallen. J. R. 1931
Theobald, W. L.. C. C. Tseng, and M. E. Mathias.

1964
Thomas, L. K.. Jr. 1957
Thomas, L. K., Jr. and H. C. Stutz. 1958
Thornber, J. J. 1906
Tidestrom, I. 1913, 1923, 1925
Tillet, S. S. 1955

Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953
Tingey, D. C. 1950, 1953. 1953
Tingev, D. C. and B. Maguire. 1941
Tingey, D. C. and F. L. Timmons. 1950?
Torrey, J. 1852
Torrey, J. and A. Gray. 1855
Torrey, J. and J. C. Fremont. 1845

Tracy, S. M. 1888

Trelease, W. 1924

Tucker, J. M. 1961

Turner, C. G.,11. 1960

Vansell, G. H. 1946

Vickery, R. K.Jr. 1955, 1956a, b, c, 1961, 1964

Vickery, R. K., Jr. and D. W. Lindsay. 1961

Vickery, R. K., Jr. and C. D. Ogzewalla. 1958

Vickery, R. K., Jr. and R. L. Olson. 1956

Webster, G. L. and K. I. MiUer. 1963

Weight, K. E. 1928, n.d.

Welsh, S. L. 1957, 1963. 1964

Welsh, S. L., M. Treshow, and G. Moore. 1964

Wheeler, G. M. 1878

Wheeler. L. C. 1939

Wherry. E. T. 1941, 1942, 1943, 1944

Weigand, E. F. 1956

Williams, L. 1932, 1934a, b, 1936a, b

Williams. L. O. 1937

Wilson, F. D. 1953, 1963

Winterton, B. W. 1958

Witte, P. 1956

Woodbury, A. M. 1929a

Works Projects Administration Writers Program.
1954

Young, L. E. 1917
teachers' workshop. Utah, Anon. 1954
teaching aids, soil, Roche, R. L. 1952
temperature ( See climatology, plant ecology )
Tempskya

Andrews, H. N. 1943

Brown, R. W. 1936

Katich, P. J., Jr. 1952

McKnight, K. H. and J. K. Rigby. 1962

Read, C. E. and R. W. Brown. 1934

minor, Mitchell, J. G. 1959
Tertiary floras, Axelrod, D. I. 1940
Tertiary formations, Fisher, D. J., C. E. Erdmann, and

J. B. Reeside, Jr. 1960
Thalictrum alpinum, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren.

1946
Thlaspi Fendleri

coloradense, Maguire, B. 1942

tenuipes, Maguire, B. 1942
Thomomys talpoides inoorei, feeding habits, Aldous, C.

M. 1951

timber ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology,
trees )

Antrei, A. C. 1951

Bird, D. M. 1964

Fitzgerald. O. A. 1929b

McCain, A. C. 1914

Pearson, G. A. 1935

Spencer, J. S., Jr. 1964b

Stevens, G. J. 1963

Turner, L. M. 1948

U. S. Forest Service. 1963
Timpanogos Creek, Harris, M. T. 1926
Timpanogos mosses, Flowers. S. 1926
tobaccos, desert. Wells, P. V. 1959
Tooele County, limnological study, Nave, R. H. 1960
Tooele Valley

Anon. '1936. 1957b

Harris, J. A., R. A. Gartner, W. F. Hoffman, J. V.
Lawrence, and A. T. Valentine. 1923

Kearney, T. H., L. J. Briggs, H. L. Shantz, J. W.
McLane, and R. L. Piemeisel. 1914

Shantz. H. L. 1916

BlBLlOCHAPHY OF UTAH BoTANY

131

Torrey, John, Rodgers, A. D. 1942
tortoise, desert, Woodbury, A. M. 1948a
Tortilla

Flowers. S. 1951

papillosiss-ima, Flowers, S. 1953b
Townsendia minima, Eastwood, A. 1936
toxicity of algae, Hervey. R. J. 1947
Tragopogon dubius, Cronquist, A. 1939
transpiration, Croft, A. R. 1948
tree of heaven. Russell, H. 1932

tree rings ( See dendrochronology, dendroclimatology )
trees ( See also forests and forestry, plant ecology )

Anon. 1942. 1948b, 195.5-56, 1963

Allred, J. R. 1963

Arnold, F. R. 1928, 1929

Bailev, H. E. and V. L. Bailey. 1941

Baker, F. S. 1918, 1821, 1925a. b

Beal, J. A. 1939

Beck, D E. 1948

Bennion, G. C. 1960

Bennion, G. D., R. K. Vickery, and W. P. Cottam.
1961

Benson, L. and R. A. Darrow. 1944

Biddulph, O. 1933

Brewster, W. W. 1951

Britton, N. L. 1904

Brush, W. D. 1947

Buchanan. H. 1960

Burns, J. M. 1960

Butler, B. T. 1909

Cannon, G. M. 1924, 1934

Carter, K. B. 1940

Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1955. 1957, 1958a.
1961b, 1962a, b, 1963a, b, 1964a, d

Cole. F. R. and L. D. Hiner. 1963

Cottam, W. P. 1924, 1953c, 1954

Cottam. W. P. and R. Drobnick. 1955

Cottam, W. P.and J. M. Tucker. 1956

Cottam, W. P., J. M. Tucker, and R. Drobnick.
1959

Curtis, J. D. 1948a, b. 1958

Daniel, T. W. and C. H. Barnes. 1958

Deaver, C. F. and H. S. Haskell. 1955

Dixon, D. 1961

Dougall, P. 1942

Drobnick, R. 1958

Dunn, P. M. 1933, 1935, 1936, 1940, 1941

Ellison, L. 1943

Engelmann, G. 1876b, 1887

Erdman, K. S. 1961

Fetherolf, J. M. 1917

Flous. F. 1934

Floyd. J. W. and T. W. Daniel. 1958

Froiland, S. G. 1962

Frothington, E. H. 1909

Frykman, J. K. 1958

Garrett, A. O. 1921b

Genaux, C. M. 1930

Gifford, G. F. 1964

Gill, L. S. 1935

Grittanugulya, N. 1962

Hammond. H. L. 1924

Hardy, R. 1937, 1945a

Harlow, W. M. and E. S. Harrar. 1958

Harrison, B. F. 1957

Hawksworth. F. G. 1961

Hawksworth. F. G. and J. L. Mielke. 1962

Hedgcock, G. G. 1914

Hedrick, U. P. 1899

Henry, L. K. 1936

Herman, F. R. 1958

Hill, G. R. 1939

Hodson, E. R., and J. H. Foster. 1910

Hunt, J. D. and W. G. Poulsen. 1964

Jensen, R. L. 1961

Jones, M. E. 1888d

Kartchner, J. A. 1928

Kay. L. 1948

Kimball, A. C. 1958

Knowlton, G. F. 1940, 1941

Korstian, C. F. and N. J. Fetherolf. 1921

Krishnamra, J. 1960

Lee, W. O. and F. L. Timmons. 1955

Lillian, W. 1948

Lindsay. D. W. 1949

Linford, M. B. 1925

Little, E. L.. Jr. 1948, 1949, 1950, 1953

Locke, S. B. 1921, 1929a, b, c, 1930

Maguire, B. 1937

Mangelson, F. L. and A. D. Smith. 1951

Mason, D. R. 1915

Meinecke, E. P. 1929

Merriam, C. H. 1893b

Mielke, J. L. 1952. 1957a, b

Miners, E. L. 1939

Munns. E. N. 1938

Nelson, D. L. 1963

Owen, T. J. 1963

Papenfuss, H. D. 1964

Parkinson, D. 1928, 1929, 1930b

Partridge, D. B. 1948

Paul, J. H. 1916, 1920. 1933

Peattie, D. C. 1953

Poulsen, W. G. 1964

Presnall, C. C. 1933a, b, 1934a

Preston, R. J. 1940, 1961

Pyper, G. D. 1935

Reimschussel, E. F. 1951, 1958. 1962

Richards, B. L. 1940, 1945

Richards. B. L. and L. M. Hutchins. 1941

Roe, A. L. and K. N. Boe. 1950

Ronco, F. 1961

Russell, H. 1932

Sampson, A. W. 1919a

Sargent, C. S. 1891-1902, 1926

Saul. W. E. 1955

Schulman. E. 1943, 1945, 1948, 1949. 1950a. b, c,

1951, 1954a, b. 1956
Schultz, J. D. 1964
Sears. F. C. 1897

Squillace, A. E. and R. R. Silen. 1962
Sudworth, G. B. 1915, 1916, 1917. 1918, 1927,

1934
Swaner. J. C. 1888a. e
Tackle, D. 1954, 1956, 1958
Tackle, D. and D. I. Crossley. 1953
Terry. W. Z. 1940
Trelease, W. 1924
Treshow, M. 1963

Treshow, M.. S. L. Welsh, and G. Moore. 1964
Tucker, J. M. 1961
U. S. Forest Service, n.d.
Utah Shade Tree Commission. 1960
Weight, K. E. 1928, 1932, 1933a, b, 1935a
Weigle, W. G. and E. H. Frothingham. 1911
Woodbury. A. M. 1929c, 1932a. 1940b, 1947
Yeager, M. W. 1939

1.32

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Triodia pilosa, Maguire, B. and A. H. Holmgren. 1941
Triticum repens, Jones, M. E. 1880a
Typha angustifolia, Harris, J. A. 1927
U. S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Ter-
ritories, Anon. 1878
U. S. Forest Service (See also Intennountain Forest and
Range Experiment Station, national forests)

Anon. 1947b

Sampson, A. W. 1918b

Stewart, G. and S. S. Hutchings. 1944
Uinta Basin

Blanch, G. T. and C. E. Stewart. 1943

Graham, E. H. 1935, 1937a, c

Henry, L. K. 1936

Stoddart, L. A., P. B. Lister, G. Stewart, T. D.
Phinney, and L. W. Darson. 1938

Twomey. A. C. 1942
Uinta Basin Reservation area, Blanch, G. T. and C. E.

Stewart. 1943
Uinta County

Barmore, W. J. Jr. 1962

Barneby, R. C. 1953

Johnston, I. M. 1937, 1939

Nielson, R. L. 1952

Unterman. G. E. and B. R. Unterman. 1964

Welsh, S. L. 1957

Welsh. S. L. and E. M. Christensen. 1957
Uintah National Forest, Olsen, C. J. 1955
Uinta Mountains

Christensen, E. M. and B. F. Harrison. 1961

Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963

Coombs, R. E. 1964

Cottam, W. P. 1930

Ghiselin. J. B. 1956

Hayward, C. L. 1943, 1945, 1952

Herman, F. J. 1934

Hutchinson, S. B. and J. H. Wikstrom. 1957

Murdock, J. R. 1951

Norrington, A. 1924. 1927

Pammel, L. H. 1903, 1913

Rabe, F. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1964

Stutz, H. C. 1951

Svihla, R. D. 1931

Tackle. D. 1958

Tanner, V. M. 1931a
Uinta Reservation, McLaughlin, M. W. 1905
Ulmus pumila, Christensen, E. M. 1964d
Umbelliferae

Constance, L. and R. H. Shan. 1948

Mathias, M. E. 1930, 1932
University of Utah Life Sciences, Chamberlin, R. V.

1950
Upper Colorado River Basin Salvage Program, Wood-
bury, A. M. et al. 1957
upper Sonoran zone (See Sonoran zone, upper)
Upper Valley area. Hall, H. H. and W. P. Cottam.

1955
uranium, botanical prospecting. Kleinhampl, F. J. 1962
uranium-vanadium, effect on vegetation. Cannon, H. L.

1952
urban sprawl, Berrvman, J. H. 1961
Uredinales, Garrett, A. O. 1937
Urocystis

flowersii, Garrett, A. O. 1926

Heucherae, Garrett, A. O. 1933
Ustilaginales ( See smuts )
Ustilago alismatis, Ling. L., 1951
"Utah," veteran juniper, Linford, M. B. 1925

Utah Lake

Barnett, L. B. 1964b

Christensen, E. M. 1956. 1962a, b. 1963a. b,
1964b

Cottam, W. P. 1926

Lawler. R. E. 1960

Murphv, J. R. 1951

Snow, E. 1931

Swallow, O. T. 1932

Tanner, V. M. 1930, 1931b

Wakefield, H. 1937

Zimmerman, J. 1964
Utah State Flower, Sego Lily, Grosvenor, G. H. 1917
Utah State University Forest, Moore, R. R. 1964
Utah Valley

Coffman, W. E. 1944

Peterson, H. B. and T. L. Martin. 1937

Wakefield, H. 1933, 1936
Utah Women's Clubs, U. S. Forest Service, n.d.
utilization quandary. Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart.

1953
Vaha canker, Treshow, M. 1963
vanadium ( See uranium-vanadium )
vegetation analysis ( See also plant ecology )

Cook, C. W. and T. W. Box. 1961

McDonald, J. E. 1946
vegetation change ( See also plant ecology, succession )

Christensen, E. M. 1958a

Christensen, E. M. and H. B. Johnson. 1964a, b

Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963

Dastrup, B. C. 1963

Harper, K. T. 1959

Johnson, H. B. 1964

Thomas, E. D. 1947a, b
vegetational recovery, Marston, R. B. 1948
vegetational zonation, Billings, W. D. 1951
Verbena, Moldenke, H. N. 1961-64
vernalization, Frischknecht, N. C. 1959
Vesicaria kingii, Watson, S. 1885
vines, checklist, Reimschiissel. E. F. 1964
Viola

beckwithii, Cottam, W. P. 1939

Clauseniana, Baker, M. S. 1938

utahensis, Baker, M. S. 1949
volume-height tables, Clark, I. 1940
Wales, Knowlton, F. H. 1888
wapiti, Nebo's, Olsen, O. A. 1942
warm surphur spring, Foster, H. N. 1960
Wasatch conglomerate, fossils, Eardley, A. J. 1932
Wasatch County

Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963

Hawkes, H. B. 1959

Taylor, T. G. and L. Kay. 1933
Wasatch Front

Bundy, O. 1943

Craddock. G. W. 1938

Croft, A. R. 1962

Stoddart, L. A. 1943b

Stoddart, L. A. and C. W. Cook. 1943
Wasatch Game Preserve, Smith, J. G. 1942
Wasatch group, Knowlton, F. H. 1888
Wasatch Mountains

Allman, V. P. 1952

Bartram, E. B. 1926

Christensen, E. M. 1949, 1950, 1955, 1957, 1958a,
1962c, 1963b, 1964a

Christensen, E. M. and S. L. Welsh. 1963

Copeland, O. L. 1960

Cottam, W. P. and F. R. Evans. 1945

Bibliography of Utah Botany

133

Croft, A. R. 1946, 1962

DeVoto, B. 1950, 1952

Eardley, A. J. 1930, 1932

Evans,' F. R. 1936

Flowers, S. 1933

Hayward, C. L. 1943. 1945. 1948

Holmgren, A. H. 1948

Jones, M. E. 1879

Knowlton, F. H. 1888

Korstian, C. F. 1921b

McKay, J. W. 1936

Nixon, E. S. 1961

Nixon, E. S. and E. M. Christensen 1959

Norrington, A. 1925, 1927

Olson, O. C. 1949

Parry, C. C. 1876

Ream, R. R. 1960, 1964

Reynolds, R. V. R. 1911

Samuelson. J. A. 1950a, b

Schultz, J. D. 1964

Smith, G. W. 1953

Speirs, R. D. 1957

Speirs, R. D. and D. M. Rees. 1957

Stewart, J. O. 1928

Stoddart, L. A. 1945b
Wasatch Plateau

Ellison, L. 1941, 1943, 1948b, 1949a, b, 1954

Ellison, L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952

Ellison, L. and A. R. Croft. 1944

Ellison, L., A. R. Croft, and R. W. Bailey. 1951

Forsling, C. L. 1931

Johnson, H. B. 1964

Price. R. and R. B. Evans. 1937
Wasatch region, flora

Anon. 1911

Garrett, A. O. 1936

Jones, M. E. 1911

Shaw. R. J. 1950

Vickery, R. K., Jr. 1963
Washington County

Cottam, W. P. 1929a, c

Cottam, W. P. and G. Stewart. 1940

Harrison, J. W. 1926
wasted resources, Tripp. G. 1949

water ( See also aquatic plants. Great Salt Lake, pollu-
tion, watersheds, and water supplv)

Anon. 1950a. 1960a

Alter, J. C. 1921

Cannon, O. S. 1964

Chamberlain, N. V. 1960

Kay, V. 1960b

Kimerer. K. 1919

Madsen, M. J. n.d.

Mahaffey, J. 1960

McDonald, D. B. 1956

Miller, G. L. 1959

Munns, E. N. 1946

Smith, G. R. 1959

Thatcher, L. M. 1955

Utah Legislative Council. 1956

Utah Water and Power Board. 1948
waterfowl (See birds)
water plants ( See aquatic plants )

watersheds and water supply (See also floods and flood
control, water)

Anon. 1950c. 1958, 1959b, 1960c

Alter, J. C. 1921

Backman, G. P. 1953

Bailey, R. W. 1934, 1935b. 1948a. b, c, 1949,

1951 1958
Bailey, R. W. and C. A. Connaughton. 1936
Bailey, R. W. and O. L. Copeland, Jr. 1960, 1961
Bailey, R. W., G. W. Craddock, and A. R Croft.

1947
Bailey, R. W.. C. L. Forsling. and R. J. Becroft.

1934
Baker, F. S. 1920a
Becraft, R. J. 1931, 1934
Berwick, V. K. 1962
Buhler. E. O. 1941
Cannon. S. Q. 1931
Carlson, G. W. 1963
Carlson, L. H. 1962
Clark, L. K. and E. L. Noble. 1958
Copeland, O. L. 1960
Craddock, G W. 1938, 1945, 1946, 194S, 1958,

1960
Craddock, G. W. and L. Woodward. 1945
Croft, A. R. 1935, 1936, 1945, 1946a, b. 1947.

1948, 1950, 1962
Croft, A. R. and J. A. Adams, Jr. 1950
Croft, A. R. and M. D. Hoover. 1951
Croft, A. R. and L. V. Monninger. 1953
Croft, A. R., L. Woodward, and D. A. Anderson.

1937, 1943
DeVoto, B. 1952
Dunn. P. M. 1933
Ellison, L. 1947a, b,
Ellison, L. and A. R. Croft. 1944
Ellison, L., A. R. Croft, and R. W. Bailey. 1951
Fortier, S. 1896(?)
Goodwin. D. L. 1962
Hansen, W. L. 1947
Hibbert, A. R. 1961
Lobenstein. H. 1948
Lull. H. W. 1949
Lull, H. W. and H. K. Orr. 1950
Marston, R. B. 1948. 1949. 1952, 1955, 1958a, b,

1963
Marston, R. B. and O. Julander. 1961
Meuwing, R. O. 1960
Meinzer, O. E. 1911, 1927
Monninger, L. V. 1950
Munns. E. N. 1946, 1947
Noble, E. L. 1963
O'Keson. C. J. 1934
Olson, O. C. 1949
Orr, H. K. 1957
Packard, P. E. 1957
Paul, J. H. and F. S. Baker. 1925
Peterson, D. L. 1954
Phillips, M. L. 1963
Reynolds, R. V. R. 1911
Rosa. J. M. and A. R. Croft. 1956
Schultz, J. D. 1964
Spendlove, E. 1960
Stewart, G. 1923, 1947b, 1948b
Stewart, G. and C. L. Forsling. 1931
Struble, R. G. and A. R. Croft. 1956
U. S. Dept. Interior. 1957
U. S. Forest Service, n.d.
Utah Legislative Council. 1956
[Utah] Special Flood Commission. 1931
Watson. E. E. 1928
Watson, S. 1871a. b. 1873, 1874, 1875, 1877,

1879, 1882, 1885
West, R. 1955
Winsor, L. M. 1833a, b

134

Bhicham iounc; University Science Bulletin

Winters, W. S. 1954

Woods, C. N. 1948

Woodbury, L. 1943

Woodward, L. and G. W. Craddock. 1945

Woolley, R. R. 1946. 1947, 1948

Zimmerman, J. 1964
water supply ( See watersheds and water supply )
weather ( See also climatology )

Cook, C. W. and L. A. Stoddart. 1951

Costello, D. F. and R. Price. 1939
Weber County. Nelson. N. F. 1954, 1955a. b, c
Weber River

Gaufin, A. R. 1957, 1958

Smith, G. R. 1959
weeds (See also naturalized species)

Cronquist, A. 1939

Evans, R. J. 1942

Garrett, A.O. 1913a, 1921a

Holmgren, A. H. 1944, 1946, 1948, 1958

Holmgren, A. H. and B. Maguire. 1949

Maguire, B. 1935, 1937, 1940, 1941b

Martin, A. C. R. C. Erickson, and J. H. Steenis.
1957

Peterson, W. and D. C. Tingey. 1928

Poulsen, W. G. 1964

Timmons, B. L. and W. O. Lee. 1953

Tingey, D. C. 1960

Tingey, D. C. and B. Maguire. 1941

Tingey, D. C. and F. S. Timmons. n.d.
Wellsville Range, Burke, M. H. 1934
western "X" disease, Richards, B. L. and L. M. Hutchins.

1941
wheat disease, O'Gara, P. J. 1915
wheatgrass (See Agropyron)
White House Conference of Governors, Cutler, J. C.

1909
wilderness

Anon. 1956c

U. S. Forest Service. 1962
wildlife ( See also antelope, big game, biotic communi-
ties, birds, deer, elk, mammals, plant ecology, range-
land and range management, rodents and rabbits)

Anon. 1920, 1945. 1947c, 1948, 1949a. c, 1955b,
1956a, 1957a, b, c

Aldous, C. M. 1945. 1951

Allee, W. C. 1926

Baker, F. S., C. F. Korstian, and N. J. Fetherolf.
1921

Barmore, W. J., Jr. 1962

Barnett, L. B. 1964b

Beale, D. 1963

Beck, D E. 1942

Behle. W. H. 1943, 1948, 1955, 1958a, b, 1960

Behle, W. H.. J. B. Bushman, and C. M. Green-
halgh. 1958

Benson, S. B. 1935

Berryman, J. H. 1960a, 1)

Carter, K. B. 1940

Chamberlain, N. V. 1958

Christensen, D. C. 1938

Chura, N. J. 1961, 1962

Chura. N. J. and J. B. Low. 1961

Cook, N. B. 1936a, b

Costley, R. J., P. F. Allan O. Inlander. D. I. Ras-
mussen. 1948

Cottam, C. and C. S. Williams. 1939

Crane. H. S. 1951a, b, 1954

Currie, P. O. 1963

Dahlgren, R. B. 1955

Dice, L. R. 1939, 1943

Diem, K. L. 1952

Dixon, J. S. and E. L. Sumner, Jr. 1939

Doman. E. R. and D. I. Rasmussen. 1944

Drobnick, R. 1959, 1960. 1961

Egoscue, H. J. 1962

Ellison, L. 1946

Ellison, L. and C. M. Aldous. 1952

Enyeart, G. W. 1956

Evans, T. B. 1941

Fautin, R. W. 1941, 1946, 1948

Fields, L. 1964

Flannery, J. S. 1957a, b

Flook, D. R. 1955

Fuller, R. W. 1953

Funk, W. H. 1963

Gates, J. M. 1957

Gaufin, D. M. and others. 1950

Ghiselin, J. B. 1956

Goodwin, D. L. 1960

Graham, J. E. 1959

Greenhalgh, C. 1958

Griner, L. A. 1939

Hancock, N. V. 1955

Hardy, R. 1937, 1944a, b, 1945a, b, 1947a, b

Hayward, C. L. 1940, 1942, 1943, 1945, 1948,

1952
Hayward, C. L.. D E. Beck, and W. W. Tanner.

1958
Heggen, A. W. 195?
Hill, J. W. 1952
Hinman, R. A. 1959
Hubbard, R. L. 1952
Huff, C. L. 1963
Janson, R. G. 1946
Jeffery, D. E. 1963
Jensen, G. H. 1940
Johnson, C. D. 1952
Julander, O. 1951, 1952, 1953, 1955a, b, c, 1958,

1962
Julander, O. and N. Chournos. 1959
Julander, O., D. M. Gaufin, A. D. Smith, and W.

L. Robinette. 1951
Julander, O., J. B. Low, and O. W. Morris. 1959
Julander, O. and W. L. Robinette. 1950, 1951
Julander, O., W. L. Robinette, A. D. Smith, and D.

M. Gaufin. 1950
Kay, L. 1958, 1960a, b
Kelker, G. H. 1941, 1945
Kilpack, M. L. 1956
Lacy, C. H. 1959
Larson, E. N. 1941
Leonard. R. 1943, 1946, 1947
Leopold, A., L. K. Sowls, and D. L. Spencer. 1947
Lloyd, R. D. 1955
Locke, S. B. 1921. 1928

Lockerbie, Mrs. C. W. and W. H. Behle. 1951
Long, W. S. 1940, 1941
Low, J. B. 1948a, b, 1952
Luke, T. H. 1947
Marshall, W. H. 1937, 1940
Marshall, W. H. and M. S. Jensen. 1937
Marshall, W. H. and L. J. Leatham. 1942
Marston. R. B. and O. Julander. 1961
Martin, A. C, R. C. Erickson, and J. H. Steenis.

1957
Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler. 1939
McAtee. W. L. 1915, 1917, 1941
McCullough. R. A. 1951

Bibliography of Utah Botany

135

Murdy, H. W. 1953

Murphy, J. R. 1951

Musbach, G. E. 1932

Nelson, N. F. 1949, 1953, 1954, 1955a. b. c

Nielson, A. E. 1949

Nielson, R. L. 1952

Oborn, E. T. 1938

Olsen, O. A. 1933, 1942, 1943, 1944

Palmer, L. J. and S. B. Show. 1936

Parker, T. C. 1933

Parkinson, D. 1931c

Parkinson, E. W. 1933

Paul, J. H. 1914

Paul, J. H. and C. T. Barnes. 1914b

Paul, J. B., C. T. Barnes, and E. C. Porter. 1913

Phillips, H. J. 1955

Pitelka, F. A. 1941

Plummer, A. P. 1957, 1958

Plummer, A. P., D. R. Christensen, and S. B. Mon-

sen. 1963, 1964
Plummer, A. P., R. L. Jensen, and H. D. Stapley.

1957a, b
Plummer. A. P. and H. D. Satpley. 1959
Plummer, A. P., H. D. Stapley, D. R. Christensen.

1959
Popov, B. H. 1949
Popov, B. H. and J. B. Low. 1950
Presnall, C. C. 1938
Pritchett, C. L. 1962
Rasmussen, D. I. 1936, 1939a. b. 1940a. b, 1947,

1951
Rasmussen, D. I. and E. R. Doman. 1947
Rasmussen, D. I. and D. M. Gaufin. 1949
Reynolds, T. A., Jr. 1960
Richens, V. B. 1961
Robel, R. J. 1961a, b, 1962, 1963
Robinette, W. L. 1949
Robinette, W. L., O. Julander. J. S. Gashwiler, and

J. G. Smith, 1952
Robinette. W. L. and O. Olsen. 1944
Rognrud, M. J. 1953
Shantz, H. L. 1938
Shaw. R. K. 1958
Sherwood, G. A. 1959
Shippee, E. A. 1955
Sigler, W. F. 1953a, b, 1955, 1958
Smith, A. D. 1947b, 1948, 1949a, b, 1950a, b, c,

d, 1952a, b, 1953, 1955, 1957a, b, 1958, 1961
Smith, A. D. and R. L. Hubbard. 1954
Smith, J. G. 1942, 1949, 1952
Smith, J. G. and O. Julander. 1953
Snow. R. B. 1941
Standing, A. 1931

Stapley, H. D. and D. R. Christensen. 1959
Stewart, C. J. 1950
Stoddart, L. A. 1944a

Stoddart, L. A. and D. I. Rasmussen. 1945a, b
Stone, R. C. 1960
Svihla, R. D. 1931, 1932
Tanner, V. M. 1926, 1931a, 1936, 1940a, b
Tanner, W. W. 1963
Tavlor, T. G. and L. Kay. 1933
Taylor, T. G and B. C. Pithnan. 1933
Til'lohash, T. 1936
Trueblood, R. W. 1952, 1954
Turner, G. G, Jr. 1950
Turner, R. B. 1955
Turpin, R. L. 1944
Twomey, A. C. 1942

Udy, J. R. 1953

University of Utah. 1955a, b. 1957

Utah Fish and Game Bui. 1948-1956

Vest, E. D. 1955, 1962a. b

Wardle, W. D. 1953

Weight, K. E. 1932

Weller. M. W., B. H. Wingfield, and J. B. Low.

1958
Wetmore, A. 1921

Williams, C. S. and W. H. Marshall. 1937, 1938
Wilson, V. T. 1948
Wingfield, B. H. 1951
Wingfield, B. and J. B. Low. 1955
Winkler. E. 1930
Winn, J. 1959
Wolf. K. E. 1952, 1956

Woodbury, A. M. 1931. 1933, 1936, 1937, 1939.
1940a, ' 1948a, b, 1954. 1955a, b, 1956b. 1959a,
b, 1960, 1964
Woodbury, A. M., et al. 1957, 1958
Woodbury, A. M. and M. Anderson. 1933
Woodbury, A. M. and C. Cottam. 1962
Woodbury. L. 1955
Young, L. E. 1911
Young, S. 1955a, b
Willow Creek, Jeffery, D. E. 1963
willow family ( See Salicaceae )
willows ( See Salix )

Presnall, C. C. 1933b
Sudworth, G. B. 1934
wilt, sweet cherry. Richards, B. L. 1945
winter range ( See also rangeland and range manage-
ment)

Cook, C. W.. L. A. Stoddart, and L. E. Harris.

1951, 1954
Esplin. A. C, J. E. Greaves, and L. A. Stoddart.

1937
Green, L. T., L. A. Sharp, C. W. Cook, and L. E.

Harris. 1951
Huff, C. L. 1963
Hutchings, S. S. 1950, 1951
Smith, A. D. 1950a, c
winter wheat, Tingey, D. C. 1958, 1959
witches' broom. Hawksworth, F. G. and J. L. Mielke.

1962
Woodbury, Dr. Angus M., biography, Behle, W. H.

1964
wood-decay fungi, Mielke, J. L. and R. W. Davidson.

1947
wood rat. Stone, R. C. 1960
woody plants (See also shrubs, trees)

Treshow, M., S. L. Welsh, and G. Moore. 1964
woody shrubs, Saul, W. E. 1952, 1955
wormwood, oldman. Fenley, J. M. 1948
Wyethia amplexicaulis, Tingey, D. C. and C. W. Cook.

1954
Ximenesia exauriculata, Maguire, B. 1937
"Y" Mountain, Christensen, E. M. 1957
Yellow Cat area, Cannon, H. L. 1964
Yucca

Merriam, C. H. 1893c
ungustissima

McKelvey, S. D. 1947
Nisson, A. W. 1939
Nisson. A. W. and B. F. Harrison. 1940
baccata vespertina, McKelvey, S. D. 1938
brevifolia Jaegerianu, McKelvey, S. E. 1938
elata, McKelvey, S. D. 1947 '
Harrinwniae, McKelvey, S. D. 1947

136

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

kanabensis, McKelvey, S. D. 1947
Standleyi, McKelvey, S. D. 1947
utahensis, McKelvey, S. D. 1947
Zion National Park ( See also national parks and monu-
ments)

Anon. 1932

Baker, M. S. 1938

Chick, W. D., Jr. 1936

Dixon, J. S. and E. L. Sumner, Jr. 1939

Eastwood, A. 1937a, 1941

Gray, J. 1932

Gregory, H. E. 1950a

Howell. J. T. 1940

Jepson, C. E. and L. F. Allen. 19.58

JoUey, D. J. 1930, 1931, 1932

Jones, V. H. 1955

Maguire, B. 1937

Patraw, P. M. 1932. 1933

Plair, T. B. 1934

Presnall, C. C. 1933a, b, 19.34a, b, 1935. 1937,

1938
Reid, H. L. 1931
Russell, H. 1932
Woodbury, A. M. 1929a, b, c, 1930a, b, 1931,

1932a, b, 1933
Zi/gadenus elegans, Garrett, A. O. 1926

$ NA-<p£< °1

Brigham Young University
Science Bulletin

BIRDS OF THE UPPER COLORADO
RIVER BASIN

US. COM P. ZOGL.
LIBRARY

MAR2 2«J*8

"Y HARV£

UNIVEh

C. LYNN HAYWARD

BIOLOGICAL SERIES — VOLUME IX, NUMBER 2
DECEMBER, 1967

BRSGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BULLETIN
BIOLOGICAL SERIES

Editor: Dohald M. Allred, Department of Zoology and Entomology,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Si

Associate Editor: Earl M. Chbistensen, Department of Botany,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Members of the Editorial Board:

David L. Hanks, Botany

J. V. Beck, Bacteriology

Wilmer W. Tanner, Zoology, Chairman of the Board

Stanley Welsh, Botany

W. Derby Laws, Agronomy

C. Lynn Hayward, Zoology

Ex officio Members:

Rudger H. 1
Science

Ernest L. Olson, Chairman, University Publications

Rudger H. Walker, Dean, College of Biological and Agricultural
Sciences

The Brigham Young University Science Bulletin, Biological Series, publishes
acceptable papers, particularly large manuscripts, on all phases of biology.

Separate numbers and back volumes can be purchased from University
Publications, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. All remittances should be
made payable to Brigham Young University.

Orders and materials for library exchange should be directed to the Division
of Gifts and Exchange, Brigham Young University Library, Provo, Utah.

Brigham Young University
Science Bulletin

BIRDS OF THE UPPER COLORADO
RIVER BASIN

by
C. LYNN HAYWARD

BIOLOGICAL SERIES — VOLUME IX, NUMBER 2
DECEMBER, 1967

-~-\

/Jfr' ?

MUS. CO MP. ZOCL.
LIBRARY

MAR 2 2 1968

HARVARD
UNIVERSITY,

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INTRODUCTION 1

BIRD HABITATS OF THE UPPER COLORADO RIVER BASIN 4

Birds of flowing streams and their borders 4

Birds of reservoirs and marshes 4

Birds of cottonwood-willow-tamarisk 6

Birds of desert shrubs and canyons 10

Birds of pinyon-juniper woodlands 12

SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BIRD POPULATIONS 14

ACCOUNTS OF THE SPECIES 16

REFERENCES 59

INDEX TO COMMON NAMES 62

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure Page

1. Drainage system and geographical provinces of the Upper Colorado River Basin 3

2. Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah 5

3. Avocets at Pelican Lake 5

4. Cottonwood-willow-tamarisk woodland 7

5. Agricultural community, Henrieville, Utah 7

6. Natural Cottonwood-willow-tamarisk community 8

7. Green River near Flaming Gorge Dam 9

8. Devil's Garden, Arches National Monument 10

9. Monument-like formations. Arches National Monument 11

10. Typical desert wash near Moab, Utah 12

11. Sagebrush plains near Kanab, Utah 12

12. Pinyon-juniper woodland 13

13. Pinyon-juniper woodland 14

14. Nest and eggs of Common Nighthawk 35

15. Young of Common Nighthawk 35

BIRDS OF THE UPPER COLORADO RIVER BASIN

by
C. Lynn Hayward0

INTRODUCTION

In 1958 the first of a proposed series of
papers on the Zoology of the Upper Colorado
River Basin was produced ( Hayward, Beck, and
Tanner, Brigham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol.
Ser. l(3):l-74) in which the general ecological
features of the area were described and a check-
list of the known land vertebrates was pub-
lished. It was proposed in that paper that addi-
tional reports would be forthcoming on the
several animal groups of the area as information
and time would permit.

The present paper is designed to bring up
to date information we have been able to gather
on the birdlife of the Upper Colorado Basin.
During the interim since the last paper, certain
important physical and biotic changes have been
effected in the basin which seem to have re-
sulted in important changes in the avifauna.
Not the least important of these alterations is
the creation of several large and many small
reservoirs which have already produced import-
ant changes, especially in the aquatic and shore-
bird populations.

Evidence at hand indicates that the Colorado
River and Green River have always served as
important migratory routes for waterfowl and
shorebirds, as well as smaller passerine birds.
Twomey (1942) and his associates, who made
their observations some 30 years ago in the
Uinta Basin area, reported nearly all of the
kinds of these groups now known to occur there
either as transients or breeding residents. How-
ever, in Twomey 's time and prior to the develop-
ment of numerous reservoirs, particularly in the
Uinta Basin, waterfowl depended almost entire-
ly on the river and larger tributaries for resting
and feeding while shorebirds worked along the
sandy or muddy shores or on the limited flood-
plains of the streams.

Suitable nesting grounds for ducks were
limited to a few small marshes near the mouths
of some of the tributaries. With continued de-
velopment of aquatic habitats in many parts of
the basin, the status of the waterfowl and
shorebirds throughout the entire area has
changed materially over the past several years
and should continue to improve as the newly

"Department of Zoology and Entomology. Brigbam Young University.

created lakes and reservoirs become better es-
tablished.

A number of species considered by Twomey
to be transients only or casual visitors in the
Uinta Basin are now well established as breed-
ing species. These include the Eared Grebe,
Western Grebe, Pied-billed Grebe, Forster's
Tern, Black Tern, Willet, Avocet, and Black-
necked Stilt. Owing to more extensive and fav-
orable nesting areas now available, the popula-
tion of breeding ducks has expanded consider-
ably in recent vears. Twomey found only two
breeding colonies of Yellow-headed Blackbirds
in the Uinta Basin, with the principal colony be-
ing at Ashley Creek marshes. There are now
large, additional colonies established at Pelican
Lake and Montez Reservoir and at other sites
throughout the basin.

The kinds of birds inhabiting the Upper
Colorado River Basin have been rather well
known for some time, although new records
appear as fieldwork continues. For those inter-
ested in taxonomy on the subspecies level there
may be some problems in clinal distribution
through the extent of this large area. The pre-
sence of several rather isolated mountain ranges
may also present problems of subspecific varia-
tion in certain resident species.

No attempt is to be made here to review
all of the publication on upper basin birds, al-
though the writer has attempted to prepare a
fairly complete bibliography of the area. The
earlier works of Twomey (1942) on the birds
of the Uinta Basin and of Woodbury and Rus-
sell (1945) on die birds of the Navajo country
have proved to be very valuable. In addition to
these, the papers of Behle (1941, 1948, 1958a,
1958b, 1959, 1960) dealing directly with Upper
Colorado Basin birds have been very useful
sources. Several earlier writers published lists
from portions of the basin in New Mexico, Colo-
rado, and Wyoming. These include Copeland
(1920), Fuller and Bole (1930), Gilman (1907),
Knight (1902), Rockwell (1908), Warren
(1908, 1909). The recent two- volume work of
Bailey and Niedrach (1965) on the birds of
Colorado has added considerablv to our knowl-

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

edge of the birds of western Colorado, although
most of their records are for the Rockv Moun-
tains and eastward.

The writer's own observations on the bird-
life of the Upper Colorado River Basin have
been mostly in the Utah portion of it with more
general observations in other parts of the area.
Part of the information on which this paper is
based has come from the notes and published
papers of my colleagues at Brigham Young Uni-
versity. I am especially indebted to Merlin L.
Killpack, who has furnished much vauable in-
formation especially on the winter birds of the
Uinta Basin and has published some notes on
that area (Killpack, 19.58; Hayward and Kill-
pack, 1953, 1952, 1951). Herbert H. Frost and
Joseph R. Murphy have kept records of birds
seen by them on frequent trips to the Colorado
River south of Moab. D Elden Beck has led
several expeditions into south-central Utah and
has given me full access to his notes. Through
the kindness of Robert G. Bee I also have access
to an unpublished list of birds recorded by Mil-
dred E. Baker, a member of the Buffalo, New
York, Audubon Society, while on a trip down the
Green and Colorado Rivers from Green River,
Wyoming, to Lake Mead from June 20 to August
23,' 1940.

An account of some of the early explora-
tions in the Upper Colorado River Basin, as well
as a detailed statement of the work of Brigham
Young University personnel in the area, has
been published ( Hayward, Beck, and Tanner,
1958). Fieldwork on the part of this writer has
continued since that time with special emphasis
being placed on the waterbirds and shorebirds.

With the completion of large dams on the
Colorado River and its tributaries and the for-
mation of extensive lakes, notably Lake Powell
and the Flaming Gorge Reservoir, vast new
areas have become accessible to the general
public. Several national monuments in the basin
have steadily grown in popularity and the new
Canyon Lands National Park has recently been
created.

All of these facilities will doubtlessly com-
bine to produce one of the very great recrea-
tional areas and tourist attractions in the coun-
try within the next few years. The impact that
this influx of humanity may have upon the biotic
community cannot entirely be foreseen, but it
is certain that many visitors will be interested in
knowing something about the wildlife that thev
see about them. Our previous paper (op. cit.,
1958) may be of interest in that respect, since
there are diagrams showing the community re-

lationships of some of the more common mam-
mals, reptiles, and birds. It is hoped that the
present paper, dealing in more detail with
birds, may prove to be of some value to the
general public as well as to those interested in
the more technical aspects of the ornithology of
the area.

The plan of the paper is to present first of
all a picture of the birdlife of the principal
habitats found in the Upper Colorado River
Basin for the benefit of those who may visit
the streams and reservoirs, the open plains and
desert country, or the canyon lands. An account
is also given of the seasonal aspects of bird popu-
lations in the area. In these parts of the paper
the birds will be referred to by the common
names as proposed in the Fifth Edition ( 1957)
of the A. O. U. Checklist of North American
Birds.

Following the more or less popular account
will be an annotated list of the kinds of birds
known to the writer from the area. The nomen-
clature in this list follows the several volumes
of Peters' Birds of the World insofar as that
work has been completed to the present time.
For those families lacking in that treatise, the
A.O.U. Checklist is, for the most part, used as
the authority. No attempt is made to cite all
the published records, except in cases where I
have not observed the birds directly, or where
their occurrence is rare. Subspecific names, in
the main, are included principally on the basis
of the known distribution of the several forms
rather than on a critical study of museum speci-
mens since in most cases we lack sufficient series
to permit such a study.

The account given pertains to birds living
in the basin floor and foothills and does not in-
clude those of the montane forests and alpine
that rim the basin, except for those montane
species that are known to winter at lower eleva-
tions or pass through as migrants. In terms of
our previous report (19.58) on the upper basin
the present paper includes the resident and
transient birds found in the cottonwood-willow-
tamerisk floodplain, northern desert shrub, and
pinon-juniper woodland communities along
with the several types of aquatic communities
found therein.

The writer has rather little firsthand informa-
tion on the birds of the upper reaches of the
San Juan River in New Mexico, the Dolores,
Gunnison, Colorado, White and Yampa Rivers
in Colorado, and the Green River in Wyoming.
It has been necessary to rely mostly on the litera-
ture for information on the birds of those areas.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

UPPER COLORADO RIVER
BASIN

REDRAWN FROM MAP OF THE
UPPE R COLORADO KIVER
COMMISSION

Fig. 1. Drainage system and geographical provinces of the Upper Colorado River Basin.

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

BIRD HABITATS OF THE UPPER COLORADO RIVER BASIN

As stated previously the cottonwood-willow-
tamerisk, northern desert shrub, and pirion-
juniper woodland in a broad sense constitute
the land communities of the Upper Colorado
River Basin. In a consideration of the birds of
the area the aquatic communities should be
added. These include the rivers and their major
tributaries, of which many cross the basin, and
the reservoirs, several of which have been im-
pounded in comparatively recent years. The lat-
ter are no less important to waterfowl and shore-
birds than they are to fish; and will, no doubt,
under proper management become more import-
ant as time goes on. In the following account it
is the aim to discuss the more common birds
likely to be encountered by interested visitors
to the area. With the aid of any of several good
field guides to birds, especially A Field Guide to
Western Birds ( Houghton-Mifflin Company,
Boston, 1961), an interested person should be
able to easily identify many of the larger birds,
at least, that are more likely to be seen in the
several habitats; and the habitats themselves are
not difficult to recognize.

BIBDS OF THE FLOWING STREAMS AND
THEIR BORDERS

An examination of a map of the upper basin
( Fig. 1 ) impresses one with the numerous
streams that arise in the bordering mountains
and pass through the lower elevations of the
basin. The Green River, which receives many of
these tributaries, flows southward from its origin
in the high mountains rimming the northern part
of the Green River Basin Province to its union
with the Colorado River in southeastern Utah.
These two large streams join together near the
upper limits of the newly created Lake Powell.

Throughout much of their courses these two
streams and some of their larger tributaries flow
at a rather slow rate through fairly level coun-
try; but in places, especially where they pass
through canyon country, there are rapids of
considerable magnitude. In the slower portions
of the streams most any of the water birds are
likely to be seen in small flocks or as individuals.
The Canada Goose is one of the most common
species and family groups consisting of a pair,
and their young are often seen in summer. Cer-
tain species of ducks more likely to inhabit
rivers include the Red-breasted and Common
Mergansers and the Common Goldeneye.

In certain areas small, quiet estuaries occur
near the main stream, forming small ponds that

may or may not remain connected with the river.
If these ponds are fairly stable, emergent vege-
tation and other aquatic plants may become es-
tablished forming a suitable habitat for several
kinds of dabbling ducks including the Mallard,
Pintail, and Cinnamon Teal. Coots are also fre-
quent inhabitants of these ponds. Around the
borders of the ponds as well as along the sandy
banks of the streams themselves several kinds
of wading birds and shorebirds may occur. The
Great Blue Heron is one of the more common
of these and the Killdeer and Spotted Sandpiper
are also frequently seen. Most any of the tran-
sient shorebirds as well as casual visitors may
be found in April and May and again in late
}ul\', August, and September resting on the
banks or reeding in shallow water. These include
such species as the Solitary Sandpiper, Least and
Western Sandpipers, Avocet, Black-necked Stilt,
and California and Ring-billed Gulls. The Dip-
per is sometimes seen on rocks bordering the
stream or in midstream, especially in tributaries
where there are rapids.

BIRDS OF THE RESERVOIRS AND MARSHES

Probably all of the reservoirs (some are
called lakes) to be found in the basin are of
artificial origin designed to produce electric
power or for the irrigation of adjacent land. In-
cidental to this, but of considerable importance,
is their use for purposes of recreation. Certain
ones of these, for example the Stewart Lake
Refuge near Jensen, Utah, have been created
solely for the protection and propagation of
waterfowl.

The value of these bodies of water in relation
to the birdlife of the area is yet to be determined
since many of them have only recently been
formed. Owing to the fluctuation in water level
in these reservoirs from season to season and
from year to year, the establishment of stable
habitats for the nesting and feeding needs of
waterfowl is not likely to be very successful. At
the present time two sorts of aquatic communi-
ties occur in the upper basin. The larger reser-
voirs such as Lake Powell and Flaming Gorge
are newly formed and their usefulness to water-
fowl is limited mainly as places of temporary
refuse and rest for transient birds. As time goes
on, certain shallow bays of these reservoirs, pro-
vided they enjoy some degree of stability in
water level, should develop emergent vegetation
and increase the availability of food and cover
which is now almost entirely lacking.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

Fig. 2. Pelican Lake, Uintah Comity. Utah. This shallow lake, which is artificially formed, is rich in animal and
plant food and is a favored feeding area for spring, summer, and autumn migrating shore-birds and waterfowl.
Photo bv C. L. Havward.

Fig. 3. Avocets feeding at Pelican Lake. Uintah County. Utah, May 15. 1966. Photo b\ C. L. Hayward.

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

A second type of aquatic habitat is seen in
smaller ponds and reservoirs, of which there are
many of a variety of sizes and in several stages
of development. A good example of this type is
seen in a shallow body of water in Uintah
County, Utah, known as Pelican Lake. This lake
is rapidly developing into an important area for
a variety of waterfowl, wading birds, and shore-
birds. While there is considerable fluctuation in
its shoreline it supports an excellent growth of
submerged and floating vegetation, and emer-
gent plants are beginning to come in around
its borders. Animal and plant food available to
the birds is in abundance. The lake is rather
isolated and seems to be little disturbed during
the critical breeding season.

A description of the birdlife at Pelican Lake
is herein used as an example of what the visitor
would be likely to see during the open-water
season at a fairly well-established lake or reser-
voir in the Upper Basin. In the open water of
the lake, the Western Grebe and Eared Grebe
are common throughout the summer as is the
American Coot. Almost all kinds of ducks found
in the general area may be seen there at times
during the summer. The more common of these
include the Mallard, Pintail, Gadwall, Cinna-
mon, Blue-winged and Green-winged Teal, and
Shoveler. Canada Geese also utilize the open
water of the lake, especially in later summer and
autumn. The California Gull, Bing-billed Gull,
Franklin's Gull, Forster's Tern, and Black Tern
rest and feed on the open water; and the last
two species nest in the area.

Around tile borders of the lake the Great
Blue Heron, Snowy Egret, and White-faced
Ibis occur in small numbers. Common summer-
resident shorebirds include the American Avo-
cet, Black-necked Stilt, Willet. and Killdeer. A
variety of migrant shorebirds stop in May and
late summer to feed on the abundant aquatic
life around the shallow borders. These include
the Least and Western Sandpipers, Greater and
Lesser Yellowlegs, Long-billed Dowitcher, Wil-
son's and Northern Phalaropes, Sanderlings, and
Baird's Sandpiper. The Black-bellied Plover and
Semipalmated Plover are also frequently seen
and the Golden Plover appears rarely.

Long-billed Marsh Wrens, Yellow-headed
Blackbirds, and Bed-winged Blackbirds nest
in the emergent vegetation around the borders;
and several kinds of swallows, especially Cliff
Swallows, feed on the abundant midges over the
water and shores. The Common Nighthawk also
concentrates its feeding in a similar way. Win-
tering Water Pipits feed along the shore close to

the water or even in the water itself in early
spring and late fall. Homed Larks, common in
surrounding deserts, feed on insects from the
surface of the water.

BIRDS OF THE COTTONWOOp-WILLOW-TAMERISK

Bordering most of the streams, both large
and small, there is usuallv a woodland zone of
trees and taller shrubs. In places where walls
of rock rise abruptly from the stream this border
is lacking or very narrow. In other places where
there is a small but distinct floodplain small
groves of trees or sometimes single trees occur.
In side canyons adjacent to the streams, the
woodland or a dense growth of shrubs may oc-
cur wherever there is a small tributary or a
little water seepage. This latter type is particu-
larly characteristic of the canyon country of the
Colorado Plateau Province. In the broader val-
levs or plains, especially in the northern parts
of the basin, diere may be a fairly wide zone of
woodland with groves of cottonwoods predomi-
nant. The lower and wetter parts of these are
frequently used as pasture lands while the high-
er alluvial soils are usually under cultivation.
Small towns or ranches occur at intervals in
these areas. In many places the cultivation of
the land and the institution of irrigation have
resulted in the expansion of trees and shrubs
beyond their natural limits along the streams.
This results in additional habitat areas that are
no doubt advantageous to many kinds of small-
er birds.

From the point of view of the number of
birds, these floodplain woodlands support the
richest avifauna of any of the habitats of the
upper basin. Not only is there an important
breeding population of birds, but this commun-
ity serves as a vital passageway for many mi-
grating species. The availability of some cover
and food also makes it an important habitat for
wintering species.

The birdlife of the floodplain woodlands
may be described by dealing with the several
habitat niches occupied by the more common
species. While many of these niches overlap,
the principal ones are exemplified by ( 1 ) birds
depending on holes in trees for nesting sites
and feeding from the trunks and limbs of trees
or larger shrubs; (2) birds using holes as nest-
ing and roosting sites but feeding elsewhere;
(3) birds using the branches of trees as nesting
sites but feeding elsewhere; (4) species using
limbs and branches as nesting sites and feeding
from foliage of the trees; (5) transient species
feeding from the foliage; (6) species using the

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

Fig. 4. Cottonwood-willow-tarnarisk woodland (riparian) community partially put to agricultural use
Fruita, Wayne County, Utah. Photo by D E. Beck.

Fig. 5 Small agricultural community of Henrieville. Garfield County, Utah, surrounded by desert shrub and cliff
habitats. Photo by C. L. Hayward.

Fig. 6. Natural cotton-willovv-tamarisk woodland (riparian) on White River near Bonanza, Uintah County,
Utah. Photo by C. L. Hayward.

trees as roosting or lookout sites but feeding
and nesting elsewhere; (7) birds using the
shrubby vegetation for cover and nesting, and
feeding either from the shrubs themselves or
from the ground nearby; (8) transient and win-
tering species using the shrubs for refuge and
sometimes feeding from them; (9) primarily
ground-dwelling species using the trees princi-
pally for refuge or roosting; (10) birds of open
fields and pasturelands often using fence posts,
utility posts, or nearby trees and shrubs for
perching.

In areas along the streams where the flood-
plains are rather broad, groves of cottonwoods
and other trees, some of which are dead but
still standing, afford nesting and roosting sites
for several species of birds that feed also from
the trunks and branches of the trees. The Red-
shafted Flicker is one of the more common of
these although this species also frequently feeds
on the ground. Several other woodpeckers are
also present including Lewis' Woodpecker and
occasionally the Red-headed Woodpecker, both
of which occur on the floodplains of die Green

River. Along the upper reaches of die Green
River and its tributaries the Yellow-bellied Sap-
sucker is very common nesting in the stream
woodlands. Downy and Hairy Woodpeckers are
also present. The Black-capped Chickadee,
White-breasted Nuthatch, Red-breasted Nut-
hatch, and House Wren would also be included
in this category.

Several kinds of birds utilize holes in the
trees for nesting and roosting but do not feed
directly from die trees. The Screech Owl and
Pygmy Owl would be examples. The recently
invading Starling, the Tree Swallow, and the
Mountain Bluebird as well as the Sparrow
Hawk would also be representative of this
group. The Sparrow Hawk is very conspicuous
along most of the waterways of the upper basin,
but tliis species also nests commonly in the can-
yon ledges.

Man>' species use limbs and smaller branches
as nesting sites but obtain most or all of their
food elsewhere. These include several species of
hawks and owls such as the Red-tailed Hawk,
the Goshawk, Cooper's Hawk, Sharp-shinned

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

Fig. 7. Green River near site of Flaming Gorge Dam, showing narrow floodplain and absence of woodland ow-
ing to the steep walls of the canyon. This is typical of much of the canyonland country. Pinyon-juniper on
surrounding area. Photo by D E. Beck.

Hawk, and Long-eared Owl. A number of the
flycatchers such as the Western and Cassin's
Kingbirds, Eastern Kingbird, and Western
Wood Pewee would also come under this cate-
gory. Several of the other passerine species con-
struct their nests in trees but feed principally
elsewhere. Included in this group would be the
Common Crow, especially in the Green River
Basin Province; the Black-billed Magpie; and
the Robin. A few species use the limbs as nest-
ing sites and gain most of their food from the
trees themselves. The Yellow Warbler, Warbling
Vireo, Red-eyed Vireo, Solitary Vireo, Bullock's
Oriole, and Black-headed Grosbeak are repre-
sentative.

Many of the transient small birds follow
along the wooded floodplains in spring and
autumn and feed from the foliage. Several
species of warblers, the most conspicuous being
Audubon's Warbler, may be seen at appropriate
seasons. Wilson's Warbler is also common,
especially in spring and fall as is also the West-
ern Tanager. These last two species also fre-
quently feed in tall, shrubby vegetation. Several

thrushes, including Swainson's Thrush and the
Hermit Thrush, often appear as transients.

A few species use the floodplain trees as
lookout or roosting sites only. An example would
be seen in the case of the Common Nighthawk.
These birds frequently roost by day on hori-
zontal limbs of the trees where they are very
inconspicuous. Sometimes the dead or even liv-
ing trees are utilized as roosting sites by the
Turkey Vulture, which is seen in small flocks
or singly roosting by night on such trees. These
birds usually nest in caves.

The tall, shrubby vegetation growing in
association with the larger trees on the flood-
plains affords a habitat for many birds. These
shrubs include several kinds of willows, and the
tamerisk, alder, birch, squawberry, and haw-
thorn. Most of the birds that nest in this habitat
feed in part at least from the ground. The Song
Sparrow is perhaps the most common but the
Scrub Jav, Traill's Flycatcher, Yellowthroat
(near water), Yellow-breasted Chat, Catbird,
Rufous-sided Towhee, Green-tailed Towhee,
Brewer's Blackbird, and Black-chinned Hum-

10

Biugham Young University Science Bulletin

mingbird are also present. In the more southern
parts of the basin the Blue Grosbeak and Mock-
ingbird are often seen in this habitat. In winter
and during migration a number of species utilize
the shrubs for refuge or as a source of food.
Perhaps the most conspicuous of these would
be the. flocks of White-crowned Sparrows and
Juncos that feed principally on the ground but
use the shrubs for cover and refuge.

A few kinds of birds are principally ground
dwellers and utilize the trees and shrubs for
temporary refuge or roosting. The Mourning
Dove is in large part a ground dweller, but it
also nests in trees or shrubs and uses die latter
for perching. The Ring-necked Pheasant, Cali-
fornia Quail, and Gambel's Quail nest on the
ground, but may roost or seek refuge in the tall-
er vegetation. A few passerine birds including
the Green-tailed and Rufous-sided Towhees
often nest on the ground and feed there.

The natural pastures and cultivated fields of
the floodplains representing more open habitats
are frequently used as feeding grounds and even
nesting places for many of the woodland dwell-
ing birds. The Western Meadowlark nests on
the ground in die pastures and fields but fre-

quently perches on posts or trees. Robins, Brew-
er's Blackbird, Starling, Common Crow, and
Magpie are birds most commonly seen feeding
in the open areas. The Savannah Sparrow is also
a common pastureland bird.

BIRDS OF THE DESERT SHRUB AND CANYON HABITATS

The desert shrub communities occupy the
higher and drier ground where the only natural
source of moisture is the precipitation that falls
as rain or snow. The greater part of this mois-
ture comes in fall and winter. In the Green River
Basin Province the general aspect of the country
is less rugged with flat or rolling country and
low hills broken only by streams. While some of
the land is being used for dry farming most of
it is utilized for grazing of livestock and much
of it is overgrazed. Sagebrush is the predominant
shrub in this area.

The desert shrub communities of the Uinta
Mountains Province occupy a relatively small
area in the Uinta Basin of Utah and extend east-
ward into Colorado principally along the drain-
age of the White River. A considerable amount
of die land in the Uinta Basin of Utah has been

Fig. 8. Devil's Garden area in Arches National Monument, Grand County, Utah, showing monument-like roe*
formations with desert shrub and scattered pinyon-juniper communities. Photo by D E. Beck.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

11

Fig. 9. Monument-like formations and desert shrubs with scattered patches of pinyon-juniper at Balanced Rink
Arches National Monument, Utah. Photo by D E. Beck.

developed for agriculture at lower elevations
and contains many of the elements of the flood-
plain woodland avifauna. The foothills on either
side of it and the plains to the eastward support
several types of desert shrub communities. In
some areas there are barren badlands with
scarcely any vegetation at all, and in other sec-
tions the streams have cut deep canyons result-
ing in an uneven and broken country where
there is much exposed rock.

The Colorado Plateau Province presents a
strikingly different picture widi respect to the
appearance of the desert shrub communities.
While there are some rather extensive plains
where shadscale, sagebrush, or other shrubs oc-
cur in a more or less unbroken expanse, much
of the country is extremely rugged with numer-
ous deep canyons, sheer rock walls, tumbled
rock masses, and spires of rock standing in open
country. The shrubby vegetation occupies nar-
row ledges and dry valleys in patches of vari-
able size, consisting of a variety of species de-
pending upon the nature of the soil and other
factors.

Birds that live in the shrub communities are

comparatively few in kinds but may be abun-
dant as individuals. The particular kinds that
occur throughout the upper basin seem to be
somewhat limited by the gradient in climate
from one end of the basin to the other — per-
haps more so than the birds of other habitats
so far discussed.

In the sagebrush plains country, particularly
in Wyoming and northwestern Colorado, the
Sage Grouse was formerly the most conspicuous
and spectacular bird. Under protection these
birds are still fairly common in certain areas.
They are naturally strictly birds of open country
depending on their protective colors and the
shrubby habitat. In April the males appear in
breeding plumage in flocks on favored strut-
ting grounds where mating takes place and the
females then nest in the near vicinity. Usually
these birds tend to concentrate around springs
and small streams and their numbers appear to
be greater than they actually are, considering
the extent of the surrounding country.

Other common birds of the desert shrub in-
clude the Vesper Sparrow, Brewer's Sparrow,
Lark Sparrow, Sage Sparrow, Black-throated

12

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Fig. 10. Typical desert wash near Moab, Grand Courts'. Utah; dry except at times of irregular flooding. Sparse
desert shrub in adjacent areas. La Sal Mountains in background. Photo by D E. Beck.

Fig. 11. Sagebrush plains near Kanab, Kane County, Utah, typical of much of the flat, open country of the Upper
Colorado River Basin. Photo by D E. Beck.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

13

Sparrow, and Green-tailed Towhee. The Vesper
Sparrow is particularly characteristic of the
sagebrush communities of Wyoming and Colo-
rado while the Black-throated Sparrow is the
most conspicuous species in the warmer south-
ern portions of the basin.

The Sage Thrasher is very characteristic
over the entire upper basin and the Mocking-
bird is found rather commonly especially in
greasewood and tall sage communities of the
southern part. The Common Nighthawk and the
Poor-will nest usually on low exposed ridges,
but the former species may roost in trees. Bur-
rowing Owls occur especially in prairie dog
towns or where there is an abundance of ground
squirrels. Say's Phoebe is frequently seen in
desert shrub communities where it perches on
the taller shrubs, but there are usually old build-
ings or rocky ledges available to serve as nest-
ing sites. The Loggerhead Shrike is another
characteristic species of the desert shrub com-
munities.

Possibly the most widespread and common
bird of the desert shrub is the Homed Lark.
This species is often seen in large flocks most
of the year, especially along roadways and in
more open country where the shrubs are lower
in growth form and more scattered. In winter
Horned Larks appear in immense flocks where
food is exposed and such flocks may also contain
a few other species including the Lapland Long-
spur and Snow Bunting. Flocks of Juncos and

White-crowned Sparrows also appear in the
desert shrub during the winter.

The sheer cliffs, rock piles, and spires so
characteristic of the canyon lands country of the
Colorado Plateau afford nesting and lookout
sites for a unique group of birds. Several of
the hawks that occur in the area may use the
cliffs and spires for such purposes. These in-
clude the Golden and Bald Eagles, Red-tailed
Hawk, Rough-legged Hawk, Prairie Falcon, and
Sparrow Hawk. The Raven is another common
species that nests in the canyon ledges. Both the
White-throated Swift and the Black Swift (the
latter apparently more common at higher eleva-
tions) use crevices in the high cliffs as nesting
and roosting sites. Cliff Swallows frequently oc-
cur in nesting colonies and build their mud nests
under overhanging ledges. The Rock Wren and
Canyon Wren are common inhabitants of rock
piles. A few species sometimes use the cliffs as
nesting sites, although they may also nest else-
where. These include the House Finch, Say's
Phoebe, and the Broad-tailed Hummingbird.

BIRDS OF THE PIXYON-JUNIFER WOODLAND

The Pinyon-Juniper Woodland is particular-
ly well represented in the Uinta Mountains and
Colorado River Provinces. It occupies somewhat
higher elevations than the desert shrub com-
munities and appears on foothills or on low
plateaus. In certain areas it is broken into small
segments or patches by canyons or washes, but

Fig. 12. Extensive pinyon-juniper woodland near Natural Bridges National Monument, San luan County, Utah.
This community is particularly characteristic of flat mesas and broad valleys of the Uinta Mountains and
Colorado Plateau Provinces. Photo by D E. Beck.

14

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

on more even terrace it occurs as extensive and
continuous forests.

Owing to the desert condition of this com-
munity and the uniform vegetation, bird life is
comparatively sparse. However, the few species
that do occur there are very distinctive, The
Pinyon Jay is perhaps die most common and
conspicuous species. It appears mostly as loose
flocks passing through an area and stopping to
feed for brief periods in the trees or on the
ground. Sometimes long strings of the jays will

fly over, calling as they go. The Scrub Jay is
also found in this community, although less com-
monly than die Pinyon Jay.

Several kinds of small passerine birds are
very characteristic of the Pinyon-Juniper. These
include the Plain Titmouse, Black-diroated Gray
Warbler, Blue-gray Gnatcatcher, Bewick's Wren,
Gray Flycatcher, Ash-diroated Flycatcher, Gray
Vireo, White-breasted Nuthatch, and Hairy
Woodpecker.

Fig. 13. Pinyon-juniper-yellow pine habitat near Flaming Gorge, Daggett Co., Utah. Photo by D E. Beck.

SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BIBD POPULATIONS

The large area covered by the Upper Colo-
rado River Basin extends over a north-south
distance of about eight degrees of latitude and
presents a considerable range of climatic condi-
tions. Most of the Green River Basin Province
lies above 6,000 feet in elevation. The Uinta
Mountains Province ranges between 5,000 and
6,000 feet. Much of the Colorado Plateau Pro-
vince is above 5,000 feet, but extends a few
hundred feet below that along the rivers in the
southern parts of the province.

Winters in the Green River Basin Province
are long and severe, often with long periods
of sub-zero temperatures and cold winds over
the open country. In years of normal precipita-
tion snow accumulates and covers the ground
for an extended period, and most of the lakes
and streams freeze over. Summers are short and
cool, and freezing temperatures are not uncom-
mon even in midsummer.

The Uinta Mountains Province is character-
ized by extremes of climate. Winters are long

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

15

and cold with frequent sub-zero temperatures.
Summer's daytime temperatures are hot with the
maximum ranging into the 90's and above.
Nights, however, are usually cool.

Southward in the Colorado Plateau Province
the winter climate is somewhat more mild.
Snow falls, but usually does not stay for long
periods, and in the canyon bottoms where diere
is protection from die wind and where there is
some reflection of die sun's heat from the can-
yon walls, winter conditions are radier pleasant.
The summers in this province are hot and dry,
and while the nights are usually cool, there is
rarely any frost at this season.

Precipitation comes to the upper basin main-
ly in the winter months from November through
March. Summer days are usually fair, but in
late summer and early fall there may be rather
regular but localized thunder showers, especially
in the mountain ranges and within the basin.
These showers do not always reach the low-
lands, but their effects may be seen in flash
floods that sweep along the desert washes from
the higher elevations.

The winter aspect of bird populations in the
upper basin varies considerably from one end
of it to the other. In the Green River Basin Pro-
vince where snow normally lies on the ground
for a long period of time, the winter aspect con-
tinues roughly from the first of October until
the first of May. During this period ducks and
geese inhabit the area as long as there is any
open water, but largely disappear from it in the
dead of winter when most of the water bodies
are frozen over. The principal winter inhabit-
ants, dierefore, consist of the permanent resi-
dents such as owls, some hawks, magpies, wood-
peckers, and chickadees, horned larks, and star-
lings.

In addition to these permanent residents a
number of species that breed in surrounding
mountains or farther north may be found in
winter populations inhabiting the Green River
Basin Province. These include Steller's Jay,
Townsend's Solitaire, Pine Grosbeak, Common
Redpoll, several kinds of juncos, Pine Siskin,
Tree Sparrow, White-crowned Sparrow, Lap-
land Longspur, and Snow Bunting. All of these
birds are rather well adapted to severe winter
conditions and are able to gain a food supply
as predators, scavengers, tree feeders, or from
the seeds of plants that may be exposed and
available above the snow. However, prolonged
(blizzards, unusually deep snow, and long per-
iods of exposure to sub-zero temperatures often
make winter habitation extremely hazardous.

In the Uinta Mountains Province wintering
conditions for the birds are similar to those men-
tioned above although diey may be shortened
by a few weeks, especially in autumn. There is
likely to be somewhat less snowfall, and the
ground may be exposed longer for the advantage
of the ground-feeding species.

The Colorado Plateau Province is still more
advantageous to wintering birds. Not only is
food more available during the winter, but the
lower elevations along the rivers and the protec-
tion afforded by the liroken nature of the coun-
try provide more favorable conditions for a
variety of wintering species. Large flocks of
juncos, pine siskins, goldfinches, and western
bluebirds occur. Several species inhabiting Pin-
yon-Juniper are present including the Pinon Jay,
Scrub Jay, Plain Titmouse, and Common Bush-
tit.

In the Colorado Plateau Province most of the
streams and some of the ponds and estuaries re-
main open throughout the winter. Some of the
ducks, including the Common Goldeneye, Mal-
lard, and Common Merganser, are found there
throughout the winter. The Common Snipe, Kill-
deer, and Water Pipit also remain around small
open ponds and estuaries. A few species of birds
unable to withstand the winters of the more
northern provinces may winter in the soudiern
parts of the Colorado Plateau Province. These
include the Turkey Vulture, Sparrow Hawk,
Mountain Bluebird, and Mourning Dove.

Throughout most of the Upper Colorado
River Basin the winter aspect of bird popula-
tions remains intact for the most part until the
first of May, and a number of the wintering
species linger well into die latter month. The
months of April and May are likely to be periods
of weather instability with cold and stormy
fronts alternating with periods of fair and
warming weather. Some of the permanent resi-
dents such as the Golden Eagle, Red-tailed
Hawk, Ferruginous Hawk, Great Horned Owl,
Sage Grouse, and Magpie may begin nesting or
at least mating activities in April or even late
March. As open water becomes available, ducks
and geese begin northward migrations also in
March and April.

The bulk of the shore and passerine bird mi-
gration takes place in late April and May.
Judging from the information at hand, the
spring shorebird migration passes through the
Colorado Plateau and Uinta Mountains Pro-
vinces and then crosses die Wasatch Mountains

16

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

westward to join the Great Basin migrants in
the valleys of Utah Lake and the Great Salt
Lake. There is no evidence available to me that
diere is any extensive shorebird migration
through the Green River Basin. In two visits to
this area at the height of spring migration I have
failed to see any but the locally nesting species
of shorebirds; however, further observations
may show otherwise.

Spring migration of the passerine birds takes
place in late April and throughout May. The
migration of several species of swallows is most
conspicuous since they feed in large (often
mixed ) flocks along the banks of the rivers,
ponds, and reservoirs. They appear in the south-
ern part of the basin in the latter half of April
and their flights continue through most of May.
Species most likely to be seen in these flights
are the Violet-green Swallow, Cliff Swallow,
Rough-winged Swallow, and Barn Swallow.
Most of the wood warbler migration seems to
take place in May except that Audubon's Warbl-
er may arrive in late April. The Yellow Warbler
likely arrives in the southern part of the basin
about May 1, and progresses northward over a
period of about three weeks or a month. On a
visit to die northern part of the basin on May
14, I failed to find the Yellow Warbler present
but by May 27 it was abundant. Some of the
wintering birds, especially juncos and White-
crowned Sparrows, do not leave the basin until
late May or early June. Other migrant species
such as the Western Tanager and Wilson's

Warbler may still be passing dirough the basin
in early June.

The period from the second week in June
until mid-September, marked by hot and dry
weather, affords the most favorable conditions
for growth of the young of permanent resident
birds hatched earlier and for the nesting and
rearing of the young of most of die summer resi-
dent species. In late July and August birds prone
to flock tend to converge on agricultural com-
munities where there is more food. These in-
clude the several species of blackbirds and the
Mourning Dove. Some species, such as the
Green-tailed Towhee and Sparrow Hawk, may
ascend to higher elevations where there is also
an abundance of food and the weather is
cooler. A number of kinds of shorebirds such as
the Long-billed Dowitcher, Lesser Yellowlegs,
Solitary Sandpiper and Western Sandpiper that
nest in the far north appear in the upper basin
in late July. Some of these may be nonbreeding
birds that have remained all summer, but there
is no doubt some arrival of migrants at this
season. The bulk of the shorebird migration,
however, occurs in late August and early Sep-
tember. A few individuals may remain into early
October.

In September small migrant passerine birds
occur in the basin particularly in the woodlands
of the stream floodplains. These include Wilson's
Warbler, Orange-crowned Warbler, Townsend's
Warbler, Red-eyed Vireo, Solitary Vireo, juncos
of several kinds, and White-crowned Sparrows.

ACCOUNTS OF THE SPECIES

Gavia immer (Briinnich)
Common Loon

Only scattered records are avaliable for the
upper basin. Twomey (1942:366) reports see-
ing them on the Green River near Jensen, May
5 and September 28, 1937. Behle (1958:38 and
1960:20) reports their occurrence at Kane Coun-
ty, April 24, 1931, and near Moab, Grand
County, December 22, 1955. Bailey and Nied-
rach (1965:72) report records for Sweetwater
Lake, Garfield County and Tomichi Creek, Gun-
nison County, Colorado. As far as is known they
are entirely transient through the basin. Judging
from specimens taken in other parts of the Inter-
mountain West the subspecies elasson Bishop is
most likely to be found. With the creation of

several large reservoirs in recent years it may
be expected that there will be an increase in
the number of transient loons.

Pod ice ps caspicus califomicus Heerman
Eared Grebe

This grebe undoubtedly occurs throughout
the basin where there are suitable habitats.
Records are published for Mesa County, Colo-
rado (Rockwell, 1908:26); Sweetwater County,
Wyoming (Knight, 1902:26); the Uinta Basin
of Utah (Twomev 1942:367); and Kanab, Kane
County, Utah (Behle et al. 195Sb:38). All of
the published records are for May and June, but
the writer has found them to be common on
Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, from mid-

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

17

May until late July. Nests have not been found,
but mating displays are frequently observed in
early June. The Eared Grebe prefers shallow
but open water and is likely to increase in abun-
dance around the shallow shores of the newly
created reservoirs.

Acchmophorus occidentalis (Lawrence)
Western Grebe

The Western Grebe has not been reported
often from the basin area. Twomey (1942:367)
recorded collecting one south of Jensen, Uintah
County, May 4, 1937, and Behle (1960a:21)
sighted one at Glen Canyon. The writer has
seen them frequently at Pelican Lake, Uintah
County, in company with Eared and Pied-billed
Grebes. At this locality courtship activity was
noted May 18, 1963, and May 15, 1966, but no
nests have been located. Other dates of obser-
vation at Pelican Lake include May 13, 1961,
and June 3, 1964, and September 19, 1956. On
the latter date they were abundant. These birds
seem to prefer open water of lakes and larger
streams for feeding but require shallow shores
with emergent vegetation for nesting. It is likely
that they will increase as breeding birds on the
reservoirs of the basin as vegetation becomes
established around their borders.

Podih/mbus podiceps (Linnaeus)
Pied-billed Grebe

The only records for this species available to
me are from the Utah portion of the upper
basin. Twomey (1942:367) collected it near
Jensen, Uintah County, May 25, 1935, and Behle
(1958b: 38) recorded it from several localities
in die vicinity of Kanab, Kane County, with
dates of May 3, 1931, and July 10, 1940. The
writer found them common at Pelican Lake,
Uintah County, June 17, 1958, when they were
in pairs and again July 22, 1961. Bailey and
Xiedrach (1965:82) report that this grebe is
rare in Colorado west of the continental divide.

Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmelin

White Pelican

The White Pelican is likely to be seen as a
nonbreeding resident or transient on any of die
larger streams or reservoirs of the basin. It has
been reported from near Jensen, May 12, 1937
by Twomey (1942:368), at Bock Creek on the
Colorado Biver in Kane County by Woodbury
md Bussell (1942:27), at Grand 'junction on
jhe Colorado Biver, September 4, 1904, by Bock-

well (1908:157), and near Kanab, April 10,
1935, by Behle ( 1958b :3S). While the writer has
visited Pelican Lake many times he has seen
the White Pelican on only one occasion, May
19, 1963, when a single bird was noted.

Pelecanus occidentalis Linnaeus
Brown Pelican

A single specimen was seen at Pelican Lake,
May 19, 1963. An account of this discovery has
been previously published ( Hayward, 1966:
305).

Phalacrocorax auritus auritus (Lesson)
Double-crested Cormorant

The Double-crested Cormorant appears to
be an uncommon transient in die basin and
there are only scattered reports of its occur-
rence. Twomey (1942:268) noted seven birds
on Green Biver, Uintah County, May 15, 1935;
McCrimmon (1928:368) records it from Mont-
rose, Colorado, and Behle (1958:38) has re-
ported it from Kanab, Utah, April 21, 1931. The
writer has found it rather uncommon at Pelican
Lake, Uintah County, Utah. Six birds were
noted there July 22, 1961, and a small flock was
seen May 18, 1963.

Some earlier accounts indicate that the Pa-
cific race albociliatus occurred in Utah at least
(AOU Checklist, 1931, p. 23 and Peters, Check-
list of Birds of the World, Vol. 1, p. 86, 1931).
Behle (1936:76), however, was able to show
that the Utah specimens are closer to the eastern
race auritus and they have since been so consid-
ered.

Ardea herodias treganzai Court
Great Blue Heron

The Great Blue Heron is a common species
throughout the entire Upper Colorado Biver
Basin where it is to be seen along the principal
streams and about the borders of lakes and res-
ervoirs. About 50 published and sight records
are available to the writer. Frost and Murphy
(field notes) recorded this heron along the
Colorado Biver south of Moab every month of
the year except January in 1962-64. Most of the
records for the basin, however, are from April
through July. It is likely that the majority of
birds seen singly during the summer are non-
breeders, but Frost and Murphy record a colony
of 23 nests near Moab April 23, 1963, and a
slightly smaller colony April 10, 1964. Woodbury
(1958:182) found a nesting colony along the

18

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Colorado River, 17 miles north of Lee's Ferry.
Additional nesting colonies should he expected
along the Green River in Wyoming and some of
the larger tributaries in Colorado.

Batorides virescens ( Linnaeus )
Green Heron

The only record of this species from the
upper basin is that of Behle, ct al. (1958b:39).
This occurrence is based on a sight record by
Clifton M. Greenhalgh, who saw one at Kanab,
Utah, June 9, 1935.

Casmerodius albus egrctta (Gmelin)
Common Egret

Twomey (1942:368) includes a sight record
of this egret at Ashley Creek Marshes near Jen-
sen, Uintah County, May 5, 1937. No other rec-
ords for the upper basin are known to me.

Leucophoyx thula brewsteri

(Thayer and Bangs)
Snowy Egret

About 20 records, mostly from the Utah por-
tion of the basin, are available. Twomey ( 1942:
369) reported a nesting colony at the mouth
of Ashley Creek near the Green River, Uintah
County. Snowv Egrets have been recorded by
several observers from San Juan County north-
ward to northern Utah. The writer has noted
them in small but consistent numbers at Pelican
Lake, Uintah County, Utah, from May 12 to
July 23 and a few were present there September
19, 1966. They are often seen perching on tule
patches in the lake, but there is no direct evi-
dence of nesting in that area. Several records
are available for Rio Blanco, Montrose, and
Grand Counties, Colorado (Warren 1908, 1909
and Felger 1910).

Nycticorax nycticorax hoactli (Gmelin)
Black-crowned Night Heron

This heron has been reported and observed
in small numbers along the Colorado and Green
Rivers, especially in the Utah portion, and is
likely to be found throughout the upper basin.
In the Intermountain West these birds seem to
require marshy areas for nesting and construct
their nests over several feet of water. Twomey
(1942:369) found a nesting colony of ten or
twelve pairs at Ashley Creek Marsh near Jen-

sen, in May 1937. The writer located a colony of
about twenty pairs at Pelican Lake, June 3,
1964. All nests examined contained eggs in ad-
vanced stages of incubation, but no young were
hatched. These nests were built of dead plant
material and were partially hidden in dense
patches of living tules. The water was three to
four feet deep and the nests were built up about
a foot above the water surface.

Botaunts lentiginosus (Rackett)
American Bittern

Scattered records from Sublette County,
Wyoming, to San Juan County, Utah, and
Grand Junction, Colorado, indicate that this
species is widespread but not common. Twomey
(1942:369) reports the bittern as nesting near
Jensen, Uintah County, in May 1937.

Pic gad is chihi (Vieillot)
White-faced Ibis

The White-faced Ibis is not known to nest
in the upper basin although it is recorded as a
transient in several localities. To my knowledge
the only published records are those of Twomey
(1942:370), who found them in spring and sum-
mer feeding in fields near Jensen; Behle
(1948a: 305) who noted them on the Colorado
River 122 miles north of Lee's Ferry, April 14,
1947; and Bailey and Neidraeh (1965:117),
who have several records for Gunnison County,
Colorado. The writer has found them to be
rather common feeding around the borders of
Pelican Lake in May and July. The likelihood of
the ibis breeding in the upper basin should in-
crease as the borders of newly created reser-
voirs become vegetated with emergent plants.

Ajaia ajaja (Linnaeus)
Roseate Spoonbill

Bailey and Neidraeh (1965:121) report a
record of seven birds seen by Don Watson on
upper Colorado Reservoir, Montezuma County,
Colorado, May 24, 1938.

Olar columbianus (Ord)
Whistling Swan

This swan appears to be an uncommon
transient in the upper basin. Behle has recorded
it from Kanab in the spring of 1945 (1958:39)
and from the Colorado River near Moab in Feb-
ruary 1952 (1960:22).

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

19

Branta canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus)
Canada Goose

About 22 records of the Canada Goose for
the months of March through September are
available for all parts of the upper basin. The
birds nest along the banks of the larger streams,
and pairs with young are often seen along the
Green and Colorado Rivers in early July. They
are also known to nest at Stewarts' Lake Refuge
near Jensen. I have observed them at Pelican
Lake throughout the summer, but there is no
evidence that they nest there. On September 30,
1962, a flock estimated at 50 birds left this lake
about one-half hour before sunset presumably to
feed on nearby grainfields and returned to the
lake at sunrise die following morning.

Anser albifrons frontalis Baird
White-fronted Goose

Bailey and Neidrach (1965:44) report a rec-
ord of this goose for Brown's Park, Moffat
County, Colorado, October 8, 1961.

Chen hyperborea hyperborea (Pallas)
Snow Goose

Records of the Snow Goose in the upper
basin are rare. Floyd A. Thompson told me that
he saw a flock at Stewart's Lake south of Jensen
on October 28, 1957; and Rockwell (1908:158)
reports them from Grand Junction in March and
October. The writer saw one immature indivi-
dual feeding along the shore of Fontenelle
Reservoir near Names Hill, Lincoln County,
Wyoming, May 15, 1965.

Chen caerulesccns (Linnaeus)
Blue Goose

This species is included in the upper basin
list on the basis of a sight record from Stewart
Lake south of Jensen, Utah, October 28, 1957,
reported to me by Floyd A. Thompson of the
Fish and Wildlife Service.

Anas platyrhynchos platyrhynchos
Mallard

About 32 records for the Mallard are avail-
able from published accounts and the writer's
notes. They have been recorded from all parts
of the upper basin. At any season of the year
pairs or small flocks are likely to be seen in quiet
estuaries near the lower Green and Colorado
Rivers and their tributaries. Frost and Murphy
(personal notes) observed them every month

of the year except January along the Colorado
River south of Moab. On May 15, 1965, I found
them to be the most common duck near Daniel,
Sublette County, Wyoming, at which time most
of them were seen in pairs.

Anas strcpera Linnaeus
Gadwall

Although less common than the Mallard, the
Gadwall is equally well distributed throughout
the upper basin. Behle (1960a: 22) has reported
them from Kane County, Utah; and the writer
found them to be fairly common on May 15,
1965, along the Green River in Lincoln County,
Wyoming. Nearly all of the records are from
early spring through the summer with a few re-
ported as late as October. They were fairly
common at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah,
September 19, 1966. Wintering records as well
as nesting data are lacking in information avail-
able to the writer.

Anas acuta Linnaeus
Pintail

The Pintail is another common and wide-
spread cluck throughout the upper basin. Most
of the 24 records for the basin are from Feb-
ruary through October, aldiough Behle (1960a:
22) reports them from near Moab in December.
Twomey (1942:372) noted broods of young in
the Uinta Basin in July. They are abundant on
several reservoirs in the Uinta Basin throughout
the summer; I found them in abundance on Fon-
tenelle Reservoir, Lincoln County, Wyoming,
May 15, 1965.

Anas carolinensis Gmelin
Green-winged Teal

Available records indicate that this teal oc-
curs regularly throughout the upper basin.
Twomey (1942:373) reports young in July at
Ashley Creek Marshes near Jensen. Most of the
records are for March through July, but Behle
(1960a: 22) found them at Moab in December
1955. Several records for Moffat and Rio Blanco
Counties, Colorado, have been reported by Hen-
dee (1929), Frary (1953), and Bailey and Neid-
rach (1965).

Anas discors discors Linnaeus
Blue-winged Teal

Twomey (1942:373) has a record of the
Blue-winged Teal nesting in the Uinta Basin,

20

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

and it is also known to nest in southwestern
Colorado (A.O.U. Checklist, 1957:77). It is also
known to nest at Brown's Park and Yampa River
Valley, Moffat County, Colorado (Tester, 1953;
Boeker, 1953). Most of some 20 records are for
spring and summer. At Pelican Lake, Uintah
County, Utah, I have found them to be rather
common in May and early June but I have no
evidence of nesting.

Anas cijanoptcru septentrionalium

Snyder and Lumsden

Cinnamon Teal

All of the records available to the writer are
from the more central and southern parts of the
upper basin in Utah and Colorado. They are
abundant at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah,
in May. I did not observe any on a trip through
the Wyoming part of the basin May, 1965; nor
do Fuller and Bole (1930) record them from
there. However, the writer has seen them fre-
quently in the Bear Lake area west of the Green
River Basin Province. Dates of occurrence are
almost all from April and May although Behle
(1958b:41) reports them for August in Kanab.
It is doubtful if this species winters within the
upper basin.

Mareca amcricana ( Gmelin )
American Widgeon

The American Widgeon seems to be rather
uncommon in the upper basin although there
are a few records of its occurrence throughout
the area. Twomey (1942:372) found them with
young in the Uinta Basin in July, 1937. Other
records are for March through May. Rockwell
(1908:157) found them in spring and fall at
Grand Junction. Hendee (1929) found it in Mof-
fat County, Colorado. They were noted as com-
mon at Fontenelle Reservoir, Lincoln County,
Wyoming, on May 15, 1965 (Hayward field
notes). A few were seen by me at Pelican Lake
May 19, 1963, in the Uinta Basin, but I have
never found them to be common there.

Spatula ch/pcata (Linnaeus)
Shoveler

Twomey (1942:374) considered the Shoveler
to be a migrant in the Uinta Basin. All records
available to me are for April, May, and early
June and late September. On May 13, 1961, they
were the most common duck on Pelican Lake
and they were fairly common there June 3, 1964.

It is likely that this species will be found nest-
ing in several favorable areas in the upper basin.

Aix sponsa ( Linnaeus )
Wood Duck

The Wood Duck is apparently very rare in
the upper basin. The only recent record known
to me is of a specimen taken November 4, 1960,
at Roosevelt, Duchesne County, Utah, and re-
ported by Behle (1960:396). Morrison (1888)
reported seeing one in La Plata County, Colo-
rado, years ago.

Aythi/a americana (Eyton)
Redhead

Scattered records indicate that this duck is
widespread throughout the upper basin although
its breeding status in the area is not clear from
information at hand. The species is present in
small numbers in the Uinta Basin in May; and
I found it to be very common May 15, 1965, on
Fontenelle Reservoir, Lincoln County, Wyom-
ing.

Aythija collaris (Donovan)
Ring-necked Duck

I have found only two references to this
species in the upper basin. Cooke (1909:409)
published a record for April 1906 at Coventry,
Montrose County, Colorado; Knight (1902:35)
mentions Coues' record for Green River, Uinta
County, Wyoming.

Aythija valisinera (Wilson)
Canvasback

The Canvasback appears to be an uncommon
migrant in the upper basin. Behle has published
several records from points along the Colorado
River (1948a:305, 1960a:23) and for Kanab
(1958a:42). One flock of six birds was noted on
Ashley Creek Lake, Uintah County, Utah, May
14 by Twomev (1942:372). Rockwell (1908:
158) has a record for February 20, 1904, at
Grand Junction, Mesa County, Colorado.

Aythtja marila nearctica Stejneger
Greater Scaup

This species is included in the upper basin
list on the basis of some old records from San
Juan County, Colorado (Drew, 1881), and La
Plata County, Colorado (Morrison, 1888). It
seems likely that the species occurs as a rare mi-
grant but there seem to be no recent reports.

BmDs of the Upper Colorado River Basin

21

Aijthya affinis (Eyton)
Lesser Scaup

There are a few published records of this
duck in the upper basin, mostly from the Utah
part of it. Twomey (1942:374) recorded it from
near Jensen, Uintah County, in May; and Behle
(1948a:305, 1958b:42) mentions its occurrence
on the Colorado River 158 miles north of Lee's
Ferry and at Kanab, Kane County, in April and
May. The writer has found it consistently at
Pelican Lake in May and early June. Warren
(1910:79) has published a record for southwest
Montrose County, Colorado.

Bucephala clanguJa americana

( Bonaparte )

Common Goldeneye

Records of the Common Goldeneye for the
upper basin are scarce. Twomey (1942:374)
considered them to be common spring and fall
migrants along the Green River, Uintah County;
and Behle (1948a:305) found them on the Colo-
rado River at the junction of Kane Creek, April
16, 1947, and also at Kanab in April and May.
Frost and Murphy (personal notes) noted two
birds on the Colorado River south of Moab,
April 12, 1963. Judging from their habits in other
areas adjacent to the upper basin, a few golden-
eyes may be expected to occur in winter along
die open streams.

Bucephala islandica (Gmelin)
Barrow's Goldeneye

Only a few records of Barrow's Goldeneye
are available to the author. Behle (1958b:42)
records the species at Kanab, April 20-27, 1931.
The writer saw a single male on a small reservoir
near Daniel, Sublette County, Wyoming, May
14, 1965, and at the same place May 28, 1966.
Morrison (1888, 1889) reported it from La
Plata and Dolores Counties, Colorado.

Bucephala albcola (Linnaeus)
Bufflehead

The Bufflehead seems to be a regular al-
though not common migrant through the upper
basin. Published records available are from Jen-
sen, Uintah County (Twomey, 1942:375);
Kanab, Kane County (Behle, 1958b: 42); and
Grand Junction (Copeland, 1920:310). Felger
(1909) recorded it from Rio Blanco County,
Colorado. The writer has found them at the
Adairville townsite, Kane County, April 7, 1961,
and at several localities in the Uinta Basin. Most

of the records are for April and May, but I
found one at Pelican Lake as late as July 22,
1961.

Histrionicus histrionicus (Linnaeus)
Harlequin Duck

There is an old record of this species by
Morrison (1888), who indicated that it bred in
San Juan and La Plata Counties, Colorado.
Bailey and Neidrach (1965:180) state that these
records were not verified by specimens, how-
ever.

Oxyura jamaicensis (Gmelin)
Ruddy Duck

The few records of this species available to
the writer are all from the Utah portion of the
upper basin. Twomey (1942:375) records them
from the Uinta Basin in May and September,
and I have noted them at Stewart's Lake and
Pelican Lake, Uintah County, May 15, 1966;
July 22, 1961; June 3, 1964; and September 19,
1966. Behle (1958b: 42) has also published a
record for Kanab, Kane County, in April and
May, 1961.

Lophodytes cucullatus (Linnaeus)
Hooded Merganser

This species is included in die upper basin
list on the basis of a report by Knight (1902:31)
that a specimen was collected on Green River
(no exact locality given) in 1870 by a member
of Hayden's survey.

Mergus merganser americanus Cassin
Common Merganser

This merganser appears to be fairly com-
mon along the principal streams of the basin.
Fuller and Bole (1930:45) record it from Daniel,
Sublette County, Wyoming; and there are other
records from Wyoming, Colorado, and Utah
(Knight, 1902:30; Warren, 1908:20; Behle,
195Sb:42, 1960:23). Frost and Murphy (person-
al notes) have nine records for the Colorado
River south of Moab from January 1 to April 10.

Mergus senator senator Linnaeus
Red-breasted Merganser

Judging from available records, the Red-
breasted Merganser seems to be less common
on the streams of the upper basin than the Com-
mon Merganser. Twomey (1942:375) has rec-
ords for May and September on die Green River
near Jensen, and Behle (1958:2) has recorded
it in April and May near Kanab. The writer saw

22

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

it on Green River near Ouray, Uintah County,
May 18, 1958.

Cathartes aura teler Friedmann
Turkey Vulture

The Turkey Vulture is a common species in
the upper basin. Thirty separate records avail-
able to the writer are all from die Utah, Colo-
rado, and New Mexico parts of the basin; but
the species undoubtedly occurs in the Wyoming
portion as well. From die information at hand
it seems likely that the Turkey Vulture leaves
the northern part of the basin at least during die
coldest parts of the winter. Most of our records
are from April through September, but Rock-
well (1908:161) records them in Mesa County,
Colorado, from February to November. Frost
and Murphy (personal notes), who visited the
Colorado River south of Moab every month of
the year, recorded them from April 10 to August
14.

Accipiter gentilis atricapillus (Wilson)
Goshawk

While the Goshawk is more commonly found
in montane forests, there are a few records of
its nesting in floodplain woods along the streams
at lower elevations. White, et al. (1965:269),
found it nesting in the floodplain of the Yampa
River, Colorado, July 7, 1962; and the writer
noted it nesting along Strawberry River, Du-
chesne County, Utah, in early June, 1964. In
winter this hawk may be expected to occur
more commonly in wooded floodplains of lower
valleys. Behle, et al. (1958b: 43), has published
a record for Kanab, March 21, 1935; and Cope-
land (1920:310) found it at Clifton, Mesa Coun-
ty, Colorado, in November, 1919.

Accipiter striatus velox (Wilson)
Sharp-shinned Hawk

The Sharp-shinned Hawk inhabits wooded
habitats along valley streams throughout the
upper basin. Nests are constructed in trees
usually near water, and nesting activities occur
in late May and throughout June. Most of our
15 records of occurrence are for April through
September, but the lack of many winter records
is undoubtedly owing to inadequate field work
during diat season. The following Utah records
in the Brigham Young University collection have
not previously been published: Strawberry Riv-
er at Timber Canyon, Duchesne County, June
19, 1957; Roosevelt, Duchesne County, February,
1956; Ouray, Uintah County, September 23,
1961.

Accipiter cooperii (Bonaparte)
Cooper's Hawk

Some 18 records of Cooper's Hawk indicate
that it occurs rather commonly throughout the
upper basin. Like the Sharp-shinned Hawk it
occurs in wooded areas along valley streams or
near springs. Actual nesting records are few for
the upper basin, but records available from the
Great Basin would indicate that Cooper's Hawk
nests a little earlier dian die Sharp-shinned. One
nesting record from the Yampa River floodplain,
Moffat Count)', Colorado (White, et al, 1965:
269), was for July 7, 1962; but die authors do
not indicate how far the nesting period had
progressed at that date.

Buteo jamaicensis calurus (Cassin)
Red-tailed Hawk

This species is by far the most common soar-
ing hawk in die upper basin, where it is a per-
manent resident. About 40 separate records in-
dicate diat the Red-tailed Hawk occurs through-
out the entire area. This species is not confined
to lowlands but extends into mountainous areas
as well. Nesting, at least in die more southern
part of the basin, usually begins in April. Moun-
tain-dwelling individuals often use tall trees
as nesting sites, but in the lowlands the nests
are more often built high up in ledges, where
they are usually quite inaccessible. In open
desert country this hawk is frequently seen
perched on utility poles along the highways,
where it becomes an easy target for the gunner.

Buteo swainsoni Bonaparte
Swainson's Hawk

This migrant hawk is apparently a summer
resident throughout the upper basin, but the
available records and the writer's observations
would indicate that it is more common in the
northern part of die basin. Swainson's Hawk
seems to be less a bird of open desert country
and more common near farmlands where there
is an abundance of small rodents and Orthoptera
on which it prefers to feed. Nesting usually be-
gins in late April or early May and the nests
are constructed in small trees or low bushes.
Twomey (1942:379) reports this hawk as radier
uncommon in the Uinta Basin but produces in-
direct evidence that it nests there. The southern-
most record of nesting is that of Rockwell
(1908:162) at Grand Junction, Colorado. Fuller
and Bole (1930:47) found a nest near Daniel,

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

23

Sublette County, Wyoming, containing partly
grown young, July 23, 1927.

Buteo regalis (Gray)
Ferruginous Hawk

Most of the few available records of this
hawk are for the more southern parts of the
upper basin. It seems to be rather less common,
at least as a nesting species, in the Colorado
basin than it is in the Great Basin west of the
Wasatch Mountains. Twomey (1942:380) re-
gards it as a migrant only in the Uinta Basin.
The writer found the Ferruginous Hawk nesting
at Arches National Monument, May 9, 19.50. The
nest was located on a crumbling rock pinnacle
about 20 feet up and could not be reached.
The bird sat very close, being flushed at about
30 feet. She circled close to the nest and re-
turned as soon as we moved away. Additional
sight records of the species for the upper basin
not previously published are as follows: south
of Cannon ville, Kane County, Utah, June 16,
1960; Dewey, Grand County, Utah, July 6, I960;
Bluff, San Juan Countv, Utah, May, 1951 and
July 8, 1960.

Buteo lagopus s. johannis (Gmelin)
Bough-legged Hawk

The only records of this hawk in the upper
basin known to the writer are those of Long
(1937:41), who observed one west of Bryce
Canyon National Park, November 23, 19.35, and
Bailey and Niedrach (1965:212), who report an
observation near Gunnison, Colorado, by Dr.
A. S. Hyde for January 10 and November 15, 20,
1953. It is known only as a winter visitant and is
probably more common at that season than the
few observations would indicate.

Aquila chrysaetos canadensis (Linnaeus)
Golden Eagle

The Golden Eagle is a fairly common resi-
dent throughout the upper basin, where it is to
be found in both lowland and mountainous
areas. Nesting often begins in early March.
Nesting within the basin has been recorded by
Twomey (1942:380-381) for Blue Mountain on
the Utah-Colorado border and Dripping Bock
Creek, Bio Blanco County, Colorado; by Hardy
(1945:581) for Book Cliffs near Sunnyside, Car-
bon County, Utah; by Bockwell (1908:162) for
Mesa County, Colorado; and for Shiprock, San
Juan County, New Mexico, by Gilman (190S:
147). These birds are most often seen soaring

over probable nesting sites or feeding on car-
rion on the ground, often along roadways where
animals have been killed by automobiles. Oc-
casionally they are seen perching on utility
poles along highways. Like all of the large pre-
datory birds they have been heavily persecuted
and their numbers have no doubt been re-
duced.

Haliaeetus leucocephalus ( Linnaeus )
Bald Eagle

Records of this species in the basin are rather
few. Rockwell (1908:262) found it years ago
in several localities in Mesa County, Colorado.
He regarded it as a continuous resident and
stated that it was more common than the
Golden Eagle in some localities. Knight reported
it for the Upper Green River of Wyoming, and
Behle (19.58:45 and 1959:117) recorded it for
two localities in Kane County, Utah. Mr. R. G.
Bee, a long-time student of eagles in Utah, re-
ports (personal notes) two nesting sites of the
Bald Eagle in Wayne County, Utah. One is lo-
cated in ledges at Sunglow Park near Bicknell
and the other near the town of Torrey in a
similar habitat. Mr. Bee saw the nests but did
not actually see the birds; however, he was satis-
fied from the descriptions of local people who
had had them under observation for several
years that they were Bald Eagles. There is an-
other unconfirmed but rather reliable report that
the Bald Eagle nests near the confluence of Bed
Creek and Strawberry Biver, Duchesne County,
Utah.

Circus cyaneus hudsonius (Linnaeus)
Marsh Hawk

This hawk has been frequently reported from
throughout the upper basin. It is known to nest
in marshy areas in the Uinta Basin (Twomey,
1942:381) and no doubt breeds in similar habi-
tats elsewhere in the basin. The Marsh Hawk is
more likely to be found around fields and pas-
tureland or near streams where more diurnal
rodents are available for food and less common-
ly over open deserts. However, it may be seen
most anywhere in the basin especially during
the non-nesting season. This species, like several
other hawks, often perches on utility poles near
roadways.

Pandion Imliaetus carolinensis (Gmelin)
Osprey

Becords of the occurrence of the Osprey in
the upper basin are rare. The following pub-

24

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

lished records have been noted: Ashley Creek
Marshes, Uintah County, Utah, May 15, 1935,
(Tvvomey, 1942:382); Grand Junction, Mesa
County, Colorado (Rockwell, 1908:163); Fort
Bridger, Uinta County, Wyoming (Knight,
1902:78 from Drexel's report); 25 miles south
of Hanksville, Wayne County, Utah, September
22, 1958 (Behle, 1960a: 25); Rio Blanco County,
Colorado (Felger, 1910). The writer observed
one at Stuart Lake Reserve, Uintah County,
Utah, May 12, 1961. The bird was perched on a
post and feeding on a freshly caught fish. A
day later a bird was seen in flight near Rand-
lett, Uintah County, a few miles west of Stew-
art Lake.

Caracara cheriway (Jacquin)
Caracara

Matteson (1951:50) reports an injured Cara-
cara captured alive near Glenwood Springs,
Garfield County, Colorado, in the spring of
1948. The bird was eventually sent to the Den-
ver Park Zoo.

Falco peregrinus anatuni Bonaparte
Peregrine Falcon

Scattered records indicate that this falcon in-
habits the upper basin rather rarely but con-
sistently as a summer resident. Records available
to me extend from May into August. Nesting
has been reported by Twomey (1942:382) in
cliffs east of the Green River near Jensen, Uintah
County, Utah. Bailey and Niedrach (1946:253)
have reported a nesting record for Durango, La
Plata County, Colorado.

Falco columbarius Linnaeus
Pigeon Hawk

The status of the Pigeon Hawk in the upper
basin is somewhat uncertain owing to the few
records available and the seeming rarity of the
species. Twomey (1942:383) regarded them as
migrants along the Green River in May and
September but obtained no specimens. Behle
(1948a: 306) published a record from the Colo-
rado River, 136 miles north of Lee's Ferry, April
13, 1947. Rockwell (1902:74) has a winter rec-
ord ( December 23 ) from Mesa County, Colo-
rado. According to the A.O.U. Checklist ( 1957:
121 ) the species winters at Green River, Wyom-
ing. This record may have come from Hayden's
report mentioned by Knight (1902:74). Gilman
(1908:147) collected and observed the bird at
Shiprock, San Juan County, New Mexico, but
gives no dates. I have seen the Pigeon Hawk at

Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, in mid-May
on two occasions.

The subspecific status of the Pigeon Hawk
in the basin is not clear. It is likely that both
richardsonii and bendirei may appear as mi-
grants.

Falco sparverius sparverius Linnaeus
Sparrow Hawk

This little falcon is very common throughout
the upper basin and nests throughout its entire
range. About 40 available records extend
through all months of the year, but most of them
are from April into August. Wintering records
are from the southern part of the basin in south-
ern Utah, southern Colorado, and northwestern
New Mexico. The most favored habitat of the
Sparrow Hawk is the cottonwood groves along
the river floodplains, where it nests in holes,
usually in dead trees. Nesting in rock ledges
whenever these are available is not uncommon,
however. A few birds are seen in pinyon-juniper
woodlands or in open desert country perched
on utility poles or die tops of dead trees.

Falco mexicanus Schlegel
Prairie Falcon

The Prairie Falcon is not a common bird in
the upper basin but, judging from the records
available, it seems to be well distributed
throughout the area. This falcon nests in very
inaccessible niches on cliffs. Nesting sites can
often be detected by examining the faces of the
cliffs for white streaks on the rocks formed by
the droppings if flying birds are noted in the
vicinity. Nearly all published records as well as
the writer's own notes are for sight records.
Twomey (1942:382) collected a specimen from
a nest containing two eggs five miles south of
Jensen, Uintah County, but gives no date. Behle
and Ghiselin ( 1958a :3) collected a specimen 15
miles south of Myton, Duchesne County, May
24, 1938. R. G. Bee (personal notes) reported a
nesting Prairie Falcon at Sunglow Park, near
Bicknell, Wayne County, April 15, 1959.

Bonasa umbellus incana

Aldrich and Friedmann

Ruffed Grouse

This grouse occurs in mountains surround-
ing the upper basin, particularly the northern
part of it. The writer has been able to find only
three records for the basin proper. Knight
(1902:55), reporting the records of Drexel and
McCarthy, recorded it from Fort Bridger,

BlBDS OF THE UPPER COLORADO RlVER BaSIN

25

Wyoming. Bailey and Niedrach (196.5:254) re-
port a specimen in the Denver Museum col-
lected in Duchesne County, Utah, and another
observation from the east end of the Uinta
Mountains in Colorado. Elevation data are not
available for either of these records. From the
writer's experience with this species in south-
eastern Idaho, it would seem likely that these
birds formerly lived in willows and cottonwood
groves along streams as low as 6,000 feet.

Pedioecetes phasianellus columbianus

(Ord)
Sharp-tailed Grouse

There are very few published records of this
grouse for the upper basin. Fuller and Bole
(1930:50) collected it at Daniel and Pinedale,
Sublette County, Wyoming; Cooke (1909:411)
indicated that it was found in west and south-
west Colorado; and Gilman (1907:153) found
it nesting in May, 1906, at Fort Lewis, La Plata
County, Colorado. Cary (1909) also reported it
from Dolores and Montezuma Counties, Colo-
rado, and from the Abajo Mountains of Utah.
Bailey and Niedrach (1965:276) have summar-
ized data furnished them by the Colorado
Game and Fish Department indicating the pres-
ence of this grouse in all the western counties of
that state. It is likely that the Sharp-tailed
Grouse was formerly rather common on the
foothills of mountains surrounding the basin,
particularly the northern part of it. As a youth,
I became well acquainted with this species in
southeastern Idaho, where it lived in habitats
identical with many places in southwestern
Wyoming. The grouse lived on the sage-covered
foothills at elevations of 6,000 to 7,000 feet and
at the same elevation as the Sage Grouse. How-
ever, the Sharp-tailed grouse usually stayed
close to thickets of taller shrubs, where it sought
shelter when disturbed and during the winter.
Like the Sage Grouse it often fed in grainfields
or weed patches in late summer and fall.

Centwcercus urophasianus (Bonaparte)
Sage Grouse

The Sage Grouse formerly occurred through-
out the upper basin wherever there were sage-
brush and sufficient water. At present it is more
abundant in the northern parts of the basin,
particularly in Wyoming and northwestern Colo-
rado. Bailey (1925:172-173) reports large num-
bers wintering around Craig and Sunbeam in
the valley of Bear Biver, Colorado, some years
ago. Several breeding grounds are known from

areas north of Bock Springs, Wyoming. The
writer found several family groups in mid-July
around springs in Clay Basin, Daggett County,
Utah. Sage Grouse live in semidesert sagebrush
country and require no other cover. However,
they must live where ample water is available
and seem to prefer areas where there are small
springs or small streams. Frequently, especially
in mid-summer and late summer, immense
flocks congregate around these water sources,
giving the. impression that the birds are far more
abundant than they actually are, considering
the extensive range of sagebrush plains. One set
of five eggs in the Brigham Young University
collection was taken at La Barge, Lincoln
County, Wyoming by Ashby D. Boyle but no
date is recorded. Several sets in the same col-
lection from Strawberry Valley, Wasatch Coun-
ty, Utah, were collected in late May and all
showed incubation advanced to the develop-
ment of skeletal elements.

Callipepla squamata (Vigors)
Scaled Quail

Only one record of this quail from the upper
basin was reported by Wetherill and Phillips
(1949) from Navajo, Aapache County, Arizona.

Lophortyx californicus (Shaw)
California Quail

The California Quail has been introduced
into the upper basin, but the extent of its range
is not known to the writer. Several records are
available for the Uinta Basin, Utah (Twomey,
1942 :38S; Hayward, field notes; Behle and
Ghiselin 1958a:4); and for Grand Junction,
Colorado (Cooke, 1909:411; Rockwell, 1908:
160). The southern-most record available is that
of Behle (1960a: 26) for Castle Valley, Grand
Counts', Utah, based on a collected specimen.

Lophortyx gambelii Gambel
Gambel's Quail

Gambel's Quail is native to deserts of the
southern parts of the basin. It is known to extend
as far north as Moab, Grand County, Utah
(Behle, 1960a:26 and Brigham Young Univer-
sity collection); and Green Biver, Emery Coun-
ty, Utah (Behle, et a\., 195Sa:47). Bailey and
Niedrach (1965:287) list numerous records of
this quail in the southwestern counties of Colo-
rado. This quail is usually seen in small flocks
where the cover is rather heavy and most often
where water is available.

26

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

The A.O.U. Checklist (1957:143) recognizes
two subspecies for the upper basin area: A
darker race, sanus Mearns, is found "in the
drainage areas of the Uncompahgre, Gunnison,
and upper Rio Grande rivers"; and a lighter form
is said to occur in Utah and other more western-
ly parts of the basin.

Phasianus colchicus Linnaeus
Ring-necked Pheasant

Records of the Ring-necked Pheasant indi-
cate that it has been widely introduced into the
Utah and Colorado parts of the upper basin.
The extent of its introduction into Wyoming is
unknown to the writer. These pheasants nearly
all live in the vicinity of farmlands.

Alectoris gracca (Meisner)
Chukar

The Chukar has in recent years been intro-
duced into many parts of the upper basin. It
occurs in southwestern Colorado (A.O.U.
Checklist, 1957:147), and we have records from
Colorado River south of Moab, Utah ( Frost and
Murphy notes); and from Roosevelt, Duchesne
County, Utah (Brigham Young University col-
lection). Bailey and Niedrach (1965:290) indi-
cate that the Chukar has been introduced into
most of the counties of western Colorado.

Meleagris gallopavo merriami Nelson
Turkey

Some early records indicate that the Turkey
may have been native to parts of Colorado, Ari-
zona, and New Mexico within the bounds of the
upper basin although they seem to occupy
mountains at elevations slightly above those be-
ing considered in this paper. Gilman (1907:1.53,
1908:147) records them from Apache County,
Arizona; Montrose County, Colorado; and the
Chusca Mountains of New Mexico. His observa-
tions were based on partly plucked specimens
brought to him by Indians. Behle (1960a:26)
gives an account of their introduction and status
in the LaSal and Abajo Mountains of San Juan
County, Utah, where they now seem to be rather
well established.

Grus canadensis tabida (Peters)
Sandhill Crane

Judging from the records available, the
Sandhill Crane occurs mainly as an uncommon
migrant through the upper basin. Rockwell
(1908:159) reported the species as nesting in
high mountain parks in Mesa County, Colorado.

Warren (1904:39-40) reported finding a nest
widi two eggs, June 5, 1903, between the slope
of Ragged Mountain and Muddy Creek, western
Gunnison Count)', Colorado, at an elevation of
8,000 feet. Twomey (1942:389) found the
species migrating along the Green River in
Uintah County, Utah, May 5; and Floyd A.
Thompson (personal notes) reported seeing 21
birds 15 miles south of Jensen, Uintah County,
October 28, 1957. There is an old collection rec-
ord from Fort Bridger, Uinta County, Wyoming,
by Drexel in 1858 reported by Knight (1902:
43). Bailey and Niedrach (1965:299) rqxjrt
that these cranes migrate regularly through
western Colorado.

It is likely that the race canadensis occurs
among the migrating birds.

Rail us limicola limicola Vieillot
Virginia Rail

This widespread species undoubtedly lives
throughout the upper basin in suitable marshy
habitats but the only records, all of which are
based on collections, are from Utah. Twomey
(1942:389) reported it from Jensen, Uintah
County, August 9, 1934; Woodbury and Russell
(1945:45) recorded it from Bluff, San Juan
County, based on a specimen collected May 14,
1892, and now in the American Museum of
Natural History. Behle, et al (1958b: 47) found
it at the Cave Lakes area near Kanab, Kane
County; and Woodbury (1958:187) reported it
from Moab, Grand County. A specimen in the
BYU collection was taken at Myton, Duchesne
County, December 27, 1959. Specimens have
also been collected at Meeker, Rio Blanco
County, and in Montrose County, Colorado
(Bailey and Niedrach, 1965:303).

Porzana Carolina (Linnaeus)
Sora

The Sora is so secretive in habits and so
limited in habitat that its presence in an area is
not usually reported until rather extensive field
work has been done. There are no records avail-
able to me from the Wyoming portion of the
upper basin aldiough it no doubt occurs diere.
The following published records are herein as-
sembled: Jensen area, Uintah County, Utah,
nesting (Twomey, 1942:389); Bluff, San Juan
County, Utah, May 11, 1933 (Woodbury and
Russell, 1945); Yampa River, Moffat County,
Colorado, nesting (Boeker 19.54:105); Lay, Mof-
fat County (Warren, 190S:20); Merkeley Park
near Vernal, Uintah County, Utah, June 21,

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

27

1949, young (Behle and Gishelin, 1958a:4);
Kanab area, Kane County, Utah, May (Behle
et al. 1958b:47); Roosevelt, Duchesne County,
Utah, June 1, 1950, Brigham Young University
collection.

Fulica americana americana Gmelin
American Coot

The coot is undoubtedly present throughout
the upper basin although, strangely enough, it
is not often mentioned in the earlier literature
for Colorado. The species will undoubtedly in-
crease as new reservoirs are stabilized with some
emergent shallow water vegetation suitable for
nesting cover. The dates of observation of some
19 records range from March 17 to September
29. The writer found the species abundant at
Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, June 2,
1964. Many nests were noted in open to dense
growths of Scirpus at that time. Some of the
nests were loosely constructed of a few fresh
Scirpus stems while others were more elaborate
structures lined with dry stems. The nests con-
tained from one to eight eggs and all the eggs
seemed to be fresh.

Charadrius semipalmatus Bonaparte
Semipalmated Plover

The Semipalmated Plover is a spring and
fall migrant in the upper basin where it is likely
to be seen along the shores of the larger streams
and shallow lakes. Twomey (1942:390) reported
it from Uintah County, Utah, at Ouray and
several localities along the Green River. The
BYU collection contains two specimens taken
at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, September 23,
1961, and September 29, 1962. There are also
records for Grand and Gunnison Counties, Colo-
rado (Bailey and Niedrach, 1965:311).

Charadrius alexandrinus nivosus (Cassin)
Snowy Plover

Records for this plover in the upper basin
are rare. Behle ct al. (1958:48) reports seeing it
near Kanab, Kane County, Utah, March 28,
1931, and the writer saw a small flock at Pelican
Lake, Uintah County, Utah, May 18, 1963.
There appears to be no record of its nesting
within the basin.

Charadrius vociferus vocifcrus Linnaeus
Killdeer

About 30 separate records of this common
plover indicate its widespread occurrence in the

upper basin. Since it is equally at home at
streamside, wet pastureland, or around borders
of small ponds as well as larger reservoirs, there
is an abundance of suitable habitats. The rec-
ords indicate its presence from mid-March to
late October, but it is likely that some birds re-
main throughout the winter wherever ponds or
small streams may remain open.

Eupoda montana (Townsend)
Mountain Plover

The only records of the Mountain Plover in
the basin are for 1858, 1859 reported by Knight
(1902:53). These reports were based on Drexel's
record for Fort Bridger, Uinta County, Wyom-
ing, who stated that they were "not rare" in that
area, and on specimens collected by McCarthy
on Sweetwater River, Wyoming.

Pluvialis dominica dominica (Miiller)
American Golden Plover

Published records of this plover for the up-
per basin include that of Twomey (1942:390)
who saw several flocks in early May near Jen-
sen, Uintah County, Utah, and regarded them
as rather common spring migrants. Cooke (1909:
410) reports a collection record for New Castle,
Garfield County, Colorado, but gives no date.
Hayward (1966:305) reported a single bird col-
lected at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah,
September 23, 1961.

Sc/ualarola squatarola (Linnaeus)
Black-bellied Plover

This large plover has rarely been reported
for the upper basin although the writer (Hay-
ward, 1966:305) has found it consistently at
Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, both in
spring and fall. Four specimens from that locality
in the Brigham Young University collection were
taken on May 13, 1961; May 18, 1963; June 2,
1964; and September 23, 1961. On the May 13
date a flock of about Uiirty birds was seen
around the borders of the lake, but usually diey
have been noted alone or in pairs often feeding
some distance from the edge of the water.

Bartramia longicauda (Bechstein)
Upland Plover

The only records I have found for the upper
basin are old accounts of Rockwell (1908:160)
who saw the Upland Plover in Upper Plateau,

28

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Mesa County, Colorado, and Cary (1909) who
collected specimens at Loy and Meeker, Routt
County, Colorado, in August 1905. Peters
(Checklist, 1934:260) includes northeastern
Utah in the range, which record may have come
from Ridgway (U.S. Geol. Expl. 40th Par., 4,
Pt. 3, 1877:611) who found it common at Kam-
as, Summit County, Utah. However, Kamas is
not within the Upper Colorado River Basin. The
present status of the Upland Plover is uncertain.
There are no reports available for the Wyoming
portion of the upper basin.

Numcnms americanus Beckstein
Long-billed Curlew

There are rather few records of the Long-
billed Curlew for the upper basin and nearly
all of them available to the writer are sight
records. Rockwell (1908:160) collected it at
Plateau Valley, Mesa County, Colorado, in
spring. Bailey and Niedrach (1965:329-30) re-
fer to records from Gunnison, La Plata, and Rio
Blanco Counties of that state. Behle et al.
(1958b: 48) observed it near Kanab, Kane Coun-
ty, Utah, April 7, 1935. Twomey (1942:391)
and Hayward ( field notes ) have seven records
for the Uinta Basin. All of diese are for May,
June, and July. I also have one sight record for
Daniel, Sublette Count)', Wyoming, May 15,
1965. Since the curlew requires mesic fields and
pasturelands as a habitat its numbers would be
expected to be rather low in country predomi-
nantly desert. It might be expected that the
largest breeding populations would occur in the
northern Greenriver Province where more of the
favorable habitats occur.

the same county, June 2, 1964. Behle et al.
(1958b: 50) reported collecting it at Kanab,
Kane County, Utah, April 15, 1947. Rockwell
(1908:159) also reported it from Plateau Val-
ley, Mesa County, Colorado.

Tringa flavipes (Gmelin)
Lesser Yellowlegs

A few records of migrating Lesser Yellowlegs
are available for the upper basin. Twomey
(1942:372) noted it at Ashley Creek, Uintah
Count)', Utah, in May and in September. Brig-
ham Young University has specimens collected
near the same locality, July 20, 1937; September
23, 1961; and September 19, 1966. Behle et al.
(1958b: 159) collected specimens near Kanab,
Kane County, Utah, April 15, 1947, and Brig-
ham Young University has a specimen collected
in the same county at die old site of Adairville,
May 20, 1961.

Tringa melanoleuca (Gmelin)
Greater Yellowlegs

The Greater Yellowlegs has a similar status
in the upper basin to that of flavipes. The fol-
lowing published records are known to the
writer: Plateau Valley, Mesa County, Colorado
(Rockwell, 1908:159); Routt County, Colorado
(Felger, 1910); Jensen, Uintah County, Utah
(Twomey, 1942:392); Fort Bridger, Wyoming
(Knight, 1902:49); Kanab, Kane County, Utah
(Behle et al 1958b:49); and Elk Ridge, San
Juan County, Utah (Woodbury, 1958:188).
One was seen by me at Pelican Lake, Uintah
County, Utah, May 15, 1966.

Numenius phaeopus hudsonicus Latham
Whimbrel

Only a single record (Hayward, 1966:305)
is known to the writer from the upper basin. A
flock of about 28 Whimbrels was seen resting
on a sandbar at Montez Creek Reservoir, Uintah
County, Utah, on May 18, 1963. One specimen
was collected from the flock.

Limosa jedoa (Linnaeus)
Marbled Godwit

The Marbled Godwit is an uncommon mi-
grant in the upper basin. Twomev (1942:394)
published both collection and sight records for
Uintah County, Utah, May 6, 1937. The writer
saw a small flock in flight over Pelican Lake in

Tringa solitaria cinnamomca (Brewster)
Solitary Sandpiper

This short-bird occurs regularly in the upper
basin. Twomey (1942:392) found it all summer
in the Uinta Basin and Brigham Young Univer-
sity has a specimen collected near Jensen,
Uintah County, July 22, 1937. The species has
also been reported by Woodbury and Russell
(1945:48) for Monument Valley, San Juan
County, Utah, June 22, 1893, and by Hendee
(1929:24) from Moffat County, Colorado, April
27, 1924. Other records for Colorado include
those of Rockwell (1908) for Mesa County, and
Warren (1928) for Gunnison County. Twomey
( op. cit. ) states that it may nest in the Uinta
Basin, but the nesting has not, to my knowledge,
been verified.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

29

Actitis macularia (Linnaeus)
Spotted Sandpiper

Over thirty records available to the writer
indicate that the Spotted Sandpiper is common
along waterways and around ponds and lakes
throughout the upper basin. This species oc-
curs from at least the first of May through Sep-
tember. There are nesting records for Lily,
Routt County, Colorado (Warren, 1908:20),
and for the Uinta Basin (Twomey, 1942:391).
Its continuous presence from late spring through
the summer indicates that it is a regular breed-
ing species.

Catoptrophorus semipalmatus inomatus

( Brewster )

Willet

The Willet has been considered to be a mi-
grant only throughout the southern part of the
basin. Twomey (1942:392) found it in the Uinta
Basin in spring and fall, but not during midsum-
mer. My own records are all for May and early
June. The writer noted mating demonstrations
at Montez Reservoir, Uintah County, Utah, on
May 18, 1963, but no actual nests have been dis-
covered. I would rather expect it to nest in the
Upper Green River Province where there are
more damp and grassy meadows suitable for
nesting sites. Bailey and Niedrach (1965:342)
list records for La Plata and Gunnison Counties,
Colorado, published in 1888 and 1899. There
seem to be no recent records for western Colo-
rado.

Limnodromus scolopaceus (Say)
Long-billed Dowitcher

All records available to me for this species
are from the Utah portion of the upper basin.
Twomey (1942:383) collected specimens in May
in the Uinta Basin and Behle et al. (1958b:49)
found it near Kanab, Kane County, Utah, May 1,
1946. The writer has collections from Pelican
Lake, Uintah County, Utah, May 12-13, 1961;
July 22, 1961; and September 23, 1961. The
May specimens are all in full breeding plumage.
The specimens taken in late July are similar in
plumage to the breeding plumage in May except
that the white edges of the feathers of the under-
parts are narrower, giving a more uniform tawny
coloration. Spots on the throat and head are
more scattered. The back is much darker. The
September specimen is in winter plumage.

Capella gallinago delicata (Ord)
Common Snipe

The Common Snipe is distributed along the
waterways throughout the upper basin. A num-
ber of references (Behle et al, 1958b:48, Rock-
well, 1908:159) indicate that it remains through-
out the year at least in some parts of the basin.
This snipe requires a boggy pastureland for nest-
ing sites which may limit its occurrence par-
ticularly in the southern parts of the area. Pub-
lished nesting records are those of Twomey
(1942:391) for the Uinta Basin and Boeker
(1954:105) for the Yampa River country of
northwestern Colorado. The Upper Green River
Province offers more favorable nesting habitats
and the birds are in fact rather common there.

Crocetl}ia alba (Pallas)
Sanderling

Little is known about the occurrence of the
Sanderling in the upper basin. It is known to be
a spring and fall migrant through the Uinta
Basin of Utah. Twomey (1942:394) found it
near Jensen, Uintah County, May 4, 1937, and
May 21, 1935. The Brigham Young University
collection contains specimens taken at Pelican
Lake, Uintah County, May 13, 1961; May 15,
1966; and September 23, 1961. It was one of
the more common shorebirds along the shallow
borders of the lake on May 15 where it occurred
in pairs or small flocks.

Ereunetcs mauri Cabanis
Western Sandpiper

This is a common migrant species through
the upper basin where it is often seen in large
flocks around the borders of ponds and lakes.
It has been recorded for the months of May,
July, August, and September. Fall migrants ap-
parently reach the Uinta Basin area about mid-
July. The Brigham Young University collection
contains specimens collected in the Uinta Basin
area as follows: May 18, 1963; May 13, 1966;
July 22, 1961; and September 23, 1961.

Erolia minutilla (Vieillot)
Least Sandpiper

This small shorebird is a rather consistent
migrant through the upper basin and should be
looked for in winter wherever there are un-
frozen ponds or lake margins. It has been re-
corded within the basin for the months of April,
May, July, and September. The writer found

30

several small flocks of Least Sandpipers at Peli-
can Lake, Uintah County, Utah, July 22, 1961.
Some of these may have been early fall migrants.
One specimen was collected at this same locality
September 19, 1966.

Erolia bairdii ( Coues )
Baird's Sandpiper

Records of this species in the upper basin are
scarce. Twomey (1942:393) found them mi-
grating along the Green River in the Uinta
Basin in May and September. Rockwell (1908:
159) reported them from Grand junction, Mesa
County, Colorado. The Brigham Young Univer-
sity collection contains two specimens taken at
Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, September
23, 1961.

Erolia melanotos (Vieillot)
Pectoral Sandpiper

Only a few records are known to me from
the upper basin. Rockwell (1908:159) reported
it as a migrant at Grand Junction, Mesa County,
Colorado. Specimens were collected in La Plata
County by Morrison (1888). Fuller and Boles
(1930:53) state that "one bird was found on the
McDole Ranch, Daniel, Sublette County, Wyom-
ing, September 17, 1923, in a small area of
marshland." Apparently the specimen was not
collected.

Erolia alpina (Linnaeus)
Dunlin

The Dunlin is known as a spring migrant in
the upper basin. Twomey (1942:393) saw them
at Ashley Creek Marshes, Uintah County, Utah,
May 1, 1935. The writer saw several small flocks
at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, May 15,
1966.

Micropalama himantopus (Bonaparte)
Stilt Sandpiper

Knight (1902:47) reporting a record by
Coues refers to a specimen of Stilt Sandpiper
collected at Fort Bridger, Uinta County, Wyom-
ing, but gives no date. Bailey and Niedrach
(1965:354) report specimens collected by Carter
in 1884 in Grand County, Colorado.

Recurvirostra americana Gmelin
American Avocet

The avocet has been reported frequently,
especially from the Utah portion of the upper

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

basin and as far north as Green River City,
Wyoming. I have seen these birds throughout
May, June, and July at Pelican Lake, Uintah
County, Utah, where there is ample area suit-
able for nesting. I observed some mating per-
formances on June 2, 1964, but there is still no
positive evidence of nesting. Birds are occasion-
ally seen in small groups resting or feeding along
the Colorado River and its tributaries but these
are no doubt transient or nonbreeding birds.
Frost and Murphy (field notes) saw them along
the Colorado River south of Moab, Utah, May
15, 1964, and July 20, 1962. I have noted a pair
on the San Juan River near Bluff, Utah, July
8, 1960.

Himantopus mexicanus (Miiller)
Black-necked Stilt

Aside from a record by Rockwell (1908:159)
for Grand Junction, Colorado, all of our obser-
vations are from the Utah portion of the basin.
Most of my records are for Pelican Lake, Uintah
County, where it occurs rather commonly during
May, June, and July. On July 22, 1961, I found
it to be abundant there feeding in the shallow
water. There is as yet, however, no positive
record of nesting. For the most part, the Black-
necked Stilt is a transient through the upper
basin.

Steganopus tricolor Vieillot
Wilson's Phalarope

There are numerous records of this species
indicating that it is widespread at least as a
migrant throughout the upper basin. I have been
unable to find records of nesting, but it would
be expected to breed especially in the northern
part of the Green River Province where there is
more suitable habitat in the form of wet and
grassy meadows. I have found Wilson's Phala-
rope at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah, in
May, June, and July, but it is most abundant
there about mid-May. I also noted many flocks
around Daniel, Sublette County, and along the
Green River at Fontenelle Reservoir, Lincoln
County, Wyoming, May 15, 1965.

Lobipcs lohatus (Linnaeus)
Northern Phalarope

The Northern Phalarope is found as a mi-
grant both in spring and fall. Like Wilson's
Phalarope they prefer shallow ponds or the
edges of lakes for feeding and are often seen
swimming. I have observed them at Pelican
Lake, Uintah Countv, Utah, where they often

Bums of the Upper Colorado River Basin

31

mingle with larger flocks of Wilson's Phalarope.
In the early morning of May 14, 1966, I col-
lected several specimens from large flocks seen
flying along the shores of the lake.

Larus caltfornicus Lawrence
California Gull

A few California Gulls have been reported
at various points within die upper basin. It can
be expected that they will increase as new reser-
voirs are formed and especially if islands for
nesting colonies are established. Frost and Mur-
phy (personal notes) recorded them from the
Colorado River south of Moab, Utah, March 3,
1962; April 10, 1964; and October 18, 1963. The
writer has noted a few at various reservoirs in
the Uinta Basin in May, and Twomey (1942:
396) found a few in the same area also in May.

Larus delaicarensis Ord
Ring-billed Gull

Except for one record from Grand Junction,
Colorado, by Rockwell (1908:157) all of our
data on diis gull pertain to the Utah portion of
the upper basin. It has usually been regarded as
a winter visitor to this area but there are records
for all of the summer months from May until
late September. Twomey (1942:396) gives an
account of the nesting of a few pairs along the
Green River between Jensen and Green River
Gorge. This nesting record was based on ob-
servations of ranchers living near the river. The
Brigham Young University collection contains
two specimens taken at Pelican Lake, September
23, 1962.

Larus pipixcan Wagler
Franklin's Gull

Franklin's Gull is a spring and summer visit-
or to die upper basin. It has been reported from
the Uinta Basin, May 10, 1937 (Twomey, 1942:
396); Colorado River, 148 miles north of Lee's
Ferry, April 13, 1947 (Behle, 1948:306); and
from Kanab, Kane County, Utah, April 15
(Behle et al, 1958b:50). The Brigham Young
University collection contains three specimens
:aken at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah,
fuly 22, 1961, and June 2, 1964, and two at the
j;ame locality May 15, 1966. The July specimens
ire in juvenile plumage. The June specimen has
lot attained full adult plumage. On May 15,
1966, a large flock from which the above speci-
nens were taken fed on earthworms around
he shores of the lake.

Larus philadelphia (Ord)
Bonaparte's Gull

The only record of this gull in the upper
basin known to the writer is that of Behle et al.
(1958b: 51) for Kanab, Kane Count)', Utah,
April 15, 1947.

Xema sabini sabini (Sabine)
Sabine's Gull

Bailey and Niedrach (1965:387) have
brought together a few records of this small
gull for western Colorado. It has been reported
from Meeker, Rio Blanco Count)'; Carbondale,
Garfield County; and from near Blue Mountain,
Moffat Count)'. At present it is known only as
a fall migrant.

Sterna forsteri Nuttall
Forster's Tern

This tern has rarely been reported from the
upper basin. Twomey (1942:397) found it along
the Green River in Uintah County, Utah, May
10, 1937. He saw only two birds in flight and
regarded the species as rare. Behle et al,
(1958b: 51) reported it from Kanab, Kane Coun-
ty, May 1, 1946. The writer has found this tern
rather common at Pelican Lake, Uintah County,
where it nests. One specimen was collected there
May 14, 1961, and there are sight records for
May 13, 1961; May IS, 1963; July 22, 1961; and
June 2, 1964. On June 2 a nest was found on a
floating mat of Scirpus near a protective growth
of the same plant. It contained one fresh egg.
Activities of the birds indicated that there were
other nests in the same general area.

Hydroprogne caspia (Pallas)
Caspian Tern

Twomey (1942:397) reports seeing a Cas-
pian Tern, two miles south of Jensen, Uintah
County, Utah, July 19, 1937. This is the only
record for the upper basin known to me.

Chlidonias nigcr (Linnaeus)
Black Tern

There are scattered reports of this tern from
the Utah and Colorado portions of die upper
basin. Twomey (1942:397) found it nesting near
the Yampa River, Moffat County, Colorado. The
writer has found it to be common in spring and
summer at Pelican Lake, Uintah County, Utah,
throughout May, June, and July. Young of the

32

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

year were collected there on July 22, 1961, but
no nests have actually been discovered. On
May 15, 1966, the Black Tern was abundant at
the lake where it was feeding on iirsects
skimmed from the surface of the water.

Synthliboramphus antiquum (Gmelin)
Ancient Murrelet

A single record of this species was reported
by Killpack and Hay ward (1958-23). A female
specimen that had fallen to the ground ex-
hausted was picked up near Roosevelt, Du-
chesne County, Utah, November 12, 1955. The
specimen is now in die Brigham Young Univer-
sity collection.

Columba fasciata Say
Band-tailed Pigeon

The Band-tailed Pigeon is apparently mostly
a mountain-inhabiting species (Behle, 1960:28)
in the southern part of the upper basin. Cottam
(1941:122) gives several records for the Blue
Mountains, San Juan County, Utah, where
flocks were seen at elevations near 8,000 feet in
yellow pine forests. Behle and Ghiselin (1958:4)
report a specimen taken near Hanna, Duchesne
County, Utah, in 1930, but they had no infor-
mation about the habitat. This is the most
northerly record available to me. There is an
old record by Cooke, reported by Rockwell
(1908:161) of die occurrence of this species at
Glenwood Springs, Garfield County, Colorado.
The writer saw one September 17, 1966, in a
pinyon-juniper habitat about 10 miles south of
La Sal, San Juan County, Utah.

Zenaidura macwura marrinclla

( Woodhouse)

Mourning Dove

The Mourning Dove is common in summer
throughout the entire basin. A few apparently
winter especially in the southern part of the
area. Gilman (1907:153) reports them at Navajo
Springs, La Plata County, Colorado, in January,
and Rockwell (1908:161) found them at Grand
Junction in February. Gilman (1908:147) noted
their occurrence at Shiprock, San Juan County,
New Mexico, in winter. Behle et al. (1958b:51)
gives a collection record for Kanab, Kane Coun-
ty, Utah, December 28, 1946. Most of some 75
separate records available to the writer are for
April through September. In the upper basin
Mourning Doves occur most commonly along
cottonwood-lined streams where they nest in

trees or on the ground from early May through
June. They are usually die most common and
conspicuous birds in summer among the flood-
plain trees and shrubs and adjacent to diese
where they feed mostly on the ground. Where
there are farmlands diey often visit grainfields
in late summer in large flocks.

Coccyzus americanus occidentalis Ridgway
Yellow-billed Cuckoo

The Yellow-billed Cuckoo is likely a sparse
summer resident in the floodplain woodlands
along the major streams of the basin. Actual
records of its occurrence are, however, very few.
A specimen in die Brigham Young University
collection was obtained at Bluff, San Juan
County, Utah, July 2, 1927. Rockwell (1908:
164) found it nesting at Grand Junction, Mesa
County, Colorado, and Felger (1910) reported
it from near Meeker, Rio Blanco County, Colo-
rado. Monson (1939:168) records it from Water-
flow, New Mexico.

Geococcyx californianus (Lesson)
Roadrunner

The AOU Checklist (1957:270) states that
the Roadrunner occurs in southern Utah and
Colorado. The only specific records known to
me are diose of Behle et al. (195Sb:51) who
saw specimens near Kanab, Kane County, Utah,
April 2, 1947; May 1, 1946; May 20, 1947; and
November 29, 1947. Bailey and Niedrach (1965:
407) mention a record for Durango, Colorado,
November 10, 1961. This record was taken from
the Audubon Field Notes.

Tyto alba pratincola (Bonaparte)
Barn Owl

Twomey (1942:398) reports the occurrence
of this owl in several parts of Uintah County,
Utah. Gilman (1907:154) records sight records
from Mancos, Montezuma County, and Fort
Lewis, La Plata County, Colorado. Behle et al.
(195Sb:52) has collection records for Kanab,
Kane County, Utah, June 14, 1939; July 10 and
12, 1940; and May 2, 1946. He also reports
( 1941a: 160) that it nests in caverns in that area.

Ot us asio ( Linnaeus )
Screech Owl

The Screech Owl occupies thickets and Cot-
tonwood groves along the major streams of the
upper basin. While the writer has no evidence
of its occurrence in the Green River Basin Pro-

Birds ok the Upper Colorado River Basin

vince, it will undoubtedly be found there. Col-
lection records are known for the vicinity of
Moab, Grand County, Utah (Miller and Miller
1951:169; Behle, 1941b:182; Brigham Young Uni-
versity collection, June 9, 1927) and from near
Jensen, Uintah County, Utah (Twomey, 1942:
39S, and a sight record by Hayward, May 18
1958).

The subspecific status of the Screech Owls of
the upper basin is somewhat in doubt. Speci-
mens from the vicinity of Moab have been vari-
ously identified as inyoensis (specimen in BYU
collection named by H. C. Oberholser and J.
W. Aldrich), mychopilus (Behle, 1941:182) and
cineraceus (Miller and Miller, 1951:169). Miller
and Miller (op. cit.) were not able to recognize
the race mychopilus proposed by Oberholser
(1937:255). According to Miller's map, the race
cineraceus occurs in the upper basin as far north
as central Utah and Colorado while inyoensis
occupies the northern part of the basin. They
did not, however, appear to have examined any
specimens from the latter area. Behle (1941:71)
doubts that cineraceus occurs at all in the Utah
population and would place them all in the race
inyoensis with some intergradation toward cine-
raceus southward.

Otus flammeolus flammeolus (Kaup)

Flammulated Owl

This owl usually inhabits forested mountain-
ous areas within its range and it is so rarely en-
countered that its status within the upper basin
is in doubt. Woodbury and Bussell (1945:55)
collected it at Navajo Mountain, San Juan Coun-
ty, Utah, and recorded it from pinyon-juniper
forest in that area. Gilman (1907:1.54) reported
a sight record for Ft. Lewis, La Plata County,
Colorado. Bailey and Niedrach (1965:417) refer
to specimens in the Denver Museum from Du-
rango, La Plata County.

Bubo virginianus (Gmelin)
Great Horned Owl

The Great Horned Owl is a common resident
in all seasons throughout the upper basin. It
jccurs in wooded areas along the streams as well
!is in pinyon-juniper forests. They likewise in-
habit canyons in more desert areas where there
ire suitable rocky ledges on which they nest.
\bout 25 sight and collection records from vari-
>us parts of the basin representing all months
!>f the year except December and January are
mown to me from published accounts and my
ield notes.

33

Two subspecies appear to be resident within
the basin. The race pallescens is found in the
south and occiclentalis occurs in the north, but
the exact limits of their ranges are unknown.
The race lagophonus is a rare winter visitor in
the area (Behle and Ghiselin, 1958:5).

Nyctea scandiaca (Linnaeus)
Snowy Owl

The only record of this owl from the upper
basin known to me is that of Felger (1910) who
observed it in Bio Blanco County, Colorado.

Glaucidium gnoma californicum Sclater
Pygmy Owl

This uncommon owl is usually considered to
be a bird of montane coniferous forests, but
there is evidence that it occurs rather consistent-
ly in deciduous wooded areas along valley
streams at lower elevations. Gilman (1907:154)
found them nesting at Ft. Lewis, La Plata
County, Colorado. The writer collected two
specimens including a young bird of the year,
and saw another one in Cottonwood Canyon, 22
miles south of Cannonville, Kane County, Utah
(el. about 5,000 ft.) June 18, 1960. Another spe-
cimen in the Brigham Young University collec-
tion was taken near Boosevelt, Duchesne Coun-
ty, Utah (el. 5,000 ft.) June 22, 1957. The
species should be expected along any of the
floodplain deciduous woodlands throughout the
basin.

Spcatyto cunicularia hypugaea (Bonaparte)
Burrowing Owl

The Burrowing Owl lives in the open plains
throughout the upper basin. Individuals are fre-
quently seen in prairie dog colonies where they
inhabit some of the abandoned holes of these
animals. Specific published records are not
available for the Green Puver Province, but the
general range described in the AOU Checklist
(1957) would indicate that they occur there.
Unpublished records from the Brigham Young
University collection are as follows: nesting
near Willow Tank Spring, Kane County, Utah,
May 2, 1962; collected at Boosevelt, Duchesne
County, Utah, September 19, 1953; seen at Peli-
can Lake, Uintah County, Utah, May 18, 1963.

Strix ncbulosa nebulosa Forster
Great Gray Owl

The Great Gray Owl is included in this list
on the basis of a single record by Knight ( 1902:

34

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

8) for Wells, Uinta County, Wyoming. A speci-
men was collected "near the great bend of the
Green River" but no date of collection was in-
dicated.

Strix occidentalis lucida (Nelson)
Spotted Owl

This owl has been reported from several
localities, especially in the southern part of the
basin. Woodbury and Russell ( 1945:. 58) col-
lected an immature male at the base of Navajo
Mountain, San Juan County, Utah, August 3,
1936. Published sight records are as follows: Ft.
Lewis, La Plata County, Colorado (Gilman,
1907:1.54); Escalante Canyon, Garfield County,
Utah, August, 1957, and Glen Canyon, Kane
County, Utah (Behle, 1960:29). The most
northerly record is that of Killpack (personal
notes) who watched one for some time on the
East Tavaputs Plateau, Uintah County, Utah.
This bird apparently inhabits dense pinyon-
juniper woodland or other tall shrubby vegeta-
tion within its range in the upper basin.

Asio otus (Linnaeus)
Long-eared Owl

Numerous records indicate that the Long-
eared Owl is rather common in suitable habitats
everywhere widiin the upper basin. They inhabit
dense growths of woodlands along the streams
and are also frequently found in pinyon-juniper
and oak diickets where diey often occupy the
abandoned nests of magpies. My records for the
upper basin are all for spring and summer but
these owls are known to be permanent residents
in other areas.

In earlier works die upper basin population
has been referred to the race icilsoniamts
(Behle, 1944:75 and 195S:52) but lately the
western form has been called tttftsi (AOU
Checklist, 1957:287; Behle, 1960b:29).

Asio flammeus flammeus (Pontoppidan)
Short-eared Owl

Judging from the few reports of this owl
from the upper basin, it is an uncommon resi-
dent probably owing to the scarcity of suitable
habitat. Available records, however, indicate
that it is widespread where there are damp
pasturelands suitable for its nesting and feed-
ing. The following occurrences are reported in
the literature: near Jensen, Uintah County, Utah
(Twomey, 1942:401); 12 mi n. Daniel, Sublette
County, Wyoming (Fuller and Bole, 1930:54);

Sweetwater River, Wyoming (Knight, 1902:81);
Plateau Valley, Mesa County, Colorado (Rock-
well, 1908:163); La Plata Count}', Colorado
(Morrison 1888); Moffat County, Colorado
(Felger, 1910, and Hendee, 1929).

Aegolius acadicus acadicus ( Gmelin )
Saw-whet Owl

The Saw-whet Owl is usually considered to
be a bird of montane coniferous forests but indi-
viduals are known to descend to thickets and
wooded areas along lower valley streams in
winter. Woodbury (1939:158) reported a speci-
men taken in willow thickets near Moab, Grand
County, Utah, November 15, 1936. Two speci-
mens in the Brigham Young University collec-
tions were taken in similar habitats at Venial,
Uintah County, Utah, December 29, 1957, and
at Neola, Duchesne County, February 4, 1959.

Plwlaenoptilus nuttallii nuttallii (Audubon)
Poor-will

The Poor-will is a common summer resident
in desert shrub and pinyon-juniper communities
throughout the upper basin. The calling of these
birds is possibly the most characteristic sound in
evening and early morning. About 20 separate
records from the literature and the writer's notes
range from April 27 to September 19.

Cliordciles minor (Forster)
Common Nighthawk

Some 35 records of the Common Nighthawk
available to me indicate its widespread occur-
rence everywhere within the upper basin. For
nesting sites these birds prefer low and rather
barren ridges where the eggs are laid on bare
ground and where adults, eggs, and young are
completely exposed. Nesting data from records
at Brigham Young University are as follows:
Ute Mountain, Montezuma County, Colorado,
June 23, 1927, nest containing two eggs; Jensen,
Uintah County, Utah, July 23, 1937, nest con-
taining two young birds unable to fly; Bridge-
port, Daggett County, Utah, July 8, 1954, nest
containing two eggs. During the nesting season
nighthawks tend to concentrate at dusk and
dawn around lakes or over ponds where food is
more abundant. The writer witnessed such con-
centrations at Pelican Lake, Uintah County,
Utah (June 2, July 6, July 22), when there was
an abundance of midges on which the birds
were feeding.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

35

SfflSf

Fig. 14. Nest and eggs of the Common Nighthawk
(Chordeilcs minor) Bridgeport, Daggett County,
Utah, July 8, 1954. Photo by C. L. Hayward.

fi

Fig. 15. Young of Common Nighthawk (Chordeiles
minor) near Vernal, Uintah County, Utah, July 23,
1937. Photo by C. L. Hayward.

Subspecific identification of the upper basin
population of nighthawks presents some diffi-
cult problems. For the interested reader, these
matters are discussed by Selander (1954) and
Hayward (1940). It seems that the races hes-
peris, hoivelli and henryi can all be identified,
but there are large areas in the Uinta Basin and
northwestern Colorado where there is such vari-
ation in the population that assignment of every
specimen to a subspecies seems quite impracti-
cal. In general, however, the western race hcs-
peris occurs in the western part of the Uinta
Mts. and Green River Basin Provinces; houelli
is found in the eastern portions of these pro-
vinces, and henryi belongs principally to the
Colorado Plateau Province.

Cypseloides niger (Gmelin)

Black Swift

The only records of this swift known to the
writer are from southwestern Colorado. Nesting
records for areas in Grand County were reported

by Bradbury (1918:103), and more recent rec-
ords by Knorr (1950, 1961) have been pub-
lished. Indications are that these swifts usually
occupy higher elevations than those considered
in this report.

Aeronauies saxatalis saxatalis (Woodhouse)
White-throated Swift

Numerous records attest to the fact that this
swift is a common bird in the Uinta Mts. and
Colorado Plateau Provinces of the upper basin.
On the basis of its general distribution, it is
presumed that it occurs also in the Green River
Basin Province. Records of occurrence range
from May 1 to September 6. The abundance
of deep canyons and cliffs in much of the basin
affords ample nesting sites and many records of
nesting have been reported. Numerous observa-
tions of birds entering and leaving crevices are
on record but such sites are usually impossible
to reach and care needs to be taken to deter-
mine that the birds are actually nesting and not
merely exploring.

36

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Twomey (1942:403) regarded the swifts of
the Uinta Basin as belonging to the subspecies
sclateri principally on the basis of their larger
size. However, the presence of this race within
the basin appears to be somewhat in doubt.

Archiloclius alexandri

(Bourcier and Mulsant)

Black-chinned Hummingbird

The Black-chinned Hummingbird is one of
the more common hummers particularly in the
Uinta Mts. and Colorado Plateau Provinces. I
have no data on its status in the Green Biver
Basin. It is a bird of desert areas where it is
most commonly seen in floodplain woodlands
or pinyon-juniper forests. Specimens in the Brig-
ham Young University collection are as follows:
Jensen, Uintah County, Utah, July 19, 1937;
Calf Creek, Garfield County, Utah, July 4, 1938;
Strawberry Biver at Dark Canyon, Duchesne
County, Utah, June 19, 1958; Randlette, Du-
chesne County, Utah, July 1, 1957; Fruita,
Wayne County, Utah, June 8, 1960.

Selasphorus platycercus platycercus

( Swainson )
Broad-tailed Hummingbird

This species is the most common humming-
bird in the upper basin where it is a summer
resident in mountain as well as along the low-
land streams. At lower elevations it is more
common as a migrant but the writer found it
nesting near the junction of White and Green
Rivers, Duchesne County, Utah (elevation
about 6,500 ft.), June 22, 1954. The nesting site
was in a small crevice of a cliff about 15 feet
up. The female was seen to feed young. About
20 records available to the writer indicate that
the species is widespread throughout the area al-
though it is more commonly encountered near
streams or other bodies of water.

Selasphorus rufus (Gmelin)
Rufous Hummingbird

As far as the writer knows, the Rufous Hum-
mingbird occurs in the upper basin only as a
migrant although it may nest in the northern
part of it. It is known to breed in western Mon-
tana (A.O.U. Checklist, 1957:303). All of the
records available to me are for late summer and
early autumn. I found them to be abundant
along the roadways in the Uinta Basin, Jul}' 22,
1961, at which time they were feeding from the
blossoms of roadside plants. The Brigham Young

University collection contains 2 specimens taken
at Henrieville, Garfield County, Utah, Septem-
ber 9, 1937, and two collected at Randlette,
Uintah County, Utah, July 22, 1961. During mi-
gration diis species may be found at all eleva-
tions in the mountains as well as in the low-
lands.

Stclhila calliope (Gould)
Calliope Hummingbird

The only available records of this hummer
for the upper basin are a sight record in the
Glen Canyon area, July 9, 1958, reported by
Behle (1960a: 31), and records from Mesa Verde
Park and Gunnison County, Colorado (Bailey
and Niedrach, 1965:475). This species breeds
primarily at higher elevations in mountains but
might be expected as a transient along streams
in the lowlands.

Megacenjle alcijon (Linnaeus)
Belted Kingfisher

The Belted Kingfisher is a consistent, al-
though uncommon summer resident along
waterways in all parts of the upper basin. Being
restricted to the vicinity of streams suitable for
fishing, and clay or sandy banks where nesting
sites are available, the species is spotty in its
distribution. Twomey (1942:406) has published
several records from the Uinta Basin of eastern
Utah and western Colorado. There are also a
number of other records for western Colorado
(Warren, 1908:21; Gilman, 1907:1.54; Rockwell,
1908:164) and for southern Utah (Behle et all
1958b: 54 and 1960a: 31). Dates of collections
and observations range from April 21 to Septem-
ber 20.

Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs
Yellow-shafted Flicker

The yellow-shafted form of the flicker has
been reported a few times from the upper basin
although it is nowhere as common as the red-
shafted form. Gilman (1908:148) reported a
specimen from Shiprock, New Mexico, and
Wetherill and Phillips (1949:102) collected it
at Cameron, Coconino County, Arizona. There
is a male specimen in the Brigham Young Uni-
versity collection from near Boosevelt, Duchesne
County, Utah, taken January 7, 1959.

Intermediate forms between Yellow-shafted
and Bed-shafted Flickers have usually been con-
sidered to be hybrids between C. auratus and
C. cafer although some authors (Blair et all
1957:513) consider them as well as the yellow-

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

37

shafted and red-shafted forms to belong to a
single species auratus. Whatever may be the
correct interpretation, intergrading characters
are often seen in die flicker population of the
upper basin. Behle and Selander (1952:28)
noted this in specimens from the Uinta Basin.
Several specimens from that area in the Brigham
Young University collection show indications
of the red nuchal collar but otherwise appear to
be typical cafer.

Colaptes cafer collaris Vigors
Red-shafted Flicker

The Red-shafted Flicker is a common resi-
dent in the upper basin throughout the year.
It is the most common woodpecker encountered
in wooded areas along streams where it nests
most frequently in holes in cottonwood trees.
About 70 collections and sight records are avail-
able to the writer including records for every
month of the year and every section of the upper
basin where suitable habitat is available.

Dryocopus pileatus picinus (Bangs)
Pileated Woodpecker

This species is known to occur rarely in the
upper basin as far north as the Uinta Basin.
Behle and Ghiselin (1958:6) report 3 specimens
seen in yellow pine 30 miles north of Roosevelt,
Duchesne County, Utah, August 10, 1943. The
writer saw one at Cottonwood Wash west of
Blanding, San Juan Countv, Utah, September 6,
1956.

Melanerpes erythrocephalus caurinus

Brodkorb

Red-headed Woodpecker

This predominantly midwestern form of the
Red-headed Woodpecker occurs sparingly in at
least some parts of the upper basin. Warren
(1908:21) reported seeing specimens near
Steamboat Springs, Routt County, Colorado.
Twomey (1942:407) found one dead near
Ouray, Uintah County, Utah, July 28, and Kill-
pack and Hayward (1958:23) have published
Election and sight records from about the same
locality, July 27, 1937, and May 29, 1955. Indi-
cations are that these birds inhabit floodplain
:ottonwood groves and probably nest there.

Spliyrapicus varim nuchalis Baird
Yellow-bellied Sapsucker

While the Yellow-bellied Sapsucker is usual-
y considered to be primarily a mountain-

dwelling bird in the Intermountain West, it is
actually rather common as a breeding species
along the lowland river floodplains. About
twenty records are available from as far south
as Bluff, San Juan County, Utah (Woodbury
and Russell, 1945:67), to Pinedale, Wyoming
(author's field notes). While there is likely
some migration of more northerly populations
the species is known to winter at least as far
north as Duchesne County, Utah.

Sphyrapicus ilnjroideus nataliae

( Malherbe )

Williamson's Sapsucker

It seems likely that this species occurs only
rarely as an altitudinal migrant at lower eleva-
tions in the basin. Woodbury and Russell ( 1945:
67) note a specimen collected at Riverview, San
Juan County, Utah, April 27, 1927. Rockwell
(1908:164) records it from Grand Junction,
Mesa County, Colorado. Other records avail-
able are from higher elevations beyond the
scope of this paper.

Asyndestnus lewis (Gray)
Lewis' Woodpecker

There are sufficient records to indicate that
this species is rather widespread throughout
the upper basin where it breeds in wooded areas
along the streams. Its occurrence, however,
seems to be somewhat spotty and unpredictable.
On the wide Green River floodplain near Ouray,
Uintah County, Utah, I found it to be the most
common woodpecker. Numerous pairs were
nesting May 17, 1958, in large cottonwoods
dead but still standing. Especially in late sum-
mer or early autumn Lewis' Woodpecker is often
seen in loose flocks perched on utility poles
along roadways or in dead trees in agricultural
areas.

Dcndrocopos villosus (Linnaeus)
Hairy Woodpecker

The Hairy Woodpecker is another species
that is usually considered to be primarily a
mountain dweller, but numerous references in-
dicate diat it is not uncommon at lower eleva-
tions along the river floodplains as well as in
more dry situations. The writer found a pair
nesting in a dead pinyon pine 20 miles south of
Moab, San Juan County, Utah, June 12, 1964,
and there are many other records of occurrence
at lower elevations during the nesting season.
Migrants from higher elevations seemingly in-

38

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

crease the population along the floodplain
woodlands in winter.

Two subspecies of D. villosus occur in the
upper basin. The smaller D. v. leucothorectis
(Oberholser) occupies the southern portion of
the basin, probably within the Colorado Plateau
Province and the isolated mountains therein.
Wing measurements of two males from San
Juan County, Utah, were 121 and 124 mm, and
of two females from San Juan County and
Wayne County, Utah, were 124 and 119 mm.
Wing measurements of two males from the
Uinta Basin were 137 and 139 mm, and of two
females from the same area were 130 and 137
mm. These latter specimens clearly belong to
the larger race D. v. monticola (Anthony) which
presumably occupies the Uinta Mountains and
Green River Provinces and their surrounding
mountains.

Dendrocopos pubescens leucurus (Hartlaub)
Downy Woodpecker

The Downy Woodpecker has been recorded
somewhat less frequently than the Hairy Wood-
pecker from the lower elevations of the basin,
presumably because it is more often a winter
resident in wooded areas along the lowland
streams and less of a summer resident there.
However, there is evidence from information
available that the Downy Woodpecker does nest
in cottonwood groves. The writer saw signs of
nesting activities on the Green River floodplain
near Ouray, Uinta County, Utah, May 17, 1958,
and specimens were collected there June 17,
1958. Gilman (1908:147) found them nesting at
Shiprock, New Mexico. Most of the lowland
records, however, are for winter, early spring,
and late summer and fall. Twomey (1942:409)
indicates that they leave the lowlands of the
Uinta Basin in summer to nest in higher moun-
tains.

Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus)
Eastern Kingbird

Most of the available records of the Eastern
Kingbird are for the Uinta Mountains Province
and northward although Behle et al. (1958b:
56) collected specimens in breeding condition
near Kanab, Kane County, Utah, June 18, 1947.
In our field work in the Colorado Plateau Pro-
vince we have never encountered diem, al-
though Woodbury et al. (1949:20) indicates
that they have been reported from Wayne Coun-
ty, Utah. There is also a record by Gilman
(1907:154) who found them at Navajo Springs,

La Plata County, Colorado, in June. Warren
(1908) noted them in Routt and Moffat Coun-
ties, Colorado.

Tyrannus verticalis Say
Western Kingbird

This common and conspicuous kingbird is
found in suitable habitats throughout the Colo-
rado Plateau and Uinta Mountains Provinces.
We have only one record of it for the Green
River Basin Province at Fort Bridger, Wyoming.
It prefers woodlands along the streams, especial-
ly where diere are large cottonwoods for nest-
ing and perching. However, it also frequents
fanning country where there are large trees or
utility poles. The species seems to prefer high
perches but may also be seen on fence posts or
tall shrubs.

Tyrannus vocifcrans vociferans Swainson
Cassin's Kingbird

All of our records for Cassin's Kingbird are
from the Colorado Plateau Province although
its occurrence in Montana and Wyoming
(A.O.U. Checklist, 1947:334) indicates that it
may yet be found in the nordiern provinces of
the basin. This species lives under similar habi-
tat conditions as does the Western Kingbird,
being partial to cottonwood groves along the
lowland streams. The two species are often
found near human dwellings.

Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens

( Lawrence )

Ash-throated Flycatcher

This comparatively large flycatcher is one of
the more common summer residents among die
flycatchers of the upper basin. Our records are
all from the Uinta Mountains and Colorado
Plateau Provinces, but it is also known to occur
in southwestern Wyoming (A.O.U. Checklist,
1957:339). The species lives in a wide variety
of habitats. It is frequently seen in deciduous
woodlands along the lowland streams but seems
to be equally at home in pinyon-juniper wood-
lands some distance from water. Gilman (1908:
145) reported that at Shiprock, New Mexico,
this flycatcher was found nesting in woodpecker
holes.

Sayornis nigricans semiatra (Vigors)
Black Phoebe

The only published records of the Black
Phoebe in the upper basin known to me are
those summarized by Cottam (1927:77) and

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

39

Behle et al. (1958b: 57) who mentioned sight
records in the vicinity of Kanab, Kane Count}',
Utah. The writer saw one at Bluff, San Juan
County, Utah, September 13, 1966.

Sayornis saya saya (Bonaparte)
Say's Phoebe

Say's Phoebe is a common summer and oc-
casional winter resident in all parts of the basin.
It is a bird of more open desert situations,
characterized by shrubby vegetation rather than
either deciduous or evergreen woodlands al-
though it occurs also in the latter habitats as
well. Nests are most frequently built on low
ledges of rock or near the entrance to caves
or else in outbuildings or old, abandoned
houses. These flycatchers often live around
ranches and agricultural communities.

Empidonax traillii (Audubon)
Traill's Flycatcher

This small flycatcher seems to be rather un-
common in the upper basin, but appears to be
well distributed throughout the entire area. All
of our records are for the Colorado Plateau and
Uinta Mountains Provinces but there is no rea-
son why it should not occur northward. Traill's
Flycatcher is an inhabitant of willow thickets
and other medium shrubs and is, therefore,
rather limited to such habitats. In habits it is
somewhat more secretive than most flycatchers,
a fact winch may account in part for its seem-
ing scarcity. Furthermore, diere is comparative-
ly little of the preferred habitat present in the
apper basin.

Owing to a considerable amount of varia-
:ion within the species, the separation of the
Troup into subspecies, in spite of the efforts
)f several ornithologists, seems to be somewhat
■onfused especially with respect to the upper
>asin population. The A.O.U. Checklist (1957:
H3-344) recognizes only two subspecies (brew-
teri Oberholser and traillii (Audubon)) in
forth America but other names have been pro-
K>sed and used in reference to the upper basin.
phe name brewsteri Oberholser was applied to
he forms from the Monument Valley area by
Voodbury and Bussell (1945:74). Twomey
1942:412) referred to the Uinta Basin birds as
.dastus Oberholser, and Behle (195Sb:7, 1958b:
}8, 1960b: 33) used the same name for speci-
bens from Duchesne, Duchesne County, Utah;
.anal), Kane County, Utah; and for several
laces along the Green and Colorado Bivers.
[he name extimus Phillips has also been applied

to some specimens from southern Utah. The
present state of knowledge on the migration and
residence of this species in the upper basin
makes it impossible to arrive at any clear under-
standing of die status of the several races within
the basin at diis time.

Empidonax hammondii (Xanthus)
Hammond's Flycatcher

This flycatcher breeds at higher elevations,
preferably in coniferous forests and may be ex-
pected in the upper basin only as a migrant.
However, Gilman (1907:155) reported it as
nesting at Ft. Lewis, La Plata County, Colorado.
This, however, was only a sight record. Collec-
tion records of the species in the basin are not
common. Brigham Young University has speci-
mens collected at Arches National Monument,
Grand County, Utah, May 11, 1949; and from
near Colton, Utah County, June 6, 1957. The lat-
ter would be at a nesting elevation. Twomey
(1942:412) collected it near Jensen, Uintah
County, Utah, August 9, 1937, and Behle et al.
(1958b: 58) obtained specimens near Kanab,
Kane County, Utah, May, 1946-47. There is also
an old record from Fort Bridger, Uinta County,
Wyoming (Knight, 1902:103") but no date of
occurrence is given.

Empidonax oberhoheri Phillips
Dusky Flycatcher

The Dusky Flycatcher, which has often been
confused with wrightii Baird and has also been
called griseus Brewster, is of uncertain status in
the upper basin. Behle et al. (1958b: 53 and
1960a: 33) have published the only records from
the Utah portion of the basin. They collected
it near Kanab, Kane County, Emery and Green
Biver, Emery County, and Dewey, Grand
County, all in Utah. All of their collections were
made in May and August, and they considered
the species to be a migrant only. Bailey and
Niedrach (1965:528) cite a number of records
from western Colorado counties.

Empidonax wrightii Baird
Gray Flycatcher

The Gray Flycatcher is by far the most com-
mon summer resident of any of the small fly-
catchers. It lives mostly in pinyon-juniper forests
but may also be seen in deciduous woodlands
along die streams. All of the numerous records
are for the Colorado Plateau and Uinta Moun-
tain Provinces, but it also likely occurs in the

40

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Green River Basin Province of Wyoming
(A.O.U. Checklist, 1957:346). The dates of col-
lection available to the writer are from April 21
through August 26.

Empidonax difficilis hellmayri Broclk orb-
Western Flycatcher

From the evidence at hand it appears that
this uncommon flycatcher is a rare migrant in
the upper basin. It does breed, however, at
lower elevations in the montane forest but seems
to require situations close to water. There are
no records for midsummer but Behle ct al.
(1958b: 1 53, 1960a: 58) have records for May and
August for southern Utah and northern Arizona.
Twomey (1942:414) reported them from the
Uinta Basin in late May.

There is a likelihood that the race difficilis
Baird may occur in the northern part of the
basin (Behle, 1948b: 72).

Contopus sordidulus Sclater
Western Wood Pewee

The Western Wood Pewee is the most com-
mon of the small flycatchers inhabiting flood-
plain deciduous woodlands where it breeds. It
has been collected and reported frequently from
favorable habitats throughout the basin. Most
of the dates of occurrence are for June and
July, with one record as late as September 8,
and one for late May.

Nuttallornis borealis (Swainson)
Olive-sided Flycatcher

This species, which breeds in mountains bor-
dering and within the upper basin, migrates
along waterways at lower elevations. Twomey
(1942:414) considered it to be a rather common
migrant along the basin streams of the Uinta
Basin in late May and early June. Gilman (1908:
148) reported it as a migrant at Shiprock, New-
Mexico, at about the same time of year. The
writer collected one from a dead Cottonwood at
the old townsite of Paria, Kane County, Utah,
May 20, 1961.

Pijroccphalus rubinus fhmmeus

van Rossem

Vermilion Flycatcher

The only records known to me of this species
in the upper basin are those of Hyde (1953:216)
for Gunnison County, Colorado, November 18,
1952, and Behle et al. (1958b: 59) for Kanab,

Kane County, Utah, June 18, 1947. Both are col-
lection records.

Ercmophila alpestris (Linnaeus)
Horned Lark

The Horned Lark is an abundant species in
suitable habitat throughout the upper basin.
They are usually seen in flocks in open desert
country especially in areas of sparse shrubby
vegetation where the soil is rather rocky or in
old fields or along roadways where the native
vegetation has been disturbed. In winter they
congregate in large flocks on low ridges where
the snow has been blown off to expose food.
There are ample records to indicate that this
species occurs in the area throughout the year.
Nesting begins in early April. The writer has
found young of the year able to fly by May 19.
While Horned Larks live under extreme desert
conditions, the availability of water within a
reasonable distance seems to be an important
factor in their distribution. The creation of reser-
voirs, both large and small, within the basin will
no doubt influence the distribution and popula-
tion of the species. At Pelican Lake I have seen
them in flocks hovering over shallow water and
apparently feeding on insects from the surface.
In early evening during tire summer the birds
tend to concentrate around the margin of these
water sources in large flocks. At such times diey
seem practically fearless of man in their anxiety
to obtain the necessary water.

Three subspecies of Horned Larks may be
found in the population of die upper basin. The
race leucolaema Coues occurs in the Green
River Basin Province and also in the Uinta
Mountains Province (Peters: Checklist, Vol. 9,
1960:76). The subspecies occidentalis (McCall)
occurs in the lowlands of the Colorado Plateau
Province but Behle (1960b:34) states that the
specimens examined by him intergrade toward
leucolaema as well as toward utahensis. The lat-
ter subspecies is typical of the eastern Great
Basin but seemingly appears in the Colorado
basin west of the Green and Colorado Rivers at
least as a winter visitor.

Tachycineta bicolor (Vieillot)
Tree Swallow

The Tree Swallow appears rather frequently
in spring and early summer, often in flocks with
other species, along streams and over reservoirs
where there is an abundance of flying insects.
The writer's experience is that they are never
as abundant as the Violet-green Swallow. The

Birds of the Upper Colorado Riveh Basin

41

species is known to nest in the mountains and
has rarely been found nesting in trees along the
lowland streams. All of the records available to
me are for May and early June. Nothing has
been recorded relative to their fall migration.

Tachycineta thalassina lepida Mearns

Violet-green Swallow

This species is probably the most common
swallow seen feeding in sizeable flocks over
streams and reservoirs. They frequent places
where there is border vegetation with an ac-
companying and large supply of midges and
other insects. The earliest date of occurrence
available to me is for April 20, 1962, when Frost
and Murphy (field notes) found them feeding
along the Colorado River near Moab, Grand
County, Utah. They are common through May,
June, and July and until mid-August. Although
they are commonly seen in the lowlands
throughout the summer, the Violet-green Swal-
low is principally a mountain-nesting species.
Twomey (1942:415) believes that the birds seen
feeding in the lowlands in summer have come
there from their nesting places in the mountains.
This writer would not be surprised, however, if
they are eventually found nesting in trees along
lowland floodplains or in crevices in rocky
ledges. Some evidence of this was indicated
when the writer saw them entering and leaving
holes in cottonwood trees along the Colorado
River at Dewey, Grand County, Utah, July 7,
1960. Near Rainbow, Uintah County, Utah,
many miles from any large amount of water,
Violet-green Swallows were commonly feeding
aver pinyon-juniper woodland and low desert
shrubs. They were seen entering and leaving
crevices in sandstone ledges in early June, 1954,
is if preparing to nest. I have also noted this
same type of activity at Daniel, Sublette County,
Wyoming, May 28, 1966.

Progne subis subis (Linnaeus)
Purple Martin

In the Intermountain West, die Purple Mar-
in is principally a bird of the mountains where
|t nests in small numbers. In the lowlands it ap-
pears usually as a migrant with flocks of swal-
pws. Twomey (1942:417) reported it as nest-
ng in boxes at the town of Venial, Uintah Coun-
jy, Utah. He also noted it in other localities in
he Uinta Rasin during the nesting season. Rock-
veil (1908:174) reported it at Grand Junction,
■lesa County, Colorado, but regarded the oc-
urrence as accidental. Morrison (1886:153)

found them nesting at Ft. Lewis, La Plata
County, Colorado.

Stelgidopteryx ruficollis serripennis

( Audubon )

Rough-winged Swallow

The Rough-winged Swallow occurs appar-
ently tliroughout the upper basin. Records avail-
able to the writer indicate that it is present from
early May to late August. It is sometimes found
with flocks of bank swallows but may be en-
countered in flocks of its own species. The writer
found the species in large flocks feeding over
small ponds near Duchesne, Duchesne County,
Utah, May 12, 1961; and at Adairville, Kane
County, Utah, May 20, 1961. Specimens were
collected from those flocks. There seems to be
no published records of nesting in the upper
basin although nesting would surely be ex-
pected.

Twomey (1942:416) refers birds from the
Uinta Basin to the race aphractus Oberholser,
but this subspecies is not now recognized, and
serripennis (Audubon) is considered to be the
widespread subspecies in North America (Pet-
ers: Checklist, 1960:92).

Riparia riparia riparia (Linnaeus)
Bank Swallow

The Bank Swallow is most conspicuous in
the upper basin as a migrant in late August
where it is frequently seen perched in large
flocks on utility wires along the roadsides. There
are, however, scattered references to nesting in
the basin. Twomey (1942:416) found nesting
colonies in the Uinta Basin area in mid-June,
1937, and also as late as August 5, 1937. The
writer found a small colony nesting along the
Strawberry River, Duchesne County, Utah, June
2, 1964.

Hirundo rustica crythrogastcr Boddaert
Barn Swallow

This species is frequently seen in large feed-
ing flocks throughout the upper basin, especially
in May. Nesting takes place in June when the
birds tend to pair off and nest as single pairs or
small flocks in barns and other outbuildings near
settlements. There seem to be no recent reports
of the Barn Swallow nesting in natural situations
within the basin, but Ernest Ingersoll described
large colonies nesting in niches in rocks near
Hot Sulphur Springs, Grand County, Colorado,
in 1874 (Bent, 1942:442). Records of occur-

42

rences available to the writer range from April
22 to August 31.

Petrochelidon pi/nhonota pyrrhonota

(Vieillot)

Cliff Swallow

The abundance of suitable habitat for the
Cliff Swallow in the upper basin accounts for
the numerous records for all parts of the upper
basin. Records of occurrence range from May
1 through August. They frequently nest under
bridges or under the eaves of barns or other
buildings, but large colonies also build nests on
the face of the abundant cliffs that occur along
the Colorado River and its tributaries.

Owing to the fact that this species shows
considerable variability in size and coloration
there has been considerable confusion in the
subspecies names applied to the upper basin
population. This matter was discussed by Behle
(1948b: 73). It would now appear, however,
that the upper basin contains but the single race
pyrrhonota (Vieillot) unless it be that the sub-
species tachina Oberholser may be found in
Arizona and New Mexico (Peters' Checklist,
1960:120-121).

Gymnorhinus cyanocephala Wied
Pinyon Jay

This is the most common species of Corvidae
particularly in the Uinta Mountain and Colo-
rado Plateau Provinces. It is abundant through-
out the pinyon-juniper forests of the area and in
the woodlands along the streams. The extent of
its occurrence in the Green River Basin Province
is not known although it is common along the
northern slopes of the Uinta Mountains. Numer-
ous records indicate that the Pinyon Jay is a
permanent resident throughout its range. Nest-
ing occurs in April and May, and families re-
main together during the summer. The species
is nearly always seen in flocks, which tend to
wander from place to place continuously.

Cyanocitta stelleri macrolopha Baird
Steller's Jay

Steller's Jay is primarily a bird of montane
coniferous forests and mountain bushland but it
occasionally extends downward into the mouths
of canyons along wood-bordered mountain
streams even in summer. In winter the species
sometimes lives at lower elevations where there
are streams bordered by cottonwoods. It seems
likely that this wintering habit is more prevalent

Brigham Younc University Science Bulletin

in the northern portion of the basin. Gilman
(1907:155) found them to be numerous in win-
ter at Fort Lewis, La Plata County, Colorado.
A specimen in the Brigham Young University
collection was taken at Whiterocks, Uintah
County, Utah, February 2, 1954.

Aphelocoma coerulescens (Bosc)
Scrub Jay

This jay is rather common at all seasons of
the year in the Uinta Mountains and Colorado
Plateau Provinces. It is found also in the south-
ern part of the Green River Basin Province along
die north base of the Uinta Mountains but ap-
parently does not extend much farther north-
ward. The species is found in habitats where
there is pinyon-juniper or else tall deciduous
shrubs. It is often seen in wooded areas along
the streams. It does not form large flocks like
die Pinyon Jay but is more often seen singly or
in pairs. Sometimes, however, it is found with
flocks of Pinyon Jays.

Pitelka (1951:282) states that within the
upper basin area there is considerable inter-
gradation between the Rocky Mountains race
woodhouseii (Baird) and die Great Basin race
nevadae Pitelka. However, he considers the
population to be more closely related to icood-
houseii in the main. Behle (1948b: 74) regarded
specimens from Kanab, Kane County, Utah, as
being closer to nevadae.

Pica pica hudsonia (Sabine)
Black-billed Magpie

This species occurs throughout the upper
basin. In the Green River Basin Province it is
particularly abundant where it builds its con-
spicuous nests in willow thickets and cotton-
woods along the streams. It often lives in the
vicinity of ranches and small settlements. South-
ward the magpie becomes progressively less
common in the upper basin. It has sometimes
been said to occur only as far south as central
Utah (Peters: Checklist, 1962:254) but there is
ample evidence that it ranges to the southern
part of that state. Woodbury and Russell (1948:
88) reported it from Bluff, San Juan County,
Utah, and there is a specimen in the Brigham
Young University collection from the same area.
Gilman (1908:148) found it common at Ship-
rock, New Mexico, and also (1907:155) at Ft.
Lewis, La Plata County, Colorado. I found it to
be very common in the Four Corners area on a
trip there in early September, 1966.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

43

Nucifraga Columbiana (Wilson)
Clark's Nutcracker

Clark's Nutcracker is a bird of montane coni-
ferous forests where it is most common from
timberline down to the yellow pine zone. It
occasionally visits lower altitudes and may even
nest in pinyon-juniper. Records of its occurrence
within the limits of this report are rare. Gilman
(1907:155) found it at Ft. Lewis, La Plata
County, Colorado, March 11, 1906, and saw it
with its young in May indicating that it may
have nested there. Rock-well (1908:168) re-
ported it from Plateau Valley, Mesa County,
Colorado, and considered it to be a resident
there. The writer noted several families in yel-
low pine at La Sal, San Juan County, Utah, July
8, I960; and also saw a few individuals in pin-
yon-juniper some miles south of La Sal in early
September, 1966.

Corvus brachyrhynchos hesperis Ridgway
Common Crow

The Common Crow occurs in all parts of the
basin, particularly along streams or around
ranches and farms. In the southern provinces it
is rare in summer, but may become fairly com-
mon in winter. Twomey (1942:420) found it
nesting near Jensen, Uintah County, Utah, and
it is likely that a few may nest all along the
Colorado River and its tributaries. Bergtold
(1942:158) reported it from Durango, Colorado,
but considered this to be an unusual southern
record. In the Green River Basin Province, the
Common Crow occurs regularly at least in sum-
mer where it nests in trees and willow thickets
along the streams of that area.

Corvus sinuatus Wagler
Raven

This species is a common resident in the
upper basin throughout the year. Many records
are available from all parts of the basin but
the Raven appears to be especially common in
the canyonlands of the Colorado Plateau Prov-
ince. In that area it is frequently seen or heard
calling from cliffs bordering the streams. It un-
doubtedly nests in tiiese areas.

Parus atricapillus garrinus Behle
Black-capped Chickadee

The Black-capped Chickadee is a fairly
ommon and permanent resident in cottonwood
proves and willow thickets along streams

throughout the upper basin. They build their
nests under loose bark or in holes in the trees.
These birds are usually seen as scattered pairs
at all seasons or in family groups following the
nesting.

Parus gambeli Ridgway
Mountain Chickadee

The Mountain Chickadee occurs more com-
monly in mountains at elevations beyond this
report but is, nevertheless, sometimes seen in
floodplain woodlands at lower elevations. Gil-
man (1907:195) found it nesting at Ft. Lewis,
La Plata County, Colorado, but it seems to occur
usually as a winter or early spring visitor. The
writer found it to be rather common in cotton-
wood groves along White River near Bonanza,
Uintah County, Utah, in late September, 1966.

According to Behle (1956) two races of
Mountain Chickadees may be expected in the
upper basin. The subspecies gambeli Ridgway
occurs in the eastern part of the area while a
race called uasatchensis Behle (19.50) is said to
occupy the western part of it.

Parus inornatus ridgwayi Richmond
Plain Titmouse

This species is a common resident through-
out much of the upper basin. It is particularly
abundant in pinyon-juniper forests but is by no
means confined to this habitat. The Plain Tit-
mouse is most abundant in the southern prov-
inces of the basin, but it occurs also in the Green
River Basin at least as far north as Greenriver,
Wyoming (A.O.U. Checklist, 1957:393).

Psaltriparus minimus phimbcus (Baird)
Common Bushtit

The range of this species in the upper basin
is similar to that of the Plain Titmouse. It is
more likely, however, to be encountered in low
brush and in small flocks. Its northward range in
the basin is uncertain but it probably extends as
far as Greenriver, Wyoming (A.O.U. Checklist,
1957:396).

Sitta carolinensis nelsoni Meams
White-breasted Nuthatch

Most of the records of this species are from
elevations in the mountains higher than those
considered in this report. However, there are
ample records to indicate its presence in pinyon-
juniper and in deciduous woods along the
streams within the basin. The Brigham Young

44

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

University collection contains specimens from
Blanding, San Juan County, Utah, June 25,
1927; Green River floodplain at Ouray, Uintah
County, Utah, May 17, 1958; and Whiteriver
south of Bonanza, September 19, 1966. At the
latter places they were common in cottonwood
groves and in May there were indications that
they were preparing to nest. I have also seen
this species in pinyon-juniper south of La Sal,
Utah, in early September. Gilman (1907:195)
found them nesting at Ft. Lewis, La Plata
County, Colorado and there are numerous other
published records from the Colorado Plateau
and Uinta Mountains Provinces. Their status in
the Green River Basin Province is unknown to

me.

Sitta canadensis Linnaeus
Red-breasted Nuthatch

The Red-breasted Nuthatch is principally an
inhabitant of montane coniferous forests where
it may be found the year around. There are a
few records of occurrence, however, along the
river floodplains at lower elevations. The writer
found them present but uncommon in cotton-
woods near Ouray, Uintah County, Utah, May
17, 1958. Twomey (1942:424) noted one near
this same place, September 30. Gilman (1908:
141 ) reported seeing one near the river at Ship-
rock, New Mexico. These records could be in-
dications of some altitudinal migration in die
species. Bailey and Niedrach (1965:. 581) state
that in Colorado there is some irregular migra-
tion of this nuthatch down to the prairie stream-
sides in fall and winter.

Sitta pygmaea melanotis van Rossem
Pigmy Nuthatch

The Pigmy Nuthatch is primarily a bird of
yellow pine forests within the upper basin. In
such forests it is very common especially in the
Colorado Plateau Province. There are a few
records from lower elevations, however. Gilman
(1908:151) found them numerous in pinyon-
juniper near Shiprock, New Mexico, and report-
ed (1907:195) that they nested in a similar habi-
tat at Ft. Lewis, La Plata County, Colorado.

Certhia familiaris Linnaeus
Brown Creeper

The Brown Creeper breeds in mountain for-
ests but seems to be a rather regular winter
visitor in deciduous woods along lowland
streams. Behle (1960a:39) found them at Green

River, Utah, May 7, 1933, and at Hite, Garfield
County, Utah, October 21, 1958. He also re-
ported them from Kanab, Kane County, Utah,
December 30, 1946. Gilman (1907:195) noted
them in January at Ft. Lewis, La Plata County,
Colorado.

Most individuals of the upper basin popula-
tion appear to be of the race montana Ridgway,
but Behle (1948b: 75) referred specimens from
Kanab, Utah, to Icucosticta van Rossem, a race
inhabiting southern Nevada.

Cinclus incxicanus unicolor Bonaparte
Dipper

While the Dipper is usually thought of as
an inhabitant of cold mountain streams it is
sometimes found along rocky streams at lower
elevations. The Brigham Young University col-
lection contains specimens from Escalante, Gar-
field County, Utah, June 9, 1936, at an eleva-
tion of 5,300 feet; and near Fruita, Wayne
County, Utah, June 8, 1960, at 5,400 feet. It has
also been reported by Benson (1935:443) from
Rainbow Bridge, San Juan County, Utah, (ele-
vation 3,800 feet).

Salpinctcs obsoleius obsoletus (Say)
Rock Wren

Abundant records indicate the common oc-
currence of the Rock Wren throughout the up-
per basin. They are to be found wherever
there are rocky outcroppings of any extent from
remote desert areas to the vicinity of streams.
About 43 records available to the writer range
from March 7 through September. It is likely
that some of them may winter in the southern
part of the basin, but no positive wintering rec-
ords are available.

Salpinctcs incxicanus consperus (Ridgway)
Canyon Wren

This wren inhabits the deeper canyons or
areas of extensive cliffs wherever such habitats
are found within the upper basin. Dates of oc-
currence available to this writer range from
March 3 through October, but it is said to win-
ter also diroughout its breeding range (A.O.U.
Checklist, 1957:421).

Cistothorus pahistris (Wilson)
Long-billed Marsh Wren

There are few records available for this
species in the upper basin owing perhaps to the

Birds of the Upper Colorado RrvER Basin

45

lack of extensive areas of suitable marshland
habitats. Behle has published several records
including Moab, Grand Countv, Utah ( 1941b:
183); Kanab, Kane County, Utah (1948b: 76,
1958:67); Escalante River', Garfield County,
Utah (1960a:40). Twomey (1942:426) found it
near Jensen, Uintah County, Utah; and Rock-
well (1908:178) reported Cooke's record from
Routt County, Colorado. Bailey and Niedrach
have summarized records for La Plata, Gar-
field, Mesa, and Moffat Counties, Colorado.
The Brigham Young University collection con-
tains two specimens from near Kanab, taken
April 8, 1961.

The race plesius Oberholser seems to occupy
most of the upper basin, but Behle (1948:75-
76) considered some of the Kanab specimens
to be aestuarinus (Swardi). The latter race ap-
pears to extend an unknown distance up the
Colorado River from its more typical range in
southern California and Arizona.

Thryomanes bctcickii eremopliilus

( Oberholser )

Bewick's Wren

Bewick's Wren seems to be generally dis-
tributed throughout the upper basin. It inhabits
dryer situations where there are pinyon-juniper
forests but is also found in taller deciduous
shrubbery. It is considered to be a resident
throughout its range (Peters: Checklist, 1960:
396).

Troglodytes troglodytes (Linnaeus)
Winter Wren

Inclusion of this species is based on a record
from the Fremont River, Capitol Reef Monu-
ment, Utah, November 5, 1941, reported by
Behle et al. (1958b:67). There is also a record
for Gunnison County, Colorado (Sclater, 1912).

Troglodytes aedon parkmanii Audubon
House Wren

In the upper basin the House Wren lives in

Cottonwood groves along the stream floodplains

where it is fairly common. Dates of occurrences

t range from May 17 through September 7 in the

records available to the writer.

Dumetclla carolinensis (Linnaeus)
Catbird

The Catbird is a fairly common summer bird
in the upper basin. They inhabit thickets along

the streams and seem to be entirely restricted
to this habitat. Gilman (1908:151) recorded the
species at Shiprock, New Mexico, as early as
May 7, but die spring arrival is somewhat later
in more northern latitudes. Most of the records
are for late May and early June. Information
on the later summer and autumn activities is
lacking.

Mimus polyglottos Jeucoptcrus (Vigors)
Mockingbird

The Mockingbird is rather common in the
Colorado Plateau and Uinta Mountains Prov-
inces of the upper basin. It has not, to the
writer's knowledge, been reported from the
Green River Basin, but it may yet be found
there. The species becomes progressively less
common northward, but it does occur consisten-
ly in the Uinta Basin area. Records range from
as early as April 26 at Henrieville, Garfield
County, Utah, to September 9 at Escalante,
Garfield County (author's notes). Frost and
Murphy (field notes) found it along the Colo-
rado River south of Moab, Utah, from May 15
through August 14. The Mockingbird lives in
rather tall, shrubby growth, or small trees in
open desert, or near streams. It is especially
common in greasewood communities which
often border broad washes or occur in low val-
leys.

Oreoscoptes montanus (Townsend)
Sage Thrasher

Information at hand indicates that this
species is well distributed throughout the upper
basin. It inhabits the sagebrush community but
is by no means confined to this habitat. It
seems to be equally at home in any type of
desert shrub as well as in undergrowth along
streams. Dates of occurrence range from April
28 to September 9 in the records available to the
author.

Toxostoma rufum longicauda (Baird)
Brown Thrasher

There are only a few records of this species
in the upper basin. Brigham Young University
has a specimen collected at Roosevelt, Du-
chesne County, Utah, December 29, 1955; and
the writer saw one at the junction of the San
Rafael and Green Rivers, Emery County, Utah,
June 4, 1957. Hyde (1953:216) records a sight
record from Sapinaro, Gunnison County, Colo-
rado, and Gilman (1907:195) reported the

46

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

species as nesting at Ft. Lewis, La Plata County,
Colorado.

Toxostoma bendirei bendirei (Coues)
Bendire Thrasher

The Bendire Thrasher occurs only in the
southern part of the basin. The Brigham Young
University collection contains a specimen from
Monument Valley, Utah, July 4, 1927; and the
writer has a sight record from Wahweap Creek,
Kane County, Utah, May 20, 1956. Behle
(1958b: 68) reports a specimen collected at Es-
calante, Garfield County, Utah, May 9, 1937,
and a sight record in the Glen Canyon area,
July 14, 1958 (Behle, 1960a:4). The species
seems to be nowhere common within the basin.

Sialia mexicana Swainson
Western Bluebird

The Western Bluebird ranges throughout
the upper basin where it is reported to breed in
the mountains and winter in the lowlands. The
writer found a number of pairs nesting in aspens
near Kanab, Kane County, Utah, May 7, 1957,
and saw a large flock at a much lower elevation
also near Kanab, December 27, 1957. The north-
ernmost record for the basin is that of Fuller
and Bole (1930) from Pinedale, Sublette Coun-
ty, Wyoming. The species seems to be scattered
rather unevenly over the upper basin and its
habitat relationships are not clear.

There are apparently two subspecies of
Western Bluebirds represented in the upper
basin (Peters: Checklist, 1964:184). The race
occidentalis Townsend may be expected in the
Green Biver Basin Province and possibly the
Uinta Mountains Province, while bairdi Ridg-
way occurs in the Colorado Plateau Province.

Sialia currucoides (Bechstein)
Mountain Bluebird

Numerous records indicate the widespread
distribution of this species in the upper basin.
It is a resident throughout the year particu-
larly in the southern part of the area. It formerly
probably nested rather regularly in woods along
the stream floodplains and in buildings and bird
houses, but its nesting is now confined mostly
to the mountains where disturbance from star-
lings and house sparrows is less in evidence. At
the present time Mountain Bluebirds are usually
seen along roadways in late summer perched in
long rows on utility wires or in flocks in winter.
On December 27, 1957, the writer noted a large

flock feeding on fruit of the Russian olive that
was growing wild along a small stream near the
old townsite of Adairville, Kane County, Utah.

Myadestes townsendi townsendi (Audubon)
Townsend's Solitaire

Townsend's Solitaire seems to be a rather
frequent visitor in late fall, winter, and early
spring to lower elevations in the upper basin.
In nesting it appears to be confined to surround-
ing mountains. Rockwell (1908:179) found it in
winter in Mesa County, Colorado, and Behle
et al. (1960a:42) recorded it from Moab in De-
cember. The Brigham Young University collec-
tion contains specimens taken at Arches Nation-
al Monument, Utah, May 9, 1949; Bridgeland,
Duchesne County, Utah, March 11, 1956; and 3
miles south of Bonanza, Uintah County, Utah,
September 21, 1966.

Catharus ustulatus almae (Oberholser)
Swainson's Thrush

This thrush, also sometimes known as the
Olive-backed Thrush, is a breeding bird of the
mountains where it resides in the summer. Its
occasional occurrence at lower elevations as a
transient is indicated by a record of Twomey
(1942:531) who collected it near Jensen, Uintah
County, Utah, May 29, 1935. Behle (1960a:42)
found it near Green River, Emery County, Utah,
May 24, 1947. Since the breeding range is often
at lower elevations in the montane forest, this
thrush should be looked for along the flood-
plains of the streams especially in the northern
part of the basin.

The subspecies swainsoni (Tschundi) has
been listed in the past as the race living in the
upper basin area. Bond (1963:373-387) has re-
cently shown that almae (Oberholser) is the
race accupying the intermountain area while
swainsoni occurs farther east. Behle (194Sb:76)
also arrived at this same conclusion.

Catharus guttatus (Pallas)
Hermit Thrush

The Hermit Thrush is a mountain breeding
species that occurs occasionally as a transient at
lower elevations in the basin. Twomey (1942:
429) states that it migrates regularly along the
wooded banks of the Green River, Uinta Basin,
in May and September. The writer collected one
at Arches National Monument, Utah, May 9,
1949, and another at Whiteriver, 3 miles south
of Bonanza, Utah, September 21, 1966.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

Several subspeeific names have been applied

, to material from the upper basin, but it now

appears that the most likely races are polionotus

(Grinnell) or auduboni (Baird), either of which

might be expected in the migrating population.

Catharus fuscescens (Stephens)
Veery

This species, also sometimes called the Wil-
low Thrush, is included on the basis of a rec-
ord by Knight (1902:157) for Fort Bridger,
Uinta County, Wyoming. This was originally
reported by Drexel in 1858. The species should
be looked for in streamside thickets especially
in the Green River Basin.

Turdus migratorius propinquus Ridgway
Robin

The Robin is a common resident of the en-
tire upper basin throughout the year. It win-
ders more commonly in the southern part of
the basin. It inhabits floodplain woods along
all of the streams and is also common around
settlements and farms.

Polioptila cacndea amoenissima Grinnell
Blue-gray Gnatcatcher

This species is a common summer resident in
die Uinta Mountains Province and the Colo-
-ado Plateau Province. The gnatcatcher is
^specially common in pinyon-juniper but may
ilso be found in desert shrubs and streamside
hickets. Dates of occurrence range from late
^.pril to mid-September, but it is possible that
:ome may winter in the southern part of the
>asin.

Regulus calendula cincraccus Grinnell
Ruby-crowned Kinglet

This small species is most likely to be seen
n the upper basin principally as a spring and
all migrant. Dates of records at hand range
rom April 8 to October 25, but there are no
records for late June, July, or August. Accord-
ng to Twomey (1942:433) fall migration begins
b the Uinta Basin in early September. The
mter found them common near Kanab, Kane
"ounty, Utah, on April 8, 1961, but these may
;iave been wintering birds since they are said to
vinter in southern Utah (A.O.U. Checklist,
957:454). When migrating or wintering, Ruby-
jrowned Kinglets are most often seen in decidu-
•us woods along the streams where they occur

47

in small flocks. Nesting apparently is confined
to montane forests at higher elevations.

Regidus satrapa olivaceus Baird
Golden-crowned Kinglet

This kinglet is a mountain-dwelling species
that has some altitudinal migration. Behle et al.
(1958a:71) found it in February in pinyon-
juniper forests near Grover, Wayne County,
Utah. The species seems to be nowhere com-
mon, and the writer could find no other records
for the upper basin.

Anthus spinoletta (Linnaeus)
Water Pipit

The Water Pipit is a fairly common winter-
ing species at least in the Uinta Mountains and
Colorado Plateau Provinces. They occur in
flocks especially near bodies of water that may
remain open through part or all of the winter.
All of the records available are for September
through April. The species nests at high eleva-
tions in mountains surrounding the basin or
farther north.

It is possible that representatives of three
races of pipits may be found in the wintering
and transient population. A series of specimens
taken in late September and winter in the Uinta
Basin are clearly in die subspecies alticola Todd
which is the nesting species of the Colorado and
Utah mountains. Peters' Checklist (1960a: 160)
indicates that rubesccns (Tunstall) migrates to
southern Utah, and there is probability that
pacificus Todd may be found at least in the
southern part of the basin (Behle et al, 1958b:
72).

Lanius ludovicianus gambeli Ridgway
Loggerhead Shrike

This shrike inhabits open desert shrub areas
as well as streamside thickets throughout the
upper basin. It is known to winter in southern
Utah (Behle et al, 1958b:73; Hayward, field
notes) but how far north it remains all winter
has not been recorded. The most northern winter
record is a specimen collected in Duchesne
County, Utah, December 28, 1960. Most observ-
ers have considered this species to be uncom-
mon in the upper basin and the writer has found
it to be less common diere than in the Great
Basin to the west.

The upper basin population has been re-
ferred to die races excubitorides Swainson and

48

gambeli Ridgway by Twomey (1942:435) and
to nevadensis Miller by Behle (1960a:43). The
latter race has not been recognized either in the
A.O.U. Checklist (1957) or in Peters' Check-
list ( 1960 ) . According to the last-named check-
list, the population of the upper basin would
fall within the range of gambeli (I960:. 353).

Lanius excubitor invictus Grinnell
Northern Shrike

The Northern Shrike is an uncommon win-
ter visitor to the upper basin. The following rec-
ords are available to the writer: Brigham Young
University collection; Myton, Duchesne County,
Utah, November 18, 1950; Fort Bridger, Wyom-
ing, one specimen collected in 1858 and re-
corded by Knight (1902:42); Mesa County,
Colorado, recorded as "sparse in winter" by
Rockwell (1908:175); near Johnson, Coconino
County, Arizona, November 27, 1937, reported
by Behle et al. (1958b: 73).

BombycUla garrulus pallidiceps Reichenow
Bohemian Waxwing

The Bohemian Waxwing has been rarely re-
ported from the upper basin, but this is probably
due to lack of reporting rather than scarcity of
occurrence. In the Great Basin, this bird is an
unpredictable but often common winter visitor
especially around settlements where there are
ornamental shrubs or fruit trees bearing dried
fruit. The writer suspects that it is no less com-
mon in the upper basin. Collection or observa-
tion has been recorded from Fort Bridger,
Wyoming (Knight 1902:141); Grand Junction,
Mesa County, Colorado (Rockwell, 1908:175);
and Kanab, Kane County, Utah (Behle et al,
1958b: 72).

BombycUla cedrorum Vieillot
Cedar Waxwing

Like the Bohemian Waxwing the Cedar
Waxwing has been reported only rarely from
the upper basin, but it is likely more common,
especially in winter, than the records would in-
dicate. It is likely also that it breeds irregularly
within the basin. Behle and Selander (1952:29)
suspected breeding near Kanab, Kane Count)',
Utah, May 12-13, 1946, and Beck (field notes)
found it at Escalante, Garfield County, Utah,
June 7, 1940. Monson (1939:168) made several
observations in northeastern Arizona (Keam's
Canyon) from May 8 through June 7, 1937.

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Sturnus vulargis vulgaris Linnaeus
Starling

Since 1948, at least, numerous records indi-
cate that the Starling is now well established
as a breeding bird diroughout the entire upper
basin. This species inhabits floodplain woods
along the streams where it nests in holes in
cottonwoods. It is likewise common in and
around settlements. The effect of this invader
on native species is unknown, although there is
evidence that it can compete effectively against
woodpeckers and other hole-nesting species.

Vireo solitarius plumbeus Coues
Solitary Vireo

This species is perhaps the most common
vireo, at least in the Uinta Mountains and Colo-
rado Plateau Provinces of the upper basin. It
inhabits deciduous woodlands along the streams
as well as the pinyon-juniper community and ex-
tends its breeding range upward to the yellow
pine forests. Most of the records available are
for May, June, and July, and it is likely that
the species winters south of the upper basin
area. The writer found a pair with half-grown
young at Cottonwood Canyon, Kane County,
Utah, June 16, 1960, and found a nest contain-
ing well-incubated eggs on a low branch of a
yellow pine near La Sal, San Juan County,
Utah, July 8, 1960. This may have been a second
nesting for the season.

Examples of the race cassinii Xanrus have
been reported occasionally as migrants in the
upper basin. Behle et al. (1958b: 73) reported a
sight record for Kanab, Kane County, Utah,
May 12, 1946. The writer collected specimens
of this race along the White River, Uintah
County, Utah, September 20, 1966. Twomey
(1942:437) and Woodbury and Russell (19.54:
117) have published records for the Uinta
Basin and Navajo Mountain areas. The sub-
species plumbeus Coues is by far the more com-
mon of the two, and is the race known to breed
in the upper basin.

Vireo olivaceus (Linnaeus)
Red-eyed Vireo

The writer knows of only two published rec-
ords of this species for the upper basin. Twomey
(1942:437) collected it near Jensen, Uintah
County, Utah, and indicated that it was a
rather common migrant in that area in late May
and early June and again in early September.
Knight (1902:143) reported a collection made by

Bikds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

49

Drexel at Fort Bridger, Wyoming. According to
the A.O.U. Checklist (1957:475) it has also been
found at Green River, Wyoming.

Vireo gilvus (Vieillot)
Warbling Vireo

The Warbling Vireo is a common summer
resident along the lowland streams of the upper
basin where it lives in cottonwoods and other
trees and taller shrubs of the floodplains. Dates
of the occurrences available to the writer range
from May 18 to September 9.

The subspecific status of the upper basin
forms appear to be somewhat confused. Behle
(1948b: 77) considered the breeding birds of
mountainous sections of northern Utah to be of
the race leucopohus Oberholser and considered
swainsonii Baird to be a migrant. Twomey
(1942:437) listed the birds of the Uinta Basin,
Utah, as sicainsonii. In a later publication on the
birds of southeastern Utah, Behle (1960a:43-44)
used the name sicainsonii for the birds of that
area. A specimen in the Brigham Young Univer-
sity collection taken at Henrieville, Garfield
County, Utah, September 7, 1937, has the olive
back and pale olive underparts supposed to be
characteristic of sicainsonii.

Vireo vicinior Coues
Gray Vireo

The only records of this species in the upper
basin known to me are those of Behle et al.
(1958b: 73) who collected several specimens in
May near Kanab, Kane County, Utah, and at
±e confluence of Calf Creek and Escalante
River, Garfield County, Utah. They state that
he Gray Vireo is an inhabitant of pinyon-juni-
Der woodland.

Vermivora celata ( Say )
Orange-crowned Warbler

Orange-crowned Warblers occur throughout
he upper basin as summer residents and mi-
grants. They are found in bushy canyons or on
lopes especially where the brush is rather tall,
ind they also range upward into the montane
orests. Records of occurrence range from May
I to October 20.

The breeding subspecies in the basin appears
o be orestera Oberholser, but celata (Say) has
>een frequently found in fall migration (Twom-
k 1942:438; Cottam, 1942:255; Behle and Selan-
ler, 1952:30; and Behle et al, 1958b:74).

Vermivora ruficapiUa ridgwaiji van Rossem
Nashville Warbler

The Nashville Warbler is an uncommon
transient through the upper basin. According to
the A.O.U. Checklist (1957:484), it nests in the
Wasatch Mountains of northern Utah, but the
writer has no precise record of this. Published
records are rare and mostly for the fall. Wood-
bury and Russell (1945:119) have collection
records for August 11 and 17 in the Monument
Valley area of northern Arizona. Behle et al.
(1958b: 74) published a sight record for Kanab,
Kane County, Utah, April 21 and Daniel et al.
(1958:199) found it at Mesa Verde, Colorado.

Vermivora virginiae (Baird)
Virginia's Warbler

This warbler is a fairly common summer resi-
dent in the Uinta Mountains and Colorado Pla-
teau Provinces of the upper basin. The species
inhabits brushy areas along foothills and in
canyons often in rather dry situations. The
Brigham Young University collection contains
specimens from Natural Bridges, Utah, June 27,
1927; Arches National Monument, Utah, May 9,
1950; and along the Strawberry River, Du-
chesne County, Utah, June 18, 1957. It has also
been recorded for Vernal, Utah (A.O.U. Check-
list, 1957), and from numerous other localities.

Vermivora luciae (Cooper)
Lucy's Warbler

Lucys Warbler appears to be confined in
distribution to the Colorado Plateau Province of
the upper basin in summer where it is not com-
mon. The Brigham Young University collection
contains a juvenile specimen taken at Calf
Creek, Garfield County, Utah, July 4, 1938.
Woodbury and Russell (1945:120) found it at
several localities along the Colorado River in
southern Utah, and Behle et al. (1960a: 44) re-
corded it as a nesting bird at various localities
in Glen Canyon. Lincoln (1918:327) mentions
its nesting in the Four Corners area of Monte-
zuma County, Colorado.

Parala americana (Linnaeus)
Parula Warbler

The occurrence of the Parula Warbler in the
upper basin is based on a specimen collected at
Gunnison, Gunnison County, Colorado, May 24,
1952 (Hyde, 1953:216). Mr. Hyde states that
the specimen was a male in full song when col-
lected.

50

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Dendroica petechia morcomi Coale
Yellow Warbler

The Yellow Warbler is the most common
breeding warbler in the upper basin area. It is
found in willow thickets and deciduous trees
along die streams or around the borders of
lakes and ponds. It is also common in ornamen-
tal trees and shrubs of the settlements. Numer-
ous records within the basin range from May
12 to September 6.

The upper basin population has been vari-
ously referred to the races aestiva (Gmelin)
(Woodbury and Russell, 1945:121), brewsteri
Grinnell (Twomey, 1942:440), and morcomi
Coale (Behle, 1949b: 77). Behle (op. cit.) how-
ever, considers that all breeding birds from
Utah, at least, are morcomi and the distribution-
al range given for diis race in the A.O.U. Check-
list (1957:488) would seem to confirm this. Oc-
casional transients of aestiva and also amnicola
Batchelder should be looked for.

Dendroica caerulescens (Gmelin)
Black-throated Blue Warbler

The inclusion of this species in the upper
basin list is based on a record of a specimen
collected October 9, 1938, at Ft. Wingate, New
Mexico, and reported by Monson (1939:168).

Dendroica coronata hoovcri McGregor
Myrtle Warbler

This warbler has been reported occasionally
in the upper basin. Cottam (1942:254) collected
it at Henry's Fork, Daggett County, Utah, in
October. The writer saw one with a group of
Audubon's Warblers feeding in cottonwood
trees at Green River, Wyoming, May 14, 1965.
Hendee (1929) collected it in Moffat County,
Colorado, May 5, 1924.

Alexander (1945:623) has found evidence
of hybridization between D. coronata and D.
auduboni, and Phillips et al. (1964) consider
the two to be conspecific with Audubon's War-
bler being but a race of coronata.

Dendroica auduboni (Townsend)
Audubon's Warbler

These warblers are fairly common through-
out the upper basin where they are seen as
transients, usually in small flocks, feeding in
wooded areas along the streams. It is likely that
some of them also winter at least in the south-
ern part of the basin. They nest mainly at higher
elevations in montane forests. Gilman (1907:

194) found them nesting, however, at Shiprock,
New Mexico, and they should be looked for as
breeding birds elsewhere in the upper basin.
All of the records available to the writer are for
April, May, and September.

The specimens from the upper basin often
have wing measurements somewhat larger than
the coastal race auduboni (Townsend) and
have usually been placed in the subspecies
memorabilia Oberholser. Owing, however, to
considerable variation in size, even in local
populations, the subspecific relationships are
not entirely clear.

Dendroica nigrescens (Townsend)
Black-throated Gray Warbler

The Black-throated Gray Warbler is one of
the most common summer residents among the
warblers of the upper basin. Throughout most
of its range it has a decided preference for
pinyon-juniper forests where it nests. It migrates
during May and September at which times it
may be found in small flocks in woodlands along
the stream floodplains. Dates of occurrence
available to die writer range from May 3 to
September 20.

Dendroica townsendi (Townsend)
Townsend's Warbler

This warbler is an uncommon migrant
through the upper basin especially in August.
The following records of occurrence are known
to the writer: Navajo Mountain area, San Juan
County, Utah, August 10 (Woodbury and Rus-
sell, 1945:126); Henry Mountains, Garfield
County, Utah (Stanford, 1931:8); Bogg's Cross-
ing, Moffat County, Colorado (Cooke, 1909:
420); 17 miles north of Neola, Duchesne County,
Utah, August 24, 1957 (Killpack and Hay ward,
1958:24); and Bluff, San Juan County, Utah,
September 13, 1966 (Brigham Young Univer-
sity collection).

Dendroica graciae Baird
Grace's Warbler

Woodbury and Russell (1945:125) have pub-
lished a record of this species. They obtained
a specimen and made several observations in the
Navajo Mountain area, San Juan Count}', Utah.
They noted the bird only in yellow pine woods,
but it is not unlikely that it occurs in pinyon-
juniper. Their dates of record range from June
15 to July 16. Behle (1960a:45) mentions several
other records from southern Utah, but they are
for higher elevations than diis report includes.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

51

Seiurus noveboraccnsis notabilis Ridgway
Northern Waterthrush

The Northern Waterthrush appears as an oc-
casional migrant in the upper basin both in
spring and early fall. The following published
records are known to the writer: Uinta Basin,
Utah, May 8 and August 11 (Twomey, 1942:
445); Bluff, San Juan County, Utah, May 11-22
(Woodbury and Russell, 1945:125); Linwood,
Daggett County, Utah, May 20 (Cottam, 1942:
255); Fort Bridger, Uinta County, Wyoming
(Knight, 1902:150); Shiprock, New Mexico
(Gilman, 1908:150); 18 miles southwest of Na-
tural Bridges Monument, San Juan County,
Utah, May 13, 1960 (Behle, 1966:396).

Oporomis tolmiei (Townsend)
MacCillivray's Warbler

This warbler has been recorded throughout
most of the upper basin. It occupies inter-
mediate elevations along foothills and in canyons
wherever there is brushy vegetation. Dates of
occurrence within the basin range from May 12
to September 16.

The breeding subspecies appears to be mon-
ticola Phillips. Behle (1960a: 46) states that the
race tolmiei (Townsend) appears as a transient
in the basin, but all specimens examined by the
writer are very uniform in color and size and
seem to be monticola.

Geothhjph trichas (Linnaeus)
Yellowthroat

The Yellowthroat is a farily common breed-
ing warbler wherever there are suitable habi-
tats within the upper basin. It inhabits rule and
cattail vegetation around the borders of ponds
and also occurs in willow thickets near water.
Dates of occurrence extend from May 1 to Sep-
tember 16.

The more northern and larger race occiden-
\alis Brewster is the common breeding sub-
species but it is possible that scirpicola Grinnell
jnay be found nesting in the southern part of
iie basin. Specimens of campicola Behle and
\ldrich may also occasionally occur as transients
n the upper basin (Behle, 1948b: 78).

Icteria virens auricollis (Deppe)
Yellow-breasted Chat

This species is a consistent summer resident
it least in the Uinta Mountains and Colorado
Plateau Provinces of the upper basin. Its status

in the Green River Basin Province is unknown
to the writer. The Yellow-breasted Chat occupies
dense shrubby vegetation along the waterways
or around the borders of ponds. Records of oc-
currence extend from May 12 to September 20.

Wilsonia pusilla pileolata (Pallas)
Wilson's Warbler

Wilson's Warbler breeds in the mountains
and appears commonly as a migrant at lower
elevations in the basin. During migration it is
seen in wooded areas along the streams. Behle
et al. (195Sb:77) found it at Kanab, Kane
County, Utah, as early as April 2S and I found
small flocks moving through Castle Valley,
Grand County, Utah, on June 6. The writer also
found them to be very common along the White
River, 3 miles south of Bonanza, Utah, Septem-
ber 19-20, 1966. They were feeding in cotton-
woods and tall rabbitbrush.

Setophaga ruticilla tricolora (Muller)
American Redstart

The American Redstart is an uncommon
breeding bird in the upper basin. It lives along
wooded streamsides at lower elevations. Pub-
lished records of its occurrence are as follows:
Uinta Basin, August 20 and September 20
(Twomey, 1942:449); Uinta Basin, June 12 and
September 3 and in Daggett County, September
12 (Behle and Selander, 1952:31); Boggs Cross-
ing, Moffat County, Colorado (Cooke, 1909:
420); Shiprock, New Mexico, May 27 (Gilman
1908:151).

Passer domesticus domesticus (Linnaeus)
House Sparrow

The House Sparrow is a common species
throughout the upper basin but is confined al-
most entirely to the vicinity of towns and
ranches.

Dolichomjx oryzivorus (Linnaeus)
Bobolink

Since the habitat of the Bobolink is limited
rather strictly in the intermountain area to wet
pasturelands, its distribution seems to be some-
what spotty and irregular. Judging from the
reference to it in the literature it is not at all
common. Woodbury and Russell (1945:129) re-
fer to two specimens collected by the American
Museum of Natural History at Bluff, San Juan
County, Utah, May 19, 1892, but these may have
been transients. Cooke (1909:415) reports speci-

52

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

mens collected at Meeker, Rio Blanco Count)',
and Steamboat Springs, Routt County, Colorado.
Hyde (1953:216) found it nesting at Gunnison,
Gunnison Count)', Colorado. Hopkins ( 1906:
461 ) reported it from several localities along
the White River, Colorado, where it was seen
in late spring and early summer. There is also
an old collection record from Fort Bridger,
Wyoming, reported by Knight (1902:111).

SturneUa neglecta neglecta Audubon
Western Meadowlark

The meadowlark is well distributed over the
upper basin wherever there is suitable habitat.
It is perhaps most common on irrigated farm-
lands where there are open fields and pastures,
but it is also found along river floodplains. Most
of the numerous records available to the writer
are for April through September. Behle et ah
(1958b:77) found them in Kanab, Kane County,
Utah, in December. A few might be found in
winter anywhere in the basin, especially where
there are cattle or sheep feed grounds where
they can pick up some grain. They are also some-
times seen in winter along blacktop highways
where the snow has been removed and ground
exposed.

Xanthocephalus xanthocephahts
( Bonaparte )

Yellow-headed Blackbird

The Yellow-headed Blackbird is widespread
wherever there are marshy areas in the upper
basin. Irrigation and the creation of reservoirs
in recent years have produced habitats of emer-
gent vegetation suitable for their nesting and the
number of colonies seems to be on the increase.
Dates of occurrence range from April 14 to the
last of September. At Pelican Lake, Uintah
County, Utah, where there is a large nesting
colony, nesting occurs in early June. The nests
are attached to Scirpus which grow rather
sparsely in about two feet of water. Feeding
takes place around the borders of the lake
where willow and tamarisk grow and where
there is an abundance of midges during this sea-
son. The writer saw large blocks of these black-
birds over the San Juan River in the Four Cor-
ners area in early September, 1966.

Agelaius phoeniceus fortis Ridgway
Redwinged Blackbird

This species is common in the upper basin
wherever there are marshlands or open pastures.

It seems to prefer marshes with emergent vege-
tation as nesting sites, but it will also build its
nests on the ground in wet, grassy pastures. It
remains in many parts of the basin throughout
the winter, especially in the more central and
southerly parts. At Kanab, Kane County, Utah,
the writer found it paired and preparing to nest
as early as April 8, but in die Uinta Basin a
colony was nesting on June 2.

Behle (1941:183) has referred some of the
specimens from southern Utah to the race utah-
ensis. However, this name was not recognized
in the A.O.U. Checklist and the name fortis
Ridgway is used in this report.

Icterus parisorum Bonaparte
Scott's Oriole

Scott's Oriole is an uncommon summer resi-
dent in the Colorado Plateau and Uinta Moun-
tains Provinces of the upper basin. The writer
has no records of its occurrence in the Green
River Basin Province. It is known to nest as far
north as the Uinta Basin (Twomey, 1945:131).
Behle et al. (19.58b: 78) found it at Kanab, Kane
County, Utah, on May 1 but records are too few
to indicate the length of its residence in the
basin.

Icterus btillockii bullockii (Swainson)
Bullock's Oriole

Numerous records indicate that this oriole
is a common summer resident in wooded areas
along the lowland streams and in orchards and
ornamental trees in settled communities. It is
foun.l throughout the upper basin. The earliest
record available to the writer is for May 5 when
a specimen was collected at Bluff, San Juan
County, Utah. It was found as far north as
La Barge Creek, Sublette County, Wyoming, on
May 14. Most of the earlier dates are for about
the middle of May. Twomey (1942:4.54) found
that they left the Uinta Basin about the middle
of September.

Euphagus cyanocephahts (Wagler)
Brewer's Blackbird

Brewer's Blackbird is one of the more com-
mon blackbirds throughout the upper basin.
It is frequently seen along roadways and around
the borders of fields especially where there are
shrubs or trees for nesting sites. It also frequent-
ly feeds on lawns in parks and around private
dwellings. In more isolated places it also occurs
in wooded areas along the valley streams. These
blackbirds are more abundant in summer from

Birds of the Upper Colorado Rrv-ER Basin

late April through September, but some of them
also winter in the basin where they may be
found with Redwinged Blackbirds feeding
around cattle and sheep feed grounds.

Quiscalus quiscula (Linnaeus)
Common Grackle

I have been able to find but a single pub-
lished record of the Grackle for the upper
basin. Knight (1902:118) reports a specimen
supposedly collected by Drexel at Fort Bridger,
Wyoming, in 1858. Dr. Drexel reported that the
species was rare. The writer saw a pair at close
range at Daniel, Sublette County, Wyoming,
May 28, 1966. There were indications from their
actions that they were preparing to nest.

Molothrus ater artemisiae Grinnell
Brown-headed Cowbird

The cowbird is a rather common summer
bird in all parts of the upper basin. The writer
found them at Adairville, Kane County, Utah,
as early as April 7, but most of the earlier rec-
ords are for mid-May. Twomey (1942:456)
found them in the Uinta Basin in late July, but
they must remain in the basin somewhat later
than this. They are more common around settle-
ments and on wooded floodplains. However,
they are sometimes seen in open desert country
where livestock are being pastured or fed.

Piranga ludoviciana (Wilson)
Western Tanager

The Western Tanager is seen in the upper
basin mainly as a migrant when it passes
hrough the lower country in early summer and
tall. It nests in montane forests at higher eleva-
:ions, but its stay there is brief. Spring migrants,
isually in pairs, are frequently seen in wooded
y-eas along the streams in the Uinta Basin as
jate as June 2, and by July 22 the birds again
ippear in the lowlands. The possibility that some
inay nest along the stream floodplains at lower
elevations, as well as in the mountains, needs
iurther investigation. The earliest date of ap-
pearance at Kanab, Kane County, Utah, is May
|4, and the latest is September 20 reported by
Mile et al (1958b: 79).

Piranga olivacea (Gmelin)
Scarlet Tanager

The inclusion of this species in the upper
|asin list is on the basis of reports by Rock-
well (1908:174) of a specimen taken in Mesa

53

County, presumably near Grand Junction, June
4, 1904. He also mentions two specimens taken
by Cooke at Newcastle, 70 miles east of Grand
Junction in 1892.

Pheucticus ludovicianus (Linnaeus)
Rose-breasted Grosbeak

Behle (1966:37) has reported a specimen
from the headquarters area, Arches National
Monument, Utah, taken May 26, 1965.

Pheucticus melanocephalus melanocephalus

( Swainson )
Black-headed Grosbeak

A radier common summer resident in the
upper basin, the Black-headed Grosbeak occurs
along the floodplain woodlands where it nests
usually on the lower limbs of cottonwoods or
in tall shrubs. Rockwell (1908:173) found it
from April 20 to October 2 at Grand Junction,
Colorado, but most of the birds seem to arrive
at the breeding grounds about mid-May. The
writer found them to be common at Henrie-
ville, Garfield County, Utah, on September 7.

Guiraca caerulea interfusa

Dwight and Griscom
Blue Grosbeak

This species was formerly thought to be con-
fined to the Colorado Plateau Province in the
basin, but it is now known to occur in the Uinta
Mountains Province as well (Behle and Selan-
der, 1952:31; and Killpack and Hayward,
1958:24). The Blue Grosbeak inhabits wooded
or bushy areas near water. Judging from the
dates available to the writer this species arrives
at the breeding grounds in late May or early
June and remains until about mid-September.

Passerina amoetia (Say)
Lazuli Bunting

The Lazuli Bunting is a fairly common sum-
mer resident throughout the upper basin. It pre-
fers thickets and cottonwood woodlands along
the streams or along ditch banks. The writer
found it at Duchesne, Duchesne County, Utah,
as early as May 12 and at Henrieville, Garfield,
County, Utah, on September 9.

Spiza amcricana Gmelin
Dickcissel

Only one record of this species for the Up-
per Basin is known to the writer. McCrimmon,

54

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

(1925:. 550) reported it from Montrose, Colo-
rado, and believed it to be breeding there.

Hesperiphona vespertina brooksi Grinnell
Evening Grosbeak

This grosbeak has been rarely reported for
the upper basin presumably because it is prin-
cipally a winter visitor at lower elevations. Its
appearances even in winter are irregular which
may also account for the paucity of records.
Rock-well (1908:170) found it both in summer
and winter in Plateau Valley, Mesa County,
Colorado. The Brigham Young University col-
lection contains two specimens taken at Roose-
velt, Duchesne County, Utah, December 31,
1955, and February 14, 1956.

Carpodacus cassinii Baird
Cassin's Finch

Cassin's Finch is a summer resident of the
Montane Forest and appears at lower elevations
as a migrant especially in the spring. The writer
found a large flock near Kanab, Kane County,
April 8, 1960, and there are several other early
spring occurrences reported. Nesting occurs in
the yellow pine community and at comparable
elevations in other forested areas. The species
should be looked for in the pinyon-juniper com-
munity where a few most likely breed.

Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say)
House Finch

The House Finch is one of the more com-
mon birds inhabiting the upper basin. It is
common in wooded areas along the streams but
is also found in rather dry situations some dis-
tance from water. They are seemingly more
abundant in the more southerly parts of the
basin where they are in continuous residence
throughout the year. While it is likely that some
birds remain all winter in the northern parts
of the basin, there appears to be a general south-
ward shift in late autumn to more sheltered
areas in the southern canyons and valleys where
snowfall is light and the ground is more exposed
for feeding. At the old townsite of Adairville,
Kane Countv, I found large flocks of wintering
House Finches in December.

Lcucosticte tephrocotis (Swainson)
Gray-crowned Rosy Finch

The Brigham Young University collection
contains five specimens of the Gray-crowned

Rosy Finch collected from a flock of wintering
birds at Myton, Duchesne County, Utah, March
9, 1958. Of these specimens two appear to be
of the race tephrocotis (Swainson) and three
are littoralis Baird based on the differentiation
of the two given by Ridgway (U. S. Nat. Mus.
Bull. 50:68, 1901).

Lcucosticte at rat a Ridgway
Black Rosy Finch

This species, which is the breeding rosy
finch in the high mountains of Utah and YVvom-
ing, winters at lower elevations in the upper
basin in large, irregular flocks. Frost and Mur-
phy (field notes) found a flock estimated at
200-300 birds near Moab, Grand Count)', Utah,
December 19, 1961, and the writer collected
two specimens from a similar flock north of
Vernal, Uintah County, Utah, May 13, 1961.
Two specimens were also collected near Rand-
lette of the same county, May 6, 1950. On the
wintering areas these finches are more often
seen flying in rather close flocks restlessly from
place to place alighting for short periods to feed
on the ground.

Acanthis flammca flammca (Linnaeus)
Common Redpoll

The Common Redpoll has rarely been re-
ported from the upper basin although it should
be expected in winter in lower canyons espe-
cially in die Green River Basin Province. Cot-
tarn (1942:254) reported a specimen collected
at the mouth of Henry's Fork, Daggett County,
Utah, October 10, 1870. Killpack and Hayward
(1958:24) reported collections and sight records
from near Roosevelt, Duchesne County, Utah,
January 1, 1958. Knight (1902:123) records
specimens collected by the Hayden Survey at
Green River, Wyoming.

Spinus pinus pinus (Wilson)
Pine Siskin

The Pine Siskin is a rather common species
throughout die upper basin. It nests primarily in
conifer forests of the mountains, but it is also
found breeding at lower elevations. It is likely
that a few remain all winter even in the more
northern parts of the basin, but most of the
wintering birds are found in more southerly
localities where the ground remains bare of snow
most of the time and where there is a plentiful
supply of seeds.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

55

Spinas tristis pallidas Mearns
American Goldfinch

This species is fairly common throughout
the upper basin and occurs there as a year-
round resident, at least in parts of it. The birds
occupy the floodplain woodland in spring and
summer or live in woodlots and ornamental
trees around settlements. They seem to prefer
the vicinity of ample water. In winter they may
be found in their more sombre winter plumage
feeding in flocks wherever there is bare ground
or exposed vegetation bearing seeds. On Decem-
ber 30, 1957, the writer found large flocks of
goldfinches feeding with flocks of House Finches
at Adairville townsite, Kane County, Utah.

Spinas psaltria hcspcrophilus (Oberholser)
Lesser Goldfinch

The Lesser Goldfinch occurs as a summer
resident in much of the upper basin as far north
as Daniel, Sublette County, Wyoming, but it is
probably more common toward the south. It is
apparently a winter resident also over most of
its range but there appears to be some south-
ward shift at that season. The species lives in
wooded areas along the lowland streams and
also in trees around the settlements. It feeds fre-
quently on the ground as well as in the trees.

Loxia curvirostra Linnaeus
Red Crossbill

The Red Crossbill is confined almost entirely
to the montane forests where it breeds irregular-
ly. It is frequently found in the isolated ranges
of the southern upper basin living in forests of
yellow pine, and it is not unlikely that it occurs
to some extent in pinyon-juniper. It has been
found in yellow pine (Abajo Mountains, San
Juan County, Utah, Brigham Young University
collection) and in a similar habitat near La Sal,
San Juan County (Behle, 1960a: 50). Behle and
Ghiselin (1958a:18) collected it three miles
south of Vernal, Uintah Count)', Utah, which
must have been at a radier low elevation.

The crossbill population of the upper basin
has been referred at various times to the races
bendirei Ridgway, benti Griscom, grinnclli Gris-
:om, and stricklandi Ridgway. Owing to the
wandering habits of tins species and their erratic
breeding most any one of these races may be
found. Specimens showing intermediate charac-
ters of several races have been collected. Some
if these problems have been discussed by Selan-
ler (19.53:1.58) and by Behle (19601^23). It

seems likely that die subspecies benti is the most
common breeding form in die upper basin.

Chlorura chlorara (Audubon)
Green-tailed Towhee

The Green-tailed Towhee is a summer resi-
dent in the upper basin where it breeds in
brushy communities along the foothills. As a
migrant, especially in late April and early May,
it is found along the floodplain woodlands at
lower elevations. Following die nesting season
these towhees often extend into higher elevations
in the mountains where they live into late
summer. Fall migration occurs in September
(Twomey, 1942:466).

Pipilo erythrophthalmus montanas Swarth
Rufous-sided Towhee

This towhee is known to occur in the Uinta
Mountains and Colorado Plateau Provinces. It
occupies brushy areas along the stream flood-
plains and adjacent areas where it nests. It is
usually found at somewhat lower elevations
than the Green-tailed Towhee but the ranges of
the two may overlap in the foothills. There may
be some migration southward in winter but
individual birds remain throughout the year
even in die northern part of their range. One
specimen in the Brigham Young University col-
lection was taken at Myton, Duchesne County,
Utah, December 27, 1956.

Calamospiza mclanoconjs Stejneger
Lark Bunting

The Lark Bunting occurs regularly, although
uncommonly, in all of die provinces of die upper
basin. Some sixteen records available to the
writer range from May 17 to September 9. This
species is much more common as a breeding
bird east of the continental divide, but there is
evidence diat it nests also in the upper basin.
Oilman (1907:157) found it nesting in June in
southwestern Colorado. There are a number of
records of occurrence in the basin in late May
and June but no positive nesting records have
been noted. These records and dates include
those of Porter and Egoscue (19.54:220) for the
Uinta Basin on June 12, 1953; Behle and Ghisel-
in (195Sb:15) for Jensen, Uintah County, Utah,
June 10, 1952; Killpack (1951:99) for two locali-
ties in the Uinta Basin, May 21 and 26, 1950; and
Rockwell (1908:173) for the Mesa County area
of Colorado in summer. Killpack ( op. cit. ) did
not believe that the birds he saw in late May

56

were nesting although he noted that the testes
were enlarged. The writer saw Lark Buntings
at several points along the roadway between
Kemmerer and Daniel, Wyoming, May 28, 1966,
but found no positive evidence of nesting. The
Lark Bunting is most often seen in flocks in open
country where low shrubby vegetation is pre-
dominant.

Passerculus sandwichcnsis nevadensis

Grinnell

Savannah Sparrow

The Savannah Sparrow is rather common
wherever there is suitable habitat within the
basin. This species inhabits fields and open
meadow country preferably where there are
shallow ponds. It is, therefore, rather limited to
areas where there are streams bordered by
lands that are occasionally flooded. Records of
occurrence range from March 17 to July but it is
likely that some birds winter, at least in the
more southern parts of the basin. The writer
found this to be the most common sparrow at
Daniel, Sublette County, Wyoming, May 15,
1965.

Ammodramus savannarum Gmelin
Grasshopper Sparrow

The inclusion of this sparrow in the upper
basin list is based on a specimen collected at
Gunnison, Gunnison County, Colorado, October
15, 1953, and reported by Hyde (1958:53).

Passerherbulus caudacutus (Latham)
Le Conte's Sparrow

A specimen reported by Hyde (1958:68) was
collected at Gunnison, Gunnison County, Colo-
rado, October 24, 1952. This is the only record
for the upper basin known to the writer.

Pooecetes gramineus (Gmelin)
Vesper Sparrow

This sparrow occurs as a breeding species
throughout the upper basin. Eighteen locality
records within the basin range from April 3 to
mid-October. Vesper sparrows prefer a habitat
of low to medium height desert shrubs some-
times rather far removed from water.

The subspecies confirm Baird is the most
common race both as a breeding form and in
migration. Behle (1960:51) has reported the
occurrence of affinis Miller as a transient in the
La Sal and Henry Mountains.

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Chondestes grammacus strigatus Swainson
Lark Sparrow

The Lark Sparrow is among the more com-
mon sparrows occupying the upper basin. About
32 locality records available extend from April
21, 1961, through September (Twomey, 1942:
470). Nesting is more common in sagebrush or
other medium height shrubs, but the Lark Spar-
row is less of a ground dweller than the Vesper
Sparrow and is more often seen in taller shrubs
or trees.

Amphispiza bilineata dcserticola Ridgway
Black-throated Sparrow

This species is truly a desert inhabitant
where it is found commonly living in dry
communities where shadscale and small rabbit-
brush predominate. It is indicated in die A.O.U.
Checklist (1957:604) that the Black-throated
Sparrow inhabits southwestern Wyoming, but
of 27 locality records available to the writer all
are for the Colorado Plateau Province. Twomey
(1942) did not find it in the Uinta Mountains
Province nor have I ever seen it there. Near
Wahweap, Kane County, Utah, the writer found
this species nesting on May 20, 1956. The nest
was located in a small rabbitbrush about a foot
from the ground and contained two fresh eggs.
It was a deep cup composed of coarse grass and
lined compactly with fine grass. Among the
records of occurrence available, die earliest is
for May 2 and the latest is for mid-August.

Amphispiza belli nevadensis (Ridgway)
Sage Sparrow

This sparrow is widely distributed through-
out the upper basin in all die provinces but
seems to be rather uncommon. It is principally
a summer resident primarily in desert shrub
communities. A specimen in the Brigham Young
University collection was taken at Roosevelt,
Duchesne County, Utah, April 1, 1950, but Frost
and Murphy (field notes) found it along the
Colorado River south of Moab as early as March
8. They also saw it in the same area on October
19. Indications are that some of these birds win-
ter in the southern parts of the basin.

Junco hyemalis (Linnaeus)
Slate-colored Junco

Juncos are common wintering birds in the
upper basin especially in the more southern
parts of the area where winter feeding condi-

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Basin

tions are more favorable. They arrive in the
lowlands usually in September and October
and remain well into the spring. The writer
found them at Duchesne, Duchesne County,
Utah, as late as May 12.

Several forms which have been considered
in the past to represent distinct species (A.O.U.
Checklist, 1957:607-612) are now thought to be
subspecies by some authorities (Brodkorb and
Blair et al, 1957:612). By far the more common
of these in the upper basin is a variable group
that has been given species rank under the
name oreganus (Townsend) with several sub-
species including montanus Bidgway, mearnsi
Ridgway, and shufeldti Coale. All of these
forms can be recognized in the upper basin
population. Of much less common occurrence
are representatives of a group called hyemalis
(Linnaeus) and another group known as cani-
ceps (Woodhouse). Both of these forms have
been given species rank in the past. The form
called caniceps breeds in mountains bordering
and within the southern part of the basin while
mearnsi nests in the more northern mountains.
Representatives of all these forms whether they
are actually species or subspecies may be found
in flocks wintering within the upper basin. If
all of these kinds are actually representatives of
a single species, they would, according to priori-
ty, be placed under the species name hyemalis.

Spizella arbor ea ochracea Brewster
Tree Sparrow

The Tree Sparrow has been reported as a
winter resident in all of the provinces of the
rpper basin. Twelve locality records available
■ange from October to as late as May 5. The
Jirds usually appear in flocks especially in
>atches of willows or in floodplain woodlands.

Spizella passerina arizonac Coues
Chipping Sparrow

As a nesting bird the Chipping Sparrow
eems to prefer yellow pine forests or higher
nontane forests. Hardy (1954:536) found them
testing in pinyon-juniper in Carbon Count)',
Jtah, and the writer found them in the same
ype of habitat in Uintah County, Utah. A few
lay also nest along the floodplain woodlands
s indicated by Gilman (1907.157). The early
pring migrants arrive in the basin about mid-
-pril at which time they are often seen in small
ocks. In September migrant flocks are again
'en in lower elevations in wooded areas along

57

the streams or in more desert shrub communi-
ties.

Spizella breweri breweri Cassin
Brewer's Sparrow

Brewer's Sparrow prefers sagebrush or other
low growing desert shrubs in which to nest. It
occurs commonly in all such habitats every-
where within the upper basin. In September
large flocks of these birds may be seen along
roadways where they appear to be feeding on
the seeds of weeds that usually grow in such
places. Their occurrence in the basin extends
from about the middle of April well into Sep-
tember. The earliest date available to me is
from Moab, Grand County, April 3 (Behle
1960a: 153). Twomey (1942:473) found them
beginning the fall migration in die Uinta Basin
in late September (September 21 ).

Zonotrichia querula (Nuttall)
Harris' Sparrow

The writer has been able to find a few scat-
tered records of Harris' Sparrow wintering in the
upper basin. These records are as follows:
Fruita, Mesa County, Colorado, November 1
1925 (Bergtold, 1926:245); Linwood, Daggett
Count)', Utah, November 26, 1916 (Cottam,
1942:355); Price, Carbon County, Utah (Behle,'
1960a: 54); Myton and Roosevelt, Duchesne
County, Utah, December 3, 1955, and January
15, 1957 (Killpack and Hayward, 1958:25);
Gunnison, Gunnison County, Colorado Novem-
ber 5, 1952 (Hyde, 1953:216).

Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forster)
White-crowned Sparrow

This sparrow is common in autumn, winter,
and spring throughout the upper basin. It oc-
curs in flocks in brushy habitats along the
streams and around the settlements. They win-
ter in greater numbers southward in the basin
where die ground is more exposed. Gilman
(1908:149) found diem at Shiprock, New Mexi-
co, in winter, and Frost and Murphy (field
notes) recorded them south of Moab, Grand
Count), Utah, December 19, 1961. Probably
most of the flocks seen in fall and spring are
composed of migrants. In spring the greatest
numbers are seen in April and May. The latest
spring date is for June 4, 1957, at which time
they were seen at the junction of die San Rafael
and Green Rivers, Emery County, Utah,
(author's field notes). Fall migration occurs

58

mostly in September. The earliest fall date
available is for September 7 when they were
found at Henrieville, Garfield County, Utah
(author's field notes).

Both the race gambelii (Nuttall) and ori-
antha Oberholser occur in the upper basin with
oriantha being the more common of the two.
The latter subspecies is the form breeding in
the mountains that border the upper basin.

Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmelin)
White-throated Sparrow

Hyde (1953:216) reports a sight record of
this species for Gunnison, Gunnison County,
Colorado, November 11, 1952. This is the only
record of this species for the upper basin kno^n
to the writer.

PassereUa iliaca (Merrem)
Fox Sparrow

The Fox Sparrow seems to be an uncom-
mon species within the upper basin, but it
probably occurs in small numbers in summer in
habitats of dense thickets along all of the water-
ways. Nearly all of the records available to me
are for Colorado. Hyde (1953:216) found it at
Gunnison from May to July. Gilman (1907:157)
recorded it for Ft. Lewis, La Plata County, in
spring. Rockwell (1908:173) reported it from
Glenwood springs and Hendee (1929) collected
it in late April in Moffat County. Lincoln (1913:
114) found it nesting near Grand Junction.
There is also one record for Fort Bridger, Uinta
County, Wyoming (A.O.U. Checklist, 1957:
625). Behle (1960a:53) reported specimens col-
lected in the La Sal Mountains.

It is possible that both the subspecies schis-
iacea Baird and swarthi Behle and Selander oc-
cur within the basin. The A.O.U. Checklist
(1957:621) records the specimens from Fort
Bridger as schistacea while Behle (1960a: 53)
lists swarthi as the race living in the La Sal
Mountains. The specimens from Fort Bridger
are considered by Behle and Selander (1951:
365) to be of uncertain status.

Melospiza lincolnii (Audubon)
Lincoln's Sparrow

Lincoln's sparrow occurs in the upper basin
as a spring and fall migrant. The populations at

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

these seasons is made up of two races but only
one of these nests in the surrounding mountains.
Most of the migrating individuals are seen in
May and late September (Twomey, 1942:475).
Gilman (1908:150) reported seeing a few of
these sparrows at Shiprock, San Juan County,
New Mexico, in February and March.

The races lincolnii (Audubon) and alticola
(Miller and McCabe) both occur in the migrat-
ing populations (Twomey, 1942:475; Behle,
1941b:184 and 1960a:53). The subspecies alti-
cola is the breeding form in bordering mountain
ranges.

Melospiza mclodia (Wilson)
Song Sparrow

The Song Sparrow is a fairly common species
in thicket habitats along the natural streams as
well as irrigation canals near settlements. They
are present diroughout the year and often begin
singing in late February.

The distribution of the subspecies of Song
Sparrows within the basin is not well known.
Behle (1948b: 79) has discussed the occurrence
of the races in Utah and concludes that montana
Henshaw is the breeding form in that area. The
races juddi Bishop (Twomey, 1942:476), fallax
(Fuller & Bole, 1930:75), and mcrrilli Brewster
(Behle, 1944 :S6) have been reported at differ-
ent times.

Calcarius lapponicus alascensis Ridgway
Lapland Longspur

The Lapland Longspur has been reported as
a wintering species in several parts of the upper
basin. The Brigham Young University collection
contains six specimens collected in the Uinta
Basin in December and January (Killpack, 1953:
152). Hyde (1953:216) reports specimens taken
at Delta and Gunnison, Colorado, in November
and December, 1952, and Gilman (1907:156)
records a specimen taken by Warren at Cortez,
Montezuma County, Colorado, April 3, 1906.

Plectrophcnax nivalis nivalis (Linnaeus)
Snow Bunting

The only record of this species known to the
writer is one reported by Killpack (1953:152).
He reported a specimen collected at Fort Du-
chesne, Uintah County, Utah, January 14, 1952.

Birds of the Upper Colorado River Bas^

59

REFERENCES

Alexander, G. 1945. Natural hybrids between Dcn-
droicn coronata and D. auduboni. Auk, 62:623-626.

Allen, J. A. 1872. Notes of an ornithological re-
connaissance of portions of Kansas. Colorado.
Wyoming, and Utah. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.
3:113-183.

American Ornithologists' Union. 1957. Checklist of
North American birds. Lord Baltimore Press, Bal-
timore, Maryland.

Bailey, A. M. 1925. Segregation of the sexes in the
sage hen. Condor, 27(4 ): 172-173.

Bailey, A. M., and R. J. Niedrach. 1946. Duck hawk
nesting in Colorado. Auk, 63(2) :253.

. 1965. Birds of Colorado. Denver Museum

Nat. Hist., 2 vol.

Bailey, V. 1913. Life zones and crop zones of New
Mexico. North American F'auna, No. 35, Bur. Biol.
Sur., U. S. Dep. Agr.

Bailey. F. M. 1928. Birds of New Mexico. New
Mexico Dep. of Game and Fish. Judd and Det-
weiler Press. Washington, D. C.

Baird, S. F. 1858. General report upon the zoology
of the several pacific railroad routes: Part I. Mam-
mals, reports of the explorations and surveys to
ascertain the most practicable and economical route
for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the
Pacific Ocean, made under the direction of the
Secretary of War. in 1953-56. 8:34.

. 1876. A list of birds in explorations

across the great basin of Utah in 1859, in charge
of Capt. J. H. Simpson, topographical engineer.
Append. K, Ornithology, Washington, 373-381
(Washington, Government Printing Office).
Behle, W. H. 1936. Status of the cormorants of
Great Salt Lake. Condor, 38:76-79.

. 1938a. A new race of horned lark from the

region of Great Salt Lake. Condor, 40:89.

. 1938b. Highlights of ornithological work

in Utah. Condor, 40:165-173.
. 1940. Distribution and characters of the

Utah red-wing. Wilson Bull., 52(4 ) .-234-240

. 1941a. Barn owls nesting at Kanab, Utah.

Condor, 43:160.

. 1941b. A collection of birds from the La

Sal Mountains region of southeastern Utah Wilson
Bull.. 53(3): 181-184.

. 1942. Distribution and variation of the

horned larks (Otocoris alpestris) of western North
America. Univ. California Pub. Zool., 46:205-316.

. 1943. Notes on the synonymy and distri-
bution of the horned larks of Utah. Proc. Utah
Acad, of Sci.. Arts, and Letters, 19-20:153-156.

. 1944. Checklist of the birds of Utah. Con-
dor. 46:67-87.

. 1948a. Birds observed in April along the

Colorado River from Hite to Lee's Fern'. Auk 65:
303-306.

. 1948b. Systematic comment on some geo-
graphically variable birch, occurring in Utah. Con-
dor, 50(l):71-80.

. 1950. A new race of Mountain Chicka-
dee from the Utah-Idaho area. Condor, 52(6):273-
274.

. 19.51. A new race of the Black-capped

Chickadee from the Rocky Mountain region Auk
68:75-79. 6

. 1956. A systematic review of the Mountain

Chickadee. Condor, 58(l):51-70.

. 1959. Clines in the Yellow-throats of

western North America. Condor, 51:193-219.

. 1960a. The birds of southeastern Utah

Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 12(l):l-56.

. 1960b. Problems of distribution and spe-

ciation in Utah birds. Proc. Utah Acad Sci Arts
and Letters, 37:13-36.

. 1966. Noteworthy records of Utah birds

Condor, 68(4) : 396-397.

Behle, W. H.. and R. K. Selander. 1951. The sys-
tematic relationships of tile fox sparrows (Passcrclla
iliaca) of the Wasatch Mountains, Utah, and the
Great Basin. J. Washington Acad. Sci. 41 364-
367.

. 1952. New and additional records of Utah

birds. Wilson Bull., 64(l):26-32.
Behle, W. H, and J. Ghiselin. 1958a. Additional
data on the birds of the Uinta Mountains and
Basin of northeastern Utah. Great Basin Nat 18-
1-22.
Behle. W. H., J. B. Bushman, and C. H. Greenhalgh.
1958. Birds of the Kanab area and adjacent high
plateaus of southern Utah. Univ. Utah Biol Ser
11(7) :92 pp.
Behle, W. H., and H. G. Higgins. 1959. The birds
of Glen Canyon. Ecol. Studies of Flora and Fauna
of Glen Canyon, Univ. Utah Antliropol. Papers,
No. 40, Glen Canyon Ser., No. 7:197-133.
Benson, S. B. 1935. Biological reconnaissance of Na-
vajo Mountain, Utah. Univ. California Pub Zool
40(14): 439-456.
Bent, A. C. 1919-1958. Life histories of North Ameri-
can birds (dividing birds through blackbirds,
orioles, and tanagers and their allies). Bulls., U S.'
Nat. Mus. 107, 113, 121. 126, 130, 135 142 146
162, 167, 170, 174. 176, 179. 191, 195 196' 197'
203. 211.
Bergfold, W. H. 1924. The Colorado crow. Auk
44(1) :158.

. 1926. Harris' Sparrow in Colorado. Auk

43(2) :245.
Bishop, L. B. 1938. An apparently unrecognized race
of redwing from Utah. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat
Hist., 9(l):l-4.
Blair, W. F., A. P. Blair. P. Brodkorb. E. R. Cagle, and
G. A. Moore. 1957. Vertebrates of the United
States. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. New York
8:819.
Boeker, H. M. 1953. Waterfowl production in the
Yampa River Valley, Colorado. Unpublished Mas-
ter's Thesis, Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins.
. 1954. A census of populations of the Wil-
son Snipe and Sora Rail in the Yampa River Val-
ley, Colorado. Condor. 56(2) : 105-106.
Bond, G. M. 1963. Geographic variation in the
thrush Hylocichla ustulata. Proc. U. S. Nat Mus
114(3471). -373-387.
Bradbury, W. C. 1918. Notes on the nesting habits
of the White-throated Swift in Colorado. Condor
20(3): 103-110.

60

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Burnett. W. C. 1924. Colorado bird notes. Auk, 41

(4):618.
Cary, M. 1909. New records and important range

extensions of Colorado birds. Auk, 26( 12) : 180-185,

312.
. 1911. A Biological survey of Colorado.

U. S. Dep. Agr.. Bur. Biol. Sun., N. A. Fauna, No.

33:1-256.

1917. Life zone investigations in Wyom-

ing. U. S. Dep. Agr., N. A. Fauna, 42:1-95.
Cooke, W. W. 1897. The Birds of Colorado. Bull.
State Agr. Coll.. Fort Collins, 37:1-144; further
notes, 44:145-176 (1898); second appendix, 56:
177-240 (1900).

. 1907. The birds of Colorado. Auk, 26:400-

422.
Copeland. A. B. 1918. The Bohemian Waxwing in
Grand junction, Colorado. Auk, 35(l):81-82.

. 1920. Notes on birds of Mesa County,

Colorado. Auk, 37:310.
Cottam, C. 1927. Distributional list of the birds of
Utah. Unpublished master's thesis, Brigham Young
Univ., Provo, Utah.

. 1941. Indigo Bunting and Band-tailed

pigeon in Utah. Condor, 43:122.
. 1942. New or uncommon Utah bird rec-
ords. Wilson Bull.. 54(4):254-255.
Coues, E. 1874. Avifauna of Colorado and Wyom-
ing. American Nat., 8:240.
. . 1878. Birds of the Colorado Valley; a re-
pository of scientific and popular information con-
cerning North American ornithology. Misc. Pub. 11,
Dep. Interior, U. S. Geol. Surv. of the Territories,
Part 1.
Daniel. J. C, R. M. Armagast, and J. W. Armagast.
1958. New records of the Nashville Warbler in
Colorado. Wilson Bull., 70(2): 199.
Dille, F. M. 1909. Notes on occurrence and nesting
of certain species additional to the "Birds of Colo-
rado." Auk, 26(l):86-89.
Drew, F. M. 1881. Field notes on the birds of San
Juan County, Colorado. Bull. Nuttall Ornithological
Club, 6:85-91.
Duvall, A. ]. 1945. Random distributional records.

Auk, 62(4):626-629.
Fautin, R. W. 1946. Biotic communities of the
northern desert shrub biome in western Utah. Ecol.
Monogr., 16:251-310.
Felger, A. H. 1910. Birds and mammals of north-
western Colorado. Univ. Colorado Studies, 7:132-
142.
Figgins, J. D. 1913. The status of the Gambel Quail

in Colorado. Condor, 15(4) :158.
Frary, L. G. 1953. Waterfowl production on the
White River Plateau, Colorado. Unpublished mas-
ter's thesis. Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins.
Fuller, A. B., and B. P. Bole, Jr. 1930. Observations
on some Wyoming birds. Sci. Pub. Cleveland Mus.
Nat. Hist.. l(2):37-80.
Oilman, M. F. 1907a. Magpies on the La Plata. Con-
dor, 9(1):9-12.
■ . 1907b. Some birds of southwestern Colo-
rado. Condor, 9(5): 152-158.

. 1908. Birds on the Navajo reservation in

New Mexico. Condor, 10:146-152.
Haecker, F. W. 1948. A nesting study of the Moun-
tain Bluebird in Wyoming. Condor. 50(5) :216-
219.

Hansen, C. G. 1950. Notes on flights of nighthawks.
Condor, 52(1 ):40.

Hardy, R. 1939a. Nesting habits of the Western
Red-tailed Hawk. Condor, 41:79-80.

. 1939b. Two new bird records for Utah.

Condor, 41:86.

. 1945. Breeding birds of the pigmy coni-
fers in the Book Cliff region of eastern Utah. Auk.
62:523-542.

. 1947. Utah's Book Cliffs and bird migra-
tion. Auk, 64:284-287.

Hayward, C. L. 1940. Notes on the distribution of
nighthawks in Utah. Great Basin Nat., 1:93:96.
-. 1966. New and unusual bird records from

Uinta Basin, Utah. Condor, 54(6) :338-344.

1953. Lapland Longspur and Snow Bunt-

Utah. Condor, 68(3):305-306

Hayward, C. L., D E. Beck, and W. W. Tanner. 1958,
Zoology of the upper Colorado River basin. 1.
The biotic communities. Brigham Young Univ. Sci.
Bull.. Biol. Ser., l(3):l-74.

Hendrie, R. W. 1929. Notes on birds observed in
Moffat County, Colorado. Condor, 31:24-32.

Henshaw, H. W. 1875. Report upon the ornithologi-
cal collections made in portions of Nevada, Utah,
California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona
during the years 1871, 1872, 1873, and 1874. Rep.
Geog. and Geol. Explorations and Surv. West
100th meridian, George M. Wheeler in charge, 5:
Zoology, Chap. 3:131-507.

Hersey, L.J. 1913. Gambel Quail (Lophortyx gam-
beli) in Colorado. Condor, 15(2):93-94.

Higgins, H. G. 1948. The nighthawks of Utah. Un-
published master's thesis, Univ. of Utah, Salt Lake
City.

Hopkins, F. J. 1906. The Bobolink in Colorado. Auk,
23('4):461.

Hyde, A. S. 1951. White-faced Glossy Ibis and
Long-billed Curlew in western Colorado. Condor,
53(2):98-99.

. 1953. Unusual records from western Colo-
rado. Condor, 55:216.

1958. Sharp-tailed Sparrow and Grass-

hopper Sparrow in Gunnison County. Colorado.
Condor, 60:68.

Killpack, M. L. 1951a. Lark Bunting in Uinta Basin,
Utah. Condor, 53:99.

. 1951b. Marsh Hawk feeding on Black-
billed Magpie. Wilson Bull., 63(1).
. 1952. Starlings as winter residents in the

ing recorded in Utah. Condor. 55(3): 152

Killpack, M. L., and C. L. Hayward. 1958. New and
unusual records of birds from the Uinta Basin,
Utah. Great Basin Nat., 18:23-25.

Knight, W. D. 1902. The birds of Wyoming. Wyom-
ing Exp. Sta. Bull. 55, Univ. of Wyoming, pp. 1-
173.

Knorr. O. A., and A. L. Bailey. 1950. First breeding
record of Black Swift Cnjpscloicles n. horcalis in
Colorado. Auk, 67(4) :516.

. 1961. The geographical and ecological dis-
tribution of the Black Swift in Colorado. Wilson
Bull.. 73(2):155-170.

Ligon, f. S. 1961. New Mexico birds and where to
find them. Univ. New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.
21:360.

Lincoln, F. C. 1913. The Slate-colored Fox Sparrow
breeding in Colorado. Auk. 30( 1 ) :113-114.

Birds of the Upper Colorado Rd/er Basin

61

. 1918. Notes on some species new to

the Colorado list of birds. Auk, 35(2):236-237.
Long, W. S. 1937. New birds from Bryce Canyon

National Park. Condor, 39:41-42.
Lowe, C. H. (Ed.). 1964. The vertebrates of Ari-
zona. Univ. Arizona Press, Tucson, 7:259.
Matteson, C. P. 1951. A Caracara in Colorado. Con-
dor, 53(1 ):50.
Miller, A. H. 1931. Systematic revision and natural
history of the American shrikes (Lanius). Univ.
California Pub. Zool., 38(2) : 11-242.
. 1934. Field experiences with mountain-
dwelling birds in Utah. Wilson Bull., 46:156-168.

. 1941. Speciation in the avian genus

Junco. Univ. California Pub. Zool.. 44(3) : 173-434.
Miller, A. H., and L. Miller. 1951. Geographic varia-
tion of the screech owls of the deserts of western
North America. Condor, 53:161-177.
Monson, G. 1931. Some unusual Arizona and New

Mexico bird records. Condor, 41 ( 4) : 167-168.
Morrison, C, F. 188S. A list of some birds of La
Plata County, Colorado. Ornithology and Oology
13:70-75; 107-108; 115-116; 139-140.
McCreary, O. 1939. Wyoming bird life. (Rev. ed.)

Burgess Publishing Co., Minneapolis.
McCrimmon, A. R. 1926. Dickcissel in western Colo-
rado. Auk, 43(4):550.
. 1928. Phahcrocorax a. albociliatus in Colo-
rado. Auk, 45(3):368.
Nelson, E. W. 1875. Notes on the ornithology of
Utah, Nevada, and California. Proc. Boston Soc
Nat. Hist., 17:338-365.
Oberholser, H. C. 1937a. Descriptions of three new
screech owLs from the United States. J. Washington
Acad. Sci„ 27:354-357.

. 1937b. Descriptions of two new passerine

birds from the western United States. Proc. Biol
Soc. Wash., 50:117-120.
Peters, J. L. 1931-1964. Checklist of birds of the
world. Mus. Comp. Zool.. Cambridge, Massachu-
setts. Ten of a proposed fifteen volumes published
periodically by Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge,
1-7; Bianco Lunos Bogtrykheri a/s, Copenhagen,
Denmark 9, 15; Hefferman Press, Worchester. Mas-
sachusetts. 10.
Phillips, A. R. 1948. Geographic variation in Empi-

donax traillii. Auk, 65:507-514.
Phillips, A.. J. Marshall, and G. Monson. 1964. The

birds of Arizona. Univ. Arizona Press, Tucson.
Pitelka, F. A. 1951. Speciation and ecologic distribu-
tion in American jays of the genus Aphelocoma.
Univ. California Pub. Zool., 50:195-464.
Porter, R. D., and H. J. Egoscue. 1954. The lark

bunting in Utah. Wilson Bull., 66:219-221.
ftasmussen, D. I„ and L. A. Gunis. 1938. Life history
and management studies of the sage grouse in
Utah, with special reference to nesting and feeding
habits. Trans. 3rd N. A. Wildlife Conf. 1938 852"-
864.
Wdgway, R. 1873. The birds of Colorado. Bull.

Essex Inst., 5:174-195.
Rockwell, R. B. 1907. The Woodhouse Jay in west-
em Colorado. Condor. 9(3):81-84.

. 1908. An annotated list of the birds of

Mesa County, Colorado. Condor, 10:] 52-180.
toss, A. 1944. The American Redstart in Utah. Con-
dor. 46(3) :129.

Sclater, W. L. 1912. A history of the birds of Colo-
rado. Witherby and Co., London, 14:576.

Selander. R. K. 1953. Notes on the Red Crossbill of
the Uinta and Wasatch Mountains. Utah. Condor
55:158.

.1954. A systematic review of the Booming

Nighthawks of western North America. Condor
56(2):57-82.

Simon. J. R. 1946. Mating performance of the sage
grouse. Auk, 57(4 ) :467-471.

Sloanaker, J. L. 1915. New Year's Day bird census
at Palisades. Mesa Co., Colorado. Condor, 17(1):
60.

Smith, H. G. 1908. Random notes on the distribution
of some Colorado birds, with additions to the state
avifauna. Auk, 25( 2 ): 184-191.

Stanford, J. S. 1931. Records of birds in central and
southeastern Utah. Bull. Univ. Utah 21(8) Biol
Ser.. 1(5):1-10.

. 1938. An annotated list of the birds in the

U.S.A.C. Zoological Museum. Proc. Utah Acad.
Sci., Arts, and Letters. 15:135-146.

Tanner, Y. M. 1940. A biotic study of the Kaiparo-
wits region of Utah. Great Basin Nat., 1:97-126.

Tanner. Y. M„ and C. L. Hayward. 19.34. A biologi-
cal study of the La Sal Mrs., Report no. 1 (Ecol-
ogy). Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters 11:
209-234.

Tester, J. R. 1953. Waterfowl production in Brown's
Park, Colorado. Unpublished master's thesis, Colo-
rado State Univ., Fort Collins

Tullsen, H. 1908. A note on the spring migration.
1901, at Leland, Uncompahgre Ute Indian Reser-
vation, Utah. Wilson Bull., 22(2): 100.

Twomey, A. C. 1942. The birds of the Uinta Basin,
Utah. Ann. Cornegie Mus., 28:341-490.

. 1944. A correction of identification of

sandpipers. Condor, 46(2) :90.

Warren. E. R. 1904. A Sandhill Crane's nest. Condor
6(2):39-40.

. 1908. Northwestern Colorado bird notes.

Condor, 10(l):18-26.

. 1909. Notes on birds of southwestern

Montrose County, Colorado. Condor, 11:11-17.

. 1910. The ring-neckt (sic) duck (Manila

collaria) in Colorado: a correction. Condor, 11(2):
79-80.

1911. Some Colorado horned-owl notes.

Condor, 13: (5) : 153-156.

. 1912. Some north-central Colorado notes.

Condor, 14(3) :81-104.

. 1913. Notes on some Mesa County, Colo-
rado, birds. Condor, 15(3) : 110-111.

Wethcrill, M. A., and A. R. Phillips. 1949. Bird rec-
ords from the Navajo Country. Condor, 51 (2): 100-
102.

White, C. M.. G. D. Lloyd, and G. L. Richards. 1965.
Goshawk nesting in the Upper Sonoran in Colo-
rado and Utah. Condor, 67(3):269.

Woodbury, A. M. 1939. Bird records from Utah and
Arizona. Condor. 41(4) :157-163.

Woodbury, A. M., and H. N. Russell, Jr. 1945. Birds
of the Navajo Country. Univ. Utah Biol. Ser., 9(1).

. 1958. Annotated checklist of the birds.

Univ. Utah Anthropol. Papers. No. 31, Glen Can-
yon Series, No. 2, 181-202.

62

BniciiAM Young University Science Bulletin
INDEX TO COMMON NAMES

Page

Avocet, American 30

Bittern, American 18

Blackbird, Brewer's 52

Blackbird, Yellow-beaded 52

Blackbird, Redwinged 52

Bluebird, Mountain 46

Bluebird, Western 46

Bobolink 51

Bufflehead 21

Bunting. Lark 55

Bunting, Lazuli 53

Bunting, Snow 58

Bushtit , 43

Canvasback 20

Caracara 24

Catbird 45

Chat, Yellow-breasted 51

Chickadee, Black-capped 43

Chickadee, Mountain 43

Chukar 26

Coot, American 27

Cormorant, Double-crested 17

Cowbird. Brown-beaded 53

Crane, Sandhill 26

Creeper, Brown 44

Crossbill, Red 55

Crow, Common 43

Cuckoo, Yellow-billed 32

Curlew, Long;billed 28

Dickcissel 53

Dipper 44

Dove, Mourning 32

Dowitcher. Long-billed 29

Duck, Harlequin 21

Duck, Ring-neck 20

Duck, Ruddy 21

Duck, Wood 20

Dunlin 30

Eagle, Bald 23

Eagle, Golden 23

Egret, Common 18

Egret, Snowy 18

Falcon, Peregrine 24

Falcon, Prairie 24

Finch, Black Rosy 54

Finch, Cassin's 54

Finch, Gray-crowned Rosy 54

Finch, House 54

Flicker, Red-shafted 37

Flicker, Yellow-shafted 36

Flycatcher, Ash-throated 38

Flycatcher, Dusky 39

Flycatcher, Gray 39

Flycatcher, Hammond's 39

Flycatcher, Olive-sided 40

Flycatcher, Traill's 39

Flycatcher, Vermilion 40

Flycatcher, Western - 40

Gadwall 19

Gnatcatcher, Blue-gray 47

Godwit, Marbled 28

Goldeneye, Barrow's 21

Goldeneye, Common 21

Goldfinch, American 55

Goldfinch. Lesser 55

Goose, Blue 19

Goose, Canada 19

Goose, Snow 19

Goose, White-fronted 19

Goshawk : 21

Crackle, Common 53

Crebe, Eared 16

Grebe, Pied-billed 17

Grebe, Western 17

Grosbeak, Black-headed 53

Grosbeak, Blue 53

Grosbeak, Black-headed 53

Grosbeak, Evening 54

Grosbeak, Rose-breasted 53

Grouse, Ruffed 24

Grouse, Sage 25

Grouse, Sharp-tailed 25

Gull, Bonaparte's 31

Gull, California 31

Gull, Franklin's 31

Gull, Ring-billed 31

Gull, Sabine's 31

Hawk, Cooper's 22

Hawk, Ferruginous 23

Hawk, Marsh 23

Hawk, Pigeon 24

Hawk, Red-tailed 22

Hawk, Rough-legged 23

Hawk, Sharp-shinned 22

Hawk, Sparrow 24

Hawk, Swainson's 22

Heron, Black-crowned Night 18

Heron, Great Blue 17

Heron, Green 18

Hummingbird, Black-chinned 36

Hummingbird. Broad-tailed 36

Hummingbird. Calliope 36

Hummingbird, Rufous 36

Ibis. White-faced 18

Jay, Pinyon 42

Jay, Scrub 42

Jay, Steller's 42

junco, Slate-colored 56

KiUdeer 27

Kingbird, Cassin's 38

Kingbird, Eastern 38

Kingbird. Western 38

Kingfisher, Belted 36

Kinglet, Golden-crowned 47

Kinglet, Ruby-crowned 47

Lark. Horned 40

Longspur, Lapland 58

Loon, Common

Magpie, Black-billed 4"

Mallard 19

Martin. Purple 41

Meadowlark, Western ™

Merganser, Common •

Merganser, Hooded ■

Merganser, Red-breasted 21

Mockingbird '

Murrelet, Ancient "2

Nighthawk, Common 34

Nutcracker, Clark's 43

Nuthatch, Pigmy 44

Nuthatch, Red-breasted 44

Brans of the Upper Colorado River Basin

63

Nuthatch, White-breasted 43

Oriole, Bullock's 52

Oriole, Scott's 52

Osprey 23

Owl, Barn 32

Owl, Burrowing 33

Owl, Flammulated 33

Owl. Great Gray 33

Owl, Great Horned 33

Owl, Long-eared 34

Owl, Pigmy 33

Owl, Saw-whet 34

Owl, Short-eared 34

Owl, Snowy 33

Owl, Spotted 34

Owl. Screech 32

Pelican, Brown 17

Pelican, White 17

Pewee, Western Wood 40

Pheasant. Ring-necked 26

Phalarope, Northern 30

Phalarope, Wilson's 39

Phoebe. Black 38

Phoebe. Say's 39

Pigeon, Band-tailed 32

Pintail 19

Pipit. Water 47

Plover, American Golden 27

Plover, Black-bellied 27

Plover, Mountain 27

Plover, Semipalmatcd 27

Plover, Snowy 27

Plover, Upland 27

Poor-will 34

Quail, California 25

Quail, Gambol's 25

Quail, Scaled 25

Rail, Virginia 26

Raven 43

Redhead 20

Redpoll, Common 54

Redstart, American 51

Roadrunner 32

Robin 47

Sanderling 29

Sandpiper, Baird's 30

Sandpiper, Pectoral 30

Sandpiper, Solitary 28

Sandpiper, Spotted 29

Sandpiper, Stilt 30

Sandpiper, Western 29

Sandpiper, Least 29

Sapsucker, Williamson's 37

Sapsucker, Yellow-bellied 37

Scaup, Greater 20

Scaup, Lesser 21

Shoveler 20

Shrike, Loggerhead 47

Shrike, Northern 48

Siskin, Pine 54

Snipe, Common 29

Solitaire, Townsend's 46

Sora 26

Spoonbill. Roseate 18

Sparrow. Black-throated 56

Sparrow, Brewer's 57

Sparrow, Fox 58

Sparrow, Grasshopper 56

Sparrow, Harris' 57

Sparrow, House 51

Sparrow, Lark 56

Sparrow, Le Conte's 56

Sparrow. Lincoln's 58

Sparrow, Sage 56

Sparrow, Savannah 56

Sparrow, Chipping 57

Sparrow. Song 58

Sparrow, Tree 57

Sparrow, Vesper 56

Sparrow. White-crowned 57

Starling 48

Stilt. Black-necked 30

Swallow, Bank 41

Swallow. Barn 41

Swallow, Cliff 42

Swallow, Rough-winged 41

Swallow, Tree 40

Swallow, Violet-green 41

Swan, Whistling 18

Swift, Black 35

Swift, White-throated 35

Tanager, Scarlet 53

Tanager, Western 53

Teal. Blue-Winged 19

Teal, Cinnamon 20

Teal, Green-winged 19

Tem. Black 31

Tern, Caspian 31

Tern. Forster's 31

Thrasher, Bendire 46

Thrasher. Brown 45

Thrasher, Sage 45

Thrush, Hermit 46

Thrush, Swainson's 46

Titmouse, Plain 43

Towhee, Green-tailed 55

Towhee. Rufous-sided 55

Turkey 26

Veery 47

Vireo, Gray 49

Vireo, Red-eyed 48

Vireo, Solitary 48

Vireo. Warbling 49

Vulture, Turkey 22

Warbler, Audubon's 40

Warbler. Black-throated Blue 50

Warbler, Black-throated Gray 50

Warbler. Grace's 50

Warbler, Lucy's 49

Warbler, MacGillivrav's 51

Warbler, Nashville 49

Warbler, Orange-crowned 49

Warbler, Parula 49

Warbler, Myrtle 50

Warbler, Townsend's 50

Warbler, Virginia's 49

Warbler, Wilson's 51

Warbler, Yellow 50

Waterthrush, Northern 51

Waxwing, Bohemian 48

Waxwing, Cedar 48

Whimbrel 28

Willet 29

Woodpecker, Hairy 37

Woodpecker, Downy 38

Woodpecker, Lewis' 37

64 Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Woodpecker, Pileated 37 Wren, Rock 44

Woodpecker, Red-headed 37 Wren, Winter 45

Wren. Bewick's 45 Yellowlegs. Greater 28

Wren, Canyon 44 Yellowlegs, Lesser 28

Wren, Long-billed Marsh 44 Yellowthroat 51

Wren, House 45

£ - N/<V P

,.i«J. COMP. ZOOL.

LIBRARY

Brigham Young University MAR 1 2 1968
Science Bulletin

UNIVERSITY

TAXONOMIC REVIEW: MIRIDAE
OF THE NEVADA TEST SITE

AND THE
WESTERN UNITED STATES

by

HARRY H. KNIGHT

BIOLOGICAL SERIES— VOLUME IX, NUMBER 3
JANUARY, 1968

BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BULLETIN
BIOLOGICAL SERIES

Editor: Dorald M. Aixred, Department of Zoology and Entomology,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Associate Editor: Earl M. Christensen, Department of Botany,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Members of the Editorial Board:

Ferron L. Andersen, Zoology

Joseph R. Murdock, Botany

J. V. Beck, Bacteriology

Wilmer W. Tanner, Zoology, Chairman of the Board

Stanley L. Welsh, Botany

Robert W. Gardner, Animal Science

Ex officio Members:

Rudger H. Walker, Dean, College of Biological and Agricultural
Sciences

Ernest L. Olson, Director, University Press

The Brigham Young University Science Bulletin, Biological Series, publishes
acceptable papers, particularly large manuscripts, on all phases of biology.

Separate numbers and back volumes can be purchased from University
Press, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. All remittances should be
made payable to Brigham Young University.

Orders and materials for library exchange should be directed to the Division
of Gifts and Exchange, Brigham Young University Library, Provo, Utah.

Brigham Young University
Science Bulletin

TAXONOMIC REVIEW: MIRIDAE
OF THE NEVADA TEST SITE

AND THE
WESTERN UNITED STATES

by

HARRY H. KNIGHT

BIOLOGICAL SERIES— VOLUME IX, NUMBER 3
JANUARY, 196S

s

— ;. CO MP. ZOGL.
LIBRARY

MAR 1 2 1968

HARVARD
UNIVERSITY

Phytocoris becki, n.sp.

FOREWORD

This paper is dedicated to our esteemed colleague. Dr. D Elder. Beck student of the
author and teacher of the editor, who passed away during the printing of this treatise and wanted
so mucli to see the completion of this and other worthy projects in his many areas of interest.

Harry H. Knight and Dorald M. Allred

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INDEX-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS v

INTRODUCTION l

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS *

PHYSIOGRAPHIC AND BIOTIC FEATURES 7

EARLY LITERATURE OF WESTERN MIRIDAE n

COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION OF MIRIDAE 12

BIOLOGY 13

Hiberation

Feeding Habits 15

1 ^
Host Relationships

TAXONOMY 17

Systematic Characters -

Tarsal Claws and Arolia -°

Depositories of Type Material jl

TREATMENT OF THE SPECIES 21

SUMMARY 259

REFERENCES 260

INDEX-LIST OF GENERA AND SPECIES 264

KNOWN PLANT HOST-BUG ASSOCIATIONS AND STATE 268

STATE DISTRIBUTION OF WESTERN SPECIES OF MIRIDAE 272

LIST OF TABLES

Page
190

Table 1. Collection records of Lygus desertimis at the Nevada Test Site

Table 2. Collection records of Lygus hesperus at the Nevada Test Site 191

INDEX - LIST OF TAXONOMIC KEYS

Page Orthotylini 92

Tribes of Subfamilies:

Subfamilies 21 Phylinae

Pilophorini 1^9

Deraeocorinae 79 Pithanini 17J

Mirinae 175 Resthenini .... «1

Orthotylinae 87 Stenodemini

Genera of Subfamilies or Tribes: Sections of Genera:

Bryocorinae 76 Purthenicus "*>

vjti aiuv-tiujiiii ^

Clivinemini 83 Species of Genera:

Deraeocorini 79 Atractotomus »

Dicyphinae 67 Caulotops '»

Miruf; 182 Chlamydatus A<

Creontiades 204

Cyrtopeltocoris 161

Dichaetocoris 1 10

Dichrooscytus 192

Dicyphus 67

Europiella 37

Halticotoma 77

lrbisia 185

Labopidea 95

Largidea 83

Lepidopsallus 51

Leptopterna 180

Litomiris 178

Macrotyloides 98

Melanotrichus 1 17

Neurocolpus 206

Nevadocoris 59

Parthenicus, Sec. I 129

Parthenicus, Sec. II 142

Parthenicus. Sec. Ill 152

Phyllopidea 31

Phymatopsallus 49

Phytocoris, Sec. A 211

Phytocoris, Sec. B 218

Phytocoris, Sec. C 236

Phytocoris, Sec. CC 247

Phytocoris, Sec. D 255

Pilophoropsis 158

Pilophorus 165

Pinalitus 187

Serieophanes 159

Squamocoris 108

Teleorhinus 64

INDEX - LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Fig.

Location of the Nevada Test Site 1

Roads, localities, and areas of the

Nevada Test Site 2

Major plant communities at the

Nevada Test Site 3

Geographic conformation typical of

the Nevada Test Site 4

Aerial view of Yucca Flat 5

Alluvial fan (bajada) 6

Cane Springs area 7

Terrain near Tippipah Spring 8

Density of shrub-type plants 9

Pinyon-Juniper forest community .... 10

Ephedra nevadensis (plant host) .... 11
Ecological disturbance resulting

from above-ground nuclear

detonations 12

Damaged Yucca plant at periphery

of a nuclear blast 13

Mirid structural terminology (Lygus

vanduzeei) 14

Adelphocoris rapidus 2.53

Ankylotylus pallipes 77

Atomoscelis modestus 15a

Barheriella apicalis 65

Beamerella personatus 79

Beckocoris hiticephalus 16, 71

Bolteria juniperi 252

Bothynotus modestus 105

Brachyceratocoris nevadensis 19

Campylomma verhasci 68

Capsus ater 246

Ceratocapsus apicalis 236

modestus 59

nevadensis 235

pumilus 234

Chhmydatus associatus 44

Closterocoris amoenus 20

Coquillettia insignis 82

mimetica 47

Criocoris saliens 41, 70

Cylapus tenuicornis 31

Cyphopelta modesta 21

Cyrtopeltis modestus 86

(Usingerella) simplex .... 98

Page
9

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

13

15

16

18

203

56

19

22

59

19, 36

202

83

20

29

185

156

22

156

156

22

20

65

22

22,35

22

20

69

74

Cyrtopeltocoris itlini 240 162

Daleapidea daleae 128 101

Deraeocoris schwarzii 102 81

nehulosus 33 22

pinicola 34 22

ruber 35 22

Diaphnocoris pcllucidus 25 20

Dichaetocoris coloradensis 151 112

juniperi 146 112

merinoi 143 112

minimus 149 112

nevadensis 144 112

peregrinus 145 112

pinicola 142 112

spinosus 150 112

stanleyaea 152 115

symphoricarpi 148 112

utahensis 147 112

Dichrooscytus viridicans 251 195

Dicyphus ' agilis 84. 89 69, 70

califomicus 92 72

crudus 93 72

diplaci 91 72

disclusus 95 74

discrepans 51 22

famclicus 48 22

gracilentus 87 69

minimus 97 74

paddocki 96 74

ribesi 88 70

rubi 28,29,90 20, 70

Europiella stigmosa 72 43

Eurychilopterclla luriduh 36, 103 22, 82

Eustictus salicicola 104 82

venatorius 37 22

Fulvius brunneus 30 22

Hadronema militare 116 94

Halticus hracteatus 55. 109 22, 89

intermedius 56 22

Hesperocapsus abroniae 137 106

anograe 138 106

artemisicola 129 104

davisi 130 104

demensus 132 104

gaurae 139 107

plagiatus 135 106

sericatus 131 104

stitti 136 106

tanncri 134 104

utahensis 133 104

Hesperophylum arizonae 101 80

Heterocordylus malinus 58 22

Hyaliodes vitripennis 32 22

Ilnacora malina .... 61 22

" stalii 118 94

Labopelh claripennis 108 89

Labopidea allii 121-123 96, 97

idahoensis 120 96

Labops hirtus 60 22

Largidea davisi 24 20

nevadensis 106 85

Larinoccrus balius 78 58

Leptoptema dolabrata 243 181

Lopidea becki 125 99

" confluenta 117, 124 94, 98

" deserta 126 99

" fuscosa 127 99

Lopus decolor 45 22

Lt/gideu mendax 248 186

Lugus hespents 250 195

" vanduzeei 14, 66 18, 22

Macrolophus separates 53, 85 22, 69

Macrott/lus amoenus 80 62

Macrotylus sexguttatus 52 22

Mecomma gilvipes 119 94

Melanotrichus albocostatus 170 123

althaeae 153, 160 119, 121

atricornis 158 121

azteci 165 123

brevirostris 163 123

brindleyi 173 126

chelifer 168 123

coagulants 169 123

custeri 164 123

eurotiae 178 126

ferox 156 121

inconspicuus 157 121

incurvus 161 121

malvastri 162 121

mistus 177 126

nevadensis 166 123

nicholi 159 121

pollens 176 126

shoshonea 167 123

stitti 172 126

tibialis 154 121

uniformis 174 126

utahensis 175 126

viridicatus 155 121

wileyae 171 121

Microphylellus modestus 38 22

Microphylidea prosopidis 15b 19

Microsynamma bohemanni 42 22

Mimoceps insignis 242 177

Monalocorvi americanus 23 20

Neurocolpus tiliae 255 207

Nevadocoris becki 17 19

bulhtus 18 19

Noctuocoris fumidus 141 109

Orectoderus longicollis 81 65

obliquus 46 22

Orthoti/lus flavosparsus 62 22

Pamillia behrensii 232 155

Ptirthenicus accumulus 187 136

aridus 179,

atriplicis

basicomis

becki

brindleyi

brunneus

boutelouae ...

cundidus

cercocarpi
condensus
conspersus
coviileae ...

cowaniae

cuneotinctus

davisi

deleticus

femoratus

furcatus

fuscipilus

fuscosus

g*ra

incurvus

irroratus

junipcri

mcrinoi

micans

multipunctatus

mundus

nevadensis

nicholellus

nicholi

nigripunctus ...

obsolctus

oreades

pallidicollis

picicollis

pictus

pilipes

pinicola

ribesi

ruber

rubropunclipes

rufiguttatus ....

rufivenosus

rufusculus

sabulosus

selectus

soror

tenuis

trispinosus

utahensis

vaccini

Pycnoderes dilatatus

Phymatopsallus prosopidis

ribesi

Phytocoris alhiceps

albidosquamus

albiscutellatus ..

becki

breviatus

brevicornis

californicus

calli

calvus

cercocarpi

ehiricahuae

commissuralis ..

conspurcatus ....

181 132.
195
208
219
203
221
230
201
212
184
193
228
211
199
180
192
217
183
191
207
204
223
225
231
185
224
198
190
213
206
202
182
210
222
214
227
220
186
196
216
218
209
215
229
226
188
197
200
194
189
205
54
49
73
74
277
286
310
259
274
304
303
292
289
284
296
306
290

136
138
145
151
141
151
154
141
147
136
138
154
147
138
136
138
150
136
138
145
141
153
153
155
136
153
138
138
147
145
141
136
147
151
150
153
151
136
138
150
151
147
150
154
153
138
138
141
138
138
145
22
22
50
50
230
233
242
217
230
245
245
238
235
233
238
250
235

contractus 318 257

cunealis 256 215

decurvatus 273 230

deserticola 313 251

diffiformis 287 235

empirensis 293 238

flaveUus 279 231

flaoiatus 297 242

fraterculus 285 233

fuscosignatus 258 215

gracillatus 278 231

heidemanni 266,267 224,228

hespercllus 264 224

hesperius 263 224

funiperanus 302 245

lasiomerus 64

laticeps 300 242

lenis 288 235

lineatellus 309 251

hngihirfus 257 215

mellarius 265 224

merinoi 271 229

mesillae 314 257

minituberculatus 307 250

minuendus 298 242

nigrolineatus 262 224

piceicoh 283 233

plenus 276 230

politus 269 229

quadriannulipes 270 229

quadricinctus 316 257

rclatiius 299 242

reticuhtus 260 217

rinconae 295 238

rostratus 310 251

salicis 282 232

santaritae - 294 238

simulatus 268 229

sonorensis 305 250

stellatus 272 229

stitti 275 230

subcinctus 311 251

sublineatus 312 251

tanneri 317 257

tenuis 261 217

tricinctipes 280 231

tricinctus 315 257

utahensis 291 235

varius 281 231

ijuma 308 250

Pilophoropsis halli 238 158

nicholi 237 158

Pilophorus taxodii 241 167

minimis maerkelii 26 20

Platylygus vanduzeei 249 191

Platytylellus insitivus 67 22

Prepops fratemus 245 181

Psallus ancorifer 39 22

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus - 75 55

Pycnoderes medius 100 77

Reuteroscopus ornatus 43, 76 22. 55

Rhinocapsus vanduzeei - 40 22

Schaffneria sclwffneri 233 156

Semium hirtum - 107 88

Sericophanes heidemanni 239 160

Sixeonotus insignis 50,99 22.76

Slaterocoris croceipes - 110 91

longipennis 114 91

whustus 112 91

rubrofemoratus Ill 91

sheridani 113 91

stygicus 108 89

utahensis 115 91

Spanagonicus albofasciatus 69 31

Squamocorw utahensis 140 108

Strongylocoris stygicus 57 22

Stenodetna trispinosum 63 22

Stittocapsus franseriae 22 20

Taedia salicis 254 205

Teleorhinus cyaneus 83 65

tephrosicola 27 20

Teratocoris discolor 244 181

Tropidosteptes populi 247 186

TAXONOMIC REVIEW: MIRIDAE (HEMIPTERA) OF THE NEVADA
TEST SITE AND THE WESTERN UNITED STATES

By
Harry H. Knight"

INTRODUCTION

The writer first learned of the research car-
ried on at the Nevada Test Site from a visit by
Dr. D Elden Beck in the spring of 1964. We
talked about the possibility of collecting Miridac
and perhaps working up the species for a list
from the test site. That summer Dr. Beck ar-
ranged to have a graduate student do some col-
lecting and pay special attention to the plant
bugs. It was a dry year, perhaps average for
that area, and only some 200 specimens of Mi-
ridae were collected. It is well known that desert
vegetation remains dormant until good rains
occur in the fall or early spring, then takes on
new life with foliage and bloom, the extent of
growth depending on the moisture available.
With reports of far above average rainfall in
the winter and early spring of 1965 in the desert
southwest, the writer decided it might be a good
year for plant bugs, so accepted an invitation
of Dr. Beck to put in a month of collecting at
the peak of the blooming season for much of
the desert vegetation. The final decision was not
made until late spring when reports came in
that lowland vegetation was abundant and
promising abundant bloom. As predicted, it
turned out to be a good year collecting plant

bugs; and some old residents of southern Utah,
as well as Dr. Beck, were of the opinion that
rarely if ever had they seen the desert areas
blooming so abundantly. Years before, while
with the Cornell University Biological Expedi-
tion (1917), I had found plant bugs in Arizona
most abundant where and when the vegetation
produced heavy bloom.

In 1965 most of the collecting was done
from June 10 to June 24 inclusive, when I was
there on a full-time basis along with Mr. Joe M.
Merino, a graduate student, and with a few days
help from Dr. Beck. Mr. Merino continued to
collect part time during July and August while
doing research on parasites of rodents. All told
we collected close to 5,000 specimens of Miridae
which now have been classified and recorded
in the present publication. From the general
insect collections of 1961 and 1964 inclusive, we
sorted out about 300 specimens of Miridae and
found four or five species that were not col-
lected in 1965. Now with die material all classi-
fied, we count some 160 species of Miridae taken
at the test site. I believe that widi more collect-
ing of Miridae at the test site, the list should
number over 250 species.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am indebted to Dr. D Elden Beck and Dr.
Dorald M. Allred, project supervisors, who in-
vited me to participate in this project, and pro-
vided for all the necessary facilities to carry on
the research. I am especially grateful to Dr.
Beck and family, who invited me and my wife
to make their home our headquarters while we
were in Provo, Utah. Dr. Beck drove his car
to transport me to the test site, and arranged
facilities and laboratory space for my work in
the recently constructed Civil Effects Test
Operations research building at Mercury. I
wish to thank Dr. Allred for his help as editor of

"Professor nf Entomology, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010.

the Science Bulletin, and seeing the manuscript
through the press. I want to thank Mr. Joe M.
Merino for his help with the field work and for
serving as my guide, chauffeur, and an excellent
collector. He did everything possible to make
my stay at the test site pleasant and profitable.

Dr. Janice C. Beatley identified many of the
plant species encountered in these collections.
Dr. Beatley is in charge of die Nevada Test Site
Herbarium. She is a member of the ecological
staff located at the test site under jurisdiction
of the University of California Laboratory of

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

SOUTHERN NEVADA

25 M

Fig. 1. Location of the Nevada Test Site. Study area is indicated by the lined-stippled area.

MlRtDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Kowich Valley

GRAPHIC SCALE, FT.

0.000 0 10.000 iO.OOO 30,000

LEGEND

Area Boundary

Paved Road

Lincoln County

Clark Counry

N 650,000

Fig. 2. Major roads, localities, and area divisions of the Nevada Test Site.

Brigham Younc Univehsity Science Bulletin

1 i tC

GRAYIA-LlfCli

COLEOGrNE

MOUNTAINOUS AREA

AMARGOSA DESERT

Fig. 3. Extent of the major plant communities at the Nevada Test Site.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

„ «• —

4>

J3

E-i

c
u en

^ E
s o

Ed c>

° r1"

M

be ^

•S 1
* 5

O K

-* 5

x C

jj ■-

_ q

<:

do

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

I

\

^

£

■■•7? r v^M

si

n

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Biology, Los
Angeles, California.

I wish to thank the authorities of the Illinois
Natural History Survey for permission to repro-
duce many figures used in the publication, "Mi-
ridae of Illinois" (Knight, 1941), Bulletin Vol.
22, Art. 1. I have used Figures 22-69 by the

author, and Figures 87, 89-96, 100, 101, 103,
105, 108, 109, 110, 113, 127, 137, 141, 142, 144,
145, 151, 1.54, 156, 158, 160, 169 and 172 drawn
by the artist C. O. Mohr.

The following account and pictures of the
physiographic and biotic features of the test
site were prepared by Dr. D Elden Beck.

PHYSIOGRAPHIC AND BIOTIC FEATURES

Figure 1 shows the location of the Nevada
Test Site with reference to contiguous states
and other well-known political subdivisions. The
overall size varies from time to time as the needs
of the federal government and its several agen-
cies decree. Under any circumstances it amounts
to several thousand square miles. For purposes
of this report the map as Figure 2 shows the
general boundary limits. This study was con-
fined to these boundaries for data gathered at
the Nevada Test Site. The Atomic Energy Com-
mission uses the site as a proving ground. The
main entry to the site is at Mercury, Nevada,
about 70 miles northwest of Las Vegas alone;
Highway US 95, the main route between Las
Vegas and Tonopah, Nevada.

There are three rather distinctive physio-
graphic features characteristic of the Nevada
Test Site. The eastern third of the area is char-
acterized by closed valleys lying between low,
rugged mountains on the east and hills, moun-
tains, and mesas on the west. Two playas, Yucca
and Frenchman, are centrally located, with
Groom Lake in the northeast corner of the site.
Extensive flood plains extend their fan-shaped

deposits where they issue from the mountains
and mesas, coursing their way to the closed-in
valleys below (Figures 4, 5, 6). Some workers
designate these foothill areas as bajadas. At the
southwest corner at a point west of Cane
Springs, the test site drainage opens to the west
with extensive lowlands and bajada contours.
The remainder of the site comprises the greatest
surface area and is made up of land masses at
higher elevations comprised of mountains and
mesas of varying proportions. The drainage is
to the west, mainly the Forty Mile Canyon. Prin-
cipal landmarks are the Shoshone Mountains,
Buckboard Mesa, Rainier Mesa, Pahute Mesa,
and the Elna Range. (See Figures 3 and 4 to
better relate the main physiographic features
noted above. Other minor physiographic char-
acteristics are also shown.) Spring water is re-
stricted more or less to Cane Springs (Fig. 7),
Tippipah Spring (Fig. 8) and White Rock
Spring. These are mainly seepage water in origin
instead of copious water courses.

With a great variety of physiographic fea-
tures extant at the test site, plus other factors
such as different soil types, elevation, water

Fig. 6. View showing a typical alluvial fan deposit (bajada) which builds up at the junctures of arrovas and
canyons with a nearly flat valley. Larger plants in the foreground are Larrea.

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

7fk¥%

•=> c

— 0*

C it

•.It

4. g

M

■ *5X ll

fljl '.lit '

•V-i/Xa:' ; I ";te-

ffj

So» 4SS

•3 ?

T5 .
C be

^2

o °

« c

"3

C —
5 C
C

''J

c ~
^ ~3

M

•£ 5

» -S S

.5 o

a e

>

—

o

—

IS

rt

B

s

cr

o

M

^*-l

C

c

c

o

S

_*

M

« -x

bfc

.S .c

u >

Us
a:

S

Fig. 7. Cane Springs area taken from above the springs. Plants in the foreground are AtripJcx and Elymus. Note
die fine mixture of plants in die small valley in the background, and the small corral widi a foundation of an
old building, near which two isolated mesquite trees grow.

MlMDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

vj*'

V!

».V

Fig. 8. Terrain near Tippipah Spring, favorable for growth of Ephedra nevadcnsis, a typical plant just in front
of the collector, H. H. Knight.

supply and extremes in temperature, a compar-
able variation in biotic communities may be ex-
pected. Allred, Beck and Jorgensen (1963) were
unable to apply community classifications such
as Life Zones, Biotic Provinces, etc., to fit their
needs. What was desired was a workable scheme
applicable to smaller biotic communities.

Two major biotic divisions were established
— the Desert Scrub (Fig. 9) and the Desert
Woodland (Pigmy Forest) (Fig. 10) after the
concept of Munz and Keck (1959). The former
comprises the vegetative patterns of the low-
land basins and foothills (bajadas). The latter
constitutes the plant types of the higher eleva-
tions, such as mesas and mountains, distin-
guished in the main by the Pinyon-Juniper
forest. These two major divisions were then
broken down into smaller vegetative entities
designated as communities. The same biotic
communities described for studies by Allred
et ah, (ibid.) are applied to the present inves-
tigation. (See Fig. 3 for a delineation of these
communities. )

Of significant consideration and interest in
any application of a biotic community designa-

tion to the Nevada Test Site, is the geographic
position of the Great Basin in relationship to the
Mohave Desert.

In this respect the basin desert concept as
defined by Jaeger ( 1957 ) has been used ( Fig.
1). The line of demarcation is naturally not as
exact as the figure indicates. Actually a great
intermixing takes place along this theoretical
boundary. The influence of each region is re-
flected by the complex of plant and animal
types which have been previously reported, and
as will be noted in this study indicates clearly
the occurrence of the Great Basin and Mohavian
influence, both north and south and at the
region of intermixing.

To one not acquainted with the desert lands
of the southwest, on first acquaintance the open
spacing between plants is impressive ( Fig. 9 ) .
This is especially true of the desert lowlands,
basins and bajadas, although by degree it is
the same at higher elevations in the woodlands
(Fig. 10). The shrubby plants comprise the
dominant vegetative picture, and the composi-
tion has been the derivative for community

10

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

m

$$&'' , ir -Kir

5
c

1-1

b£

u

C

c

w • ■ . *.f . - -

'*?'■■■■;• «■„-

H:

««. ■'.,*•'•

.;* ,"«''■

a.

'•--«;

'J;

A

.?'.'*; ■

*gp$

* ■ t. • ■

*2&

* . «< 'J ' ^*

s

>

'!■

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

11

■y

Fig. 10. Pinyon-Juniper forest community, host trees that produced the greatest number of species of Miridae.

designation. For example, the Creosote-Bush.
Larrea divaricata, and Burr-Sage, Franseria
dumosa, considered distinctively Mohavian,
make up the Larrea-Franseria community (Fig.
9). The Desert Woodland at higher elevations
is dominated by the Pinyon-Pine, Pinus mono-
plujlla, and the Juniper, Juniperus osteosjicrma,
and is designated the Pinyon-Juniper commun-
ity (Fig. 10). However, there may he extensive
stands of Three-Toothed Sage, Artemisia triden-
tata, and/or Gambell's Oak, Querciis gambelli,
intermixed or by themselves. Extensive areas of
Black-Brush, Coleogyne ramosissima, in almost
pure stands make up the Coleogyne community
as a single plant species.

Of special importance in reference to the
present study is the understanding of the growth

of annuals. What appears as barren ground in
the spaces between plants described above, be-
comes very much alive with annuals at certain
seasons of the year or in successive years de-
pending on climatic factors. The life span is very
brief in many instances, and the flowering
period may only last a day or so. In this study
it was very important to be there at the right
time to make collections, for many species of
Miridae appear and are gone with the time of
flowering and its termination.

With the use of Figure 2 and data referred
to under each species discussion in this paper,
one should have no difficulty in then turning to
Figure 3 and identifying the general plant com-
munity in which such a collection or collections
were made if obtained at the Nevada Test Site.

EABLY LITEBATUBE OF WESTEBN MlBIDAE

Belatively few workers have paid special
attention to collecting Miridae west of Colorado.
Some early collecting of insects was done in con-
nection with the federal surveys of the western
territories. This material passed through the

hands of Dr. P. B. Uhler, who was the only
specialist publishing on Hemiptera from the
western states before 1900. Uhler (1872-1877)
described many species of Hemiptera, including
30 species of Miridae from the western states.

12

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Uhler (1893 ) published a paper on Utah He-
miptera, describing nine species of Miridae;
and later ( 1894 ) described 20 species of Miridae
from Southern California and Lower California,
most of which are Mohavian in distribution and
extend into the Great Basin area. Uhler (1895)
described Hemiptera in the "Preliminary List of
the Hemiptera of Colorado," including 36 new
species of Miridae, several of which range over
the Great Basin area. Inasmuch as Uhler did
not designate type specimens for the new
species, he unwittingly set up road blocks for
later workers that have taken years to solve.
Beuter (1909) published a large paper on Ne-
arctic Miridae, describing some 55 new species,
several from die western United States, but set
up a number of problems when he failed to
designate types for his new species. Mr. E. P.
Van Duzee, collecting mostly in California,
published from 1910 to 1925, and described
some 193 species of Miridae. All his types are
marked properly and are now preserved in the
California Academy of Sciences. This was the
situation beginners faced when I began work-
ing on Miridae in 1914.

Only a few genera have previously been
worked out with keys to the species. Van Duzee
(1916) published a revision of the genus Or-
thotylus with a key to the species. Knight pub-
lished a revision of the genera Lygus (1917)
and of Deraeocoris (1921), and described
species of Lopidea in six different papers, pro-
viding figures of the male claspers for distinc-
tions. For species in these genera I give data
only for those taken at the test site. Carvalho
( 1957 ) published a "World Revision" of the
genus Trigonotylus Fieber, which includes ten
species from North America.

Now, after fifty years of recurrent study of
North American Miridae, seeking to locate
species described by the early workers, I offer
my findings with keys to the genera and to
species of the large genera that I have
assembled for study from the Great Basin and
Mohavian areas. Several large genera are re-
vised with keys for the first time. For some
genera such as Lopidea, Slaterocoris and Hcs-
perocapsus, I have provided figures of the male
claspers, which serve better than written words
to distinguish the species.

COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION OF MIRIDAE

The best time to collect Miridae is when
the host plants come into bloom. In most cases
mirid eggs hatch when a dormant plant starts
new growth. The nymphs feed on the unfolding
leaves as diey grow, pass through five nymphal
instars, and become mature about the time die
host plant comes into bloom. When we started
collecting on June 10, 1965, the plants at lowei
levels around Mercury were past the peak
bloom, the plant bugs were mature and scat-
tered from the host plants. Next day we found
flowers in bloom at two or three hundred feet
higher elevation above the valley floor around
Frenchman Flat. Collecting was at a peak
around Cane Springs on June 11 and 14. Each
day we followed the blooming plants to slightly
higher elevations, usually 100 to 200 feet higher
each day. On June 24 we had excellent collect-
ing along the road just below the rim of Rainier
Mesa, altitude about 7,000 ft. That day we
added a dozen species to our list, and I believe
that had we been able to continue collecting
every day until July 10, we probably could have
added some fifty more species to the list.

Because of the fragile nature of the append-
ages and pubescence of mirids, special attention

must be given to their collection. Insect nets
made of fine mesh nylon material, 15 inches in
diameter, are best (Fig. 11). Sweeping may be
done on grasses and herbaceous plants diat bend
and give with the stroke of a net, but most
shrub type plants of the semiarid regions are so
rigid that beating the plants with a club is neces-
sary to dislodge the plant bugs. The net should
be held beneath branches or parts of rigid
plants, then the plant struck with a two-foot
length of broom stick. The insects are jolted into
the open net, then captured with cyanide bottles
of small diameter, tubes that may be closed
temporarily by use of the thumb while other
specimens are being cornered for capture. Col-
lecting at night around electric lights or special
light traps is very effective, as many species of
Miridae are attracted to lights. As a matter of
fact, several species have never been collected
elsewhere. The so-called "black (ultraviolet)
light" was used at the test site with good re-
sults.

All Miridae should be mounted on pin points
for best preservation and study. The tip of the
points should be bent to fit the angle of the
thorax so the specimen will set level when

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

13

Fig. 11. Close up of an Ephedra ncvadcmls bush, with D Elden Beck (right) talking to H. H. Knight, about
species of plant bugs taken on Ephedra.

mounted. Only the bent tip of the point should
be covered with adhesive. With the specimen
resting on its back with legs and antennae ex-
tended free from the body, touch the right side
of the thorax just above the coxae with the tip
of the point to pick up the specimen. Set the pin
down on a cork block, then level the specimen
with forceps or needle into proper position be-
fore the adhesive can set or congeal. When spe-
cimens cannot be mounted within 24 hours

after collecting, it is best to place them between
layers of cellucotton. I have found that 2-inch
square plastic boxes are most convenient to
use, for when it comes to mounting, one may
introduce three or four drops of water, wait
about 30 minutes, and the specimens will be re-
laxed ready for mounting. If one wishes to
transport or ship the layered specimens, he
should be sure to use enough cellucotton to pre-
vent their movement.

BIOLOGY

Mirid eggs are elongate, slightly curved or
bean-shaped, with a cap or micropyle on the
end pointing to the outside of plant substance
where embedded. The eggs of most minds pass
the winter or dormant season in the stems of
plants, in bark or cambium of trees and shrubs,

or even in dead and decaying stubs and
branches where the female bug placed them.
Most eggs will hatch when moisture and favor-
able temperatures return following a dormant
period. Most species have a one-year cycle, but
a few species are known to have two generations

14

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

per year, and in exceptional cases three or four
generations have been recorded. When two
generations are produced within a year, the host
is a plant which produces succulent growth
throughout the summer season. Thus, the tiny
nymphs find the maximum amount of sap for
food which is essential for plant feeders. The
nymphs pass through five instars or stages of
development, and at the fifth molt attain sexual
maturity and, except in special cases where the
adults are wingless, a set of wings. The time re-
quired for nymphal development varies with
different species, but several species are known
to take between 18 to 30 days. Beginning with
the third nymphal instar the development of
wing pads may be observed. During the fourth
instar the wing pads are clearly evident, while
in the fifth instar the wing pads usually extend
to the middle of the abdomen.

During nymphal development many mirid
species have been observed to possess the curi-
ous habit or ability of protruding a portion of
the rectum. When the nymph is dislodged and
falls from a branch or leaf to the foliage below,
the rectum is protruded, and, being provided
with a sticky material, acts as an adhesion disk
upon striking the foliage of the limbs below.
The nymph then scrambles for a foothold, pulls
the adhesion disk free, retracts the rectum, and
runs for cover among the leaves. Thus, the ever-
sible rectal disk saves many falling nymphs
from losing contact with the host plant. The
adult females may mate within two or three
days after emergence, but do not start laying
eggs until a week or ten days later. The males
are generally the first to mature, but they do
not live as long as the females. When a female
is ready to oviposit, she moves up and down the
branch of a host plant, patting the surface with
antennae and touching the bark here and there
with the tip of the rostrum or proboscis. Indi-
vidual females have been observed to spend
from six to ten minutes searching for a suitable
spot to oviposit. Having selected a spot, the fe-
male begins to drill a hole by means of the pro-
boscis, and this operation may require from five
to 18 minutes before the hole is ready for inser-
tion of the ovipositor. After drilling the hole with
the beak, the female arches the abdomen, stands
as high as possible, then unsheaths the oviposi-
tor and thrusts it forward to locate the place
prepared. She turns her head under with the
tip of proboscis in the hole to help guide the
ovipositor. One female was observed to make
seven attempts before inserting the ovipositor.
Most individuals make two or three attempts

before succeeding. After each failure the female
inspects the hole and works upon it for a short
time with her beak. Once insertion of the ovi-
positor is started, the female works the abdomen
up and down with a rapid jerky motion until the
ovipositor is inserted to its base. An alternate
contraction and expansion of the abdomen then
occurs while the egg is being worked down into
position. This operation requires about two or
three minutes. The female then withdraws the
ovipositor and rests four or five minutes before
inserting the second egg.

In observations on Heterocordylus malinus
Reuter, one female was observed to oviposit in
six different places within two hours. This same
female was observed to oviposit daily from June
23 to 27, but died on June 28. Another mirid,
Taedia pallidulus (McAfee), was found to lay
eggs only where dead wood was available. Fe-
males that were caged on limbs free of scars
and dead stubs did not oviposit. Four females
were observed to lay when placed on branches
having dead stubs. Five eggs were placed
around the margin of one stub, a new hole
being made for each egg.

In the case of Lygus hesperns Knight, the
species has been found laying eggs from early
spring to late September. Sorenson ( 1939 ) ,
working in Utah, found that hespems took ap-
proximately 46 days for successive broods, and
at least three generations were produced in one
season. Hahicus bractcatus (Say) breeds con-
tinuously during the warm season, and is
credited with five generations per year in South
Carolina. Adelphocohs lineolatus (Goeze) rears
two generations in a season on alfalfa and sweet
clover. Tropidosteptes amoenus (Reuter) rears
two generations in one summer on white ash,
Fraxinus americana. The cotton flea hopper,
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus (Reut. ), breeds con-
tinuously on Croton spp. and cotton, or as long
as the succulent host plants remain green.

HIBERNATION'

A majority of mirid species pass the winter
in the egg stage. Usually the eggs are embedded
in some part of the host plant. Species of
Lopidca, Labopidea and Adelj)liocoris lay eggs
in stems or leaves. Mirid eggs have a relatively
impervious chorion which permits them to re-
main viable for several months, although em-
bedded in plant material which is almost com-
pletely dessicated. Relatively few species hiber-
nate as adults. Stcnodcma vicinum (Prov. ) and
Stenodema trispinosum Reuter are known to do

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

15

te

» ' *•*-

kJU- .••-«*

- «v*-

*r&'' -few,, *—■ >*—-

•■*" . - -

fc££^

e:--. vs

ff*'

,sM

,

Fig. 12. Ecological disturbance resulting from an above-ground atomic detonation. The denuded area is beine
invaded by Salsola, Russian thistle. b

so, and no doubt other members of the genus
do likewise. Adults of Lygus hesperus Kngt., L.
vanduzeei Kngt., L. plagiatus Uhler, L. pabu-
linus (Linn.), Orthops campestris (Linn.), and
Agnocoris rubicundus (Fallen) have all been
taken in hibernation. Species of Deraeocoris
(subgenus Camptobrochis) hibernate as adults,
since D. ncbulosus (Uhler), D. piceatus Kn<n.,
D. histrio Reut., and D. nubilus Kngt. have fre-
quently been taken in winter hibernation. Here
again, hibernation appears to be a group char-
acteristic. Dicyphus vestitus Uhler and D. dis-
crepant Kngt. have also been taken in hiberna-
tion.

FEEDING HABITS

Probably a majority of the species of Mi-
ridae are plant feeders, but a large number are
now known to be chiefly predaceous. In the
genus Deraeocoris several species are known to
be chiefly predaceous, feeding primarily on
aphids, but small nymphs of the same species
and occasionally large nymphs have been ob-
served sucking sap. Members of the subfamily

Cylapinae are predaceous or mycetophagous,
namely, species of Fulvius, Pcritropis and Cy-
lapus. Known species of these genera are nor-
mally found hiding in crevices around dead
trees, stumps and logs.

In the large genus Phytocoris, several species
are known to be predaceous, particularly the
dark-colored, bark inhabiting species. Fulton
(1918) demonstrated that Philophoms perplcx-
us D. & S. feeds freely on apple aphids, three
nymphs having reduced a colony of 50 aphids
to six within two days.

HOST RELATIONSHIPS

Among the plant feeders, apparently the
greater number of species are limited to a single
host, or to a genus of plants, while a very lew,
such as Lygus oblineatus (Say) and Halticus
bracteatus (Say), have a wide range of food
plants. Even among species which always breed
on a single host plant, a general dispersal of in-
dividuals usually takes place. Following the

16

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Fig. 13. A badly damaged Yucca plant at the periphery of an atomic blast. It is coming back to life and show-
ing new growth.

time of emergence and mating, individual fe-
males of Lygus, Lopidea and Tropidosteptes
have been found scattering to various plants
near the host where they developed; thence,
they doubtless become dispersed over a wider
territory and to new plants, although in the
normal course of their lives, at least a few
eventually return to suitable growth of the pre-
ferred host plant for the purpose of oviposition.
Some individuals may be carried by the wind
for miles, then a few individuals may settle by
chance near the preferred host where they are
attracted to lay eggs and start a colony of bugs
far from the starring point. It seems most likely
that this is the way that isolated host plants
become colonized by species which require that
particular host. This appears to be the most like
ly way that female specimens of Phymatopsallus
prosopidis and Microphylidea prosopidis, both
known to breed only on mesquite (Prosopis
jul if lora), reached two isolated mesquite trees
at Cane Springs at the test site. I also note that
Microphylidea prosopidis was taken on mes-
quite at St. George, Utah, along with Neuro-
colpus arizonae Kngt. and Phytocoris brevius-

cidus Reut, but the latter two species were not
present on the mesquite trees at Cane Springs.
It appears that some kinds of plants are
more favorable for mirid species than others.
More species of Miridae were found on Pinus
monophylla than any other, namely:

Platylygus vanduzeei (Jsinger
Largidea nevadensis, n. sp.
Dichrooscytus pinicola, n. sp.
Phytocoris mellarius Kngt.
Phijtocoris tricinctipes, n. sp.
Dichactocoris nevadensis, n. sp.
Dichactocoris merinoi, n. sp.
Dichactocoris pinicola, n. sp.
Pilophorus miewsetosus, n. sp.
PhiJophorus merinoi, n. sp.
Lcpidopsallus pini, n. sp.
Lopidea scutata Kngt.

It is very unusual to find three species of
one genus on the same host plant

The next host in number of mirid species is
Juniperus ostcospenna with the following
species:

Bolteria speciosa Van D.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

17

Bolteria juniperi, n. sp.
Dichrooscytus apicalis, n. sp.
Dichrooscytus junipchcola, n. sp.
Dichrooscytus flavivenosus, n. sp.
Dicltaetocoris juniperi, n. sp.
Paiiheniciis tenuis, n. sp.
Phytocoris funiperanus, n. sp.

Another interesting plant is Ephedra nev-
adensis (Fig. 11) which is host for the following
species of Miridae:

Ankylotyhts pallipes, n. gen., n. sp.
Merinocapsus ephedrae, n. gen., n. sp.
Phytocoris ephedrae Kngt.
Phytocoris hecki, n. sp.
Phytocoris pidchricoUis Van D.

Lopidca hecki. n. sp.

Lopidca deserta, n. sp., which was also

taken in numbers on four other host

plants.

Other hosts that produced several species of
Miridae are the genera Artemisia, Chrysotham-
nus and Atriplex. The number of species asso-
ciated with these plants may be found in die
list of host plants at the end of this bulletin.
It will be noted that most shrub-type plants
usually serve as hosts for two or more species
of Miridae, but one exception is Coleogync
ramosissima Torr. This plant is a dominant
shrub, often growing in nearly pure stands on
the upper bajadas, but we were unable to find
any mirid upon it.

TAXONOMY

The Miridae are distinguished by four-seg-
mented antennae; a four-segmented rostrum of
which the first segment is as long as or longer
than the head; three-segmented tarsi (except
Peritropis in which they are two-segmented);
wing membrane with only two cells or areoles,
one longitudinal vein (anal vein), a well-de-
veloped cuneus on the wing, and by absence
of ocelli ( Fig. 14 ) . The four-segmented an-
tennae are usually slender, nearly linear, or the
second segment only slightly thickened apically,
but in a few genera strongly thickened as in
Capsus, Atractotomus, BcamcrcUa, Larinoccrus
and Teleorhinus; third and fourth segments
usually slender but in some genera distinctly
thickened as in the Ceratocapsini.

The hemelytra are typically separated into
clavus, corium, cuneus and membrane, the em-
bolium usually not clearly separated from the
corium; veins of membrane forming two cells, a
small and larger areole; however, in a number
of species the hemelytra may be abbreviated
( brachypterous ) , the membrane almost absent
or reduced to a narrow band with veins poorly
indicated. Modifications of the arolia, the pul-
villae-like structures between the tarsal claws,
furnish the most reliable characters for separat-
ing the subfamilies.

In general, the Miridae are small to medium
in size, from 2.0 to 9.5 mm in length, usually
rather fragile, broader than high and longer
than broad; as viewed from above, ovate to ob-
long, but in a few genera rather slender as in
Trigonotylus. The male is usually more slender

than the female. The body is variously clothed
with fine hairs or pubescence, sometimes modi-
fied to form sericeous or scalelike hairs which
are easily shed, and intermixed with simple
hairs and bristles. Frequently the dorsum is
practically glabrous and strongly shining.

The numerous species exhibit the greatest
variety of color patterns, ranging from the most
obscure to forms that are vivid red. Color
varieties within the species are frequent, and the
two sexes are more often differently colored, the
male usually darker colored than the female.
Brachypterous and apterous forms occur
throughout the family, and individuals of a
single species may exhibit variation in this re-
spect, the female more often modified than the
male; good examples are Miris dolabratus (Lin-
naeus), Stittocapus franseriac Knight, and spe-
cies of Hespeweapsus and Ceratocapsus. Usual-
ly the male is macropterous even when the
female is apterous, but in rare cases the male
may be apterous also.

Ant-mimic forms are rather numerous among
the Miridae, especially in species of Coquillettia,
Sericophanes and Pilophorus. In such forms the
abdomen is constricted at the base while the
head and thorax are so modified that the resem-
blance to ants is unmistakable. The species of
Sericophanes and Coquillettia are generally
found upon the ground running about among
ants, but the biological relationship, if any, has
not been determined. In Iowa I found Seri-
cophanes heidemanni Poppius rather abundant
on the ground among short grasses and weeds

18

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Fig. 14. Lygus vanduzeei, showing typical miricl structures and illustrating structural terms.

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

of closely cropped pasture land; the bugs were
running about where the little brown ants,
Lasius niger alienus var americanus Emory,
were very abundant. At Fort Snelling, Minne-
sota, in an area of little disturbed, high prairie
vegetation, particularly among the shorter
grasses, I found and collected a large series of
CoquiUcttia amoena (Uhler) from an area
which abounded with the ant, Formica (Neo-
formica) pallide-fulva var. incerta Emory. The
wingless females so resemble this ant in form
and color that one must look rather closely or
with a lens to separate them. Miridae of the
above species of Sericoplumes and CoquiUcttia
are extremely agile and very rapid of move-
ment, especially when they happen to meet face
to face with ants. While they seem not to fear
the ants, they appear to avoid close contact
with them.

SYSTEMATIC CHARACTERS

The most important character for separa-
tion of subfamilies is found in the structure of
the arolia, situated between and at the base of
the claws (Fig. 14). In the subfamilies Phylinae
and Deraeocorinae the arolia are represented
by a pair of erect bristles that are difficult to
see in the smaller species. The arolia are erect
and well developed in the Orthotylinae and
Mirinae — they converge at the tips in Ortho-
tylinae, and diverge apically in the Mirinae.
Pseudarolia are clear to white in color and occui
on the inner curvature of the claw near the
base. The pseudarolia are found in the Phylinae,
but are larger and more prominent in the Di-
cyphinae and Bryocorinae.

The form of the male genital segment is
rather distinctive in the subfamily Phylinae.
The genital claspers are relatively small, with
the tip of the right clasper resting in a notch
across the middle of the V-shaped" left clasper;
both oedagus and claspers arc twisted somewhat
to the left side. I believe that this particulai
form of genital segment is a fundamental char-
acter of the Phylinae. In other subfamilies the
male genital segment often presents good char-
acters for the separation of genera "as well as
species. Specific differences are more likely to
be found in the male claspers, which are asym-
metrical in form and differ among the species
in many genera. It is fortunate that in several
of the largest genera, the numerous species may
be identified by the form of the genital claspers,
as in Phytocoris, Lopidca, Orthotylus, Cerato-
capsus and Deracocoris. Additional structures
which are distinctive for separating species are

19

tergal processes as found in llcsperocapsus and
Mclanotriclnts. On the other hand, in several
sizeable genera such as Taedia, Neurocolpus
and Tropidostcptcs, the male genital claspers
appear to be of little value for distinguishing
species. Fortunately, in Taedia and Neurocolpus
the length of antennal segments and form of
the pubescence offer very good characters for
separating species.

Among the Miridae, pubescence often pro-
vides useful characters. It varies from simple,
fine hairs— erect, recumbent or appressed — to
silky, slightly curled pubescence, or even flat-
tened, scalelike hairs. The scalelike pubescence
found on several species of Phytocoris, and the
genera Dichaetocoris and Squamocoris, is easily

i^mmr

Figs. 15-18. Claws. 15a, Atomoscetis modestus; 15b,
Microphijlidea prosopidis; 16, Beckocoris latice-
phalus; 17, Nevadocoris bechi; 18, N, bullnta.

20

Figs. 19-22. Claws. 19, Brachyceratocoris nevadensis;
20, Closterocoris amoenus; 21, Cyphopelta modesta;
22, Stittocapsus franseriae.

shed or lost; hence, specimens should be col-
lected and preserved with great care.

In a number of genera, particularly the sub-
family Phylinae, the form and occurrence of
the pubescence may be used to separate genera
as well as species. This is also true among the
Orthotylinae, as found in the large genus Par-
thenicus, where small size is the rule; many
species may be keyed by the type, presence or
absence, and color of pubescence. The male
claspers in Parthenicus are also distinctive of
species, but due to small size it is often more
convenient to use characters of the pubescence
for making separations.

The shape of the head and thorax is much
used for generic characters, and minor differ-
ences may indicate species. The length of the
rostrum may be of generic value, but more fre-

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

quently it differs among the species and may
form good distinctions, as in Polymeries and
Lygus. The antennae are generally linear in
form with the last two segments very slender.
However, some genera may be separated by the
exceptional form of the different segments; the
second segment is strongly thickened in Capsus,
Atractotomus, Larinocoris and Teleorhinus; the
third and fourth segments are usually slender,
but in the Ceratocapsini, they are equal in thick-
ness to the second segment.

TABSAL CLAWS AND AROLIA

The student wishing to identify Miridae must
acquaint himself with the structure of tarsal
claws and arolia. These characters are used in
identifying most of our forms to subfamily and
sometimes to genus. It is highly desirable that
the student examine a selection of different
kinds of mirids to acquaint himself with the
various conditions of the arolia and pseud-
arolia on the tarsal claws. The claws are best
examined at high magnifications against a dark
background. If possible, examine them with
high-power magnifications of the stereoscopic
binocular microscope.

The tarsal claws are situated at the extreme
end of the third tarsal segment (Fig. 23). The
simplest type is shown in Figure 24, which has
a pair of hairlike arolia arising from the area

Figs. 23-29. Tarsal claws and arolia. 23, Monalocoris
americanus Wag. & Slater; 24, Largidea davisi
Kngt.; 25, Diaphnocoris pellucidus ( Uhl. ); 26,
Pithanus maerkeki ( H. S.); 27, Teleorhinus tephro-
sicola Kngt.; 28, 29, Dicyphus rubi.

MlREDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 21

between the base of the claws. In some groups and 29 illustrate an example in which the pseud-

these arolia are membranous and thickened; in arolia are flaplike and attached to the claw at

such cases, they are either convergent at apex its base. In some genera the claws are without

(Fig. 25) or divergent at apex (Fig. 26). These trace of pseudarolia (Figs. 24-26), while the true

two membranous types are generally readily arolia are erect and distinct,
visible without any doubt as to their structure.
In other groups there are cushionlike or flap-

like membranous areas called pseudarolia at- depositories of type material

tached to the claw itself. The holotypes of the new species described

Pseudarolia may be very small; they may be in this publication will be deposited in the U.S.

present in instances where the arolia are eithei National Museum. Paratypes and other deter-

hairlike or membranous. Among the species in mined material will be found in the collections

which the arolia are hairlike, the pseudarolia of Harry H. Knight, Brigham Young University,

are often large. Figure 27 shows an example in Iowa State University, California Academy of

which the pseudarolia are large and joined to Sciences Museum, Texas A & M University, and

the claw from base to near apex; Figures 28 Dr. J. C. Schaffner.

TREATMENT OF THE SPECIES

Key to the Subfamilies

1. Arolia absent, or present but bristle-like in form (Figs. 30-53) 2

Arolia present, erect and prominent; arising from between bases of claws (Figs. 54-67) .... 7

2. Prothorax simple, destitute of an apical stricture, sometimes with a flattened

apical area suggesting a collar, but not separated off by a distinct incised
line; male genital segment distinctive, the tip of the aedeagus, or flagellum,
twisted to the left, lying closely within the bend of left clasper, the tip ex-
tending downward and beyond phylinae, p. 23

Prothorax provided with an apical stricture, sometimes fine and shallow; when
apparent only at the sides, an impressed line extends back to the rear of
calli; male genitalia not as the above 3

3. Claws thick, either sharply bent (Fig. 32), or broadly curved (Figs. 49-53), or

sharply curved and cleft near base (Figs. 33-37) 4

Claws simple and slender, rarely widely spread (Figs. 30-31); tibiae weakly
spinose, long and tapering apically, or greatly shortened; in the latter case
segment I of the tarsi unusually long, the head transverse and eyes strongly
protruding cylapinae, p. 15

4. Pseudarolia well developed (Figs. 49-53) 5

Pseudarolia absent (Figs. 24, 32-37) q

5. Ultimate tarsal segment incrassate, always thicker than the preceding segment;

pseudarolia broadly involving the claws (Figs. 49-50); tibiae destitute of
spines; lora confluent with genae bryocorinae, p. 76

Ultimate tarsal segment linear; basal angle of claw acute, pseudarolia more slen-
derly attached (Fig. 51-63); lora usually distinctly separated from the

genae DICYFHINAE, p. 67

6. Pronotum narrowed to a distinctly necklike anterior portion; head narrowed pos-

teriorly, appearing stalked; claws sharply bent on basal half, forming a

22

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

sj&yars^

Fig. 30. — Fulvius brunneus.
Fig. 31. — Cylapus lenuicornis.
Fig. 32. — Hyaliodes vilripennis.
Fig. 33. — Deraeocoris nebulosus.
Fig. 34. — Deraeocoris pinicola.
Fig. 35. — Deraeocoris rider.
Fig. 36.- Eurychilopierella luridula.
Fig. 37. — Eusliclus venatorius.
Fig. 38.- -Microphylellus modestus.
Fig. 39. — Psallus ancorifer.
Fig. 40. — Rhinocapsus vanduzeei.
Fig. 41. — Criocoris saliens.

61

I )62j

Fig. 42.
Fig. 43.
Fig. 44.
Fig. 45.
Fig. 46.
Fig. 47.
Fig. 48.
Fig. 49.
Fig. 50.
Fig. 51.-
Fig. 52.-
Fig. 53.

-\licros\namma bohemanni.
-Reuteroscopus ornatus.
-Chlamydatus associatus.
-Lopus decolor.
-Orecloderus obliquus.
-Coquilleltia mimeiica.
-Dicyphus famelicus.

- }' yc noderes dilatatus.

- Sixeonotus insigr.is.
-Dicyphus discrepatis.
-Macrotylus sexguttatus.
-Macrolophus se par at us.

63,

64

Fig. 54. — Parthenicus vaccini.
Fig. 55. — Halticus braclealus.
Fig. 56. — Halticus intermedins.
Fig. 57. — Strongy/ocoris stygicus.
Fig. 58. — Heterocordylus malinus.
Fig. 59. — Ceratocapsus modestus.
Fig. 60. — Labops hirtus.

Fig. 61. — Ilnacora malina.
Fig. 62. — Orthotylus flavosparsus.
Fig. 63. — Stenodema trispinosum.
Fig. 64. — Phy toe oris lasiomerus.
Fig. 65. — Barberiella apicalis.
Fig. 66. — Lygus vanduzeei.
Fig. 67. — Plalytylellus insitivus.

Figs. 30-67. Tarsal claws and arolia.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 23

prominent tooth on inner angle of base (Fig. 32); hemelytra strongly trans-
lucent, embolium expanded, usually with thin sharp edge

HYAXIODINAE, p. 79

Pronotum not greatly narrowed, head not stalked; claws usually cleft near base,
but not bent as in Fig. 32; embolium not expanded to form a thin, sharp
edge deraeocorinae, p. 79

7. Arolia converging on apical half (Figs. 54-62) orthotylinae, p. 87

Arolia diverging on apical half (Figs. 63-67) mibinae, p. 176

Subfamily phylinae
Key to the Genera

1. Pronotum nearly subtriangular. or lateral margins sulcate, with a somewhat flat-

tened apical collar, the collar not elevated or set off from disk of pronotum

by a deep constriction; abdomen more or less constricted at base 2

Pronotum relatively wider, without a flattened apical collar; abdomen never

constricted at base 4

2. Second antennal segment strongly clavate, its thickness on apical half more than

twice that of segment I; rostrum reaching near base of hind coxae; heme-
lytra developed in both sexes Teleorhinus Uhler, p. 64

Second antennal segment linear, or thickened on apical half, but thickness not
over twice the thickness of segment I; rostrum reaching only to middle
coxae; female brachypterous or wingless 3

3. Second antennal segment linear; pseudarolia attached at base of claw, free

apically (Fig. 47); females wingless CoquiUettia Uhler, p. 62

Second antennal segment thickened on apical half (Fig. 80); pseudarolia com-
pletely joined to claw (Fig. 46); females brachypterous
Orectoderus Uhler, p. 64

4. Pseudarolia large, attached only at basal angles and extending free and parallel

with claw to apex (Fig. 52) 5

Pseudarolia shorter, minute or wanting (Figs. 38-43) 8

5. Clypeus prominent, projecting anteriorly; head and pronotum clothed with

bristles and hairs 6

Clypeus curving ventrad; head and pronotum without strong bristles

6. Second antennal segment short, length subequal to width of head; segment II

stout, thicker than segment I Brachyceratocoris, n. gen., p. 61

Second antennal segment longer, length exceeding width of head; segment II
slender, thickness not equal to segment I Macrotijlus Fieb, p. 62

7. Dorsal surface, legs and antennae sprinkled with numerous black spots

Oncotyltts Fieb, p. 59

Dorsal surface, legs and antennae unspotted; color pallid, legs uniformly yel-
lowish Nevadocoris, n. gen., p. 59

24 Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

8. Antennal segments II and III, strongly inflated, bearing several erect, flat black,

scalelike hairs 9

Antennal segment III not inflated, segments without black, scalelike hairs 10

9. Head with clypeus and sides of face shining black, giving the impression of

wearing a black mask; antennal segment IV inflated
Beamerella Kngt, p. 58

Head not shining black on clypeus and sides of face; antennal segment IV
tapering, not inflated Larinocerus Frsch., p. 58

10. Head very wide, width equal to or slightly greater than width of pronotum at

base; rostrum reaching beyond posterior coxae ... Beckocoris, n. gen., p. 35

Head width not equal to basal width of pronotum 11

11. Clypeus sharply produced, apex acute Criocoris Fieb., p. 35

Clypeus not sharply produced on apex 12

12. Species bearing a single type of hair or pubescence 26

Species bearing two types of pubescence, simple hairs intermixed with seri-
ceous, woolly, or scalelike pubescence 13

13. Antennal segment II clavate or subclavate 14

Antennal segment II more slender, not or little thicker than segment I 15

14. Head suboonical in shape, vertex and frons convex, vertex margin higher than

dorsal margin of the eyes; antennal segment I thickened, about equal to the
clavate segment II Ranzovius Dist., p. 35

Head not subconical, antennal segment II clavate, thicker than segment I

Atractotomw Fieb., p. 56

15. Space between buccula and lower margin of eye very narrow, scarcely wider

than thickness of antennal segment I: small species, length under 3.0 mm
Rlrinacloa Reut, p. 35

Space between buccula and lower margin of eye distinctly greater than thick-
ness of segment I 16

16. Tibial spines with a black spot at base, or spines and tibiae uniformly black; or

black forms with white, scalelike hairs 19

Tibia! spines without black spot at base; but no black forms with white, flat,

scalelike hairs 17

17. Head inclined forward, clypeus not sharply bent; pseudarolia attached only at

base, tip free and extending slightly beyond middle of claw (Fig )

Reutcroscopus Kirk., p. 55

Head more vertical; pseudarolia small, inconspicuous, not extending beyond

middle of claw 18

18. Clypeus sharply bent, curved ventrad at middle, apex pointing distad; tibial

spines pallid to yellowish, femora never black .... Ankylotylus, n. gen., p. 55

Clypeus curved but not sharply bent; femoia and tibial spines black, in males
shaded with fuscous but cuneus reddish Merinocapsus, n. gen., p. 34

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 25

19. Wing membrane markings conspurcate; male genital segment with a tubercle

on left side; small species, length 3.2 mm or less
Phymatopsallus Kngt, p. 49

Wing membrane not conspurcate unless rostrum reaches middle of venter 20

20. Femora and tibiae with large brownish black spots; clypeus prominent; head

and pronotum with long, erect, strong bristles; sexes dimorphic, female abdo-
men very broad, subtriangular, brachypterous .. Hoplomachidea Reut., p. 34

Without large leg spots; sexes not dimorphic 21

21. Claws broadly curved, pseudarolia absent, or very small 22

Claws more sharply curved, pseudarolia present 23

22. Head vertical, clypeus not visible from above, its apex directly beneath position

of antennal fossa; rostrum not surpassing hind coxae; size small, not over
30 mm Atomoscelia Reut., p. 26

Head inclined forward, apex of clypeus in front of a vertical line passing through
antennal fossa; rostrum usually extending beyond hind coxae
Megalopsallus Kngt., p. 26

23. Second antennal segment with distinct black spots; with silvery sericeous pu-

bescence on hemelytra grouped into small spots, arising from black dots on
the cuticula Pseudatomoscelis Popp., p. 55

Second antennal segment without black spots; the sericeous pubescence not

grouped into spots 24

24. Head broad, position vertical, clypeus not visible from above; width of vertex

equal to or greater than half the width of head Europiella Reut., p. 37

Head not so broad, inclined forward, clypeus visible from above; width of ver-
tex not equal to half the width of head, but if so, then the clypeus is
visible from above 25

25. Length of second antennal segment greater than width of head across eyes; or

with sericeous pubescence, but not with wide flat scales
Psalhis Fieb., p. 47

Length of second antennal segment not greater than width of head across eyes;
or head and pronotum with appressed, flat, scalelike hairs
Lepidopsallus Kngt., p. 51

26(12). Length of second antennal segment less than, or not exceeding width of

head across eyes 27

Length of second antennal segment greater than width of head 30

27- Femora light colored, marked with conspicuous black spots on ventral surface

Campylomma Reut., p. 28

Femora dark, or entirely light, but without dark spots 28

28. Hemelytra black, with a transverse light mark extending across middle of
clavus; male antennae with first and second segments greatly thickened
Spanagonicus Berg, p. 31

26 Bricham Young Univehsity Science Bulletin

Hemelytra uniformly colored, never with contrasting pale mark extending across

clavus; male antennae slender, scarcely thicker than in female 29

29. Tibiae punctate, or tibial spines black Chlamydatus Curt., p. 27

Tibiae pallid, impunctate, tibial spines pallid Micro phijlidea, n. gen., p. 29

30. Tibiae with a dark spot at base of spines (punctate), sometimes only on basal

half of posterior tibiae 31

Tibiae impimctate, without dark spots at base of spines

Microphylellus Reut, p. 30

31. Head and pronotum set with erect, black bristles 33

Head and pronotum clothed with recumbent hairs or pubescence, without erect

bristles 32

32- Margin of compound eye well separated from antennal fossa by a space equal
to thickness of second antennal segment at base; margin of eye near an-
tennal fossa almost straight Monosijnamma Scott, p. 31

Margin of compound eye almost touching antennal fossa, space between die
two somewhat less than diameter of second antennal segment at base
Plagiognathus Fieb., p. 30

33. Head vertical in position, base of clypeus not visible as viewed from above

PhyUopidea Kngt., p. 31

Head more inclined forward, clypeus visible from above 34

34. Bristles on the dorsum with black spot at base of each; rostrum not reaching

hind coxae (American species) Hoplomachus Fieb., p. 33

Bristles on dorsum without black spot at base; rostrum reaching the hind coxae
or beyond Chaetoplu/lidea, n. gen., p. 33

Genus Atomoscelis Reuter of California, where Van Duzee found the spe-

.. ,. , , ... „ . cies breeding on Salicornia.

Atomoscelis modestus (Van Duzee) °

Fig. 15a

Megalopsallus latifrons Knight

Tuponia modestus Van Duzee, 1914:30.

Atomoscelis modestus Van Duzee, 1917:414, cat. Megalopsallus latifrons Knight, 1927:226.

Atomoscelis modestus Knight, 1927:35, hosts. Allied to impetus (Van D.) but differs in

This species is known from California, Ari- the relatively shorter second antennal segment;

zona, Utah, Idaho, Washington, Colorado, South and femora with fuscous dots. Described from

Dakota, Oklahoma, Texas, and New Mexico. Colorado. New records: d 2 9 July 8, 1930; d

The species was found breeding on Iva xanthi- 5? July 15. 1929, Richfield (E. W. Davis); 3d

folia in Colorado; also collected on Chenopo- 4 9 July 26, 1949, Bear River Refuge, Utah (C.

dium in Arizona. Record for Nevada: d July 21, Ruhr)-

1965, Area 5M, Nevada Test Site (J. M. Meri- ,, , „ , ... v ■ •..

... '. ... VJ Megalopsallus rubropictipes Knight

no), taken at laboratory lights. or r r o

Megalopsallus rubropictipes Knight, 1927: 225.

Genus Megalopsallus Knight Described from Colorado. New records: d

Megalopsallus nuperus (Van Duzee) £M^ \ ^Jrf July g, 4c? Aug. 15, 1929, Rich-

b ' ' v field, Utah (E. W. Davis), taken in light trap.

Oncotylus nuperus Van Duzee, 1923:157. 3d 16 9 July 12, 1965, Elko, Nevada (H. H.

Described from San Francisco Island, Gulf Knight), taken by beating Atriplex.

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

27

Megalopsallus marmoratus, new species

Differs from all known species of the genus
by having the wing membrane marmorate with
fuscous; legs strongly marked and spotted with
red.

Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.10 mm.
Head: width .74 mm, vertex .36 mm; yellowish,
spots on vertex, dots on median line of frons,
and sutures of the face, red. Rostrum, length
1.2 mm, pale yellowish, apex blackish, reaching
to near base of genital segment. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .17 mm, yellowish, red beneath;

II, .78 mm, brownish yellow, with recumbent
pale pubescence, and a few erect longer hairs;

III, .61 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .40 mm, dusky.
Pronotum, length .37 mm, width at base .90
mm, pale yellow, calli fuscous brown, disk with
several dots of brownish and red. Scutellum
and mesocutum pale yellowish, flecked with
red. Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent,
simple pale hairs and intermixed with appressed
silvery and golden sericeous pubescence. Heme-
lytra pale or pallid, dotted with brown, apical
area of corium may be shaded with dusky

brown, cuneus dusky. Membrane pale to milky
white, shaded and marked with numerous fus-
cous or brown dots and spots, producing a
marmorate effect. Ventral surface pallid to red-
dish brown, mesosternum dark reddish brown.
Legs pallid, femora dotted and marked with
reddish brown, hind femora reddish brown on
anterior aspect, paler on apex, front and middle
femora strongly marked with large and small
reddish dots; tibiae pallid, with reddish brown
dots at base of spines. Venter pallid, shaded and
marked with reddish flecks.

Female. Length 2.4 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .41 mm. Rostrum
reaching to near middle of ovipositor. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm; II, .72 mm, cylindri-
cal; III, .54 mm; IV, .37 mm. Pronotum, lengdi
.40 mm, width at base .95 mm. Color and pubes-
cence very similar to male.

Holotype: <S May 5, 1942, Yuma, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 5 taken with the type.
Paratypes : 3 cT 3 9 and nymphs taken with the
types, c? April 17, 1939, Yuma County, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt), taken at light.

Genus Chlamydatus Curtis
Key to the Species

1. Femora black, apices may be pallid 2

Front and middle femora pallid or yellow; all tibiae pale to yellowish, tibial
spines black, but without a black spot at base of spines
associates Uhler

2. Tibiae pallid to yellowish 3

Tibiae fuscous to black 4

3. Tibial spines black, also with a large black spot at base of each; second antennal

segment pallid, narrowly fuscous at base; rostrum reaching only to tips of
middle coxae monilipes Van D.

Tibial spines black but without black spots at base; rostrum reaching upon pos-
terior trochanters suavis Reuter

Length of second antennal segment slightly exceeding width of vertex plus
dorsal width of an eye; pubescence short, dark brown to golden brown in
color; embolar margin nearly straight; vertex impressed, nearly flat, surface
granulated uniformis Uhler

Length of second antennal segment scarcely equal to width of vertex plus dorsal
width of an eye; pubescence longer, pallid to silvery in color; embolar mar-
gin distinctly arcuate; vertex convex on middle, smooth becki, n. sp.

28

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Chlamydatus associatus (Uhler)
Fig. 44

Agalliastes associatus Uhler, 1872:419-
Chlamydatus associatus Atkinson, 1890:173.
Chlamydatus associatus Knight, 1941:25.

The following records are for the Nevada
Test Site: Area 17M, d" 2 9 July 29, 1965, on
Malacothrix glabrata; 15 d 9 July 27, 59 d" 9
Aug. 26, 1965, on Franseria acanthicarpa; 2c?
Aug. 30, 1965, on Malacothrix glabrata; Area
19M, cf 9 Aug. 30, 1965, on Viguiera multi-
flora.

This species has a wide distribution, prob-
ably occurs in every state, and is known from
California to Maine. At the test site most speci-
mens were taken on Franseria acanthicarpa, but
in the eastern states it commonly breeds on rag-
weeds, Ambrosia.

Chlamydatus monilipes Van Duzee

Chlamydatus monilipes Van Duzee, 1921:132.

This species was described from Santiago
Co., California; more recently found at Mohave,
Calif. Specimens collected at the test site are
as follows: Area 6M, 3c? 9 June 15, 1965; Area
17M, c? June 11, 1965; Area 18M, 3c? 29;
Area 19M, 52 c? 9 June 23, 1965, taken on
Tetradymia; Area 501M, 3d" 9 June 14, 1965;
Area TM, 2d June 14, 1965.

Chlamydatus suavis Reuter

Agalliastes suavis Reuter, 1876:92.
Chlamydatus suavis Uhler, 1886:21.
Chlamydatus suavis Knight, 1941:26.

This species is known from southern Cali-
fornia, Arizona and Utah, and most likely will
be found at the test site when more collecting
is done.

Chlamydatus uniformis (Uhler)

Agalliastes uniformis Uhler, 1893:379.
Chlamydatus uniformis Van Duzee, 1917:417-

This species was described from American
Fork, Utah, and more recently collected from
Juab County, Utah. It may eventually be found
in southern Nevada, as is true of most species
indigenous to the Great Rasin.

Chlamydatus becki, new species

Allied to uniformis Uhler, and distinguished
as indicated in the key; pubescence pale to sil-

very; length of second antennal segment scarce-
ly equal to width of vertex plus dorsal width of
one eye.

Male. Length 2.2 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .64 mm, vertex .34 mm; moderately con-
vex, smooth, black. Antennae: segment I, length
.17 mm, black; II, .44 mm, cylindrical, black;
III, .30 mm, fuscous; IV, .24 mm, fuscous. Ros-
trum, length .78 mm, reaching upon posterior
trochanters, black. Pronotum, length .37 mm,
width at base .81 mm; black. Dorsal surface
clothed with simple, recumbent, pale to silvery
pubescence, in some angles of light one may
glimpse yellow hairs. Scutellum, mesonotum,
and hemelytra black, moderately shining,
clothed with recumbent, moderately long, pale
to silvery pubescence- Embolar margin moder-
ately arcuate. Membrane and veins uniformly
shaded light fuscous. Ventral surface and legs
uniformly black, tibiae and spines black.

Female. Length 2.2 mm, width 1.12 mm.
Head: width .71 mm, vertex .36 mm; black, ver-
tex moderately convex, smooth. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .16 mm, black; II, .44 mm, cylin-
drical, slightly more slender near base, black,
apex more fuscous; III, .27 mm, fuscous; IV, .20
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .40 mm, width
at base .85 mm. Embolar margin distinctly more
arcuate, but coloration and pubescence very
similar to the male.

Holotype: c? June 28, 1965, American Fork,
Utah (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same data
as the type. Paratypes: 8 c? 8 9 taken with the
types by beating and sweeping on Artemisia
tridentata. c? 2 9 June 29, 1965, Scipio, Utah
(H- H. Knight). Specimens collected at the
Nevada Test Site: Area 6M, 2c? June 17, 1965;
Area 401M, 3c? June 19, 1965 (H. H. Knight
& J. M. Merino).

The species is named for Dr. D Elden Reck,
who made it possible for us to collect and study
these plant bugs.

Genus Campylomma Reuter

Campylomma verbasci (Meyer)
Fig. 68

Capsus verbasci Meyer, 1843:70, PI. 4, Fig. 1.
Campylomma verbasci Knight. 1941:25, Fig. 87.
Known from Rritish Columbia, Oregon,
Washington, Idaho, Colorado and states east-
ward. Rreeds commonly on Verbascum.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

29

Fig. 68. Campylomma verbasci, tf .

Microphylidea, new genus

Runs in the generic key to the couplet with
Chlamydatus, where the length of second anten-
nal segment does not exceed width of head.
Tibiae and femora without spots or marks of any
kind. Arolia are bristlelike; pseudarolia of me-
dium size, attached to claw for their full length
(Fig. 15b), characters that place this genus in
subfamily Phylinae- Head inclined forward
about as in Microphylellus, but second antennal
segment shorter, length not exceeding width of
head. Rostrum rather short, not reaching beyond
middle coxae. Pubescence consists only of short,
simple pubescent hairs. Antennae rather short,
segment II cylindrical, in the male thicker than
segment I; female antennae more slender, apex
of segment II about equal in thickness to seg-
ment I. Genital segment and claspers rather
similar to Plagiognathus in general form. Type
of the genus: Microphylidea prosopidis, new
species.

Microplujlidea prosopidis, new species
Fig. 15b

Distinguished by the small size, also with
second antennal segment just equal to width of
head; uniformly pale yellow in color, without
dots or spots of any kind.

Male. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.1 mm. Head:
width .72 mm, vertex .27 mm. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .17 mm; II, .72 mm, cylindrical,
thickness .10 mm, slightly thicker than segment
I (.07 mm), micropubescent, yellowish, apex

fuscous; III, .30, mm; IV, .17 mm, pallid. Ros-
trum, length -78 mm, just reaching upon base
of middle coxae, pale yellowish, apex fuscous.
Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at base .98
mm; disk moderately convex, calli indistinct,
basal edge marked by a slightly impressed line.
Mesoscutum yellowish, scutellum more pallid.
Hemelytra subtranslucent, embolar margin near-
ly straight; membrane nearly clear, veins pallid
to white. Dorsal surface clothed with short,
simple, pale to yellowish pubescence. Ventral
surface pallid to yellowish, sides of venter
greenish, genital segment more yellowish. Legs
pallid to pale yellowish; tibial spines yellowish,
without dark spot at base.

Female. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .68 mm, vertex .30 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm; II, .64 mm, subcylin-
drical, slightly more slender near base, thickness
at apex just equal to segment I, yellowish, not
fuscous on apex; III, .30 mm; IV, .24 mm, yel-
lowish. Rostrum just reaching to middle of inter-
mediate coxae. Pronotum, length .49 mm, width
at base 1.05 mm. Slightly more robust than the
male but similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 13, 1965, Area CM,
Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck and H. H.
Knight). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: 74 cf 9 taken with the types on
Prosopis jitliflora, which is the host plant of
the species. Collected from two trees which
grow near old abandoned water troughs at
Cane Springs. Botanists say these two trees are
all they have found at the test site and state
these trees were "probably planted. Apparently
not reproducing." The trees were in bloom,
with catkins full of pollen when the bugs were
collected; the bugs were difficult to see among
the pollen yellow catkins. These two isolated
trees stand some 20 miles north of known natur-
al stands of mesquite, are the hosts for two
species of Miridae, the above new species, and
Phymatopsallas prosopidis described elsewhere.
Additional specimens: 3<J 9 9 April 28, 1939,
Yuma County, Arizona (L. L. Stitt), swept from
Prosopis. 15 9 June 30, 1965, St. George, Utah
(H. H. Knight), taken on Prosopis juliflora.

Microphylidea pallens, new species

Distinguished from prosopidis by the longer
second antennal segment which is subequal to
width of head; also differs in the longer, simple
pubescence.

Male. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .38 mm; nearly vertical

30

Bbigham Young University Science Bulletin

in position. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm,
pale yellowish; II, -68 mm, cylindrical, slightly
more slender near base, thickness on apical half
just equal to segment I, pallid; III, missing. Ros-
trum, length .98 mm, reaching upon apices of
hind coxae. Pronotum, length .44 mm, width at
base .98 mm, pallid plus a tint of green; disk
and the whole dorsum clothed with suberect,
rather long pale hairs, length of longest hairs
nearly equal to dorsal width of an eye. Dorsal
surface rather uniformly pallid plus a tint of
green. Hemelytra subtranslucent, lateral mar-
gins nearly parallel, but embolar margins form-
ing a perceptible arcuate line. Membrane and
veins uniformly pale dusky. Ventral surface and
legs uniformly pallid, tibial spines fairly long,
pale to yellowish, without spots at base. Genital
segment and claspers rather inconspicuous, their
form about as in prosopidis; claspers and tip of
flagellum fuscous.

Holotype: d" June 23, 1965, Area 19M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no). Only this single male was collected, and
being so small and inconspicuous, its distinctive
character was not noticed until it was viewed
under a binocular microscope.

Genus Microphylellus Reuter
Microphylelhis symphoriearpi, new species

Distinguished from known species by the red-
orange color of antennae and legs; hemelytra
and body dusky orange color-
Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .72 mm, vertex .34 mm; yellowish orange.
Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm, red
orange, fuscous on base; II, .88, red orange,
cylindrical, thickness equal to segment I, clothed
with short pale pubescence; III, .54 mm, fuscous;
IV, .28 mm, fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.18 mm,
reaching to apex of middle coxae, or middle of
hind coxae, apex fuscous. Pronotum, length .58
mm, width at base 1.18 mm. Dorsal surface
rather uniformly pale dusky orange, cuneus
more reddish orange, corium subtranslucent;
clothed with recumbent to suberect, simple pale
pubescence. Membrane uniformly pale fuscous,
veins pale orange. Rody beneath dusky orange,
mesosternum more fuscous. Legs uniformly red
orange, no spots evident, tibial spines black,
without spots at base; claws and apical tarsal
segment black. Genital segment typical of the
genus, claspers small and inconspicuous.

Female. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .73 mm, vertex .34 mm. Antennae:

segment I, length .20 mm; II, .78 mm, cylin-
drical, thickness slightly less than segment I;
III, .47 mm, fuscous; IV, .30 mm, fuscous. Pro-
notum, length .54, width at base 1.15 mm. Slight-
ly more robust than the male but pubescence
and coloration very similar.

Holotype: d" June 16, 1965, Area 17M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & Joe M.
Merino). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 4cf 4 9 and nymphs taken with the
types on Symplwricarpos longijloris which is the
host plant of the species. 3cf and nymphs June
17, taken on the same host at the type locality,
Area 17M.

Genus Plagiognathus Fieber

Plagiognathus sal viae, new species

Suggestive of guttatipes Uhler in the pallid
color and black pubescence, but distinguished
by the short second antennal segment which in
length is subequal to width of head.

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width -68 mm, vertex .31 mm; pallid above,
black below base of clypeus and lower margin
of eye. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm,
black, narrow apex pale; II, .68 mm, black, with
fine pale pubescence; III, .40 mm, black; IV,
.23 mm, black. Rostrum, length 2.6 mm, black,
pallid on middle, reaching upon posterior tro-
chanters. Pronotum, length .50 mm, width at
base 1.10 mm, pallid. Dorsal surface uniformly
pallid, clothed with recumbent to suberect fus-
cous pubescence; hemelytra subtranslucent, each
pubescent hair with a minute white speck at
base in the hypodermis. Membrane pale fuscous,
veins white. Sternum fuscous, sides paler. Legs
pallid, apical half of hind femora with row of
four fuscous dots on anterior face, and one
slightly larger dot just beneath; tibiae pallid,
spines and spot at base black, knees with a
large black spot; tarsi pale, apical segment and
claws black. Venter fuscous to blackish, lateral
margins paler; genital segment black, apical
one-third pale, claspers and tip of flagellum
black.

Female: Length 3.1 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width -68 mm, vertex .34 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm; II, .68 mm, cylindri-
cal, slightly more slender near base, black,
middle to most of apical half pallid, apex more
or less fuscous; III, .34 mm, fuscous; IV, .24 mm,
fuscous. Pronotum, length .51 mm, width at
base 1.10 mm. Dark specimens have fuscous
on disk of cuneus. Hind femora with row of

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

31

five black dots and a second row of four small
dots just beneath on apical anterior aspect.
Otherwise, color and pubescence similar to the
male.

Holotype: <j" June 22, 1965, Area 19M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes:
8cf 6 9 and nymphs June 22, Area 19M, taken
with the types on Salvia dorrii which is the host
plant of the species. Area 12M: 46 cf 9 June
11, 1965; Area 401M: 4 c? 3 9 and nymphs June
18, 1965, Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H.
Knight & J. M- Merino), all taken on Salvia
dorrii, host plant of the species.

Genus Monosynamma Scott

Monosynamma bohemani (Fallen)

Phytocoris bohemani Fallen, 1829:106.
Microsynamma bohemani Knight, 1941:24, 42.
Monosynamma bohemani Carvalho, 1958:74, cat.
Known from British Columbia, Washington,
Oregon, Colorado, Iowa, Illinois, New York,
New England states and Europe. Host plants
are Salix.

Genus Spanagonicus Berg

Spanagonicus alhojasciatus (Beuter)
Fig. 69

Leucopoecila albofasciatus Beuter, 1907:24.
Leucopoecila albofasciatus Knight, 1941: 50,

Fig. 92.
Spanagonicus albofasciatus Carvalho, 1958:142.

The following material has been identified
from the test site: Area CT, c? June 20, 1965;
Area M, c? June 17, 1965; Area M, 9 Aug. 4,
1965, at black light; Area M, c? Aug. 15, c?
Aug. 24, 1965, at incandescent light; Area 12M,

cf Aug. 13, 1965, on Artemisia tridentata; Area
16M, cf Aug. 19, 1965, on Franseria acanthi-
car pa-

This species is known from Florida to Cali-
fornia, and northward as far as Missouri and
New Jersey. It is known to be injurious to
grasses on golf greens in the eastern states. The
few specimens taken at the test site were not
enough to indicate a host plant.

Fig. 69. Spanagonicus albofasciatus, cf ■

Genus Phyllopidea Knight
Key to the Species

1. Female specimens 2

Male specimens 5

2. Length of second antennal segment less than width of head 3

Length of second antennal segment equal to or slightly greater than width of head 4

3. Length of second antennal segment shorter than width of head, lacking half the

dorsal width of an eye picta Uhler

Length of second antennal segment only equal to width of vertex plus dorsal
width of one eye hirta Van D.

32

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

4. Length of second antennal segment subequal or slightly greater than width of

head utahensis, n. sp.

Length of second antennal segment distinctly greater than width of head

montana, n. sp.

5. Length of second antennal segment not exceeding width of head 6

Length of second antennal segment greater than width of head 7

6. Length of second antennal segment only slightly less than width of head; head

black, pale only on vertex hirta Van D.

Length of second antennal segment clearly less than width of head; head pallid,
basal spot and margins of clypeus, lora, and a rather broad arcuate patch
each side of frons, black picta Uhler

7. Length of second antennal segment only slightly exceeding width of head

utahensis, n. sp.

Length of second antennal segment exceeding width of head, plus dorsal width
of an eye montana, n. sp-

Phyllopidea picta (Uhler)

Bolteria picta Uhler, 1893: 373.
Phyllopidea picta Knight, 1920:127.

Identified specimens of this species from
the test site are as follows: Area 16M 9 June
24, 1965; Area 17M, 9 June 11, 1965; Area 19M,
5$ June 22, 31 cf 9 June 23, 1965; Area 401M,
4 9 June 18, c? 9 June 22, 1965.

This species was originally described from
American Fork, Utah, and since has been taken
at other points in the state. Collected chiefly
on Artemisia tridentata which appears to be the
favorite host plant.

Phyllopidea hirta (Van Duzee)

Bolteria picta var. hirta Van Duzee, 1916:244.
Phyllopidea hirta Knight, 1920:127.

The following records are known from the
test site: Area 17M, 6c? 9 June 11, 1965; Area
19M, 26c? 9 June 22, lie? 9 June 23, 1965;
Area 401M, c? 9 June 19, 1965.

Phyllopidea utahensis, new species

Allied to picta (Uhler) but differs in the
longer second antennal segment, as shown in
the key to species.

Male: Length 3.9 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .96 mm, vertex .51 mm; pallid, a small
spot each side of vertex, a rather broad arcuate
patch each side of frons, joined above, black;
lora and ventral half of gena, clypeus except for

pale median line, black. Rostrum, length 1.0 mm,
reaching to near apices of middle coxae, brown-
ish black- Antennae, segment I, length .30 mm,
black, narrow apex pale; II, 1.05 mm, cylin-
drical, clothed with short fuscous and black
pubescence, thickness equal to segment I, black;
III, .61 mm, black; IV, .34 mm. Pronotum,
length .60 mm, width at base 1.3 mm, yellowish
white, calli covered by a transverse black band
that covers space between callosities; propleura
black, ventral and dorsal margins pallid. Scutel-
lum and mesonotum white, basal angles and
narrow base black. Clavus white, edges of com-
missure and narrowly bordering scutellum,
black. Corium black, a longitudinal stripe that
covers radial vein and extends across inner
basal angle of cuneus, and margin bordering
claval suture, white; embolium and margins of
cuneus white. Membrane fuscous, veins white.

Dorsal surface clothed with suberect to erect,
almost bristlelike black pubescent hairs; hairs
longer and more erect on margins of pronotum
and the head. Sternum and sides of thorax
black; ostiolar peritreme, margins of epimeron,
and spot on episternum, white. Legs pallid,
coxae except apices and the bases of femora
fuscous; hind femora with row of four or five
rather large, subdorsal fuscous spots on anterior
face, also a row along median line, that may
fuse to form a median fuscous line; all femora
with a group of fuscous dots on apical half of
posterior aspect. Tibiae pallid, spines and small
spot at base of each, black; tarsi and claws fus-
cous to black. Venter, genital segment and

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

33

claspers black; pubescence recumbent, rather
short, brownish.

Female. Length 3.8 mm. width 1.6 mm.
Head: width 1.0 mm, vertex -58 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm, fuscous to black,
apex pale; II, .30 mm, cylindrical, slightly thick-
er on apical half but thickness less than seg-
ment I, black; III, .68 mm, black; IV, .34 mm,
black. Rostrum, length 1.1 mm, black, just reach-
ing upon basal half of middle coxae. More ro-
bust, embolar margins moderately arcuate, but
color and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d June 29, 1965, Scipio, Utah (H.
H. Knight). Allotype: 9 collected with the type
Paratypes: lid" 4 9 taken with the types on
Chrysothamnus.

PhyUopidea montana, new species

Larger and more elongate than picta
(Uhler), best distinguished by the longer anten-
nal segments, length of segment II equal to
width of head plus dorsal width of an eye.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.04 mm, vertex .57 mm; creamy white,
a triangular dot each side of vertex, joining up
with a broad band each side of frons, clypeus,
lora, and ventral half of juga, black. Rostrum,
length 1.19 mm, reaching to middle of inter-
mediate coxae, black. Antennae: segment I,
length .30 mm, black, narrow apex pale; II, 1 36
mm, cylindrical, black, thickness slightly less
than segment I, black, thickly clothed with short
brownish pubescence; III, .98 mm, calli black;
IV, .47 mm, black. Pronotum, length .64 mm,
width at base 1.3 mm; calli black, dark color
projecting slightly posteriorly at lateral margins
of calli; propleura white, upper half with black
ray that tapers to posterior margin. Scutellum
with basal angles black. Hemelytra pallid, semi-
translucent; narrow inner margins of clavus fus-
cous; corium with a longitudinal black stripe
just inside of radial vein, a nearly obsolete fus-
cous mark at outer apical angle; cuneus sub-
translucent, discal area with oval black spot.
Membrane fuscous, central area darker, veins
white. Dorsal surface provided with suberect
to erect black pubescent hairs, more erect on
head, margins of pronotum and the embolium.
Sternum black, each side with a white area,
ostiolar peritreme, and margins of pleura white.
Venter, genital segment and claspers black.

Female. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Head: width 1.1 mm, vertex .62 mm; black
marks as in the male. Rostrum, length 1.2 mm,

reaching upon basal half of middle coxae, black.
Antennae: segment I, length .31 mm, black, apex
narrowly pale; II, 1.15 mm, slightly thicker on
apical half but scarcely equal to thickness of
segment I, black; III, .92 mm, black; IV, .43
mm, black. Pronotum, length .64 mm, width at
base 1.30 mm. Slightly more robust than the
male, but color and pubescence very similar.

Holotype: d July 11, 1964, alt. 6,700 ft,
Steamboat Springs. Colorado (H. H. Knight).
Allotype: 5 same data as the type. Paratypes:
8d" 4 9 collected with the types on Artemisia.
d 9 July 12, d 9 July 15, 7 d 3 9 July 16,
alt. 7000 ft, Steamboat Springs, Colorado (H.
H. Knight), collected on Artemisia tridentata.
d June 24, 1937, Soda Springs, Idaho (C. Wake-
land). 2d 7 9 Aug. 8, 1927, Yellowstone Nat
Park (H. H. Knight); 2d, Lower Geyser Basin,
Yellowstone Nat. Park, Wyoming (V. M. Tan-
ner).

Genus Hoplomachus Fieber

Hoplomachus affiguratus Uhler

Hoplomachus affiguratus Ultler, 1895:50, n. sp.

Distinguished by the short rostrum which
reaches only upon middle coxae. Dorsal surface
pallid to dusky, clothed with erect black
bristles, each with fuscous spot at base; heme-
lytra subtranslucent. Lengdi 4.6-5.0 mm.

Known from Colorado, Wyoming, Idaho,
California, Washington and Alberta.

Chactoplu/lidca, new genus

Head and antennae nearly as in Plagiognath-
us, but differs in having head, pronotum, and
elsewhere with bristle type hairs; bristles with-
out fuscous spot at base. Differs from Hoplo-
machus Fieber in having second antennal seg-
ment longer and distinctly more slender than
segment I; rostrum reaching upon hind coxae,
or slightly beyond- Differs from PhyUopidea
Kngt. in having the head more inclined for-
ward, with clypeus visible from above. Male
genital segment, claws and pseudarolia very
similar to Plagiognathus, but differs in having
erect bristles on head and pronotum. Type of
the genus: Plagiognathus moerens Reuter
(1909).

Cliaetophylidea moerens (Reuter)

Plagiognatlius moerens Reuter, 1909:80.
Hoplomachus moerens Carvalho, 1958:51.

Distinguished from related forms in the
generic description. Color pattern fuscous to

34

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

black with paler areas, suggestive of Plagio-
gnathus geranii Kngt. with which it has been
confused in the past. Second antennal segment
thicker in the male, thickness about equal to
that of front tibia; in the female more slender.
Rostrum long, reaching slightly beyond posterior
trochanters. Bristles of the dorsum without fus-
cous dots at base such as found in Hoplomachus.
Length 4.6-5.0 mm.

Described from Claremont, California. Ad-
ditional specimens are from Lake County, Kern
County, Los Angeles County and Santa Cata-
lina Island-

Merinocapsus, new genus

Head nearly vertical, vertex with ridge or
low carina at base. Arolia bristlelike, pseudarolia
small, not extending beyond middle of claw.
Male genital segment rather small, pointed, left
clasper formed for reception of flagellum which
points to the left side; general form of segment
rather similar to Psallus which places the genus
in subfamily Phylinae. Pubescence of two types,
simple suberect hairs and sparsely intermixed
with more appressed, sericeous hairs. Tibial
spines black, without black spots at base of
spines. Type of the genus: Merinocapsus ephe-
drae, new species.

This genus is named in honor of Mr. Joe M.
Merino, who contributed so much to the collec-
tion of Miridae for the present study.

Merinocapsus ephedrae, new species

Distinguished by the color combination,
black with hemelytra and tibiae red orange;
males with more black, the orange hemelytra
shaded with fuscous.

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .88, vertex .42 mm; black, subvertical in
position, base of vertex elevated somewhat by
a low or blunt carina. Antennae: segment I,
length .21 mm, black; II, 1.1 mm, cylindrical,
thickness nearly equal to segment I, brownish
black, with fine short yellowish pubescence;
III, .64 mm, black; IV, .37 mm, black. Rostrum,
length .95 mm, reaching to apex of middle coxae,
black- Pronotum, length .52 mm, width at base
1.1 mm; black, basal margin of calli outlined
by an impressed line, lateral margins of disk
slightly concave. Scutellum and mesonotum
black. Dorsal surface clothed with suberect,
simple, orange and black hairs, intermixed with
more appressed, silvery and golden sericeous
pubescence. Hemelytra reddish orange, cuneus

deeper red, in darker specimens the orange color
shaded with fuscous; embolar margins slightly
sinuate, although nearly parallel; membrane and
veins shaded with fuscous, veins with orange
color. Ventral surface and legs black; tibiae
orange color, more or less darkened with fus-
cous; spines black but without black spot at
base. Cenital segment tapered to narrow on
apical half, flagellum curved downward to left
side, resting upon left clasper.

Female. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: widdi .88 mm, vertex .44 mm; black,
vertex and frons bearing appressed, silvery
sericeous pubescence. Antennae: segment I,
length .18 mm, black; II, .92 mm, cylindrical,
slender, thickness only half that of segment I,
clothed with fuscous and black pubescent hairs,
reddish orange, shaded at base and apex with
fuscous; III, .58 mm, slender, fuscous; IV, -31
mm, fuscous. Rostrum, reaching to near apex of
middle coxae, black. Pronotum, length .47 mm,
width at base 1.05 mm, basal angles rounded,
black. Hemelytra more strongly reddish orange.
Ventral surface and legs reddish orange, shaded
with fuscous. Tibiae reddish orange, spines
black, without spots at base.

Holotype: d" June 14, 1965, Area TM,
Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight &
J. M. Merino). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 2d" 10 9 taken with the types on
Ephedra ncvadensis which is the host plant of
the species. Area CM, 3 9 June 13, 1965; Area
CU, 4 9 June 13; Area 6M, c? 6 9 June 15; Area
17M, 4d" 9 9 June 12; Area 18M, d 9 3
nymphs June 11; Area 19M, d" 3 9 June 23;
Area 401M, d" 9 June 18, 4 J1 3 9 June 20, 9
July 7, 1965, Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck, H.
H. Knight & J. M. Merino), all collected on
Ephedra nevadensis.

Genus Hoplomachidea Reuter

Hoplomachidea consors Uhler

Hoplomachus consors Uhler, 1893:264-
Hoplomachidea consors Reuter, 1909:75.

The following material has been identified
from the test site: Area 12M, 3^19 June 11,
1965; Area 16M, 6d" 4 9 June 11, 1965; Area
17M, 27 d" 12 9 June 11; 31 d" 10 9 June 12; 14c?
7 9 June 16; 7c? 4 9 June 17; Area 18M, 9c?
5 9 June 11, 1965; Area 19M, c? June 22; 3c?
1 9 June 23; 5 c? 6§ June 24, 1965; Area CM,
9 June 10, 1965; Area TE, 16 c? 4 9 June 10,
1965; Area 401M, 2 c? June 18, 1965.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

35

This species was swept from three or four
different plants, but greatest numbers were
taken from Phacelia crenulata which appears to
be a preferred host.

Genus Criocoris Fieber

Criocoris saliens Reuter
Figs. 41, 70

Strongylotes saliens Reuter, 1876:88.
Criocoris saliens Van Duzee, 1914:29.
Criocoris saliens Knight, 1941:21, 49, Fig. 91.

This species is known from California, Wash-
ington, Idaho, Nebraska, Kansas, Texas, Iowa,
Minnesota, Illinois and states eastward.

Fig. 70. Criocoris saliens, $ .

Genus Rhinacloa Reuter

Rhinacloa forticornis Reuter

Rhinacloa forticornis Reuter, 1876:80.
Rhinacloa forticornis Knight, 1941:50, Fig. 81.

Records for the Nevada Test Site are as fol-
lows: Area 5HN c? June 10, 1964; Area 5M,
2d" June 12, <? Aug. 13, 2c? 1 9 Aug. 18, 1965;
Area 12CI, 3 c? 4 9 June 18, 1964, on Rumex
salicif alius; Area 12M, 2 9 July 1, 4 c? 19 Aug.
6, 10c? 10 9 Aug. 7, 2c? 1 9^ Aug. 9, 4c? 2 9
Aug. 11, c? 9 Aug. 13, c? 9 Aug. 23, 3c? 2 2
Aug. 24, 2d" Aug. 26, 1965; 9 Aug. 7, 1965, on

Chenopodium leptophyllum; 9 Aug. 26, 1965,
on Eriogonum; 9 Aug. 23, 1965, on Stanley/!
pinnata; Area 16M c? Aug. 19, 1965, on Fran-
seria acanthicarpa; Area 17M, c? 9 June 17,
1965, on Sphaeralcea; 9 July 1, 9 Aug. 30.
1965, on Malacothrix glabrata; Area 18M, 4c?
3 9 Aug. 23, 9 Aug. 23, 1965, on Eriogonum
nodosum; c? Aug. 23, 1965, on Sphaeralcea;
Area 19M, 2 9 June 22, 9 June 23, 9 Aug. 30,
1965; Area 401M, c? June 18, c? July 21, 2 9
Aug. 20, 1965; Area TM 9 June 14, 1965.

Some of the above specimens were found on
each of the following plants: Franseria acanthi-
carpa, Chrysothamnus nauseosus, C. parryi, C.
panicidata, Eriogonum nodosum, E. deflexum,
Chenopodium leptophyllum, Rumex salicifolius,
Stanleya pinnata, Sphaeralcea sp., Tetradymia
glabrata, Malacothrix flabrata, Tamarix pentan-
dra (imported plant).

While Rhinacloa forticornis was found on
all the above different plants, it was never found
in large numbers on a single plant, as most sap-
feeding bugs are. I hazard a guess that this
small bug must be predaceous. The only group
of small arthropods commonly found on these
plants, and suitable for food, are thrips (Thysan-
optera ) .

Genus Ranzovius Distant

Ranzovius moerens (Reuter)

Nyctella moerens Reuter, 1905:36.
Excentricus mexicanus Van Duzee, 1923:163.
Ranzovius moerens Carvalho, 1958:136, cat.

This species has a wide distribution, being
recorded from Venezuela, Mexico, California
and Florida. Additional records: c? June 26,
1924, Santa Rita Mts.; 9 June 12, 1928, alt.
4000 ft, Patagonia (A. A. Nichol); c? Aug. 10,
9 Aug. 16, 1905, Huachuca Mts., Arizona (H.
G. Rarber). 10c? 9 July 21, 1966, College Sta-
tion, Texas (J- C. Schaffner), nymphs and adults
found inhabiting spider webs. This mode of life
helps to explain the wide distribution of the
species, for spider webs everywhere are much
the same, with the bugs probably scavengers
on some of the insects caught in the web.

Beckocoris, new genus

Arolia hairlike, two bristles arising from be-
tween base of claws; pseudarolia large, attached
along basal half, apical half free and extending
to near apex of claw (Fig. 16); characters that
place Beckocoris in subfamily Phylinae. Dis-
tinguished in the generic key by the very
broad head, which in width slightly exceeds

36

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

basal width of pronotum. Clothed with two
types of pubescence, with appressed, sericeous
pubescence, and intermixed with suberect
simple hairs. Rostrum reaching beyond hind
coxae or upon fourth ventral segment. Antennae
rather short, length of second antennal segment
not equal to width of head. Head vertical, ver-
tex very broad. Hemelytra, membrane and veins,
also the type of genital segment, all typical of
the Phylinae. Left genital clasper much like
Europiella, with tip of flagellum turned to the
left side and resting in the cleft of left clasper.
Tibial spines black, with a distinct black spot
at base of spines. Type of the genus: Beckocoris
laticephalus, new species.

This genus is named in honor of Dr. D
Elden Beck who collected some of the type
material and has done so much to promote
biological research at the test site.

Beckocoris laticephalus, new species
Figs. 16, 71

Distinguished in the generic key by the
broad head which in width is slightly greater
than basal width of pronotum.

Male. Length 3.1 mm, width 1.25 mm
Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex .65 mm; white,
each side of vertex with a granular black spot
which suggests a degenerated ocellus; each side
of frons with a subarcuate black mark having
granular surface; clypeus with base, apex, and
geminate lines on basal half, black; lora black-
Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm, black,
narrow apex pale; II, .75 mm, cylindrical, pallid,
narrow base fuscous; III, .50 mm, pale to fus-
cous; IV, .31 mm, fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.12
mm, reaching slightly behind posterior coxae,
or to the fourth ventral segment; pallid, apical
half infuscated. Pronotum, length .51 mm, width
at base 1.05 mm; pallid, calli black. Scutellum
and mesonotum fuscous to black. Dorsal surface
clothed with appressed, silvery, sericeous pubes-
cence, and intermixed with suberect, pale simple
hairs. Hemelytra pallid to white, oorium inside
of radial vein with a longitudinal black stripe,
but not covering inner apical angle of eorium;
cuneus white, central area blackish. Membrane
pale, apical half shaded with light fuscous,
central area nearly clear, veins white. Thorax
white, sternum and spot behind propleura,
black. Venter white, genital segment black ex-
cept along median line below. Shape of left
clasper much like that of Europiella species, tip
of flagellum turned to the left side and resting
in cleft of left clasper. Legs white, femora with

black dots, three large spots along ventral edge,
six or seven smaller dots along anterodorsal
aspect, a subapical black band that widens to
a triangular spot on posterior aspect. Tibiae
white, spines and spot at base of each, black;
tarsi pale, apical half and claws fuscous to
black.

Female. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width 1.19 mm, vertex .75 mm; white,
with ocellar spots and black marks as in the
male. Rostrum, length 1.18 mm, reaching be-
hind posterior coxae, almost to base of oviposi-
tor. Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm, black,
narrow apex pale; II, .64 mm, cylindrical, more
slender than segment I, pallid, fuscous on base;
III, .40 mm, pale fuscous; IV, .30 mm, fuscous.
Ventral surface white, sternum black; venter
white, a narrow impressed lateral line, also bor-
dering ovipositor, black. Legs white, marks on
femora and tibia dots, similar to the male.

Holotype: d" June 17, 1965, Area 17M.
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight St J. M. Merino).
Allotype: ? taken with the type. Paratypes:

Fig. 71. Beckocoris laticephalus, $

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 37

30c? 9 taken with the types on Chn/sothammts June 18, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site

nauseosus. 2tf 29 June 12, 5tf 79 June 16, (D E. Beck, H H. Knight & J. M. Merino),

c? July 1, 1965, Area 17M; 2cf 1 9 June 17, mostly taken on Chnjsothamnus nauseosus, the

Area 6M; 5 9 June 14, Area TM; 8cf 16 9 host plant.

Genus EuropieUa Reuter
Key to the Species

1. Antennae clear yellow, red, orange or reddish brown 2

Antennae pallid, or yellowish brown, fuscous or black 8

2. Hemelytra pallid to green, red on base; head, antennae, thorax and femora, red

to reddish; length 2.8-3.4 mm rubricornis, n. sp.

Color pattern otherwise 3

3. Ventral surface fuscous to black 4

Ventral surface not black 6

4. Rostrum reaching upon hind coxae 5

Rostrum just reaching upon middle coxae; femora black, pale on apex; length
( cf ) 3.8 mm nigrofemoratus, n. sp.

5. Antennae red or reddish; second antennal segment of the male not equal to

width of head; length 2.7-2.9 mm lycii, n. sp.

Antennae and legs yellow; femora yellow but may be fuscous on base; length of

second antennal segment of male equal to width of head; length 2-7-3.4 mm

grayiae, n. sp.

6. Rostrum reaching beyond apex of hind coxae 7

Rostrum just reaching upon hind coxae; venter pale to yellowish; antennae
orange colored; length 2.7-3.0 mm humeralis Van D.

7. Venter green; length of antennal segment II subequal to width of vertex plus

dorsal width of an eye; length 2.7 mm viridiventris, n. sp.

Venter reddish brown; length of antennal segment II greater than width of ver-
tex plus dorsal width of an eye; length 2.9-3.0 mm rufiventris, n. sp.

8. Hind femora with fuscous or reddish brown dots or spots 9

Hind femora and coxae uniformly brownish, without dots or spots; length 2.2-
2.5 mm nicholi, n- sp.

9. Antennal segment I black, or at least black on basal half 10

Antennal segment I pallid, or pale brownish, at least more pallid than black 16

10. Rostrum reaching upon hind coxae 12

Rostrum not reaching beyond middle coxae 11

11. Length of second antennal segment not equal to width of head; length 2.8-3.0

mm stigmosa ( Uhl. )

38 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Length of second antennal segment distinctly greater than width of head; length
( 9 ) 3.1 mm, ( d ) 3.7 mm angulatus (Uhl.)

12. Length of second antennal segment not exceeding width of head, or hind femora

pallid and with black spots 13

Length of second antennal segment greater than width of head ( d" ) ; rostrum
reaching upon posterior trochanters; hind femora fuscous; length 3.5 mm
concinna Reut.

13. Ventral surface blackish; hind femora dark fuscous to black, no black spots clear-

ly visible; width of vertex ( 9 ) just half the width of head; length 2.3-2.7
mm decolor ( Uhl. )

Ventral surface pallid, venter fuscous ( d" ) ; hind femora pallid, but with distinct

black spots 14

14. Length of second antennal segment not equal to width of head ( 9 ), or ( c? )

slightly longer, head dark 15

Length of second antennal segment subequal ( 9 ) to, or slightly greater ( cf )
than width of head; length 3 0-3.2 mm yampae, n. sp.

15. Head pallid, antennae uniformly black; length 2.5-2.6 mm ... nigricornis, n. sp.

Head dark, antennae black but segment II paler apically; ( 9 ) segment II pallid
on apical half; length 3.0-3.2 mm pilosula (Uhl.)

16(9). Knee or base of tibia without a black spot 17

Knee or base of tibia with a black spot; length 2.9-3.2 mm .... unipuncta, n. sp.

17. Rostrum reaching upon posterior trochanters 18

Rostrum not reaching beyond hind coxae 19

18- Venter reddish brown; rostrum reaching slightly beyond posterior trochanters;
length ( 9 ) 2.7 mm balli, n. sp.

Venter yellowish green; rostrum reaching upon base of posterior trochanters;
length 2.7-2.9 mm brevicornis, n. sp.

19. Head and dorsal surface dark fuscous to black, antennae reddish brown; length

2.8-3.9 mm arizonae, n. sp.

Head and dorsal surface not uniformly black, at least the hemelytra paler 20

20. Antennae, lower half of head, and the coxae, brown to reddish brown; hind fe-

mora with 3 or 4 reddish brown spots on ventral margin; length 2.7-3.0 mm
humeralis Van D.

Color pattern otherwise 21

21- Antennae pale yellowish to light yellowish brown; head, pronotum, coxae and
femora yellowish brown; hemelytra pale to dusky, hind femora without
prominent spots; length 2.7-3.0 mm montanae, n. sp.

Color pattern otherwise 22

22. Head and coxae fuscous; dorsal surface pallid, calli and basal half of scutellum
fuscous to black; length 2.3-2.5 mm stitti, n. sp.

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Color pattern otherwise ...

23. Dorsal surface with simple fuscous hairs intermixed with white sericeous pubes-

cence

Dorsal surface with simple white hairs only, intermixed with white sericeous
pubescence; length 3.5 mm albipubescens, n. sp.

24. Length of second antennal segment not exceeding width of head

Length of second antennal segment greater than width of head; length 2.7-3.1
mm punctipes, n- sp.

25. Rostrum reaching upon apex of middle coxae; antennal segments I and II pal-

lid ( 2 ); length 2.8-3.0 mm sparsa Van D.

Rostrum not reaching apex of middle coxae; antennal segment I fuscous beneath;
( ? ) length 3.2 mm angulatus (Uhl.)

39

24

25

Europiella rubricornis, new species

Distinguished from related species by the
red antennae and femora; the pallid, subtrans-
lucent hemelytra narrowly red across base; head
and thorax reddish brown, venter pale green.

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .47 mm; reddish brown
above, lower face red. Rostrum, length .95 mm,
reaching upon apex of middle coxae. Antennae:
segment I, lengdi .21 mm, red; II, .68 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender near base, thickness nearly
equal to segment I, ruby red; III, .58 mm, slen-
der, pale fuscous; IV, .30 mm, pale fuscous. Pro-
notum, length .46 mm, width at base 1.05 mm,
brownish black. Mesonotum and basal half of
scutellum brownish black. Dorsal surface
clothed with recumbent, simple pale hairs, more
brownish over the dark areas, and intermixed
with more appressed, silvery, sericeous pubes-
cence. Hemelytra pallid, subtranslucent, reddish
brown across the narrow base. Membrane pale
dusky, translucent, veins pallid. Thorax dark
reddish brown, sides with silvery sericeous
pubescence. Legs red, hind tibae white, the
brownish black spines with red spot at base of
each; tarsi pallid. Venter pale green, clothed
with pale or white simple pubescence. Genital
segment typical for the genus.

Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.36 mm,
costal margin moderately arcuate. Head: width
.88 mm, vertex .54 mm. Rostrum, length 1.02
mm, reaching to base of hind coxae, reddish.
Antennae: segment I, length .22 mm, reddish;
II, .72 mm, yellowish red or orange colored.
Pronotum, length .41 mm, width at base 102
mm. Shorter and more robust than the male,
but very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 11, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light. Allotype: 9 June
26, 1926, LaGrande, Oregon (E. W. Davis).
Paratypes: 2 taken with the allotype. 2d" June
11, 1930; 6cT July 15, 6d" Aug. 15, 1929; 2o*
June 11, 1930, Richfield (E. W. Davis), 2 June
8, 1940, White Valley, Millard County, Utah
(R. W. Fautin).

Europiella nigrofemoratus, new species

Allied to lycii but distinguished by the short-
er rostrum and by the black femora.

Male. Length 3.8 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .84 mm, vertex .44 mm, black. Rostrum,
length .95 mm, reaching to apex of middle coxae,
black. Antennae: segment I, length .18 mm, yel-
low; II, .85 cylindrical, yellow; III, -58 mm,
dusky yellow; IV, missing. Pronotum, lengdi
.47 mm, width at base 1.12 mm, black. Meso-
scutum and scutellum black. Hemelytra dark
fuscous to black, cuneus with same depth of
dark color as the corium, only slightly paler at
the fracture. Membrane uniformly fuscous, veins
at apex of areoles, paler. Dorsal surface clothed
with rather short, recumbent, yellowish to
golden simple hairs, and intermixed with pros-
trate and appressed, silvery, sericeous pubes-
cence; propleura and sides of thorax also with
silvery, sericeous pubescence. Ventral surface
black, venter moderately shining. Legs black,
tips of femora, and more broadly on front pair,
yellowish; tibiae pallid, spines and spot at base
of each, black; tarsi pale, tips fuscous.

Holotype: d June 17, 1965, Area 17M, Nev-
ada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
swept from Atriplex canescens. Paratypes: Other
specimens from the Nevada Test Site: c? June

40

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

10, 1965, Area TE; J June 12, 1965, Area 5M, at
southeast edge of Frenchman Flat, edge of foot
hills of the Ranger Mts.; 2 J1 June 14, 1965, Area
401M; (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no), d July 7, 1965, Area 18M, taken on Atrip-
lex canescens (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino).
While only two specimens were collected on
Atriplex canescens taken in separate locations,
it is an indication that this plant may prove to
be the host plant of the species.

Europiella nigricornis, new species

Allied to decolor Uhler but differs in the
shorter second antennal segment, which in
length does not equal width of head; width of
vertex greater than half the width of head.

Male. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.05 mm.
Head: width .68 mm, vertex .41 mm; frons
broadly convex, pallid. Antennae: segment I,
length .17 mm, black; II, .61 mm, not equal to
width of head, black, cylindrical, bearing very
short pale pubescence; III, .44 mm, fuscous;
IV, .30 mm, fuscous. Rostrum, length .92 mm,
reaching to apex of hind coxae, pallid, apex
black. Pronotum, length .41 mm,, width at base
■95 mm; pallid, calli indicated by dusky color;
anterior angles of disk bearing a single black
bristle. Scutellum and mesonotum pallid to
dusky. Dorsal surface clothed with suberect,
simple pale hairs, intermixed with more ap-
pressed, pale to silvery, sericeous pubescence.
Hemelytra pallid, subtranslucent, cuneus be-
coming infuscated in darkest specimens; mem-
brane pale to dusky, veins pallid. Ventral sur-
face pale to fuscous. Legs pallid, darkest speci-
mens becoming dusky, but spots on femora
showing clearly; anterior face of hind femora
with double row of evanescent dots, ventral
margin with two strong spots, dorsal margin
with four or five spots, the subapical spot
double and provided with two black bristles;
median lines with small dots, all of which dis-
appear when viewed under certain angles of
light. Tibiae pallid, spines black and each with
a strong black spot at base, the base or knees
black; tarsi pale, apex and claws fuscous to
black. Ventral surface pallid, darkest specimens
with some fuscous, but femora never so dark
as to obscure the black spots, which may be
said of decolor Uhler.

Female. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .68 mm, vertex .42 mm; frons more
rounded and convex, eyes brown. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm, black; II, .52 mm,
cylindrical, slightly thicker on apex, black, no

sign of turning paler apically as is true of
decolor; III, .44 mm, fuscous; IV, .30 mm, fus-
cous. Pronotum, length .41 mm, width at base,
pallid, no shading to indicate the calli- Ventral
surface and legs pallid, dark spots on legs show
clearly, femora never black as is true of decolor.
Body more robust than the male, but color and
pubescence very similar.

Holotype: 3 June 17, 1965, Area 6M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 June 22, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada
Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino). Para-
types: 9cT 3 9 June 11, Area 18M; d June 18,
2 9 June 23, d 5 June 19, Area 19M; d 9
June 12, d June 14, 9 Aug. 28, Area 5M; d
June 14, Area TM; 9 Aug. 9, Area 12M; Area
12CI, 9 June 18, 1964, Nevada Test Site (D E.
Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino). Host plant
is Artemisia tridentata.

Europiella lycii, new species

Allied to grayiae but distinguished by the
red antennae, and male with length of second
antennal segment not equal to width of head.

Male. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .82 mm, vertex .43 mm; fuscous above,
ventral half of head pale to reddish. Antennae:
segment I, length 18 mm, reddish; II, .71 mm,
cylindrical, reddish to clear red; III, .36 mm,
pale fuscous; IV, .30 mm, fuscous. Rostrum,
length .98 mm, reaching to posterior trochanters,
reddish, apex blackish. Pronotum, length .44 mm,
width at base .98 mm, black. Dorsal surface,
including head, clothed with appressed, silvery
sericeous pubescence, and intermixed with
simple, suberect, pale to brownish hairs. Scutel-
lum and mesonotum fuscous to black. Hemel-
ytra dark fuscous, embolium and narrow edge
of cuneus, paler; membrane pale fuscous, veins
pallid. Ventral surface fuscous to blackish; sides
of thorax with appressed, silvery sericeous pu-
bescence. Legs fuscous to brownish, femora
paler on apical half, dots showing in some
angles of light; tibiae pale, spines black, spots
at base of spines red to blackish; tarsi pale,
apices and claws black.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .47 mm; fuscous to
black on vertex and frons, lower half reddish.
Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm, red; II,
•78 mm, red, cylindrical, slightly more slender
on basal half, finely pubescent; III, .27 mm,
reddish; IV, .24 mm, fuscous red. Rostrum,
length .98 mm, reddish, apex black, reaching to

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

41

posterior trochanters. Pronotum, length .38 mm,
width at base .98 mm. Color and pubescence
very similar to the male but hemelytra more
broadly pale, basal area of clavus and corium,
and apex of scutellum pallid. Ventral surface
pallid to fuscous. Legs reddish, tibiae pallid,
spines black, dots at base of spines reddish.

Holotype: c? June 12, 1965, Area CM, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino), taken on Lijcium andersoni, the host
plant. Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Para-
types: 8c? 59 and nymphs taken with the types
on Lycium andersoni. 2 c? June 13, 1965, Area
CM; 6c? 2 9 June 15, 1965, Area 6M (D E.
Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino); 9 May
12, 1961, Area 4DB, on Lycium andersoni; 9
May 30, 1961, Area 5DB, on Lycium andersoni;
9 March 14, 1962, Area CBA14, Nevada Test
Site-

Europiella grayiae, new species

Allied to lycii, rather similar in color, but
distinguished by having male second antennal
segment equal to width of head.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .50 mm; vertical in posi-
tion, tip of clypeus directly beneath antennal
fossa; black, lora yellow. Antennae: segment I,
length .18 mm, yellow; II, .85 mm, cylindrical,
slightly more slender at base, with short pale
pubescence; III, .51 mm, pale to fuscous; IV,
.31 mm, fuscous. Rostrum, length .92 mm, reach-
ing apex of middle coxae, yellow, apical half
blackish. Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at
base 1.1 mm; black, smooth, not shining; calli
indistinct, disk and whole dorsal surface clothed
with suberect, yellowish to fuscous simple pu-
bescence, intermixed with more appressed, sil-
very, sericeous pubescence. Scutellum and
mesonotum black. Hemelytra fuscous, embolium
pale dusky, cuneus fuscous, narrow outer mar-
gin paler; membrane and veins pale fuscous,
slightly paler along inner margin of cuneus.
Ventral surface of thorax, coxae, and venter
black. Legs pallid to yellowish, basal half of
middle and hind coxae fuscous, in a few speci-
mens the hind coxae nearly all black; tibial
spines and the spot at base, black-
Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .47 mm; ventral
half yellowish orange, vertex and frons blackish,
clothed with sericeous silvery hairs above; ver-
tical in position, tip of clypeus directly beneath
antennal fossa. Rostrum, length .95 mm, reach-
ing upon hind coxae, yellow, apex blackish. An-

tennae: segment I, length .20 mm, orange yel-
low; II, .78 mm, cylindrical, yellow; III, .51 mm,
fuscous; IV, .27 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length
.44 mm, width 1.05 mm, more than twice wider
than long. Coloration and pubescence of dorsal
surface similar to the male, but base of corium
becoming paler. Ventral surface black, but legs
including coxae orange yellow, tibiae pallid,
spines and spots at base black.

Holotype: c? June 11, 1965, Area 18M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 19 c? 14 9 taken with the types on
Grayia spinosa, the host plant. 3 c? 3 9 June 11,
c? June 24, 1965, Area 16M; c? June 12, Area
5M; c? 9 June 10, Area TE; 9 June 14, Area
TM; c? June 17, Area 17M; 6c? 6 9 June 14,
10c? 2 9 June 18, Area 401M; c? 9 July 17,
1965, Area 18M (D E. Beck, H H. Knight & J.
M. Merino); c? May 2, 1960, Area 4DA1; 9
May 2, 1961, Area 4DA, on Grayia spinosa; c?
June 21, 1961, Area 6DD, Nevada Test Site.

Europiella angulata (Uhler)

Maurodactylus angulatus Uhler, 1895:53, n. sp.

This species does not belong in Maurodac-
tylus Reut. as assigned by Uhler. It differs from
typical Europiella species only by the slightly-
longer antennal segments, but this character
alone does not warrant making a separate genus.
The broad vertex, nearly vertical front, and short
rostrum, places this species in Europiella rather
than Psallus Fieb.

This species was described from Steamboat
Springs, Colorado, where I have collected it;
also taken at Veta Pass, Gunnison, and Dolores
in Colorado; many specimens taken from
Chrysothamnus. Additional records from Utah:
6c? 2 9 July 15, 1929, Richfield (E. W. Davis),
taken at light trap; c? 9 , Widtsoe; 9 , Bryce
Canyon (V. M. Tanner).

Europiella humeralis (Van Duzee)

Sthctwrus humeralis Van Duzee, 1923:162, n. sp-
This species was described from numerous
specimens collected by Mr. Van Duzee from
bushes of Lycium richi at Loreto, Lower Cali-
fornia. I have specimens from Arizona that I
believe are identical since making comparison
with paratypes.

New records: 6c? 9 May 9, 1926, alt. 1300 ft,
Salt River Mts., c? April 1926, alt. 2400 ft,
Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

42

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Europiclla viridiventris, new species

Allied to rufiventris but distinguished by the
green venter; also by length of second antennal
segment which is subequal to width of vertex
plus dorsal width of an eye.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .51 mm; fuscous
brown. Rostrum, length 1.05 mm, reaching upon
posterior trochanters, reddish brown. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm, reddish yellow; II,
.78 mm, subcylindrical, reddish yellow; III, .51
mm, pale yellowish; IV, .30 mm, dusky yellow.
Pronotum, length .40 mm, width at base 1.20
mm, fuscous brown. Mesoscutum fuscous brown,
scutellum fuscous, apex paler. Hemelytra rather
uniformly pale fuscous; membrane pale fuscous,
veins paler. Dorsal surface clothed with rather
short, recumbent, golden brown to fuscous
simple hairs, and intermixed with prostrate and
appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence. Thorax
fuscous to reddish brown; venter uniformly pale
yellowish green. Coxae reddish brown; femora
pallid to pale brownish yellow, ventral margin
of anterior aspect with 2 or 3 reddish brown
spots, also several tiny dots along median line
and the apical area; tibiae pallid, spines black
with a large red brown spot at base of each;
tarsi pale, apex fuscous-
Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.15 mm. Head:
width .80 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum, length
.92 mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters,
yellowish brown. Antennae: segment I, length
.17 mm, brownish yellow; II, .64 mm, reddish
brown; III, missing. Pronotum, length .37 mm,
width at base .92 mm. More slender than the
female but very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: 9 April 8, 1940, Tempe, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt). Allotype: <$ taken with the type.
Paratypes: <? taken with the types on Lycium.
9 Dec. 20, 1939, Yuma County; 2? April 6,
1940, Coldwater; 9 April 9, 1942, Chandler,
Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

Europiclla rufiventris, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with viridi-
ventris from which it may be distinguished by
the reddish venter, also by the relatively longer
second antennal segment-
Female. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .54 mm; fuscous
brown. Rostrum, length 1.1 mm, reaching upon
posterior trochanters, yellowish brown. An-
tennae: segment I, length .20 mm, brownish yel-

low, a setigerous red spot on apical half; II, .85
mm, reddish brown to orange colored; III, .51
mm, yellowish brown; IV, .30 mm, dusky brown.
Pronotum, length .45 mm, width at base 1.09
mm, brownish black. Mesoscutum and scutellum
dark fuscous brown, apex of scutellum pale.
Hemelytra, pale fuscous to fuscous brown, em-
bolium and base of corium more pallid. Mem-
brane pale dusky brown, veins somewhat paler.
Dorsal surface clothed with rather short, re-
cumbent to suberect, dark brown to fuscous
simple hairs, and intermixed with more ap-
pressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence- Ventral
surface pale to reddish brown, venter strongly
reddish brown, edges of segments more or less
pallid. Coxae dark reddish brown; femora pale
to brownish, ventral half paler, marked with
several small, and 3 or 4 larger reddish brown
spots on ventral margin; tibiae pallid to white,
spines black, each with a large red brown spot
at base; tarsi pale yellowish, tips fuscous.

Male. Length 3.1 mm, width .64 mm. Head:
width .90 mm, vertex .48 mm. Rostrum, length
1.05 mm, reaching to tips of posterior trochan-
ters. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm,
brownish yellow, a red brown spot on dorsal
surface; II, .82 mm, reddish brown; III, .54 mm;
IV, .30 mm. Pronotum, length .44 mm, widdi at
base 1.06 mm. Less robust than the female, but
very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: 9 April 8, 1940, Tempe, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt). Allotype: d April 6, 1940, Cold-
water, Arizona (L. L. Stitt). Paratypes: 2 9 taken
with the type- 9 cT 7 9 taken with the allotype
on Lycium; 2cf Dec. 20, 1939, Yuma County;
2 9 April 9, 1942, Chandler; 9 Feb. 3, 1941,
Gila Rend, Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

Europiella nicholi, new species

Allied to balli but differs in the shorter ros-
trum, femora uniformly brownish, without dots
or spots.

Female. Length 2.3 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .75 mm, vertex .44 mm; brown.
Rostrum, length .68 mm, reaching to middle of
hind coxae, dark brown. Antennae: segment I,
length .17 mm, yellowish brown; II, .62 mm,
cylindrical, yellowish brown; III, .37 mm, brown;
IV, .30 mm, brownish. Pronotum, length -36 mm,
width at base .85 mm, brown. Mesonotum
brown. Scutellum pallid. Dorsal surface clothed
with short, simple, recumbent brown hairs, and
intermixed with more appressed, golden brown
sericeous pubescence; also with some silvery
sericeous pubescence on scutellum, mesonotum,

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

43

and base of clavus. Hemelytra pale brownish,
closely matted with golden sericeous pubes-
cence; cuneus slightly darker brown, pallid at
the fracture. Membrane pale to clear, tinted
brownish, veins pale brownish. Ventral surface
rather uniformly rich yellowish brown. Legs
uniformly light yellowish brown, without dots or
spots; tibial spines brownish black, without spots
at base.

Male. Length 2.4 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .72 mm, vertex .37 mm; brown. Rostrum,
length .68 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length 14 mm; II,
.64 mm; III, .44 mm; IV, .23 mm; yellowish
brown. Pronotum, length .34 mm, width at base
.85 mm. More slender than the female, but very
similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 19, 1926, alt. 2400 ft,
Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: c?
taken with the type. Paratypes: o* 5 9 taken
with the types on Lycium torreyi, which is the
host plant. 6 9 Sept. 2, 1928, Rincon Mts., alt.
3300 ft (A. A. Nichol), taken on Lycium tor-
reyi-

Europiella stigmosa Uhler
Fig. 72

Agalliastes stigmosus Uhler, 1893:379.
Europiella stigmosa Reuter, 1909:84.
Europiella umbrina Reuter, 1909:85.

I have examined co-types of umbrina Reut.
and find the specimens are of the dark color
form of stigmosa (Uhler). I have seen speci-
mens of this species from Colorado, Utah, Ne-
vada and California.

The following records are known from the
Nevada Test Site: Area 401M, 10d" 3 9 June
22, 8cf 4 9 June 19, 1965; Area 19M, 2d June
22, 18 cf 89' June 23, 1965; Area 17M, Id 29
June 11, 1965.

The host plant is Artemisia tridentata on
which stigmosa has been found in Nevada, Utah
and Colorado.

Europiella concinna Reuter

Europiella concinna Reuter, 1909:84.

I have placed this species in the key since
it was described from Claremont, Calif. ( Baker )
and may well occur in southern Nevada. I have
specimens from northern Arizona determined as
this species.

Europiella decolor (Uhler)

Agalliastes decolor Uhler, 1S93:380.
Europiella decolor Van Duzee, 1917, 415.

I have determined the following material
from the Nevada Test Site: Area 401 M, 9 c? 9
June 18, 19 c? 9 June 19, 1965; Area 19M, 13 cf 9
June 23, 1965; Area 16M, d June 11, 1965; Area
12M, 10 c? 9 Aug. 13, 1965, all taken on Arte-
misia tridentata-

The host plant for this species is Artemisia
tridentata, and it is usually found where this
plant grows in abundance. I have identified
decolor from Colorado, Utah, Nevada and Cali-
fornia.

Europiella yampae, new species

Runs in the key to couplet with nigricornis,
but separated from that species by the some-
what longer antennal segments.

Male. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .78 mm, vertex .47 mm; pallid, frons

Fig. 72. Europiella stigmosa, $

44

Bkicham Young University Science Bulletin

and lower half of head shaded with fuscous.
Rostrum, length 1.12 mm, reaching upon middle
of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length 1.12
mm, black, apex pallid; II, .82 mm, cylindrical,
black, pale pubescent; III, .61 mm, black; IV,
.44 mm, black. Pronotum, length .48 mm, width
at base 1.05 mm; pallid, calli and area on an-
terior upper half of propleura, fuscous. Scutel-
lum pallid, shaded with fuscous along basal
suture and the apex- Hemelytra and pronotal
disk pallid, clothed with appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence, and intermixed with recum-
bent and suberect, pallid simple pubescence.
Membrane fuscous, veins pallid. Ventral surface
fuscous. Legs pallid to yellowish, femora spotted
with a double row series of fuscous dots, the
spots larger and more distinct on posterior pair;
tibiae with black spines and spots at base, knees
with large black spot.

Female. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .76 mm, vertex .48 mm; white.
Rostrum, length 1.09 mm, reaching to middle of
hind coxae, pallid, apical half brownish black.
Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm, black,
apex pallid; II, .72 mm, pallid to greenish, basal
half fuscous; III, .58 mm, fuscous; IV, .37 mm,
fuscous. Pronotum, length -48 mm, width at
base .98 mm. Ventral surface pallid or white,
tinged with green. Legs pallid to white, spots
on femora smaller than in the male; tibial spots
and spines black, apical segment of tarsi fus-
cous.

Holotype: d July 12, 1964, alt. 6700 ft,
Steamboat Springs, Colorado (H. H. Knight).
Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes:
18 d" 15$ July 12, 19 cT 2$ July 13, 2d July 15,
1964, alt. 6700 ft, Steamboat Springs, Colorado
( H. H. Knight ) , collected on a low growing
Artemisia.

Europiella pilosula (Uhler)

Atomoscelis pilosidus Uhler, 1893:377.
Psallus pilosulus Van Duzee ,1917:407, cat.

Allied to decolor Uhler and nigricornis, n.
sp., but may be separated as shown in the key.
The type specimens of pilosulus Uhler were "col-
lected on Bigelovia near American Fork, Utah,
June 22, 1891 (E. A. Sehwarz)-" I collected this
species Aug. 14, 1927, in the Shoshone National
Forest, Wyoming. As yet this species has not
been collected at the test site.

Europiella unipuncta, new species

Allied to albipubescens in having only white
pubescence, but differs on tibiae having a promi-

nent black spot at base; also not having the tri-
angular shaped black tip on the flagellum.

Male. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .75 mm, vertex .40 mm; pallid. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm, pallid; II, .78 mm,
cylindrical, pale to yellowish; III, .40 mm, dusky;
IV, .27 mm, dusky. Rostrum, length 1.03 mm,
reaching upon apex of middle coxae, pallid,
apex blackish. Pronotum, length -44 mm, width
at base .95 mm; disk rather flat, calli scarcely
defined, pallid. Dorsal surface uniformly pallid,
clothed with moderately long, suberect, simple
pale hairs, intermixed with more appressed, sil-
very sericeous pubescence. Scutellum and meso-
notum pallid, sparsely set with pubescence.
Hemelytra uniformly pallid; membrane and
veins pale to dusky. Ventral surface pallid to
white. Legs pallid, femora with numerous, small
pale fuscous dots, a pair of preapical black
bristles on dorsal surface; base of tibia, so-
called knees with a conspicuous black spot from
which the name is derived; tibial bristles black,
with a black spot at base of each, bristles rather
long, length more than twice the diameter of
tibia; tarsi dusky, claws dark brown. Venter
pallid to greenish white; right clasper curved,
black in color.

Female. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .71 mm, vertex .44 mm; pallid.
Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm; II, .64
mm, cylindrical, slightly more slender near base,
pallid; III, .44 mm, pale; IV, .30 mm- Pronotum,
length .42 mm, width at base .92 mm. Color and
pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d Aug, 13. 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino). Allotype: 9 same
data as type. Paratypes: 6d" 9 9 all taken with
the types on Artemisia tridentata by J. M. Meri-
no. Also known from 2cf 8 9 June 30, 1965,
St. George, Utah (H. H. Knight), taken on Arte-
misia.

Europiella balli, new species

Allied to brevicornis but distinguished by the
longer rostrum which reaches slightly beyond
posterior trochanters; venter brownish red.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .50 mm; black-
Rostrum, length 1.05 mm, reaching slightly be-
yond posterior trochanters, pallid to reddish
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .14 mm,
yellowish brown; II, .64 mm, pale yellowish
brown, apical one-fourth reddish brown; III,
.44 mm, dusky brown; IV, missing. Pronotum,

MmroAE of the Nevada Test Site

45

length .39 mm, width at base 1.05 mm; brownish
black. Mesonotum and scutellum brownish
black. Hemelytra subtranslucent, uniformly fus-
cous brown. Membrane pale fuscous brown,
veins pallid. Dorsal surface clothed with short,
recumbent, simple brownish hairs, and inter-
mixed with recumbent and appressed, silvery,
sericeous pubescence. Ventral surface fuscous
to reddish brown, venter more reddish than
brown. Legs reddish brown, femora marked
with darker spots, ventral margin with four or
five reddish brown spots; tibiae pallid, set with
prominent black spines, each with a red-brown
spot at base; tarsi pale, apical segment fuscous
to black.

Holotype: 2 May 12, 1929, Tucson, Arizona
(E. D. Ball). Named for the collector, Dr. E. D.
Ball, who spent some three years in Arizona,
and was an active collector of Homoptera and
Hemiptera.

Europiella brevicomis, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with halli from
which it may be separated by the shorter ros-
trum; venter yellowish green.

Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .81 mm, vertex .44 mm; fuscous to brown-
ish black. Rostrum, length .95 mm, reaching
upon base of posterior trochanters, yellowish
brown. Antennae: segment I, length ,17 mm,
yellowish brown; II, .66 mm, cylindrical, reddish
brown; III, -51 mm, pale yellowish; IV, .30 mm,
dusky yellow. Pronotum, length .37 mm, width
at base .95 mm; dark fuscous brown. Mesonotum
and scutellum fuscous brown, apex of scutellum
paler. Hemelytra subtranslucent, darkened with
pale fuscous, embolium and cuneus somewhat
paler. Membrane nearly clear, veins pallid. Dor-
sal surface clothed with short, recumbent, golden
yellow to brown simple hairs, and intermixed
with recumbent and appressed, silvery sericeous
pubescence. Ventral surface of thorax pale to
fuscous. Venter pale greenish yellow. Coxae red-
dish brown, femora pale to reddish brown; hind
femora nearly white beneath, marked with three
large and one small red-brown spots; tibiae
pallid, spines black, each with a large red-brown
spot at base; tarsi pallid, tips fuscous.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, reaching upon base of
posterior trochanters. Antennae: segment I,
length .17 mm; II, -71 mm, yellowish brown;
III, .37 mm; IV, .34 mm. Pronotum, length .42
mm, width at base .98 mm. Slightly more robust

than the male, but very similar in color and
pubescence.

Holotype: d April 19, 1926, alt. 2400 ft,
Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: 2
taken with the type. Paratypes: 5cf 2 2 same
data as the types.

Europiella arizonae, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with brevi-
comis, from which it way be separated by the
longer second antennal segment of the male,
length subequal to width of head; hind femora
with a few small brownish dots.

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .47 mm; dark fuscous
brown. Rostrum, length 1.02 mm, reaching upon
apex of hind coxae, brown. Antennae: segment
I, length .20 mm, dark brown; II, 88 mm, fus-
cous brown; III, .44 mm, brown; IV, .31 mm,
brown. Pronotum, length ..54 mm, width at base
1.19 mm; brownish black. Mesonotum and
scutellum brownish black. Hemelytra subtrans-
lucent, medium fuscous brown, slightly paler at
base of corium; cuneus fuscous brown, slightly
paler, subtranslucent. Membrane uniformly pale
fuscous, veins pallid. Dorsal surface clothed with
recumbent to suberect simple brownish hairs,
intermixed with more appressed silvery sericeous
pubescence. Ventral surface pale yellowish
brown, mesosternum dark brown. Legs pale
brownish, femora paler on ventral half, having
a few brown dots; tibiae pallid, with brownish
tinge, tibial spines and spots at base, dark brown.

Female. Length 2.8 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .52 mm- Rostrum,
length 1.0 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm; II,
.78 mm; III, .47 mm; IV, .30 mm; yellowish
brown. Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at base
1.15 mm. Shorter, broader and more robust than
the male, but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: d Feb. 13, 1941, Gila Bend, Ari-
zona (L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 2 same data as the
type. Paratypes: 6cf 10 2 taken with the types.

Europiella montanae, new species

Distinguished from related species by the
uniformly pale yellowish to light yellowish
brown antennae; hemelytra pale to dusky, hind
femora without prominent spots.

Male. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.26 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex -48 mm; dark brown, cly-

46

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

peus and juga brownish yellow. Rostrum, length
.98 mm, reaching upon middle of hind coxae,
brownish yellow. Antennae: segment I, length
.20 mm, brownish yellow; II, .85 mm, pale
brownish yellow, thickness subequal to segment
I; III, .61 mm, pale dusky yellow; IV, broken.
Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at base 1.0
mm, fuscous brown. Mesonotum and scutellum
fuscous brown. Dorsal surface clothed with re-
cumbent, dusky to golden brown simple hairs,
and intermixed with prostrate and appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence. Hemelytra pallid,
subtranslucent to dusky, dark specimens with
fuscous on clavus, apical half of corium, and the
cuneus. Membrane uniformly dusky, or pale fus-
cous to brownish, veins pallid. Ventral surface
fuscous brown, sides of thorax with silvery seri-
ceous pubescence- Legs yellowish brown, tips
of femora more yellowish; tibiae pallid, spines
and spots at base brownish black; tarsi pallid,
tips fuscous.

Female. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .90 mm, vertex .56 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.0 mm, reaching upon hind coxae. An-
tennae: segment I, length .20 mm; II, .82 mm,
cylindrical, more slender than segment I, pale
brownish yellow; III, .58 mm; IV, .30 mm. Pro-
notum, length .44 mm, width at base 1.05 mm.
More robust than the male but very similar in
color and pubescence.

Holotype: d" Aug. 4, 1927, Billings, Montana
(H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 4 9 taken with the types.

Europiella stitti, new species

Allied to montanae but size smaller; head
fuscous to black, vertex pallid; pronotum pallid,
calli fuscous to black-
Female. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .73 mm, vertex .44 mm; fuscous to
black, vertex pallid. Rostrum, length .64 mm,
reaching upon hind coxae, brownish yellow. An-
tennae: segment I, length .17 mm, dusky yel-
low; II, .58 mm, subcylindrical, somewhat more
slender on basal half, pale yellowish; III, .44
mm, pale yellowish; IV, .30 mm, dusky yellow.
Pronotum, length .34 mm, width at base .88
mm; pallid to pale yellowish, calli remain fus-
cous to black. Mesonotum and scutellum fus-
cous, apical half of scutellum more pallid. Dor-
sal surface sparsely clothed with recumbent to
suberect fuscous simple hairs, and intermixed
with prostrate to appressed, silvery sericeous
pubescence. Hemelytra subtranslucent, rather
evenly shaded with dusky to pale fuscous;

cuneus mostly with recumbent, fuscous to black
simple hairs; membrane mostly dusky pale
brown, veins pallid- Ventral surface pallid to
pale fuscous; venter fuscous to blackish, sides
remain greenish vellow. Legs pale yellowish,
coxae and dorsal half of hind femora fuscous,
ventral half paler and with three or four fus-
cous spots, apical half with a few small fuscous
dots. Tibiae pallid, spines black and with black
spots at base; tarsi pallid, apex fuscous.

Holotype: 9 Feb. 13, 1941, Gila Bend, Ari-
zona (L. L. Stitt). Paratypes: 6 9 taken with the
types.

Europiella albipubescens, new species

Distinguished from allied species by having
only white pubescent hairs and silvery, sericeous
pubescence.

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .49 mm; pallid, without
marks. Antennae: segment I, length .23 mm,
pallid; II, .92 mm, cylindrical, pallid, apex
dusky; III, .54 mm, pale; IV, .30 mm, dusky.
Rostrum, length .98 mm, reaching upon apex
of middle coxae, pallid, apex black. Pronotum,
length .51 mm, width at base 110 mm; pallid,
disk and head clothed with suberect, pale hairs
and intermixed with silvery, sericeous pubes-
cence; a single fuscous bristle each side on an-
terior angle. Scutellum pallid, mesonotum pallid
but becoming fuscous on middle. Hemelytra
pallid, subtranslucent, without fuscous marks,
clothed with pallid simple hairs intermixed with
silvery, sericeous pubescence. Thorax pallid,
mesosternum pale to fuscous. Legs pallid, hind
femora with median and a subdorsal line of
minute fuscous dots on anterior face, dots nearly
obsolete on front and middle femora; tibiae
pallid, spines brownish to fuscous, the fuscous
dots at base of spines rather weak; tarsi pale,
claws blackish. Venter pale to white, white
pubescent; genital segment fuscous above on
base of tergite; flagellum black, very large, ex-
posed part subtriangular in shape.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .54 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .21 mm; II, .85 mm, cylin-
drical, slightly more slender on basal half; III,
.51 mm; IV, absent; pallid. Pronotum, length .54
mm, width at base 118 mm. More robust than
the male, but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: d June 14, 1965, Area 401M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

47

Paratypes: 32 d 9 taken with the types on
Chrysothamnus nauseous. 35c? 2 June 18, 1965,
Area 401 M; 36 d 9 June 11, 9 June 24, Area
16M; 17 d 9 June 12, 12d 9 June 16, 15d 9
June 17, Area 17M; 2 9 July 1, 1965, Area 17M,
1965, Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H.
Knight & J. M. Merino), mostly taken on Chry-
sothamnus nauseous, the host plant.

Europiella punctipes, new species

Allied to sparsa Van D. but may be separated
by the longer second antennal segment, which
in length exceeds the width of head across eyes;
head and thorax never with black color as oc-
curs with sparsa.

Male. Lengdi 3.1 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .74 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid to white,
no dark marks. Antennae: segment I, length .20
mm, pallid; II, -81 mm, cylindrical, pale to
greenish, clothed with fine pale pubescence;
III, .51 mm, pallid; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Rostrum,
length .64 mm, just reaching to base of middle
coxae, pale, apex black. Pronotum, length .44
mm, width at base .98 mm; pale greenish white,
pubescence pale to silvery, including a promi-
nent bristle set at each anterior angle of disk.
Scutellum and mesonotum pale to greenish
white. Dorsal surface including top of head,
clothed with suberect, simple pale and fuscous
hairs, intermixed with more appressed, white
sericeous pubescence. Hemelytra subtranslucent,
pallid to white, tinged with green in fresh speci-
mens; veins white, membrane pale to dusky on
apical half. Ventral surface pale to greenish,
without the infuscations found in sparsa. Legs
pallid to whitish; femora with fuscous spots,
anterior aspect with three spots on ventral
margin, also four or five fuscous spots along
dorsal margin, median line with a series of
smaller spots, and subapical area with a few
jumbled smaller dots; tibia pallid, with black
spots at base of fuscous spines, without knee
spot; tarsi pale, claws blackish. Venter pallid to
greenish white; genital claspers small, white,
tip of flagellum slender, black in color-
Female: Length 2.7 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .73 mm, vertex .41 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm; II, .78 mm, cylin-
drical, slightly more slender near base; III,
broken. Pronotum, length .41 mm, width at base
.92 mm. Very similar to the male in color and
pubescence.

Holotype: d June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).

Allotype: 9 July 7, 1965, Area 18M, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck &: J. M. Merino). Paratypes:
d June 23, Area 19M; d June 23, 1965, Area
18M (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino); 4d 19
July 7, 1965, Area 18M (D E- Beck & J. M.
Merino); d July 21, 1965, Area 410M (D E.
Beck & J. M. Merino), at black light, all others
taken on Atriplex canescens. which appears to
be the host plant; 3d June 13, 1965, Area CM
(D E. Beck & H. H. Knight); 2d" April 20, 1961,
Area 6DA, on Atriplex canescens, Nevada Test
Site.

Europiella sparsa Van Duzee

Europiella sparsa Van Duzee, 1918:305.

I have determined the following material
from the Nevada Test Site: Area 401M, 9 June
14, 2d 2 9 June 18, 37 d 5 June 20, 18 d 9
June 22, 1965; Area 5M, 22 d 9 June 12, 1965;
Area 16M, 9d 9 June 11, 9 Aug. 19, 45d 9
June 24, 1965; Area 17M, d 49 June 16, 9
Aug. 5, 9 Aug. 25, 1965; Area 18M, 28 d 9
June 23, 7d 9 July 7, 1965; Area 19M, 3d 2 9
June 23, 1965; Area CM, d 3 9 June 10, 9 June
13, 1965; Area TE, 9 June 10, 1965; Area 6DA,
2d 4 9 April 20, 1961, from Berlese funnel; 3d
1 9 April 21, 1961; Area CE, 9 July 21, 1962,
at black light; Area 6DD, 9 Oct. 24, 1960, from
Berlese funnel; 9 April 24, 1961, on Atriplex
canescens; Area 18M, 9 July 22, 1965, at black
light. Most of the specimens were collected on
Atriplex canescens, but a few were beaten from
other species of Atriplex.

This species is also known from California,
Arizona, Colorado, and Utah.

Genus Psallus Fieber

Psallus merinoi, new species

Allied to carneatus Kngt., about the same
color, or more reddish; femora with rows of
fuscous dots; length of second antennal seg-
ment exceeding width of head by space about
equal to thickness of segment I.

Female. Length 3.7 nun, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .83 mm, vertex .44 mm; yellowish
to dusky salmon, area each side of frons with
dusky transverse lines. Rostrum, length 1.4 mm,
reaching upon posterior trochanters, yellowish,
dusky on apex, with two black subapical
bristles, each with fuscous spot at base; II, .92
mm, yellowish to dusky, blackish on base; cylin-
drical, slightly thicker on apical half; III, .61
mm, dusky yellow; IV, .27 mm, fuscous. Pro-
notum, length .61 mm, width at base 1.26 mm;

48

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

disk yellowish to pink, calli more yellowish;
propleura pallid on margins, dorsal half pink.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent, yellow-
ish to fuscous simple hairs, and intermixed with
more appressed, silvery to yellowish sericeous
pubescence; also with a few more erect, black
bristles on vertex and anterior margins of pro-
notum. Mesonotum yellowish, scutellum pink-
Hemelytra rather uniformly salmon red, em-
bolium pallid; base of cuneus white, outer mar-
gin and apex narrowly pallid to white; mem-
brane fuscous, veins dusky, white on apex of
smaller areole. Ventral surface pallid to dusky
yellow. Legs pallid, femora with longitudinal
rows of fuscous dots, hind pair with row on
median line of anterior aspect, confused by
irregular dots near apex; ventral margin with six
dots on apical half; dorsal margin with fuscous
line on basal half, near apex with geminate spots
bearing two black bristles; tibiae pallid, set with
strong black spines, each with black spots at
base, knees fuscous to black; tarsi pallid, apical
segment and claws blackish.

Holotype: 9 July 18, 1965, on bench of
Charleston Canyon near Indian Springs, Nevada
(D E. Beck — J. M. Merino).

This species is named for J. M. Merino, grad-
uate student at Brigham Young University, who
did considerable collecting, drove the automo-
tive equipment, acted as guide, and did every-
thing possible to make my work pleasant and
satisfactory while at the test site.

Psallus atriplicis, new species

Allied to fuscopwictatus Kngt, but distin-
guished by the shorter rostrum, also by the uni-
formly pallid antennae.

Male. Length 3.9 mm, width 1.56 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex -41 mm; pallid. Rostrum,
length 1.15 mm, just reaching upon middle of
hind coxae, pallid, apex blackish. Antennae:
segment I, length .24 mm, pallid; II, 1.05 mm,
cylindrical, pallid; III, .60 mm, pallid; IV, .34
mm, pale. Pronotum, length .61 mm, width at
base 1.22 mm; pallid. Mesonotum and scutellum,
pallid. Hemelytra pallid, sprinkled with small
setigerous fuscous dots, embolium and cuneus
included; membrane and veins milky white in
color, subtranslucent. Dorsal surface clothed
with suberect, pale pubescent hairs, somewhat
longer on edge of embolium, and intermixed
with silvery, sericeous pubescence. Legs pallid,
femora marked with irregularly spaced, fuscous
dots; tibiae with pallid spines but each with a
fuscous dot at base, tarsi pallid, claws black.

with typical small pseudarolia- Genital segment
pallid, claspers typical of die genus.

Female: Length 3.0 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .46 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .24 mm, pallid; II, .75 mm,
cylindrical, thickness only half that of segment I,
pallid; III, .50 mm; IV, .30 mm. Pronotum,
length .54 mm, width at base 1.2 mm. More
robust than the male but color and pubescence
very similar.

Holotype: d" June 24, 1965, Area 16M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 taken with die type. Paratypes: 2 c?
taken with the types on Atriplex canescens,
which is the host plant of the species. 9 June
20, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site (H. H.
Knight & J. M. Merino).

Psallus purshiae, new species

Allied to cercocarpicola Kngt., but differs in
the shorter second antennal segment, and the
amber brown femora; tibiae uniformly brownish
black, spines black, with no trace of white be-
tween the spines as found in nigerrimus Van
Duzee.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .78 mm, vertex .37 mm; black. Antennae:
segment I, length .24 mm, black; II, .82 mm,
cylindrical, thickness slightly less than segment
I, black, with fine, short black pubescence; III,
.51 mm, brownish black, just reaching upon
apex of middle coxae. Pronotum, length .61 mm,
width at base 1.22 mm- Dorsal surface and body
uniformly black. Membrane fuscous, veins, with-
in areoles and bordering veins darker fuscous;
veins black, except bordering apex of smaller
areole, nearly clear. Dorsal surface and sides of
body, clothed with recumbent, yellowish to
brown, simple hairs, and intermixed with more
appressed silvery white, sericeous pubescence.
Legs yellowish to amber brown; tibiae brownish
black, set with strong black spines, but no indi-
cation of paler or white on dorsal surface be-
tween spines, as is true of some related species.
Hind femora with a row of obscure, darker
points on anterior aspect. Genital segment and
claspers rather similar in form to allied species
of Psallus.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .41 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .21 mm; II, .88 mm, cylin-
drical, but more slender on basal half, thick-
ness little more than half that of segment I,
black; III, .52 mm; IV, .27 mm- Pronotum,
length .64 mm, width at base 1.25 mm. Slightly

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

49

more robust than the male, but very similar in
color and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 17, 1965, Area 17M, Ne-

be the host plant. Allotype: 9 same data as
the type. Paratypes: <S June 20, 1965, Area
401M; d" June 22, 2tf June 24, 1965, Area 19M,

vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
taken on Purshia tridentata, which appears to no).

Genus Phymatopsallus Knight
Key to the Species

1. Dorsal surface with dots and spots 2

Dorsal surface without dots or spots; color apple green; length of second anten-
nal segment greater than width of head prosopidis, n. sp.

2. Dorsal spots fuscous or blackish 4

Dorsal spots fulvous or reddish 3

3. Length of second antennal segment subequal to width of head; left clasper of

male with two spines on apex of basal prong texanus Kngt.

Length of second antennal segment distinctly greater than width of head; left
clasper of male with two dorsal prongs pantherimis Van D.

4. With a single row of strong fuscous dots along membrane margin of cuneus and

paracuneus; left clasper of male with two widely spaced prongs on dorsal
margin (Fig. 74) ribesi, n. sp

Without a distinct row of fuscous spots along membrane margin of cuneus and
paracuneus; with but one dorsal prong on base of male left clasper, and
apex of prong with two small subequal spines juscipunctalus Kngt.

Phymatopsallus prosopidis, new species

Fig. 73

In the key to species of Phymatopsallus
Knight ( 1964 ) this species runs nearest to
rinconae, but it may be separated by the male
claspers; basal prong of left clasper shorter and
more vertical in position than rinconae (Fig.
73).

Male. Length 2.8 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .61 mm, vertex .24 mm; green to yellow-
ish. Antennae: segment I, length .18 mm; II,
.72 mm, cylindrical, thickness just slightly less
than segment I, dusky yellow, micropubescence
fuscous; III, missing. Rostrum, length .68 mm,
just reaching to base of middle coxae. Pronotum,
length .41 mm, width at base .90 mm. Color
apple green, corium subtranslucent, no spots or
shades. Dorsal surface clothed with suberect,
simple pale pubescence. Membrane pale, largely
filled with conspurcate fuscous dots and reticula-
tions; veins and cuneus apple green. Legs pallid
to greenish, hind femora with a few minute fus-
cous dots; tibiae pale, spines fuscous and with

fuscous spot at base of each, becoming obsolete
near apex- Ventral surface pallid to green; geni-
tal claspers distinctive of the species (Fig. 73).

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.1 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .27 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm; II. .71 mm, cylindri-
cal, more slender near base, thickness not equal
to segment I, greenish yellow; III, .36 mm, yel-
lowish; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Rostrum, length .78
mm, reaching to base of middle coxae. Pro-
notum, length .38 mm, width at base .88 mm-
Coloration and pubescence similar to the male.

Holotype: d June 13, 1965, Area CM, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck & H. H. Knight).
Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes:
10 d" 6 9 June 13, 1965, Area CM, collected with
the types on Prosopis juliflora, from two trees
growing near site of old abandoned water
troughs at Cane Springs. Botanists say these two
trees are all they have found at the test site,
and further state that the trees were "probably
planted. Apparently not reproducing." The near-
est native stands of mesquite are said to be

ypAOdOpidlAs

A.C.

Figs. 73-74. 3 claspers. 73, PhymatopsaUus prosopidis;
74, P. Hbesi.

some 20 miles to the east and south of Cane
Springs. Just how the species of bugs reached
these isolated trees is a matter of great interest.
Also, how long the bugs have bred in isolation
on these trees is of greater interest, for here we
have a limited inbreeding population that could
demonstrate some effects of isolated inbreeding
of a species. A desirable project now would be
to collect from native stands of Prosopis
juliflora to see if the two species of plant bugs
occur in other areas.

In some old material I have found additional
specimens as follows: 2 c? 4 9 April 28, 1939,
Yuma County, Arizona (L. L. Stitt), swept
from Prosopis.

PhymatopsaUus ribesi, new species

Fig. 74

In my key to species of PhymatopsaUus
Knight (1964) this species runs in the couplet
with fuscipunctattts Kngt. from which it may be
distinguished by two long and widely spaced
dorsal prongs on die left clasper (Fig- 74); also
by the strong single row of fuscous dots along
inner margin of cuneus and paracuneus.

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Male. Length 2.9 mm, widdi 1.2 mm. Head:
widdi .63 mm, vertex .28 mm. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .17 mm, pale to dusky; II, .75
mm, cylindrical, thickness equal to segment I,
pale yellowish; III, .37 mm, dusky; IV, .20 mm,
dusky. Rostrum, length .95 mm, reaching upon
posterior trochanters. Pronotum, length .42 mm,
width at base 1.0 mm; calli indistinct, disk with
a few fuscous dots. Basic color pale to greenish
yellow, dorsal surface including scutellum and
hemelytra, with numerous setigerous fuscous
dots; inner margin of cuneus and paracuneus,
set with a line of 9 or 10 distinct fuscous dots-
Membrane conspurcate with small and some
larger fuscous dots and spots, a large spot be-
hind cuneus, and apical half of areoles fuscous;
veins mostly pallid. Dorsal surface clothed with
suberect, simple, pale pubescent hairs; hairs
longer on margins of pronotal disk, and on em-
bolium. Ventral surface pallid to greenish. Legs
pallid, hind femora with 8 or 9 dots on apical
half of anterior face, median line with several
minute dots; tibiae pallid, spines fuscous, each
with small fuscous dot at base. Genital segment
and distinct tubercle pallid; claspers distinctive
of die species (Fig. 74).

Female. Length 2.8 mm, widdi 1.2 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .30 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm; II, .71 mm, cylin-
drical, thickness not equal to segment I; III, .30
mm; IV, .27 mm. Rostrum, length 10 mm,
reaching upon posterior trochanters. Pronotum,
length .37 mm, width at base .93 mm. Pubes-
cence and coloration very similar to the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 11, 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino). Allotype: 9 same
data as the type. Paratypes: Area 12M 5cf Aug.
11, 6cT 19 Aug. 13, d 2 9 Aug. 24, 1965, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino), all collected on
Ribes, which is the host plant.

PhymatopsaUus panthcrinus Van Duzee

Psallus panthcrinus Van Duzee, 1917:279.
PhymatopsaUus panthcrinus Knight, 1964:138,
Fig. 8.
Known from Lake and Sonoma Counties,
California.

PhymatopsaUus texanus Knight

PlnjmatopsaUus texanus Knight, 1964:1.34, Fig. 9.

Allied to panthcrinus (Van D. ), but distin-
guished in the key; length of antennal segment
II subequal to width of head.

Known from western Texas.

MtRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 51

Phymatopsallus fuscipunctatus Knight with ribesi from which it may be distinguished

„ _, . . ,„. ,„_ by the male claspers, also by lack of fuscous

Phymatopsallus fuscipunctatus Knight, 1964:135, spots Qn cuneus ^ paracuneus

8' Known from Utah County, Utah, and from

In the key this species runs in the couplet Idaho.

Genus Lepidopsallus Knight
Key to the Species

1. Length of second antennal segment not equal to width of head 2

Length of second antennal segment subequal to, or greater than width of head 9

2. Rostrum reaching beyond hind coxae 8

Rostrum not reaching beyond hind coxae 3

3. Rostrum reaching upon apex of hind coxae 6

Rostrum just reaching apex of middle coxae, or base of hind coxae 4

4. Thickness of second antennal segment subequal to thickness of segment I 5

Thickness of second antennal segment less than segment I; segment I black, seg-
ment II pale to reddish brown; length 2.9-3.2 mm rubidus Uhler

5. Length of antennal segment II equal to twice the width of vertex; length 3.4

mm arizonae, n. sp.

Length of antennal segment II not equal to twice the width of vertex; length 2.5
mm tuthilli, n. sp.

6. Legs reddish brown to black 7

Legs and antennae uniformly pallid; length 2.5 mm nicholi, n- sp.

7. Antennae pallid; length 2.6 mm ovatus Kngt.

Antennae black; length 2.7 mm californicus, n. sp.

8. Rostrum reaching to base of genital segment ( cf ) , or upon ovipositor ( 9 ) ; an-

tennae black, segment II pale; length 2.2-2.4 mm pini, n. sp.

Rostrum reaching to middle of venter; first antennal segment black, segment II
pallid; length 2.8-3.3 mm hesperus, n. sp.

9- Rostrum reaching upon middle of venter; length of second antennal segment
greater than width of head ( J1 ) , or subequal ( 9 ) ; length 4.0-4.3 mm
longirostris, n. sp.

Rostrum only reaching to apex of middle coxae; second antennal segment sub-
equal to width of head ( cf & 9 ); length 4.0 mm monticola, n. sp.

Lepidopsallus ovatus Knight Santiago Canyon (E. L. Paddock), taken on

r ., „ ., . , ,„„„ ,,,- Quercus aprifolia where it was breeding.

Lepidopsallus ovatus Kmght, 1926:227, n. sp. v b °

This species was described from Tucson, Lepidopsallus rubidus (Uhler)

Arizona, and I have other specimens from Grand

View, Grand Canyon, and Williams. The species Sthenarus rubidus Uhler, 1895:41, n. sp.

also occurs in California: 2cf 2 9 April 14, 1935, Lepidopsallus rubidus Knight, 1941: 47, key.

52

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

This species is known from California, Utah,
Washington, Idaho, Colorado, Texas and states
eastward. Known host plants are various species
of willow, Salix.

LepidopsaUns arizonae, new species

Allied to rubidus Uhler, but distinguished
by having thicker antennal segments; thickness
of segment II subequal to thickness of segment
I.

Male. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .81 mm, vertex .37 mm, black. Rostrum,
length 1.09 mm, reaching upon apex of middle
coxae, brownish black. Antennae: segment I,
length -20 mm, black; II, .75 mm, thickness sub-
equal to segment I, black, thickly clothed with
suberect brown to black hairs; III, .41 mm,
black; IV, .28 mm, brownish black. Pronotum,
length .64 mm, width at base 1.19 mm, uniformly
black, disk sparsely clothed with suberect
brownish black hairs, intermixed with appressed,
flat, silvery white scalelike hairs, the silvery
scales thickly cover propleura and sides of
thorax. Seutellum and mesonotum black. Heme-
lytra brownish black, covered like the pronotum,
with suberect, brownish black pubescent hairs,
and thickly intermixed with appressed, silvery
white scalelike pubescence. Membrane uniform-
ly dark fuscous, veins paler, dusky brown. Ven-
tral surface brownish black, thickly covered with
appressed, silvery scalelike hairs, intermixed
with recumbent brownish simple hairs. Legs
uniformly brownish black, femora bearing some
silvery scalelike hairs.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex .42 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.05 mm, reaching upon trochanters of
middle legs. Antennae: segment I, length .19
mm; II, .58 mm, subcylindrical, more slender
near base, apical half subequal in thickness to
segment I, black; III, .30 mm, black; IV, .22 mm,
fuscous. Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at base
1.18 mm. Shorter and more robust than the
male, but very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d July 27, 1917, alt. 9000 ft, Mt.
Lemon, Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona (H. H.
Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Para-
types: 3cf 5? taken with the types, beating on
pines, d 4$ July 29, 1905; d 9 July 12,
1916, Huachuca Mts., Arizona (H. G. Barber).

LepidopsaUns tuthilli, new species

Runs in the couplet with arizonae from
which it differs by the shorter second antennal
segment.

Male. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .87 mm, vertex .38 mm; black. Rostrum,
length 1.02 mm, reaching upon posterior coxae,
black. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm,
black; II, .54 mm, more slender on basal half,
tapering slightly thicker to apex, thickness sub-
equal to segment I, black; III, .27 mm, slender,
fuscous, pale at base; IV, .24 mm, fuscous- Pro-
notum, length .52 mm, width at base .98 mm;
brownish black, disk and the head clothed with
appressed, silvery sericeous to scalelike hairs,
intermixed with recumbent yellowish simple
hairs. Hemelytra and seutellum brownish black,
rather thickly clothed with appressed silvery
sericeous and scalelike pubescence, intermixed
with yellowish to brown simple hairs, those
along costal margin longer and bristlelike. Mem-
brane fuscous brown, veins paler. Ventral sur-
face reddish brown to dark brown, ostiolar peri-
treme white; clothed with appressed, silvery
sericeous pubescence like the dorsal surface.
Legs reddish brown to dark brown; tibiae paler
on apical half, spines dark but without black
spots at base.

Holotype: d July 22, 1940, Creede, Colorado
(L D. Tuthill).

Lepidopsallus nicholi, new species

Allied to ovatus Kngt, but distinguished by
the pale yellowish brown color, pallid legs and
antennae.

Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width -72 mm, vertex .37 mm; yellowish
brown. Rostrum, length 1.0 mm, reaching upon
apex of hind coxae, yellowish, darker on base
and apex. Antennae: segment I, length .14 mm,
pallid; II, .54 mm, pale yellowish, cylindrical,
slightly thicker on apical half but not equal to
thickness of segment I; III, .28 mm, pale; IV,
.24 mm, pale to dusky. Pronotum, length .54 mm,
width at base 1.09 mm; disk pale reddish brown,
clothed with recumbent to suberect, yellowish to
golden simple hairs, intermixed with appressed,
silvery scalelike hairs. Seutellum and mesonotum
pallid to yellowish, with a touch of reddish
brown. Hemelytra pallid to yellowish, subtrans-
lucent, apical half tinted and shaded with red-
dish brown; cuneus reddish to red, deeper red
on apex and outer margin. Ventral surface yel-
lowish, mesosternum fuscous- Venter pale yel-
lowish, more fuscous brown on sides at base,
apical segments reddish brown. Legs pallid,
tibial spines black, without spots at base.

Male. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .71 mm, vertex .30 mm. Rostrum, length

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

53

.92 mm, reaching upon apex of hind coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .15 mm, pale yel-
low; II, .66 mm, slender on basal third, tapering
thicker on apical half, subequal in thickness to
segment I; III, .28 mm, yellowish; IV, .23 mm,
dusky. Pronotum, length .52 mm, width at base
110 mm. More slender than the female, with
head and calli chiefly fuscous, but pubescence
very similar.

Holotype: 9 May 20, 1928, alt. 5000 ft,
Empire Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol), taken on
Quercus emonji. Allotype: d taken with the
type. Paratypes: Ad 11 9 taken with the types
on Quercus emonji, where the species was
breeding, d June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft, Chiri-
cahua Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). 2 9 May
12, 1929, Tucson, Arizona (E. D. Ball).

LepidopsaUus califomicus, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with ovatus Kngt, from which it may be separ-
ated by the black antennae; length of antennal
segment II not equal to width of vertex.

Male. Length 2.4 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width -88 mm, vertex .47 mm; black.
Rostrum, length .82 mm, reaching upon apex of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .17
mm, black; II, .44 mm, cylindrical, thickness sub-
equal to segment I, black; III, .27 mm, black;
IV, .23 mm, black. Pronotum, length .41 mm,
width at base .92 mm; black. Dorsal surface
black, thickly clothed with appressed, flat, white
scalelike hairs, intermixed with recumbent to
suberect, brownish black pubescent hairs. Mem-
brane pale fuscous, with a few white scalelike
hairs on basal half. Ventral surface brownish
black, thickly covered with appressed, white
scalelike hairs. Legs brownish black, also bear-
ing many white scalelike hairs-
Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .52 mm; black.
Rostrum, length .92 mm, reaching upon apex of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .18
mm; II, .62 mm; III, .28 mm; IV, .24 mm. Pro-
notum, length .44 mm, width at base .96 mm.
Slightly more robust than the made, but very
similar in color and pubescence-

Holotype: d June 20, 1926, Fresno, Cali-
fornia (C. J. Drake). Allotype: 9 same data as
the type. Paratypes: 3d 4 9 taken with the
types. 9 May 21, 1926, Griffith Park, Los An-
geles, California (L. J. Muchmore).

LepidopsaUus pini, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with hesperus, from which it may be separated
by the longer rostrum which in the male reaches
base of genital segment.

Male. Length 2.3 mm, width .96 mm. Head:
width .64 mm, vertex .28 mm; brownish black.
Rostrum, length 1.22 mm, reaching upon base
of genital segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.14 mm, black; II, .44 mm, cylindrical, thickness
subequal to segment I, pale yellowish, fuscous
on base and apex; III, .24 mm, fuscous; IV, -20
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .37 mm, width
at base .78 mm. Dorsal surface brownish black,
clothed with recumbent, simple brown hairs,
rather thickly intermixed with appressed, flat,
silvery pubescence. Membrane uniformly pale
fuscous. Ventral surface brownish black, clothed
with silvery, scalelike hairs, similar to that on
the dorsum; venter shining in some angles of
light. Legs dark fuscous brown, tibiae slightly
paler, spines black.

Female. Length 2.4 mm, width .98 mm.
Head: width .64 mm, vertex .28 mm. Rostrum,
length 1-2 mm, reaching to base of first genital
segment. Antennae: segment I, length .15 mm;

II, .44 mm, pale, fuscous on base; III, .24 mm,
fuscous; IV, .20 mm. Pronotum, length .40 mm,
width at base .85 mm.

Holotype: d Aug. 10, 1925, Fort Garland,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken
with the type. Paratypes: 2d 6 9 taken with
the types on Pinus edulis, where the species was
breeding. 3d June 24, 1925, alt. 7000 ft., Wil-
liams, Arizona (A- A. Nichol). Record for the
Nevada Test Site: 9 July 24, 1962, Area 12M,
taken on Pinus monophyUa.

LepidopsaUus hesperus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with pini, but
differs in the shorter rostrum which reaches only
to middle of venter; size larger.

Male. Length 2.8 mm, width 1.26 mm. Head:
width .75 mm, vertex .34 mm; black. Rostrum,
length 1.36 mm, reaching upon sixth ventral
segment, brownish black. Antennae: segment I,
length .16 mm, black; II, .63 mm, pale yellowish,
subcylindrical, slightly more slender near base,
apical half subequal to thickness of segment I;

III, -40 mm, pale fuscous; IV, .32 mm, dusky
yellow. Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at base
1.02 mm; disk and whole dorsal surface brown-
ish black. Dorsal surface brownish black, clothed

54

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

with recumbent to suberect, golden brown
simple hairs, and rather thickly intermixed with
closely appressed, flat, white scalelike pubes-
cence. Membrane and veins pale fuscous. Ven-
tral surface dark reddish brown to brownish
black, clothed with pubescence like the dorsal
surface. Legs dark reddish brown, tibiae pale
to yellowish, spines dark brown. Venter dark
reddish brown.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .74 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum,
reaching upon first genital segment- Antennae:
segment I, length .14 mm, brownish black; II,
.64 mm, subcylindrical, more slender on basal
half, thickness on apex subequal to segment I,
uniformly yellowish. Pronotum, length .50 mm,
width at base .98 mm. Slightly more robust than
the male, but very similar in color and pubes-

cence.

Holotype: d Aug. 6, 1931, Big Springs,
Idaho (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same data as
the type. Paratypes: cf 3 9 taken with the types
on Pinus. 2 d 19 Aug. 8, 1937, Lake Tahoe,
California (C. J. Drake — F. Andre). 9 Aug.
15, 1927, Shoshone National Forest, Wyoming
(H. H. Knight).

Lepidopsallus longirostris, new species

Allied to monticola by having length of sec-
ond antennal segment exceeding width of head;
distinguished by the long rostrum which reaches
upon seventh ventral segment.

Male. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.36 mm. Head:
width .73 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum, length
1.7 mm, reaching upon seventh ventral segment,
brownish black. Antennae: segment I, length 19
mm, black; II, .78 mm, pale yellowish, cylin-
drical, thickness subequal to that of segment I;
III, .51 mm, dusky; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .51 mm, width at base 1.09 mm.
Head and body uniformly brownish black; dor-
sal surface clothed with recumbent to suberect,
golden brown simple hairs, and thickly inter-
mixed with appressed, silvery white, oval scale-
like hairs; no scales on side of body. Membrane
and veins uniformly infuscated. Ventral surface
uniformly brownish black, moderately shining.
Legs brownish black, tibiae and tips of femora
pale yellowish brown; tibial spines brownish
black, devoid of spots.

Female. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.46 mm.
Head: width 74 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.76 mm, reaching to base of first genital
segment. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm,
black; II, .78 mm, cylindrical, slightly more slen-

der on basal half, thickness near apex subequal
to that of segment I, pale yellowish; III, .47 mm,
yellowish; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length
.51 mm, width at base 1.14 mm. Very similar
to the male in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d Aug. 20, 1925, Pingree Park,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same
data as the type. Paratypes: 5cf 13 9 taken with
the types, beating on Pinus. d July 29, 1931,
Medicine Bow Mts., Wyoming (H. H. Knight).
4d 4 9 Aug. 9, 1929, San Francisco Mts., Ari-
zona (E. D. Ball).

Lepidopsallus monticola, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with longirostris, but may be distinguished by
the short rostrum which only reaches upon apex
of middle coxae; length of second antennal seg-
ment subequal to width of head in both sexes.

Male. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .41 mm- Rostrum, length
1.46 mm, reaching upon apex of middle coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm, black; II,
.90 mm, black, cylindrical, thickness subequal to
that of segment I; III, .40 mm; IV, .28 mm,
black. Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at base
1.4 mm. Dorsal surface black, paler at base of
corium, cuneus and edge of embolium tinted
reddish. Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent
to suberect, golden brown simple pubescence,
and intermixed with appressed, silvery white
scalelike pubescence. Membrane uniformly fus-
cous brown, veins pale to yellowish. Ventral
surface nearly black, clothed with silvery white,
scalelike pubescence. Legs brownish black, tips
of femora paler, tarsi pale to fuscous brown.

Female. Lengdi 3.6 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.3 mm, reaching upon apex of middle
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .22 mm,
black; II, .81 mm, black, more slender on basal
half, thickness near apex subequal to that of seg-
ment I; III, .34 mm, black; IV, .28 mm, fuscous.
Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base 1-38
mm. Cuneus and apical half of embolium dis-
tinctly red, otherwise the coloration and pubes-
cence very similar to the male.

Holotype: cf Aug. 9, 1925, Veta Pass, Colo-
rado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with the
type. Paratypes: 20 d 23 9 taken with the types
on Pinus. 3d 5 9 July 26, 1917, alt. 7800 ft,
Sabino Canyon, Santa Catalina Mts. (H. H.
Knight), taken on Pinus; d 4 9 July 16, 2 9
July 17, 1917, Bonita (H. H. Knight); d 3 9

MlRlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

55

July 27, 1917, alt. 9000 ft, Mt. Lemon, Santa
Catalina Mts. (H. H- Knight); d" ? July 5,
1924, Rincon Mts.; $ June 20, 1928, alt. 6200
ft, Chiricahua Mts; 3d June 15, 1924, alt. 7000
ft, Santa Rita Mts. (A. A. Nichol), on Robinia;
3d 3 9 July 31, 1941, Alpine, Arizona (L. L.
Stitt).

Genus Pseudatomoscelis Poppius

Pseudatomoscelis serialus (Reuter)
Fig. 75

Atomoscelis seriatus Reuter, 1876:91.
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus Poppius, 1911:86.
Psallus seriatus Van Duzee, 1916:46.
Psalhis seriatus Knight, 1926: 106-
Psallus seriatus Knight, 1941:45, Fig. 89.

I am convinced this species is not congeneric
with the type of Psallus Fieb., so the generic
name Pseudatomoscelis Poppius must prevail.

A single male specimen was collected at the
test site, Area CM, Aug. 5, 1965 (J. M. Merino),
at black light.

This species is known as the "cotton flea
hopper," a common name used by the writer
(Knight, 1926). It is known from Florida to
Texas, Arizona and southern California; it
ranges northward in limited numbers through
Utah, Colorado, Nebraska, Minnesota, Illinois,
Kentucky, North Carolina, and New Jersey. The
preferred host plants of this mirid bug are vari-
ous species of Croton from which it moves to

cultivated cotton. It ranks next to the cotton
boll weevil as a pest of cotton.

Genus Reuteroscojms Kirkaldy

Reuteroscopus dreisbachi Knight

Reuteroscopus dreisbachi Knight, 1965:107.

This species is known from Douglas, San
Simon, Tombstone, and Molino Basin near Tuc-
son, all in Arizona, and seems a likely species to
reach Nevada. Four other species of the genus

Fig. 75. Pseudatomoscelis seriatus, $

Fig. 76. Reuteroscopus ornatus, $ .

are known from Arizona, but as yet I have not
seen a specimen of Reuteroscopus taken in Cali-
fornia, Nevada, or Utah.

Ankylotylus, new genus

Keys out in the same couplet with Reutero-
scopus, but distinguished by the vertical head,
and by having the clypeus sharply bent at
middle, so that the apical half forms a nearly
horizontal line; as viewed from the side, the
ventral half of head appearing broad and
square in outline. Pseudarolia small, not extend-
ing beyond middle of claw. Rostrum short, only
reaching upon middle coxae. Antennae slender,
second segment just equal to width of pronotum
at base. Head above, pronotal disk and the calli,
covered with appressed, silvery, squamose pu-

56

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

bescence; scutellum and hemelytra more sparse-
ly covered with sericeous pubescence, and inter-
mixed with suberect, simple pubescence. Heme-
lytra white, subtranslucent, membrane and veins
pallid. Legs and tibial spines pallid, without dots
or spots. Type of the genus: Ankylotylus pal-
lipes, new species.

Ankylotylus pallipes, new species

Fig. 77

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid to yellow-
ish; clypeus sharply bent at middle, apical half
pointing posteriorly; vertex and frons with ap-
pressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence; eyes
rather large, prominent, color brown. Rostrum,
length .68 mm, reaching upon base of middle
coxae, yellowish, apex blackish- Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .20 mm, thickness .07 mm, yellow;
II, 1.12 mm, cylindrical, slightly thicker (.05
mm.) on apical half, pale to yellowish; III, .68
mm, fuscous; IV, .37 mm. Pronotum, length .51
mm, width at base 1.12 mm; calli well defined

Fig. 77. Ankylotylus pallipes, head and thorax.

by impressed line on edges, but obscured by
matted, silvery, sericeous pubescence, disk more
sparsely clothed on basal half; disk fuscous,
lateral margins pale yellowish, calli dark fuscous;
lateral margins moderately sulcate, edge well
defined, turned sharply down to meet the pallid
propleura. Mesoscutum moderately exposed,
yellow, fuscous on middle. Scutellum pale dusky
brown, paler on apex; clothed with silvery, seri-
ceous pubescence.

Hemelytra uniformly pallid, subtranslucent;
clothed with moderately dense, appressed, sil-
very sericeous pubescence, sparsely intermixed
with more erect, simple, pale pubescent hairs.
Mesosternum fuscous, epimera and pleura yel-
low- Legs yellow, tibiae more pallid, set with
rather short pallid spines, not punctate; tarsi
dusky. Venter pallid to yellowish; genital seg-
ment and claspers very similar in form to that of
Psallus.

Female. Length 2.8 mm, width 1.12 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length .61 mm, reaching to middle of inter-
mediate coxae, apex blackish. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length, 17 mm, thickness .07 mm, yellow;
II, .92 mm, slender, slightly thicker (.05 mm) on
apical half, yellowish; III, .40 mm, fuscous; IV,
.27 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .40 mm,
width at base -92 mm, calli well defined by im-
pressed line. Very similar to the male in pubes-
cence and coloration.

Holotype: d" June 20, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H .H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Ephedra nevadensis. Allotype: 9
June 14, 1965, Area TM, Nevada Test Site (D E.
Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino). Paratype:
9 June 12, 1965, Area 5M, Nevada Test Site
(D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).

Genus Atractotomus Fieber
Key to Western Species

1. Length of second antennal segment subequal to or greater tiian width of head 2

Length of second antennal segment shorter than width of head 3

2. Antennal segment II as long as or greater than width of pronotum at base; legs

reddish orange to brownish; length ( d ) 6.5-7.7 mm, ( 9 ) 4.4-5.0 mm
hesperius (Uhler)

Antennal segment II not equal to width of pronotum at base; coxae creamy
white; length 3.0 mm albidicoxis Reut.

3. Hind tibiae pallid or white, tibial spines black, one species with dark spot at

base of spines 4

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Hind tibiae dark fuscous to black

57

4. First antennal segment pallid; segment II black, pale at base, thickness equal to

one-fifth the length; length 2-3 mm. nicholi, n. sp.

First antennal segment black; segment II black, not pale at base, thickness
equal to one-third the length; length 2.4 mm acaciae Kngt.

5. Antennal segment II rather short, length subequal to width of vertex

Antennal segment II with length greater than width of vertex

6

7

6. Antennal segment II just slightly thicker than segment I; length 2.4 mm

purshiae Froes.

Antennal segment II thickness (.10 mm), about one-third greater than segment
I (.07 mm); length 2.6 mm balli Kngt.

7. Antennal segment II very thick (.17 mm), its diameter subequal to dorsal

length of an eye; length 2.5 mm reuteri Kngt.

Antennal segment II only slightly thicker (.10 mm) than segment I (.07); length
30 mm cercocarpi Kngt.

Atractotomus purshiae Froeschner

Atractotomus purshiae Froeschner, 1963:1.

I have identified the following specimens
from the Nevada Test Site: Area 401M, J1
June 20, 1965; Area 6M, 2 9 June 15, 1965, taken
on Purshia tridentata; Area TM, cf and nymphs
June 14, 1965, on Purshia tridentata'

This species was described from Valley
County, Idaho, where it was breeding on
Purshia tridentata.

Atractotomus hesperius (Uhler)

Dacota hesperius Uhler, 1872:413, n. sp.
Atractotomus hesperius Knight, 1931:36, iden-
tity.
Atractotomus hesperius Froeschner, 1963:4, key.
Male specimens appear more elongate due
to dimorphism in wing length.

The species is known from Arizona, Cali-
fornia, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, and "Da-
kota Territory." Eventually the species will
doubteless be found in Nevada and Utah.

Atractotomus alhidicoxis Reuter

Atractotomus albidicoxis Reuter, 1909:79.
Atractotomus albidicoxis Froeschner, 1963:3.

This species is known only from Arizona
where type specimens came from the Chiricahua
Mts. Later Arizona records: 6 J1 9 June 15, 1924,
alt. 7000 ft, Santa Rita Mts. (A. A. Nichol),

taken on Robinia. Also taken at Williams, Aug-
4, 1917 (H. H. Knight).

Atractotomus acaciae Knight

Atractotomus acaciae Knight, 1925:34.

This species was described from Arizona:
9c? 9 June 7, 1924, Tucson (A. A. Nichol),
where it was found breeding on Acacia greggii.

Atractotomus balli Knight

Atractotomus balli Knight, 1931:38.

This species was collected at Tucson, Ari-
zona (E. D. Ball), taken at light.

Atractotomus cercocarpi Knight

Atractotomus cercocarpi Knight, 1931:37.

This species is known from Colorado and
New Mexico.

The type specimens were collected on Moun-
tain mahogany, Cercocarpus parvifolius, host
plant of the species.

Atractotomus reuteri Knight

Atractotomus hesperius Reuter, 1909:78, n. sp-
Atractotomus reuteri Knight, 1931:37, n. n. for

preoccupied name.
Atractotomus reuteri Froeschner, 1963:5, key,

distr.

The species is known from California, Ari-
zona, and New Mexico.

58

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Atractotomus nicholi, new species

Allied to acaciae Kngt, but distinguished by
the pale color; legs pale yellowish, antennae
pallid, segment II inflated, black, pale at base.

Male. Length 2.4 mm, width 1.15 mm. Head:
width .71 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid to yellow-
ish. Rostrum, length .81 mm, reaching to middle
of hind coxae, pale yellowish. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .17 mm, pale; II, .61 mm, thick-
ness .10 mm, black, pale at base; III, -23 mm,
pale yellowish; IV, .20 mm, pale. Pronotum,
length .47 mm, width at base .95 mm; pale to
yellowish brown, median line and lateral mar-
gins of disk pale to white, a fuscous cloud on
basal half, one each side of the pallid median
line. Mesonotum yellowish brown, scutellum
nearly white, yellowish on basal half. Dorsal
surface clothed with fine, short, recumbent, yel-
lowish to golden brown simple pubescence, and
intermixed with appressed, sericeous, scalelike,
silvery to golden brown pubescence. Hemelytra
pallid, apical half of corium and inner apical
half of clavus, shaded with yellowish brown;
cuneus golden yellow, narrow outer edge and
apex paler. Membrane uniformly pale fuscous,
veins pallid. Ventral surface pale yellowish
brown. Legs pale yellowish, without dots or
marks; tibial spines black, base of spines very
narrowly fuscous, forming a very small dot at
base of each, or some of the spines.

Female. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .74 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum
reaching to middle of hind coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length 15 mm, pallid; II, .61 mm,
width .10 mm, black, pale at base; III, .20 mm,
pale; IV, .18 mm. Pronotum, length .52 mm,
width at base 1.10 mm. Very similar to the male
in color and pubescence.

Holotype: tf May 16, 1928, alt. 4000 ft, San-
ta Rita Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype:
9 taken with the type. Para types: cf 9 taken
with the types. This species is named for the
collector, Mr. A. A. Nichol, who did so much
to make known the plant bugs of Arizona.

Genus Larinocerus Froeschner

Larinocerus balius Froeschner
Fig. 78

Larinocerus balius Froeschner, 1965: 85, Fig. 1.

I have identified the following material from
the test site: Area CM, 35 cf 9 and nymphs
June 13, 1965; Area 6M, 14 d" 9 June 17, 9^ 9
June 15, 1965, all specimens taken by beating

Salazarw mexicana, which is the host plant of
the species.

This species is easily recognized by the in-
flated black antennal segments which are pro-
vided with several flat, black scalelike hairs-
The body is white and covered with matted,
white sericeous pubescence, and the dorsal sur-
face sprinkled with numerous fuscous dots.

Fig. 78. Larinocerus balius, $ .

Genus Beamerella Knight

Beamerella personatus Knight

Fig. 79

Beamerella personatus Knight, 1959:423, Fig. 1.
This is a ground inhabiting species known
from Texas.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

59

Fig. 79. Bcamerella personatus, head and antenna.

Genus Oncotijlus Fieb.

Oncotylus guttulatus Uhler

Oncotijlus guttulatus Uhler, 1894:269.

I have identified specimens collected on the
test site as follows: Area 5M, 2 9 June 10, 1965;
Area 9M, 3 9 June 10, 1965, taken on Sphae-
ralcea; Area 12M, 2 9 June 11, 1965; Area 17M,
8 9 June 17, 1965, taken on Sphaeralcea; Area
18M, 9 June 11, 9 Aug. 23, 1965, on Sphae-

ralcea; Area 401M, Id 12 9 June 18, 1965,
swept from Sphaeralcea.

This species is known from Arizona, Cali-
fornia, and Colorado, and no doubt occurs in
Utah. Nymphs and adults were collected on
Sphaeralcea, and that genus of plants serves as
host for the bugs. Since the genus Sphaeralcea
includes several closely related species, it seems
likely that guttulatus may occur on several
species within the genus.

Nevadocoris, new genus

Allied to Oncotylus Fieber, pseudarolia large,
attached only at basal angle of claw, and ex-
tending free and parallel with the claw to apex
(Fig. 17). Dorsal surface, legs and antennae
unspotted; color pallid, tibiae without a spot at
base of spines. Antennae moderately long, sec-
ond segment cylindrical, its length not exceed-
ing width of pronotum at base. Clothed with
two types of pubescence, bearing suberect,
simple hairs and intermixed with more ap-
pressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence. Type of
the genus: Nevadocoris becki, new species.

Key to the Species

1. Rostrum not reaching behind base of hind coxae 2

Rostrum reaching beyond the hind coxae; femora pallid; length of second anten-
nal segment clearly exceeding width of head pallidus, n. sp.

2. Rostrum reaching upon base of middle coxae; length of second antennal seg-

ment not equal to width of head hullatus, n. sp.

Rostrum reaching to base of hind coxae; length of second antennal segment ( o* )
equal to width of head, but somewhat less in the female becki, n. sp.

Nevadocoris becki, new species
Fig. 17

Distinguished in the key; rostrum just reach-
ing upon base of hind coxae.

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.26 mm. Head:
width .83 mm, vertex .49 mm; pallid. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm, pale; II, .82 mm,
cylindrical, pallid; III, .51 mm, pale; IV, .34
mm, dusky. Rostrum, length .92 mm, reaching
to base of hind coxae, pale, apex blackish. Pro-
notum, length .47 mm, width at base 1.10 mm,
pallid, calli poorly defined. Dorsal surface
clothed with suberect, simple pale pubescent
hairs, and intermixed with more appressed, sil-
very sericeous pubescence- Scutellum and meso-

notura pallid. Hemelytra uniformly pallid, sub-
translucent, cuneus substance and color similar
to corium; membrane uniformly dusky, not clear,
veins white. Ventral surface pallid, thorax and
legs tinged with yellow, femora somewhat deep-
er yellow. Tibiae pallid, spines clear, without
dots at base; tarsi pallid, claws fuscous. Genital
segment and claspers simple, tip of flagellum
rests across middle of left clasper, much as in
Plagiognathus.

Female. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .86 mm, vertex .50 mm, pallid
tinted with yellow. Antennae: segment I, length
.22 mm, pallid; II, .68 mm, pallid; III, .44 mm,
dusky; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .44
mm, width at base 1.0 mm; pallid, tinged with

60

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

yellow; femora distinctly yellow. More robust
than the male but very similar in color and pu-
bescence-

Holotype: d June 14, 1965, Area 401M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: 7cT 7? June 14, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site, collected with the types on
Tetradymia glabrata (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight
& J. M. Merino). 2 9 June 11, 1965, Area 16M;
47 cT 9 June 15, 1965, Area 6M; d June 16,
1965, Area 17M; d 9 July 17, 1965, Area 18M,
Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight &
J. M. Merino), collected on Tetradymia glabrata,
which is the host plant of the species.

Nevadocoris pallidus, new species

Separated from becki by the longer rostrum,
larger size, and by the longer second antennal
segment which exceeds width of head across
eyes.

Male. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .40 mm, pallid, eyes light
brown. Antennae: segment I, length 22 mm; II,
1.12 mm, cylindrical, slightly thicker toward
apex, pallid; III, .68 mm; IV, .40 mm, pallid.
Rostrum, length 1.5 mm, reaching upon pos-
terior trochanters, pallid, apex black. Pronotum.
lengdi -56 mm, width at base 1.22 mm. Dorsal
surface uniformly pallid, hemelytra subtranslu-
cent, clothed with suberect, simple hairs, and
sparsely intermixed with more appressed, sil-
very, sericeous pubescence. Membrane tinted
milky white, veins white. Ventral surface pallid,
venter with pallid simple pubescence; genital
segment quite small, claspers minute. Legs uni-
formly pallid, likewise the tibial spines, without
marks of any kind.

Female. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex .44 mm- Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm; II, .92 mm, cylindri-
cal, slender; III, .71 mm; IV, .40 mm; pallid.
Pronotum, length .48 mm, width at base 1.2
mm, Rostrum, length 1.5 mm, reaching upon
posterior trochanters. More robust than the male
but very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 14, 1965, Area 401M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: 3d" 3 9 taken widi the types on
Grayia spinosa, which is the host plant of this
species. 4 9 June 11, 1965, Area 16M; d 2 9
June 18, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site (D

E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J M. Merino), taken
on Grayia spinosa.

Nevadocoris bullatus, new species
Fig. 18

Allied to becki but size larger, and rostrum
only reaching upon base of middle coxae; head
black, vertex pale, calli black; tibial spines
black but without black spot at base of spines.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, widdi 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .54 mm; black, vertex
pale, clothed with appressed, silvery sericeous
pubescence. Antennae: segment 1, length .23
mm, yellowish, base and apex shaded with
fuscous; II, .85 mm, cylindrical, slightly more
slender at base, yellowish, clothed with fine,
short, pale pubescence; III, .54 mm, yellowish;
IV, .30 mm, fuscous. Rostrum, length .85 mm,
reaching upon base of middle coxae, fuscous to
black. Pronotum, length .54 mm, width at base
112 mm, pale to yellowish, calli fuscous to black;
pubescence as on head, scutellum and hemel-
ytra, clothed with appressed, in part matted,
silvery sericeous pubescence, sparsely intermixed
with suberect, simple fuscous hairs. Scutellum
and mesonotum fuscous, somewhat paler each
side and on apex. Hemelytra pale to yellowish,
corium more or less infuscated inside of radial
vein, also along claval suture; membrane uni-
formly fumate, veins more pallid. Ventral sur-
face black, propleura pallid. Legs yellow, fe-
mora becoming black in darkest forms; tibiae
pale to yellowish, spines black, without black
spots at base of spines, tarsi fuscous.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.5 mm,
Head: width 1.05 mm, vertex .64 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .23 mm, thickness .08 mm,
yellowish, fuscous on base and apex; II, .74 mm.
cylindrical, slender, thickness .06 mm, distinctly
thinner than segment I, yellow; III, .54 mm,
dusky yelllow; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length -54 mm, widdi at base 1.19 mm. Ventral
surface black, sides of thorax and the venter
covered by a mat of appressed, silvery, seri-
ceous pubescence. Legs yellow, coxae black,
bases and femora somewhat infuscated; femora
clear yellow, with just a few minute dots in-
dicating the median line on anterior face. More
robust than the male but very similar in color
and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 15, 1965, Area 6M Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as die type.
Paratypes: d 8 9 taken widi the types. 9

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

61

June 11, Area 16M; 2d1 2 9 June 13, Area CM;
2d" 1 ? June 17, Area 6M, Nevada Test Site,
taken on Salazaria mexicana; d" 5 9 June 14,
Area TM; 2d" June 16, 2$ June 12, 2 9 June
17, 1965, Area 17M; d 5 June 14, d" June 18,
1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck,
H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino). A few specimens
were taken on Chrysothamnus, so I am uncertain
about the preferred host of this species.

BracJujccratocoris, new genus

Related to Macrotijlus Fieber with the large,
prominent clypeus projecting anteriorly; pseud-
arolia very large, attached only at base on basal
tooth of the claw (Fig. 19); arolia represented
by two erect bristles that arise between and
slightly above basal attachment of claws. Dif-
fers from Macrotijlus in the short and thickened
second and third antennal segments; length of
segment II subequal to width of head across
eyes. In the male, segment II is strongly thick-
ened, slightly flattened, in width greater than
segment I; width of segment III about equal to
segment I. Rostrum just reaching upon middle
coxae. Pronotum with lateral margins strongly
sulcate, rounded off except at anterior angles
and opposite the calli where the edges are
sharply projecting- Dorsal surface clothed rather
thickly with moderately long, suberect hairs.
Genital segment and claspers typical of the
Phylinae, the tip of the flagellum twisting to
the left, lying closely within bend of left clasp-
er, and extending downward and beyond it to
the left side. Type of the genus: Bracht/cerato-
coris nevadensis, new species.

Brachijceratocoris nevadensis, new species
Fig. 19

Distinguished by the short but thick second
and third antennal segments; segment II sub-
equal to width of head.

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .72 mm, vertex .30 mm; clypeus promi-
nent as in Macrotijlus, eyes large; black, spot on
middle of vertex, broad median line of frons,
and the bucculae, white. Rostrum, length 1.1
mm, reaching to base of middle coxae, pallid,
apex brownish black. Antennae: segment I,
length .22 mm, thickness .10 mm, black, apex
white; II, .72 mm, width .12 mm, somewhat
flattened, narrow diameter .085 mm, dark
brown, blackish next to the narrow white base,
narrow apex pallid, clothed with short brown-
ish pubescence; III, .61 mm, thickness 08 mm,

dark brown, narrow base and apex white; IV,
.37 mm, brown. Pronotum, lengdi .68 mm, width
at base 1.12 mm; disk moderately convex, lateral
margins sulcate, more sharply curved near basal
angles, margin rounded but anterior angles are
just opposite the calli, sharply projecting as a
carinate edge; anterior margin with flat edge
in place of a collar, elevated between that and
the prominent convex calli, which have im-
pressed margins; pallid to fuscous, propleura
and impressed edges of calli black; anterior edge
of coxal cleft strongly protruding, white, xyphus
flat, blackish.

Dorsal surface, including head, clothed with
long pallid to brownish, erect pubescent hairs,
hairs shorter on corium, cuneus and embolium.
Mesonotum moderately exposed, black, white
spot each side. Scutellum black, strongly convex,
elevated sharply from lateral margins. Heme-
lytra subtranslucent, inner half of clavus fus-
cous, embolium shaded with fuscous, cuneus
uniformly pallid; membrane fuscous, somewhat
darker behind smaller areole, veins white. Ven-
tral surface pallid to fuscous; venter pallid to
white, sides fuscous to black. Legs pallid, fe-
mora infuscated on apical half but apices re-
main pallid; hind femora with a row of fuscous
dots on mid line of anterior aspect; tibiae fus-
cous to black at base, spines confused with
strong hairs, pale; tarsi and claws black. Genital
segment distinctive, claspers and flagellum typi-
cal of the Phylinae; tip of flagellum twisted to
the left, resting closely within bend of left
clasper, and extending downward and beyond
it to the left side.

Female. Length 4.3 mm, width 1.5 mm, nar-
rower across bases of cuneus, only 1.3 mm.
Head: width 78 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid to
white, clypeus black. Antennae: segment I,
length .27 mm, black, apex white; II, .81 mm,
basal half slender, apical half sharply thicker,
.12 mm, greater than segment I, pallid, fuscous
on apex, black on slender base; III, .68 mm, fus-
cous; IV, .42 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .71
mm, width at base 1.39 mm; pallid, infuscations
lacking. Larger than the male, color more pal-
lid, but pubescence similar.

Holotype: d" June 24, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratypes:
19 d 16 9 collected with the types, sweeping
along the road side. Specimens were swept
mostly from Chaenactus steviodes, which is most
likely the host plant, but other low growing
plants were mixed in with the situation.

62

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Genus Macrotijlus Fieber
Macrotylas salviae, new species

Allied to vanduzeei Kngt. but differs chief-
ly in the milky white color, hemelytra sub-
translucent and bristles with fuscous spot at
base of each; length of second antennal segment
not equal to width of pronotum at base.

Male. Length 5.0 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width .71 mm, vertex .34 mm; central area of
vertex, median band of frons, juga and bucculae,
white; vertex with six erect bristles set on basal
line, frons with five or six bristles on central
area. Rostrum, length 2.0 mm, reaching to
middle of venter, black. Antennae: segment I,
length .30 mm, black, narrow apex white; II,
1.25 mm, cylindrical, more slender near base,
black, set with suberect black hairs; III, .81 mm,
black; IV, .34 mm, brownish black. Pronotum,
length .68 mm, width at base 1.36 mm; lateral
edges of disk nearly straight, rather sharp edges,
anterior margin elevated, white, calli black,
shining; disk provided with numerous but not
crowded, erect, truncated black brisdes. Meso-
notum prominent, black; scutellum strongly con-
vex, white to fuscous, set with about 25 rather
short, erect, black bristles. Hemelytra milky
white, subtranslucent, provided with rather
sparsely set, erect black bristles, each with a
distinct fuscous spot at base; apical area of
corium and apical one-fourth, fuscous; embolar
margins nearly parallel, straight; cuneus white,
provided with recumbent black hairs; membrane
fuscous, veins white. Ventral surface black,
frosted, sides more shining. Legs pallid to white,
in part shaded with fuscous; femora with fus-
cous dots, tibiae with fuscous hairs but without
dots; tarsi and claws black.

Female. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.56 mm.
Head: width 75 mm, vertex .41 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm; II, 1.43 mm, cylin-
drical; III, .81 mm; IV, .37 mm, black. Pro-
notum, length .65 mm, width at base 1.56 mm;
lateral margins sinuate near base. Venter white,
lateral margins with black spot on each segment.
Legs pallid to white, black spots forming a dis-
tinct row on middle of anterior face; otherwise,
color and black bristles on dorsum very similar
to the male.

Holotype: rf June 11, 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 taken with die type.
Paratypes: 15 cf 15 9 taken with the types on
Salvia dorrii, which is the host plant of the spe-
cies. The plants grew in clumps, the blue flow-
ers making quite a show when in blossom.

Macrotijlus infuscalus Van Duzee

Macrotijlus infuscatus Van Duzee, 1916: 10.

I have identified specimens of this species
from the test site as follows: Area 19M, 5d" 1 9
June 24, 1965.

This species was described from Fallen Leaf
Lake, California, where it was collected in July,
1915- It has not been reported from elsewhere
since the original description.

Fig. 80. Macrotijlus amoenus, 9 .

Genus Coquillettia Uhler
Coquillettia albella, new species

Allied to foxi Van D. but size smaller and
second antennal segment relatively shorter;
about the size of granulata Kngt., but differs in
having lateral margins of disk rounded off, in-
distinct.

Male. Lengdi, 3.6 mm. Head: width .71 mm,
vertex .29 mm, brownish orange. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .20 mm, thickness .09 mm, brown-
ish orange; II, 1.05 mm, thickness .08 mm,
brown orange; III, .75 mm, fuscous; IV, .44 mm.
Rostrum, length 1.26 mm, reaching to base of
middle coxae, brownish black. Pronotum,
length -64 mm, width at base .95 mm, lateral
margins not clearly delimited, basal margin
slightly and broadly sulcate; fuscous brown, calli

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

63

and pleura more brownish orange. Scutellum
and mesonotum dark fuscous brown; minutely
and sparsely pubescent. Hemelytra chiefly
white, clavus creamy white, dusky on base;
oorium diaphanous inside radial vein, and pos-
teriorly as far as a transverse line drawn across
apex of clavus, dull black behind this line; em-
bolium and outer edge of corium creamy white,
but terminates where the black area begins;
cuneus white, opaque, apical two-fifths black;
veins and membrane white, subtranslucent,
apical half or behind the areoles, fuscous. Meso-
thorax dark brown, ostiolar peritreme white;
legs fuscous brown, front coxae more orange.
Venter black, narrowed near base, posterior
margin of third segment broadly white.

Holotype: d" June 20, 1965, Area CT, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Paratypes: o* Aug. 20, 1965, Area 16M, Nevada
Test Site (J. M. Merino), sweeping over Erio-
gonum deflexum. 5 J1 and 2 nymphs July 19,
1965, Area 6M (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino),
sweeping on Eriogonum injlatum.

Coquillettia ajo, new species

Allied to jessiana Kngt., but differs with
longer antennal segments, narrower vertex,
brownish black clavus and apical area of corium.

Male. Length 5.6 mm, width 1.46 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex 27 mm; dark
brown, eyes large, width of vertex just equal
to dorsal width of an eye. Rostrum, length 1.26
mm, brownish black, just reaching to middle
of mesosternum. Antennae: segment I, length
.34 mm, fuscous brown; II, 1.94 mm, cylindrical,
slender, length slightly greater than from base
to apex of clavus (1:83 mm), fuscous brown;
III, 1.77 mm, dark brown; IV, .78 mm, dark
brown. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base
1.12 mm, collar strongly narrowed, width .41
mm; strongly declivitous from basal margin to
base of calli; dark brown in color. Mesonotum
and scutellum brownish black, shining. Heme-
lytra with embolar margins nearly straight,
widened slightly at apex; embolium and dia-
phanous corium white, clavus and apical area
of corium uniformly brownish black; apical
black area begins at apex of clavus, anterior
edge curves slightly to rear and across emboli-
um; cuneus and paracuneus opaque white, api-
cal half brownish black; membrane and veins
uniformly dark brown, only a shade lighter than
apex of cuneus. Pubescence on dorsal surface
minute and sparsely set. Ventral surface brown-
ish black, mesosternum polished; ostiolar peri-

treme white- Legs uniformly brownish black.
Venter brownish black, polished; posterior mar-
gin of third ventral segment greenish white,
margin of second segment narrowly pale.

Holotype: o* April 25, 1935, Ajo, Arizona
(F. H. Parker). Paratype: cf taken with the type.

Coquillettia virescens, new species

Allied to uhleri Van Duzee, hemelytra
white, with clavus, apical half of cuneus,
apical area of corium and embolium, black; the
white areas tinged with green.

Male. Length 5.2 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex .30 mm; yellowish
brown, frons fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.53 mm,
reaching to near base of mesosterum, black,
first two segments brownish. Antennae: segment
I, length .31 mm, greenish yellow; II, 1.9 mm,
cylindrical, slightly thicker on apical half, ap-
proximately equal to segment I in thickness,
brownish yellow, apical half fuscous brown; III,
1.63 mm, slender, fuscous brown; IV, .74 mm,
fuscous brown. Pronotum, length .85 mm, width
at base 1.22 mm, brownish black, collar and
calli brownish. Hemelytra white, clavus black,
apical area of corium and embolium black, the
anterior edge of black area on corium, begins
slightly before apex of clavus, angles obliquely,
slightly posteriorly to reach embolar margin,
apical half of cuneus black; white areas tinged
greenish by green color in hypodermal layer;
membrane fuscous. Dorsal surface sparsely
clothed with fine, short, recumbent simple pu-
bescent hairs, yellowish on black areas, and
pallid on white areas- Ventral surface brownish
black, shining; ostiolar peritreme white, pro-
trudes as a rounded tubercle just above ostiole.
Venter brownish black, shining, posterior mar-
gin of third segment greenish white. Legs
brownish black, hind tibiae black, more brown-
ish near base.

This is the first species of Coquillettia we
have seen with green in the hypodermis giving
a green tint to the white areas.

Holotype: d May 16, 1961, Area MD (Mer-
cury), Nevada Test Site.

Coquillettia luteiclava, new species

Allied to albiclava Kngt., about the same
size but distinguished by the orange-colored
clavus.

Male. Length 6.0 mm, width 1.50 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .40 mm; color red-
dish to brown orange; tip of clypeus extends

64

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

beyond antennal fossa by .44 mm; eyes promi-
nent, height of eye .51 mm. Antennae: segment
I, length .34 mm, thickness .10 mm, reddish
orange; II, 2.2 mm, thickness .10 mm, slightly
more slender near base, reddish brown, pubes-
cence short, pale to brownish; III, 1.9 mm,
blackish; IV, -96 mm, black. Rostrum, length
1.77 mm, reaching only slightly beyond middle
of mesosternum, brownish black. Pronotum,
length .92 mm, width at base 1.36 mm; lateral
margins rounded, nearly straight as viewed
from above, basal margin slightly, broadly sul-
cate; dusky orange, calli poorly defined, basal
margin slightly impressed. Mesonotum broadly
exposed, scutellum moderately convex, reddish
orange.

Hemelytra with embolar margins nearly
straight, slightly broader near base of cuneus;
clavus reddish orange, base and apex and claval
suture slightly infuscated; corium diaphanous
to near apex of clavus, apical margin of this
area making an oblique line as it angles for-
ward to meet radial vein which it follows to
base of corium; embolium and apical area of
corium fuscous gray, apical margin blackish;
cuneus black, basal one-third opaque white;
membrane and veins dark fuscous, basal area
which lies between white areas of cuneus, pale
to whitish. Thorax and legs orange brown, the
legs slightly darker, tarsi and apices of tibia and
the spines black. Venter brownish black, basal
half more slender, sternite of third segment with
posterior margin white.

Female. Length 4.6 mm, widdi of abdomen
1.76 mm. Head: width 1.09 mm, vertex .61 mm;
brownish orange. Antennae: segment I, length
.32 mm, thickness .10 mm on basal half; II, 2.1
mm, more slender than I, reddish orange, apex
fuscous; III, 1.63 mm, brownish black; IV, .92
mm, blackish. Rostrum, length 1.77 mm, reach-

ing between middle coxae, brownish black.
Thorax wingless, typical of the genus, reddish
brown. Venter broadly ovate, first three seg-
ments narrowed, third segment white on pos-
terior border of sternite; second segment pale on
posterior margins.

Holotype: d" June 24, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 5 taken with the type. Paratypes:
5cf 5$ taken with the types, sweeping low
vegetation, mostly Chaenactus and Hymenoclea.

Genus Orectoderus Uhler

Orectoderns longicollis Uhler
Fig. 81

Orectoderus longicollis Uhler, 1895:47, n.g., n.
sp.
This species is known only from Colorado.
It may be recognized by the dull waxlike sur-
face of the pronotum, sulcate lateral margins,
and the tumidly convex calli; clavus white,
blackish at base but not beyond apex of the
scutellum.

Orectoderus arcuatus Knight

Orectoderus arcuatus Knight, 1927:302-

Known from the state of Washington. It
may be distinguished from longicollis Uhler by
the white band extending along inner edge of
corium and upon base of cuneus; disk of pro-
notum polished and shining.

Orectoderus schuhi Knight

Orectoderus schuhi Knight, 1964:149

This species is known only from Oregon. It
may be recognized by the orange red color on
outer half of clavus and basal half of corium.

Genus Teleorhinus Uhler
Key to the Species

1. Pronotal disk strongly shining 2

Pronotal disk dull, opaque oregoni, n. sp.

2. Antennal segment II pallid on basal half 3

Antennal segment II uniformly black nigricornis, n. sp.

3. Antennal segment II inflated for more than half its length, cylindrical and slender

only on basal one-third 4

Antennal segment II inflated for not more than half its length 5

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

65

4. Pronotum with lateral margins rounded, slightly sulcate; coxae and femora

orange red; antennal segment II shorter, length 2.1 mm cyaneus Uhler

Pronotum with lateral margins straight, angulate; coxae pallid, front femora
yellowish; antennal segment II longer, length 24 mm. brindleiji, n. sp.

5. Antennal segment II with apical two-fifths of length inflated ( 9 ); coxae pallid

or white, all femora orange red utahensis, n. sp.

Antennal segment II with just a little less than half its length inflated ( 9 );
coxae pale yellowish, femora amber brown tephrosicola Kngt.

lar\svjiv<jjjy Wrvkn,

CnOu-rJUMy (

Figs. 81-83. Head and antenna. 81, Orcctoderus longi-
collis, 9 ; 82, Coquillettia insignis, $ ; 83, Teleorhi-
nus cyaneus, 9

Teleorhinus cyaneus Uhler

Fig. 83

Teleorhinus cyaneus Uhler, 1890:75, n. g., n. sp.

This species is distinguished by having apical
half of second antennal segment suddenly in-
flated to a thickness three times greater than
segment I.

Described from two females collected in the
Los Angeles area of California about the year
1888. I have examined one of the type speci-
mens but have not seen new material collected
in recent years.

Teleorhinus utahensis, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with tephro-
sicola Kngt., from which it differs by having

only the apical two-fifths of second antennal
segment inflated.

Female. Length 5.6 mm, width 2.1 mm.
Head: width 1.1 mm, vertex .58 mm. Rostrum,
length 2-4 mm, reaching upon middle of the in-
termediate coxae, dark brown, apical half black-
ish. Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm, brown-
ish black; II, 1.77 mm, apical two-fifths in-
flated (.75 mm thick), black, basal section (.98
mm length) slender, cylindrical, pallid; III, .88
mm, slender, pallid; IV, .61 mm, black. Pro-
notum, length 1.25 mm, width at base 1.63 mm,
shining black, disk rugulose punctate, with very
fine, short, dusky pubescence; lateral margins of
disk rounded, slightly sulcate as viewed from
above. Scutellum nearly flat, finely transversely
rugulose, black. Hemelytra pitch black, shining,
finely punctate, rather coarsely rugulose waved,
clothed with fine, short, recumbent simple hairs;
cuneus and membrane turned downward at a
sharp angle, uniformly black. Ventral surface
shining black. Coxae pallid, black at extreme
base; all femora orange red to amber brown,
trochanters brownish; tibiae pallid, tips black-
ish, spines black; tarsi black, middle segment
brownish.

Male. Length 6.8 mm, width 2.1 mm. Head:
width 11 mm, vertex .54 mm. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .34 mm, brownish black; II, 1.8
mm, basal half cylindrical, slender, pallid, apical
part ( .85 mm ) inflated, thickness .20 mm, thick-
ly clothed with recumbent pubescent hairs; III,
.95 mm, slender, pale fuscous; IV, .64 mm, fus-
cous. Pronotum, length 1.36 mm, width at base
1.66 mm. Color of legs similar to the female.

Holotype: 9 June 29, 1965, Scipio, Utah (H.
H. Knight). Allotype: <j" taken with the type.
Paratypes: 2d June 7-17, 1916, alt. 6400 ft,
Jemez Springs, New Mexico (J. Woodgate). 9
"N. Mex."

Teleorhinus brindleiji, new species

Runs in the key close to cyaneus Uhler, but
differs in the longer second antennal segment;

66

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

pronotum with lateral margins straight, angu-
late.

Female. Length 6.5 mm, width 2.3 mm.
Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex .54 mm; shining,
black. Rostrum, length 2.3 mm, reaching upon
middle coxae, black. Antennae: segment I,
length .44 mm, black; II, 2.3 mm, slender on
base, apical half inflated, thickness .34 mm,
black, the slender basal section pale fuscous,
blackish at base, inflated section covered with
short black recumbent hairs; III, .98 mm, black,
slender; IV, .64 mm, black. Pronotum, length
1.22 mm, width at base 17 mm; lateral margins
straight, angulate, calli evident, anterior mar-
gin flat, collar not indicated; disk rugulose
punctate, clothed with minute pubescent hairs
set in shallow depressions, giving the surface a
rough appearance, but the calli and anterior
margin smooth and shining. Scutellum moder-
ately convex, impunctate but minutely trans-
versely rugulose; mesonotum moderately ex-
posed, black. Hemelytra brownish black, sparse-
ly clothed with minute pubescent hairs, but
longer hairs apically; punctures small but set in
shallow foveate depressions, giving a rough
pitted appearance to the surface; cuneus uni-
formly brownish black, outer margin slightly
arcuated, and turned down sharply over end
of abdomen. Membrane and veins dark brown.
Ventral surface brownish black, polished and
strongly shining. Legs light yellowish brown,
coxae more pallid but reddish brown at base;
front femora yellowish brown but middle and
hind pair reddish orange in color, without marks
or shading; tibiae yellowish brown, spines black,
tips of tibiae and the tarsi black.

Holotype: 5 June 21, 1936, Moscow Moun-
tain, Idaho (T. A. Brindley). Paratypes: 9 June
26, 1935, alt. 2157 ft, Coeur d'Alene, Idaho (J.
M. Beck), d", Farson, Big Sandy Creek, Wyom-
ing (D E. Beck).

Telcorltimts nigricornis, new species

Allied to cijaneus Uhler in form, but with
antennae uniformly black; distinguished by hav-
ing four rather large foveate punctures across
posterior margin of the swollen area of the
calli.

Female. Length 6.4 mm, width 2.3 mm.
Head: width 1.12 mm, vertex .58 mm; shining
black. Rostrum, length 2.3 mm, just reaching
base of middle coxae, brownish black. Antennae:
segment I, length .44 mm, black; II, 2.3 mm,
basal one-third slender, the apical two-thirds in-
crasated, inflated to a thickness of .28 mm on

apical half, black, bearing brownish recumbent
hairs; III, .95 mm, slender, black; IV, .61 mm,
black. Pronotum, length 1.15 mm, width at base
1.64 mm; lateral margins angulate but edges
rounded, perceptibly sulcate; disk sparsely punc-
tate, roughly and irregularly rugulose, moderate-
ly shining, having four rather large foveate punc-
tures forming a transverse line across posterior
margin of the swollen area formed by the calli.
Scutellum nearly flat, finely transversely rugu-
lose, with a fine transverse impressed arcuate
line near base; the mesonotum moderately ex-
posed. Hemelytra black, shining, minutely pu-
bescent, coarsely punctate, the punctures rather
small but placed in shallow depressions, which
produce the impression of a rough surface.
Membrane and veins brownish black. Ventral
surface black, shining, mesosternum polished.
Coxae pale yellowish, brownish on base, femora
orange brown, unmarked; tibiae yellowish
brown, spines black, tarsi black.

Male. Length 8.0 mm, width 2.4 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .44 mm, brownish black,
shining. Rostrum, length 2.14 mm, reaching
upon middle coxae, brownish black. Antennae:
segment I, length .41 mm, black; II, 2-21 mm,
black, slender on basal third, becoming grad-
ually thicker on apical half, thickness .15 mm,
more slender than in the female; III, 1.02 mm,
slender, black; IV, .68 mm, black. Pronotum,
length 1.22 mm, width at base 1.8 mm. Color,
pubescence, foveate punctures across calli, all
very similar to female.

Holotype: $ June 21, 1932, Tieton Canyon,
Washington (A. R. Rolfs). Allotype: <$ same
data as the type. Paratypes: cf June 10, 1891,
Lake Tahoe; cf May, Los Angeles County, Cali-
fornia ( Coquillett ) .

Teleorliimis oregoni, new species

Differs from all known species of the genus
by the dull, opaque surface of the pronotum.

Male. Lengdi 7.8 mm, width 2.3 mm. Head:
width 1.19 mm, vertex .51 mm. Rostrum, length

2.6 mm, brownish black, reaching to apex of
middle coxae. Antennae: segment I, length -44
mm, brown; II, 2.27 mm, cylindrical on basal
half, apical half incrassated, greatest thickness
.17 mm, brown, dark brown on thick part,
thickly clothed with suberect brown hairs; III,
1.19 mm, brownish black; IV, .64 mm, brownish
black. Pronotum, length 1.46 mm, width at base

1.7 mm; black, surface dull, opaque, transversely
rugulose, clothed with short recumbent on disk
and erect anteriorly, brown pubescent hairs;

MnttDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

67

lateral margins rounded, suleate, calli appear as colored, a medium dark brown. Ventral surface

swollen, elevated callosities. Scutellum moder- dull, black, mesosterum polished. Legs reddish

ately convex, mesonotum broadly exposed, bodi brown, brownish black on base of coxae; tibial

black and with dull opaque surface. Hemelytra spines black. Genital segment and claspers typi-

uniformly black, moderately shining, surface cal for the genus.

somewhat uneven or slightly waved, clothed Holotype: rf June 17, 1934, Summit of Blv

with tine short, sparsely set, brown pubescent Mountain, Oregon (J. Schuh). Paratype: rf same

hairs. Membrane and veins rather uniformly data as the type.

Subfamily dicyphinae
Key to the Genera

1. Eyes large, postocular space of the head about equal to thickness of second an-

tennal segment Cyrtopeltis Fieber, p. 75

Eyes removed from pronotal collar by a distance much greater than thickness of

second antennal segment 9

2. Eyes relatively large, separated from pronotal collar by a space equal to or less

than the length of eyes as seen from above; head slightly wider than long

Dicyphus Fieber, p. 67

Eyes rather small, separated from pronotal collar by a space equal to or greater
than length of an eye as seen from above; head about as long as wide
Macwloplws Fieber, p. 75

Genus Dicyphus Fieber
Key to the Species

1. Rostrum long, reaching behind tips of middle coxae 2

Rostrum shorter, not reaching beyond tips of middle coxae 7

2. Ostiole situated near center of the peritreme, ostiole cavity easily observed 5

Ostiole located in the narrowed ventral third of the peritreme 3

3. Head black, with two pale spots on base of vertex elongatus Van D.

Head uniformly yellowish 4

4. First antennal segment black, apex only pale; corium pale yellowish, with a

blackish spot on outer apical angle usingeri Kngt.

First antennal segment uniformly yellowish; corium greenish yellow

rivalis Kngt.

5- Antennal segment I pallid on middle, reddish black on base and apex 6

Antennal segment I black, not paler on middle; head black, neck behind vertex
with a pair of pallid spots, separated on median line by blackish
hesperus Kngt.

6. Collar width narrowed above on median line axis of pronotum; length of anten-
nal segment II exceeds width of pronotum ( J ), apex black; membrane in-
fuscated on apical half paddocki, 11. sp.

Collar width not reduced on median line above; length of antennal segment II
not equal to widdi of pronotum at base, pallid, sometimes fuscous near

68 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

base but always paler on apex; membrane not infuscated
pallicornis ( Fieb. )

7. Hemelytra uniformly pallid or yellowish, or pallid but with tip of cuneus and a

round spot on corium black S

Hemelytra with fuscous or reddish shading, without a round black spot on

corium 11

8. Hemelytra pallid, but with a rounded fuscous or black spot on apical area of

corium 9

Hemelytra uniformly pallid or yellowish, without spots or marks on corium or
cuneus; antennal segment I white, with a fuscous annulus on basal half;
segment II not equal to width of pronotum at base; length 3.2 mm
stitti, n. sp.

9. Length of antennal segment II not exceeding width of pronotum at base 10

Length of antennal segment II distinctly greater than width of pronotum at
base; length 3.5 mm notatus (Dist. )

10. Length of second antennal segment greater than segment III; length 2.7 mm
minimus (Quaint.)

Length of second antennal segment subequal to length of III; length 2.4 mm
disclusus Van D-

12

11. Corium with fuscous spot or dark shading, or corium red for full width at apex

Dorsal surface with bright red in the hypodermis, cuneus red, corium without
fuscous spot or dark shading iinctus Kngt.

12. Length of second antennal segment equal to width of pronotum at base plus

dorsal width of an eye, or more 13

Length of second antennal segment not equal to width of pronotum plus dorsal

width of an eye 16

13. Second antennal segment black 14

Second antennal segment white, fuscous only on base rujescens Van D.

14. Cuneus with apex and tip of embolium fuscous to black 15

Cuneus without black on apex and on tip of embolium ( ef ) diplaci, n. sp.

15. Hemelytra with reddish; male left clasper strongly curved on apical half, rather

thick, curved back toward base (Fig. 89) agilis Uhl.

Hemelytra without red; male left clasper slender on apical half, nearly vertical
in position (Fig. 90); length 4.3-4.6 mm rubi, n. sp.

16. Corium with red 17

Corium uniformly pallid, without red; antennae fuscous to black; length 3-8-4.1
mm ( 9 ) diplaci, n. sp.

17. Corium with red on full width of apical area of corium and embolium 20

Corium with red only on edge of inner apical angles 18

18. Seutellum and pronotal disk with pale or white 19

Scutellum and pronotum uniformly black; length 3.4-4.4 mm ribesi, n. sp.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

19. Cuneus with apex and tip of embolium fuscous to black agilis Uhl.

Cuneus and tip of embolium without black on apex ( 9 ) diplaci, n. sp.

20. Length of antennal segment II greater than width of pronotum

Length of antennal segment II not equal to width of pronotum at base

( 9 ) californicus (Stal)

21. Female, with length of antennal segment II greater than width of pronotum at

base; length 4.2 mm phaceliae, n. sp.

Male, with length of antennal segment II greater than width of pronotum at
base; length 3-5 mm ( cf ) californicus (Stal)

21

Dicyphus agilis Uhler
Figs. 84, 89

Idolocoris agilis Uhler, 1877:425.

This species was described from Colorado,
and the illustration of the male claspers (Fig-
89) was drawn from a specimen taken near

OdOAXUXr WhMA/

8 5 MJOahJULUyilMoAs

rrvonSl/AAXtyD'AM..

Figs. 84-86. Head and pronotum. 84, Dicyphus agilis;
85, Macrolophus separatus; 86, Cyrtopeltis modestus.

Fig. 87. Dicyphus gracilentus.

the type locality, one that agrees perfectly with
the original description. A few related species
have been mixed in with the published records
of agilis Uhler, so all material needs reworking
and determinations made on the basis of genital
segment and claspers. The new species ribesi
described in the present paper is closely related
as shown in the claspers and general characters,

70

but the differences found in length of antennal
segments and in form of the small right elasper
may be used to separate these two species. On
the basis of these characters I have determined
the following specimens from Colorado as agilis
Uhler: 6cT 9 July 10, 1964, Estes Park; 4<S 2 9
July 18, 1964, Steamboat Springs; d 9 Aug. 7,
1925, Stonewall near Trinidad (H. H. Knight).

Dicyphus caJifornicus (Stal)
Fig. 92

Capsus califomicus Stal, 1859:259.
Dicyphus califomicus Reuter, 1876:82.
Dicyphus califomicus Van Duzee, 1914:25.

Recorded by Van Duzee in San Mateo
County, Los Altos and Santa Cruz County, Cali-
fornia; "Common everywhere on tarweed."

Dicyphus rufescens Van Duzee

Dicyphus rufescens Van Duzee, 1917:268.

Recorded from Wawona and Alpine, San
Diego County, California.

Dicyphus disclusus Van Duzee
Fig. 95

Dicyphus disclusus Van Duzee, 1923:152.

Described from San Lorenzo Island, Gulf of
California, where it was breeding on Solarium
hindsianum.

Dicyphus crudus Van Duzee
Fig. 93

Dicyphus crudus Van Duzee, 1916:240.

Described from Fallen Leaf Lake, near
Tahoe, California. The figure of the male elasp-
er was made from the holotype when I visited
and studied types at the California Academy of
Sciences in 1931.

Dicyphus pallicornis (Fieber)

Brachyceraea pallicornis Fieber, 1861:324.
Dicyphus pallicornis Saunders, 1875:285.
Dicyphus pallidicomis Reuter, 1883:423, PI. 3,

Fig. 6.
Dicyphus pallicornis Carvalho, 1958:198.

This species is now recognized from the
Pacific coastal area. 5d 9 July 24, 1948, Vic-
toria, British Columbia (W. Downes), host
Digitalis purpurea, d" 9 June 20, 1939, Sumner,
Washington (R. Schopp), on Digitalis purpurea.

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Figs. 88-90. S claspers. 88, Dicyphus ribesi; 89, D.
agilis UhL; 90, D. rubi.

Dicyphus ribesi, new species
Fig. 88

Allied to califomicus (Stal) but differs in
color aspect, and by structure of male claspers
(Fig. 88).

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width .88 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .26 mm; black, shining,
a small pale spot each side of vertex and hi
contact with eye, extending upon base of vertex.
Rostrum, length 1.19 mm, reaching upon apex
of middle coxae, pallid, apex fuscous. Antennae:
segment I, length .28 mm, fuscous to black; II,
.95 mm, fuscous, slightly darker at base, cylin-

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

71

drical, slightly more slender on basal half; III,
.81 mm, fuscous; IV, .37 mm, fuscous. Prono-
tum, length .51 mm, width at base .82 mm;
black, collar white, a broad spot on median line
of disk behind calli, pallid. Scutellum and meso-
notum black- Hemelytra pallid, translucent,
apical half of clavus and narrow inner margin
of corium, red; a small black spot on outer half
of apex of corium; cuneus pallid, apex fuscous,
the narrow paracuneus reddish. Membrane
dusky to nearly clear, veins pale fuscous. Dorsal
surface set with rather short, not crowded, sub-
erect, pallid pubescence. Ventral surface black,
shining. Legs, except bases of coxae, pallid,
femora tinged with yellow, apical half becoming
dusky; hind femora with median line of six or
seven fuscous spots on anterior aspect, also
two rows of small dots on posterior aspect;
tibiae and tarsi dusky to pale fuscous. Male
genital segment and left clasper (Fig. 88) dis-
tinctive of the species.

Female. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.0 mm.
Head: width .59 mm, vertex .32 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm, black; II, .85 mm,
black, apical half fuscous to pallid, slightly more
slender on basal half; III, .92 mm, pallid to
dusky; IV, .41 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .92
mm, width at base .92 mm. Slightly larger than
the male but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: d Aug. 11, 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino); collected on
Ribes. Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: 5 c? 18 9 taken with the types on
Ribes. 9 July 7, 1965, Area 18M (Mercury),
Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino).
5 9 Aug. 13, Area 12M; 6 9 Aug. 24, Area 12M,
Nevada Test Site (J. M. Merino), taken on
Ribes-

Dicyphus phaceliae, new species

Allied to calif ornicus (Stal), but distin-
guished by the longer antennal segments; seg-
ment II distinctly longer than width of prono-
tum at base.

Female. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: widtii .64 mm, vertex .34 mm; black,
shining, a triangular pallid spot each side of
vertex. Antennae: segment I, length .31 mm,
pallid, basal half black; II, 1.1 mm, cylindrical,
pale yellowish, basal half fuscous to black; III,
1.2 mm, yellowish brown, length equal to seg-
ment II; IV, .48 mm, yellowish. Rostrum, length
1.7 mm, reaching to middle of hind coxae, pal-
lid, fuscous on base and apex. Pronotum, length

.72 mm, width at base .98 mm; collar white,
sharply narrowed at middle above; calli dis-
tinctly convex, pallid between, and just behind
this a round yellow spot on the black disk.
Scutellum and mesoscutum black. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with suberect, pale yellowish hairs
Hemelytra translucent, apical area of corium
and embolium bright hypodermal red; clavus
with narrow margin bordering scutellum and
commissure, red; cuneus subtranslucent, apex
fuscous. Membrane uniformly pale fumate, veins
yellowish brown. Ventral surface brownish to
black; ventral surface of abdomen pallid to yel-
lowish white, sides fuscous brown. Legs pallid to
yellowish, coxae brownish black at base; fe-
mora brownish yellow, spots not evident;
tibiae yellowish brown, knees and tips of tarsi
fuscous.

Holotype: 9 July 4, 1935, Mt. Hume Creek,
San Bernardino Mts. California (Timberlake,
collector), taken on Plmcelia ramosissima.

Dicyphus diplaci, new species
Fig. 91

Distinguished in the key by the long second
antennal segment of die male; females distin-
guished by the pallid scutellum but with me-
dian line black; cuneus without black spot on
apex.

Male. Length 3.0 mm, widdi .76 mm. Head:
width .48 mm, vertex .24 mm; black, shining
a paler spot on vertex by margin of eye. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .25 mm, fuscous to black;

II, 1.0 mm, cylindrical, uniformly dark fuscous;

III, .88 mm, fuscous; IV, .28 mm, fuscous. Ros-
trum, length -92 mm, reaching upon middle
coxae, pallid, apex fuscous. Pronotum, length .44
mm, width at base .68 mm; black, collar white.
Scutellum and mesonotum black. Dorsal surface
clothed with rather short, recumbent, pale pu-
bescent hairs. Hemelytra translucent, pallid to
dusky, apical half of clavus tinged with brown-
ish; cuneus and corium uniformly pallid trans-
lucent, no fuscous marks indicated. Membrane
clear, veins pale fumate. Ventral surface brown-
ish black, abdomen slightly paler on ventral
surface. Legs pallid, femora dusky brown;
tibiae pale to fuscous to brownish. Male clasp-
ers small, but left clasper distinctive, ( Fig. 91 ) .

Female. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .31 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .27 mm, brownish black; II,
•95 mm, cylindrical, black; III, .78 mm, brown-
ish black; IV, .37 mm, pale fuscous. Pronotum

72

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

length .58 mm, width at base .92 mm; black,
collar white, becoming pallid between calli and
on median line of disk. Scutellum pallid, but
with median line black. Slightly larger than the
male but very similar in pubescence and color,
except the scutellum pallid and median line
black. Some specimens may show an accumula-
tion of red on inner margin of corium, similar
to ribesi; but differs in the pallid scutellum and
median line black. In the large series of ribesi
examined, not a single specimen shows any vari-
ation from the black scutellum.

Holotype: d" April 18, 1935, Whittier, Cali-
fornia (E. L. Paddock), taken on Diplacus longi-
floris. Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Para-
types: c? 2 taken with the types on Diplacus
longifloris.

Dicyphus rubi. new species
Figs. 28, 29, 90

Dicyphus agilis Knight, 1923:477, not Uhler.
Dicyphus agilis Knight, 1941:53, not Uhler-

Allied to agilis ( Uhler ) , but differs as shown
in the key; male genital segment and claspers
distinctive (Fig. 90), the right clasper distinc-
tive in form, the left more slender on apical half
and set at a different angle than agilis (Uhler).

Male. Length 4.3 mm, width .95 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .24 mm; black, vertex
with a pale spot each side. Rostrum, length 1.53
mm, reaching apex of middle coxae, pallid. An-
tennae: segment I, length .38 mm, pallid; II,
1.6 mm, cylindrical, fuscous to black; III, 1.4
mm, pale yellowish, basal fourth fuscous; IV, .54
mm, yellowish. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width
at base .98 mm; black, sometimes paler between
the calli, collar white, somewhat flattened.
Scutellum black, mesonotum widely exposed,
black, with pale spot at each side. Hemelytra
pallid, subtranslucent, a blackish spot at tip of
embolium and outer apical angle of corium,
cuneus pallid to yellowish; membrane pale,
translucent, veins pale to fuscous brown- Dorsal
surface clothed with recumbent, pale to yellow-
ish simple pubescence. Ventral surface fuscous
brown. Legs pale to dusky, pubescence and
spines pallid. Genital segment and claspers dis-
tinctive (Fig. 90).

Female. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .30 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.6 mm, reaching upon apex of middle
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm, pal-
lid; II, 1.29 mm, fuscous to black; III, 1.3 mm,
yellowish, fuscous on basal fourth; IV, .52 mm.

91

92

cxjSuS^vnJuouuy- Stall

ChJuAjOA/\lojrJ).

Figs. 91-93. S left clasper. 91, Dicyphus diplaci; 92,
D. californicus; 93, D. crudus.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

73

yellowish. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width at
base -98 mm. More robust than the male but
very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d" July 2, 1920, Ithaca, New York
(H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same data as the
type. Paratypes: 6cf 12 9 taken with the types
on Rubus odoratus, host plant of the species.

Dicyphus hesperus Knight

Dicyphus hesperus Knight 1943:56.

One specimen was collected at the test site:
9 June 17, 1965, Area MT.

This species occurs widely from Colorado,
Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah to California. I
have determined specimens from San Diego
County, California (J. C. Bradley); also d 9
July 4, 1935, Arbolado; 3d May 7, 19a5, San
Gabrial River, California (E. L. Paddock), taken
on Staclujs alhens. 4 9 May 16, 1935, Whittier,
California (E. L. Paddock), taken on Verbas-
cum virgatum.

face pallid, mesosternum fuscous; ostiolar peri-
treme strongly convex, nearly white, ostiole at
middle of lower half, a narrow, smooth, dorsal
curving reddish line extends from ostiole to near
dorsal margin of peritreme. Venter pallid to yel-
lowish, lateral margins somewhat reddish. Legs
pallid, femora rather slender, with a row of 7 or
8 fuscous spots on anterior face-
Male. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.1 mm. Head:
width .63 mm, vertex .27 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .36 mm, base and annulus at
apex, reddish brown; II, 1.12 mm, fuscous near
base, and on apical fourth; III, .61 mm, fuscous,
pale at base; IV, broken. Rostrum, length 1.5
mm, reaching upon hind coxae. Pronotum,
length .62 mm, width at base 1.0 mm; collar
narrowed above at median line. Color and pu-
bescence very similar to that of the female.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 16, 1935, El Modeno,
California (E. L. Paddock); named for the col-
lector. Allotype: cf June 11, 1918, collected on
sand spit at False Bay, California (C. L. Hubbs).

Dicyphus paclclocki, new species
Fig. 96

Allied to pallicomis (Fieber) but distin-
guished by the annulate first antennal segment,
and segment II black on apex, also with collar
width reduced at dorsal median line of prono-
tum.

Female. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .64 mm, vertex .27 mm; eyes large,
brown; pallid, lora, geminate mark on basal
half of clypeus, a broad band each side of frons,
and spot each side of vertex, blackish- Antennae:
segment I, length .34 mm, pallid, annulus at base
and on apex, reddish brown; III, .92 mm, cylin-
drical, pallid, wide band on apex, reddish brown;
III, .61 mm, fuscous, base pallid; IV, .27 mm,
fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.6 mm, reaching upon
apex of hind coxae, pallid, apex fuscous. Pro-
notum, length .64 mm, width at base 1.15 mm;
basal margin broadly sulcate, also dorsal margin
of collar sharply narrowed by one-third of the
width on either side of median line above; calli
fuscous, basal margin deeply impressed; disk
pallid, basal angles narrowly infuscated. Meso-
notum fuscous, pale spot each side; scutellum
pallid, apex and geminate mark on basal half,
fuscous. Dorsal surface sparsely clothed with
rather long, suberect, pale to golden hairs.
Hemelytra pallid, subtranslucent, apex of em-
bolium and apex of cuneus fuscous; membrane
and veins fumate to pale fuscous. Ventral sur-

Dicyphus usingeri Knight

Dicyphus usingeri Knight, 1943:. 5.3.

Known from Camino, Calaveras, Tuolumne,
Trinity, and El Dorado counties, California.
Breeds on Mountain Misery, Cliamaebatia foli-
osa Benth-, according to Dr. Usinger.

Dicyphus rivalis Knight

Dicyphus rivalis Knight, 1943:54.

Known from California and Oregon.

Dicyphus tinctus Knight

Dicyphus tinctus Knight, 1943:55.

Known from the Rainier National Forest,
Washington.

Dicyplius elongatus Van Duzee

Dicyphus elongatus Van Duzee, 1917:269.

Known from California, Washington and
British Columbia.

Dicyphus brachypterus Knight

Dicyphus brachypterus Knight, 1943:53.

Both males and females have short heme-
lytra which do not reach apex of abdomen.

74

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Fig. 94. Dicyphus stitti, tf left clasper.

Known only from Mt. Ranier, Washington;
breeds on Polemonium humile.

Dicyphus stitti, new species

Runs in the key to near minimus ( Quaint. )
in subgenus Tupicoris, but distinguished by the
pallid hemelytra and length of second antennal
segment not equal to width of pronotum at
base.

Male. Length 3.1 mm, width .92 mm. Head:
width .48 mm, vertex .28 mm; pallid, frons yel-
low, sometimes the vertex infuscated- Rostrum,
length .98 mm, reaching upon base of middle
coxae, pallid. Antennae: segment I, length .27
mm, pallid, with fuscous annulus on basal half;
II, .85 mm, pale fuscous, basal half fuscous to
black, cylindrical, length of pubescent hairs
equal to thickness of segment; III, .78 mm, pale
to dusky; IV, .41 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length
.51 mm, width at base .98 mm; basal margin
broadly concave, lateral margins abruptly con-
cave beginning at basal angle, coxal clefts
visible from above; disk pallid, calli and area
about coxal cleft, yellow, collar nearly flat, pal-
lid. Scutellum and mesonotum yellow, the lat-
ter broadly exposed. Dorsal surface clothed with
rather short, suberect, pale pubescence. Heme-
lytra pallid, subtranslucent, costal margins sub-
parallel, membrane and veins pallid; without
spots or fuscous marks. Ventral surface and legs
yellow, tibiae more pallid, apical segment of
tarsi fuscous. Genital segment and claspers dis-
tinctive of the species ( Fig- 94 ) .

Female. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.02 mm.
Head: width .51 mm, vertex .29 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.02 mm, reaching upon middle coxae.

95 X^^ I,

CUA-cJaJU^UUy VamJ).

rrujYujrriAJUis Qvql,

98

AirrrvpilsiJ^ R&ut.

Figs. 95-98. 95, Dicyphus disdusus, $ left clasper; 96,
D. paddocki, $ left clasper; 97, D. minimus, S
left clasper; 98, Cyrtopeltis (Vsingerella) simplex
( Reut. ) , $ genital segment.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

75

Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm, pallid,
fuscous annulus on middle of basal half; II, .62
mm, fuscous to black, paler on apical half; III,
.68 mm, pale fuscous; IV, .40 mm, pale fuscous.
Pronotum, length .51 mm, width at base .92 mm.
Slightly more robust than the male, but very
similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d" Oct. 6, 1940, Gila Bend, Ari-
zona (L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 9 taken with the
type. Paratypes: 5 J" 4 9 and nymphs taken
with the types on devil's claw, Martijnia parvi-
flora, where the species was breeding-

Dicyphus minimus Quaintance

Dicyphus minimus Quaintance, 1898:188, figs.
Dicyphus minimus Uhler, 1899:59.

This species is known from Florida, Texas
and Arizona. The wild host plant of the bugs
is Nicotiana trigonophylla in Arizona, and the
same plant species occurs at the test site (Beat-
ley, 1965). This insect has become an imporant
pest of tomatoes in Arizona, and at Lerdo, Dur-
ango, Mexico (A. W. Morrill), where the tomato
is grown commercially.

Genus Macrolophus Fieber

Macrolophus lopezi (Van Duzee)

Tylocapsus lopezi Van Duzee, 1923:152.

This species is distinguished by the short first
antennal segment which in length does not
equal width of vertex. Described from Lower
California where it was taken on Eucnide cor-
data by Van Duzee.

Macrolophus mimuli, new species

Allied to lopezi (Van D.) but distinguished
by the larger size, and length of first antennal
segment greater than width of vertex.

Male. Length 3.1 mm, width .85 mm. Head:
width 38 mm, vertex .20 mm; black, a pale
median line on vertex. Rostrum, length 1.2 mm,
reaching upon middle of hind coxae, pale yellow.
Antennae: segment I, length .29 mm, thickness
.07 mm, black; II, .72 mm, cylindrical, thick-
ness .04 mm, pale yellow; III, .51 mm, dusky
yellow; IV, ..36 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length
.47 mm, width at base .68 mm, basal margin
sulcate; black, median line of disk pale at base.
Scutellum and mesoscutum black. Dorsal surface
set with suberect, simple yellowish hairs- Heme-
lytra dull brownish black, basal half of corium,

two-thirds of embolium, and- outer apical angle
of corium clear translucent; cuneus clear trans-
lucent, apex and the paracuneus black. Mem-
brane brownish black, a large rounded clear spot
behind cuneus and larger areole. Ventral sur-
face black. Legs except outer base of coxae,
pallid to pale yellowish; tibial spines rather
short, yellowish; tips of tarsi fuscous. Male clasp-
ers distinctive.

Female. Length 2.8 mm, width .74 mm.
Head: width .36 mm, vertex .20 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.18 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .28 mm,
black; II, .61 mm, pale yellow; III, .52 mm; IV,
.53 mm. Coloration and pubescence very similar
to male.

Holotype: tf June 14, 1928, alt. 6000 ft,
Huachuca Mrs., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allo-
type: 9 taken with die type. Paratypes: 5 J1
10 9 taken with the types "breeding on Mimulus
cardinalis" (A. A- Nichol). 3 9 May 27, 1928,
alt. 3300 ft, Rincon Mrs., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Genus Cyrtopeltis Fieber

Cyrtopeltis (Engijtatus) modestus Distant
Fig. 86

Engijtatus geniculatus Reuter, 1876:83.
Neosilia modesta Distant, 1893:447.
Cyrtopeltis varians Reuter, nee Distant, 1909:62.
Engijtatus varians Reuter, nee Distant, 1910: 151.
Cyrtopeltis varians Knight, nee Distant, 1922:65.
Cyrtopeltis varians Knight, 1941:53.
Cyrtopeltis modestus, Carvalho, 1958:186, cat.

This species has a wide distribution. Known
from California and Arizona, where it is a pest
on tomatoes- Also known from Texas, Missis-
sippi, Florida, Puerto Rico, and Mexico.

Cyrtopeltis (Usingerella) simplex (Reuter)
Fig. 98

Cyrtopeltis simplex Reuter, 1909:63.
Cyrtopeltis simplex Knight, 1922:67.
Cyrtopeltis ( Usingerella ) simplex China & Car-
valho, 1952:165, figs.

This species was described from California.
I also have specimens from Arizona, which
were found breeding on Mimulus cardinalis by
A. A. Nichol: d 2 June 14, 1928, alt. 6000 ft,
Huachuca Mountains. The species is readily
identified by the very large sickle-shaped left
clasper.

76

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Subfamily bryocorinae
Key to the Genera

1. Small species, color black or bluish black with some orange or red coloring;

males with a distinctive prong on left dorsal side of the genital segment

Small black species, some with pale in costal margins; male genital segment
without prong on left margin

2. Embolium narrow and incrassate; hemelytra with rather long, semierect pubes-

cence; pronotum posteriorly moderately inflated .... Sixeonotus Reut., p. 76

Embolium broadly expanded and flat; hemelytra with very fine, short and erect
pubescence, surface with silvery spots; pronotum posteriorly greatly inflated
Ptjcnoderes Guerin, p. 77

3- Calli strongly convex Caulotops Bergr., p. 78

Calli not strongly convex Halticotoma Reut., p. 77

Fig. 99. Sixeonotus insignis Reut., 9 .

Genus Sixeonotus Reuter

Sixeonotus insignis Reuter
Figs. 50,99

Sixeonotus insignis Reuter, 1876:78, n. sp.
Sixeonotus insignis Knight, 1941:59, Fig. 50.
Sixeonotus insignis Carvalho, 1957:125.

Known from Arizona, Colorado, Texas and
eastward.

Sixeonotus dextratus Knight

Sixeonotus dextratus Knight, 1928:244.

This species was described from the Santa
Catalina Mts., and from the Sabino Canyon,
near Tucson, Arizona, where the species was

found breeding on pea vine, Guardiola platy-
phylla.

Sixeonotus nicholi Knight

Sixeonotus nicholi Knight, 1928:242.

Described from the Chiricahua Mts., Arizona.

Sixeonotus bebbiae, new species

Allied to albohirtus Kngt., having all legs
and antennae black, but differs in the finer and
more densely punctate pronotum.

Female. Length 2.3 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .73 mm, vertex .41 mm, black.
Rostrum, length .64 mm, reaching upon middle
coxae, black. Antennae: segment I, length .20
mm, black; II, .47 mm, cylindrical, more slen-
der near base, black; III, broken. Pronotum,
length .72 mm, width at base 1.08 mm, basal
margin nearly straight, lateral margins just
slightly sulcate as viewed from above; disk
convex, finely and closely punctate, calli slight-
ly elevated, uniformly black; clothed with rather
short simple pubescence, and intermixed with
appressed silvery sericeous pubescence. Scutel-
lum impressed on middle of basal half, finely
punctate, black. Hemelytra dull black, sparsely
clothed with very fine, short, appressed silvery
hairs, impunctate; cuneus turned sharply down-
ward. Membrane fuscous, central area behind
areoles, milky white, veins black. Ventral surface
black, clothed with short appressed, silvery pu-
bescence. Legs brownish black, femora with
somewhat longer pale hairs.

Male. Length 2.2 mm, width 1.1 mm. Ros-
trum length ..54 mm, reaching to middle of inter-

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

mediate coxae. Head: width .68 mm, vertex .40
mm. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm; II,
.44 mm; III, broken. Pronotum, length .60 mm,
width at base .95 mm. Very similar to the female
in color, pubescence and puncturation.

Holotype: ? April 23, 1940, Mohawk, Ari-
zona (L. L. Stitt). Allotype: tf same data as the
type. Paratopes: 4 c? 5 9 taken with the types
on Bebbia juncea, host plant of the species. 14
d" 2 June 15, 1937, Yuma County, Arizona (L.
L. Stitt), on Bebbia juncea.

Genus Pycnoderes Guerin-Meneville

Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus
Guerin-Meneville

Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus Guerin-Meneville

1857:169, PI. 13, Fig. 13, n. sp.
Pycnoderes quadrimaculatus Carvalho 1957-

123.

Many tf 9 Oct. 25, 1922, Phoenix, Arizona,
causing damage to beans, squash, and cucum-
bers.

Pycnoderes atratus (Distant)

Eccritotarsus atratus Distant, 1884:285 PI 26
Fig. 20.

77

Pycnoderes atratus Van Duzee, 1917:360, cat.
Pycnoderes atratus Carvalho, 1957:121, cat.

Known from Arizona, California, Texas, and
Mexico.

Fig. 100. Pycnoderes medius Kngt., 9

Genus Halticotoma Reuter

Key to the Species

1. Legs fuscous to black

Legs yellowish to reddish brown

2. Hemelytra black to bluish black; antennal segment II equal to width of vertex
Hemelytra yellowish brown; antennal segment II ( 9 ) not equal to width of

vertex brunnea, n. sp.

3. Antennal segment II, in length equal to width of vertex plus dorsal width of an

eye; genital segment with a slender, acuminate horn projecting distad on the
left side; length 3.4 mm andrei, n. sp.

Antennal segment II, in length not equal to width of vertex plus dorsal width of
an eye; genital segment with a thick blunt cornicle projecting distad on the
left side; length 3.0 mm 5 mMa Reut

4. Pronotum reddish orange; male genital segment with a lateral projecting lone

horn, visible from above; length 34 mm cornifer Kngt

Pronotum brownish black to black; male genital segment with a short blunt cor-
nicle on the left side projecting dorsad nicholi Kngt.

or more 3

78

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Halticotoma vaJida Reuter

Halticotoma valida Reuter, 1913:279.
Halticotoma valida Van Duzee, 1917:359, cat.
Halticotoma valida Knight, 1937:37, host, distr.

Head, pronotum and legs orange to red;
hemelytra bluish black.

Known from Arizona, California, Utah, Colo-
rado, Oklahoma, Texas and eastward. Breeds on
Yucca.

Halticotoma nicholi Knight

Halticotoma nicholi Knight, 1928:242.

This species is known from the Santa Rita
Mts. and Huachuca Mts., Arizona, where A. A.
Nichol found it breeding on Nolina microcarpa.

Halticotoma cornifer Knight

Haltocotoma cornifer Knight, 1928:242.

This species was taken in Post Creek Can-
yon, Bonita, Arizona.

Halticotoma andrei, new species

Distinguished from valida Reut. and all
known members of the genus by the longer an-
tennal segments; segment II equal to width of
vertex plus dorsal width of an eye.

Male. Lengdi 3.4 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .54 mm; orange red. Ros-
trum, length 1.22 mm, just reaching to middle
of hind coxae, red, apex infuscated. Antennae:
segment I, .54 mm, reddish black; II, .82 mm,
cylindrical, thickness about two-thirds that of
segment I, black, clothed with recumbent pale
pubescence; III, .51 mm, black; IV, .34 mm,
black. Pronotum, length .62 mm, width at base
1.32 mm, lateral margins sharply sulcate as
viewed from above, disk rather closely punctate,
calli convex, deeply impressed on inner anterior
angles and between the calli, also with basal
margins strongly impressed near lateral limits;
color orange red; clothed with fine, simple,
rather short pubescent hairs. Mesonotrum wide-
ly exposed, red. Scutellum impressed on middle
and base, red, apical area infuscated. Hemelytra
brownish black, base of clavus reddish; clothed
with recumbent to suberect, pale to yellowish

simple hairs, spacing of hairs ample, not
crowded. Membrane and veins rather evenly
shaded with fuscous brown. Ventral surface and
legs rather uniformly orange red; tibiae light
yellowish brown, tarsi fuscous brown. Genital
segment distinctive; right clasper large, reach-
ing around and across to top of left side, where
a moderately long, rather slender, projecting,
acuminate horn extends distad.

Holotype: cf Aug. 25, 1937, Clifton, Arizona
(C. J. Drake & F. Andre). The species is named
in honor of Dr. Floyd Andre, Dean of the Col-
lege of Agriculture, Iowa State University, who
was an active collector of insects in the early
years, and retains his interest in systematic en-
tomology, especially Thysanoptera.

Halticotoma brunnca. new species

Differs from other known members of the
genus by the small size and uniformly yellow-
ish brown color.

Female. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .81 mm; reddish brown. Rostrum,
length 1.02 mm, reaching upon tips of hind
coxae, reddish brown, apical half more fuscous
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm,
brown; II, .46 mm, cylindrical, orange brown,
clothed with prominent, pale, suberect hairs;
III, .34 mm, brown; IV, broken. Pronotum,
length .68 mm, width at base 1.26 mm; lateral
margins moderately sulcate, basal margin nearly
straight, rounded near basal angles; disk and
area before calli, rather closely punctate, calli
moderately convex, smooth, with a pair of
foveate punctures between inner angles; clothed
with suberect yellowish hairs, color yellowish
brown. Mesonotum fully covered by pronotal
disk. Scutellum covered on base, disk depressed,
yellowish brown, pale pubescent. Hemelytra
yellowish brown, rather thickly clothed with
suberect, pale yellowish hairs; membrane pale
dusky brown, veins brown. Ventral surface yel-
lowish to reddish brown, shining. Legs reddish
brown, somewhat shining, dps of tarsi fuscous;
hairs on femora suberect, rather prominent.

Holotype: 9 June 26, 1932, Tieton Canyon,
along Tieton River, Washington (A. R. Rolfs.)

Genus Caulotops Bergroth
Key to the Species

Length of antennal segment II (28) is greater than width of vertex plus dorsal
width of an eye (26); length 4.6 mm agavis Reut.

Length of antennal segment II (28) not equal to width of vertex plus dorsal
width of an eye (32); length 5.2 mm barberi Kngt.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 79

Caulotops agavis Reuter Subfamily hyaliodinae

Caulotops agavis Reuter, 1909:1. Genus Hyaliodes Reuter

Described from the Galiuro Mrs., Arizona, . .

where the host plant was Agave palmeri. Hyaliodes vitripennis (Say)

Capsus vitripennis Say, 1832:24.

Caulotops barberi Knight Hyaliodes vitripennis Reuter, 1876:84.

_ , , , . „ . , ,_.„. ,„n Hyaliodes vitripennis Knight, 1941:57.

Caulotops barberi Knight, 1926:101. r 6

This species was described from the Huach- This species and two other members of the

uca Mts., Arizona. genus are widely distributed in states east of

6 J" 2 June 12, 1928, Patagonia, Arizona (A. Colorado, but none is reported from the Great

A. Nichol), breeding on Agave. Basin.

Subfamily deraeocorinae
Key to the Tribes

1. Anterior margin of pronotum with a distinct ringlike collar, set off by a definite

constricted groove

Anterior margin of pronotum without a ringlike collar, but set off by a dark im-
pressed line running from antero-lateral angle back to posterior margin of
calli, which are not strongly depressed labgideini, p. 83

2. Eyes distinctly removed forward from posterior margin of head; pronotum with

calli represented by a smooth, depressed shining area, and this connected
with anterior angles by a depressed line clivinemini, p. 83

Eyes situated on posterior margin of head; pronotum with calli on level of ad-
jacent areas of pronotal disk deraeocorim, p. 79

Tribe deraeocorini
Key to the Genera

1. Second antennal segment broad and distinctly flattened

Hesperophylum Reut. & Popp., p. 80

Second antennal segment cylindrical 2

2. Antennae linear, very long and of nearly equal thickness throughout; vertex

transversely striate and longitudinally sulcate; second segment of hind tarsus
much shorter than either first or third segments; usually large, elongate
species Eustictus Reut., p. 82

Antennae not so long or linear; second segment slender at base and slightly en-
larged toward apex, third segment slender; vertex usually polished; second
segment of hind tarsus as long as either first or third segments, or nearly so 3

3. Head strongly produced and nearly horizontal, facial angle acute, clypeus pro-

jecting beyond apex of first antennal segment; costal margin thin and broad-
ly expanded Eurychilopterella Reut, p. 82

Head less produced, scarcely surpassing middle of first antennal segment; facial
angle either one of 90 degrees or only slightly less
Deraeocoris Fieber, p. 80

80

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Genus Hesperophylum Reuter & Poppius

Hespero phylum heidemanni
Reuter & Poppius

Hespewpln/lum heidemanni Reuter & Poppius,

1912:17.
Hesperophylum heidemanni Knight, 1941:74,

Fig. 20.

This species is widely distributed but rarely
collected. The form of the head with very long
rostrum indicates it is a predaceous species;
also we may add that predaceous forms are
never as abundant as plant feeders. This species
is known only from the District of Columbia,
Iowa, and New Hampshire.

Hesperophijhim arizonae, new species
Fig. 101

Allied to lieidimanni Popp., but distinguished
by the ivory white scutellum, die pronotal disk
more finely punctate, collar more convex, the
stricture distinct. Fig. 101.

Fig. 101. Hespcrophi/lum arizonae, 9 .

Female. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .52 mm, vertex .27 mm, elongate,
as shown in figure. Rostrum, length 1.83 mm,
reaching upon fourth ventral segment, pale to
brown, fourth segment paler than segment III.
Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm, not reach-
ing to apex of clypeus, brownish black; II, 1.02
mm, width .26 mm, much flattened but dorsal
surface distinctly convex, brownish black, shin-
ing, widi moderately long, suberect pubescence;
III, .10 mm, thickness .034 mm, pallid; IV, .17
mm, thickness .034 mm, apex rather sharp, pal-
lid. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base
1.02 mm, collar moderately convex, stricture
distinct, calli evident by die granular surface;
disk moderately convex, more flattened near
base, rather finely but distinctly punctate, more
finely and sparsely punctate on basal third;
brownish black, pleura yellowish brown, ventral
half ivory white, coxal cleft prominent, some-
what protruding, longitudinally impressed across
top edge; dorsal surface bearing erect pale hairs,
longer on lateral margins. Scutellum uniformly
ivory white, rather strongly convex, but flat on
discal area; finely but sparsely pubescent, with
a few longer, erect pale hairs each side. Heme-
lytra uniformly brownish black, shining, costal
margins nearly straight, but slightly sulcate near
middle; embolium flat, edge sharp, separated
from corium by a deeply impressed line of
coarse punctures; cuneus turned down rather
sharply, membrane uniformly fuscous brown,
veins translucent brown. Ventral surface uni-
formly dark brown. Thus far only female speci-
mens are known in this genus.

Holotype: § August 18, 1937, Atasco Mts.,
Arizona (H. M. Harris), author's collection.

Genus Deraeocoris Kirschbaum

Deraeocoris (Camptobrocliis) brevis
(Uhler)

Camptobrocliis brevis Uhler, 1904:359.
Deraeocoris (Camptobrocliis) brevis Knight,
1921:90, key.

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area
19M, d June 22, 1965 (H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino); Area 12M, J Aug. 25, 1965 (J. M.
Merino ) .

This species occurs frequently on Artemisia,
and is known from California; Ormsby County,
Nevada (C. F. Raker); Utah, and Colorado.

MlRfDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

81

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) bakcri
Knight

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) bakeri Knight,
1921:102, key.

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area
401M, 9 June 22, 1965 (H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino); Area 12M, d Aug. 25, 1965 (J. M.
Merino), on Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus; Area
17M, d 9 Aug. 5, 1965 (J. M. Merino), on
C. viscidiflorus.

This species was described from Ormsby
County, Nevada, and known now from Arizona,
California, Utah, and Colorado. It is found most
frequently on Chrysothamnus.

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) validus
(Reuter)

Camptobrochis validus Reuter, 1909:58.
Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) validus Knight
1921:108, key.

This species is known from California and
Oregon.

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) luridipes
Knight

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) luridipes KruVht
1921:110, key.

Described from San Diego, California. Mr.
Van Duzee collected the specimens on a plant
he called an "Elderberry tree."

Deraeocoris fulgidus (Van Duzee)

Camptobrochis fulgidus Van Duzee, 1914:21.
Deraeocoris fulgidus Knight, 1921:149, key.

Records: San' Diego, Lake, and Siskiyou
Counties, California; Fort Collins, Colorado;
2d" 4? June 30, 1964, Washoe County (R. C.
Rechtel), on Purshia tridentata, d ? June 30,
1964, Carson City (R. C. Bechtel), on Purshia
tridentata, and 9 June 29, 1964, Carson City,
Ormsby County, Nevada (G. D. Cooney).

Deraeocoris convexulus Knight

Deraeocoris convexulus Knight, 1921:148, key.

Described and known only from Los Angeles
County, California.

Deraeocoris manitou (Van Duzee)

Camptobroclujs manitou Van Duzee, 1920:355.
Deraeocoris manitou Knight, 1921:153, key.

Known from Arizona, Colorado, and New
Mexico.

Deraeocoris barberi Knight
Deraeocoris barberi Knight, 1921:157, key.

Known from Arizona, Colorado,
and New Mexico.

Montana,

Deraeocoris californicus Knight

Deraeocoris californicus Knight, 1921:185, key.
Known from Los Angeles County, California.

Deraeocoris cerachates Uhler

Deraeocoris cerachates Uhler, 1894:265.
Deraeocoris cerachates Knight, 1921:187, key.
Known from Santa Cruz County, California.

Deraeocoris schwarzii (Uhler)
Fig. 102

Camptobrochis schwarzii Uhler, 1893:375.
Deraeocoris schwarzii Knight, 1921:146.

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area
401M, nymphs taken June 19, 1965, on Artemisia
tridentata.

Fig. 102. Deraeocoris schwarzii Uhler, d ■

82

Fig. 103. Eurychilopterelki luridula Reut., rf.

These nymphs were identified by comparison
with nymphs that were collected with adults
on Artemisia tridentata at American Fork, Utah,
the type locality for the species. At the test site
I failed to return to the place of collection to
obtain adults after emergence. On June 28, 1965,
at American Fork, Utah, both nymphs and
adults that were breeding on Artemisia triden-
tata were collected. Also collected was schwarzii
on the same host, June 29, 1965, at Scipio and
Cedar City, Utah.

Deraeocoris bullatus Knight

Deraeocoris bullatus Knight, 1921 : 147.

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area
TM, 4tf 29 June 14, 1965, taken on Purshia
tridentata; Area 6M, rf June 15, 1965; Area
401M, 3d1 1 9 June 20, 1965, taken on Purshia.

The species bullatus was described from spe-
cimens taken on cliff rose, Cowania mexicana,
at Grand View, Grand Canyon, Arizona, in
1917.

Genus Eurychilopterella Reuter

Eurychilopterella barberi Knight

Eurychilopterella barberi Knight, 1927:140.

This small species is known from the Huach-
ucha Mts., Arizona. Eurychilopterella luridula
Reut. (Fig. 103) is presented to show the char-
acteristic form of members of this genus.

Genus Eustictus Reuter
Members of this genus are prowling, noc-

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

tumal predaceous types that are rarely taken
by sweeping or beating vegetation. During the
daytime they hide away in crevices or under
loose bark, then become active at night. Most
species have been collected around lights, and
that appears to be the best place to find them.
Several species have been collected in Arizona,
and it seems highly probable that one or more
species will eventually be taken at the Nevada
Test Site.

Eustictus salicicola Knight

Fig. 104

Eustictus salicicola Knight, 1923:481.
Eustictus salicicola Knight, 1941:65.

Males of this species are distinguished by
the extremely narrow vertex, which in width is
subequal to thickness of first antennal segment;
females are distinguished by the long pilose
hairs on second antennal segment.

This species is known from Rear River, Utah,
and appears to be widely distributed in die cen-
tral United States.

Eustictus procluctus Knight

Eustictus productus Knight, 1925:38.

This species was described from Fort
Huachucha, Arizona, and now recognized from
Yuma County.

Fig. 104. Eustictus salicicola Kngt., 9

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Eustictus morrisom Knight

Eustictus morrisoni Knight, 1925:38.

This species was taken at Lewis Springs, Ari-
zona.

Eustictus hirsutipes Knight

Eustictus hirsutipes Knight, 1925:39.

This species was taken at Texas Pass, Ari-
zona, at light trap.

83

Eustictus obscurus Knight
Eustictus obscurus Knight, 1925:37.

This species was taken in Arizona and New
Mexico.

Eustictus pusillus ( Uhler )

Megacoelum pusillum Uhler, 1887:71.

This species is known from Arizona, Colo-
rado, and Texas.

Tribe clivinemini

Key to the Genera

1. Membrane distinctly pubescent; collar not distinctly hooded over the head (Fig.

105) Clivinema Reuter, p. 83

Membrane glabrous, or with extremely fine pubescence only; collar hooded or
somewhat elevated above the head Bothynotus Fieber, p. 83

Genus Bothynotus Fieber

Bothynotus barberi Knight

Bothynotus barberi Knight, 1933:133.

Known from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona.

Genus Clivinema Reuter

Clivinema medialis Knight

Clivinema medialis Knight, 1928:31, key.

Described from American Fork, Utah. New
record: 5 June 24, 1966, White Pine County,
Lehman Caves Nat. Monument, Nevada (W.
Gagne ) .

Clivinema serica Knight
Clivinema serica Knight, 1928:34, key.

This species was described from Las Cruces,
New Mexico, where it was reported "preying
on Orthezia." Additional records: cf 9 July 7-
15, 1930, Richfield (E. W. Davis), at light; 2 9
June 30, 1965, St. George, Utah (H. H. Knight
& A. H. Rarnum). A key to the species is pro-
vided in the reference above.

Clivinema sulcata Knight
Clivinema sulcata Knight, 1928:32, key.

This species is known from Palm Springs,
California.

Fig. 105. Bothynotus modestus Wirt., J1 .

Tribe lakgideini

Genus Largidea Van Duzee

Key to the Species

1. Rostrum not reaching beyond posterior margin of mesosternum 3

Rostrum reaching between middle coxae, or to hind coxae 2

84 Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

2. Femora black, without visible dots; length 4.7 mm nevadensis, n. sp.

Femora reddish brown, one or two rows of fuscous dots visible through the red
color; length 4.2 mm rubida Uhler

3. Membrane conspurcate, with fuscous flecks and spots 4

Membrane not conspurcate, more or less shaded with fuscous but not broken

into flecks and spots 5

4. Pronotal disk coarsely punctate; frons brown, without black marks of any kind;

( cf ) length 5.4 mm arizonae, n. sp.

Pronotal disk finely and closely punctate; frons with black arcuate band each
side; ( 9 ) length 6.4 mm stitli, n. sp.

5. Antennal segment II somewhat flattened, broadly lanceolate; length of segment

I just equal to width of segment II; length 6.0 mm grossa Van D.

Width of antennal segment II not equal to length of segment I 6

6. Rostrum just reaching to middle of mesosternum; polished "lurid luteous-brown,

tinged with red"; ( <$ ) length 4.5 mm pucida Van D.

Rostrum reaching beyond middle of mesosternum, but not beyond posterior mar-
gin 7

7. Thickness of antennal segment II barely exceeding thickness of segment I;

length ( c? ) 4.7 mm, ( 2 ) 5.2 mm shoshonea, n. sp.

Thickness of antennal segment II distinctly greater than thickness of segment I 8

8. Thickness of antennal segment II not equal to dorsal width of an eye; length

( 9 ) 5.6 mm gerhardi, n. sp.

Thickness of antennal segment II just equal to dorsal width of an eye; length
( 9 ) 5.8 mm balli, n. sp.

Largidea rubida (Uhler) Largidea pucida Van Duzee

Clivinema rubida Uhler, 1904:355, n. sp. Largidea pucida Van Duzee, 1925:397.

Largidea marginata Van Duzee, 1912:481, n. sp. The species was described from Oregon and

Largidea rubida Knight, 1917:8, syn. also reported from California.
Largidea rubida Slater, 1950:59, PI. 5, Fig. 2;

o, tig. I. Largidea nevadensis, new species

This species is known from Colorado, New PiK 106
Mexico, and northern Arizona. I have collected

it on pines, Pinus, in Colorado and at Grand Allied to rubida (Uhler), but distinguished

View, Grand Canyon, Arizona. bY *e black femora.

Male. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:

Largidea grossa Van Duzee width m mm. vertex -51 mm: black> eyes brown.

Rostrum, length 1.46 mm, reaching upon apex

Largidea grossa Van Duzee, 1916:238. 0f middle coxae, black. Antennae: segment I,

This species was described from California, length .22 mm, thickness .10 mm, black; II, 1.12

where a single female was taken on Jeffrey Pine, thicker than segment I, clothed with rather

alt. 7000 ft, near Glen Alpine Springs (E. P. short, fine, pallid pubescence, intermixed with

Van Duzee). Specimens are also known from short black bristles, black; III, .23 mm, slender,

Oregon and Washington. black; IV, .30 mm, slightly longer than segment

MlRlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

85

Fig. 106. Largidea nevadensis, 9 .

Ill, slender, black. Pronotum, length 1.05 mm,
width at base 1.49 mm, basal angles well for-
ward of posterior margin on median line; lateral
margins straight, earinate; anterior margin ele-
vated into a narrow collar, margin set off by
transverse line just behind; disk coarsely punc-
tate, reddish yellow, blackish about the calli;
calli outlined by inner and basal margins of
polished black, slightly impressed, forming a
wide marginal line which is acutely angled at
inner basal margin of each callus; outer margin
of each callus with a glabrous line, but some-
what hidden by overlapping silvery, sericeous
pubescence. This form of collar and calli rather
distinctive for the genus. Scutellum moderately
convex, transversely striate, irregularly punctate,
yellowish, basal half black. Hemelytra with yel-
lowish hypodermal color, clavus blackish, outer
half of corium with fuscous, cuneus reddish yel-
low; membrane pale fuscous, veins dark fus-
cous.

Dorsal surface clothed with short, recumbent,
pale pubescence, and intermixed around the
calli and on the head with some silvery, seri-
ceous pubescence. Ventral surface reddish yel-
low, sternum black, venter more reddish; clasp-
ers distinctive. Legs black, shining, femora with-
out visible spots.

Female. Length 5.0 mm, width 2.0 mm.
Head: width 1.02 mm, vertex .59 mm; black,
yellowish about front margins of eyes. Antennae:
segment I, length .27 mm, thickness .13 mm,
black; II, 1.46 mm, gradually thicker on apical
half, thickness .15 mm, black; III, .27 mm, black;
IV, .34 mm, black, slightly more slender than
III. Pronotum, length 1.19 mm, width at base
1.7 mm. Slightly more robust than the male but
very similar in color and pubescence. Second
antennal segment tapering from base to thicker
on apical half, somewhat thicker than in the
male.

Holotype: d" June 23, 1965, Area 18M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 taken with the type on Pinus
monophijUa. Paratypes: 9 J1 10 9 taken with
the types on Pinus monophijUa (H. H. Knight
& J. M. Merino). At this date nymphs and tener-
al adults were taken in the net. Also a good
series of Platylygus vanduzeei were taken along
with Largidea,

Largidea arizonae, new species

Belongs in the group with conspurcate mem-
brane; allied to stitti but distinguished by the
coarsely punctate pronotum.

Male. Length 5.1 mm, width 2.1 mm. Head:
width 1.1 mm, vertex .64 mm, flat; eyes pro-
trude above plane of vertex more than other
species. Rostrum, length 1.26 mm, just reach-
ing to posterior margin of mesostemum, dark
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm,
thickness .136 mm, dark brown; II, 1.8 mm,
thickness .153 mm, cylindrical, short pubescent,
dark reddish brown; III, .37 mm, slender, thick-
ness .068 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum, length
1.42 mm, width at base 1.9 mm, disk coarsely
and densely punctate, impunctate just between
and before calli; lateral margins of disk straight,
earinate; collar flat, only slightly elevated, light-
er in color; calli brownish black, disk a rich
dark brown color. Dorsal surface rich dark
brown, scutellum darker; hemelytra subtrans-
lucent, dark brown tinted with red; clothed with
recumbent pale to yellowish hairs, intermixed
with sericeous silvery hairs about the calli, on

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

the head and sides of thorax. Membrane con-
spurcate with fuscous brown spots and patches;
veins dark reddish brown. Ventral surface yel-
lowish brown to dark brown, genital segment
reddish brown; claspers distinctive of the
species. Legs light brown to dark brown, tibiae
darker brown, tarsi blackish.

Holotype: tf July 26, 1917, Mt. Lemon, alt.
9000ft, Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona (H. H.
Knight). I erroneously recorded this specimen
as Largidea grossa Van Duzee (Knight, 1918)
some years before I was able to see the type of
that species.

Largidea stitti, new species

Allied to arizonae but differs in the shorter
rostrum, and in the more finely and closely
punctate pronotum; frons with an arcuate black
band each side of middle.

Female. Length 6.5 mm, width 2.5 mm.
Head: width 1.22 mm, vertex .75 mm, vertex
and frons only moderately convex, dark brown;
frons with an arcuate black band each side of
middle. Rostrum, length 1.43 mm, just reaching
upon middle of mesosternum, dark brown. An-
tennae: segment I, length .34 mm, thickness .17
mm, dark brown; II, 1.77 mm, clavate, base
more slender than I, but becomes thicker from
base to middle of apical half where thickness
is .24 mm, dark brown, thickly clothed with
suberect black hairs; III, .34 mm, slender, black;
IV, .34 mm, more slender, black. Pronotum,
length 1.49 mm, width at base 2.17 mm, basal
angles well forward of posterior margin; lateral
margins carinate, slightly sulcate, collar at an-
terior margin, flat; calli as described for
arizonae; disk dark brown, rather finely and
more punctate than in arizonae. Seutellum con-
vex, more strongly on middle, impressed on
middle at base; uniformly dark brown like the
pronotum and hemelytra. Hemelytra uniformly
dark brown, opaque; cuneus rich dark brown
like the corium. Membrane conspurcate with
spots and patches of dark fuscous brown, veins
fuscous brown. Dorsal surface clothed with ap-
pressed, pale to yellowish simple hairs, and inter-
mixed with silvery sericeous pubescence on
head, about calli, and sides of the body. Ventral
surface pallid to medium brown, sides of venter
fuscous to black. Legs rather uniformly dark
brown.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 22, 1940, Long Valley,
Arizona (L. L. Stitt), taken on Pinus ponderosa.

Largidea balli, new species

Allied to gerhardi, but differs in having a
thicker second antennal segment as shown in
the key.

Female. Lengdi 5.8 mm, width 2.3 mm.
Head: width 1.22 mm, vertex .71 mm; black,
yellowish bordering the eyes. Rostrum, length
1.39 mm, reaching a little beyond middle of
mesosternum, or half way between midpoint
and posterior margin of mesosternum. Antennae:
segment I, length .37 mm, thickness .13 mm,
black; II, 1.49 mm, narrow at base where it is
only two-thirds thickness of segment I, but
thickness at middle .18 mm, and tapering off
to .136 mm, on apex, black, clothed with sub-
erect black, bristle-like hairs; III, .36 mm, thick-
ness .068 mm, black; IV, .35 mm, black. Pro-
notum, length 1.46 mm, width at base 2.1 mm;
disk coarsely punctate but punctures not
crowded, lateral margins nearly straight, cari-
nate; dark brown, black on calli and adjoining
area, collar brown, with punctures on dorsal
aspect. Seutellum moderately convex, impressed
on middle at base. Hemelytra dark fuscous
brown, clothed with recumbent to appressed
pubescent hairs, intermixed with a few silvery
sericeous hairs, but more abundant about calli,
on head, and upon sides of thorax. Membrane
dark fuscous, somewhat paler on middle, veins
brownish black. Ventral surface fuscous to dark
brown. Legs pale fuscous to reddish brown;
femora reddish brown, anterior aspect with
row of fuscous to black dots, posterior aspect
with row of spots on middle, and a second row
of 5 or 6 larger black spots below; tibiae brown-
ish black, clothed with bristly hairs, true bristles
intermixed.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 9, 1930, San Francisco
Mts., Arizona (E. D. Ball). Named in honor of
Dr. E. D. Ball who was a well-known authority
of Cicadellidae and Membracidae.

Largidea gerhardi, new species

Allied to balli, but second antennal segment
more slender, thickness not equal to dorsal
width of an eye.

Female. Length 5.6 mm, width 2.3 mm.
Head: width 1.18 mm, vertex .74 mm; dark
brown, a black band each side of frons and
extending upon vertex. Rostrum, length 1.3 mm,
reaching to slightly beyond middle of meso-
sternum, brownish black. Antennae: segment I,
length .34 mm, thickness .136 mm, black; II,
1.49 mm, thickness at middle .17 mm, more

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

slender at base, tapering to slightly thinner on
apex, thickness not equal to dorsal width of an
eye (.20 mm), brownish black, clothed with
rather short, suberect, brown pubescent hairs;
III, .37 mm, black; IV, .32 mm, black. Pronotum,
length 1.43 mm, width at base 2.0 mm; disk
coarsely punctate, dark brown, calli black;
lateral margins carinate, slightly sinuate. Scutel-
lum moderately convex, apex somewhat flat-
tened, dark fuscous brown. Dorsal surface dark
fuscous brown, clothed with recumbent and
appressed pale to silvery pubescence, and inter-
mixed with silvery, sericeous pubescence, more
abundantly on head, about calli, and sides of
thorax. Hemelytra dark fuscous brown, opaque,
cuneus color similar to corium; membrane fus-
cous, veins brownish black. Ventral surface fus-
cous brown to brownish black, sternum black.
Legs dark fuscous brown, fuscous spots obscure
or absent; tarsi black.

Holotype: 9 July 22, 1909, Golden, Colo-
rado (W. J. Gerhard) "on pine." Named for
the collector, Mr. W. J. Gerhard, whom I knew
many years ago when he was employed in the
Entomology section of the old "Field Museum"
in Chicago, Illinois.

Largidea shoshonea, new species

Allied to gerhardi, but antennal segment II
more slender, thickness barely exceeding thick-
ness of segment I.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .59 mm; dark brown to
black, paler brown bordering eyes, above and
in front. Rostrum, length 1.29 mm, reaching pos-
terior edge of mesostemum, dark brown. An-
tennae: segment I, length .24 mm, thickness .12
mm, brownish black; II, 1.22 mm, cylindrical,

87

thickness .13 mm, dark brown, clothed with
short pale pubescence; III, .30 mm, slender,
dark brown; IV, .34 mm, slender, brown. Pro-
notum, length 1.1 mm, width at base 1.6 mm;
disk rather coarsely punctate behind calli and
on central area, more finely near edges; lateral
margins sulcate, carinate, more strongly at an-
terior angles; calli and collar typical for the
genus. Scutellum moderately convex, impressed
on median line at base, also transversely striate
on basal half; dark brown. Hemelytra sub-
translucent, dark brown, tinged with red on
cuneus; clothed with recumbent to appressed,
simple pale hairs, intermixed on basal half with
a few silvery, sericeous hairs; also with seri-
ceous hairs about the calli and on the head.
Membrane pale fuscous, veins dark brown. Ven-
tral surface brown to dark brown, reddish
brown on coxae and genital segment. Legs dark
reddish brown, tibiae nearly black.

Female. Length 5.2 mm, width 2.1 mm.
Head: width 1.12 mm, vertex .70 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.33 mm, reaching to posterior margin of
mesostemum. Antennae: segment I, length .28
mm, thickness .12 mm; II, 1.29 mm, subcylfn-
drical, thickness .12 mm, on middle, but tapering
slightly more slender at base and on apex,
clothed with suberect brown pubescence; III,
.34 mm, slender; IV, .34 mm, dark brown. Pro-
notum, length 1.25 mm, width at base 1.87 mm.
Color and pubescence very similar to the male;
the antennae nearly the same but with small
difference in segment II as shown above.

Holotype: J Aug. 24, 1925, Estes Park Colo-
rado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 Aug. 14, 1927,
Shoshone National Forest, Wyoming (H. H.
Knight), swept from lodgepole pine, Pinus mur-
rayana. Paratype: 9 Sept. 11, Bear Paw Moun-
tain, Montana.

Subfamily orthotyllnae
Key to the Tribes

1. Eyes pedunculate, head very broad labopini, p. 88

Eyes not pedunculate, head not exceptionally broad 2

2. Pronotum with pleural area separated from dorsal part by a distinct suture above

the coxal cleft; pronotual disk projecting loosely over base of scutellum

semiini, p. 88

Pronotum without distinct lateral suture 3

3. Small to medium sized, compact, black species with saltatorial femora

; halticini, p. 88

Not black species with saltatorial femora 4

88

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

4. Antlike species with abdomen more or less constricted at base

PILOPHORIM. p. 159

Body not antlike in form

5. Second, third and fourth segments of antennae subequal in thickness

CERATOCAPSINI, p. 155

Second antenna] segment somewhat thicker than the third and fourth segments

ORTHOTYLINI, p. 92

Tribe semiini

Genus Semium Reuter

Semium subglaber Knight

Semium subglaber Knight, 1927:26.

I have identified the following specimens
from the test site: Area 18M, ef July 22, 1965;
Area 19M, d" June 23, 1965; Area 401 M, 2 9
June 18, 1965. Specimens were collected on
Euphorbia albomarginata.

This species was described from Arizona
(Knight, 1927), and was unknown elsewhere
until the present study.

Tribe labopim

Genus Labops Burmeister

Labops hesperius Uhler

Labops hesperius Uhler, 1872:416.
Labops hesperius Knight, 1922:258.
Labops hesperius Carvalho, 1958:19.

This species is known from Alberta, Oregon,
Washington, Idaho, Montana, Utah, Colorado,
and Wyoming.

Labops hirtus Knight
Fig. 60

Labops hirtus Knight, 1922:258.
Labops hirtus Knight, 1923:501, Fig. 19.
Labops hirtus Slater, 1954:62, figs.

This species is known from New York, Colo-
rado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, Oregon, Wash-
ington, Alberta, and British Columbia.

A new record for Nevada is d" June 16, 1960,
Canyon Creek, alt. 7000 ft, Humboldt County
(F. D. Parker).

Labops utahensis Slater

Labops utahensis Slater, 19.54:62, key, figs.

This species is known from Utah, and is
probably limited in distribution to the Great
Basin.

Fig. 107. Semium hirtum Rent, $ .

Genus Labopella Knight

Labopella claripennis Knight
Fig. 108

Labopella claripennis Knight, 1929:215.

This species was described from a single
female collected July 12, 1917, at Deming, New
Mexico (H. H. Knight). Not until forty-eight
years later was it taken again when a nice series
was collected Aim. 15, 1965, at Fort Davis,
Texas (J. C. Schaffner), around lights.

Tribe halticixi
Genus H alliens Halm

Halticus intermedins Uhler

Fig. 56

Halticus intermedins Uhler, 1904:360.

MlBlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

89

Fig. 108. Labopella claripennis Kngt. & top. Skter-

ocoris stygicus $ bottom. Fig. 109. Halticus bracteatus Say. $ top. 2 bottom.

90

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Halticus intermedins Knight, 1927:38.

This species is known from Colorado, New
Mexico and states eastward. The host plant is
Clematus ligusticifolia.

Genus Slaterocoris Wagner

Slaterocoris slygicus (Say)
Fig. 108

Capsus stygicus Say, 1832:24.

Strongylocoris stygicus Knight, 1941:79, Figs.

113, 114.
Slaterocoris stygicus Wagner, 1956:280, n. gen.

This is a widely distributed species, known
from Alberta (Canada), Arizona, Colorado,
Montana, South Dakota, Texas, Wyoming, and
most of the eastern states. The host plant is
goldenrod, Solidago.

Slaterocoris croceipes (Uhler)
Fig. 110

Stiphrosoma croceipes Uhler, 1893:373.
Strongylocoris croceipes Tucker, 1907:60.
Strongi/locoris croceipes Knight, 1938:7, PI. 1,

Fig. 7.
Slaterocoris, new genus, Wagner, 1957:280.

The following records are known: Area 16M
9 June 24, 1965; Area 18M, Id 11 5 June 20,
1965, on Chrysothamnus nauseosus; Area 401M,
20 d 14 9 June 18, 1965, on Chrysothamnus
nauseosus; Area 12CI, d June 18, 1964, Nevada
Test Site. The type was collected at Los Angeles,
California ( Coquillett ) . 6 c* 7 9 Aug. 15, 1925,
Dolores; 9 J1 10 9 Aug. 17, 1925, Gunnison,
taken on Chrysothamnus; c* 3 9 Aug. 14, 1925,
Mesa Verde Nat Park (H. H. Knight); d Aug.
6, 1925, Las Animas (C. J. Drake); 2d1 4 9
June 10, 1900, Fort Lupton, Colorado (E. D.
Ball). 6c? 9 9 June 28, 1965, American Fork,
on Chrysothamnus; d 2 9 June 29, 1965, Scipio;
3d" 1 9 June 30, 1965, St. George, Utah (H. H.
Knight), on Chrysothamnus.

Slaterocoris robustus (Uhler)
Fig. 112

Stiphrosoma rohusta Uhler, 1895:45.
Strongylocoris robustus Tucker, 1907:60.

The following records are known: 105 d 9
July 11-16, 1964, Steamboat Springs, Colorado,
( H. H. Knight ) , on Artemisia tridentata ( type
locality). Id 2 9 June 29, 1965, Scipio, Utah
(H. H. Knight), taken on Artemisia. 2d 3 9
July 29, 1965, Elko County, Nevada (R. C.
Bechtel), on Artemisia tridentata.

Slaterocoris rubrofemoratus, new species
Fig. Ill

Distinguished from allied species with black
tibiae by having all femora red on apical half;
also distinguished by structure of the male clasp-
ers (Fig. 111).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.08 mm, vertex .61 mm. Rostrum, length
.88 mm, reaching upon middle coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm, black; II, 1.02 mm,
black, cylindrical, slightly thicker on apical half
but not equal to thickness of segment I; III,
.71 mm; IV, .30 mm; black. Pronotum, length
.72 mm, width at base 1.4 mm; black, shining,
finely and shallowly punctate. Dorsal surface
black, shining; clothed with suberect, yellowish
brown simple pubescence, hairs rather sparsely
set on hemelytra; closely, finely and shallowly
punctate. Hemelytra with costal margin only
slightly arcuate, cuneus turned downward. Mem-
brane rather uniformly dark fuscous, veins black,
a narrow clear spot by apex of cuneus. Ventral
surface black, shining. Legs black, apical half
of femora ruby red; tibiae black but showing
reddish on knees. Genital segment and claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 111).

Female. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.9 mm;
costal margin more strongly arcuate. Head:
width 1.19 mm, vertex .71 mm. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .28 mm; II, .88 mm; III, .68 mm;
IV, .31 mm. Pronotum, length .78 mm, widdi at
base 1.53 mm. More robust than the male but
very similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 22, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight &: J. M. Meri-
no). Allotype: 9 June 19, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site. Paratypes: Ad 4 9 June 19,
3d" 4 9 June 22, Area "401 M; d 9 June 23,
1965, Area 19M, Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight
& J. M. Merino), taken on Artemisia tridentata.
9 June 30, 1965, Dixie Park, St. George, Utah
(H. H. Knight).

Slaterocoris longipennis, new species
Fig. 114

Distinguished from related species by the
erect golden yellow pubescence, short rostrum,
and the very long hemelytra of the male; male
claspers distinctive (Fig. 114).

Male. Length 5.6 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.08 mm, vertex .58 mm; black. Rostrum,
length .92 mm, reaching posterior margin of
mesosternum, or the base of front coxae. An-

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

91

Af\Qjuda/rii

hxrtrtJoMAJJy UkL

xxmn{j)SLrafwuy

vlaJh&rtwjv

Figs. 110-115. Right clasper of male. 110, Slaterocoris croceipes Uhl.; Ill, S. rubrojemoratus; US
113, S. sheridani; 114, S. longipennis; 115, S. utahensis.

S. robustus Uhl.;

tennae: black; segment I, length .30 mm; II,
1.19 mm, cylindrical, thickness almost equal to
that of segment I, thickly clothed with long pu-
bescence; III, .88 mm; IV, .34 mm. Pronotum,
length .85 mm, width at base 1.53 mm; disk
finely rugulose punctate, shining. Dorsal surface
black, densely clothed with suberect and erect,
long, pale to golden yellow pubescent hairs.
Hemelytra very long, base of cuneus located
beyond apex of genital segment; membrane dark

fuscous, veins nearly black. Ventral surface
black, strongly shining. Legs black, apical fifth
of femora yellow; tibiae yellowish, shaded with
black, more yellow at base, hind pair yellow,
fuscous on apices. Genital segment and claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 114).

Female. Length 3.9 mm, width 1.8 mm;
costal margin arcuate. Rostrum reaching to base
of front coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30
mm; II, .68 mm, slender, not equal to thickness

92

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

of segment I, pubescent hair rather long but
sparsely set; III, .58 mm; IV, .34 mm; all seg-
ments fuscous to black. Pronotum, length .85
mm, width at base 1.56 mm. Legs with all tibiae
yellow, apices fuscous. More robust and heme-
lytra shorter than in the male, but color and pu-
bescence very similar.

Holotype: d June 24, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratypes:
lid" 17 9 taken with the types on Tetradijmia
glahrata, which appears to be the host plant of
the species.

Slaterocoris irfahensis, new species
Fig. 115

Allied to longipennis but size somewhat
smaller, and pubescence pallid; distinguished by
structure of male claspers (Fig. 115).

Male. Length 4.8 mm, width 1.9 mm; cos-
tal margin nearly straight. Head: width 1.02 mm,
vertex .51 mm; black. Rostrum, length .74 mm,
reaching upon middle coxae. Antennae: segment
I, length .30 mm; II, 1.02 mm, cylindrical, thick-
ness not equal to segment I, sparsely clothed
with long pubescence; III, .72 mm; IV, .30 mm;
black. Pronotum, length .78 mm, width at base
1.42 mm; disk very finely rugulose punctate.
Dorsal surface black, rather densely clothed with
suberect to erect, long pallid pubescence, not
golden yellow as in longipennis. Hemelytra
rather long, base of cuneus just above tip of
genital segment, black, shining; membrane dark
fuscous, veins nearly black. Ventral surface
black, shining. Legs black, tips of femora pale
yellowish; tibiae black, hind pair more nearly
fuscous. Genital segment and claspers distinc-
tive of the species (Fig. 115).

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.8 mm;
costal margin moderately arcuate. Head: width
1.10 mm, vertex .66 mm. Rostrum, length .92
mm, reaching to middle of intermediate coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .32 mm; II, .78 mm.

more slender than I; III, .62 mm; IV, .34 mm;
black. Pronotum, length .78 mm, width at base
1.4 mm. Legs black, tips of femora and the
tibiae vellow. More robust than the male, color
except tibiae and the pubescence very similar to
the male.

Holotype: d June 29, 1965, Scipio, Utah (H.
H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 9 July 16, 1964, alt. 7000 ft, Steam-
boat Springs, Colorado (H. H. Knight). 2d"
June 23, alt. 5425 ft, Rancroft, Idaho ( C. Wake-
land), swept from wheat.

Slaterocoris sheridani, new species
Fig. 113

Allied to robustus ( Uhler ) in form of clasp-
ers, but distinguished by the narrower head,
shorter pubescence, and by yellow color of the
tibiae and apices of femora (Fig. 113).

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.56 mm.
Head: width 1.05 mm, vertex .54 mm, black.
Rostrum, length .85 mm, reaching upon base of
middle coxae, black. Antennae: segment I,
length .30 mm, black; II, .88 mm, subcylindrical,
thickness at apex equal to segment I, more slen-
der on base, fuscous brown, perhaps yellowish
in paler specimens, clothed with short, fine yel-
lowish pubescence; III, .61 mm, black; IV, .32
mm, black. Pronotum, length .75 mm, width at
base 1.32 mm, disk finely rugulose punctate,
shining. Dorsal surface black, shining, clothed
with rather short, recumbent, and in part sub-
erect, golden yellow pubescent hairs. Hemelytra
average in length; membrane dark fuscous to
black, veins black. Ventral surface black, strong-
ly shining, venter with golden pubescence. Legs
black, apical one-third of femora and the tibiae
golden yellow; tibial spines and the tarsi black.
Genital segment and claspers distinctive of the
species (Fig. 113).

Holotype: d Aug. 3, 1927, Sheridan, Wyom-
ing (H. H. Knight). Paratype: d taken with the
type. Named for General Phil Sheridan, of Civil
War fame, and for whom the city is named.

Tribe orthotylini

Key to the Genera

1. Head with a well-defined, sharp posterior margin, or distinct carina !

Head without a well-defined, sharp, posterior margin or carina; head and dor-
sum thickly clothed with appressed, scalelike hairs, interspersed with more
erect, simple hairs; hind femora rather long, thicker on basal half, formed
for jumping; small forms, mostly under 3.5 mm Parthenicus Reut, p. 129

MmroAE of the Nevada Test Site

93

2. Head black, posterior margin of vertex with a high, transverse ridge or carina,

and bearing stout black bristles; black forms but with some red and pallid

areas Hadronema Uhler, p. 94

Head not black, vertex without ridge bearing stout bristles 3

3. Hind femora with 3 or 4 longitudinal black lines; rostrum reaching upon venter

Argyrocoris Van D., p. 117

Hind femora without longitudinal black lines 4

4. Gena with a single suture extending down from base of jugum to a point near

middle of gena r

Gena without suture extending from base of jugum to near middle of gena 7

5. Pronotum distinctly punctate on disk; dorsum thickly clothed with semidecum-

bent pubescence Lopidella Kngt, p. 100

Pronotum not distinctly punctate 5

6. First antennal segment much thicker on basal half, tapering from middle to

more slender at apex ( d" ); in female only slightly thicker on basal half

Daleapidea, n. gen., p. 101

First antennal segment not thicker on basal half Lopidea Uhler, p. 98

7. First antennal segment rather thick, black, thickness equal to twice the thickness

of fore tibia; thickness of segment II equal to more than half that of seg-
ment I; dorsum thickly covered with white, flat, scalelike pubescence

Ceratopidea, n. gen., p. 100

First antennal segment not so thick 3

8. Pronotum with a distinct black spot behind each callus, formed by black scalelike

hairs which arise from a black spot on the cuticula .... Ilnacora Reut., p. 102

Pronotum without a black spot behind each callus 9

9. Claws deeply cleft, leaving inner half wider Bifidungulus Kngt., p. 102

Claws not deeply cleft iq

10. Dorsum bearing two types of pubescence, simple hairs intermixed with sericeous

pubescence ij

Dorsum bearing simple pubescent hairs only Orthotylus Fieb., p. 116

11. Head broad, width of vertex three times as great as dorsal width of an eye; cly-

peus not visible from above; dorsum clothed with erect bristlelike hairs, inter-
mixed with sericeous pubescence; females usually brachypterous
Labopidea Uhler, p. 95

Head not so broad, width of vertex little more than two times as great as dorsal

width of an eye 22

12. Rostrum reaching beyond posterior coxae to near middle of abdomen; clypeus

prominent, protruding far forward Macrotyloides Van D., p. 98

Rostrum shorter, clypeus not protruding far forward 13

13. Dorsal surface bearing two types of pubescence, and intermixed with a few or
many, erect bristlelike hairs 14

94

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Dorsal surface bearing two types of pubescence, simple pubescence intermixed
with sericeous hairs, but without bristle-like hairs
Dichaetocoris, n. gen., p. 110

14. Length of first antennal segment greater than width of vertex plus dorsal width

of an eye

Length of first antennal segment not equal to width of vertex plus dorsal width
of an eye

15. Dorsal surface with a few erect, black bristle-like hairs, more prominent on ver-

tex and anterior margin of pronotum; large green species
Ilnacorella Kngt., p. 102

Dorsal surface without erect, bristle-like hairs; hemelytra pallid, subtranslucent;
clothed chiefly with appressed, flat scale-like hairs
Squamocoris, n. gen., p. 108

16. Femora and tibiae with numerous large and small black spots; male genital

segment with a single tergal process Pseudopsallus Van D., p. 103

Femora without large and numerous small black spots

15

1G

17. Dorsal surface sparsely set with short bristle-like hairs, or bristles absent

Dorsal surface rather densely clothed with bristle-like pubescence; male genital
segment with two or three tergal processes .... Hesperocapsus, n. gen., p. 103

18. Pronotum and corium thickly clothed with prostrate or appressed black and

white, sericeous pubescence, with very few bristles; venter very dark; third
antennal segment equal to three times the length of segment IV
Noctuocoris Kngt., p. 109

Pronotum and corium bearing numerous erect short bristles; venter light colored;
third antennal segment not equal to three times the length of segment IV;
mostly small green species, length under 5.0 mm
Melanotrichus Reut., p. 117

17
18

Genus Hadronema Uhler

Hadronema picta Uhler

Hadronema picta Uhler, 1895:31.
Hadronema picta Knight, 1928:180, key.

Records for the test site: Area 16M, d 9
June 11, 5 Aug. 19, 1965; Area 19M, 10 tf 5?
June 22, 1965, taken on Viguiera multiflora;
Area 401M, 4tf 69 June 18, 1965, collected on
Viguiera multiflora; Area TE, 4 c? 4? June 10,
1965.

This species was described from Colorado,
and is now known from Nevada, Arizona, New
Mexico, and western Kansas.

Hadronema uhleri Van Duzee

Hadronema uhleri Van Duzee, 1928:182.
Hadronema (Aoplonema) uhleri Knight, 1928:
182, kev.

TYLUS

TYLUS

Figs. 116-119. Head. 116, Hadronema militare; 117,
Lopidea confluentu; 118, Ilnacora stalii; 119,
Mecomma gilvipes.

Miridae of the Nevada Test Site

95

Records for the test site: Area 6M, tf 2 9 additional record from Nevada: 12d* July 8

June 15, 1965; Area 16M, d June 11, 2 June 1966, Goldfield, Esmeralda County (C. w'

24, 1965; Area 17M, 9 June 12, 1965; Area TM, O'Brien). This species should occur 'at the test

2 June 14, 1965. site.

This species is also known from California,
Arizona, Utah, Colorado, Idaho, and Washing- Hadronema sinuata Knight

Hadronema sinuata Knight, 1928:179.
Hadronema uniformis Knight Distinguished from allied species by the

Hadronema uniformis Knight, 1928:180 S,inuate lateraI mar§ins of Pronotum< ™* by a

deep transverse groove across vertex along front

Differs from princeps Uhler and uhleri Van edge of carina.
D. with larger head, more tumid frons, and by Known from Arizona and Utah; also taken

the uniformly black corium and cuneus. in Utero County, New Mexico, where it was

Known from Idaho and Oregon, and now an found on "salt bush."

Genus Labopidea Uhler

Key to the Species

1. Legs black .->

Legs not black 3

2. Hemelytra with black bristly hairs; length 3.1-4.6 mm nigrisetosa Kngt.

Hemelytra with pale hairs, without black setae; length 3.7-4.1 mm

nigripes Reut.

3. Length of antennal segment II exceeding width of pronotum 6

Length of antennal segment II not exceeding width of pronotum 4

4. Length of antennal segment II not equal to width of pronotum 5

Length of antennal segment II subequal to width of pronotum; head pallid, an-
tennal segment I pallid, but with four or five black bristles on dorsal sur-
face; length 4.8 mm atriseta Van D.

5. Antennal segment II short, subequal to width of head; length 4.2 mm

chloriza Uhler

Antennal segment II almost equal to width of pronotum at base; length 4.6-5.1
mm arizonae Kngt.

6. Hemelytra green, pale pubescent or vertex with basal carina 7

Hemelytra subtranslucent. pale fuscous; scutellum pallid; length 4.4 mm

( c? ) arizonae Kngt.

7. Antennal segment I green g

Antennal segment I black, segment II brownish black; length 4.9 mm

simplex Uhler

8. Rostrum not reaching to posterior margin of mesosternum 9

Rostrum reaching to posterior margin of mesosterum; length 5.1 mm

viridula Kngt.

96 Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

9. Vertex with prominent basal carina 10

Vertex without a basal carina; hemelytra subtranslucent, pallid to blue green,
membrane clear, veins and areoles blue green; length 4.4 mm
utahensis, n. sp.

10. Length of antennal segment II subequal to width of head plus width of vertex;
male genital claspers distinctive (Fig. 120); length 4.1 mm
idahoensis, n. sp.

Length of antennal segment II not equal to width of head plus width of vertex;
male claspers distinctive (Fig. 123); length 3.9 mm allii Kngt.

Fig. 120. Labopidea idahoensis, tf right clasper.

Labopidea nigrisetosa Knight

Labopidea nigrisetosa Knight, 1925:94.

Known from British Columbia, Washington,
Oregon, Idaho, and Wyoming.

Labopidea nigripes (Reuter)

Orthotylus nigripes Reuter, 1909; 6S.

Known from Colorado, Nevada, California,
Oregon, and British Columbia.

Labopidea arizonae Knight

Labopidea arizonae Knight, 1928:233.
Known from Arizona and California.

Labopidea simplex (Uhler)

Tinice'phalus simplex Uhler, 1872:417.
Labopidea simplex Van Duzee, 1916:220, key.

Known from Arizona, Utah, Colorado,
Wyoming, Montana, and New Mexico.

Labopidea viridula Knight

Labopidea viridula Knight, 1928:234.
Known from Utah and Montana.

Labopidea alii Knight
Figs. 121, 123

Labopidea alii Knight, 1923:31.

Known from Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri,
Arkansas, and Oklahoma. Breeds on wild onion
and garlic, Allium, and sometimes on cultivated
onions.

Labopidea atriseta Van Duzee

Labopidea atriseta Van Duzee, 1916:221.

Known from San Diego County, California,
and Oregon.

Labopidea chloriza Uhler

Labopidea chloriza Uhler, 1877:416.
Labopidea chloriza Van Duzee, 1917:400, cat.

Known from Colorado, New Mexico, and
Utah.

Fig. 121. Labopidea allii Kngt., J1 claspers.

MlRtDAE OK THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

97

Labopidea idahoensis, new species

Fig. 120

Runs in the key to the couplet with allii
Kngt., from which it may be separated by long-
er antennal segments; male genital claspers dis-
tinctive (Fig. 120).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.3 mm; cos-
tal margins only slightly arcuate. Head: width
.85 mm, vertex .50 mm; vertex nearly flat, with
distinct basal carina. Rostrum, length .72 mm,
just reaching to middle of mesosternum, pallid,
apex blackish. Antennae: segment I, length .47
mm, thickness .12 mm, slightly thicker near base,
pale greenish, clothed with suberect fuscous
hairs; II, 1.36 mm, cylindrical, thickness little
more than half that of segment I, yellowish
green, clothed with recumbent, yellowish to
dusky pubescence; III, 1.22 mm, yellowish to
pale fuscous; IV, missing. Pronotum, length .48
mm, width at base .98 mm; disk flat, basal mar-
gin slightly sulcate each side of middle; yellow-

/

I

Fig. 123. Labopidea allii Kngt., short-winged form.

ish to green, lateral margins slightly sulcate;
calli slightly tumid, impressed between and
along basal margin. Dorsal surface clothed with
suberect pale yellowish hairs, intermixed with
more erect brown to fuscous bristles, also sparse-
ly covered with more appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence. Scutellum slightly convex,
mesonotum moderately exposed, pale yellowish
to greenish. Hemelytra subtranslucent, pale to
greenish. Membrane pale to dusky translucent,
veins dusky, no green evident. Ventral surface
pale to greenish yellow, legs pallid to greenish,
femora more greenish. Male genital segment and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 120); note the right
clasper.

Holotype: d May 5, 1937, alt. 2700 ft,
Genessee, Idaho (V. E. Nygren).

/

Fig. 122. Labopidea allii Kngt., long-winged form.

Labopidea utahensis, new species

Runs in the key near allii Kngt. due to the
short rostrum, but differs from it and idahoensis
by absence of a basal carina.

Female. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .41 mm; vertex-
flat, carina absent, only weakly indicated near

98

eyes. Rostrum, length .78 mm, just reaching
upon middle of mesosternum, pallid. Antennae:
segment I, length .51 mm, thickness .14 mm,
green; II, 1.39 mm, cylindrical, thickness just
half that of segment I, pale to dusky; III, 1.42
mm, dusky to fuscous; IV, .61 mm, pale fuscous.
Pronotum, length on median line to an imagin-
ary line drawn between basal angles, .50 mm,
width at base 1.02 mm; disk flat, a transverse
impressed line across basal margins of calli,
pallid to bluish green. Mesoscutum broadly ex-
posed, pallid. Scutellum rather flat, pallid to

Bmcham Young University Science Bulletin

greenish. Hemelytra with costal margins nearly
parallel, subtranslucent, pallid to blue green;
clavus, embolium and cuneus deeper blue green.
Membrane dusky translucent, areoles and veins
blue green. Dorsal surface clothed with sub-
erect pallid, simple pubescent hairs, finely inter-
mixed with more recumbent, fine sericeous
hairs. Ventral surface pallid to greenish. Legs
pallid to greenish.

Holotype: 9 , American Fork, Utah (A. B.
Call, Jr.).

Genus Macrotyloides Van Duzee

Key to the Species

Dorsal surface with erect fuscous hairs intermixed with simple and sericeous pu-
bescence; membrane uniformly pale fuscous vestitus (Uhler)

Dorsal surface with silvery sericeous pubescence but without fuscous hairs;
membrane with apex dark fuscous apicalis Van D.

Macrotyloides vestitus (Uhler)

Macrotylus vestitus Uhler, 1890:88.
Macrotyloides vestitus Van Duzee, 1916:222.

Known from San Diego County, California,
Colorado, and Idaho.

Macrotyloides apicalis Van Duzee

Macrotyloides apicalis Van Duzee, 1916:223.

Described from San Diego County, Cali-
fornia; now I have a specimen from Tucson,
Arizona (E. D. Ball).

Genus Lopidea Uhler

Lopidea becki, new species

Fig. 125

Related to ute Kngt. in form of right genital
clasper, but broader on basal half; easily dis-
tinguished when figures of the claspers are com-
pared (Fig. 125).

Male. Length 5.1 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .57 mm. Rostrum, length
1.7 mm, black, reaching upon posterior coxae.
Antennae: broken, see female. Pronotum, length
.85 mm, width at base 1.42 mm; reddish, anterior
margin and median stripe of disk, pallid; calli
reddish, dotted with fuscous. Scutellum pallid,
basal angles reddish. Hemelytra reddish, shaded
with fuscous; embolium and cuneus pallid or
white; membrane and veins fuscous. Dorsal sur-

face clothed with very short, sparsely set, pale to
yellowish, appressed pubescent hairs; almost
glabrous. Ventral surface pallid and with red-
dish, mesosternum fuscous. Legs pale to fuscous,
with serial dots of fuscous on femora. Venter
pallid, with red on lateral area. Male claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 125).

Fig. 124. Lopidea confluenta (Say). 9

MlRLDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Female. Length 5.2 mm, width 1.6 mm.
Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex .64 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .44 mm; II, 1.53 mm, slender;
III, .74 mm; IV, .40 mm. Pronotum, length .92
mm, width at base 1.49 mm. Pubescence and
coloration very similar to the male.

Holotype: d June 14, 1965, Area TM, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight &
J. M. Merino), taken on Eriogonum umbellatum.
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratypes:
2 9 taken with the types. 9 June 13, 1964, Ne-
vada Test Site, taken on Eriogonum fasciculat-
um.

Lopidea knowltoni Knight

Lopidea knowltoni Knight, 1965:6, Fig. 6.

Records for the Nevada Test Site are: Area
17M, d June 12, 1965; Area 18M, cf June 20,
d June 23, 1965, taken on Chrysothamnus nau-
seosus; Area 19M, 5d 9 9 June 24, 1965, taken
on Chaenactus steviodes; Area 401M, 9 June
18, 1965, taken on Chrysothamnus nauseosus.

This species was only recently described
from a single male taken near Lovelock, Ne-
vada. Most specimens have been taken on
Chrysothamnus, but the largest single collection
was made on Chaenacius steviodes.

Lopidea scutaia Knight

Lopidea scutata Knight, 1962:34, Fig. 7.

Records from the test site are: Area 16M, cf
June 24, 1965; Area 17M, 9 June 17, 1965; Area
18M, 5cT 4 9 June 23, 1965, taken on Pinus
monophyUa; Area 19M, 3d June 22, 8d" 5 9
June 23, 1965, on Ephedra nevadensis; Area
401M, 2d 4 9 June 19, d June 22, 1965, on
Pinus monophyUa; Area TM, d June 14, 1965.

This species was originally described from
specimens collected in Arizona. An additional
collection made in Utah is a d June 29, 1965,
Scipio (H. H. Knight).

Lopidea deserta, new species

Fig. 126

Related to bullata Kngt, but second antennal
segment subequal to or greater than width of
head across eyes; also the male genital segment
and claspers differ in some details (Fig."l26).

Male. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.8 mm. Head:
width 1.3 mm, vertex .78 mm; white, base and
each side of clypeus, transverse lines forming
patch each side of frons, and spot each side of
vertex, black. Rostrum, length 1.5 mm, reaching
to middle of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I,

99

length .40 mm, fuscous, black on base; II, 1.42
mm, black; III, .95 mm, black; IV, .37 mm.' Pro-
notum, length .88 mm, width at base 1.56 mm,
sinuate on base; white, calli black, basal half
of disk infuscated. Scutellum, fuscous, pale on
middle. Hemelytra white, with fuscous, clavus
fuscous each side of claval vein; corium chiefly
fuscous, embolium and cuneus white; membrane
pale fuscous, veins darker. Dorsal surface
clothed with minute pale pubescence, almost
glabrous in aspect. Ventral surface white, meso-
stemum black, sides paler. Legs pallid to white,
femora with fuscous spots; tibiae dusky, tarsi
black. Venter pallid, a lateral line formed by

'25 JLdl

126 cUa£A±CL

Figs. 125-127. $ right clasper. 125. Lopidea becki;
126, L. deserta; 127. L. fuscosa.

100

Brigham Younc UNrv'ERSiTY Science Bulletin

spots. Genital segment and claspers distinctive
of the species (Fig. 126).

Female. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.8 mm;
costal margin arcuate, membrane abbreviated.
Head: width 1.36 mm, vertex .85 mm. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .37 mm; II, 1.39 mm, sub-
equal to width of head; III, .74 mm; IV, .37 mm.
Pronotum, length .78 mm, width at base 1.49
mm. More robust than the male, color and pu-
bescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: c? June 13, 1965, Area SC, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: All from the Nevada Test Site: Area
6M, 56c? 42$ June 15, 6 c? 3 9 June 17, 1965;
Area 16M, 2 c? 1? June 11, 1965, on Tetra-
dymia; Area 17M, 9 June 16, 1965; Area 18M,
c? 9 June 20, 1965, on Chrysothamnus nause-
osus; Area CM, 12 c? 1 9 June 13, 1965; Area
TM, 5 c? 3 9 June 14, 1965.

From the collecting data it appears likely
that this species may have two or more different
host plants.

Lopidca fuscosa, new species
Fig. 127

Allied to paddocki by general form of the
claspers, but differs in details as shown in the
figures (Fig. 127).

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.15 mm, vertex .67 mm; fuscous to black,
juga, a wide band around eye, and a spot above
each side of vertex, pallid, the median line on
frons brownish. Rostrum, length 1.49 mm, reach-
ing upon apex of hind coxae, black. Antennae:
segment I, length .34 mm, fuscous to black; II,
1.22 mm, cylindrical, slender, about equal to
two-thirds the thickness of segment I, black; III,
.85 mm, slender, black; IV, .41 mm, black. Pro-
notum, length .92 mm, width at base 1.56 mm;
disk pallid to fuscous and black, calli with dots
and margins black, pallid before calli. Heme-
lytra and scutellum fuscous, embolium and
cuneus white; membrane and veins fuscous.
Dorsal surface bearing short, suberect stiff black-
hairs; sparsely intermixed on hemelytra with
fine, short, appressed sericeous pubescence.
Ventral surface fuscous, mesosternum nearly
black. Legs fuscous, femora with two rows of
black dots showing through the fuscous color.
Genital segment and claspers distinctive of the
species (Fig. 127); related to paddocki but de-
tails differ as shown in the figures.

Female. Length 3.5 mm, width 2.0 mm;
brachypterous, membrane short, not reaching

apex of abdomen. Head: width 1.19 mm, vertex
.68 mm. Rostrum just reaching apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm; II,
1.53 mm; III, .92 mm; IV, .47 mm. Pronotum,
length .74 mm, width at base 1.49 mm. More
robust than the male but very similar in color
and pubescence.

Holotype: c? June 23, Area 19M, Nevada
Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), taken
while sweeping Artemisia tridentata. Allotype:
same data as type. Paratype: cf June 15, 1965,
Area 6M, Nevada Test Site.

In Colorado, Lopidea nigridea Uhler is a
common species on Artemisia tridentata, but it
was not found on this plant at the test site.

Genus Lopidclla Knight

Lopidella jlavoscuta Knight

Lopidella flavoscuta Knight, 1925:41.

Known from the vicinity of Tucson, Globe,
Superior, Empire Mts., Rincon Mts., and Santa
Rita Mts. in Arizona.

Ceratopidca, new genus

Runs in the key to Orthotylini; arolia erect
and converging at the apices. Related to Dale-
ajiidea and Lopidea but without a suture across
gena. Antennae with first and second segments
much thicker than in related genera; thickness
of segment I equal to twice the thickness of
fore tibia. Dorsal surface thickly covered with
white, flat, scalelike pubescence, intermixed
with suberect, simple pubescent hairs; but with-
out erect bristles. Type of the genus: Cerato-
pidea daleae, new species.

Ceratopidca daleae, new species

No close relative of this species can be
named, but the genus and species are distin-
guished in the keys. The species is distinguished
by the thick antenna] segments and by the
abundance of white scalelike pubescence that
covers the body.

Male. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .46 mm; pallid to white,
vertex and frons with white .scalelike pubes-
cence. Rostrum, length 1.19 mm, reaching be-
tween apices of middle coxae, pallid, apical half
black. Antennae: segment I, length .32 mm,
width .15 mm, black, with three black bristles
and short black pubescent hairs; II, 1.22 mm,
cylindrical, thickness .11 mm, black, covered
with short, recumbent golden to copper colored

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

pubescence; III, .92 mm, slender, black; IV, .37
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .78 mm, width
at base 1.39 mm, basal margin straight across
mesonotum, curving to form basal angles, lateral
margins slightly sulcate, turning down sharply
to form the propleura; pallid to white, calli
black, clothed like the scutellum and hemelytra,
with appressed, flat to sericeous scalelike pubes-
cence, and intermixed with sparsely set, simple,
suberect, white hairs. Mesosternum and scutel-
lum black, moderately convex. Hemelytra pal-
lid to white, sometimes with pale fuscous shad-
ing; cuneus fuscous, mostly covered with white,
sericeous pubescence. Membrane opaque white,
veins green. Beneath white, sides of thorax and
the venter thickly covered with white scalelike
hairs; middle area of mesonotum black, sides
white and covered with white scales. Legs
white, apical half of femora with broad black-
band, leaving apices white to green; tibiae with
base and apices black, tibial spines white but
with black spot at base of each; tarsi fuscous
to black. Venter white, hypodermal green shows
through; a lateral line of glabrous black spots
on each side, and basal margin of genital seg-
ment black. Male claspers distinctive of the spe-
cies.

Female. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .51 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.4 mm, reaching to middle of hind coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm, width .17
mm, black; II, 1.22 mm, thickness .12 mm, cylin-
drical, black; III, .88 mm, black; IV, .34 mm,
black. Pronotum, length .82 mm, width at base
1.5 mm. More robust than the male but very
similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: tf June 18, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no). Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Para-
types: 31 d" 30 9 June 18, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site, taken with the types on Dalea
pohjadenia, host plant of the species, cf 3 9
June 17, 1966, Pyramid Lake, Washoe County,
Nevada (W. Gagne).

Daleapidca, new genus

Arolia well developed, erect and converging
at the apices which places this genus in sub-
family Orthotylinae; other characters place it in
tribe Orthotvlini. Gena with a single suture ex-
tending down from base of jugum to a point
near middle of gena, which relates this genus to
Lopidea and Lopidella. Distinguished by the
first antennal segment which in the male is very
thick on basal half but tapered to more slender

101

on apex; posterior femora distinctly curved in
the male; genital segment narrowed apically to
a rather slender apex. Type of the genus:
Daleapidea daleae, new species.

Daleapidea daleae, new species

Fig. 128

Distinguished by the pallid to white color,
with setigerous black dots on hemelytra; legs
black, hind femora curved in the male, genital
segment narrowed to slender conical apex.

Male. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .98 mm, vertex .53 mm; nearly
vertical in position, clypeus not visible when
viewed from above, black, polished, a pale spot
bordering each eye above, juga, lora, genae and
bucculae, white. Rostrum, length 1.26 mm,
reaching to apex of middle coxae, black. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .62 mm, thicker (.22 mm)
on basal half, tapering to more slender at apex
(.12 mm), black, shining, finely pubescent; II,
1.98 mm, slender (.08 mm) on basal half, to
incrassate (.17 mm, thick) on apical half, black,
finely pale pubescent; III, 1.36 mm, thickness
.07 mm, black; IV, .44 mm, black. Pronotum,
length .88 mm, width at base 1.36 mm; basal
margin broadly arcuate, lateral margins distinct,
slightly sulcate, collar narrowed above, white;

Fig. 128. Daleapidea daleae, (-f .

102

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

disk moderately convex, transversely rugulose,
whitish to fuscous, calli black, disk bearing
short, suberect yellowish hairs. Mesonotum nar-
rowly exposed, black; scutellum moderately con-
vex, disk transversely rugulose, fuscous to black.
Hemelytra pallid to white, sparsely dotted with
setigerous fuscous spots, a moderately long, sub-
erect, golden setose hair arises from each fus-
cous dot; cuneus pallid, with a few dots; mem-
brane translucent to opaque white, veins black.
Sides of thorax white, ostiolar peritreme indis-
tinct, much reduced; mesosternum black. Legs
black, front coxae white on anterior aspect; hind
femora somewhat flattened and curved, bearing
long pale hairs on ventral aspect of the curved
part; front tibiae with distinct bristle brush on
ventral aspect of apical fourth; posterior femora
and tibiae rather slender. Venter black, rather
narrow, sparsely pubescent; genital segment
rather slender, conical in shape, twisted to the
left side; claspers rather small and inconspicu-
ous.

Female. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width .96 mm, vertex .51 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .41 mm, width .136 mm,
slightly thicker on basal half, but more slender
than in the male, black; II, 1.22 mm, slender on
basal half, tapering thicker (.11 mm thick) on
apical half, black; III, 1.02 mm, slender, black;
IV, .41 mm, black. Pronotum, length .95 mm,
width at base 1.56 mm; more robust and more
broadly white than in the male; ventral surface
broadly pallid to white; pubescence and the
setigerous fuscous dots on hemelytra very simi-
lar.

Holotype: d June 13, 1965, Area CM, Neva-
da Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: 3 c? 10 9 taken with the tvpes. 2 c?
19 June 10, 1965, Area CM, Nevada 'Test Site
(D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), col-
lected on Dalea polyadenia, host plant of the
species. 4 J1 4 9 April 17, 1937, 4 miles east of
Edom, California (Timberlake), collected on
Dalea schottii; these specimens have more white
than black, but no structural difference could
be found.

Daleapidea albescens (Van Duzee)

Hadronema albescens Van Duzee, 1918:297.

I have identified the following specimens col-
lected at the test site: Area CM, c? June 13,
1965; Area 5M, 2 9 June 14, 1961, at black light.

Other records: Van Duzee (1918) described
this species from a large series of specimens

taken on Dalea emoryi at Palm Springs, Cali-
fornia, May 18-22, 1917; 9 June 28, 1919, In-
dependence, California (L. L. Muchmore). I
have seen other specimens labeled "San Diego
Co." 4d" 7 9 Dec. 20, 1939, Yuma County, Ari-
zona (L. L. Stitt), "breeds on Dalea"

Genus Ilnacorella Knight

llnacorella argentata Knight

Ilnacorella argentata Knight, 1925:94.

This species is known from Utah, Idaho,
Montana, and Oregon.

Ilnacorella sulcata Knight

Ilnacorella sulcata Knight, 1925:93.

Known from Colorado, Idaho, Wyoming, and
Alberta.

Ilnacorella nigrisquamosa Knight

llnacorella nigrisquamosa Knight, 1925:92, Fig.
1.
This species is known from Colorado and

Wyoming.

Genus llnacora Beuter

llnacora arizonae Knight

llnacora arizonae Knight, 1963:171, Fig. 4.

This species is known from the vicinity of
Tucson, Arizona.

llnacora santacatalinae Knight

llnacora santacatalinae Knight 1963:172.

Known from the Santa Catalina Mts., Ari-
zona.

llnacora nicholi Knight

llnacora nicholi Knight, 1963:169, Fig. 2.

This species is known from Tucson and the
Santa Bita Mts., Arizona.

llnacora albifrons Knight

llnacora albifrons Knight, 1963:165, Fig. 12.

Known from Colorado, Oregon, and Wash-
ington.

Genus Bifidungulus Knight

Bifidungulus puberus (Uhler)

Oncoti/lus puberus Uhler, 1894:270.
Bifidungulus puberus Knight, 1930:2.

I have identified the following specimens
taken at the test site: Area 17M, 8 c? 15 9 June

MmiDAE of the Nevada Test Site

103

12, 12 cf 13 9 June 16, 6rf 5 ? June 17, 1965;
Area ISM, d* June 11, 1965; Area 19M, d" June
24, 1965. Nearly all the specimens were swept
from Oenothera californica where the bugs fre-
quented the flowers and were covered with
pollen. Nymphs and teneral adults were taken
on the flowers, so I believe that Oenothera
must be a favored host plant for this mirid bug.
This species was originally described from
southern California, and later Knight ( 1930 )
recognized it from Arizona.

Genus Pseudopsallus Van Duzee

Pseudopsallus angularis (Uhler)

Macrotylus angularis Uhler, 1894:272.
Pseudopsallus angularis Van Duzee, 1916:224.

Originally described from Lower California,
it has since been found at several localities in
San Diego County, California (H. Morrison).
New records: d* June 13, 1931, Los Angeles
County, California (II. A. Scullen). 9d" 9 June
1, 1941, Pinal Mt, Arizona (L. L. Stitt). d* 9
July 1, 1961, Mt. Springs Summit, alt. 5400 ft,
Clark County, Nevada (F. D. Parker).

Hesperocapsus, new genus

Distinguished in the key to genera of
Orthotylini; all species are green in color,
clothed with two types of pubescence, with ap-
pressed, silvery scalelike pubescence, and thick-
ly intermixed with erect bristlelike hairs. Genital
segment distinctive, the posterior margin of the
tergite forms anterior margin of genital cavity,
and bears from two to four projecting chitinous
plates and spines (tergal processes) which in
form are distinctive of the species (Figs. 129-
139). Type of the genus: Pseudopsallus artemisi-
cola Knight.

Hesperocapsus artcmisicola (Knight)
Fig. 129

Pseudopsallus artemisicola Knight, 1930:2.

This species was described from eastern
Colorado where it bred abundantly on Artemisia
filifolia. I have identified specimens of this
species from Wichita County, Kansas (F. X.
Williams). Structures of the male genital seg-
ment are shown in Figure 129.

Hesperocapsus tanncri (Knight)
Fig. 134

Pseudopsallus tanncri Knight, 1930:5.

This species was described from a specimen
taken at Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado,

and named for Vasco M. Tanner, the collector
of the type specimen. The species is also known
from Kanab and La Sal, Utah; and Butte, Mon-
tana. The allotype specimen was collected be-
yond Jacumba, San Diego County, California
(H. Morrison). With this distribution tanncri
should occur at the Nevada Test Site. Structures
of the male genital segment are distinctive, with
four tergal processes taking on remarkable form
(Fig. 134).

Hesperocapsus davisi (Knight)
Fig. 130

Pseudopsallus davisi Knight, 1930:6.

Records for the Nevada Test Site: Area 17M,
5cT 6 9 June 11, d" June 12, 1965; Area 19M,
3d* June 22, 3d" 2 9 June 23, 1965, collected on
Artemisia tridentata.

This species was described from a single
male collected July 15, 1929, at Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at a light trap. It was
named for Mr. Davis who was an entomologist
at the U. S. D. A. Laboratory at that time. The
Nevada records given above are the first speci-
mens I have seen since the original description.

Hesperocapsus plagiatus, new species
Fig. 135

Distinguished from other species by the two
longitudinal fuscous stripes which cover corium
and basal half of clavus; rostrum reaching apices
of hind coxae; genital segment distinctive, pro-
vided with one small and one rather long tergal
process (Fig. 135).

Male. Length 6.3 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.03 mm, vertex .41 mm; pallid, frons and
spot each side of vertex, fuscous. Rostrum,
length 1.83 mm, reaching upon apex of posterior
coxae, pallid, apical half brownish black. An-
tennae: segment I, length .37 mm, pale fuscous;
II, 1.55 mm, cylindrical, thickness nearly equal
to that of segment I, fuscous, thickly clothed
with suberect fuscous pubescence; III, 1.26 mm,
dark fuscous; IV, .37 mm, fuscous. Pronotum,
length .82 mm, width at base 1.56 mm, lateral
margins slightly sulcate, sharply defined but not
carinate; disk moderately convex, pallid to pale
fuscous, calli darker fuscous; disk and head
clothed with moderately thick, silvery sericeous
hairs, sparsely intermixed with bristle hairs.
Mesonotum and scutellum pallid to pale fus-
cous. Hemelytra and dorsal surface rather
sparsely clothed with appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence, and intermixed with sub-
erect pallid to dusky bristlelike hairs; pallid and

104

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

aj-dsmnhJjzi&CL Kngt.

CLCLA/~L^l Knot.

cbbrruuriALUvVm]).

uTcmjmu^A,

Figs. 129-134. Male claspers. 129, Hesperocapsus artemisicola Kngt:.; 130, H. davisi Kngt.; 131, H. sericatus
(Uhl.); 132, H. demensus (Van D.); 133, H. utahensis; 134, H. tanneri (Kngt.).

MmtDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

105

subtranslucent, corium inside the radial vein,
and basal half of clavus, fuscous, cuneus clear;
membrane rather uniformly light fuscous, veins
pallid; embolar margins nearly straight, sub-
parallel. Ventral surface pallid to greenish,
mesosternum fuscous; venter with an impressed
lateral line, marked with fuscous spots. Genital
segment distinctive, with one small and one
longer tergal process; claspers distinctive (Fig.
135).

Female. Length 5.3 mm, width 2.0 mm.
Head: width .90 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.8 mm, reaching slightly beyond hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .31 mm,
pallid; II, 1.26 mm, slender, slightly thicker on
apical fourth, about half the thickness of seg-
ment I, pallid, apical half fuscous; III, 1.09 mm,
fuscous; IV, .37 mm, fuscous.

Color more pallid than in the male, but pu-
bescence very similar.

Holotype: d June 24, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes:
4 9 taken with the types. <S June 12, 1965, Area
17M, Nevada Test Site; taken on Malacothrix
glabrata, which could be a host plant.

Hesperocapsus utaliensis, new species
Fig. 133

Closely related to davisi Kngt, but distin-
guished by the shorter rostrum; length of an-
tennal segment II subequal to width of prono-
tum at base; without fuscous dots on femora;
also distinguished by form of the right genital
clasper (Fig. 133).

Male. Length 6.3 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .58 mm. Rostrum, length
1.1 mm, only reaching to near basal margin of
mesosternum, pale greenish, apex black. An-
tennae: segment I, length .44 mm, pallid to pale
green; II, 1.56 mm, cylindrical, rather slender,
pale pubescent, intermixed with longer, fuscous
to black, suberect bristles, pale to greenish; III,
1.15 mm, yellowish to fuscous, slender; IV, .57
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .81 mm, width at
base 1.5 mm; disk and the head clothed with
appressed, silvery, scalelike pubescence, inter-
mixed with erect, rather long, white, bristlelike
hairs. Dorsal surface bearing similar scalelike
pubescence, thickly intermixed with erect white
bristles, but bristles on corium and cuneus chief-
ly black. Color blue green, ventral surface pallid
to blue green. Legs pallid to blue green, femora

without fuscous dots as are present in davisi.
Ventral surface and femora thickly clothed with
both types of pubescence; tibial spines black
but without dots at base. Genital segment dis-
tinctive, tergal margins with projecting flat,
chitinous processes that are specific for the spe-
cies; claspers also distinctive, the right clasper
with posterior dorsal angle projecting more than
in davisi (Fig. 130).

Holotype: d May 21, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), collected in a light trap. Para-
types: o* June 30, 1945, Toiyable Mts., near
Austin, Nevada. <j" July 2, 1945, Sheldon Ante-
lope Refuge, Nevada (specimen badly dam-
aged).

Hesperocapsus sericatus (Uhler)
Fig. 131

Oncotylus sericatus Uhler, 1895:49.
Labopidea sericata Van Duzee, 1916:220.
Pseudopsallus sericatus Knight, 1930:3.
Oncotylus repertus Uhler, 1895:49, new syn.

This species was described under two names
on the same page by Uhler (1895) as shown
above. I elect to use the name sericatus (Uhler)
as the species has been known under that name
by Van Duzee and the writer. Data for the first
specimen mentioned under both descriptions,
"Steamboat Springs, July 12th on Artemisia tri-
dentata (Baker)" are identical. I herewith desig-
nate these specimens as types for the species.
In the description of repertus Uhler, only two
female specimens are mentioned, and I can say
the "Steamboat Springs" specimen has been
found among material of the Uhler collection,
and bears the name label repertus in Uhler's
hand writing. This type will be recorded in the
U. S. N. M. collection. It now seems clear that
the repertus females are merely females of the
species sericatus Uhler, and no doubt were col-
lected together, as the labels are identical.

Baker and Gillette sent odd specimens under
numbers to Dr. Uhler for identification, who in
turn sent names and descriptions of new species
for incorporation in their publication, Bulletin
31 (1895). Uhler did not recognize the brachy-
pterous females (repertus) as being the opposite
sex of the macropterous males he described as
sericatus. Evidently Uhler retained all specimens
sent to him, for I failed to find any specimens
with Uhler labels when I examined the Colo-
rado Experiment Station collection in 1925. This
is just one of similar problems Uhler created
when he failed to mark any specimens of his
new species with type labels.

106

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

135

-pJCjCl&UUJJLty

138

a/nooAwi

Figs. 135-138. Male claspers. 13.5. Hcsperocapsus plagiatus; 136,
anograe (Kngt.).

H. stilti; 137, //. ahroniae (Kngt.); 138, H.

Hesperocapsus stilti, new species

Fig. 136

Suggestive of plagiatus, with the pallid color
and fuscous shading, but differs distinctly in
form of male left clasper, also in having two
short spines and one long, slender process on
tergite margin (Fig. 136).

Male. Length 5.9 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .41 mm; eyes large and
prominent. Rostrum, length 1.6 mm, reaching
middle of hind coxae, pallid, apical half brown-
ish, apex black. Antennae: segment I, length

.37 mm, pale fuscous; II, 1.60 mm, cylindrical,
thickness a trifle less than segment I, fuscous
brown, bearing short pale pubescence; III, 1.1
mm, fuscous brown; IV, .40 mm, fuscous. Pro-
notum, length .85 mm, width at base 1.63 mm;
disk moderately convex, pale dusky brown, calli
more yellow, lateral margins nearly straight.
Mesonotum and scutellum yellowish brown.
Dorsal surface pallid to dusky brown and green-
ish; clothed with silvery sericeous pubescence
and intermixed with suberect, pale to yellowish
bristlelike hairs. Hemelvtra subtranslucent,
darkened with pale dusky brown, embolium and

MlRJDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

cuneus more pallid and shaded with green;
membrane pale dusky brown, veins pallid. Ven-
tral surface pallid to light dusky brown. Legs
pallid to dusky brown, hind femora with a few
fuscous dots; tibial spines dusky brown. Venter
pallid to greenish; genital segment distinctive,
tergite with two small, short spinelike processes
to left of median line, and one long slender pro-
cess on the right side (Fig. 136).

Female. Length 6.1 mm, width 2.3 mm.
Rostrum, length l.S mm, reaching to middle of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .41
mm; II, 1.56 mm, cylindrical, slightly more slen-
der on basal half, pallid to greenish yellow; III,
1.19 mm, dusky brown; IV, .41 mm, fuscous.
Color pallid to light green, corium more dusky
brown. More robust than the male but color and
pubescence very similar.

Holotype: tf April 14, 1940, Mohawk, Ari-
zona (L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 9 taken with the
type. Paratypes: 4cT taken with the types on
Chaenactis, which should be the host plant. rf
April 17, 1937; 2cT March 24, 1939, Yuma Coun-
ty, Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

Hcspewcapsus demensus (Van Duzee)
Fig. 132

Orthotylus demensus Van Duzee, 1925:398.
Pseudopsallus demensus Knight, 1930:8.

This species was described from Prescott,
Arizona, and I have since recognized it from
Larimer County, Colorado. Structures of the
genital segment are distinctive, having two ter-
gal processes, the one on the right side bifurcate
on apical half (Fig. 132).

Hesperocapsus abroniae (Knight)

Fig. 137

Pseudopsallus abroniae Knight, 1930:5.

A pale dusky species; three tergal processes
relates this species to arlemisicola Kngt. in struc-
ture, but size smaller and color different (Fig.
137). This species was described from Fort
Lupton, Colorado, where it was breeding on
Abroniae elliptica. It was recorded from
Phoenix, Arizona; and now 6cj" April 17, 1937,
Yuma County, Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

Hesperocapsus anograe (Knight)
Fig. 138

Pseudopsallus anograe Knight, 1930:4.

General coloration deep blue green; struc-
:ure of tergal processes and male elaspe'rs very

107

distinctive (Fig. 138). Described from Gunni-
son, Colorado, where it was breeding on Anogra
coronopifolia. Now recognized from Arizona, d"
9 March 24, 1939, Yuma County (L. L. Stitt).

Hesperocapsus gaurae, new species
Fig 139

Allied to demensus (Van D. ), but differs in
form of tergal processes, and in the sharp ter-
minal angle of right clasper (Fig. 139).

Fig. 139. Hesperocapsus gaurae, S claspers

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .40 mm, yellowish green.
Rostrum, length 1.02 mm, reaching to near pos-
terior margin of mesosternum, yellowish, apex
black. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm,
greenish yellow; II, 1.19 mm, nearly cylindrical,
thickness about equal to three-fourths thickness
of segment I, yellowish, clothed with fine, short
pale pubescence; III, 1.02 mm, dusky yellow;
IV, .44 mm, dusk)' yellow. Pronotum, length .71
mm, width at base 1.36 mm; disk moderately
convex, yellowish green, lateral margins nearly
straight. Mesonotum narrowly exposed, scutel-
lum moderately convex, greenish. Dorsal surface
rather sparsely clothed with fine, appressed,
silven- sericeous pubescence, and rather sparse-
lv intermixed with suberect, pale bristlelike
hairs. Hemelytra uniformly green, cuneus some-
what deeper green; membrane unifromly pale
fuscous, veins green. Ventral surface pallid to
yellowish green. Legs yellowish green, tibial
spines brown, tips of tarsi fuscous. Venter pale
yellowish green; genital segment distinctive;
tergal processes two in number, flat, platelike,
distinctive in shape; right clasper with dorsal
angle sharply produced (Fig. 139).

108

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Female. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.6 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .44 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length ..34 mm, dusky yellow; II, 1.36
mm, cylindrical, greenish yellow; III, .98 mm,
dusky yellow; IV, .44 mm, fuscous. Color and
pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 19, 1927, Custer, South
Dakota (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with
the type. Paratypes: d taken with the types.
d June 24, 1920, Fort Collins, Colorado, d
July 10, 1915, Ardmore, Soudi Dakota (E. G.
Holt), d July 31, 1927, Moorecroft; 9 July 30,
1927, Sundance, Wyoming ( H. H. Knight),
taken on Gaura coccinea, which is the host plant.

Squamocoris, new genus

Arolia erect and converging at the apices as
in Orthotylus; head distinctly oblique, clypeus
prominent, angulate on basal half; vertex with
basal carina evident but not elevated. Rostrum
reaching upon posterior trochanters. Length of

first antennal segment slightly greater than
width of vertex plus dorsal width of an eye,
rather thick and slightly curved; antennal seg-
ment II cylindrical, thickness equal to two-thirds
the thickness of segment I; segment III very
long, equal to three times or more the length of
segment IV. Pronotal disk with basal margin
nearly straight, lateral margins distinct, anterior
angles carinate, rather sharply produced; median
line distinct, marked by a line of white flat
scales which continue on median line of the
head. Dorsal surface and sides of body rather
thickly covered by appressed flat scalelike
hairs, sparsely intermixed with simple recum-
bent to erect simple pubescent hairs. Hemel-
ytra subtranslucent, rather thickly covered with
appressed, flat scalelike hairs. Legs pallid, widi
rows of spots on femora; tibial spines black,
with black spot at base of each. Male genital
segment and claspers distinctive. Female un-
known, but probably brachypterous. Type of
the genus: Squamocoris utahensis, new species.

Key to the Species

1. First antennal segment white, black beneath, dorsal aspect with black spots,
apex black; length 6.4 mm utahensis. n. sp.

First antennal segment pallid to dusky yellow, not black beneath, without black
spots; length 5.2 mm arizonae, n. sp.

Squamocoris utahensis, new species

Fig. 140

Allied to arizonae but distinguished by the
black pronotal disk with white median line.

Male. Length 6.6 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width .98 mm, vertex .48 mm; frons and vertex
brownish black, median line pallid, bearing ap-
pressed, flat, white scalelike hairs; clypeus pal-
lid, sides and median line at base, blackish, an-
gulate at middle. Rostrum, length 1.7 mm, reach-

uZaJiQ/riMA

Fig. 140. Squamocoris utahensis, d claspers.

ing to middle of hind coxae. Antennae: segment
I, length .92 mm, beneath fuscous to black, dor-
sal aspect white, apex and 3 or 4 spots brownish
black; II, 2.14 mm, cylindrical, yellowish brown,
a pale to white annulus at base; III, 1.9 mm,
fuscous brown; IV, .54 mm, short as compared
with III. Pronotum, length .7S mm, width at
base 1.4 mm; disk brownish black, median line
and lateral edges white, thickly clothed with
appressed white scales, as on the head; pro-
pleura pallid to white, dorsal half brownish
black. Mesoscutum rather broadly exposed,
brownish black. Scutellum moderately convex,
brownish black, median line which widens on
apex, pallid. Dorsal surface sparsely clothed
with suberect, simple pale hairs, intermixed with
appressed white and black, flat scalelike hairs,
the mixture about half and half on hemelytra;
sides of body also bearing the flat scalelike hairs.

Hemelytra elongate, pallid to dusky white,
claval and radial veins appear elevated, pallid
and stand out as ridges; die black and golden
brown flat scales are conspicuous on the pallid

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

surface. Membrane pallid, shaded with fuscous,
somewhat darker behind the areoles, veins
white. Mesosternum and pleura brownish black,
ostiolar peritreme pallid, but fuscous in the
ostiole. Legs pallid, femora with several small
and large brownish black spots, dorsal aspect
with several larger spots; tibiae pallid, black
spines with black spot at base of each; tarsi
brownish black. Venter pale to fuscous, a mod-
erately broad black lateral band or line. Genital
segment and claspers distinctive. The species is
known only from males that come to lights; the
females are probably brachypterous.

Holotype: d July 3, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), at light trap. Paratypes: d* June
6, 1931, Hubbs Butte, Idaho, taken in light trap.
d* June 8, 1961, 9 mi SW of Winnemucca, Hum-
boldt County, Nevada (F. D. Parker).

Squamocoris arizonae, new species

Separated in the key; first antennal segment
unspotted, not blackish beneath.

Male. Length 5.2 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .75 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid to yellow-
ish, frons with reddish brown transverse striae
each side of the pale median line; clypeus with
geminate reddish brown lines on basal half.
Rostrum, length 1.42 mm, just reaching upon
tips of middle coxae. Antennae: segment I,
length .71 mm, thickness .17 mm, somewhat
thicker on basal half, pale yellowish brown, pu-
bescence and bristles very short; II, 1.6 mm,
cylindrical, thickness just half that of segment
I, brownish yellow, not paler at base, pubes-
cence very short; III, 1.6 mm, subequal to seg-
ment II, yellowish brown; IV, .48 mm, dusky
brown. Pronotum, length .72 mm, width at base
1.36 mm; lateral margins of disk rather sharply
angulate; pale yellow brown, median line pallid,
covered by white flat scales, an extension of the
white median line of the head; disk and calli
sprinkled with red flecks of color, calli outlined
by impressed margins; propleura pallid to yel-
lowish. Mesoscutum narrowly exposed, uni-
formly pale yellowish like the scutellum. Dorsal
surface rather sparsely clothed with short, re-
cumbent yellowish to golden simple pubescent
hairs and intermixed with more appressed, seri-
ceous, slender scalelike golden hairs and mixed
in with some silvery scalelike hairs, but more
thickly on the median line mentioned above.

Hemelytra uniformly pallid, subtranslucent,
tip of cuneus more brownish. Membrane pale
translucent, tinged with yellowish brown, apical
half more dusky brown, veins pallid to white.

109

Mesosternum fuscous to brown, paler on epis-
temum. Legs pallid, femora yellowish brown,
tarsi fuscous brown. Venter pallid to yellowish,
with lateral line composed of reddish brown
spots; basal half clothed with appressed silvery
sericeous scalelike pubescence. Genital segment
and claspers distinctive of the species.

Holotype: J May 9, 1926, Salt River Mts.,
alt. 1300 ft, Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Paratype:
cf same data as the type.

Genus Noctuocoris Knight

Noctuocoris fumidus (Van Duzee)
Fig. 141

Orthotijlus fumidus Van Duzee, 1916:127.
Noctuocoris fumidus Knight, 1923:523, n. gen.
Noctuocoris fumidus Knight, 1941:105, distr.

Described from Colorado and now known
from several northeastern states. New record: 9
Provo, Utah, 1929 (A. B. Call, Jr.).

Fig. 141. Noctuocoris fumidus (Van D. ), <-f claspers.

Dichaetocoris, new genus

Allied to Orthotijlus Fieber, arolia erect and
converging at apices; differs from related genera
in having two types of pubescence, simple re-
cumbent pubescent hairs and intermixed with
sericeous to tomentose pubescence, with absence
of erect bristles over the dorsal surface. Anten-
nae and legs about as in Orthotijlus; tibiae with-
out black spots at base of spines. Genital seg-
ment and claspers, in form related to Orthotijlus;
claspers often highly modified and showing
good specific characters. Type of the genus:
Dichaetocoris pinicola, new species.

110 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Key to the Species

1. Cuneus red; length 3.5 mm peregrinus Van D.

Cuneus not red; sometimes yellowish or golden orange 2

2. Rostrum not reaching beyond posterior margin of mesosternum 3

Rostrum reaching upon middle coxae or beyond 4

3. Rostrum just reaching upon middle of mesosternum; length 5.3 mm.

brevirostris, n. sp.

Rostrum reaching posterior margin of mesosternum; length 5.6

stanleyaea, n. sp.

4. Rostrum reaching upon hind coxae or beyond 5

Rostrum just reaching upon middle coxae; length 2.8 mm minimus, n. sp.

5. Rostrum not reaching beyond hind coxae 6

Rostrum reaching slightly beyond hind coxae 8

6. Length of antennal segment II not, or barely exceeding width of pronotum at

base 7

Length of antennal segment II clearly exceeding width of pronotum at base;
slender, length ( cf ) 4.7 mm, ( 9 ) 3.7 mm symphoricarpi, n. sp.

7. Sericeous pubescence on hemelytra, golden yellow to golden brown; size smaller,

length 3.0-3.5 mm coloradensis, n. sp.

Sericeous pubescence on hemelytra silvery white; size larger, length ( 9 ) 4.3
mm, ( cf ) 4.6 mm nevadcnsis, n. sp.

8. Color distinctly greenish or green 9

Color pallid to yellowish, or golden yellow, not green 11

9. Length of antennal segment II greater than width of pronotum at base 10

Length of antennal segment II subequal to width of pronotum at base; male
claspers distinctive (Fig. 147), length 3.6 mm-3.7 mm uiahcnsis, n. sp.

10. Width of vertex greater Uian half the width of head; male claspers distinctive

(Fig. 146); length 3.6-3.9 mm juniperi, n. sp.

Width of vertex not equal to half the width of head; male claspers distinctive
(Fig. 150); slender, length 3.4 mm spinosus Kngt.

11. Cuneus and hemelytra reddish orange; male right clasper with spinelike teeth on

apex (Fig. 143); length 4.4 mm mcrinoi, n. sp.

Cuneus and hemelytra yellowish; male right clasper bifurcate on apex (Fig.
142); length 3.8-4.1 mm pinicoh, n. sp.

Dichaetocoris pinicola, new species Male. Length 4.1 mm, width .56 mm. Head:
Pig 142 width .93 mm, vertex .44 mm; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.53 mm, reaching slightly beyond
Runs in the key to the couplet with merinoi apices of hind coxae, yellowish, apex black. An-
from which it differs by the pale yellowish tennae: segment I, length .27 mm, pale yellow-
color; male claspers distinctive, with right clasp- ish; II, 1.22 mm, cylindrical, slender, only half
er bifid on apex (Fig. 142). the thickness of segment I, uniformly yellowish;

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

III, .88 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .34 mm, dusky.
Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at base 1.22
mm; form similar to juniperi. Dorsal surface
light brownish yellow, clothed with recumbent
and appressed, yellowish to golden sericeous
pubescence, intermixed with more erect, simple
yellowish to golden pubescent hairs. Membrane
pale fuscous, veins golden yellow. Ventral sur-
face pale yellowish; legs uniformly pallid, with a
tint of yellow; tibial spines golden yellow. Geni-
tal segment distinctive, having a small tergal
process on middle above genital cavity; claspers
distinctive, right clasper bifid on apex (Fi°-
142).

Female. Length 3.8 mm, width 1.56 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .47 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm; II, 1.19 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender than in the male; III, .88
mm; IV, ..34 mm; uniformly brownish vellow.
Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at base 1.26
mm. Color and pubescence very similar to the
male.

Holotype: j June 23, 1965, Area 18M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratopes:
35cf 3 9 collected with the types on Finns
monophylla, which is the host plant of the
species, c? 9 fune 23, 1965, Area 18M; 16c?
9 9 June 19, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site
(H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), all collected on
Pimis monophylla. 2c? 5 9 June 29, 1965, Scipio
Utah (H. H. Knight).

Dichactocoris peregrinus (Van Duzee)
Fig. 145

Atomoscelis peregrinus Van Duzee, 1918:303, n.

sp.
Parthcnicns peregrinus Carvalho, 1958:12.3, cat.

Allied to symphoricarpi but easily distin-
guished by the red cuneus.

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .71 mm, vertex .,34 mm; green, vertex and
frons bearing silver)', sericeous pubescence. Ros-
trum, length 1.12 mm, reaching upon posterior
trochanters, pallid to green, apex blackish. An-
tennae: segment I, length .18 mm, thickness .07
mm, fuscous to black beneath, pale greenish
above; II, .98 mm, cylindrical, slightly" thicker
(.07 mm) near apex, pallid to greenish, clothed
with very fine pallid pubescence; III, .85 mm,
slender, pale to green; IV, .34 mm, greenish.
Pronotum, length .,54 mm, width at base 1.10
mm; disk moderately convex, basal margin
slightly arcuate, lateral margins nearly straight,
angulate in joining propleura; disk, scutellum

111

and hemelytra thickly clothed with appressed.
silvery, sericeous pubescence, easily lost by con-
tact, and intermixed with recumbent, pale pu-
bescent hairs. Mesonotum narrowly exposed,
scutellum black, calli fuscous. Hemelytra green,
inner apical angle of corium narrowly fuscous,
bearing a few fuscous, sericeous hairs; embolar
margins nearly straight, parallel, cuneus red,
slender outer margin and apex pallid. Mem-
brane pale fuscous, veins pale yellow. Ventral
surface of thorax fuscous, sides and venter bear-
ing silvery, sericeous pubescence. Legs green,
tarsi fuscous, spines and pubescence pallid. Ven-
ter green, bearing typical pubescence; genital
segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 145).

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.43 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .44 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm, yellowish; II, 1.02
mm, slender, slightly thicker near apex, yellow-
ish green; III, .71 mm, slender, dusky green;
IV, .28 mm, dusky. Pronotum. length .58 mm,
width at base 1.19 mm. Scutellum yellowish to
green, apparently never black in the female.
Color, except the scutellum, and the pubes-
cence very similar to the male.

Records for the Nevada Test Site: Area
101 M, 9 c? 49 9 June 18, 1965, taken on Dalca
polyadenia, which is the host plant of the
species; Area 12M, 9 June 11, 1965; Area 18M,
9 July 14, 1965; Area CM, 2 c? 8 9 June 13,
1965, taken on Dalea polyadenia.

Dicliactocoris merinoi, new species
Fig. 143

Allied to pinicola but separated in the key
by the reddish orange cuneus, and male right
clasper with spinelike teeth on apex (Fig. 143).

Male. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.46 mm. Head:
width 1.0 mm, vertex .47 mm; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.8 mm, reaching behind coxae to
fifth ventral segment. Antennae: segment I,
length .30 mm, yellowish; II, 1.36 mm, cylin-
drical, thickness about two-thirds that of seg-
ment I, brownish yellow; III, .92 mm, dusky
yellow; IV, .44 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length
.68 mm, width at base 1.36 mm; disk slightly
convex, basal margin broadly arcuate, lateral
margins nearly straight, yellowish to brownish
yellow. Mesonotum narrowly exposed. Scutel-
lum triangular, smooth, slightly convex, light
yellowish orange. Dorsal surface clothed with
two types of pubescence, with appressed, silvery
to golden, sericeous hairs, intermixed with re-
cumbent to suberect, yellowish to golden, simple
pubescent hairs. Hemelytra golden yellow to

112

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

pimiccrla
142 '

pj2AJZnAMTiLUy VamD.

146

148

&umpflO/iA£AAfl

umXJJCtSlAJL

149 s*U

150

vXmuur\A'iAr

Apiwio&u£< K/nat.

uytonndsAi&uy

Figs. 142-151. Male claspers. 142, Dichaetocoris pinicola; 143, D. merinoi; 144, D. nevadensis; 145, D. peregrinus
(Van D.); 146. D. juniperi; 147, D. utahensis; 148, D. symphoricarpi; 149, D. minimus; 150, D. spinosus
(Kngt.); 151, D. coloradensis .

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

113

reddish orange, deeper color on cuneus, em-
bolium pale yellow, embolar margin slightly
curved. Membrane light fuscous, veins reddish
orange. Ventral surface pallid to pale yellowish.
Legs pale yellowish, tibial spines golden yellow.
Genital segment and claspers distinctive; right
clasper with spinelike teeth on apex (Fig. 153).

Female. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Head: width 1.05 mm, vertex .51 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .31 mm; II, 1.3 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender than in the male; III, .88
mm, dusky yellow; IV, .37 mm, fuscous. Prono-
tum, length .68 mm, width at base 1.49 mm.
More robust than the male, but very similar in
color and pubescence.

Holotype: d June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratypes:
4cT taken with the types on Pinus monophylla,
the host plant, d June 24, 1965, Area 19M; d
June 23, 1965, Area 18M ( H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino); d July 13, 1965, Area 12M, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino).

Dichaetocoris nevadensis, new species

Fig. 144

Allied to junipcri, but distinguished in the
key.

Male. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .92 mm, vertex .37 mm; yellowish, vertex
with a few erect, curving fuscous hairs. Rostrum,
length 1.42 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm,
thickness .08 mm, greenish yellow; II, 1.25 mm,
cylindrical, thickness .07 mm, yellowish, clothed
with fine, short pallid pubescence; III, .85 mm,
dusky yellow; IV, .37 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length .61 mm, widdi at base 1.30 mm; basal
margin very slightly sinuate, lateral margins
nearly straight, disk moderately convex, im-
punctate. Mesonotum moderately exposed,
seutellum triangular, moderately convex. Dorsal
surface pallid to pale greenish; clothed with a
moderate amount of appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence, and intermixed with recum-
bent to suberect, simple pallid or yellowish pu-
bescent hairs. Hemelytra with lateral margins
nearly straight, pallid to greenish; membrane
and veins uniformly pale dusky yellow. Ventral
surface pale yellowish, tinted green. Legs pale
yellowish, pubescence and tibial spines pallid
to pale yellowish. Male claspers distinctive ( Fig.
144).

Female. Length 4.3 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width .98 mm, vertex .51 mm. Antennae:

segment I, length .30 mm, thickness .10 mm,
pallid; II, 1.36 mm, slender, pale yellowish; III,
.92 mm, dusky; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length .65 mm, width at base 1.33 mm. Color
pallid to pale greenish; pubescence very similar
to that of the male.

Holotype: d June 13, 1965, Area 18M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 same data as for the type. Para-
types: 12 c? 10 9 taken with the types on Pinus
monophylla which is the host plant, d ? July
13, 1965, Area 12M (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino);
Ad 1 9 June 19, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test
Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).

Dichaetocoris juniperi, new species
Fig. 146

Allied to pinicola but distinguished in the
key and by the structure of male genital seg-
ment and claspers (Fig. 146).

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .86 mm, vertex .44 mm; yellowish green.
Rostrum, length 1.36 mm, reaching slightly be-
yond tips of hind coxae, greenish to yellowish,
apex black. Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm,
yellowish, thickness .08 mm; II, 1.22 mm, cylin-
drical, thickness .07 mm, yellowish; III, .75 mm,
dusky yellow; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length ..54 mm, width at base 1.17 mm, disk
moderately convex, basal margin broadly arcu-
ate, lateral margins nearly straight; clothed with
recumbent, yellowish sericeous pubescence,
more thickly about the calli, and intermixed with
more erect yellowish to golden pubescent hairs,
anterior margin with a few fuscous bristles.
Mesonotum moderately exposed, yellowish.
Seutellum triangular, moderately convex, bear-
ing simple, golden pubescent hairs. Hemelytra
golden yellow, embolium more green, clothed
with recumbent and appressed, yellowish to
golden, sericeous pubescence, intermixed with
more erect, golden simple pubescent hairs;
Hemelytra golden yellow, embolium more green,
clothed with recumbent and appressed, yellow-
ish to golden, sericeous pubescence, intermixed
with more erect, golden simple pubescent hairs;
cuneus golden yellow, outer margin greenish;
membrane pale fuscous, veins golden yellow.
Ventral surface greenish, mesosternum golden
yellow. Legs greenish, tibiae more pallid, tibial
spines golden, tarsi yellowish. Venter green, in
part pallid on median ventral surface. Genital
segment distinctive, bearing rather large and
remarkably developed claspers (Fig. 146).

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .50 mm; green,

114

Brighaju Young University Science Bulletin

bearing yellowish sericeous hairs, also with sev-
eral erect fuscous hairs. Antennae: segment I,
length .27 mm, pallid to yellowish; II, 1.19 mm,
cylindrical, yellowish; III, .78 mm, dusky yel-
low; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .58
mm, width at base 1.28 mm. Color more strong-
ly green, from green in the hypodermis, hemel-
ytra not golden yellow as in the male; but pu-
bescence very similar to the male. Ventral sur-
face and legs strongly green; tibial spines gold-
en to copper colored.

Holotype: d June 19, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no). Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Para-
types: 5d" 15 9 taken with the types on
Juniperus osteosperma, which is the host plant
for the species. 8<j" 119 June 2.3, 1965, Area
18M; 3d" 7 9 June 23, 1965, Area 19M; d June
22, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site (H. H.
Knight & J. M. Merino), taken on Juniperus
osteosperma.

Dichaetocoris utahensis, new species

Fig. 147

Runs in the key to the couplet with juniperi,
from which it differs by the somewhat shorter
second antennal segment, also by structure of
the male claspers (Fig. 147).

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.42 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .44 mm; pallid to
yellowish green. Rostrum, length 1.4 mm, reach-
ing upon tips of posterior trochanters to near
middle of venter, pale yellowish, apex brownish
black. Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm, pale
yellowish; II, 1.25 mm, cylindrical, more slender
than segment I, pale yellowish; III, broken.
Pronotum, length .54 mm, width at base 1.19
mm; pallid to dusky green. Dorsal surface
clothed with sparsely set, recumbent to suberect,
yellowish to golden brown, simple hairs, inter-
mixed with recumbent and appressed, silvery to
yellowish, sericeous pubescence. Hemelytra pal-
lid, to dusky yellowish green, embolium more
pallid; cuneus yellowish green. Membrane pale
to dusky or pale fuscous, uniformly shaded,
veins pale or dusky yellow. Venter and legs pal-
lid to light greenish yellow, sides of venter
tinted greenish. Genital segment and claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 147).

Female. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.5 mm, reaching to base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm; II, 1.22
mm, cylindrical, pale dusky yellow; III, .68 mm,
dusky; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .56

mm, width at base 1.26 mm. Color and pubes-
cence very similar to the male.

Holotype: <S June 29, 1965, near Scipio,
Utah (H. H. Knight), sweeping Juniper, along
Hwy. US 91, about one mile north of the his-
torical marker on highway at top of the ridge.
Allotype: 9 taken widi the type. Paratype: <S
taken with the types.

Dichaetocoris sijmphoricarpi, new species
Fig. 148

Distinguished from other members of the
genus by the slender form, long rostrum and
uniformly apple green color; pubescence com-
posed of pallid simple recumbent hairs inter-
mixed with appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width .81 mm, vertex .41 mm; green. Rostrum,
length 1.19 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae; first segment very thick, twice as thick
as second segment, green, apex blackish. An-
tennae: segment I, length .34 mm, thickness .10
mm, pale green; II, 1.3 mm, cylindrical, slen-
der, thickness only half that of segment I; III,
.88 mm, slender, pale yellowish; IV, .34 mm,
dusky. Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at base
1.19 mm; disk only slightly convex, basal margin
nearly straight, lateral margins also straight, not
carinate. Mesonotum narrowly exposed, scutel-
lum triangular, moderately convex. Hemelytra
and the whole dorsal surface uniformly apple
green in color, the pigment occurs in the hypo-
dermis and may coagulate a bit in spots; clothed
with appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence,
and intermixed with recumbent, simple, pale
pubescence. Membrane pale fuscous, veins
green. Ventral surface pallid to pale green. Legs
pale green, tibial spines and pubescence pallid.
Genital segment distinctive, claspers large and
distinctive (Fig. 148).

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.6 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex .47 mm; yellowish
green, more pallid on lower half. Rostrum,
length 1.22 mm, first segment twice as diick as
the second, reaching upon apex of hind coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .31 mm, thickness
twice that of segment II; II, 1.26 mm, cylin-
drical, apex scarcely thicker than base, pale
green, with fine, short pallid pubescence; III,
.85 mm, dusky green; IV, .34 mm, pale fuscous.
Pronotum, length .54 mm, width at base 1.10
mm; disk rather flat. Color and pubescence very
similar to the male, but hemelytra broader and
shorter, a few specimens nearly brachypterous.

MlBlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

115

Holotype: d June 16, 1965, Area 17M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: ? same data as the type. Paratypes:
30 d" 7 9 taken with the types on Symphoricar-
pos longifloris. 10d" 1 $ June 12, 1965, Area
17M; 26d" 24? June 17, 1965, Area 17M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino), also collected on the host plant
Symphoricarpos longifloris.

Dichaetocoris stanleyaea, new species
Fig. 152

Allied to brevirostris but with rostrum reach-
ing to posterior margin of mesosternum; male
genital claspers distinctive (Fig. 152).

Male. Length 5.6 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .41 mm; base of clypeus
visible when viewed from above, yellowish
green. Rostrum, length 1.09 mm, reaching to
posterior margin of mesosternum, greenish, apex
black. Antennae: segment I, length .52 mm,
green, thickness .13 mm; II, 1.73 mm, cylin-
drical, slightly more slender near base, thickness
.08 mm. on apical half, yellowish green; III,
1.42 mm, fuscous; IV, .44 mm, fuscous. Prono-
tum, length .71 mm, width at base 1.34 mm;
disk only slightly convex, basal margin nearly
straight, rounded at basal angles, lateral mar-
gins nearly straight, sharply turned down to
propleura; uniformly green. Mesonotum moder-
ately exposed, green; scutellum moderately con-
vex, green. Dorsal surface clothed with rather
fine, appressed, sericeous, deciduous, scalelike
silver)' hairs, and intermixed with simple, rather
sparsely spaced, recumbent to suberect, yellow-
ish to golden pubescence. Hemelytra uniformly
green; membrane pale to dusky, veins green.
Ventral surface green, sternum paler. Legs
green, tarsi yellowish, apical segment and claws
black; tibial spines brown to fuscous, but with-
out spots at base. Venter deep green, claspers
rather simple but distinctive (Fig. 152).

Fig. 152. Dichaetocoris stanleyaea, J1 claspers.

Female. Length 5.6 mm, width 1.9 mm; yel-
lowish green. Rostrum, length 1.25 mm, reach-
ing upon basal margin of mesosternum, yellow-
ish, apex black. Antennae: segment I, length .54
mm, thickness .15 mm, greenish yellow; II, 2.05
mm, cylindrical, slender, thickness .08 mm,
greenish yellow; III, 1.46 mm, yellowish to fus-
cous; IV, .44 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .81
mm, width at base 1.5 mm. More robust than
the male but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: d June 12, 1965, Area 5M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 11 9 taken with the type by sweep-
ing Stanleya pinnata in the southeastern part of
Frenchman Flat; 9 June 10, 1964, Area 5HN,
Nevada Test Site.

The limited number of specimens taken indi-
cates the adult season was nearly over for this
species. The males of a species emerge first,
then are the first to die off near the end of their
season, while the females having mated live
longer to lay eggs over a period of ten days or
more.

Dichaetocoris brevirostris, new species

Distinguished from known species of the
genus by the short rostrum, which reaches only
to middle of mesosternum.

Female. Length 5.3 mm, width 2.1 mm.
Head: width 1.05 mm, vertex .58 mm; yellow-
ish green. Rostrum, length .95 mm, just reaching
to middle of mesosternum, greenish yellow,
apex black. Antennae: segment I, length .34
mm, thickness .13 mm, yellowish green; II, 1.63
mm, cylindrical, slender, thickness .068 mm, yel-
lowish green, apex fuscous; III, .64 mm, black-
ish, narrowly pale at base; IV, .61 mm, blackish.
Pronotum, length .85 mm, width at base 1.7
mm; disk moderately convex, basal margin near-
ly straight where it crosses mesonotum, basal
angles gradually rounded, lateral margins near-
ly straight, angulate but not carinate in turn
down to propleura; calli moderately convex,
inner angles and basal margin marked by im-
pressed line. Pronotum, scutellum and hemel-
ytra apple green, clodied with recumbent and
appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence, inter-
mixed with recumbent to suberect, pale to yel-
lowish simple pubescent hairs. Mesonotum mod-
erately exposed; scutellum triangular, moderate-
ly convex, rising rather sharply at margins to a
nearly level convex plateau. Hemelytra sub-
translucent, the green pigment visible in the

116

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

hypodermal layer; embolar margins slightly
curved, cuneus deeper green. Membrane nearly
clear, yet dusky in certain angles of light, veins
green. Ventral surface pale yellowish green;
with limited amounts of sericeous pubescence
on sides of thorax. Legs light green, tibiae deep-
er green, spines fuscous to black, tarsi fuscous.
Venter rather uniformly light green, moderately
clothed with pallid, suberect pubescent hairs.

Holotype: ? June IS, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no).

Dichaetocoris minimus, new species
Fig. 149

Distinguished by the small size and by the
short rostrum which reaches only upon the
middle coxae; male claspers very distinctive
(Fig. 149).

Male. Length 2.8 mm, widdi 1.10 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .32 mm; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length .72 mm, reaching upon middle
coxae, yellowish, apex black. Antennae: segment
I, length .17 mm, yellowish; II, broken. Prono-
tum, length .40 mm, width at base .98 mm; yel-
lowish to green. Scutellum yellowish. Hemelytra
pale yellowish to green, deeper green on clavus
and outer half of corium, cuneus stronger green;
the green hypodermal color tends to coagulate
in marginal areas. Membrane pallid, tinged with
pale fuscous, veins pallid. Dorsal surface clothed
with simple pale to yellowish sericeous pubes-
cence, and sparsely intermixed with pale to yel-
lowish sericeous pubescence. Ventral surface
pale yellowish to green; venter more pallid be-
neath, greenish on sides. Genital segment and
claspers very distinctive (Fig. 149); tergum with
a broad, flat process on right side of median
line.

Holotype: d Aug. 7, 1928, Cove Fort, Utah
(E. W. Davis).

Dichaetocoris color adensis, new species
Fig. 151

In the key this species runs to the couplet
with nevadensis, but may be distinguished by
the smaller size, golden sericeous pubescence,
and by structure of the male genital claspers.

Male. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .81 mm, vertex .40 mm, greenish yellow.
Rostrum, length .75 mm, reaching upon pos-
terior trochanters. Antennae: segment I, length
.20 mm, yellowish; II, .98 mm, cylindrical,
thickness only slightly less than segment I,
greenish yellow; III, .54 mm, dusky yellow; IV,

missing. Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at
base 1.02 mm; greenish yellow. Scutellum yel-
lowish to green. Dorsal surface sparsely clothed
with recumbent to suberect, golden yellow hairs,
intermixed with recumbent to appressed, gold-
en yellow to golden, sericeous pubescence.
Hemelytra green, embolium pallid, cuneus green.
Membrane translucent, uniformly shaded with
light fusous; veins yellow. Ventral surface pale
yellowish, femora, sides of venter and propleura
more green. Genital segment and claspers dis-
tinctive of the species (Fig. 151).

Female. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.05 mm, reaching upon base of posterior
trochanters. Antennae: segment I, length .22
mm; II, .98 mm; III, .64 mm; IV, .24 mm. Pro-
notum, length .54 mm, width at base 1.12 mm.
More robust than the male, but very similar in
coloration and pubescence.

Holotype: d Aug. 13, 1925, Durango, Colo-
rado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with
type. Paratypes: 5 c? 7 9 taken with the types
by sweeping junipers, d 9 Aug. 14, 1925, Mesa
Verde National Park, Colorado (H. H. Knight).

Dichaetocoris spinosus (Knight)
Fig. 150

Orthotylus spinosus Knight, 1925:43, n. sp.

This species was described as an Orthotylus,
but is clothed with two types of pubescence;
yellowish to dusky, bearing simple pubescence,
and intermixed on hemelytra with more recum-
bent, sericeous, golden pubescence, which places
it in our new Dichaetocoris. The species is
known from Colorado and several localities in
Arizona, where I collected it on Junipems pa-
chyphloea and /. monosperma. This species may
well occur in Nevada inasmuch as it breeds on
two or more species of Juniper in Arizona.

Genus Orthotylus Fieber

Orthotylus angulatus (Uhler)

Diommatus angulatus Uhler, 1895:44.
Oiihotylus angulatus Van Duzee, 1916:115.
Orthotylus angulatus Knight, 1927:40.

This species was described from Colorado. I
found it at Steamboat Springs, July 1964, breed-
ing on Populus latifolia. Records from Utah: d
9 June 28, 1965, American Fork; d 9 June 29,
1965, Cedar City (H. H. Knight), all taken on
Populus. d 9 June 11, 1930," Richfield (E. W.
Davis), taken at light. 2 9 Zion National Park
(V. M. Tanner).

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Orthotylus vigilax Van Duzee
Orthotylus vigilax Van Duzee, 1923:155.

This small green species may be recognized
by the short rostrum which only attains middle
of mesostemum; head short, eyes large, dorsal
width of an eye slightly greater than width of
vertex.

Known from Death Valley, California, where
it occurs on mesquite, Prosopis juliflora. It is
also known from Nogales, Mohawk, and Yuma
Counties, Arizona. This species is a likely can-
didate to drift in on the wind and colonize on
the mesquite trees at Cane Springs at the test
site.

Orthotylus ate Knight
Orthotylus ute Knight, 1927:179.

Known from Colorado, Idaho, Montana, and
Wyoming. Breeds on Populus latifolia in Colo-
rado.

Orthotylus fuscicornis Knight

Orthotylus fuscicomis Knight, 1927:177.

Collected on Salix in Colorado; also taken at
Kaysville, Utah.

117

Orthotylus piceicola Knight

Orthotylus piceicola Knight, 1927:180.
Collected in Colorado on spruce, Picea.

Orthotylus (Neomecomma) candidatus
Van Duzee

Orthotylus candidatus Van Duzee, 1916:124.
Orthotylus candidatus Knight, 1923:517, Fig. 8S.
Orthotylus (Neomecomma) candidatus South-
wood, 1953:444.

Breeding on American aspen, Populus tre-
muloides, along the shore of Lake Superior, in
Minnesota. New records: ? Aug. 12, 1925, Wolf
Creek Pass, Colorado; d Aug. 22, 1925, Pingree
Park, Colorado (H. H. Knight), c? 9 Aug. 2,
1940, Mt. Timpanogos, alt. 7700 ft, Utah County,
Utah (C. L. Hayward).

Genus Argyrocoris Van Duzee

Argyrocoris scurrilis Van Duzee

Argyrocoris scurrilis Van Duzee, 1912:479.

Known from Arizona, Utah, Colorado, New
Mexico, and Texas. Only one species is known
in this genus, and it occurs in desert areas.

Genus Melanotrichus Reuter
Key to the Species

1. Dorsal surface bearing appressed, black scalelike hairs 2

Dorsal surface bearing appressed, silvery scalelike hairs 16

2. Genital segment with a tergal process 3

Genital segment without a tergal process 13

3. Male right clasper bifurcate on apex 4

Male right clasper not bifurcate on apex g

4. Antennal segments I and II black tibialis Van D.

Antennal segments not black 5

5. Tergal process broad, flat, bifurcate, the longer part curved strongly upward

(Fig. 162) malvastri, n. sp.

Tergal process not curved upward on apical half 6

6. Rostrum short, only reaching posterior margin of mesostemum; length of second

antennal segment slightly greater than width of pronotum at base
brevirostris Kngt.

Rostrum reaching apices of middle coxae; length of second antennal segment not

exceeding width of pronotum at base 7

118 Bricham Younc University Science Bulletin

7. Male right clasper with bifurcate prongs long and curved upward (Fig. 16S)

chelifer Kngt.

Male right clasper with bifurcate prongs shorter, not curved upward (Fig. 164)
custeri, n. sp.

8. Antennae black; tergal margin with a small, short spine on middle (Fig. 158)

atricornis Kngt.

Antennae not black 9

9. Male right clasper with a dorsal prong near middle (Fig. 159) .... nicholi Kngt.

Male right clasper without dorsal prong 10

10. Male right clasper sinuate on dorsal margin, more slender on apical half, acu-

minate apex curved upward (Fig. 165) azteci, n. sp.

Male right clasper not sinuate, apex not curved upward 11

11. Tergal process broad, platelike, outer margin of right side with a long slender

spine (Fig. 161) incurvus Kngt.

Tergal process not so broad, without spine on right side 12

12. Right clasper with apex terminating in a curved sharp spine (Fig. 155)

viridicatus Uhler

Right clasper terminating in a flat, sharp pointed blade; tergal process bifid on
apex (Fig. 160) althaeae Hussey

13(2). Antennal segment I pallid to greenish 14

Antennal segment I fuscous to black 15

14. Male right clasper with ventral margin forming a straight line, apex not turned

upward (Fig. 156) ferox Van D.

Male right clasper with ventral margin curved slightly upward on apical half
(Fig. 166) , nevadensis, n. sp.

15. Right clasper bifid on apical fourth, dorsal fork without subspines, approximate-

ly equal to ventral fork (Fig. 167) shoslionea, n. sp.

Right clasper notched slightly beyond middle, dorsal fork with subspines (Fig.
157) inconspicuus Uhler

16(1). Membrane with a fuscous cloud or spot just behind the clear area by apex
of cuneus, where the fuscous is stronger dian elsewhere; between areoles
vein green, as well as membrane bordering each side of vein
coagulatus Uhler

Membrane not so marked with fuscous and green 17

17. Rristles on dorsal surface pallid or yellowish IS

Dorsal surface with golden brown or black bristles 19

18. Length of first antennal segment equal to width of vertex; length of segment II

subequal to twice the width of head; length 4.2 mm wileyae Kngt.

Length of first antennal segment not equal to width of vertex; length of segment
II not equal to twice the width of head; length 4.6 mm .... pattens, n. sp.

Miridae of the Nevada Test Site

119

19. Embolium and corium exterior to radial vein, clear translucent; length 5.4 mm

albocostatus Van D.

Embolium and corium not clear or different from other areas of corium 20

20. Bristles on dorsal surface golden brown 91

Bristles on dorsal surface fuscous to black .95

21. Bostrum reaching upon hind coxae, or bevond 00

Bostrum only reaching upon middle coxae 93

22. Bostrum reaching upon hind coxae; length 4.4 mm atriplicis, n. sp.

Bostrum reaching behind posterior coxae; length 3.3 mm brindleyi, n. sp.

23. Length of second antenna] segment distinctly greater than width of pronotum 24

Length of second antennal segment subequal to width of pronotum at base; male

left clasper forming over half of a semicircle (Fig. 147); lengdi 3.2 mm
utaliensis, n. sp.

24. Male left clasper not forming half a semicircle (Fig. 172); color pallid, mem-

brane nearly clear; length 3.4 mm stitii, n. sp.

Male left clasper forming more than half a semicircle ( Fig. 174 ) ; color green,
membrane uniformly fuscous; length 3.0 mm uniformis, n. sp!

25. Pallid to white, spotted with blue green 9g

Color yellowish to grass green, the green color not aggregated into spots; length

46 mm mistus Kngt.

26. Bostrum reaching beyond apex of hind coxae eurotiae, n. sp.

Bostrum almost attaining apex of hind coxae senectus Van D.

Melanotrichus viridicatus (Uhler)

Fig. 155

Orthotylus viridicatus Uhler, 1895:48.
Melanotrichus viridicatus Knight, 1927:142.

Becords from the Nevada Test Site: Area
16M, 9 Aug. 17, 1965; Area 19M, 4 9 June 22
1965.

This species is also known from Colorado,
Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah.

Melanotrichus tibialis (Van Duzee)
Fig. 154

Orthotylus tibialis Van Duzee, 1916:93.
Melanotrichus tibialis Knight, 1927:142.

This species was originally described from
Fallen Leaf Lake, California, and has not been
reported from elsewhere. New record from Ne-
vada: is 10 9 July 11, 1965, alt. 6500 ft, above
Carson City (H. H. Knight), taken on Arte-
misia.

Fig. 153. Melanotrichus althacae (Hussey). 9

120

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Melanotrichus ferox (Van Duzee)
Fig. 156

Orthotylus ferox Van Duzee, 1916:94.
Melanotrichus ferox Knight, 1927:142.

This species was described from San Diego
County, California, and should occur in south-
ern Nevada. Records: 3d 2$ Feb. 19, 1935,
Whittier (E. L. Paddock), taken on Artemisia
calif ornica; Id 3 9 July 31, 1915, Tulare Coun-
ty, California (E. L. Diven).

Melanotrichus inconspicuus (Uhler)

Fig. 157

Asciodema inconspicua Uhler, 1893:376.
Orthotylus inconspicuus Reuter, 1909:69.
Melanotrichus inconspicuus Knight, 1927:142.

This species was described from American
Fork, Utah, and I have found it at Scipio,
Utah, but not at the test site. Instead I found
M. nevadensis filling the niche on Artemisia
tridentata.

Melanotrichus atricornis Knight

Fig. 158

Melanotrichus atricornis Knight, 1927:145.

This species was described from British
Columbia; not as yet recognized from else-
where.

Melanotrichus nicholi Knight
Fig. 159

Melanotrichus nicholi Knight, 1927:145.

At present this species is known only from
Arizona.

Melanotrichus incurvus Knight
Fig. 161

Melanotrichus incurvus Knight, 1927:143.

Known from Arizona, New Mexico, Colo-
rado, Wyoming, and Iowa.

Melanotrichus chelifer Knight
Fig. 168

Melanotrichus chelifer Knight, 1927:144.

This species was described from Arizona,
Colorado, and New Mexico, and now recorded
from the Nevada Test Site: Area 19M, d 9
June 22, 1965.

Melanotrichus brcvirostris Knight
Fig. 163

Melanotrichus brcvirostris Knight, 1927:144.

This species was described from Utah, and
as yet has not been found elsewhere.

Melanotrichus althacae (Hussey)
Fig. 160

Orthotylus (Psallus) dclicatus Cook, 1891:10.
Orthotylus althaeae Hussey, 1924:165, n. n. for

O. (Psallus) dclicatus Cook, preoc.
Melanotrichus althaeae Knight, 1927:142.
Melanotrichus althaeae Knight, 1941:96, Fig.

127.

This species is known from Colorado, Michi-
gan, Minnesota, and Iowa. Host plant is holly-
hock. Althaea rosea.

Melanotrichus malvastri, new species
Fig. 162

Allied to viridicatus Uhler but distinguished
by the furcate right clasper, and very long ter-
gal process (Fig. 162).

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .74 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum,
length .85 mm, reaching upon middle of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm,
pallid; II, 1.05 mm, cylindrical, slightly more
slender on basal third, pale to yellowish, clothed
with fine, short, pallid and fuscous pubescence;
III, .71 mm; IV, .61 mm. Pronotum, lengdi .51
mm, width at base 1.02 mm; disk nearly flat,
calli convex, lateral margins sharply angled but
not carinate. Dorsal surface clothed with sub-
erect, yellowish bristles and intermixed with
appressed, scalelike, deciduous black hairs;
color green, more yellowish on head and scutel-
lem. Hemelytra green, membrane strongly fus-
cous, veins white to green. Ventral surface and
legs pallid to green. Genital segment and clasp-
ers distinctive, tergum with a very long, up-
turned process (Fig. 162).

Female. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.26 mm.
Head: width .76 mm, vertex .37 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm; II, .95 mm; III, .58
mm; IV, ..30 mm. Pronotum, length .51 mm,
width at base 1.05 mm. Form, color and pubes-
cence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d April 2, 1936, Santiago Can-
von, California (E. L. Paddock). Allotype: 5
taken with the type. Paratypes: 3d 12 9 taken
with the types on Malvastrum fasciculatum. 4d

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

121

154 tikcdid, UamD.

jyiAJJX. 1/am.D.

158

alAUXft/nidJtmL

'55 vAmdjjjoiuAUM

157

I^lCXmAplcLLLLdrUM

afcthojucuL HuAMy, ^ ^;„r ,„.„«,- Jr^t rnjjJbmjjj^b

AMXM/lAriU^

Figs 154-162 Male claspers. 154, Melanotrichus tibialis (Van D.); 155, M. viridicatus (Uhl.); 156 M. ferox
(Van D.); 157, M. inconspicuus (Uhl.); 158, M. atricornis Kngt; 159, M. nicholi; 160. M. altha'eae (Hus-
sey); 161, M. incurvus Kngt.; 162, A/, malvastri

122

BnrcHAM Young University Science Bulletin

4? April 18, 1935. Whittier, California (E. L.
Paddock), taken on Mai vast nun fasciculatum.
3cT 4 9 April 16, 1928, alt. 2400 ft, Superior,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol). J 4 9 April 20, 1937,
Florence, Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

Melanotrichus custeri, new species
Fig. 164

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with chelifer Kngt, but may he distinguished
by the right clasper, which has shorter bifur-
cate prongs and not curved upward ( Fig. 164 ) .

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .70 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum,
length .78 mm, reaching to apex of middle
coxae. Antennae: segment 1, length .27 mm,
greenish yellow, with black pubescent hairs;

II, 1.05 mm, cylindrical, thickness ecjual to two-
thirds that of segment I, greenish yellow, with
black pubescence; III, .62 mm, yellowish; IV,
.34 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .52 mm, width
at base 1.02 mm. Color deep blue green, but
may turn yellowish green in old specimens.
Dorsal surface clothed with deciduous, ap-
pressed, black scalelike hairs, intermixed with
suberect pale hairs, and interspersed with more
erect, pallid bristle hairs. Hemelytra blue green,
membrane fuscous, veins green. Ventral surface
paler, pale greenish to deep green. Legs pale
greenish, femora darker and with black pubes-
cence; tibial spines pallid to yellowish, tips of
tarsi and the claws blackish. Male claspers dis-
tinctive, the bifurcate prongs on right clasper
rather short and not curved upward (Fig. 164).

Female. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .74 mm, vertex .40 mm. Rostrum,
length .85 mm, reaching to apices of middle
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .28 mm,
pale, black pubescent, II, .85 mm, cylindrical,
more slender on basal drird, greenish yellow;

III, .58 mm, yellowish; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pro-
notum, length ..54 mm, width at base .98 mm.
Color and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: c? Aug. 19, 1927, Custer, South
Dakota (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with
the type. Paratypes: cf 3 9 taken with the tvpes.
cf Aug. 1, 1927, Kendrick, Wyoming (H. H.
Knight). cT 9 June 29, 1965, Scipio, Utah (H.
H. Knight).

Melanotrichus azteci, new species
Fig. 165

Allied to incurvus Kngt., but distinguished
by the right clasper being sinuate on dorsal

margin, apical half tapering to an acuminate
apex that curves upward (Fig. 165).

Male. Length 3.8 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .74 mm, vertex .36 mm; vertex flat, bear-
ing deciduous, black .scalelike pubescence. Ros-
trum, length .96 mm, reaching to near apex of
middle coxae, yellowish, apical half brownish
black. Antennae: segment I, length .31 mm,
yellowish, black pubescent; II, 1.1 mm, cylin-
drical, thickness equal to three-fourths that of
segment I, greenish yellow, with fine black
pubescence; III, .78 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .34
mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at
base 1.12 mm. Dorsal surface deep green, calli
and head more yellowish green. Dorsum clothed
with deciduous, appressed, black scalelike pu-
bescence, intermixed with suberect, pallid
simple hairs, and interspersed with longer
bristlelike pallid hairs. Hemelytra with deep hy-
podermal green; membrane fuscous, paler on
central area, a clear spot by apex of cuneus,
veins green, cubitus fuscous. Ventral surface
yellowish to green. Legs yellowish to green,
femora and tibiae with short fuscous pubes-
cence, tibial spines pallid. Genital claspers dis-
tinctive (Fig. 165).

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width .75 nun;
costal margin moderately arcuate. Head: width
.80 mm, vertex .41 mm. Rostrum, lengdi .98
mm, reaching apex of middle coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length .34 mm; II, 1.12 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender on basal half, yellowish
green, with short black pubescent hairs; III, .7(1
mm, dusky yellow; IV, .31 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .58 mm, width at base 1.2 mm.
More robust than the male, but very similar in
color and pubescence.

Holotype: cf Feb. 4, 1941, Aztec, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 2cf 4 9 and nymphs taken with the
types on Sphucralcea. cf 3 $ Feb. 18, 1941, Mo-
hawk; 8 9 Feb. 19, 1941, Sentinal; 9 9 March
17, 1939, Phoenix, Arizona (L. L. Stitt). all col-
lected on Splweralcea.

Melanotrichus ncvadensis, new species
Fig. 166

Allied to inconspicuus Uhler, but male clasp-
ers distinctive (Fig. 166); separated in the key
by the uniformly green antennae.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .78 mm, vertex .40 mm. Rostrum,
length .75 mm, reaching to apex of middle coxae,
pallid, apex black. Antennae: segment I. length

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

123

C/LM&AX (

170 aMxnxrttatLuisVand.

Figs. 163-170. Male claspers. 163, Mchnotrichas brevirostris Kngt.; 164. M. custeri; 165 M azteci- 166 M
nevadensis; 167, M. shoshonea; 168, M. chelifer Kngt.; 169, M. coaguhtus (Uhl.); 170. M. albocost'atus (Van

124

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

.34 mm, pallid, pubescence black; II, 1.2 mm,
cylindrical, pallid to yellowish, pubescence pal-
lid to black; III, .92 mm, dusky; IV, ..34 mm,
dusky. Pronotum, length .44 mm, width at base
.96 mm. Color pallid, shaded, dotted and marked
with blue green. Dorsal surface, especially the
hemelytra clothed with appressed, deciduous,
black scalelike pubescence, intermixed with sub-
erect to erect black bristles, longer and more
erect on head and pronotum. Hemelytra with

costal margin slightly arcuate; membrane light-
en o ©

ly and evenly shaded with pale fuscous, veins
blue green. Ventral surface pallid, shaded with
blue green. Legs pallid, femora and tibia shaded
with green, tibial spines black. Genital claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 166).

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width 1.15 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length .92 mm, reaching to near apex of middle
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm,
pallid; II, 1.05 mm, slender, diickness about
half that of segment I, yellowish; III, .81 mm,
dusky; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum. length
.48 mm, width at base .96 mm. More robust
than the male but very similar in color and
pubescence.

Holotype: d June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Artemisia tridentata. Allotype: 2
same data as the type. Paratypes: 16 d* 25 9
taken with the types on Artemisia tridentata. 4 J"
8? June 11, Area 17M; d 9 June 11, Area
18M; 5d" 6 9 June 22, Area 19M; 6d 14 9
June 19, 1965, Area 401 M, Nevada Test Site
(H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), all taken on
Artemisia tridentata, the host plant of the spe-
cies.

Melanotrichus shoshonea, new species
Fig. 167

Allied to inconspicuus Uhler, and in the key
these species run to the same couplet; distin-
guished by the bifid notch on apex of male
right clasper (Fig. 167).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .80 mm, vertex .43 mm. Rostrum, length
.85 mm, reaching to middle of intermediate
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .41 mm,
black, sometimes only fuscous on dorsal surface;
II, .46 mm, cylindrical, thickness about half that
of segment I, black; III, 1.15 mm, brownish
black; IV, .41 mm, blackish. Pronotum, length
.50 mm, width at base .98 mm; disk nearly flat,
calli outlined by impressed margins. Dorsal sur-
face pale blue green; clothed with deciduous.

appressed, black scalelike pubescence, sparsely
intermixed with suberect to erect, black bristle-
like hairs. Hemelytra with costal margins slight-
ly arcuate, embolium and outer margin of
cuneus white; membrane pale fuscous, veins
pallid to green. Ventral surface pallid to light
blue green. Legs pallid, tibiae greenish, femora
and tibiae with short fuscous pubescence,
tibial spines black, tarsi fuscous to black. Geni-
tal claspers distinctive, right clasper bifid on
apical fourth (Fig. 167).

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex .47 mm; with long,
erect black bristles on vertex and frons. Ros-
trum, length .85 mm, reaching to middle of inter-
mediate coxae, pallid, apex black. Antennae:
segment I, length .38 mm, black, more fuscous
above; II, 1.22 mm, slender, thickness only half
that of segment I, black, with short recumbent
black pubescent hairs; III, .92 mm, brownish
black; IV, .37 mm, blackish. Pronotum, length
.50 mm, width at base .98 mm. More robust
than the male, membrane shorter, but color and
pubescence very similar.

Holotype: d Aug. 14, 1927, Shoshone Na-
tional Forest, Wyoming (H. H. Knight). Allo-
type: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes: d 9
Aug. 7; 2d" 4 9 Aug. 14,' 1927, Shoshone Na-
tional Forest ( H. H. Knight), taken on Arte-
misia; 10 d 11 2 Aug. 8, 1927, Yellowstone Na-
tional Park, Wyoming ( H. H. Knight), on Arte-
misia, d June 14, 1930, alt. 4965 ft, St. Anthonv,
(R. E. Miller); d Julv 7, 1928, Clayton, Idaho
(C. Wakeland).

Melanotrichus coagulatus ( Uhler )
Fig. 169

Macrocolcus coagulatus Uhler, 1877:417.
Orthotyhis coagulatus Reuter, 1909:68.
Orthotylus (Melanotrichus) coagulatus Knight

1927:40, host.
Melanotrichus coagulatus Knight, 1927:142.

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area M
(Mercury), 9 Aug. 15, 1965, at incandescent
light; Area 1M, 88 d 9 July 16, 1965, at incan-
descent light; Area 5M, 3d Aug. 19, d Aug.
28, 1965, at black light; Area 6M, d July 19,
1965; Area 12M, d June 11, lid 9 Aug. 11,
1965, on Chenopodium leptoplujllum; 27 d 9
Aug. 6, 1965, taken on Chenopodium fremonti;
17 d 9 Aug. 7, 1965, taken on Chenopodium
leptoplujllum; Ad 4 9 Aug. 24, 1965, taken on
Chenopodium leptophyllum; d July 25, 1961.
5d July 25, 1962, at black light; 4<d 2 9 Aug.
9, 1965, at black light; 4 d 6 9 Aug. 6, 2 9 Aug.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

125

7, 9 Aug. 26, 1965; Area 16M, 23d" 9 June 11,
d Aug. 20, 1965; 2d" 1 9 Aug. 11, 1965, taken
on Eriogonum deflexum; Area 17M, 23d" 9
June 17, Sd" 9 Aug. 19, 1965, on Chenopodium
leptoplujllum; d" June 21, 1965; Area 18M, 2d"
2 9 Aug. 23, 1965, on Chenopodium lepto-
plujllum; 4d 19 July 22, 1965, at black light;
Area 19M, d 9 June 23, 1965; Area 401 M
10d 9 June 2-3, 1965; Area TE, 2d" 1 9 June
10, 1965; Area 12CF, 9 Aug. 9, 1964, at incan-
descent light; Area IB, 2d" July 31, 1962, at
black light; Area 6DC, d May 20, 1961, from
Berlese funnel; Area 1M, 9 July 16, 1965, at in-
candescent light.

This species is commonly found in the west-
ern states of Colorado, Utah, Idaho, Wyoming,
New Mexico, California, and Nevada.

Melanotrichus albocostatus (Van Duzee)
Fig. 170

Orthotyhis albocostatus Van Duzee, 1918:299.
Melanotrichus albocostatus Knight, 1927:147.

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area
CM, 2d" June 10, 1965; Area TE, 2d" Julv 10,
1965; Area 17M, 2d June 17, 1965.

I have also identified this species from Ari-
zona, British Columbia, Colorado, Idaho, Utah,
and Washington.

Melanotrichus mistus (Knight)
Fig. 177

Orthotylus mistus Knight, 1925:91.
Melanotrichus mistus Knight, 1927:142.

This species was described from Alberta,
Canada, but now I have identified specimens
from Idaho and Washington.

Melanotrichus uileyae Knight
Fig. 171

Melanotrichus ivileyae Knight, 1927:146.

This species is known only from Emery-
County, Utah.

Melanotrichus senectus (Van Duzee)

Orthotylus senectus Van Duzee, 1916:102.

Allied to eurotiae but separated by the short-
er rostrum. Described from two females taken
at Pueblo and Manitou, Colorado (E. P. Van
Duzee). I have been unable to recognize this
species among all the material examined.

Melanotrichus pollens, new species

Fig. 176

Keys out in the couplet with tcileyac, but
distinguished by shorter antennal segments, also
by the golden yellow sericeous pubescence ( Fig.
176).

Male. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .41 mm; pallid. Rostrum,
length 1.22 mm, reaching to base of hind coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm, pallid; II,
1.6 mm, cylindrical, pallid; III, 1.05 mm, dusky;
IV, .34 mm, Pronotum, length .61 mm, width
at base 1.36 mm. Dorsal surface uniformly pal-
lid, clothed with golden yellow, appressed, seri-
ceous pubescence, and intermixed with sub-
erect, pale pubescent hairs and numerous long-
er, more erect bristle hairs. Hemelytra sub-
translucent, membrane nearly clear, veins pallid,
with opaque callus substance bordering cubitus
about larger areole. Ventral surface and legs
pallid, tips of tarsi fuscous. Genital segment and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 176).

Female. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.9 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .52 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.36 mm, reaching apex of hind coxae,
pallid, apex black. Antennae: segment I,
length .34 mm, thickness .12 mm, pallid; II, 1.56
mm, slender, thickness just half that of seg-
ment I, pallid; III, 1.05 mm, dusky; IV, .30 mm,
duskv. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width at base
1.49 mm. More robust than the male, but very
similar in pubescence and pallid color.

Holotype: d" June 13, 1965, Area CM, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: 12 d 7 9 taken with the types on
Chenopodium atrovirens, found growing on the
low ridges about 100 yards or more above
Cane Springs. The pallid bugs were difficult to
see on the pale colored Chenopodium, and in
the leaf litter within the net. This species was
not found elsewhere.

Melanotrichus atriplicis, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with brindleyi
from which it may be separated by the shorter
rostrum, which only reaches upon hind coxae.

Female. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .48 mm; yellowish.
Rostrum, length 1.36 mm, reaching upon apex
of hind coxae, yellowish, apex black. Antennae:
segment I, length .37 mm; II, 1.39 mm, cylin-
drical, slender, thickness only half that of seg-
ment I, yellowish; III, 1.05 mm, dusky; IV, .41

126

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

172

177

178

iuuxxrticui

Figs 171-178. Male claspers. 171, Melanotrichus wileyae Kngt.; 172, M. stitti; 173, M. brindfei/i; 174, M. «mi-
/ormis; 175. M. utuhcnsis; 176, M. /w/fow; 177, M. mis*l« Kngt.; 178, M. eurotme.

Mihidae of the Nevada Test Site

127

mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .61 mm, width at
base 1.36 mm. Dorsal surface pallid to greenish;
sparsely clothed with recumbent, simple pale
to yellowish pubescence, intermixed with more
appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence, also
interspersed with erect, yellowish to golden
brown bristle hairs. Ventral surface and legs pale
yellowish; claws black, tibial spines golden yel-
low.

Holotype: 9 June 24, 1965, Area 16M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Atriplex canescens. Paratvpes: 9 taken
with the type. 9 June 11, 1965, Area 16M; 9
June 2,3, 9 July 7, 1965, Area 18M; 9 June 19,
9 June 22, 1965, Area 401M, Nevada Test Site
(D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino); all
specimens were taken from Atriplex canescens
which I believe is the host plant.

Melanotrichns brindleyi, new species

Fig. 173

Runs in the key to couplet with atriplicis
from which it may be separated by a longer
rostrum that reaches beyond posterior coxae;
male claspers distinctive (Fig. 173).

Male. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .75 mm, vertex .41 mm. Rostrum, length
1.46 mm, reaching behind posterior coxae, yel-
lowish, apex black. Antennae: segment I,
length .20 mm, pallid; II, .85 mm. cylindrical,
thickness about equal to three-fourths thickness
of segment I, pallid to yellowish; III, .58 mm,
yellowish; IV, .34 mm. Pronotum, length .44
mm, width at base .98 mm. Color pallid to pale
yellowish on head and scutellum. Dorsum
clothed with sparsely set, appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence, intermixed with recumbent,
simple pale to yellowish pubescence, and inter-
spersed with more erect, yellowish to golden
brown bristle hairs. Hemelytra with costal mar-
gins slightly arcuate, pallid; membrane pale
milky to dusky, veins pallid. Ventral surface
and legs pallid to pale yellowish; tibial spines
pallid to yellowish. Male claspers distinctive
(Fig. 173), left clasper forming a nearly closed
capital "C"; right clasper with very slender,
long apical process; spiculum projecting far
above claspers.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.36 mm, reaching behind posterior coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm, pallid; II,
.92 mm, cylindrical, more slender on basal half,
thickness on apical half about two-thirds the

thickness of segment I, pallid, apical fourth
dusky; III, .75 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .37 mm,
dusky yellow. Pronotum, length .48 mm, width
at base 1.05 mm. Dorsal aspect pale to yellow-
ish, also tinged with greenish in the hypo-
dermis. Dorsal surface clothed with appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence, intermixed with
recumbent, pallid to yellowish simple pubes-
cence, also interspersed with more erect, golden
brown bristlelike hairs on corium. Hemelytra
with costal margins arcuate, pallid to milky
white; membrane nearly clear, veins pallid. Ven-
tral surface pallid, tinged with greenish. Legs
pallid like the male.

Holotype: <$ Aug. 17, 1927, alt. 6500 ft. Big
Horn Mts., Wyoming (H. H. Knight). Allotype:

9 June 27, 1936, Moscow, Idaho (T. A. Brind-
ley). Paratypes: 4 c? 3 9 taken with the holotype.

9 June 27, 1936, taken with the allotype! 9
Aug. 10, 1922, Cramer, Minnesota (H. H.
Knight ) .

Melanotrichus utahensis, new species
Fig. 175

Runs in the key to near stitti and uniformis,
but separated from these species by the shorter
second antenna] segment; also distinguished by
structure of the male claspers (Fig. 175).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .82 mm, vertex .37 mm; greenish yellow.
Rostrum, length .98 mm, reaching upon middle
coxae, yellowish. Antennae: segment I, length
.27 mm, yellowish; II, 1.12 mm, cylindrical,
greenish yellow; III, .85 mm, yellowish; IV, .30
mm, dusky. Pronotum, length ..58 mm, width at
base 1.20 mm. Color pallid and shaded with
green; dorsal surface clothed with appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence, intermixed with
recumbent to suberect, golden brown hairs and
numerous longer, erect bristle hairs. Hemelytra
subtranslucent, tinted with small amounts of
green in die hypodermis; membrane nearly
clear, veins pallid. Ventral surface yellowish to
green, mesostemum fuscous, venter green. Legs
yellowish to greenish; tibiae unspotted, bearing
pale to yellow bristles. Male claspers distinctive
of the species (Fig. 175).

Female. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .64 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length .85 mm, reaching upon middle coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .21 mm; II, .81
mm; III, broken. Pronotum, length .44 mm,
width at base .95 mm. Color and pubescence
very similar to the male.

128

Bbigham Young University Science Bulletin

Holotype: d May 21, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light trap. Allotype: 9
taken with the type. Paratypes: 2cf taken with
the types. 2d" July 15, 1930, Richfield, Utah (E.
W. Davis), all taken at light trap.

Melanotrichus stitti, new species

Fig. 172

Allied to uniformis, runs to the same couplet
in the key, but distinguished by the structure
of the male genital claspers (Fig. 172).

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .71 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum, length
.71 mm, reaching upon base of middle coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .26 mm, yellowish;
II, 1.15 mm, cylindrical, greenish yellow; III,
.85 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .30 mm, dusky. Pro-
notum, length .41 mm, width at base .98 mm,
greenish yellow. Hemelytra pallid to yellowish;
membrane pale, tinged with milky white, veins
pallid, area about apices of areoles tinged dusky
brown. Dorsal surface clothed with appressed,
silvery, sericeous pubescence, and intermixed
with simple, recumbent to suberect, golden
brown hairs, also sparsely set with erect golden
brown bristles. Ventral surface pale to yellow-
ish and tinged with green. Tibial spines pallid,
tips of tarsi fuscous, claws black. Genital clasp-
ers distinctive, apical part of left clasper tapered
to more slender (Fig. 172).

Female. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.2 mm;
embolar margins strongly arcuate. Head: width
.78 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum, length .71 mm,
reaching to middle of hind coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length .21 mm; II, .68 mm, cylin-
drical, slender, thickness only half that of seg-
ment I, yellowish; III, .56 mm, dusky yellow;
IV, .30 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .41 mm,
width at base .98 mm. Hemelytra subtranslu-
cent, tinged with green; membrane abbreviated,
clear to pale white, veins pallid. Form shorter
and more ovate, but color and pubescence very
similar to the male.

Holotype: cf Feb. 5, 1941, Yuma, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: 3 c? 2 9 taken with the types on
Atriplex polycarpa, which Mr. Stitt gave as the
host species. Named for the collector, Mr. Loyd
L. Stitt who made valuable contributions to our
knowledge of Arizona Miridae. Botanists at the
test site report Atriplex polycarpa growing at
the south edge of Frenchman Flat, so I expect
this Mirid may eventually be found there.

Melanotrichus uniformis, new species

Fig. 174

Allied to stitti as both species run to the
same couplet in the key, but size smaller, color
green, membrane uniformly pale fuscous, and
form of male claspers distinctive (Fig. 174).

Male. Length 3.3 mm. width 1.12 mm.
Head: width .68 mm, vertex .31 mm; eyes prom-
inent. Rostrum, length .75 mm, reaching upon
base of middle coxae. Antennae: segment I,
length .27 mm; II, 1.15 mm, cylindrical, thick-
ness slightly more than half that of segment I,
yellowish; III, .78 mm, yellowish; IV, .34 mm,
yellowish. Pronotum, length .41 mm, width at
base .88 mm. Color pale yellowish to green,
hemelytra more green than elsewhere; mem-
brane uniformly pale fuscous, veins pale. Dorsal
surface clothed with appressed, silvery, sericeous
pubescence, intermixed with recumbent, yellow-
ish to golden simple hairs, and interspersed with
more erect, golden bristle hairs. Ventral surface
pale yellowish to greenish. Legs uniformly yel-
lowish, tibial spines golden. Genital claspers
distinctive (Fig. 174), the left clasper viewed
from the posterior aspect, appearing like a near-
ly closed capital letter "C"; the right clasper
compact, without a long slender apex found in
related species.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .68 mm, vertex .39 mm; clypeus
broad and prominent at base. Rostrum, length
.88 mm, reaching near tips of middle coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm; II, .98
mm, slender, cylindrical, yellowish; III, .88 mm,
dusky; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .41
mm, width at base .92 mm. Color and pubes-
cence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d July 8, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in light trap. Allotype: 9
taken with the type. Paratypes: d July 8, taken
with the types. 9 July 15, 3d" 9 9 Aug. 15,
1929, Richfield, Utah (E. W. Davis), taken in
light trap, d" July 24, 1927, Kennebec, South
Dakota ( H. H. Knight).

Melanotrichus curotiae, new species
Fig. 178

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with senectus Van D., from which it may be
separated by the longer rostrum.

Male. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .75 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid to green,
clypeus protruding strongly at base. Rostrum,

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 129

length 1.4 mm, reaching upon apex of hind (Fig. 178); general form placing this species in

coxae, or slightly heyond. Antennae: segment the coagulatus Uhl. group.

I, length .34 mm, pale to green; II, 1.36 mm. Female. Length 3.S mm. width 1.36 mm.

cylindrical, thickness more than half that of Head: width .S6 mm. vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,

segment I, dusky yellow to greenish; III, .74 length 1.52 mm, reaching distinctly beyond apex

mm, dusky; IV, .30 mm, dusky. Pronotum, 0f hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30

length .52 mm, width at base 1.1 mm. Color mrrii pallid; II, 1.05 mm, cylindrical, thickness

pallid, shaded, marked and spotted with blue about half that of segment I, pallid to greenish;

green in hypodermis. Clothed with moderately HI, .85 mm, dusky; IV, .30 mm, dusky. Prono-

thick, appressed, silver}' sericeous pubescence, tum, length .54 mm) width at base 1.16 mm

'6'

intermixed with pallid to yellowish suberect \/[ore robust than the male, but color and pu-

hairs, the corium bearing sparsely set, fuscous to bescence very similar.

black, erect bristle hairs. Hemelytra rather long, Holotype: d June 11. 1965, Area 16M, Ne-
embolar margins nearly straight; membrane vada Test Site (D E Beck R H Kni{?ht & j
nearly clear, but with creamy to dusky shading, M Merino) Allotype: 9 same data as the type,
veins green. Ventral surface pallid to blue paratypes: 60 d 9 taken with the types on
green. Legs pallid and shaded with green; tibiae Eurotia lanata, which is the host plant of the
dusky green, spines pallid to dusky depending species. 2cf 11 9 June 17, 1965, Area 6VI, Ne-
on the angle of view. Male claspers distinctive vada Test Site, all taken on Eurotia lanata.

Genus Partlwnicus Reuter
Key to the Sections

1. Membrane of hemelytra uniformly fuscous, at least more fuscous than dusky or

pale, sometimes with white spots 2

Membrane clear, pallid or white, sometimes fumate or dusky brown, often with
fuscous spots Section I, p. 129

2. Dorsum not uniformly colored, but distinctly spotted or flecked over a lighter or

darker shade of ground color Section II, p. 142

Dorsum rather uniformly shaded or tinted, not distinctly spotted or flecked over
a lighter ground color Section III, p. 152

Genus Parthenicus Reuter
Key to the Species, Section I

1. Membrane clear or white, usually distinctly spotted or marked with fuscous 2

Membrane rather evenly tinged with dusky or brownish, not distinctly spotted or

marked with fuscous 26

2. Hemelytra uniformly greenish, cuneus red, veins marked with red; length ( 9 )

4.0 mm, ( d ) 4.5 mm cuneotinctus Kngt.

Hemelytra colored otherwise 3

3. Vertex with a black spot each side just behind postero-dorsal angle of the eye 4

Vertex without spots 5

4. Membrane white, discal area devoid of spots; embolium with series of red

spots; length 4.2 mm davisi, n. sp.

Membrane pallid, discal area and margins with several fuscous spots; embolium
pallid, unspotted; length 3.4 mm nigripunctus, n. sp.

130 Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

5. Second antenna! segment with two black bands or annuli on basal half fj

Second antennal segment pallid, or with small dots or spots only 9

6. Veins in membrane red, or dotted with red 7

Veins in the membrane not red S

7. Male right clasper with thumblike process at middle (Fig. 187); length 3.4 mm

accumulus, n. sp.

Male right clasper without process at middle (Fig. 184); length 3.1 mm

condensus, n. sp.

8. Male left clasper with apex flat, paddle-shaped (Fig. 181); length 4.0 mm

aridus Kngt.

Male left clasper with apex furcate (Fig. 183); length 3.8 mm .. furcatus, n. sp.

9(5). Second antennal segment with distinct dots or spots 20

Second antennal segment pallid, without distinct spots, sometimes with an ob-
scure dot near base 10

10. Discal area of membrane with several distinct fuscous spots 11

Discal area of membrane without fuscous spots 15

11. Rostrum reaching beyond posterior trochanters 14

Rostrum just reaching upon posterior trochanters 12

12. Dorsal surface with many reddish dots 13

Dorsal surface without reddish spots, but with a few setigerous fuscous dots;
length 4.1 mm (Fig. 189) trispinosus, n. sp.

13. Femora thickly dotted with reddish or reddish brown, tibiae with red dots at

base of spines; length of antennal segment II ( 9 ) exceeding width of pro-
notum at base; length 3.4 mm mundus Van D.

Femora pallid, without spots, tibiae unspotted; length of antennal segment II
( 9 ) not equal to width of pronotum at base; length ( 9 ) 2.6 mm
. desertus, n. sp.

14. Hind femora thickly covered with fuscous dots; male right clasper with slender

process near base (Fig. 188); length 3.1 mm sabulosus Van D.

Hind femora with just a few fuscous dots near apex; male right clasper without
process near base (Fig. 185); length 3.2 mm merinoi, n. sp.

15. Length of antennal segment II not exceeding width of pronotum 16

Length of antennal segment II greater than width of pronotum 19

16. Spots in membrane not composed of clear cut fuscous dots 17

Spots in membrane, each composed of minute clear cut fuscous dots; length 2.8
mm multipunctatus, n. sp.

17. Membrane with marginal fuscous spots 18

Membrane pallid, without fuscous spots; length 2.9 mm atriplicis, n. sp.

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 131

18. Clavus and corium bearing onlv silvery sericeous pubescence except small spot

on inner apical angle of corium; length 3.0 mm deletions, n. sp.

Clavus and corium bearing both silvery and golden brown sericeous pubes-
cence; length 2.7 mm fuscipilus, n. sp.

19. Tibial spines obscured by longer pilose hairs; length 3.4 mm pilipes, n. sp.

Tibial spines not obscured or confused by longer pilose hair; length 3.7 mm
conspersus, n. sp.

20(9). Second antennal segment with 4 or 5 fuscous dots on basal half 21

Second antennal segment with not more than two dots on basal half 23

21. Dorsal surface with brown or fuscous colored dots only 22

Dorsal surface sprinkled with numerous orange colored dots; length 2.6 mm

mineopunctatus, n. sp.

22. Male right clasper tapering and curving to an upturned acuminate apex; length

3.0 mm candidus Van D.

Male right clasper with a straight, chitinized edge on dorsal margin just before
apex; length 2.7 mm nicholi Kngt.

23. Tibial spines obscured by longer pilose hairs; length 3.4 mm pilipes, n. sp.

Tibial spines not obscured by longer pilose hairs 24

24. Larger areole with not more than one fuscous spot 25

Larger areole with 4 or 5 fuscous spots; length 3.7 mm tenuis, n. sp.

25. With red dots and spots on embolium, cuneus and veins; length 2.7 mm

rubrosignatus, n. sp.

Without red dots on corium, cuneus and veins; membrane white, with two mar-
ginal fuscous spots each side; length 3.4 mm selectus, n. sp.

26(1). Length of antennal segment II greater than width of pronotum at base 28

Length of antennal segment II not exceeding width of pronotum at base 27

27. Length of antennal segment II only slightly less than width of pronotum at

base; dorsal surface with numerous red flecks and dots; tibiae with strong
red dots at base of spines; length 2.7 mm pinicola, n. sp.

Length of antennal segment II plus dorsal width of an eye. subequal to width
of pronotum at base; dorsal surface without distinct red dots; tibiae with
faint fuscous dots at base of spines, dots stronger on front tibiae; length
3.0 mm brevicornis, n. sp.

28. Width of vertex distinctly greater than dorsal width of an eye 29

Width of male vertex subequal to dorsal width of an eye; length 3.S mm

soior Van D.

29. Ventral margin of lorum bright red; male right clasper furcate on apical third

(Fig. 203); length 4.1 mm brindleyi, n. sp.

Ventral margin of lorum not red; male right clasper slender on apical half, not

furcate; length 4.0 mm grex Van D

132

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Parthenicus davisi, new species
Fig. 180

Allied to nigripunctus, but distinguished by
the unspotted white membrane, also by struc-
ture of the male claspers (Fig. 180).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .61 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid, a black
spot just behind dorsal margin of the eye. Ros-
trum, length 1.4 mm, reaching upon eighth ven-
tral segment. Antennae: segment I, length .30
mm, pallid, a transverse black spot on dorsal
surface just beyond middle; II, 1.1 mm, pallid,
with black annulus near base, and with an in-
complete black annulus on middle; III, .88 mm,
pallid; IV, .30 mm, yellowish. Pronotum, length
.44 mm, width at base 1.02 mm; pallid, about
12 black dots on disk, anterior angles fuscous.
Scutellum pallid, mesonotum fuscous. Hemel-
ytra pallid, sparsely dotted with fuscous, also
with fuscous spots; membrane white, with two
or three marginal, pale fuscous spots; veins
white, but with three or four brownish dots.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent to sub-

Fig. 179. Parthenicus aridus, $ ,

erect, simple white pubescent hairs, intermixed
with appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence;
inner apical margin of corium, and two spots
on inner margin of cuneus, with golden brown
to black scalelike hairs. Ventral surface pallid,
mesosternum fuscous. Legs pallid, femora with
a few black dots on apical half, posterior pair
with a larger, subapical black spot. Tibial
bristles pallid, but with a series of black spots
on dorsal surface. Venter pallid, sides marked
with reddish dots and flecks; genital claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 180).

Holotype: d July 8, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in light trap. Paratype: d
taken with the type. The species is named in
honor of the collector, Mr. E. W. Davis.

Parthenicus nigripunctus, new species
Fig. 182

Runs in the couplet with davisi but may be
distinguished by having several fuscous spots
on discal area of membrane.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .59 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid, having a
black spot behind dorsal margin of the eye.
Rostrum, length 1.3 mm, reaching to seventh or
eighth ventral segments. Antennae: segment 1,
length .30 mm, pallid, with a transverse dorsal
black mark just beyond middle; II, 1.0 mm, pal-
lid, a black annulus near base, and a black spot
on dorsal surface near middle; III, .61 mm, pal-
lid; IV, ..34 mm, pallid. Pronotum, length .40
mm, width at base 1.0 mm, pallid, a few fus-
cous points about calli; basal margin of disk
with four small spots bearing erect, black scale-
like hairs. Scutellum pallid, mesonotum with
several fuscous dots. Hemelytra milky white,
corium with three or four small points which
bear a group of black scalelike hairs; cuneus
with several brownish and fuscous dots. Mem-
brane and veins white, with three marginal fus-
cous spots plus several others scattered over
discal area. Dorsal surface clothed with recum-
bent to suberect, simple pallid hairs, and inter-
mixed with appressed, silvery, sericeous pubes-
cence; die corium with four or five points bear-
ing a group of erect, black scalelike hairs. Ven-
tral surface pallid, mesosternum and two spots
on genital segment fuscous. Genital claspers dis-
tinctive of the species (Fig. 182).

Holotype: d June 20, 1965, Area CT, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken at light. Paratype: d Aug. 23, 1965, Area
M (Mercury) Nevada Test Site (J. M. Merino),
taken at laboratory light.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

133

Parthenicus accumulus, new species

Fig. 187

This species runs in the key to the couplet
with condemns from which it may be separated
by structure of the male claspers (Fig. 187).

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.12 mm. Head:
width .61 mm, vertex .32 mm; pallid and marked
with fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.2 mm, reaching
upon sixth ventral segment. Antennae: segment
I, length .28 mm, reaching upon sixth ventral
segment. Antennae: segment I, length .28 mm,
pallid, with a transverse dorsal black spot at
slightly beyond middle; II, 1.0 mm, pallid, apical
half greenish, a black band near base, and a
dorsal black mark near middle; III, .74 mm,
pallid to dusky; IV, broken. Pronotum, length
.37 mm, width at base .88 mm; pallid, calli and
many spots on disk, black. Mesonotum fuscous,
scutellum pallid, with 4 or 5 fuscous spots. Dor-
sal surface clothed with recumbent to suberect,
pale simple pubescent hairs and intermixed with
appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence; a few
golden brown sericeous hairs on inner apical
angles of corium and along inner edge of cun-
eus. Hemelytra pallid, corium shaded with fus-
cous, embolium and cuneus flecked and marked
with hypodermal red, inner edge of cuneus
and inner apical angle of corium edged with
red; membrane whitish, flaked and dotted with
fuscous spots, a larger spot just beyond apex of
cuneus, veins red. Ventral surface pallid to fus-
cous, mesosternum nearly black. Legs pallid,
femora and tibiae with numerous black dots and
spots, spines pallid. Venter pallid to fuscous, a
darker lateral line is visible, also flecked with
hypodermal red; genital claspers are distinctive
of the species (Fig. 187).

Holotype: d July 16, 1965, Area 1M, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino), taken at
incandescent light trap. Paratype: rf taken with
the type.

Parthenicus condensus, new species

Fig. 184

Runs in the key to the couplet with accumu-
lus from which the males are easily distin-
guished by the genital claspers (Fig. 184).

Male. Length 3.1 mm, width 1.08 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid
and marked with fuscous, clypeus with Y-shaped
white mark, frons strongly convex, sides fus-
cous, leaving median line pale. Rostrum, length
1.36 mm, reaching beyond hind coxae or" to
middle of venter. Antennae: segment I, length

.34 mm, pallid, dorsal surface with a transverse
black spot slightly beyond middle; II, 1.15 mm,
pallid, dorsal surface with black spot near base
and a larger black spot just short of middle,
apex broadly fuscous; III, .74 mm, pale to fus-
cous; IV, missing. Pronotum, length .44 mm,
width at base .92 mm, disk fuscous to black,
paler on median line and before calli. Meso-
scutum and scutellum pallid, shaded and dotted
with fuscous. Pubescence on dorsal surface
largely lost, but from remnants we may say,
clothed with suberect pale simple hairs, and
intermixed with appressed, silvery, sericeous
pubescence, also some golden brown sericeous
hairs on corium. Hemelytra pallid to white,
shaded with fuscous and marked with blackish
dots and spots; cuneus white, marked with flakes
and dots of hypodermal red. Membrane white,
marked with several fuscous spots which are
larger on margin beyond apex of cuneus; veins
red. Ventral surface pallid and shaded with fus-
cous, darker on mesosternum. Legs white,
marked with black dots and a few larger spots;
tibiae with prominent black dots but the spines
are pallid. Genital segment fuscous, claspers
distinctive (Fig. 184).

The genital segment of the type was re-
moved for study and illustration, but has been
mounted on the same point with water soluable
glue, leaving the claspers visible for inspection.

Holotype: d" Aug. 8, 1965, Area 17M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino), taken at black

light.

Parthenicus furcatus, new species

Fig. 183

This species is closely related to aridus
Kngt, but may be separated by structure of the
male claspers (Fig. 183).

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .64 mm, vertex .37 mm, pallid, each side
of frons marked with transverse fuscous lines,
sides of clypeus fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.46
mm, reaching upon middle of venter. Antennae:
segment I, length .37 mm, white, with a trans-
verse black band on apical half, also with two
setigerous black dots on basal half; II, 1.15 mm,
white, a black band at middle, also an incom-
plete band near base, apex infuscated; III, .95
mm, pallid to dusky; IV, .46 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .51 mm, width at base 1.12 mm;
disk pallid, with fuscous dots, calli fuscous.
Scutellum pallid, mesonotum fuscous. Dorsal
surface clothed with recumbent and suberect,
pale simple hairs, and intermixed with ap-

134

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

pressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence, and spots
of golden brown to black scalelike hairs on
corium and inner margin of cuneus. Hemelytra
white, sparsely marked with fuscous dots and
spots; cuneus with a few flecks of hypodermal
red. Membrane white, marked with numerous
irregular spots and dots of fuscous, a large fus-
cous spot just behind apex of cuneus; veins
white. Ventral surface pallid and shaded with
fuscous. Legs pallid to white, femora marked
with numerous large and small fuscous dots
and spots, even on basal half of posterior fe-
mora; tibiae with double row of black spots,
but spines are pallid. Venter pallid and marked
with fuscous; genital claspers of remarkable
form, distinctive of the species (Fig. 183).

Holotype: cf July 16, 1965, Area 1M, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino), taken at
incandescent light. Paratypes: 5c? taken with
the type.

Parthenicus trispinosus, new species

Fig. 189

Runs in the key to the couplet with mundus
Van D., from which it differs by absence of red
dots on dorsal surface and in structure of the
male claspers (Fig. 189).

Male. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .61 mm, vertex .30 mm. Rostrum, length
1.19 mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters.
Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm, pallid; II,
1.09 mm, pallid; III, .71 mm, pallid; IV, .34 mm,
pale. Pronotum, length .48 mm, width at base
1.12 mm; disk pallid, anterior angles pale fus-
cous. Mesoscutum fuscous, scutellum pallid,
basal half pale fuscous. Hemelytra pallid, sub-
translucent, setigerous punctures visible but
scarcely shaded. Membrane pale milky white,
sparsely marked with fuscous spots, a larger
marginal spot just beyond tip of cuneus, also one
just before apex of membrane; veins pallid. Dor-
sal surface clothed with recumbent and suberect
pale pubescent hairs, intermixed with appressed
pale to silvery and golden sericeous pubescence;
inner apical angle of corium and two spots aloivj;
inner margin of cuneus, bearing golden brown
scalelike hairs. Ventral surface pallid, meso-
sternum fuscous. Legs pallid, femora with num-
erous fuscous dots and spots, the posterior pair
more thickly and strongly marked; tibiae pallid,
spines pale, brownish dots barely visible at base
of some spines. Venter pale, a fuscous lateral line
visible, also with fine flecks and dots of red-
dish. Genital segment and claspers distinctive
(Fig. 189).

Holotype: cf June 24, 1965, Area 19M Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus.

Parthenicus aridus Knight
Figs. 179. 181

Parthenicus aridus Knight, 1919:113 (1918).

This species was described from New Mexi-
co, but is closely related to desert species of
Nevada.

Partlwnicus mundus Van Duzee
Fig. 190

Parthenicus mundus Van Duzee, 1923:155.

Described from Santa Cruz Island, Califor-
nia, where it was taken on Atriplex.

Parthenicus sabulosus Van Duzee
Fig. 188

Parthenicus sabulosus, Van Duzee, 1925:401.

This species was described from Utah, and
specimens are now known from Arizona and
the Nevada Test Site: Area 401 M, 9 June 20,
1965.

Parthenicus desertus. new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with mundus Van D., but may be distinguished
by the unspotted legs; and length of second
antennal segment not equal to width of pro-
notum at base.

Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.0 mm.
Head: width .56 mm. vertex .30 mm; pale yel-
lowish. Rostrum, length 1.02 mm, reaching upon
posterior trochanters. Antennae: segment I,
length .20 mm, pale yellowish; II, .82 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender than segment I, pale yellow-
ish; III, .51 mm, pale; IV, .23 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .40 mm, width at base .86 mm;
pallid, calli more yellowish; lateral margins and
anterior angles with erect, simple, pale to gold-
en hairs. Scutellum yellowish. Hemelytra pallid,
sparsely marked with a few reddish flecks.
Membrane pale to clear, marked with several
large fuscous spots; veins pallid, with a few
small reddish flecks. Dorsal surface sparsely
clothed with recumbent to suberect, pale to
golden simple pubescent hairs, intermixed with
appressed, pale to golden sericeous pubescence,
more golden brown in tufts at inner apical
angles of corium, and on inner margin of cuneus.
Ventral surface pale yellowish. Legs uniformly

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

135

pallid, a few dusky dots on apical half of femora;
tibiae pallid, no setigerous dots visible.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 7, 1964, Area CB, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck), taken at black light.

Parthenicus merinoi, new species

Fig. 185

Buns in the key to couplet with sabulosus
Van D. from which it may be separated by the
sparsely dotted femora and the structure of the
male genital claspers (Fig. 185).

Male. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .62 mm, vertex .36 mm; yellow. Bostrum,
length 1.3 mm, reaching upon eighth ventral seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm, pal-
lid, with a setigerous fuscous dot on apical half;
II, broken. Pronotum, length .44 mm, width at
base 1.0 mm; pale yellowish, anterior angles
and calli pale fuscous. Scutellum and meso-
scutum pale to yellowish. Hemelytra pallid but
with a few odd fuscous dots; embolium and
cuneus with just a few red flecks; membrane
white, discal area and margins with fuscous
dots and spots, a large half crescent shaped
marginal spot just beyond apex of cuneus. Dor-
sal surface clothed with recumbent and suberect
pallid simple hairs, and intermixed with ap-
pressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence, more
golden at apex of corium and along inner mar-
gin of cuneus. Ventral surface pallid, meso-
sternum infuscated. Legs pallid, front femora
with fuscous dots, larger spots beneath; hind
femora with only a few small dots on apical
third; tibial spines pallid, front tibiae with four
large black dots, but spots on hind tibiae nearly
obsolete. Venter pallid to yellowish; genital
claspers distinctive of the species (Fig. 185).

Holotype: d July 20, 1965, Area 5M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino),
taken at incandescent light. Paratypes: <J col-
lected with the type. 2d July 19, 1965, Area
5M Nevada Test Site ( D E. Beck & J. M. Meri-
no), taken with black-light trap.

Parthenicus multipunctatus, new species

Fig. 198

Distinguished from all members of the genus
by having minute fuscous dots grouped to form
larger spots; structure of male claspers distinc-
tive (Fig. 198), not closely related to any known
species.

Male. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width ..54 mm, vertex .30 mm; pallid.
Bostrum, length 1.02 mm, reaching to near base

of genital segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.27 mm, pallid; II, .88 mm, pallid, with two fus-
cous dots, one near base, the other a bit short
of middle; III, .64 mm, yellowish; IV, .34 mm,
yellowish. Pronotum, length .40 mm, width at
base 1.02 mm, pallid, yellowish on calli. Scutel-
lum pallid, fuscous on base at middle; meso-
notum yellowish. Dorsal surface clothed with
simple, pale recumbent and several suberect
longer hairs, intermixed with more appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence, a few golden seri-
ceous hairs on cuneus. Hemelytra white, sparse-
ly sprinkled with fuscous dots and spots, cuneus
included. Membrane white, sparsely marked
with groups of minute fuscous dots, one group
in larger areole, and microdots on veins. Ven-
tral surface pallid. Legs nearly white, a few fine
fuscous dots on apical half of femora; front
tibiae with weak fuscous dots, hind tibiae im-
punctate, clothed with a few long pilose hairs
which are longer than the true spines. Male
claspers distinctive of the species (Fig. 198).

Holotype: d June 30, 1965, St. George, Utah
(H. H. Knight), taken while sweeping vegeta-
tion.

Parthenicus atriplicis, new species
Fig. 195

Buns in the key to the couplet with fuscipi-
lus, but differs from that and other species by
the pallid color, unspotted membrane, and by
golden sericeous pubescence on middle and
apex of corium; male claspers distinctive of the
species (Fig. 195).

Male. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.02 mm. Head:
width .52 mm, vertex .28 mm; pallid. Bostrum,
length .95 mm, reaching upon posterior tro-
chanters. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm,
pallid; II, .78 mm, pallid; III, .40 mm, pallid;
IV, shriveled. Pronotum, length .40 mm, width
at base .85 mm. Scutellum pale yellowish, bear-
ing both silvery and golden sericeous pubes-
cence. Hemelytra uniformly white; membrane
milky white, veins pale. Dorsal surface clothed
with recumbent to suberect, simple white pu-
bescent hairs, intermixed with appressed, sil-
very and golden sericeous pubescence; golden
pubescence concentrated on apical fourth of
corium, across middle of clavus and upon cor-
ium, also a few golden hairs on apical half of
the cuneus. Ventral surface and legs pallid; fe-
mora and tibiae widiout spots.

Female. Length 2.4 mm, width .88 mm.
Head: width ..54 mm, vertex .30 mm; pallid to
yellowish. Bostrum, length .98 mm, reaching

136

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

JlittipMr

Fi«s 180-187. Male claspers. 180, Parthenicus davisi; 181. P. aridus, left; 182, P. nigripunctus; 183. P. furcatus,
° 'left; 184, P. condensus; 185, P. merinoi; 186. P. pilipes; 187, P. accumulus.

slightly beyond trochanters to near base of ovi- Holotype: cT July 21 1965 Area 401M^Ie-

oositor Antennae- segment I, length .17 mm; vada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino).

I S mm pallid; g III, broker! Pronotum, taken at black light. Allotype: 9 same data *

ngtT^mm^vidth at base .81 mm. Slightly the type Paratypes: 3d" 2 9 taken with*

rnof robust than the male but very similar in gpes. Others rom the ^J^At^

color and pubescence. om> -o ■* * j

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

137

canescens; Area 16M, d" 4 9 June 11, 1965,
taken on Atriplex; Area CEM, 9 Aug. 28, 1965,
taken on Atriplex canescens; Area 401M 9 June
22, 1965, (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), taken
on Atriplex canescens.

Parthcnicus deletions, new species

Fig. 192

Runs in the key to the couplet with fuscipi-
lus, but differs in having only silvery sericeous
pubescence on clavus and corium; also distin-
guished by structure of the male claspers (Fig.
192).

Male. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .55 mm, vertex .27 mm; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.02 mm, reaching upon base of
posterior trochanters. Antennae: segment I,
length .21 mm, pallid, a fuscous mark at slight-
ly beyond middle; II, .82 mm, yellowish; III, .61
mm, dusky yellow; IV, broken. Pronotum, length
.37 mm, width at base .85 mm, yellowish. Scutel-
lum pallid. Dorsal surface clothed with recum-
bent to suberect, pale simple hairs, and inter-
mixed with appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence; base of pronotum with golden brown
sericeous hairs, also inner apical margin of
corium, and inner margin of cuneus with a few
golden brown hairs. Hemelytra pallid to white,
without dots or spots; membrane milky white,
with fuscous brown spot behind apex of cuneus
and a marginal brown spot near apex; veins
white. Ventral surface pallid, mesosternum fus-
cous. Legs pallid, femora with fuscous spots;
hind femora thickly marked with large and small
fuscous spots; tibiae with fuscous dots, nearlv
obsolete on posterior pair. Venter pallid; genital
segment and claspers distinctive of the species
(Fig. 192).

Holotype: tf June 27, 1924, Tucson, Arizona
(A. A. Nichol), taken at light.

Parthcnicus fuscipilus, new species

Fig. 191

Runs in the key to the couplet with atriplicis
but distinguished by large marginal fuscous
spots in the membrane and in structure of the
male claspers (Fig. 191).

Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.1 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .27 mm; pallid. Rostrum,
length 1.02 mm, reaching upon posterior tro-
chanters. Antennae: segment I, length .23 mm,
pallid; II, .82 mm, pallid; III, .44' mm. dusky
yellow; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length
.38 mm, width at base .85 mm; pallid to yellow-
ish, calli infuscated. Scutellum vellowish, basal

half pale fuscous. Hemelytra pallid to yellowish,
subtranslucent: membrane pale to milky white,
veins pale, with four rather large marginal fus-
cous spots. Dorsal surface clothed with simple
recumbent and suberect pubescent hairs, inter-
mixed with appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence, also with golden brown scalelike hairs
on scutellum, inner apical angles of corium,
inner margin and discal area of cuneus. Ven-
tral surface pale to fuscous, mesosternum black-
ish. Legs pallid, femora with fuscous spots,
front pair with transverse spots; hind femora
with numerous fuscous dots and spots, darker
above, pallid beneath. Tibiae pallid, spines pale
to dusky, with fuscous spots at base of spines.
Venter pale to fuscous; claspers distinctive of
the species ( Fig. 191 ) .

Holotype: 0" July 16, 1917, Post Creek Can-
yon, Bonita, Arizona (H. H. Knight), taken at
light trap.

Parthcnicus pilipes, new species
Fig. 186

Runs in the key to the couplet with consper-
sus but differs in having long pilose hairs on
tibiae that obscure the true spines; male clasp-
ers distinctive of the species (Fig. 186).

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.1 mm. Head:
width .64 mm, vertex .36 mm. Rostrum, length
1.3 mm. reaching upon genital segment, yellow.
Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm, yellowish,
a black dot above on apical half; II, 1.1 mm,
pale yellowish, with one or two fuscous to black
dots on basal half; III, .68 mm; IV, .30 mm. Pro-
notum, length .40 mm, width at base .98 mm;
pale to yellowish. Scutellum yellowish. Dorsal
surface clothed with recumbent to suberect
simple pale hairs, and intermixed with ap-
pressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence; with a
few golden sericeous hairs along inner margin
of cuneus. Hemelytra pallid to yellowish, with-
out spots or flecks of color; cuneus yellow to
orange yellow on apical half, also with a few
golden sericeous hairs. Membrane pale whitish,
apical half with small pale fuscous spots, discal
area free of distinct spots; veins a strong yellow.
Ventral surface yellow, mesosternum fuscous.
Legs pale to yellow, coxae strongly yellow; front
femora with a few fuscous spots on apical half;
hind femora with numerous microdots on sub-
apical area; front tibiae with black dots, also on
posterior tibiae but dots smaller, pallid, clothed
with numerous pilose hairs which obscure or
become confused with true spines. Cenital seg-
ment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 186).

138

Bbicham Young University Science Bulletin

rruJulpumaximA-

OJJ

rnMrtirnj3uJ>Kr$.

Figs. 18S-199. Male claspers. 188, Parthenicus sahulosus Van D.. right: 189, /'. trnpinosus, right; 190. P. mull-
eins Van D., right; 191, /'. fuscipilus, right; 192. P. deleticus, right- 19.3, P. conspersus, right; 194. P. tenuis
195. P. atriplicis, right; 196, P. pinicola; 197, P. selectus Kngt.; 198. P. mutipunctatus; 199. P. cuneotinctuk
Kngt.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Holotype: <? May 16, 1961, Area MD (Mer-
cury). Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck), taken at
light. Paratype: d July 20, 1962, Area JA, Ne-
vada Test Site, taken at black light.

Parthenicus conspersus, new species
Fig. 193

Runs in the key to the couplet with pilipes
from which it may be separated by lack of long
pilose hairs on tibiae; also distinguished by
structure of the male claspers (Fig. 193).

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .62 mm, vertex .27 mm; yellowish,
ventral half of lorum and apex of jugum, red.
Rostrum, length 1.22 mm, reaching upon pos-
terior trochanters. Antennae: segment I. length
.30 mm, pallid, a large setigerous mark on dorsal
aspect just beyond middle; II, 1.19 mm, pallid
to dusky, a narrow incomplete fuscous annulus
at base; III, .82 mm, dusky; IV, .34 mm, dusky.
Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at base .95
mm; pale yellowish, disk sprinkled with red
flecks, margins of calli with red. Scutellum pal-
lid, median line at base reddish, bearing a few
golden brown hairs. Dorsal surface clothed with
recumbent to suberect, simple pale hairs and
intermixed with both appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence and golden brown hairs; the
golden brown hairs form a thick spot just be-
hind apex of clavus, and smaller tufts along
inner margin of cuneus and paracuneus. Hemel-
ytra pallid, sparsely dotted with reddish flecks,
also with red flecks on veins about areoles.
Membrane and veins whitish, with two marginal
fuscous spots, also smaller spots between" and
on discal area. Ventral surface pallid and
marked with reddish. Legs pallid, femora with
numerous red spots and dots, hind femora with
fuscous brown dots and spots; tibiae with red
dots, spines pallid. Venter more red than pale;
male claspers distinctive of the species (Fi<*
193).

Female. Length 3.1 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .62 mm, vertex .36 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .27 mm, pallid, with reddish
mark just beyond middle; II, .98 mm, pallid to
dusky, scarcely darker at base; III, .72 mm; IV,
.32 mm. Pronotum, length .44 mm, width at base
1.95 mm. Slightly shorter and more robust than
the male but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

; Holotype: tf Aug. 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light. Allotype: 9 taken
with the type. Paratypes: 7d" 2 9 taken with

139

the types. 5<? 3 9 July 8, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis).

Parthenicus miniopunctatus, new species

Separated from related species by having
five fuscous dots on basal half of second an-
tennal segment; dorsal surface sprinkled with
small reddish dots.

Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.0 mm.
Head: width .66 mm. vertex .30 mm; pale yel-
lowish. Rostrum, length 1.2 mm, reaching to
base of ovipositor. Antennae: segment I, length
.20 mm, pallid, one spot on apical half; II, .78
mm, pallid, with five reddish brown dots on
dorsal aspect of basal half; III, .48 mm, pale; IV,
broken. Pronotum, length .38 mm, width at
base .78 mm; disk pale yellowish, with a few
red flecks. Scutellum pale yellowish, with a few
reddish flecks; mesonotum orange pink. Hemel-
ytra pallid to white, sprinkled with small round
reddish brown dots. Membrane milky white,
veins white: with two very weak submarginal
fuscous spots. Dorsal surface clothed with re-
cumbent to suberect, simple pale pubescent
hairs, intermixed with appressed, silvery and
golden sericeous pubescence; a small patch of
thicker golden brown scalelike hair on inner
apical angle of corium; also with more golden
than silvery hairs on middle of corium and
cuneus. Ventral surface pale to yellowish, meso-
stemum scarcely darker. Legs pale to yellowish,
hind femora with a few small dots of orange
brown; also with weak reddish brown dots on
tibiae, spines pallid.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 8. 1965. Area 17M, Neva-
da Test Site (J. M. Merino), taken at black light.

Parthenicus tennis, new species
Fig. 194

May be separated from allied species by
having fuscous spots within larger areole and on
veins; distinguished by structure of the male
claspers (Fig. 194).

Male. Length 3.7 mm. width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .58 mm, vertex .27 mm; pale and marked
with reddish. Rostrum, length 1.19 mm, reach-
ing upon middle of venter. Antennae: segment
I, length .27 mm, pale to dusky; II, .95 mm, pale
to dusky, without marks; III, .58 mm, dusky;
IV, .28 mm. Pronotum, length .44 mm, width at
base .95 mm; pale to dusky, calli and anterior
angles infuscated, disk showing several reddish
dots. Scutellum fuscous, apex paler; mesonotum
infuscated. Hemelytra pallid to dusky, clavus

140

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

pale fuscous bordering scutellum; clavus, eor-
ium and euneus sprinkled with small reddish
dots. Membrane pale milky white, marginal
area behind euneus, darkened by a fuscous
cloud, discal area and within larger areole,
marked with fuscous dots and spots. Dorsal
surface clothed with recumbent to suberect pale
pubescent hairs, intermixed with appressed,
golden sericeous pubescence; also with some
silvery sericeous pubescence on scutellum, base
of clavus, and a sparsely set transverse band
across apex of clavus and on corium to reach
the embolium; golden pubescence more abund-
ant on euneus, especially along inner margin,
and a thick patch on inner apical angle of
corium. Ventral surface infuscated, more strong-
ly on mesosternum. Legs pallid, thickly dotted
and marked with reddish brown, more heavily
and thickly on hind femora from base to apex;
tibiae with red spots at base of pallid spines.
Venter pallid to fuscous; genital claspers dis-
tinctive of the species (Fig. 194).

Holotype: d* Aug. 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light trap. Paratypes:
2d" July 8, 1930, Richfield, Utah (E. W. Davis)
at light. cT Oct. 6, 1914, Promontory, Utah (A.
Wetmore). d June 19, 1965, Area 401M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
swept from Junipenis osteosperma, which may
well be the host plant.

Paiihenicus rubtosignatus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with selectus
Kngt., but may be separated by the red dots on
embolium, euneus and veins in the membrane.

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid and
marked with dusky shading. Rostrum, length
1.36 mm, reaching beyond base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm, pallid; II,
1.1 mm, pallid; III, .58 mm, dusky; IV, broken.
Pronotum, length .44 mm, width at base .9S
mm; disk pallid, anterior angles bearing some
golden brown sealelike hairs. Scutellum and
mesonotum pallid to dusky, thickly clothed with
golden brown sericeous pubescence. Hemelytra
pallid to dusky; embolium and euneus with
strong reddish orange dots and spots. Membrane
white, apical half with pale fuscous marginal
spots; veins white, marked with reddish dots.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent and sub-
erect, pale simple pubescence, thickly inter-
mixed with appressed, golden brown, sericeous
pubescence; pronotum and middle of corium

with some patches of silvery sericeous pubes-
cence. Ventral surface pallid to fuscous. Legs
pallid, femora dusky, front pair with small red-
dish dots; hind femora shaded with fuscous,
apical half with brown spots, ventral surface
with reddish orange dots; tibial spines with
golden shine, tibial spots orange red.

Holotype: 9 June 10, 1965, Area TE, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight
& J. M. Merino).

Parthenicus pinicola, new species

Fig. 196

Runs in the key to near soror Van D., but
may be separated by the shorter second anten-
nal segment which in length does not exceed
width of pronotum at base; distinguished by
structure of the male claspers (Fig. 196).

Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .23 mm, yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.12 mm, reaching upon base of
genital segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.15 mm, reddish; II, .82 mm, yellowish; III, .51
mm, dusky yellow; IV, .27 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .40 mm, width at base .85 mm; disk
pallid, sprinkled with red dots. Scutellum pale,
sprinkled with red dots. Hemelytra pallid, rather
thickly sprinkled with hypodermal red dots and
spots; membrane fumate, unspotted; veins pallid
to reddish. Dorsal surface clothed with recum-
bent to suberect, simple pale golden yellow
hairs, intermixed with appressed, moderately
abundant silvery to golden sericeous pubes-
cence; a few golden brown hairs along inner
margin of euneus. Ventral surface pallid and
marked with reddish. Legs pallid, femora rather
thickly dotted and marked with red spots; tibiae
with bright red spots at base of golden yellow
spines.

Female. Length 2.4 mm, width 1.1 mm.
Head: width .58 mm, vertex .30 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm; II, .78 mm; III, .44
mm; IV, .24 mm. Pronotum, length .37 mm,
width at base .85 mm. Color and pubescence
verv similar to that of the male.

Holotype: d* Aug. 13, 1925, Durango, Colo-
rado (H. H. Knight), taken on Pinus edtilis.
Allotype: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes: 6 9
July 24, 1900, Salida (E. D. Ball), and 6 9 Aug.
14, 1925, Mesa Verde National Park, Colorado
(H. H. Knight). 5d" 5 9 Aug. 3, 1917, 40 mi
S of Grand View, Grand Canyon, Arizona (H.
H. Knight), taken on Pinus. 3 9 Aug. 25, 1965,
Area 12M, Nevada Test Site (J. M. Merino),
taken on Pinus monophylla.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Parthenicus brevicomis, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with pinicola,
from which it differs by the shorter second an-
tennal segment and by lack of red dots on dor-
sum.

Male. Length 3.0 mm, width .95 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .24 mm; pallid, eyes red-
dish brown. Rostrum, length 1.0 mm, reaching
to middle of venter. Antennae: segment I, length
.17 mm, pallid; II, .74 mm, cylindrical, pallid;
III, .44 mm, pale; IV, .20 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .44 mm, width at base .88 mm, later-
al margins of disk with a few long, erect pale
hairs. Scutellum pallid, with four or five red-
dish brown spots on basal half, after pubes-
cence is rubbed off. Hemelytra white, inner
apical angle of corium narrowly reddish brown,
apical half with a few faintly reddish dots;
cuneus tinged brownish on basal half. Mem-
brane pale dusky, veins pallid, tinged with red-
dish about smaller areole. Dorsal surface
sparsely clothed with simple, pallid, recum-
bent hairs, more thickly intermixed with ap-
pressed sericeous, silvery and a few golden
hairs; inner apical margin or corium, and two
spots on inner margin of cuneus with golden
brown pubescence; basal half of scutellum with
a few sericeous, golden brown hairs. Ventral
surface and legs pallid; tibiae with weak fuscous
dots.

Holotype: d" July 21, 1962, Area CE, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck), taken at black
light. Paratype: 9 July 25, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino),
taken on Gutierrezia microcephah.

Parthenicus brimlleyi, new species
Fig. 203

Runs in the key to the couplet with grex
Van Duzee, from which it may be separated by
the red lorum; distinguished bv structure of
male claspers (Fig. 203).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .34 mm; pale to
yellowish, ventral half of lorum red. Rostrum,
length 1.56 mm, reaching close to base of geni-
tal segment. Antennae: segment I, length .35
mm, pallid; II, 1.46 mm, pallid; III, 1.0 mm, pale
yellowish; IV, .47 mm, yellowish. Pronotum,
length .51 mm, width at base 1.05 mm, pale to
yellowish; propleura and anterior angles pale
fuscous, disk sprinkled with fine red dots. Scut-
ellum yellowish, with red flakes and dots.
Hemelytra pallid, sprinkled and marked with
red dots and spots, cuneus and veins closely

141

dotted widi red. Membrane pale to dusky, mar-
ginal spot behind cuneus and apical area shaded
with fuscous; veins white, marked with red.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent to sub-
erect, simple pale to golden yellow hairs, inter-
mixed with more appressed, silvery and golden
yellow, sericeous pubescence; inner margin of
cuneus with a few golden brown sericeous
hairs, but most of the pubescence has been
rubbed off before mounting. Ventral surface pal-
lid and shaded with reddish. Legs pallid, femora
dotted with red on apical half, hind pair more
heavily marked; tibiae pallid, spines and hairs
golden yellow, with small red dots at base of
spines on basal half. Genital segment and

^CTlXri VamR

Figs. 200-204. Male claspers. 200, Parthenicus soror
Van D.; 201, P. candidus Van D., right; 202, P.
nicholi Kngt., right; 203, P. hrindleiji, right; 204,
P. grex Van D., right.

142

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

claspers very distinctive of the species ( Fig.
203).

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.0 mm.
Head: width .62 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.53 mm, reaching to base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length ..34 mm; II, 1.46
mm, pallid. Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at
base 1.02 mm. Color and pubescence very simi-
lar to the male.

Holotype: d Sept. 5, 1932, Moscow Mt.
Moscow, Idaho (T. A. Brindley). Allotype: 2
Sept. 4, 1932, alt. 300 ft Moscow Mt., Moscow,
Idaho (W. E. Shull). Paratypes: 3tf Sept. 4,
1932, alt. 3000 ft, type locality (H. Cline).

Named in honor of Dr. T. A. Brindley who
collected the type specimen, and in past years
sent me various species of Miridae from his col-
lecting in Idaho.

Parthenicus cuncotinctus Knight
Fig. 199

Parthenicus cuneotinctus Knight, 1925:129.

This species was described from a specimen
taken Aug. 19, 1924, Sierrita Mts., Arizona, and
unreported elsewhere up to now. Records from
Utah: 3d" Aug. 15, 1929; d July S, 1930, Rich-
field (E. W. Davis), taken at light trap. Records
from the Nevada Test Site: Area 5M, 9 Aug. 4,
1965, on Atriplcx confertifolici; Area 16M, 20"
June 24, 1965; Area 17M, 2 Aug. 8, at black
light; 4<3* Aug. 25, 1965, on Atriplex canescens:
Area 401M, 9d" 4 2 June 20, 50* 6 2 June 22,
1965, taken on Atriplex canescens.

Parthenicus selectus Knight
Fig. 197

Parthenicus selectus Knight, 1925:121.
Described from Arizona.

Parthenicus candidus Van Duzee

Fig. 201

Parthenicus candidus Van Duzee, 1918:300.

This species is known only from southern
California.

Parthenicus nicholi Knight
Fig. 202

Parthenicus nicholi Knight, 1925:120.

Described from the Santa Catalina Mts.,
Arizona, where Mr. Nichol found it breeding
on Hyptis einonji. Closely related to candidus
Van D., but careful drawings from paratypes
show that the male claspers are different (Fig.
202).

Parthenicus soror Van Duzee
Fig. 200

Psalhis soror Van Duzee, 1917:280.
Parthenicus soror Van Duzee, 1918:302.

This species was described from Stockton,
California, and I now have specimens from
Richfield, Utah (E. W. Davis).

Parthenicus grex Van Duzee
Fig. 204

Parthenicus grex Van Duzee, 1925:403.

Described from Stockton, California. The
drawing of the male clasper is from a paratype.

Cenus Parthenicus Reuter
Key to the Species, Section II

1. Membrane uniformly fuscous, unspotted 3

Membrane fuscous, but distinctly irrorate with large and small pale spots 2

2. Membrane fuscous, but irrorate with numerous pale spots: length 3.6 mm

irroratus Kngt.

Membrane fuscous, but with a large marginal pale spot each side and one on
apex; length 3.4 mm muchmorei, n. sp.

3. Antennal segment I pallid to yellowish, dorsal aspect with a strong setigerous

red spot on apical half; length 3.2 mm ruber Van D.

Antennal segment I without a strong red spot on apical half

4. Antennal segment I brownish black, femora likewise: length 3.5 mm.

basicornis, n. sp.

Antennal segment I and the femora not brownish black 5

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 143

5. Length of first antenna] segment not equal to width of vertex 6

Length of male antennal segment I equal to or slightly exceeding width of ver-
tex; dorsal surface rather uniformly sprinkled with reddish dots and spots;
veins about areoles white, but marked with red dots; length 3.7 mm
brunneus Van D.

6. Clavus pallid or pale, sometimes with a few scattered red dots 7

Clavus red on base, sometimes by a concentration of red dots 13

7. Veins in membrane with red, at least red around smaller areole 10

Veins in membrane not red. not having more than 3 or 4 red dots 8

S. Antennae long, length of segment II exceeding width of pronotum plus width of
head; length 4.1 mm femoratus Van D.

Antennal segment II in length, subequal to width of pronotum 9

9. Rostrum just reaching to apex of hind coxae; length 3.6 mm .. nicholellus, n. sp.

Rostrum reaching behind coxae or to middle of the venter; length 2.5 mm

fuscosus, n. sp.

10. Clavus with red spots or flecks 11

Clavus white, unspotted; length 3.3 mm nevadensis, n. sp.

11. Hemelytra white, bearing silvery sericeous pubescence, with golden pubescence

onlv at inner apical angle of corium; length 3.4 mm utahensis, n. sp.

Hemelytra pallid, bearing silvery and golden sericeous pubescence, intermixed

on clavus and corium 12

12. Femora and tibia with red dots; claspers distinctive (Fig. 209); length 2.5 mm

rubropunctipes, n. sp.

Femora with fuscous dots and fuscous shading; claspers distinctive (Fig. 210);
length 2.7 mm obsoletus, n. sp.

13(6). Clavus with red on base, paler acrosss middle 14

Clavus not strongly red on base, not paler across middle 16

14. Front and middle femora pallid or green; length 2.6 mm pictus Kngt.

Front and middle femora dotted with red, similar to the hind femora 15

15. Rostrum reaching upon hind coxae; male right clasper broad, with a short point

apically (Fig. 222); length 3.4 mm oreades Kngt.

Rostrum reaching beyond hind coxae; male right clasper more slender, with a
long projecting sharp point at posterior dorsal angle (Fig. 212); length 3.2
mm cercocarpi, n. sp.

16. Length of second antennal segment not exceeding width of pronotum 17

Length of second antennal segment greater than width of pronotum; femora
chiefly red, hind pair irrorate with pale spots on dorsal surface; length 3.4
mm pallid icol1 is Van D.

144 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

17. Rostrum reaching beyond posterior trochanters 18

Rostrum just reaching upon posterior trochanters; length 3.5 mm

cowaniae, n. sp.

IS. Hind femora chiefly red, with red flakes and spots of red 20

Hind femora chiefly fuscous, with fuscous spots above and reddish brown be-
neath ■. 1

19. Femora shaded and dotted with fuscous to black; male right clasper distinctive

(Fig. 219); length 2.7 mm becki, n. sp.

Femora marked and shaded with red; male right clasper distinctive (Fig. 216);
length 3.3 mm ribesi, n. sp.

20. Male right clasper distinctive (Fig. 223), having terminal prong curved mesad;

length 2.6 mm incurvus, n. sp.

Male right clasper (Fig. 215) with terminal prong curved dorsad; length 2.9
mm rufiguttatus, n. sp.

Parthcnicus muchmot

ei, new species

Allied to irroratus Kngt. but distinguished
by having only four large pale spots in the
membrane.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .58 mm, vertex .32 mm; yellowish
and marked with red. Rostrum, buried in glue
but it apparently reaches upon hind coxae. An-
tennae: segment I, length .27 mm, pallid, with
transverse reddish mark just beyond middle;

II, 1.1 mm, pallid, with reddish spot near base;

III, buried in glue. Pronotum, length .44 mm,
width at base .98 mm; disk pallid, with several
large and small red spots, anterior margin solid
red. Scutellum pale to dusky, marked with red
spots. Hemelytra with costal margins moderate-
ly arcuate; pallid, dotted and sprinkled with
red flecks and spots, a larger patch of red on
apex of corium and tip of cuneus; embolium,
radial and claval veins with linear series of red
dots. Membrane fuscous, discal area, apex, and
marginal spot each side pale; veins red. Dorsal
surface clothed with recumbent and suberect
pale simple hairs, and thickly intermixed with
appressed, silvery and golden brown sericeous
pubescence; a thick spot of golden brown to
black scalelike hairs behind tip of clavus, and
smaller spots of golden brown hairs on inner
margin of cuneus. Ventral surface pallid and
shaded with fuscous and red. Legs pallid, fe-
mora thicklv spotted and dotted with red; hind
femora darker and more heavily marked with
reddish spots and marks. Tibiae white, bearing

long pallid spines, and with prominent red spots
at base of each.

Holotype. 9 May 29, 1931, Camp Baldy,
California (L. L. Muchmore), taken at light.
Named for the collector who years ago sent
specimens for identification.

Parthcnicus basicornis, new species
Fig. 208

Distinguished from related species by the
brownish black first antennal segment, and by
structure of the male claspers (Fig. 208).

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .30 mm; fuscous to reddish
brown. Rostrum, length 1.42 mm, reaching to
middle of venter. Antennae: segment I, length
.24 mm, brownish black; II, 1.30 mm, pale fus-
cous; III, broken. Pronotum, length .44 mm,
width at base .92 mm; fuscous. Scutellum pale
fuscous. Hemelytra pallid to dusky, or very pale
fuscous. Membrane and veins uniformly pale
dusky brown. Dorsal surface clothed with re-
cumbent to suberect pale to yellowish simple
hairs, intermixed with appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence. Ventral surface pale dusky
brown to fuscous. Legs pale dusky brown, fe-
mora darker, near brownish black; tibiae pallid
to dusky, impunctate. Cenital segment and
claspers distinctive of the species (Fig. 208).

Holotype: d July 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in light trap.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

145

Parthenicus nicholellus, new species

Fig. 206

Runs in the key to the couplet with fus-
cosus from which it may be separated by the
shorter rostrum; distinguished by structure of
the male claspers (Fig. 206).

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.15 mm. Head:
Head: width .66 mm, vertex .23 mm; pallid.
Rostrum, length 1.05 mm, reaching upon apex
of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .24
mm, pale to dusky; II, 1.10 mm, pale to yel-
lowish; III, .68 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .31 mm,
dusky. Pronotum, length .47 mm, width at base
1.05 mm; disk pale, with a few brownish flecks
and dots. Scutellum pale, fuscous on basal half.
Hemelytra pallid, sprinkled with dots and flecks
of reddish brown; membrane uniformly dusky
brown, veins dusky, pallid about smaller areole.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent to sub-
erect pale to yellowish simple hairs, intermixed
with appressed, silvery and golden sericeous
pubescence, more golden brown behind apex of
clavus and along inner edge of cuneus. Ventral
surface pallid to brownish, darker on meso-
sternum. Legs pallid, tinged with dusky brown,
darker on hind femora; femora dotted and
marked with brown and orange brown; tibiae
more pallid, spines pallid, and having weak
brownish dots at base. Genital claspers dis-
tinctive of the species (Fig. 206).

Female. Length 3.1 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width 1.15 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum
reaching upon posterior trochanters. Antennae:
segment I, length .22 mm, pale fuscous; II, .88
mm, pale to dusky brown; III, .62 mm, duskv;
IV, .35 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .40 mm,
width at base .95 mm. Very similar to the male
in color and pubescence.

Holotype: rf April 19, 1926, alt. 2400 ft,
Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: 9
same data as the type. Paratvpes: 3 c? 3 9
taken with the types.

Parlhenieus fuscosus, new species

Fig. 207

Runs in the key to the couplet with nicholel-
lus from which it differs in the long rostrum;
distinguished bv structure of the male claspers
(Fig. 207).

Male. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .61 mm, vertex .20 mm; vellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.15 mm, reaching to middle of
venter. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm,

205

uhm&r\AL&

Figs. 205-208
sis; 206,

bocyimjuy

Male claspers. 205, Parlhenieus utahen-
P. nicholellus, right; 207, P. fuscosus,

right; 208, P. basicomis, right.

146

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

yellowish; II, .85 mm, uniformly yellowish; III,
.51 mm, yellowish; IV, .30 mm, dusky. Prono-
tum, length .40 mm, width at base .88 mm; disk
pale yellowish, calli and anterior angles more
yellowish. Scutellum yellowish, mesoscutum
brownish. Hemelytra pale to yellowish, pigment
in the hypodermis tends to coagulate into ir-
regular spots and dots, with two or three red
flecks on apical third of embolium. Membrane
uniformly pale dusky, veins opaque yellowish.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent to sub-
erect, pale to yellowish simple hairs, intermixed
with appressed silvery and golden sericeous pu-
bescence, with some golden brown hairs behind
tip of clavus and along inner edge of cuneus.
Ventral surface pallid to yellowish. Legs pale
yellowish, hind femora duskv, with numerous
fine dusky to fuscous dots and marks, devoid of
red marks; tibiae pale yellowish, with red dots
at base of the yellowish spines. Venter uniform-
ly pale yellowish; genital claspers distinctive
(Fig. 207), related to pinicola but differences
are shown in the figures.

Female. Length 2.5 mm, width .98 mm.
Head: width .54 mm, vertex .27 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.15 mm, reaching upon base of oviposi-
tor. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base .95
mm. Very similar to the male in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: J1 Sept. 5, 1931, Seligman, Ari-
zona (H. H. Knight), taken on limber pine,
Pinus flexilis. Allotype: 9 same data as the
type. Paratype: 9 taken with the types.

Parthenicus nevadensis, new species
Fig. 213

Runs in the key close to utahensis from
which it may be separated by the white, un-
spotted clavus; male claspers distinctive of
the species.

Male. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .28 mm; pale yellowish,
gena with red. Rostrum, length 1.0 mm, reach-
ing to middle of venter. Antennae: segment I,
length .20 mm, pallid; II, .95 mm, pallid; III,
..58 mm, pale; IV, .30 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length .40 mm, width at base .95 mm; disk with
a few red flecks. Scutellum except apex, fus-
cous; bearing sericeous golden brown pubes-
cence. Hemelytra pallid or white, apical area of
eorium and the cuneus marked with red. Mem-
brane uniformly pale fuscous, veins mostly red.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent to sub-
erect, simple pallid hairs, intermixed with sil-
very and some golden sericeous pubescence;

area behind apex of clavus and along inner
margin of cuneus, bearing spots and clumps of
golden brown scalelike hairs. Ventral surface
pallid, mesosternum fuscous. Legs pallid, all
femora with red spots and dots; tibiae and
spines pallid, with brownish to red spots. Ven-
ter pallid, sprinkled with red flecks; claspers
distinctive of the species. (Fig. 213).

Holotype: tf June 22, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no).

Parthenicus utahensis, new species
Fig. 205

Runs in the key near nevadensis from which
it may be separated by the red dots and flecks
on dorsal surface; distinguished from related
species bv structure of the male claspers ( Fig.
205).

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .54 mm, vertex .27 mm; pallid, with a
touch of red on sides of clypeus and apex of
lorum. Rostrum imbedded in glue of point
mount, but it apparently reaches behind pos-
terior coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .20
mm, white, with a setigerous red dot on apical
half; II, .95 mm, pallid; III, .62 mm, yellowish;
IV, .28 mm, yellowish. Pronotum, length .40 mm,
width at base .90 mm; disk white, sprinkled with
several red dots. Scutellum pallid on apex, basal
half fuscous, bearing a spot of golden brown
scalelike hairs on each basal angle. Hemelytra
white, with a linear arrangement of red spots
on clavus, along radial vein, and bordering inner
margin of eorium; also with 3 or 4 red dots on
cuneus. Membrane uniformly pale fuscous, veins
red. Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent and
suberect pale to yellowish simple hairs, inter-
mixed with appressed silvery sericeous pubes-
cence; extending along inner margin of cuneus
and to apex of clavus, are tufts and spots of
golden brown scalelike hairs. Ventral surface
pallid, mesosternum fuscous. Legs pallid, femora
marked with numerous spots and dots of red;
tibiae white, bearing white bristles which have
bright red dots at base. Venter pallid, flecked
with red dots; claspers distinctive of the species
(Fig. 205).

Holotype: d Aug. 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in a light trap. Paratypes:
d July 8, 1965, Area ISM, Nevada Test Site
(D E. Beck & J. M. Merino), a teneral speci-
men taken on Artemisia. 9 Aug. 8, 1965, Area
17M, Nevada Test Site (J. M. Merino), taken
at black light.

Jiw6\(mu/riclLypjuy

OfriO&UX^

MlRCDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Parthenicus rubropunctipes, new species
Fig. 209

Runs in the key to the couplet with obsoletus
from which it differs by the red spots and dots
on femora; distinguished by structure of the
male claspers (Fig. 209).

Male. Length 2.4 mm, width .88 mm. Head:
width .58 mm, vertex .20 mm; yellowish, mar-
gins of lorum, jugum and sides of clypeus, red.
Rostrum, length .95 mm, reaching to middle of
venter. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm,
yellowish, base and apex with red; II, .95 mm,
yellowish; III, broken. Pronotum, length ..34 mm,
width at base .92 mm; disk pale vellowish,
sprinkled with minute red flecks. Scutellum
yellowish, also with small red flecks. Hemelytra
pale to yellowish, clavus with a few small red
flecks; cuneus with more red near apex. Mem-
brane uniformly pale dusky brown, veins red, a
white spot at apex of larger areole. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent and suberect pale
simple hairs, intermixed with appressed golden
and silvery, sericeous pubescence; with golden
brown hairs more abundant behind apex of
clavus, also spots of golden brown .scalelike
hairs along inner margin of cuneus. Ventral sur-
face pale to reddish, more red on sides of thorax.
Legs pallid, femora with numerous red spots
and dots, hind femora more thickly and strongly-
marked; tibiae and spines pallid, with bright red
spots at base of spines, although smaller and
nearly obsolete on apical half. Venter pale,
sprinkled and marked with red flecks and spots;
genital claspers distinctive of the species (Fie
209). &'

Female. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.1 mm.
Head: width .58 mm, vertex .28 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.1 mm, reaching to near base of ovi-
positor. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm,
marked with red; II, .92 mm, pale yellowish;
III, .61 mm, yellowish; IV, broken. Pronotum,
length .40 mm, width at base .88 mm. Color
and pubescence very similar to that of the male.

Holotype: d Sept. 1928, Tucson, Arizona (A.
A. Nichol). Allotype: $ Sept. 2, 1928, alt. 3300
ft, Rincon Mrs., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Parthenicus obsoletus, new species
Fig. 210

Runs in the key to the couplet with rubro-
punctipes but differs in having femora marked

, ... r ... , & , UlttlHOU ».uu, .J.J ll.l,,, VC-IICA . X C7 IIlIIi; VeilOWlSIl. Jt\OS-

onh with fuscous; distinguished by structure of trum. length .95 mm, reaching upon posterior
the male claspers (Fig. 210). trochanters. Antennae: segment I, length .17

147

noAmaswuuAs

Figs. 209-213. Right clasper of male. 209. Parthenicus
rubropunctipes- 210, P. obsoletus; 211, P. cowaniae;
212, P. ccrcocarpi; 213, P. nevadensis.

Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.0 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .19 mm; yellowish. Ros-

148

mm, yellowish; II, .98 mm, yellowish; III, .68
mm, yellowish; IV, .34 mm, yellowish. Prono-
tum, length .40 mm, width at base .86 mm; pale
to yellowish, disk sprinkled with a few red
flecks. Seutellum yellowish. Hemelytra pale yel-
lowish, bearing a few scattered red flecks,
cuneus with flecks and a red spot before apex;
membrane uniformly brown fumate, veins red, a
white spot on apex of larger areole. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent and suberect, pale
or yellowish simple hairs, intermixed with ap-
pressed silvery and golden sericeous pubes-
cence; with a concentration of golden to golden
brown scalelike hairs behind apex of clavus
and spots along inner margin of cuneus. Ven-
tral surface yellowish to fuscous. Legs pale yel-
lowish; hind femora dusky yellow, marked with
numerous large and small fuscous dots and
spots; front and middle femora with a few red-
dish dots; tibiae with red dots and pale spines,
red dots nearly obsolete on hind tibiae. Venter
yellowish, genital claspers distinctive of the
species (Fig. 210).

Holotype: d" July 22, 1917, Santa Cruz river,
near Tucson, Arizona (H. H. Knight), taken at
light. Paratype: cf same data as the type.

Parthenicus ceicocarpi, new species
Fig. 212

Runs in the key to the couplet with oread 'es
Kngt. from which it may be separated by the
longer rostrum that projects beyond posterior
coxae; distinguished by structure of the male
claspers (Fig. 212).

Male. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .64 mm, vertex .27 mm; yellowish, red-
dish on ventral margin of lorum. Rostrum,
length 1.15 mm, reaching slightly behind pos-
terior coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .21
mm, yellowish; II, .95 mm, pale to yellowish;
III, .61 mm, yellowish; IV, .30 mm, yellowish.
Pronotum, length .50 mm, width at base .98
mm, pale to yellowish, disk sprinkled with sev-
eral red flecks. Seutellum, reddish, apex pallid.
Hemelytra with white ground color, largely
covered with patches, reticulate spots and dots
of red; embolium and corium exterior to radial
vein chiefly white, but marked with red spots
and dots. Membrane rather uniformly pale fus-
cous, veins red. Dorsal surface clothed with re-
cumbent to suberect, pale to yellowish simple
hairs, intermixed with appressed, silvery, and
some golden sericeous pubescence; basal half of
seutellum, a patch just behind apex of clavus
and tufts along inner margin of cuneus, bear-

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

ing golden brown scalelike pubescence. Ventral
surface pale to yellowish, venter sprinkled with
flecks of red. Legs pale to yellowish, femora
with red dots and spots, hind pair more thickly
marked with red; tibiae pallid, with double row
of red dots, and yellowish spines arise from
these dots. Genital segment and claspers dis-
tinctive of the species (Fig. 212).

Female. Length 3.1 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .64 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.15 mm, reaching to near base of ovi-
positor. Antennae: segment I, length .21 mm,
reddish on base; II, .95 mm, pale to yellowish;
III, ..54 mm, yellowish brown; IV, .30 mm,
brownish. Pronotum, length .48 mm, width at
base 1.05 mm. Dorsal surface more broadly
pale but pubescence and color very similar to
the male.

Holotype: d June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft, Chi-
ricahua Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype:
9 same data as the type. Paratypes: 3d" 3 9
taken with the types on Cercocaipus pauciden-
tatus on which the species was breeding.

Fartltenicus coicaniae, new species

Fig. 211

Runs in the key near to ribesi and becki, but
differs from both by the shorter rostrum; dis-
tinguished by structure of the male claspers
(Fig. 211).

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .28 mm; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.29 mm, reaching upon posterior
trochanters. Antennae: segment I, length .24
mm, yellowish; II, 1.1 mm, pale yellowish; III,
broken. Pronotum, length .51 mm, width at base
1.15 mm; yellowish. Seutellum yellowish to fus-
cous, with golden pubescence. Hemelytra pallid
to yellowish and fuscous; inner half of clavus
and inner apical half of corium, shaded with
fuscous; outer half of corium and the embolium
paler, and with flakes of red in the hypodermis;
cuneus with flecks and spots of hypodermal
red. Membrane uniformly fuscous, veins red, a
white spot on apex of larger areole. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent to suberect, pallid
to golden simple hairs, intermixed with ap-
pressed golden to golden brown sericeous pu-
bescence, thicker and more golden brown be-
hind apex of clavus and tufts along inner mar-
gin of cuneus; with a transverse band of sil-
very sericeous pubescence across middle of
corium and covering apical fourth of the clavus,
also some silvery hairs on base of cuneus, on
base of clavus, and intermixed on seutellum.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

149

Ventral surface yellowish to dusky, the meso-
sternum with fuscous. Legs pale yellowish, fe-
mora shaded with fuscous, marked by numerous
closely crowded points of fuscous; tibiae pallid to
dusky, marked by minute dots of fuscous at base
of spines. Male genital segment and claspers
distinctive of the species (Fig. 211).

Female. Length 2.7-2.9 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .64 mm, vertex .30 mm. Rostrum
reaching upon posterior trochanters. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm; II, .92 mm; III, .48
mm. Pronotum, length .51 mm, width at base
1.10 mm. Shorter and broader than the male,
but very similar in pubescence and coloration.

Holotype: tf Aug. 3, 1917, Grand View,
Grand Canyon, Arizona (H. H. Knight), taken
on cliff rose, Coicania stansburiana, which is
the host plant of the species. Allotype: 9 taken
with the type. Paratypes: 26 <$ 20? taken with
the types on cliff rose. 6d" 5 9 June 18, 1925,
Williams (A. A. Nichol); d" 9 Sept. 6, 1931,
Grand View, Grand Canyon ( H. H. Knight ) ;
cT 2 9 June 28, 1940, Williams (L. L. Stitt); J
9 Aug. 1, 1914, Hermit Rim Road, Grand Can-
yon, Arizona (J. C. Bradley).

Parthenicus becki, new species
Fig. 219

Allied to ribesi but may be separated by the
fuscous marks and shading on femora; distin-
guished by structure of male claspers (Fig. 219).

Male. Length 2.7 mm, width 1.1 mm. Head:
width .58 mm, vertex .27 mm; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.12 mm, reaching upon seventh
ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.17 mm, dusky yellow; II, .81 mm, pale yel-
lowish; III, .44 mm, dusky; IV, .27 mm, fuscous.
Pronotum, length .41 mm, width at base .95
mm; pale, calli yellowish, disk with a few orange
colored flecks. Scutellum fuscous, bearing gold-
en brown sericeous hairs. Hemelvtra pallid,
marked with numerous orange colored spots and
dots, apical half of corium shaded with orange
and fuscous; cuneus orange red. Membrane fus-
cous, veins red orange. Dorsal surface clothed
with recumbent to suberect, pale to yellowish
simple hairs, intermixed with appressed silvery
and golden sericeous pubescence; scutellum,
spot behind apex of clavus and along inner
edge of cuneus, set with tufts and spots of
scalelike golden brown hairs. Ventral surface
pallid to dusky and shaded with fuscous. Legs
pale to dusky, hind femora thickly dotted and
marked with fuscous; front femora with a few

orange red dots; tibiae pallid, having reddish
orange setigerous dots. Venter pale to dusky
yellow, without dots; male claspers distinctive of
the species (Fig. 219).

Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .58 mm, vertex .30 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.2 mm, reaching upon base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length .18 mm; II, .85 mm;
III, .48 mm; IV, .30 mm. Pronotum, length .40
mm, width at base .95 mm. Very similar to the
male in color and pubescence.

Holotype: S June 20, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no). Allotype: 9 June 15, 1965, Area 6M, Ne-
vada Test Site. Paratypes: 6 9 June 15, 1965,
Area 6M; 3 9 June 13, 1965, Area CM; d
June 20, 1965, Area 401M; 9 June 18, 1964,
Area 12CI, Nevada Test Site.

Parthenicus ribesi, new species
Fig. 216

Allied to becki, but larger and the femora
strongly dotted and marked with red; distin-
guished by structure of the male claspers ( Fig.
216).

Male. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.2 mm. Head:
width .62 mm, vertex .30 mm; pallid, face
strongly marked with red. Rostrum, length 1.22
mm, extending slightly beyond posterior tro-
chanters. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm,
red; II, 1.09 mm, pale to yellowish; III, .68 mm,
yellowish; IV, .30 mm, fuscous. Pronotum,
length .51 mm, width at base 1.05 mm; pallid,
disk flecked with red. Scutellum fuscous red.
Hemelvtra pallid, thickly marked with dots and
flake spots of red, inner apical half of corium
shaded with red; cuneus red, edges with spots
and dots of red; membrane uniformly fuscous,
veins red. Dorsal surface clothed with recum-
bent and suberect, pallid to yellowish simple
hairs, intermixed with appressed silvery and
golden sericeous pubescence; also with golden
brown sericeous hairs behind apex of clavus
and along inner edge of cuneus. Ventral sur-
face reddish, paler areas with red dots. Femora
thickly dotted and marked with red spots, hind
femora shaded with red on dorsal aspect; tibiae
pallid, marked with setigerous red dots, more
obsolete on apical half. Venter thickly marked
with red dots and flakes; genital claspers dis-
tinctive of the species (Fig. 216).

Female. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.05 mm.
Head: width .58 mm, vertex .30 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.12 mm, reaching upon base of oviposi-

150

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Figs. 214-217. Right clasper of male. 214. Parthenicus
pallidicollis Van D.; 21.5. P. mfiguttatus; 216, P.
ribesi; 217, P. femoratus Van D.

tor. Antennae: segment I, length .17 mm; II, .81
mm; III, .61 mm; IV, .27 mm. Pronotum, length
.38 mm, width at base .88 mm. Hemelytra
shorter, but color and pubescence very similar
to the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 24, 1925, Estes Park, Colo-
rado (II. H. Knight), taken on Ribes. Allotype:
9 same data as the tvpe. Paratypes: d 9
taken with the types on Ribes. d June 5, 1900,
Fort Collins, Colorado (E. D. Ball).

Parthenicus incurvus, new species

Fig. 223

Runs in the key to the couplet with rufigut-
iatus, from which the males can best be separ-
ated by the distinctive claspers ( Fig. 223 ) .

Male. Length 2.6 mm, width 1.02 mm. Head:
width .57 mm, vertex .27 mm; yellowish, tinted
reddish below. Rostrum, length 1.22 mm, reach-
ing to near middle of genital segment. Antennae:
segment I, length .17 mm, pale to reddish; II,
.78 mm, pale to yellowish; III, .47 mm; IV, .23
mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .40 mm, width at
base .95 mm; disk pallid, thickly and strongly
marked with spots of deep red. Scutellum red,
margins show breaks in the red. Hemelytra
chiefly deep rose red, broken by dots, spots and
irregular patches of pale ground color show on
the clavus; cuneus red, membrane uniformly
fuscous, veins red. Dorsal surface clothed with
recumbent and suberect pale simple hairs, inter-
mixed with appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence, also some golden to golden brown seri-
ceous .scalelike hairs behind apex of clavus and
along inner margin of cuneus. Ventral surface
reddish. Legs pallid to reddish, hind femora
reddish, dots and spots blended together; tibiae
pallid, strongly marked with red dots. Venter
solid red; male claspers distinctive of the species
(Fig. 223).

Holotype: d July 21, 1965, Area 401M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino),
taken at black light. Paratypes: 2 9 imperfect
specimens taken with the tvpe. d Aug. 3, 1964,
Area ECB; 9 Julv 21, 1962, Area CE; d Aug.
7, 1964, Area CB, Nevada Test Site, all at black-
light.

Parthenicus mfiguttatus, new species

Fig. 21.5

Allied to incurvus, females very similar; best
distinguished by structure of the male claspers
(Fig. 215) where differences may be observed.

Male. Length 2.9 mm, width 1.10 mm. Head:
width .61 mm, vertex .21 mm. Rostrum, length
1.08 mm, reaching upon base of genital seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length .20 mm, yel-
lowish, red at base; II, .S8 mm, yellowish; III,
.44 mm, yellowish; IV, broken. Pronotum,

MtRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

151

length .44 mm, width at base .92 mm; pallid,
sprinkled with small and large red spots. Scutel-
lum red, apex pale. Hemelytra with ground
color pallid, thickly covered by spots, dots and
patches of rose red, leaving nearly half the area
in ground color. Membrane pale fuscous brown,
veins red. Dorsal surface clothed with recum-
bent to semierect, pallid to yellow simple hairs,
intermixed with appressed, silvery sericeous, and
smaller amounts of golden brown pubescence;
also with golden brown hairs behind apex of
clavus and along inner margin of cuneus. Ven-
tral surface red. Legs red, coxae paler on apices;
femora red, front pair showing spots more clear-
ly, hind pair with spots distinct only on apices
and ventral surface; tibiae pallid, pallid spines
with red spots at base. Venter red, genital seg-
ment yellowish to red; claspers distinctive of the
species (Fig. 215).

Female. Length 2.8 mm, width 1.2 mm.
Head: width .61 mm, vertex .30 mm; yellowish,
more reddish beneath. Rostrum, length 1.12 mm,
reaching upon base of ovipositor. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm, yellowish to reddish;
II, .92 mm, yellowish; III, broken. Pronotum,
length .40 mm, width at base .98 mm. Pubes-
cence similar to the male, but color lighter, red
on the dorsum reduced to irregular patches,
spots and dots.

Holotvpe: cf May 12, 1929, Tucson, Arizona
(E. D. Ball). Allotype: 9 same data as the tvpe.
Paratypes: 5cf 19 taken with the types.

Parthenicus pictus Knight
Fig. 220

Parthenicus pictus Knight, 1925:121.

Described and known from Arizona. Record
from the Nevada Test Site: 9 Aug. 15, 1965,
Area M (Mercury) (J. M. Merino), taken at
incandescent light.

Parthenicus oreades Knight
Fig. 222

Parthenicus oreades Knight, 1925:122.

Known from Arizona and Colorado. Col-
lected on Ceanothus fendleri.

Parthenicus paltidicollis Van Duzee

Fig. 214

Parthenicus paltidicollis Van Duzee, 1925:402.
Known from California.

Figs. 218-222. Right clasper of male. 218, Parthenicus
ruber Van D.; 219, P. hecki; 220, P. pictus Kngt.;
221, P. brunneus Van D.; 222, P. oreades Kngt.

152 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Parthenicus bitumens Van Duzee Parthenicus ruber Van Duzee

Fig. 221 Fig. 218

Parthenicus brunneus Van Duzee, 1925:400. Parthenicus ruber Van Duzee, 1917:276.

Known from California. Known from Placer County, California.

Parthenicus femoratus (Van Duzee)

Parthenicus irroratus Knight Pi„ 217

Fig. 225

Knight,
Known from Arizona. Known from San Diego County, California.

Argyrocoris femoratus Van Duzee, 1916:225
Parthenicus irroratus Knight, 1925:124. Parthenicus femoratus Carvalho, 1958:123.

Genus Parthenicus Reuter
Key to the Species, Section III

1. Hemelytra green, veins bright red; length 3.2 mm rufivenosus Kngt

Hemelytra not green 2

2. First antennal segment black, segment II pallid; length 3.4 mm

boutclouae, n. sp.

First antennal segment not black 3

3. Length of antennal segment II in male, not equal to width of pronotum at base 4

Length of antennal segment II in male, exceeds width of pronotum at base 7

4. Color of scutellum and hemelytra not uniformly reddish brown 5

Color of scutellum and hemelytra uniformly reddish brown; length ( cf ) 3.7
mm, ( 9 ) 3.3 mm rufusculus Kngt.

5. Posterior femora with reddish or fuscous dots 6

Posterior femora and all legs, uniformly pallid; length (?) 2.4 mm

pallipes, n. sp.

6. Posterior femora red on apical half; length 2.5 mm micans Kngt.

Posterior femora pallid, apical half with fuscous dots, sometimes with a few
reddish brown dots beneath; length 3.2 mm covillcae Van D.

7. Antennal segment I and the dorsal surface, rather uniformly dusky red: length

3.1 mm picicollis Van D.

Dorsal surface not uniformly reddish; antennal segment I red; femora red, paler
on base; length 2.8 mm discalis Van D.

Parthenicus rufusculus Knight Parthenicus rufivenosus Knight

Fig. 226 pig 22g

Parthenicus rufusculus Knight, 1925:126.

,.. ' „, . . . Parthenicus rufivenosus Knight, 1925:128.

Known from lucson, Arizona, and from the ' &

test site as follows: 2 J1 June 10, 1965, Area 5M Known from Bonita, Tucson, Oracle, and

(D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino). Santa Rita Mts., Arizona.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

153

Farthenicus mieans Knight

Fig. 224

farthenicus mieans Knight, 1925:123.

Known from Tucson and the Huachuca Mts.,
Arizona.

Parthenicus discalis Van Duzee

Parthenicns discalis Van Duzee, 1925:403.
Described from Mt. Wilson, California.

Parthenicus picicollis Van Duzee

Fig. 227

Parthenicus picicollis Van Duzee, 1916:226.

Described from San Diego County, Cali-
fornia, taken on Adenostoma. d" Oct. 17, 1927,
Maricopa, Pinal County, Arizona (J. A. Kusche).

Parthenicus covilleae Van Duzee
Fig. 228

Parthenicus covilleae Van Duzee, 1918:300.
Parthenicus percroceus Van Duzee, 1923:156.

This species was first described from Palm
Springs, California, where specimens were taken
on Covillea. Later, Van Duzee (1923) described
females of the same species as percroceus, speci-
mens recorded as from creosote bush (Larrca)
at Guadalupe Point and Carmen Island, Lower
California. I have a female paratype of percro-
ceus and find it identical with female paratypes
of covilleae Van D. I also have specimens taken
on Larrca at Tucson, Arizona, which are iden-
tical with the type material mentioned above.
Botanists now place Covillea as a synonym of
Larrea, the creosote bush. It now appears from
material examined that Parthenicus covilleae
Van D. is found on Larrea divaricata over the
range of this plant in Arizona, southern Cali-
fornia and Nevada.

Additional records: NEVADA: Area 5\I,
d" 3 9 June 10, 4 d 2 9 Aug. 28, 1965, taken
on creosote bush, Larrea divaricata Cav.; Area
6M. 5cf 4 9 Aug. 13, 1965; Area 12M, S June
11, 1965; Area 401M, 9 June 18, 1965; Area TM,
<S June 14, 1965; Area MT, d" Aug. 10, 1965
(D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino);
Area 5A, 9 July 27, 1962; Area 5A, 9 June 10,
1964, Nevada Test Site, d* 3 9 Oct. 15, 1929,
Glendale (D. E. Fox). ARIZONA: d* 3 9 July
22, 1925, alt. 2400 ft; d April 19, 3 9 June 7,
1924, Tucson (A. A. Nichol), taken on Larrea:
5 July 19, 1917, Texas Pass (H. H. Knight), at
light; 2 9 June 15, 1925, alt. 7000 ft, Williams

iA^oW^y Krndt.

Figs. 223-227. Right clasper of male. 223, Parthenicus
incurvus; 224. P. mieans Kngt.; 225, P. irroratus
Kngt.; 226, P. rufusculus Kngt.; 227, P. picicollis
Van D.

154

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

(A. A. Nichol); 2 9 Aug. 5, 1955, Portal (R. R.
Dreisbach). TEXAS: 4 9 July 9, 1917, Fabens
(H. H. Knight), taken on Larrea glutinosa.

Parthenicus houtelouae, new species

Fig. 230

Distinguished from allied species by the
black first antennal segment, and uniformly sil-
very sericeous pubescence on the dorsum and
the venter; male claspers distinctive (Fig. 230).

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.22 mm; cly-
peus and lower face fuscous to black, frons

228

OJ^AiXmjLVojriD.

230

ScnjMaytiaJi

Figs. 228-230. Right clasper of male. 228, Parthenicus
covilleae Van D.; 229, P. rufivenosus Kngt.; 230,
P. houtelouae.

with transverse fuscous lines. Head: width .64
mm, vertex .36 mm. Rostrum, length 1.22 mm,
reaching upon seventh ventral segment. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .23 mm, black; II, .98
mm, pallid to yellowish; III, .68 mm, dusky yel-
low; IV, .37 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .47
mm, width at base 1.0 mm; pallid, calli outlined
with fuscous. Scutellum fuscous, paler on
median line. Hemelytra uniformly pallid to
white, cuneus yellowish, inner edge and extend-
ing forward to tip of clavus, red. Membrane
uniformly fuscous brown, veins red. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent to suberect, pallid
and yellowish simple hairs, intermixed with ap-
pressed, silvery sericeous pubescence, a few
golden brown sericeous hairs behind apex of
clavus and inner margin of cuneus. Ventral sur-
face pallid to yellowish, mesosternum fuscous;
venter fuscous to black, sides thickly clothed
with silvery sericeous pubescence. Legs pale to
vellowish, hind femora with a row of dorsal
microdots, also with a few scattered dots on
apical area; tibiae pallid, without dots; tarsi
fuscous. Genital segment and claspers distinc-
tive of the species (Fig. 230).

Female. Length 2.5 mm, width 1.3 mm;
brachypterous, costal margins strongly arcuate.
Head: width .66 mm, vertex .40 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.3 mm, reaching to base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length .23 mm, black; II,
.88 mm, pallid; III, .62 mm, dusky yellow; IV,
.34 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .34 mm, width
at base .85 mm. Hind femora thicker than in
the male, small dots on apical area reddish;
color and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d" May 20, 1928, alt. 5000 ft, Em-
pire Mts, Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: !
same data as the type. Paratypes: 4o* 12 9
taken with the types on Bouteloua gracilis,
which is the host plant of the species.

Parthenicus pallipes. new species

Runs in the key near micans Kngt., but dis-
tinguished by the uniformly pallid legs.

Female. Length 2.4 mm, width 1.1 mm.
Head: width ..54 mm, vertex .30 mm; yellowish.
Rostrum, length 1.1 mm, reaching to base of
ovipositor. Antennae: segment 1, length .17 mm,
pallid; II, .78 mm, pallid"; III, .47 mm, yellowish;
IV, .28 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .37 mm,
width at base .85 mm; pale yellowish. Scutellum
yellowish, dusky on base. Hemelytra pallid to
vellowish; cuneus yellowish, tinged reddish

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

orange. Membrane fuscous brown, veins reddish.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent and sub-
erect pale to yellowish simple hairs, intermixed
with appressed, silvery to golden yellow seri-
ceous pubescence; inner apical angle of corium
and inner edge of cuneus, bearing a few golden
brown scalelike hairs. Ventral surface pale to

155

yellowish. Legs pale yellowish; front femora
with a few minute dots, hind femora without
dots or marks of many kind; tibiae pale yellow-
ish, without dots, spines rather long on basal
half.

Holotype: 9 June 7, 1924, Tucson, Arizona
(A: A: Nichol), taken at light.

Tribe ceratocapsini
Key to the Genera

1. Hemelytra with spots and bands of sericeous, silvery scalelike pubescence

Pilophoropsis Popp., p. 15S

Hemelytra without spots or bands of sericeous, silvery scalelike pubescence

2. Pronotum anterior to middle nearly cylindrical, rather abruptly flaring behind middle

Pronotum regularly narrowed anteriorly, its sides not sulcate or constructed at
middle; embolar margins not sulcate Ceratocapsus Reut, p. 156

3. Apical area of corium frosted, pruinose, not polished; pronotal disk not moderate-

ly convex Pamillia Uhler, p. 155

Apical area of corium and cuneus, polished, strongly shining; basal half of pro-
notal disk strongly convex Schaffneria Kngt., p. 156

Genus Pamillia Uhler

Pamillia behrensii Uhler
Fig. 232

Pamillia behrensii Uhler, 1887:31, n. gen., n. sp.
Pamillia behrensii Van Duzee, 1914:27, distr.

The species was described from two female
specimens collected by James Behrens in the
vicinity of San Francisco. The species was next
collected at Alpine, San Diego County, (Van
Duzee, 1914). In an exchange with Mr. Van
Duzee in 1931, I received two female specimens
as males were not available. Recently, in talking
with Dr. R. L. Usinger, he spoke of taking a
good series of behrensii, June 6, 1932, at Upper

Fig. 231. Parthenicus juniperi (Heid.), tf .

Fig. 232. Pamillia behrensii Uhl., <-? left clasper.

156

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Lake, Lake County, California. He promised to
send me a male specimen, which he did, then
remarked it was the only male specimen in all
his material. The illustration (Fig. 232) was
made from this specimen, and my thanks go to
Dr. Usinger for sending the only male specimen
so far reported.

Genus Schaffneria Knight

Schaffneria schaffneri Knight
Fig. 233

Schaffneria schaffneri Knight, 1966:1.

This ground-dwelling plant bug was de-
scribed from Texas, where it lives in the litter
beneath cedar trees, Juniperus. A key was pro-
vided for the separation of five known species,
all ground-dwelling plant bugs.

Fig. 233. Schaffneria schaffneri Kngt., J1 claspers.

Genus Ceratocapsus Reuter
Ceratocapsus fusiformis Van Duzee

Ceratocapsus fusiformis Van Duzee, 1917:270.

I have identified the following specimens of
this species from the test site: Area 6M, cf
June 15, 1965; Area TM, 6cT 3 9 June 14, 1965;
collected on Purshia tridentata.

This species was originally described from
California by Van Duzee, and has been reported
from Colorado.

Ceratocapsus apicalis Knight
Fig. 236

Ceratocapsus apicalis Knight, 1925:46.

This species is closely allied to nevadensis,
n. sp., but differs in form of the male claspers
( Fig. 236 ) . It is known from Arizona, Colorado,
New Mexico, Texas, Missouri and South Da-
kota.

Ceratocapsus nevadensis, new species
Fig. 235

Allied to apicalis Kngt., but differs in the
larger eyes, narrower vertex, yellowish prono-
tum and dark scutellum; male claspers distinc-
tive (Fig. 235).

Fig. 234. Ceratocapsus pumilus Uhl., $

Figs. 235-236. $ right clasper. 235, Ceratocapsus ne-
vadensis; 236, C. apicalis Kngt.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .74 mm, vertex .24 mm; dorsal width of
an eye equal to width of vertex; yellowish. Ros-
trum, length 1.15 mm, reaching upon apex of
hind coxae, yellowish. Antennae: segment I,
length .30 mm, pale yellowish; II, 1.12 mm,'
cylindrical, thickness on apical half subequal to
thickness of segment I, pallid to pale yellowish,
pubescence minute; III, .71 mm, yellowish'
thickness barely subequal to segment II; IV, .47
mm, dark fuscous. Pronotum, length .57 mm,
width at base 1.12 mm; lateral margins angular.^
nearly straight as viewed from above, yellowish
brown; disk finely punctate, never blackish.
Scutellum slightly convex, punctate, fuscous to
black. Hemelytra brownish yellow, subtranslu-
cent, inner apical angles of corium fuscous,
cuneus reddish yellow; dorsal surface, includ-
ing pronotum and scutellum, finely fuscopunc-
tate, clothed with short, appressed, sericeous
yellow pubescence, and sparsely intermixed with
rather long, erect, golden bristle hairs. Mem-
brane clear, apical half fuscous, base of larger
areole infuscated by extension of fuscous spot
on corium. Ventral surface yellowish brown,
mesosternum polished. Legs pallid, tibiae yel-
lowish, apical half of hind femora and the
tibiae, yellowish brown. Venter fuscous brown,
polished, genital segment brownish black; male
claspers distinctive (Fig. 235); closelv related
to apicalis Kngt. (Fig. 236), but differences are
apparent.

Female. Length 3.2 mm, width 1.25 mm.
Head: width .70 mm, vertex .34 mm; uniformly
yellowish brown. Antennae: segment I, length
.27 mm, pallid to yellowish; II, .92 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender on basal half, thicker on
apex, a trifle less than segment I; III, .61 mm,
I thickness subequal to segment II; IV, .46 mm!
reddish brown to black. Pronotum, length .58
mm, width at base 1.08 mm; yellowish brown,
punctures infuscated, but disk never brownish
black as in apicalis Kngt. Scutellum fuscous to
black, but die pronotum remains yellowish
brown.

Holotype: d June 14, 1965, Area TM, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 June 18, 1965, Area
mM, Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino). Pararypes: the following from the Ne-
vada Test Site: Area 5M, 9 July 20, 1965 (D
E. Beck & J. M. Merino), taken at incandescent
ight; Area 18M, 9 Aug. 23 (J. M. Merino),
:aken on Sphaeralcea, tf July 22, 1965 (D E.
Beck & J. M. Merino), taken at black light-
hrea 401M, 2 9 June 18, 1965 (H. H. Knight

157

& J. M. Merino); Area M (Mercury), tf Aug.
3, 1965 (J. M. Merino), taken at laboratory
lights; Area 16M, 9 Aug. 11, 1965 (J. M. Meri-
no); Area 19M, 9 Aug. 30, 1965 (J. M. Meri-
no); Area MD, 9 May 16, 1961, taken at black
hght. 9 April 3, 1942; rf April 8, 1942, Tacna
Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

Ceratocapsus nigrocuneatus, new species

Allied to juglandis, Kngt., but uniformly pale
brownish yellow; distinguished by the black
cuneus, outer margin and base narrowly pale.

Female. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .38 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.42 mm, reaching upon apex of middle
coxae, yellowish. Antennae: segment I, length
.37 mm, thickness .15 mm, yellowish; II, 1.49
mm, subcylindrical, thickness on apical half sub-
equal to thickness of segment I, yellowish
brown, reddish brown on apical half; III, .78
mm, dark reddish brown, thickness subequal to
segment II; IV, .68 mm, reddish brown, slightly
thinner than segment III. Pronotum, length .68
mm, width at base 1.29 mm; impunctate, disk
moderately convex, basal margin forming a
broad arc, nearly straight across base of scutel-
lum, lateral margins angulate, slightly sulcate
as viewed from above; clothed with minute, ap-
pressed pubescence, and sparsely intermixed
with erect, golden bristle hairs; color uniformly
pale brownish yellow like the scutellum and
hemelytra. Scutellum triangular, moderately
convex, transversely rugulose on discal area,
bearing a few long erect bristles. Hemelytra
pale yellowish, subtranslucent, clothed with
minute, appressed, yellowish sericeous pubes-
cence, and sparsely intermixed with long, erect,
golden to copper colored bristles; cuneus black,'
with narrow base and outer margin pallid;
clavus transversely rugulose but not punctate.
Membrane pale yellowish fumate, a nearly clear
spot bordering apex of cuneus, veins yellowish.
Thorax and legs brownish yellow, hind legs
more yellowish brown, apical segment of tarsi
fuscous; tibiae with brown spines, finely pubes-
cent. Venter yellowish brown to dark brown,
strongly shining, clothed with rather short pu-
bescent hairs, but with a few bristles bordering
ovipositor.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 25, 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino), collected on
Pinus monophi/lla. Paratypes: cf 9 July 6, 1966,
8 mi w Minden, alt. 5500 ft, Douglas County,
Nevada (C. W. O'Brien).

158

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Genus Pilophoropsis Poppius
Key to the Species

1. Scutellum with silvery scalelike hairs 2

Scutellum without silvery scalelike hairs; ( 9 ) pronotum one-fourth longer than
broad at base brachypterus Popp.

2. Clavus with four transverse silver spots on apical half; ( $ ) pronotum length

scarcely equal to width at base; male claspers distinctive (Fig. 237)
nicholi (Kngt. )

Clavus with two transverse silver spots on apical half; male claspers distinctive
(Fig. 238) balli, n. sp.

Pilophoropsis balli, new species
Fig. 238

Closely related to nicholi (Kngt.), but dif-
fers in placement of silvery, scalelike bands on
hemelytra as shown in the key; also differs in
structure of male genital segment and claspers
(Fig. 238).

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.1 mm. Head:
width .78 mm, vertex .30 mm; base of clypeus
barely visible as seen from above; eyes only
slightly elevated above surface of vertex, sharp
basal edge of vertex and posterior edge of eyes
form an arcuate line, with eyes extending back
slightly over anterior angles of pronotum. An-
tennae: segment I, length .20 mm, yellowish
brown, a red spot at base; II, .61 mm, cylin-
drical, at base more slender than segment I, but
tapering gradually to thicker ( .08 mm ) on apex,
yellowish brown, clothed with fine, short yel-
lowish pubescence; III, .36 mm, thickness .08
mm, equal to segment II on apex, slightly more
slender on base, brownish; IV, .34 mm, thick-
ness equal to segment III, brownish. Rostrum,
length 1.0 mm, reaching to near posterior margin
of mesosternum, yellowish. Pronotum, length
.76 mm, width at base 1.0 'mm; disk strongly
convex, sloping in all directions from the central
high point; lateral margins rounded, slightly
sulcate as viewed from above; moderately shin-
ing, finely and sparsely pubescent, calli indi-
cated by a slightly granulated surface; basal
margin forming a broadly arcuate line, covering
the strongly arched basal margin of scutellum.
Scutellum moderately convex, but basal margin
sharply arched and covered by pronotum; dark
brown, central area bearing sericeous, silvery
pubescence, forming part of a band that covers
base of clavus. Clavus dark brown, inner half
yellowish brown; base with a band, also two
transverse bands on apical half, composed of

silvery, sericeous scalelike hairs. Clavus with
two rows, and corium set with three or four
rows of sparsely set, erect strong black bristles,
also three or four bristles on scutellum. Corium
yellowish brown, apical area fuscous brown,
opaque, the middle of apical half with a rather
broad, silvery scalelike, wedgeshaped band, the
inner edge near and just before apex of clavus,
the band angling backward to outer apical angle
of corium; basal half of corium widr three small
patches of scales along edge bordering em-
bolium; cuneus dark reddish brown, glabrous;

Figs. 237-238. $
238, P. balli.

claspers. 237, Philophoropsis nicholi;

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 159

membrane and veins uniformly fuscous, a clear Piloplwropsis brachypterus Poppius

spot by apex of cuneus. Ventral surface yellow- „.. , , ,

ish brown to reddish brown; coxae pallid, front FdoP^oropsis brachypterus Poppius, 1914:250.

pair reddish on apex; ostiolar peritreme white; , T]cas *Pefles ls known from Arizona. It is

legs brownish, bases of femora except front pair, df mgmshed in the key by length of pronotum,

and apical area of tibiae except posterior pair, whlch ls one-fo»rth longer than broad at base.

pallid. Genital segment and claspers distinctive

(Fig. 238). Piloplwropsis nicholi (Knight)

Holotype: d Sept. 22, 1920, Tucson, Arizona Fig' 237

(E. D. Ball), probably taken at light. Paratypes: Renodaella nicholi Knight, 1927:306.
d Sept. 2, 1928, alt 3300 ft, Rincon Mts. (A. A. Described from the Santa Rita Mrs., Arizona.

Nichol); d April 15, Catalina Springs, Arizona The male genital segment is remarkably devel-

(E. A. Schwarz). oped and distinctive of the species (Fig. 237).

Tribe pilophorlni
Key to the Genera

1. Antennal segment III equal in thickness to segment II 2

Antennal segment III much more slender than segment II

Philophorus Westw., p. 165

2. Scutellum conically produced; hemelytra with a transverse white fascia across

middle of clavus and base of corium Cyrtopcltocoris Reut., p. 161

Scutellum only moderately convex; hemelytra with a white spot on middle of
corium and extending upon clavus, but the white marks not forming a
complete transverse fascia Sericophanes Reut., p. 159

Genus Sericophanes Reuter
Key to Males of the Species

1. Frons and vertex strongly convex, subglobose in pattern 2

Frons and vertex only slightly convex, vertex nearly flat 3

2. Dark color pattern of hemelytra nearly black, embolium black except for tri-

angular pale spot near base and on apex of corium tumidifrons, n. sp.

Dark color pattern of hemelytra more brownish, embolium pallid for full length;
legs and ventral surface red rubripes, n. sp.

3. Length of antennal segment II equal to or greater than width of head plus

width of vertex 4

Length of antennal segment II not equal to width of head plus width of
vertex triangularis Kngt.

4. Second antennal segment uniformly fuscous brown fuscicornis, n. sp.

Second antennal segment pallid nevadensis, n. sp.

160

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Sericophanes triangularis Knight

Sericophanes triangularis Knight, 1918:81.
Sericophanes triangularis Knight, 1927:40, distr.
This species is known from Arizona, Utah,
Colorado, New Mexico, North Dakota, South
Dakota, Oklahoma and Texas.

Fig. 239. Sericophanes heidernunni Popp., $ lateral
aspect.

Sericophanes nevadensis, new species

Allied to triangularis Kngt., but differs in
the longer second antennal segment, also by the
pallid color of segment II.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.02 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .30 mm; brown, vertex
nearly flat. Rostrum, length 1.8 mm, reaching to
middle of venter, fuscous brown, first segment
reddish brown. Antennae: segment I, length .24
mm, pallid, yellowish on apical half; II, 1.12 mm,
cylindrical, slightly more slender near base, pal-
lid, minutely pale pubescent; III, .78 mm, pale
to dusky; IV, .61 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length
.58 mm, width at base .95 mm; disk, head and
scutellum brown. Scutellum more broadly or
sharply convex along basal margin, than in tri-
angularis. Hemelytra very similar to triangularis,
with white triangle based on embolium, its apex
reaching to middle of clavus, the white spot
on inner apical margin of corium somewhat
larger, and apical area of corium more broadly
white; membrane dark fuscous. Dorsal surface
sparsely set with long, erect pallid hairs. Legs
pallid, hind femora except basal third, dark
brown; tibiae with reddish line on dorsal sur-
face. Thorax brown; venter pallid to brownish,
darker on apical half. Genital segment with long
flagellum, forming a coil with complete loop
exposed; right clasper acuminate on apical half.

Holotype: d* Aug. 23, 1965, Area M (Mer-
cury) at laboratory light, Nevada Test Site (J.
M. Merino). Paratypes: cf July 15, 1965, Area
M (Mercury), Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck &
J. M. Merino), taken at incandescent light; 2<S
Aug. 5, 1965, Area VI (Mercury) Nevada Test
Site (J. M. Merino), taken at black light.

Sericophanes fuscicornis, new species

Allied to triangularis Kngt., but second an-
tennal segment longer, color of segment II fus-
cous brown.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width .92 mm. Head:
width .64 mm, vertex .27 mm; vertex nearly flat.
Antennae: segment I, length .24 mm, pallid; II,
1.02 mm, cylindrical, short pubescent, fuscous
brown; III, .71 mm, dark fuscous; IV, .52 mm.
Rostrum, length 1.63 mm, reaching upon fourth
ventral segment, fuscous brown. Pronotum,
length .54 mm, width at base .85 mm; form
quite similar to triangularis; color dark brown
like the head and scutellum. Hemelytra yellow
brown, with a triangular white spot based on
embolium, and apex reaching to near middle of
clavus; apex of embolium, outer half of corium,
and small spot by apex of clavus white; edges
of the white bordered by fuscous, very similar
to that of triangularis, cuneus reddish brown,
membrane fuscous. Dorsal surface provided with
rather long, sparsely set, erect pale hairs. Ventral
surface yellowish to reddish brown. Coxae and
bases of femora pallid; dorsal aspect of tibiae
reddish brown.

All known females of Sericophanes are short
winged, unable to fly; so different from the
males they will require a separate key for iden-
tification.

Holotype: 3 May 20, 1928, alt. 5000 ft, Em-
pire Mountains, Arizona (A. A. Nichol), swept
from Baccharis linearis. Paratype: <S June 20,
1928, alt. 6200 ft, Chiricahua Mts.. Arizona (A.
A. Nichol).

Sericophanes tumidifrons, new species

Allied to nevadensis, but vertex and frons
arched into a contour that suggests a subglobose
form for the head; dark color pattern of hemel-
ytra nearly black.

Male. Lengdi 4.1 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .38 mm; frons and vertex
tumid, merging in a convex pattern that sug-
gests a globose contour for upper half of head.
Rostrum, length 1.8 mm, reaching upon fifth
ventral segment, brown, basal segment red. An-
tennae broken. Pronotum, length .65 mm, width
at base 1.1 mm; disk strongly convex, anterior
angles poorly defined, lateral margins rounded,
anterior margin with a flat collar area but with-
out construction to separate it from the disk;
pronotum, scutellum and head reddish brown.
Scutellum convex, but not arched into high con-
tour like nevadensis. Hemelytra dark fuscous to

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

161

black, a white triangular patch based on em-
bolium, its apex reaching across middle of
clavus; apex of embolium and outer apical angle
of corium with a white spot; clavus and corium
without white spot about apex of clavus as seen
in related species; membrane nearly clear, but
with dusky tint. Dorsal surface sparsely set with
long, erect, pallid hairs. Legs missing; but front
coxae fuscous, others fuscous only on base. Thor-
ax reddish brown; venter reddish brown to
black. Genital segment and claspers distinctive;
right clasper twice as long as broad, with apex
truncated.

Holotype:

California (L.

L.

July 29, 1920, Camp Baldy,
Muchmore).

Sericopliancs rubripes, new species

Allied to tumidifrons by the strongly convex
frons and vertex, but differs in the reddish color
and broadly pallid embolium and outer margin
of the corium.

Male. Length 4.3 mm, width 1.25 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .41 mm; frons and vertex

strongly convex, merging in a convex pattern
that suggests globose contour for upper half of
head; yellowish red, more strongly red on cly-
peus and lower half of head. Rostrum, length
1.8 mm, reaching beyond posterior coxae, yel-
lowish, basal segment red. Antennae: segment
I, length .34 mm, red; II, 1.12 mm, yellowish to
red, cylindrical, thicker an apical half; III, .81
mm, yellowish red; IV, .66 mm, dusky red. Pro-
notum, length .75 mm, width at base 1.19 mm;
lateral margins rounded, anterior margin with
a flat collar; disk strongly convex, reddish
brown. Scutellum convex, transversely rugulose.
Hemelytra brownish, embolium and outer half
pallid to white, base of corium pallid translu-
cent; clavus paler bordering scutellum; cuneus
fuscous brown; membrane fumate, darker on
basal half. Legs, thorax and venter, bright red,
coxae and bases of femora, except front pair,
pallid; apices of tibiae and the tarsi more yel-
lowish.

Holotype: cf April 29, Argus Mountains,
California.

Genus Cyiiopeltocoris Reuter
Key to the Species

1. Width of vertex greater than dorsal width of an eye 2

Width of vertex not equal to dorsal width of an eye; length 3.6 mm

oklahomae, n. sp.

2. Pronotal disk with fine pubescent hairs; eyes more or less in contour with frons

and vertex 3

Pronotal disk glabrous, shining; eyes very large, projecting out of contour with
frons and vertex; length 3.7 mm albofasciatus Reut.

3. Pronotum with lateral margins distinctly sulcate; length 3.7 mm

huacluicae, n. sp.

Pronotum not sulcate along lateral margins 4

4. Pronotum with lateral margins gradually rounded over 6

Pronotum with lateral margins subangulate; disk rather flat 5

5. Vertex roundly convex; apex of frons conically produced over base of clypeus;

pronotal disk moderately convex, brownish black, shining; length 4.6 mm
conicatus, n. sp.

Vertex only slightly convex; apex of frons not conically produced; pronotal disk
rather flat, surface minutely alutaeeous; length 3.3 mm ajo, n. sp.

6. Length of antennal segment II not equal to width of pronotum at base 7

162

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Length of antennal segment II subequal to width of pronotum at base; pronotal
disk sparsely set with erect, fine long bristles; length 3.4 mm
arizonae, n. sp.

7. Pronotal disk sparsely set with erect, long bristles; larger, length 4.0 mm

balli, n. sp.

Pronotal disk widiout erect long bristles; smaller, length 3.5 mm .. barberi, n. sp.

Cyrtopeltocoris albofasciatus Reuter

Cyrtopeltocoris albofasciatus Reuter, 1876:81.
Sericophanes transversus Knight, 1918:82.

The form and coloration of this species are
typical for the genus; the dorsal surface yellow-
ish brown to dark brown, hemelytra with a wide
transverse white band across middle of clavus
and extending across corium. In this species the
white band on corium narrows to a point where
it meets the radial vein, so forming a triangular
white spot on corium, the base of this having
the same width as the white band on clavus.
Since only male specimens have been taken at
lights of this and other species, I believe the
females must be brachypterous.

This species is commonly taken in south
Texas, and specimens collected at Gillett were
described as Sericophanes transversus Knight

Fig. 240. Cyrtopeltocoris Mini Kngt., 9

(1918), but I have since concluded this species
must be the same as albofasciatus Reut.

Cyrtopeltocoris oklahomae, new species

Distinguished from allied species by the
large eyes and narrow vertex; the width of ver-
tex less than dorsal width of an eye.

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.12 mm across
apex of embolium. Head: width .85 mm, vertex
.27 mm, yellowish brown. Rostrum, length 1.49
mm, reaching upon apex of hind coxae. An-
tennae: segment I, length .34 mm. tj .85 mrn
cylindrical, slightly more slender near base; III,
.62 mm, thickness equal to that of segment II;
IV, .44 mm; yellowish brown. Pronotum, length
.75 mm, width at base .98 mm; disk convex,
more so on basal half; lateral margins rounded
over to join propleura; yellowish brown, pol-
ished, shining, with some minute pubescence,
sparsely set with a few rather long suberect
hairs. Scutellum strongly and abruptly convex,
height of convexity .14 mm, width at base .37
mm; polished, dark brown, bearing a few minute
pubescent hairs. Hemelytra yellowish brown to
dark brown, the typical transverse white band,
wider on corium than on clavus; sparsely clothed
with fine short pubescence, sparsely intermixed
with rather long, golden bristlelike hairs; with
a white spot covering apex of embolium and
outer half of corium; cuneus dark brownish
black. Membrane and veins uniformly fuscous.
Ventral surface yellowish brown to dark brown,
genital segment reddish brown to black. Legs
dark reddish brown, posterior and middle coxae
and the trochanters, pallid.

Holotype: cf June 20, 1939, Claremore,
Oklahoma (Kaiser & Nailon).

Cyrtopeltocoris huachucac, new species

Distinguished from related species by the
sulcate lateral margins of pronotum, as viewed
from above.

Male. Length 3.7 mm, widtli 1.05 mm. Ros-
trum imbedded in glue but reaching around

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

163

apex of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I,
length .30 mm; II, .88 mm, more slender on
basal half, but thickness at apex equal to that
of segment I; III, .61 mm; IV, .48, thickness
equal to III. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at
base 1.08 mm; as viewed from above the lateral
margins of disk definitely sulcate, basal angles
prominent, disk moderately shining, clothed
with short, recumbent pubescent hairs, with two
erect hairs visible on median line by inner angles
of calli; dark reddish brown. Mesonotum broad-
ly exposed while pronotum is in normal position.
Scutellum only moderately convex, bearing a
pair of long erect bristles, one each side of
middle of disk; color dark reddish brown.
Hemelytra dark fuscous brown except for the
typical transverse white band and a spot on
outer apical angle of corium; sparsely clothed
with short appressed pubescent hairs, bearing a
few erect long setose hairs on inner margin of
paracuneus and inner apical angle of corium,
but no bristles are apparent on clavus. Mem-
brane and veins uniformly pale fuscous. Ven-
tral surface dark reddish brown. Legs dark red-
dish brown, posterior and middle coxae and the
trochanters, pallid.

Holotype: d July 30, 1905, Huachuca Moun-
tains, Arizona (H. G. Barber), taken at light.

Cyrtopeltocoris conicatus, new species

Allied to ajo in having lateral margins of
pronotum subangulate; distinguished by having
apex of frons conically produced over base of
clypeus.

Male. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .74 mm, vertex .42 mm; vertex and frons
strongly convex, tip of frons conically produced
over and above base of clypeus, striae indistinct.
Rostrum, length 1.6 mm, reaching upon apex of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm;
II, .98 mm, cylindrical, slightly thicker on apical
half, thickness equal to segment I; III, .64 mm,
thickness subequal to segment II; IV, .51 mm,
thickness equal to segment III; yellowish brown
to dark brown. Pronotum, length .71 mm. width
at base 1.08 mm; lateral margins subangulate as
viewed from above; disk dark brown, moderately
shining, sparsely clothed with appressed, short
pubescent hairs, with a pair of long erect hairs
between inner basal angles of calli. Mesoscutum
covered by basal edge of pronotum. Scutellum
moderately convex, sloping down rapidly to a
flat apex; with a pair of erect bristlelike hairs
near basal margin, widely spaced each side of
middle. Hemelytra dark brown, having a rather

wide, transverse white band across clavus just
behind tip of scutellum, the band somewhat
narrower on corium; outer apical angle of corium
with a relatively small white spot. Membrane
and veins uniformly pale dusky brown. Ventral
surface dark reddish brown. Legs dark brown,
posterior and middle coxae and trochanters pal-
lid; tarsi pale fuscous.

Holotype: d Aug. 6, 1905, Huachuca Moun-
tains, Arizona (H. G. Barber).

Cyrtopeltocoris ajo, new species

Allied to conicatus but frons not conically
produced, striae distinct on lower half of frons;
pronotal disk with alutaceous surface, anterior
angles rather distinct.

Male. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.05 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .34 mm, yellowish brown.
Rostrum, length 1.49 mm, reaching upon fourth
ventral segment, or upon posterior trochanters,
yellowish brown. Antennae: segment I, length
.30 mm; II, .88 mm, subcylindrical, slightly
thicker on apical half, thickness subequal to
segment I, yellowish brown; III, missing. Pro-
notum, length .68 mm, width at base 1.02 mm;
lateral margins subangulate, basal margin sinu-
ate on middle, anterior angles of disk rather
prominent, more so than in conicatus; discal
surface alutaceous, calli and anterior surface
rather flat. Mesoscutum only narrowly exposed.
Scutellum more strongly convex than in coni-
catus. Hemelytra dark brown, basal half of
clavus more yellowish; with transverse white
band behind scutellum somewhat wider on
clavus, posterior edge forming a sinuate line;
white spot on apex of embolium and outer apical
angle of corium. rather small, triangular in out-
line; clothed with sparsely set, appressed simple
vellowish hairs, without lonsier bristlelike hairs.
Membrane and veins pale fuscous. Ventral sur-
face dark reddish brown. Legs dark brown, pos-
terior and middle coxae and trochanters pallid.

Holotype: d April 27, 1939, The Alamo, Ajo
Mountains, Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Cyrtopeltocoris arizonac, new species

Differs from allied species by the longer ros-
trum, long second antenna! segment, which in
length is subequal to width of pronotum at
base.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.08 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .36 mm; yellowish brown.
Rostrum, length 1.56 mm, reaching upon seventh
ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length

164

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

.24 mm, yellowish; II, .98 mm. cylindrical,
slightly more slender on basal half, apex sub-
equal in thickness to segment I, brownish yel-
low; III, broken. Pronotum, length .57 mm,
width at base .98 mm; yellowish brown, lateral
margins of disk gradually rounded over, evenlv
convex, sparsely clothed with fine short, re-
cumbent pubescence, and sparsely intermixed
with erect, long pale setose hairs. Mesoscutum
narrowly exposed. Scutellum strongly convex,
with a few short pubescent hairs; an erect
bristlelike hair, one each side of middle near
base. Hemelytra dark brown, yellowish brown
before the white band; with a transverse white
band behind tip of scutellum, band narrowed
on clavus, but wider on corium; with a tri-
angular white spot on apex of embolium and
outer apical angle of corium; sparsely clothed
with short, recumbent and appressed, yellowish
simple pubescence, sparsely intermixed with a
few erect, long bristlelike hairs, with a row along
inner margin of paracuneus and cuneus. Mem-
brane and veins pale fuscous. Ventral surface
and legs reddish brown, posterior and middle
coxae with trochanters pallid.

Holotype: d" July 19, 1929, Glen Oaks, Ari-
zona (E. D. Ball). Paratype: d July 16, 1917,
Post Creek Canvon, Bonita, Arizona ( H. H.
Knight), taken at light.

Cyrtopeltocoris balli, new species

Runs in the couplet with barbcri from which
it may be separated by having a few erect long
bristles on pronotal disk; size larger.

Male. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.12 mm. Head:
width .78 mm, vertex .30 mm; yellowish to red-
dish brown, frons with oblique transverse striae
each side. Rostrum, length 1.5 mm, reaching
upon apex of posterior coxae. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .30 mm; II, .98 mm, cylindrical,
slightly more slender near base, thickness on
apical half subequal to thickness of segment I,
yellowish; III, .68 mm, thickness subequal to
segment II, yellowish brown; IV, .51 mm, thick-
ness equal to segment III, yellowish brown. Pro-
notum, length .71 mm, width at base 1.08 mm,
disk strongly convex, lateral margins rounded
over to the propleura, yellowish brown to dark
brown on basal half; sparsely clothed with short,
appressed simple yellowish hairs, intermixed on
disk with a scattering few, erect long bristle-
like pale yellowish hairs. Mesonotum just mod-
erately exposed. Scutellum strongly convex, set
with several erect long hairs. Hemelytra vellow-
ish to dark brown, having a typical transverse

white band behind tip of scutellum, with a tri-
angular shaped white spot on apex of embolium
and outer angle of corium; sparsely clothed with
short appressed simple pubescence and sparsely
intermixed with long erect bristlelike yellowish
hairs. Membrane and veins uniformly pale fus-
cous. Ventral surface reddish brown. Legs red-
dish brown, posterior and middle coxae and
trochanters, pallid.

Female. Length 2.8 mm, width of venter 1.46
mm; brachypterous. Head: width .71 mm, vertex
.46 mm, convex, frons with transverse striae.
Bostrum, length 1.6 mm, reaching to base of
ovipositor. Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm,
curved; II, .74 mm, cylindrical, slightly thicker
on apical half, subequal to thickness of segment
1; III, .58 mm, thickness subequal to segment
II; IV, .54 mm; brownish yellow. Pronotum,
length .51 mm, width at base .72 mm; strongly
convex, lateral margins of disk rounded, anterior
margin rounding over to meet the flat collar,
brownish yellow; bearing several erect bristle-
like hairs. Mesoscutum broadly exposed, sloping
back to join scutellum. Scutellum stronglv pro-
duced into a conical shaped structure. Hemel-
ytra short, apical half curved upward, reaching
above third tergite of venter; yellowish to red-
dish brown; a pallid transverse band is visible
behind scutellum. Venter broadly expanded,
sparsely set with erect long setose hairs, dorsal
surface with a row of erect bristles on each ter-
gite; reddish brown.

Holotype: o" June 15, 1900, Pueblo, Colo-
rado (E. D. Ball). Allotype: 9 same data as the
tvpe. Paratypes: 6c? 2 9 same data as the tvpes.
Dr. Ball once told me about collecting wingless
females on the ground among grasses, and I
believe this is the species.

Cyrtopeltocoris barberi, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with balli but may be distinguished by lack of
bristlelike hairs on pronotum, also by smaller
size.

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width .98 mm. Head:
width .68 mm, vertex .34 mm; reddish brown.
Rostrum, length 1.5 mm, reaching upon posterior
trochanters. Antennae: segment I, length .24
mm; II, .85 mm. cylindrical, slightly more slen-
der on basal half, apex subequal to segment I in
thickness; III, .64 mm, thickness subequal to
that of II and IV; IV, .51 mm; vellowish brown.
Pronotum, length .61 mm, width at base .95
mm; lateral margins of disk rounded over to
join propleura, basal margin broadly arcuate,

s

Miridae of the Nevada Test Site ,nr.

Ib5

basal half of disk strongly convex, minutely angle of corium; sparsely clothed with ap-

punctate, moderately shining; clothed with pressed, fine short pubescent hairs except for a

minute, short, appressed pubescent hairs, with- few erect pilose hairs on clavus along commis-

out trace of erect bristlelike hairs; reddish sure, inner margin of corium and paracuneus

brown. Mesoscutum broadly exposed. Scutellum Membrane and veins uniformly pale fuscous

strongly convex, sparsely pubescent, with short, brown. Ventral surface and le^s 'reddish brown

fine pubescent hairs only. Hemelytra reddish posterior and middle coxae and the trochanters
brown to dark brown, but haying the generic ,lid; tarsi llowish brown

transverse white band across clavus and corium,

the band full width on corium but with a notch Holotype: d* July 23, 1905, Huachuca Moun-

on posterior margin; having a small triangular tains, Arizona ( H. G. Barber), collected at

white spot on tip of embolium and outer apical light.

Genus Pilophonis Westwood
Key to the Species

1. Hemelytra polished over entire width behind posterior silvery line 2

Hemelytra polished behind posterior silvery line, but exterior to radial vein only 9

2. Basal half of hemelytra set with erect short bristles, some very fine 3

Basal half of hemelytra without short erect bristles 6

3. Posterior silvery line complete, straight, not dislocated at claval suture 4

Posterior silvery line dislocated at the clavus; legs uniformly yellow; antennae
yellowish, only the apex of segment II dark". ...... schwarzi Reut.

4. Posterior silvery line or band rather wide, with edges diffuse and poorlv defined;

length 4.7 mm ,. diffusus, n. sp!

Posterior silvery line narrow, edges sharp and clearlv defined 5

5. Basal half of hemelytra, or anterior to posterior silvery band, brownish black and

frosted, set with strong erect bristles; length 4.7 mm hesperus, n. sp.

Basal half of hemelytra yellowish brown, sparsely set with very fine, short black
bristles, and sparsely intermixed with short, golden yellow pubescence;
length 4.2 mm ' microsetosus, n. sp.

6. Antennal segment III pallid on basal half, segment IV likewise 7

Antennal segment III black, segment IV white; length 4.0 mm .... jczzardi, n. sp.

7. Posterior tibiae flattened, strongly curved, wider on basal half, width equal to

three-fourths the width of posterior femur; length 5.0 mm .... tibialis Van D.

Posterior tibiae not so strongly curved, width just equal to half the width of

hind femur g

8. Hemelytra uniformly brownish black; silver band on basal half of corium rather

wide, inner half turned obliquely distad; length 4.4 mm barbed, n. sp.

Hemelytra yellowish brown anterior to posterior silvery line; silver band on basal
half of corium occurs in transverse position; length 5.0 mm
crassipes Popp.

166 Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

9. Posterior silvery line dislocated at the radial vein 10

Posterior silvery line not dislocated at the radial vein

10. Hemelytra fuscous brown; thickness of antenna] segment II equal to thickness

of segment I; length 3.2 mm fuscipennis Kngt.

Hemelytra yellowish brown; second antennal segment distinctly thicker than
segment I; length 3.9 mm dislocatus, n. sp.

11. Posterior silver}' line dislocated at the claval suture 12

Posterior silvery line not dislocated at the claval suture 18

12. Clavus fuscous to black 13

Clavus uniformly yellowish brown 1

13. Length of antennal segment II not equal to distance between basal margin of

pronotum and apex of clypeus as measured from lateral aspect; segment II
just reaching from base of pronotum to front edge of antennal fossa; length
4.4 mm opacus Kngt.

Length of antennal segment II slightly greater than distance between basal mar-
gin of pronotum and apex of clypeus as measured from the lateral aspect;
length 4.0 mm vicarius Popp.

14. Hemelytra with erect bristles 15

Hemelytra without bristles, clothed only with sparsely set, recumbent and ap-
pressed, very fine golden pubescent hairs; length 3.7 mm
chiricahuae, n. sp.

15. Erect bristles on hemelytra, pallid to yellowish 16

Erect bristles on hemelytra, black; thickness of second antennal segment on
apical half, greater than thickness of segment I. brown, apical third brown-
ish black; length 4.1 mm ncvaclensis, n. sp.

16. Pronotum and scutellum black; thickness of antennal segment II greater than

thickness of segment I 1"

Pronotum and scutellum yellowish brown; thickness of antennal segment II just
equal to thickness of segment I; length 4.2 mm salicis, n. sp.

17. Length of antennal segment II, greater ( c? ) or equal ( ' ) to the distance be-

tween base of pronotum and apex of clypeus; length of bristles on corium
less than diameter of segment II on apical half; length 4.3 mm
tanneri, n. sp.

Length of antennal segment II (1.19 mm) much less than distance between base
of pronotum and apex of clypeus (1.36 mm); length of bristles on corium
much greater than diameter of antennal segment II on apical hill: length
3.8 mm lon°isetosus. n. sp.

18. Antennal segment II strongly clavate on apical fourth, reddish yellow, clavate

portion black; length 3.7 mm claoicornis Popp.

Antennal segment II not strongly clavate, apical thickness oi segment II not over

twice that of segment I \S

Mjhidae of the Nevada Test Site

19.

20.

Silver band on basal half of corium in a transverse position

Silver band on basal half of corium pointing obliquely distad toward apex of
clavus; posterior silvery band unbroken but bending forward to cross clavus-
length 2.7 mm exiguus Popp'

Thickness of antennal segment II just about equal in thickness to segment I

Thickness of antennal segment II greater than segment I, slender at base where
it is just half the thickness of apex, brown, apical third brownish black;
hemelytra fuscous brown, pubescence appressed, very fine and short; lengd:
J. 7 mm merinoi, n. sp.

11. Dorsal surface sparsely or thickly clothed with short, erect setose hairs
Dorsal surface without erect, bristly hairs

167
20

21

22. Pronotum, venter, femora and tibiae, brownish black; hind femora uniformly

dark brown; length 3.4 mm utahensis, n. sp.

Pronotum, venter, femora and tibiae, brownish yellow; hind femora with a lon-
gitudinal brown stripe, on anterior and on posterior aspects, the color
changing with the angle of view; length 4.0 mm discrclus Van D.

23. Dorsal surface sparsely clothed with erect, bristly short hairs, but devoid of seri-

ceous pubescence on pronotum and elsewhere; length 3.0 mm .... halli, n. sp.

Dorsal surface rather thickly clothed with erect, bristly short hairs, intermixed
on pronotum with appressed silvery sericeous pubescence; antennal seg-
ments II and III brownish, segment IV white; length 4.0 mm
tomentosus Van D.

23
22

Fig. 241. Pilophorus tuxodii Kngt., 9

Pilophorus crassipes Poppius

Pilophorus crassipes Poppius, 1914:242.
Pilophorus amcricanus Poppius, 1914:243.

The type specimen of this species is from
Manitou, Colorado, July 19, 1900 (Ball & Van
Duzee). Records of this species for the eastern
United States are incorrect as this Colorado
species is different from all eastern species I
have examined. New record: 10 d" 9 Aug. 20-22,
1925, Pingree Park, Colorado (H. H. Knight)!
The type of Pilophorus americanus Poppius
came from Williams, Arizona; 1 have examined
type material and find it the same as crassipes
Poppius.

Pilophorus schwarzi Reuter

Pilophorus schtoarzi Reuter, 1909:74.
Pilophorus schwarzi Van Duzee, 1918:295, key.

This species was described from Fresno, Cali-
fornia, and thus far is known onlv from that
state.

168

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Pilophorns fuscipennis Knight

Pilophorus fuscipennis Knight, 1926:23.

Known from Arizona and Colorado; breeds
on Pintts edulis.

Pilophorus opticus Knight

Pilophotus opacus Knight, 1926:24.

Described from Dolores and Gunnison. Colo-
rado, where it was breeding on Chrysothamnus.

Pilophorus tibialis Van Duzee

Pilophorus tibialis Van Duzee, 1918:292.

This species is known only from California
and Oregon.

Pilophorus discrctus Van Duzee

Pilophorus discrctus Van Duzee, 191S:290.
Known only from California.

Pilophorus tomentosus Van Duzee

Pilophorus tomentosus Van Duzee, 1918:291.
This species is known only from California.

Pilophorus vicarius Poppius

Pilophorus vicarius Poppius, 1914:245.

Described from Williams, Arizona. New rec-
ords: 9 Aug. 20, 1925, Pingree Park, Colorado;
9 Aug. 7, 1925, Stonewall, 8500 ft, Trinidad,
Colorado (H. H. Knight).

Pilophorus exiguus Poppius

Pilophorus exiguus Poppius, 1914:246.

Described from Bright Angel Trail, Grand
Canyon, Arizona. Later record: S ° June 22,
1925, Grand Canyon, Arizona, alt. 7000 ft (A.
A. Nichol).

Pilophorus clavicornis Poppius

Pilophorus clavicornis Poppius, 1914:248.

Described from Flagstaff, Arizona, and not
recognized since.

Pilophorus diffusus, new species

Allied to hespcrus Kngt, but differs in the
posterior silvery band which is wider, but dif-
fuse, lacking shaqD cut margins and intermixed
with sericeous golden hairs.

Male. Length 4.7 mm. width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.10 mm, vertex .51 mm; basal margin of
vertex elevated into a sharp carina, sulcate just

before, more deeply on median line, brownish
black, more reddish brown below level of cly-
peus at base. Rostrum, length 2.2 mm, reaching
upon posterior trochanters, brownish black. An-
tennae: segment I, length .37 mm, fuscous
brown, paler beneath; II, 1.59 mm, cylindrical,
tapering gradually to thicker (.15 mm) near
apex, clothed with short, fine yellowish pubes-
cence, reddish brown, more brownish black on
apical half; III, .64 mm, slender, brownish black,
basal third pallid to yellowish; IV, .57 mm.
more slender, pallid, apical half fuscous. Prono-
tum, length .81 mm, width at base 1.39 mm;
disk moderately convex, basal margin nearly
straight, lateral margins rounded, slightly sul-
cate; black with waxlike shine, sparsely clothed
with short, yellowish pubescent hairs. Meso-
notum and scutellum black, the latter moder-
ately convex, basal angles and flat apex bearing
silvery sericeous hairs, elsewhere with yellowish
recumbent pubescent hairs. Hemelytra brownish
black, base of corium more brown; corium with
the usual transverse, silvery band on middle of
basal half; apical silvers' band rather broad, but
with edges diffuse and intermixed with ap-
pressed, sericeous golden pubescence, somewhat
wider across apical area of clavus; surface shin-
ing across the whole width behind the silvery
band, and more thickly clothed with short, ap-
pressed golden pubescent hairs; basal half of
clavus and corium sparsely set with erect setose
hairs, and sparsely intermixed with simple pu-
bescent hairs. Cuneus brownish black and shin-
ing like the corium behind the posterior silvery
band; paracuneus bearing silvery sericeous hairs
which extend somewhat on basal angle of
cuneus. Membrane rather uniformly light fus-
cous, a darker cloud just behind areoles, veins-
fuscous. Ventral surface brownish black, meso-
sternum and venter polished; sides of venter
with an oblique band of silvery sericeous hairs,
crossing segments three to five inclusive. Geni-
tal segment with bristlelike hairs; claspers small
but distinctive in form.

Female. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width 1.15 mm, vertex .57 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.2 mm, reaching behind coxae to fourth
ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.37 mm; II. 1.76 mm, thickness and color simi-
lar to the male: III. .71 mm. dark brown, basal
third yellowish; IV, .58 mm, pallid, apical Half
fuscous. Pronotum, length .81 mm, width at
base 1.2 mm; lateral margins more strongly sili-
cate than in the male. Color, pubescence and
bristles all very similar to the male.

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

Holotype: d Aug. 20. 1925, Pingree Park,
Colorado (II. II. Knight). Allotype: 9 col-
lected with the type, probably on spruce, Picea.
Paratypes: d 2 9 taken with the tvpes. 2d" 2 9
Aug. 1, 1900, Rices Spur (E. D. Ball); d Aug.
20-25, 1925, 3d 2 9 Aug. 15-20, 1924, Pingree
Park. Colorado (Drake & Hottes). d Aug. 1-8,
1935, Green River Lake, alt. 8500 ft. Wind
River Mts.. Wyoming (II. Ruckes).

Pilophorus hesperus, new species

Allied to vanduzeei Kngt., but differs in
having appressed sericeous pubescence cover-
ing the scutellum; surface of pronotum and
scutellum not strongly shining.

Male. Length 5.9 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width 1.2 mm, vertex .58 mm; base of vertex
forming a sharp ridge, front of vertex and base
of frons sulcate, lower half of head inclined
forward, apex pointed. Rostrum, length 2.0 mm,
reaching between middle coxae, piceous. An-
tennae: segment I, length .37 mm, thickness .10
mm, barely reaching apex of clypeus; II, 2.1
mm, tapering from slender at base to subclavate
on apical third, thickness .17 mm, clothed with
fine yellowish pubescence, reddish brown, fus-
cous brown on apical third; III. .75 mm, brown-
ish black, thickness about equal to base of seg-
ment II; IV, .58 mm, white, scarcely dusky on
apex. Pronotum, length 1.22 mm, width at base
1.53 mm; black, disk moderately convex, surface
dull, waxlike finish, transversely wrinkled; lat-
eral margins nearly straight, rounded; calli in-
dicated by slightly shining surface; surface of
disk with very fine short, yellowish pubescence.
Scutellum and mesonotum clothed with ap-
pressed, short, sericeous pubescence, with wax-
like sheen on surface; black. Hemelytra brown-
ish black, a broad band of frosted sheen across
middle, just anterior to the posterior silvery
band; with a transverse band of silvery, scale-
like hairs across corium at a point opposite apex
of scutellum; a posterior transverse narrow band
or line of silvery scales, extends clear across
hemelytra, crossing apical area of clavus, with-
out interruption. Behind this silver>' band the
.whole width of hemelytra has a shining surface,
best seen at certain angles of reflected light; this
area bearing very fine, appressed, golden pubes-
jcence, and sparsely intermixed with suberect.
bristlelike hairs; short bristles more erect on
blavus and basal half of corium. Cuneus brown-
ish black, having the same color and shine of
the corium behind the posterior silverv line; the
paracimeus bearing silvery sericeous patches of

169

pubescence, which also extend upon inner basal
angle of cuneus. Membrane light fuscous, a
deeper fuscous cloud or patch covers apical area
of larger areole, veins fuscous. Ventral surface
brownish black, mesosternum highly polished,
epimeron covered with silvery scales; ostiolar
peritreme dark brown. Venter strongly shining.
Legs dark brown, tibiae lighter, coxae pallid ex-
cept basal half, front coxae nearly white on an-
terior aspect; hind tibiae flattened, moderately
curved, edges with short spines.

Female. Length 4.8 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width 1.3 mm, vertex .64 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .40 mm, thickness .10 mm,
yellowish brown; II, 1.39 mm, reddish brown,
darker on apical half, thickness .18 mm, more
slender at base than segment I; III, .71 mm,
brownish black, thickness .08 mm; IV, ..58 mm!
white. Rostrum, length 2.0 mm, reaching to
middle of hind coxae. Pronotum, length .92 mm,
width at base 1.46 mm. Color, pubescence and
bristles very similar to the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 7, 1925, Stonewall 8,500
ft. near Trinidad, Colorado (H. H. Knight).
Allotype: 9 taken with the type on Pinus pon-
derosa by beating. Paratypes: 10 d 4 9 taken
with the types. 5d 3 9 Aug. 20-22, 1925, Pin-
gree Park (H. H. Knight); d 9 Aug. 15-22,

1924, Pingree Park (Drake & Hottes); 16 d
22 9 Aug. 24, 1925, Estes Park ( H. H. Knight),
taken on Pinus scopulorum; 3d 3 9 Aug. 10,

1925, Fort Garland (H. II. Knight), taken on
Pinus cdulis; d 9 Aug. 14, 1925, Mesa Verde
Nat. Park, Colorado (H. H. Knight). 2d Aug.
9. 1930, San Francisco Mts. (E. D^ Ball); d July
28, 1941, McXary ( L. L. Stitt); 2d July 29,
1905, Huachuca Mts., Arizona ( H. G. Barber).
cf Bryce Canyon, Utah (J. Kartchner). Ad
Aug. 15, 1927, Shoshone Nat. Forest, Wyoming
(H. H. Knight), taken on Pinus flexihs.

Pilophorus microsctosus, new species

Allied to hesperus Kngt., but distinguished
by the more slender second antenna! segment,
by the yellowish brown hemelytra and set with
microsetae.

Male. Length 4.9 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.2 mm, vertex .57 mm; base of vertex
forming a sharp and elevated posterior edge,
that slightly overlaps anterior margin of prono-
tum. base of frons and front of vertex broadly
sulcate; brownish black. Rostrum, length 1.7
mm, reaching upon apex of middle coxae, dark-
brown. Antennae: segment I. length .37 mm,

170

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

thickness .11 mm, fuscous brown; II, 2.0 mm,
subcylindrical, slender at base, tapering gradual-
ly thicker (.13 mm) near apex, reddish brown,
blackish on apical one-fifth, finely pale pubes-
cent; III, .68 mm, black, pale on base; IV, .58
mm, white. Pronotum, length .85 mm, width at
base 1.49 mm; brownish black; disk moderately
convex, lateral margins rounded, nearly straight
as viewed from above, basal margin broadly sul-
cate; disk with waxlike finish, slightly granulate,
clothed with recumbent, short, simple golden
pubescence. Mesosternum and scutellum brown-
ish black, clothed with a very fine, appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence, margins of scutel-
lem bearing somewhat tomentose, silvery seri-
ceous hairs.

Hemelytra yellowish brown as far as the
transverse posterior silvery band, behind this
the surface shines for full width of corium and
apex of clavus, also the cuneus, and clothed
with very fine, short pubescence, sparsely inter-
mixed with simple short hairs, a few longer on
apex of corium and paracuneus; the clavus and
corium sparsely set with short, black microsetae
and some short golden hairs intermixed on the
yellowish brown area; corium also with the usual
tomentose band of silvery hairs, forming a short
transverse band near middle of basal half. Mem-
brane and veins fuscous, a darker area covers
apex of larger areole and central part of mem-
brane. Mesosternum and the venter brownish
black, strongly shining, sides of venter with an
oblique band of silvery, sericeous pubescence.
Legs brownish black, front coxae with anterior
aspect and apices of hind coxae nearly white;
posterior tibiae curved and strongly flattened,
with black spines along the margins.

Female. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width 1.25 mm, vertex .61 mm. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .37 mm; II, 2.07 mm,
slender, tapering thicker (.13 mm) near apex,
yellowish brown, apical fourth black; III, .74
mm, black; IV, .54 mm, white. Pronotum, length
.85 mm, width at base 1.32 mm. Very similar to
the male in form, color and pubescence.

Holotype: d Aug. 24, 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino), taken on Pinus
monophi/Ua. Allotype: 2 same data as the type.
Paratypes: nymphs June 24, 1965, Area 16M,
Nevada Test' Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no), taken on Pinus monopht/Ua and identified
as this species by the antennal characters; 2cf
3 9 July 3, 1962, Reno, Washoe County, Nevada
( F. D. Parker), taken on Pinus monophylla.
2d" 2 9 June 20, 192S, alt. 6200 ft, Chiricahua

Mts. (A. A. Nichol); d 9 July 19, 1929, Glen
Oaks (E. D. Ball); d 9 Aug. 3, 1917, Grand
View, Grand Canyon (H. II. Knight); d July
19, 1929, Tucson, Arizona ( E. D.^Ball). d 9
July 14, 9 Aug. 5, 1931, Mesa ( F. C. Hottes);
d July 13, 1930, Mesa Verde National Park,
Colorado ( R. L. Usinger). 9 Aug. 7, 1927, Sho-
shone National Forest, Wyoming (H. H.
Knight).

Pilophorus jezzardi, new species

Allied to tibialis Van D., but easily distin-
guished by the black antennal segment III, and
white segment IV; posterior tibiae not so
strongly curved and not as wide.

Male. Length 3.8 mm, width 1,36 mm. Head:
width 1.10 mm, vertex .54 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.1 mm, reaching middle of hind coxae,
dark brown. Antennae: segment I. length ,37
mm, yellowish; II, 1.63 mm, slender at base,
tapering gradually to thicker (.15 mm) near
apex, yellowish on base and reddish brown on
apical third, clothed with short yellowish and
black pubescent hairs; III, .61 mm, brownish
black, thickness equal to segment II near base;
IV, .51 mm, white. Pronotum, length .72 mm,
width at base 1.10 mm, disk moderately convex,
basal margin nearly straight, lateral margins
rounded, moderately sulcate; surface with wax-
like sheen, coriaceous, clothed with fine, short
yellowish pubescence. Mesonotum and scutel-
lum dark brown, scutellum with flat margins,
discal area abruptly convex, rising to a plateau
on basal half, margins bearing silvery tomentose
pubescence. Hemelytra yellowish brown, with
nearly straight, transverse posterior silvery line,
and behind this, dark brown and shining across
the full width, cuneus included; paracuneus
bearing scattered tufts of silvery tomentose
hairs; pubescence very fine and short, recum-
bent or appressed, golden yellow hairs, and
without bristles; basal half of corium with the
usual short, transverse silvery band, which if
projected as an imaginary line would barely
miss apex of scutellum. Membrane pale fuscous,
a darker cloud covers apices of areoles and area
just behind, veins fuscous. Ventral surface dark
reddish brown, mesosternum polished, venter
shining, the latter with the usual oblique patch
of silvery, tomentose hairs on the sides. Legs
yellowish brown to reddish brown, hind femora
somewhat darker; hind tibiae flattened, moder-
ately curved, width equal to two-thirds width
of posterior femur.

Female. Length 3.8 mm, width 1,3 mm.
Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex .56 mm. Antennae:

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

171

segment I, length .34 mm, pale yellowish; II,
1.83 mm, slender on basal third, gradually thick-
er (.15 mm) on apical half, reddish brown to
dark brown on clavate portion; III, .61 mm,
black; IV, .48 mm, white. Very similar to the
male in form, color and pubescence.

Holotype: d Aug. 10, 1925, Fort Garland,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 Aug. 7,
1925, Stonewall, alt. 8500 ft, near Trinidad,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Paratypes: o* 6 9
taken with the types on Pinus eclulis. 2q* 2 9
July 24, 1900, Salida (E. D. Ball); d Aug. 13,
1925, Durango, Colorado (H. H. Knight)."

This species is dedicated to a long time
friend, Mr. Paul H. Jez/.ard, an old Missouri
resident who has followed my work in ento-
mology with interest and encouragement since
we were biology students together in high
school.

Piloplwrus barberi, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with crassipcs
Popp., but may be separated by the oblique
position of basal silvery band, also by the black-
ish clavus with abundant, appressed golden
hairs.

Female. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head; width 1.15 mm, vertex .57 mm; black,
edges of vertex sharply produced, sulcate just
in front, eyes flattened in front to conform with
the contour of frons. Rostrum, length 1.7 mm,
leaching between middle coxae. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .37 mm, pale fuscous, more pallid
beneath; II, 1.73 mm, at base more slender than
I, tapering gradually thicker (.136 mm) on
apical area, light brown near base and dark
brown to black on apical third, clothed with in-
conspicuous pale pubescence; III, .61 mm, slen-
der, equal to thickness at base of II, brownish
black, basal third white; IV, broken, but white
on base. Pronorum, length .80 mm, width at
base 1.29 mm; basal margin nearly straight,
lateral margins rounded, slightly sulcate, disk
moderately convex, brownish black, clothed with
very short, fine, appressed yellowish pubescence.
Mesonotum and scutellum, brownish black,
thinckly clothed with appressed, silvery, serice-
ous pubescence, apex and sides of scutellum
thickly covered with silvery tomentum. Hemel-
ytra rather uniformly brownish black, corium
with a broad silvery tomentose band, that if pro-
jected straight across would strike apex of
scutellum, but on inner half turns obliquelv
backward, so it would strike middle of clavus
if projected far enough; the posterior band

starts as a transverse band, but upon reaching
the clavus is dislocated slightly to the rear for
half its width, crosses the clavus, then regains
the position of a transverse line; behind this
posterior band the surface is moderately shining
for the full width, including cuneus and tip of
clavus; bristles are absent on dorsal surface,
but the clavus and apical area or corium clothed
with appressed, golden sericeous pubescence,
but very little of the same on basal half of
corium; the paracuneus bearing a sizeable patch
of silvery tomentum which extends a bit upon
inner basal angle of cuneus. Membrane pale
fuscous but a sizeable patch covering apex of
larger areole brownish black, veins dark. Ven-
tral surface brownish black, sternum and venter
highly polished, sides of venter with a wide
patch of silvery tomentum, especially on fourth
and fifth segments. Legs brownish black, paler
on middle and front tibiae, also on part of the
coxae.

Holotype: 9 July 29, 1905, Huachuca Mrs.,
Arizona (H. G. Barber).

This species is named for my old friend,
Mr. Harry G. Barber, who for many years was
our leading authority for the family Lygaeidae.
As a young man he made a collecting expedi-
tion to Arizona in 1905, and brought back much
valuable material, especially Hemiptera, which
has added much to our knowledge of distribu-
tion of the species. Many years ago we ex-
changed Miridae and Lygaeidae for mutual
benefit of advancing our studies, and only now
have I gotten around to western Piloplwrus
species and a few other genera that need revi-
sion.

Piloplwrus dislocatus, new species

Allied to fuscipennis Kngt., the only known
species with posterior silvery band dislocated at
the radial vein; distinguished by having second
antennal segment thicker than segment I.

Male. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .98 mm, vertex .47 mm; dark brown,
lower half yellowish brown. Antennae; segment
I, length .23 mm, yellowish; II, 1.3 mm, cylin-
drical, tapering to slightly thicker (.11 mm) on
apical half, slightly thicker than segment I,
yellowish, dark brown on apical half; III, .44
mm, pallid, apical half dark brown; IV, .44 mm,
fuscous, pallid on base. Rostrum, length 1.42
mm, reaching upon apex of middle coxae, yel-
lowish brown. Pronotum, length .64 mm, width
at base 1.12 mm; disk moderately convex, lateral
margins rounded, slightly sulcate as viewed

172

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

from above; surface with waxlike shine, bearing
very fine, short pubescence. Mesonotum and
scutellum brownish black, scutellum with mar-
gins flat, disk rising sharply to a convex center,
basal angles and apex, each with a patch of sil-
very, tomentose hairs. Hemelytra yellowish
brown, shining areas behind posterior silvery
line, the apex of clavus, outer apical area of
corium and the cuneus, dark fuscous brown;
sparsely clothed with recumbent, simple, golden
pubescent hairs, a few longer, erect bristle hairs
at apex of corium and on paracuneus; also hav-
ing the usual short, silvery tomentose band
across basal half of corium; and the transverse,
silvery, posterior band that cuts across well be-
fore apex of clavus, but in this case widely dis-
located at the radial vein, the outer portion well
behind the transverse central portion of the sil-
very band; a few silvery spots on the para-
cuneus. Membrane uniformly pale fuscous, cen-
tral area somewhat darker, veins fuscous. Ven-
tral surface brownish black, mesosternum and
venter polished or highly shining; legs pallid to
yellowish, femora darker brown. Venter with an
oblique silvery band which extends across seg-
ments three to five inclusive; also the epimeron
of thorax with silvery line on dorsal margin.

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width 1.20 mm, vertex .54 mm; base of
vertex forming a sharp curving edge, eyes also
curve back to overlap anterior angles of pro-
notum. Antennae: segment I, length .27 mm;
II, 1.15 mm, slightly thicker (.12 mm) than in
the male, yellowish brown, apical half brownish
black; III, .44 mm, pallid, apical half black; IV,
.47 mm, pallid, apical half fuscous. Rostrum,
length 2.2 mm, reaching to middle of hind coxae.
Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base 1.10
mm. Color and pubescence very similar to the
male.

Holotype: d Aug. 7, 1925, Stonewall, alt.
8500 ft, near Trinidad, Colorado (H. H. Knight).
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratvpes:
2cf 7 2 taken with the types while beating on
Pinus ponderosa. cf Sept. 1, 1940, Springer-
ville (L. L. Stitt); 2d1 6 9 July 29, 1905, Hua-
chuca Mts., Arizona (H. G. Barber).

Pilophorus chiricalmae, new species

Allied to atistralis Kngt. by having the pos-
terior silvery line interrupted at the clavus, but
may be distinguished by the much broader ver-
tex.

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.36 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .47 mm; vertex al-

most equal to half the width of head; yellowish
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .23 mm,
brownish yellow; II, 1.29 mm, more slender at
base, but gradually thicker ( .07 mm ) on apical
half, just attaining thickness of segment I, red-
dish brown, apex fuscous; III, broken. Pronotum,
length .68 mm, width at base 1.08 mm; basal
margin almost straight, lateral margins rounded,
moderately sulcate as viewed from above; disk
moderately convex, slightly shining, clothed with
minute, short yellowish hairs; vellowish brown,
basal half of disk fuscous. Mesonotum and
scutellum yellowish brown: scutellum with apex
and side margins bearing silvery tomentose pu-
bescence. Hemelytra yellowish brown, outer
half of corium behind posterior silvery line, tip
of clavus and cuneus brownish black, shining;
posterior silvery line transverse but dislocated,
set forward at the claval suture; basal half of
corium with the usual, short, transverse, tomen-
tose band; clothed with minute, appressed,
sparsely set, golden yellow pubescent hairs,
bristles not present. Membrane fuscous, veins
golden brown. Ventral surface yellowish brown,
mesosternum polished, without infuscations.
Legs yellowish brown, hind femora dark brown;
hind tibiae dark brown, not flattened or curved.
Venter dark brown, piceous on the sides, clothed
with rather long pale hairs.

Holotype: 9 June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft, Chi-
ricahua Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Paratype:
9 same data as the type.

Pilophorus nevadensis, new species

Resembles tomentosus Van D., but may be
separated from that species by the dislocated
posterior silvery line where it crosses the clavus;
dorsal bristles black.

Male. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width 1.10 mm, vertex .58 mm; yellowish brown,
vertex infuscated. Rostrum, length 1.49 mm,
reaching upon apex of middle coxae, piceous.
Antennae: segment I, length .30 mm, thickness
.068 mm, pallid to yellowish; II, 1.5 mm, more
slender near base, equal in thickness at middle
to that of segment I, apical half thicker (.11
mm), yellowish brown, apical half brownish
black; III, .57 mm, white, apical half brownish
black; IV, .47 mm, white, apical half fuscous.
Pronotum, length .75 mm, width at base 1.25
mm; disk moderately convex, basal margin near-
ly straight, lateral margins rounded, moderately
sulcate; surface somewhat coriaceous, with wax-
like sheen, thickly clothed with very fine, short,
golden pubescent hairs, and sparsely intermixed

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

with erect bristly hairs. Mesonorum and scutel-
lum dark brown to fuscous, well covered by ap-
pressed, silvery, tomentose hairs, more heavily
on edges of scutellum, a few bristle hairs inter-
mixed. Hemelytra yellowish brown, basal half of
corium with a transverse patch of silverv tomen-
tose hairs; apical area with rather wide trans-
verse silvery band of tomentose hairs, dislocated
at the clavus for a space about equal to width
of the band; behind this band the apex of clavus,
outer half of corium or exterior to radial vein,
and cuneus all shining in certain angles of light,
also dark brown in color; surface clothed with
fine, short, appressed golden pubescent hairs,
and sparsely intermixed with erect, short, black
bristles, a few paler bristles mixed in. Membrane
pale fuscous, a darker smoke brown cloud covers
apical area of larger areole, veins brown. Ven-
tral surface dark brown, venter brownish black,
mesosternum polished, venter shining but with
a waxlike sheen, sides of venter with tomentose
white patches. Legs brown, hind pair brownish
black, tips of coxae pale; posterior tibiae strong-
ly flattened but nearly straight.

Female. Length 3.9 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width 1.12 mm, vertex .61 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .27 mm; II, 1.39 mm, tapering
to thicker on apical half, thicker than segment
I; III, .54 mm, white, apical half black; IV, .47
mm, white, apical half fuscous. Pronotum, length
.78 mm, width at base 1.26 mm. Color, pubes-
cence and bristles very similar to the male.

Holotype: d July 12, 1965, 15 mi east of
Wells, Nevada (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9
same data as the type. Paratypes: 5cT 5 9 taken
with the types by beating Chrysothamnus.

Pilophorus salicis, new species

Allied to nevadensis Kngt., but distinguished
by the slender second antennal segment" which
is subequal in thickness to segment I.

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .98 mm, vertex .47 mm; dusky brown.
Rostrum, length 1.49 mm, reaching upon apex of
middle coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .30
mm, thickness .09 mm, pallid to yellowish; II,
1.43 mm, cylindrical, slightly more slender at
base, thickness .10 mm, subequal to segment I,
jreddish brown, apex infuscated; III, .58 mm,
jwhite, apex fuscous; IV .51 mm, fuscous, pallid
on base. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width at base
1.18 mm; yellowish brown, disk moderately con-
vex, basal margin just slightly sinuate, lateral
margins rounded, sulcate as viewed from above,

173

finely coriaceous, clothed with short, appressed
and recumbent pale pubescence, sparsely inter-
spersed with a few erect, bristle hairs. Meso-
notum and scutellum yellowish brown, clothed
with appressed yellowish and silvery, tomentose
hairs; scutellum convex on middle and base, set
with a few yellowish bristles. Hemelytra yel-
lowish brown, corium with a short, transverse,
silvery tomentose band about opposite apex of
clavus; with a posterior, transverse silvery band
that is dislocated at clavus for a space just equal
to width of band; corium behind this band and
exterior to radial vein, the cuneus and apex of
clavus, dark brown with surface shining; para-
c uncus largely covered with silvery tomentose
hairs; clothed with minute, appressed, sericeous
golden hairs, the whole sparsely set with erect,
short yellowish bristles, main' easily rubbed off
in collecting. Membrane pale fuscous, central
area and veins definitely brown as viewed in
certain angles of light. Ventral surface yellow-
ish brown, mesosternum polished, venter shin-
ing, pale pubescent, sides of segments three to
six with a wide patch of appressed silvery seri-
ceous pubescence. Legs light brown to reddish
brown, coxae largely pallid; hind tibiae straight,
only slightly flattened.

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width 1.02 mm, vertex .54 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm; II, 1.43 mm, slightly
thicker on apical half, subequal to thickness of
segment I; III, .61 mm, white, apical half fus-
cous; IV, .48 mm, pale, apex fuscous. Pronotum,
length .71 mm, width at base 1.19 mm. Color,
form of antennae, pubescence and bristles very
similar to the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 6, 1925, Los Animas,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken
with the type. Paratypes: Id 3 9 taken with
the types on sage willow, Salix. d 5 Aug. 19,
1898, Dixon's Canyon, Fort Collins (E. D. Ball);
d 9 June 25, 1900, Fort Collins (E. D. Ball);
9 June 16, 1900, Rocky Ford, Colorado (E. D.
Ball, d 9 , "Colo." d 9 June 7, 1966, Verdi,
Washoe County, Nevada (W. Cagne).

Pilophorus tanneri, new species

Allied to longiseioms Kngt., but differs in the
longer second antennal segment; also differs in
having shorter bristles which in length do not
exceed diameter of antennal segment II.

Male. Length 4.3 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width 1.10 mm, vertex .50 mm; yellowish brown,
vertex and front fuscous to black. Rostrum,
length 1.53 mm, reaching upon apex of middle

174

Brigham Younc University Science Bulletin

coxae, brown. Antennae: segment I, length .34
mm, pale to yellowish; II, 1.7 mm, cylindrical,
more slender on base, but apical half thicker,
slightly thicker than segment I, length slightly
greater than distance between base of pronotum
and apex of clypeus, reddish brown, apex fus-
cous; III, .60 mm, white, apical half fuscous; IV,
.54 mm, fuscous, pallid on base. Pronotum,
length .81 mm, width at base 1.32 mm; black,
disk moderately convex, basal margin sinuate on
middle, curving forward at basal angles, lateral
margins rounded, slightly sulcate as viewed
from above; disk clothed with very fine, short,
appressed golden pubescent hairs, sparsely inter-
mixed with short, erect, bristle hairs, surface
with waxlike sheen. Mesonotum and scutellum
black, clothed with appressed, silvery sericeous
hairs, more thickly on flat margins and basal
angles of scutellum, convex disk with several
setose hairs. Hemelytra yellowish brown, corium
with a short transverse, silvery, tomentose band
at a point just opposite apex of scutellum; also
having a posterior transverse silvery band that is
dislocated at clavus for a space just equal to
width of band; corium behind this band and
exterior to radial vein, the cuneus and apex of
clavus, darker brown and with surface shining
under proper angle of light; paracuneus covered
with silvery, tomentose hairs, some hairs run-
ning over upon inner basal angle of cuneus;
yellow brown areas clothed with minute, ap-
pressed, sericeous golden pubescent hairs, the
whole area sparsely set with erect, short yellow-
ish bristles, many easily shed when collecting
specimens if not before; length of bristles on
corium less than diameter of antennal segment
II. Membrane pale fuscous brown, a large deep-
er brown spot covers apex of larger areole and
beyond, veins golden brown. Ventral surface
brown to dark brown, venter brown to brownish
black, shining, sides of segments three to five
broadly covered with an oblique area of silvery,
tomentose hairs. Legs yellowish brown, coxae
half pallid; posterior tibiae nearly straight, only
slightly compressed.

Female. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.46 mm.
Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex .58 mm, cylin-
drical, more slender at base than segment I,
but gradually tapering to thicker (.12 mm) near
apex; III, white, apical half fuscous. Pronotum,
length .71 mm, width at base 1.12 mm. More
robust than the male but very similar in color
and pubescence.

Holotype: cf Aug. 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), at light trap. Allotype: 9 , Paro-
wan, Utah (V. M. Tanner).

Named to honor Dr. Vasco M. Tanner, long-
time entomologist at Brigham Young University,
and well known authority with the Coleoptera.

Pilophorus longiseiosus, new species

Allied to tanncri Kngt, but distinguished by
the shorter second antennal segment, also by
the long erect bristles on the hemelytra.

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.3 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .44 mm; frons
broadly rounded, convex, thickly set with erect
bristles, basal margin of vertex sharp, only
slightly elevated; basal margin forming an arc
with posterior margin of eyes to fit snugly
against pronotum, yellowish brown, frons and
vertex blackish. Rostrum, length 1.36 mm, reach-
ing between middle coxae. Antennae: segment
I, length .27 mm, thickness .07 mm, pale to yel-
lowish; II, 1.19 mm, slender on basal half, taper-
ing to thicker (.10 mm), yellowish brown, apical
area dark brown; III, .45 mm, white, apical half
fuscous; IV, .41 mm, fuscous, white on base.
Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base .98
mm; disk rather strongly convex, basal margin
nearly straight, lateral margins rounded, strong-
ly sulcate as viewed from above; disk brownish
black, surface with waxlike sheen, clothed with
very fine, short, appressed copper colored pu-
bescence, sparsely intermixed with rather long,
erect, yellowish bristle hairs. Mesonotum and
scutellum brownish black, thickly covered with
appressed, yellowish, pubescent hairs, a thick
spot of silvery, tomentose flat hairs covering
basal angles of scutellum and extending for-
ward upon mesonotum. Hemelytra yellowish
brown, corium with a short, transverse, silvery
tomentose band at a point nearly opposite the
extreme apex of scutellum; corium also with the
usual posterior, transverse, silvery tomentose
band that in this case is completely detached
from die band across apical area of clavus, thus
widely dislocated at the claval suture; corium
behind this posterior band and exterior to radial
vein, the cuneus and apex of clavus, dark brown
and with surface shining under proper angles of
light; paracuneus well covered with silvery, to-
mentose hairs, some hairs extending well across
base of cuneus; the yellowish brown areas of
hemelytra sparsely set with erect, long bristle-
type hairs, the length of which greatly exceed
thickness of second antennal segment. Mem-
brane pale dusky brown, central area and veins
yellowish brown. Mesosternum brownish black,
shining; legs yellowish brown, coxae pallid, pos-
terior tibiae straight, not flattened. Venter dark

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

175

brown, polished, having strong simple pubes-
cent hairs, a patch of silvery tomentose hairs on
sides of segments three to five.

Holotype: 9 Aug. 2, 1900, Colorado Springs,
Colorado (E. D. Ball).

Pilophorus mcrinoi, new species

Runs in the key close to exiguus Popp., from
which it may be separated by the transverse
position of basal silvery band on the corium.

Female. Length 3.6 mm, width 1.25 mm.
Head: width .98 mm, vertex .46 mm; basal edge
of vertex sharp, slopes nearly vertically forward
to frons, posterior edge forms an arc with pos-
terior margin of eyes to fit closely against an-
terior angles of pronotum. Rostrum, length 1.7
mm, reaching between posterior coxae, dark
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .25 mm,
thickness .10 mm, dusky yellow with a touch
of reddish; II, 1.3 mm, more slender on basal
half, but tapering thicker (.12 mm) on apical
third, black, basal half yellowish to fuscous; III,
.54 mm, pallid, apical half fuscous; IV, .47 mm,
fuscous, base pallid. Pronotum, length .71 mm,
width at base .92 mm; disk moderately convex,
slopes rapidly to each side to join the strongly
rounded and sulcate lateral margins, basal mar-
gin nearly straight. Mesonotum broadly exposed,
joining base of scutellum without definite de-
marcation; clothed with fine sericeous pubes-
cence, a longitudinal tomentose band covering
basal angles of scutellum, convex disk with
minute pubescence onlv. Hemelvtra pale fus-
cous, darker on base of clavus: clothed with
minute pubescence and sparsely interspersed
with longer, yellowish, recumbent pubescent
hairs; basal half of corium with a strong, trans-
verse, silvery tomentose band; posterior silvery
band narrower, crosses the clavus without inter-
ruption, but sloping slightly in posterior direc-
tion; behind this posterior band, the apex of
clavus, corium exterior to radial vein, and the
cuneus, brownish black and shining under
proper angles of light; paracuneus covered with
tomentose silvery patches. Membrane fumate,
having an opaque brownish black cloud cover-
ing areoles and central area of membrane. Ven-
tral surface brownish black, mesosternum pol-
ished, venter shining, covered with recumbent
pale pubescence, sides of segments three and
four with an oblique patch of silvery, tomentose
hairs. Legs dark brown, apical half of hind
coxae, and anterior aspect of front coxae, pal-
lid; tibiae paler brown, posterior tibiae straight,
not visibly compressed.

Male. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.2 mm. We
have one teneral male specimen which is not
perfect for description. Antennal segment II
dried in a flattened condition, would appear to
be more gradually thickened from middle to
apex. Hemelvtra deep fuscous brown in color,
not at all translucent.

Holotype: 9 June 24, 1965, Area 16M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Paratype: <S June 19, 1965, Area 401M, Ne-
vada Test Site ( H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Nymphs were taken with the adults, all on
Finns monophylla. 2 9 July 25, 1962, Area 12M,
Nevada Test Site.

This species is dedicated to Joe M. Merino
who helped collect this material, served as guide,
chauffer and assistant with the author in the
collecting project at the test site.

Pilophorus utahensis, new species

Runs in the key to near discretus Van D.
from which it may be separated by the brown-
ish black color; hind tibiae more strongly
curved.

Male. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.26 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .48 mm; frons dark brown.
Rostrum, length 1.39 mm, reaching to middle
of hind coxae, dark brown. Antennae: segment
I, length .27 mm, fuscous brown; II, 1.11 mm,
cylindrical, slender, not attaining thickness of
segment I, reddish brown to brownish black,
pubescence minute, scarcely visible; III, broken.
Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base .95
mm; disk moderatelv convex, basal margin sul-
cate on middle, lateral margins rounded, sul-
cate as viewed from above, mahogany brown
or brownish black, shining, minutely pubescent.
Mesonotum and scutellum mahogany brown;
scutellum moderately convex, transversely rugu-
lose on the elevated discal area, basal angles
and apex with silvery tomentose pubescence.
Hemelytra medium brown; basal half of corium
with a thick transverse band of silvery, tomen-
tose hairs, placed at a point opposite apex of
scutellum; apical area of corium with a nearly
transverse band of silvery, tomentose hairs,
which angles somewhat obliquely forward to
meet clavus, which is crossed without disloca-
tion of the band; corium behind the silvery band
and exterior to radial vein, apex of the clavus,
and the cuneus, dark brown and with surface
shining under proper angles of light; paracuneus
bearing silvery tomentose hairs which may in-
vade base of cuneus; the whole surface bearing
minute and some recumbent, golden pubescent

176

Bbicham Young University Science Bulletin

hairs, but without strong bristles. Membrane
pale fuscous, but with a cloud spot of brown
shading central area, areoles and veins. Ventral
surface dark brown, mesosternum polished; ven-
ter brownish black, shining, with the usual
patches of silvery tomentose hairs on sides of
segments three to five inclusive. Legs brown to
reddish brown, coxae reddish brown, basal half
of front coxae and apices of hind coxae, pallid
or white.

Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.15 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .47 mm, vertex im-
pressed just before sharp basal edge. Antennae:
segment I, length .24 mm, yellowish brown; II,
1.25 mm, cylindrical, slightly thicker on apical
half but scarcely attaining thickness of segment
I, brown to reddish brown and black. Pronotum,
length .64 mm, width at base .95 mm, sides
sharply sulcate just before basal angles. Very
similar to the male in form, color and pubes-
cence

Holotype: o* Oct. 12, 1932, Leeds, Utah (E.
W. Davis). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes 10 o" 9 taken with the types. 5cf 3 9
Julv 28, 1900, Grand Junction, Colorado (E. D
Ball).

Pilophorus balli, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with tomentosus Van D. but differs at least in
lacking sericeous pubescence.

Male. Length 3.0 mm, width 1.3 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .51 mm; yellowish brown,
frons and vertex well covered with erect yel-
lowish bristles. Rostrum, length 1.38 mm, reach-
ing to middle of hind coxae, brown. Antennae:
segment I, length .20 mm, pallid; II, 1.02 mm,
cylindrical, slender, slightly thicker on apex but
scarcely attaining thickness of segment I, yel-
lowish, reddish brown toward apex, pubescence
minute; III, .64 mm. yellowish, apex fuscous;
IV, .44 mm, pallid, apex fuscous. Pronotum,
length .64 mm, width at base 1.05 mm; yellow-
ish brown, shining, disk moderately convex,
basal margin slightlv sinuate, lateral margin just
slightly sulcate; disk set with numerous, erect,

vellowish bristle hairs, intermixed with some
minute pubescent hairs. Mesonotum and scutel-
lum yellowish brown, minutely pubescent,
scutellum moderately convex on disk, base
transversely rugulose, with a few erect bristle
hairs, basal angles and flat apex with silvery
tomentose hairs. Hemelytra uniformly yellowish
brown, basal half of corium with thick trans-
verse band of silvery tomentose hairs, having
a slight curve so that if projected transversely
would pass slightly behind tip of scutellum;
apical area of corium with transverse silvery
band of tomentose hairs, which crosses apical
area of clavus without interruption; corium be-
hind this band and exterior to radial vein, the
cuneus and apex of clavus, darker brown and
with surface shining under proper angles of
light; paracuneus covered with silvery tomen-
tose hairs and extend over upon basal angle of
cuneus; the whole surface sparsely set with
erect vellowish bristle hairs, and in between
may be detected spots of minute appressed yel-
lowish hairs. Ventral surface slightly darker
reddish brown, mesosternum polished, venter
shining, clothed with rather long pubescent
hairs; sides of segments three, four and five
with patch of silvery tomentose hair. Legs red-
dish brown; posterior tibiae straight, only slight-
ly flattened.

Female. Length 3.3 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .51 mm. Antennae:
segment I, length .23 mm, yellowish; II, 1.02
mm, cylindrical, slightly thicker on apical half
but scarcely equal to thickness of segment I,
reddish brown; III, broken. Pronotum, length
.68 mm, width at base 1.10 mm; lateral margins
sulcate. Color, pubescence and bristles very
similar to the male.

Holotype: J1 July 28, 1900, Grand Junction,
Colorado (E. D. Ball). Allotype: 9 same data
as the type. Paratypes: 2 c? 1 9 taken with the
tvpes. d Sept. 10, 1901, Fort Collins, Colorado
(E. D. Ball).

Named for the collector. Dr. E. D. Ball,
who was well known for his work on Hom-
optera, especially Cicadellidae and Membra-
cidae.

Subfamily mlrinae

Key to the Tribes

1. First segment of hind tarsi long as or longer than second and third segments

taken together 2

First segment of hind tarsi not as long as second and third taken together 3

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

2. Myrmecomorphic species; cuneus and membrane vestigal or absent

pithanini, p. 177

Species not myrmecomorphic; hemelytra divided into corium, clavus and em-
bolium, cuneus and membrane present stenodemini, p. 177

3. Ostiolar peritreme small, its dorsal margin scarcely extending dorsad as far as

ventral margin of mesepimeron resthemni, p. 181

Ostiolar peritreme prominent, its dorsal margin extending well above ventral
margin of mesepimeron mount, p. 182

177

Tribe pithanini

Key to the Genera

1. Length of first antennal segment less than width of vertex . Pithanus Fieb., p. 177

Length of first antennal segment greater than width of vertex

Mimoceps Uhler. p. 177

Genus Mimoceps Uhler

Mimoceps insignis Uhler
Fig. 242

Mimoceps insignis Uhler, 1890:84.
Mimoceps insignis Knight, 1941:125, Fig. 142.
Mimoceps insignis Carvalho, 1958:277.

This species is known from Colorado, Utah,
Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, and New Mexico.

Genus Pithanus Fieber

Pithanus maerkeli Herrieh-Schaeffer
Fig. 26

Pithanus maerkeli Herrieh-Schaeffer, 1838:78,

Fig. 406.
Pithanus maerkeli Fieber, 1861:239.
Pithanus maerkeli Knight, 1941:19, 125.
Pithanus maerkeli Carvalho, 1959:279, cat.

This is a European species that has become
established widely in North America. It is now
known from British Columbia, Washington, Ore-
gon, and several northeastern states.

Fig. 242. Mimoceps insignis Uhler, brachypterous g

Tribe stenodemini
Key to the Genera

1. Pronotum distinctly punctate 2

Pronotum impunctate or rugulose 4

178 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

2. First antennal segment long and slender, length exceeding width of head plus

width of an eye 3

First antennal segment shorter, not or only slightly exceeding width of head;
thickly clothed with long suberect hairs Stenodema, Lap., p. 178

3. Frons and vertex impunctate, smooth Litomiris Slater, p. 178

Frons and vertex punctate Porpomiris Berg, p. 179

4. First antennal segment clothed with erect bristles or long pilose hairs 5

First antennal segment clothed with very short pubescence or bristles 6

5. First antennal segment clothed with erect, long pilose hairs; calli with foveate

depression on middle of each callus Cliaetofoveolocoris, n. gen., p. 179

First antennal segment clothed with suberect stiff bristles; calli without fovea
Leptopterna Fieb., p. 180

6. Head short and greatly flattened, front scarcely protruding beyond bases of an-

tennae; first antennal segment slender and curved, thickest near base, taper-
ing to become slender at middle, then becoming slightly enlarged at apex
Teratocoris Fieb., p. 179

Head long and pointed, front projecting sharply beyond bases of antennae; first

antennal segment not formed as above 7

7. First antennal segment very long, length exceeding width of pronotum at base;

clothed with very short bristles Megaloceraea Fieb., p. 180

First antennal segment rather short, length much less than width of pronotum;
clothed with very fine short pubescence T rigonotylus Fieb., p. 179

Genus Stenodema Laporte Known distribution: Utah, Colorado, Idaho,

„ , . . T . , and Montana. I have compared my material

stenodema virens (Linnaeus) ..-. . £ . /t ■ s r_ -c- i j

v ' with specimens of virens (Linn.) from Finland

Cirnex virens Linnaeus, 1767:730. and Germany and am unable to separate the

Miris virens Fabricius, 1794:185. specimens into two species. These specimens of

Stenodema virens Laporte, 1832:40. virens differ from material I call vicinum

Stenodema virens Van Duzee, 1917:304, cat. (Prov. ) from New York and Minnesota, by the

Stenodema virens Knight, 1922:288 (1921). shorter first antennal segment; length of seg-

Record for the Nevada Test Site: Area 12M, ment I less than ( $ ), to subequal (d), to

6d" 79, nymphs, Aug. 13, 1965 (J. M. Merino), width of head; hairs on segment I longer and

taken on Elymus cinereus. more erect than in vicinum.

Genus Litomiris Slater
Key to the Species

1. Cuneus red, outer half pallid 2

Cuneus not red 3

2. Rostrum reaching upon fourth ventral segment; length 5.6 mm .. punctatus Kngt.
Rostrum just reaching apex of hind coxae; length 6.4 mm rubicundus Uhler

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

3. Length of first antennal segment greater than width of pronotum at base; length

7.4 mm gracilis Van D.

Length of first antennal segment less than width of pronotum at base

4. Length of first antennal segment plus width of segment I, subequal to width of

pronotum at base; length 8.4 mm curtus Kngt.

Length of first antennal segment plus width of vertex subequal to width of pro-
notum at base; length 8.0 mm debilis Uhler

179

Litomiris debilis (Uhler)

Megaloceroea debilis Uhler, 1872:403.
Litomiris debilis Slater, 1956:119.

This species was taken in Ormsby County,
Nevada, in July 1900 (C. F. Baker). It was also
taken July 2, 1945, Sheldon Antelope Refuge,
Nevada. I have other specimens from Idaho,
Montana, Colorado, Wyoming, South Dakota,
and Iowa.

Litomiris gracilis (Van Duzee)

Stenodema gracilis Van Duzee, 1914:25.
Megaloceroea gracilis Van Duzee, 1917:306.
Litomiris gracilis Slater, 1956:120.

This species was described from southern
California and may well occur in Nevada.

Litomiris rubicundus (Uhler)

Megaloceroea rubicunda Uhler, 1872:409.
Megaloceroea rubicunda Knight, 1928:251.

Known from Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico
and Texas.

Litomiris punctatus (Knight)

Megaloceroea punctata Knight, 192S:249.
Litomiris punctatus Slater, 1956:119.

Known at present from Nogales and Santa
Cruz Counties, Arizona.

Litomiris curtus (Knight)

Megaloceroea carta Knight, 192S:247.

Known from Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, and
South Dakota.

Genus Porpomiris Berg

Porpomiris curtulus (Reuter)

Mesomiris curtulus Reuter, 1909:5.
Mesomiris curtulus Van Duzee, 1917:306, cat.
Mesomiris curtulus Knight, 1927:41, host.
Mesomiris curtulus Knight, 1941:131.
Porpomiris curtulus Carvalho, 1952:85.

Known distribution: Colorado, Utah, Nebras-
ka, Maryland, New Jersey, and Long Island,
New York.

The species was found breeding on Panicum
huachucae at Wray, Colorado.

Genus Teratocoris Fieber

Teratocoris discolor Uhler
Fig. 244

Teratocoris discolor Uhler, 1877:68, n. sp.
Teratocoris discolor Knight, 1941:128, Fig. 145.

Known distribution: Colorado, Utah, South
Dakota, Minnesota, Iowa, Illinois and eastward.
Nevada record: 9 June 17, 1966, Gerlach,
Washoe County (W. Gagne). This species oc-
curs on Scirpus and Carex.

Teratocoris saundersi D. & S.

Teratocoris saundersi Douglas & Scott, 1869:260.
Teratocoris longicornis Uhler, 1895:29, n. sp.
Teratocoris saundersi Van Duzee, 1917:308, cat.
Teratocoris saundersi Carvalho, 1959:311.

Known distribution: Colorado, Wyoming,
and Alaska in the U.S.A., and from Manitoba,
Canada, and Finland in Europe.

Genus Trigonotylus Fieber
Trigonotylus americanus Carvalho

Trigonoti/lus americanus Carvalho, 1957:125,

126.

Record for the Nevada Test Site: Area 19M,
2 o* June 23, 1965 (H. II. Knight & J. M.
Merino). The two specimens were swept up in
the net from sparsely growing grasses. This was
at a higher elevation than the desert lowland
in the Pinyon-Juniper Community. Repeated
sweeping failed to turn up additional specimens.

Chaetofoveolocoris, new genus

Allied to Leptoptcrna Fieb. but distinguished
by having a foveate depression on middle of
each callus; also a pair of foveate punctures

180

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

between the calli, narrowly separated by the
longitudinal median line. First antennal segment,
legs and dorsal surface clothed with long, erect,
pilose hairs. Apex or anterior margin of frons
abruptly elevated above base of clypeus. Length
of first antennal segment (43 units) almost
equal to basal width of pronotum (45 units).
Body form very slender, hemelytra with costal
margins nearly parallel, width at middle nearly
subequal to basal width of pronotum. Claws
with pseudarolia. arolia erect, thicker at middle,
diverging on apical half, typical of the Steno-
demini. Type of the genus: Megaloceraea hir-
suta Knight.

Chaetofoveolocoris hirsuta (Knight)

Megahceroea hirsuta Knight, 1928:248.

Known distribution: Santa Rita Mts., Pima
County, Arizona. Fort Davis Mts., Texas.

Genus Megaloceraea Fieber

Megaloceraea recticornis (Geoffrey)

Cimex recticornvi Geoffrey, 1785:209.
Megaloceraea longicornis Fieber, 1861:243.
Megaloceraea recticornis Reuter, 1888:15, sy-

nonomy.
Megaloceraea recticornis Knight, 1922:286, distr.
Megaloceraea recticornis Knight, 1941:125.
Megaloceraea recticornis Carvalho, 1959:294,

cat.
Megaloceraea recticornis Slater, 1956:116.

This is an old European species that was first
recognized in America by Knight (1922), which
has spread across Canada and the United States.
It is known to occur in Idaho, Oregon, Washing-
ton, British Columbia, and most of the northern
United States and Canada.

Genus Leptopterna Fieber

Key to the Species

Length of antennal segment I approximately subequal to width of head across
eyes; antennal segment II cylindrical, of uniform thickness, set with erect
bristles dolabrata ( Linn. )

Length of antennal segment I greater than width of head across eyes; thickness of

antennal segment II greater on basal half, more thickly set with erect bristles

ferrugata (Fall.)

Leptopterna dolabrata (Linn.)

Fig. 243

Cimex dolabratus Linnaeus, 1758:730.
Miris dolabratus Fabricius, 1803:252.
Leptopterna dolabrata Fieber, 1861:245.
Miris dolabratus Fabricius, 1803:252.
Leptopterna dolabrata China, 1943:262.

Common in the eastern United States and
ranges westward to eastern Colorado, and once
collected at Fort Wingate, New Mexico. As yet
I have not seen specimens taken west of Colo-
rado.

Since the eggs of this species pass the winter
in stems of forage plants, the shipments of hay
for livestock feeding may distribute the species
into new areas. I dare to suggest that finding
dolabrata at Fort Wingate, New Mexico, stems
from shipments of hay to feed horses and mules
kept there by the U. S. Army many years ago.

Leptopterna ferrugata ( Fallen )

Miris ferrugatus Fallen, 1807:107.
Leptopterna amoena Uhler, 1872:409, n. sp.
Miris ferrugatus Van Duzee, 1917:302.
Miris ferrugatus Knight, 1921:112, distr.
Leptopterna ferrugata China, 1943:262.

This holarctic species is known from Alaska,
Canada and the western United States. Records:
d July 1900, Ormsbv Countv, Nevada (C. F.
Baker)'. 2c: Julv 13,' 1965, Coalville, Utah ( H.
H. Knight). 3d" May 30, 1936; 5<j" 2 9 June
20, 1932, Moscow, Idaho (T. A. Brindley). 2d"
1 9 Aug. 1913, Beaver Creek, alt. 6300 ft, Mon-
tana (S. J. Hunter), d 9 May 11-17, Corvallis,
Oregon ( H. A. Scullen). d June 17, 1927,
Puvallup, Washington (W. W. Baker). 2d" 1 9
Aug. 12, 1925, Wolf Creek Pass, Colorado (H.
H.^Knight). 2d" 3 9 Aug. 13, 1922, Grand
Marais, Minnesota (H. H. Knight).

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

181

Tribe resthenini

Key to the Genera

1. Length of first antenna] segment not equal to width of vertex

Oncerometopus Reuter, p. 1S2

Length of first antennal segment greater than width of vertex

Prepops Reuter, p. 181

Fig. 243. Leptopterna dolabrata (Linn.), d .

Genus Prepops Reuter

Prepops bivittis ( Stal )

Rcsthenia bivittis Stal, 1862:318.
Phtytylellus bivittis Van Duzee, 1917:311.
Prepops bivittis Carvalho, 1959:332, cat.

Records: d June 24, 1966, Lehman Caves
Nat. Monument, White Pine County (W.
Gagne); 9 July 7, 1966, 8 mi VV Lide, alt. 6800
ft, Esmeralda Countv, Nevada (C. W. O'Brien).
d ? Feb. 14, 1935, Whirtier, California (E. L.
Paddock), taken on Galium angustifolia. This
genus of plants is reported from the test site
(Beatley, 1965), so I expect the species will be
found there.

This wide ranging species is known from
Utah, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming,
British Columbia, California, and Mexico.

Fig. 244. Teratocoris discolor Uhl., J

Fig. 245. Prepops fraternus (Kngt.), $

182

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Prepops rubrovittatus ( Stal )

Resthenia rubrovittatus Stal, 1862:318.
PlatytylcUus rubrovittatus Van Duzee, 1917:311.
Prepops rubrovittatus Carvalho, 1959:341, cat.
This species is known from Arizona to Texas.

Prepops rubroscutellatus (Knight)

Platytylellus rubroscutellatus Knight, 1929:191.

This species is known from Arizona, Colo-
rado, and New Mexico.

Prepops atripennis (Reuter)

Resthenia atripennis Reuter, 1876:65.
Platytylellus atripennis Van Duzee, 1917:310.
Prepops atripennis Carvalho, 1959:332.

Records: 9 Sept. 13, 1925, Oracle; 3 d June
7, 1926, Tucson, Arizona (A. A. Nichol). 9
July 1, 1961, Mt. Springs Summit, Clark County,
alt. .5400 ft, Nevada (F. D. Parker). 9 Zion
National Park, Utah (V. M. Tanner). With this
distribution it is possible that the species may
be found at the test site.

Genus Oncerometopus Reuter
Oncerometopus nigriclavus Reuter

Oncerometopus nigriclavus Reuter, 1876:66.

This species is known from California, sev-
eral localities in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico,
Oklahoma, and Texas. New records: 5 9 Sept.
30, 1960, Bristol Wells, Lincoln County, Nevada
(R. C. Bechtel), on Chrysothamnus nauseosus
leiosperma. 3 9 May 25, 1935, Cabazon, Cali-
fornia (E. L. Paddock), taken on Encelia fari-
nosa. A member of the same genus, Encelia
virginensis, is reported from the test site ( Beat-
ley, 1965).

Oncerometopus nicholi Knight

Oncerometopus nicholi Knight, 1928:190.

This species is known from the Kaibab For-
est, northern Arizona (Tanner); also I have
specimens from Dolores and Mancos, Colorado
(Drake & Knight).

Oncerometopus californicus Van Duzee

Oncerometopus californicus Van Duzee, 1918:

280.

This species was described from Riverside
County, California.

Tribe mirini
Key to the Genera

1. Pronotum punctate, or strongly rugulose 2

Pronotum smooth, not punctate or strongly rugulose 13

2. Antennal segment II clavate, thicker than segment I 3

Antennal segment II not clavate 6

3. Antennal segment II slender on basal half, abruptly clavate on apical fourth,

length greater than twice the width of head Ectopiocerus Uhler, p. 205

Antennal segment II gradually thickened from basal half to apex, length not

equal to twice the width of head 4

4. Black, juga abruptly convex Capsus Fabr., p. 186

Body not black, juga not abruptly convex 5

5. Antennal segment II equal to or greater in length than width of pronotum at

base Noilwlopus Bergr., p. 205

Antennal segment II rather short, length not equal to width of pronotum at base
Pycnocoris Van D., p. 205

6. Vertex with a longitudinal groove on median line Creontiades Dist, p. 204

Vertex without a longitudinal groove 7

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 183

7. Black species, with jugum separated from lorum by a deep suture

Irbisia Reut., p. 185

Species if black, without the deep suture between jugum and lorum 8

8. Pronotum impunctate between calli and posterior to the collar 9

Pronotum punctate between calli and posterior to collar

Tropidosteptes Uhler, p. 186

9. Dorsal surface distinctly pubescent 10

Dorsal surface shining, glabrous or nearly so; hemelytra translucent

'.. Platylygus Van D., p. 192

10. Pronotum rugose punctate, lateral margins rounded, not angulate

Lijgidea Reut., p. 187

Pronotum punctate, not clearly rugose, lateral margins angulate 11

11. Antennal segment II long, at least four times the length of segment I; vertex

sharp, forming a straight transverse line posteriorly
Pinalitus Kelton, p. 187

Second antennal segment shorter 12

12. Pronotum distinctly and densely punctate, pubescent hairs suberect, thickly set

like the punctures; male claspers distinctive Orthops Fieb., p. 189

Pronotum more sparsely and shallowly punctate; pubescent hairs shorter and
more recumbent; male claspers distinctive in type Lygas Hahn, p. 189

13. First antennal segment distinctly flat, width equal to three or four times the

thickness LampetJwaa Dist, p. 206

First antennal segment not flat, or width not over twice the thin diameter 14

14. First antennal segment thickened, clothed with numerous flattened hairs

NeurocoJpus Reut., p. 206

First antennal segment devoid of flattened hairs 15

15. Pronotum with two subexcavated, dull, black spots, one behind each callosity;

first antennal segment with long black hairs and setae .. Taedia Dist., p. 205

Pronotum without the subexcavated black spots 16

16. Pronotum with lateral margins rounded, without angulate margin 17

Pronotum with definite or angulated margins 20

17. Basal margin of pronotum with a sharp or angulate projection on median line

Dacerla Signoret, p. 205

Basal margin of pronotum without sharp projection on median line 18

18. Scutellum strongly elevated into a rounded convex disk

Cyphopelta Van D., p. 205

Scutellum normal, not strongly elevated 19

184 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

19. Collar narrow, width not equal to thickness of antennal segment I; shape of head

resembles Adelphocoris ... Stittocapsus Kngt., p. 205

Collar flat, dorsal width greater than thickness of antennal segment I; head in-
clined forward, much like Cypliopelta Clostcrocoris Uhler, p. 205

20. Hind femora long, extending much beyond apex of venter, flattened, broadest

before middle and more slender at apex Phytocoris Fallen, p. 211

Hind femora shorter, not or scarcely extending beyond tip of abdomen 2]

21. First segment of hind tarsus distinctly longer than third segment

Stenolus Jak., p. 203

First segment of hind tarsus distinctly shorter than third segment 22

22. Body above and below clothed with silky, sericeous or woolly pubescence

Pohjmerus Hahn, p. 186

Body clothed only with simple pubescence 23

23. Length of first antennal segment subequal to or greater than width of head

across eyes 24

Length of first antennal segment much less than width of head across eyes 25

24. Second antennal segment somewhat thickened, spindle-shaped

Garganus Stal., p. 204

Second antennal segment cylindrical, not thicker on apical half

Ganocapsus Van D., p. 204

25. Head broad, length of antennal segment I not equal to width of vertex; eyes

practically in contact with pronotal angles 26

Head not so broad, lengdi of antennal segment I equal to or greater than width

of vertex 27

26. Head broad, frons and vertex nearly vertical; vertex compressed, basal margin

forming a sharp basal edge; eyes subpedunculatc .... Bolteria Uhler, p. 202

Head broad, but vertex and frons sloping gradually forward, not vertical; basal
margin of vertex not sharply elevated; eyes not subpedunculatc
Dichrooscytus Fieb., p. 192

27. Dorsal surface distinctly pubescent, dull 28

Dorsal surface nearly glabrous, highly polished 29

28. Thickness of fourth antennal segment almost equal to that at base of segment

II; mesal width of collar subequal to thickness of antennal segment IV
Adelphocoris Reut, p. 203

Thickness of fourth antennal segment distinctly thinner than base cf segment II;
mesal width of collar distinctly greater than thickness of segment IV
Calocoris Fieb., p. 203

29. Rostrum short, scarcely surpassing anterior coxae .... Poccilocapsus Reut., p. 204

Rostrum longer, at least reaching posterior margins of middle coxae

Horcias Dist, p. 204

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

185

Genus Irbisia Reuter
Key to the Species

1. Length of antennal segment II not exceeding width of pronotum at base 2

Length of antennal segment II distinedy greater than width of pronotum at
base; eyes subpedunculate; length of antennal segment I greater than width
of vertex; length 6.2 mm pacifica (Uhl. )

2. Legs with some pale color on coxae or tibiae 3

Legs uniformly black; length 6.0-6.2 mm nigripes Kngt.

3. Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of vertex 4

Length of antennal segment I subequal to width of vertex, ( 9 ) about .04 mm.
less; length ( <$ ) 5.8 mm, ( 9 ) 6.2 mm elongata Kngt.

4. Coxae pallid on apical half; rostrum reaching upon posterior coxae, yellowish;

length 4.5 mm-5.4 mm brachijcera (Uhl.)

Coxae and rostrum black, rostrum reaching upon apices of hind coxae; female
brachypterous, costal margin strongly arcuate; length ( 9 ) 5.3 mm, ( cf )
6.0 mm shulli Kngt.

Irbisia pacifica (Uhler)

Rhopalotomus pacificu.s Uhler, 1872:415.

Thyrillus pacificus Uhler, 1894:267.

Irbisia pacificus Van Duzee, 1914:24.

Irbisia pacificus Slater, 1950:36, PI. 2, Fig. 20.

This species is known from California, Ne-
vada, Utah, Idaho, Montana, and Washington.

The species was not taken at the test site,
but this is not surprising as so little collecting
specifically directed towards the mirids has been
done there, especially in early spring and late
fall, and at most higher elevations.

Irbisia shulli Knight

Irbisia shulli Knight, 1941:75.

This species is known from Idaho,
Oregon, and Washington.

Utah,

Irbisia brachyccra (Uhler)

Rhopalotomus brachycerus Uhler, 1872:416.
Thyrillus brachycerus Uhler, 1895:39.
Irbisia arcuata Van Duzee, 1921:148, n. sp.
Irbisia brachyccra Knight, 1941:79.

Known from Utah, Colorado, Idaho, Mon-
tana, Wyoming, Nebraska, and North Dakota.
This species has been reported from California,
but the writer has been unable to verify this
early record. I collected 7 d 5 9 June 29, 1965,
at Scipio, Utah, which is about 200 miles due
east of the test site. The species may well occur
in Nevada.

Irbisia elongata Knight

Irbisia elongata Knight, 1941b: 77.

This species is known from Idaho, Wyoming,
and Washington.

Fig. 246. Capstts ater (Linn.), 9

186

Fig. 247. Tropidosteptes populi Kngt, 5 .

Irbisia nigripcs Knight

Jrbisia nigripes Knight, 1925:94.

This species is known from Idaho, Montana,
and Alberta, Canada.

Genus Capsus Fabricius

Capsus ater (Linnaeus)
Fig. 246

Cimex ater Linnaeus, 1758:447.
Capsus ater Fabricius, 1803:241.
Capsus ater Van Duzee, 1917:337.
Capsus ater Knight, 1941:138.

Commonly known from Alberta, Canada,
and in Washington, Oregon, California, Idaho,
Montana, Wyoming and eastward in the United
States.

Host plants: Canada bluegrass (Poa com-
pressa), couch grass (Agropyron repens) and
occasionally other grasses such as timothy
(Phleum pratense).

Genus Polymerus Hahn

Polymerus relativus Knight

Polymerus relativus Knight, 1926:165.

Very similar to diffusus (Uhler), but differs
in the larger size and shorter rostrum which
does not attain posterior margin of mesosternum.

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Records from the Nevada Test Site: Area
18M, 3d" 10 9 June 20, 1965, taken on Chryso-
thamnus nauseosus; Area 401M, Id 15 9 June
18, 1965, taken on Chrysothamnus nauseosus.

Other records: 9cf 7 9 July 12, 1965, Wells,
Nevada (H. H. Knight), taken on Chrysotham-
nus nauseosus. 5d 19 June 29, 1965, Scipio,
Utah (H. H. Knight), taken on Chrysothamnus.
The preferred host appears to be Chrysotham-
nus nauseosus.

Polymerus diffusus (Uhler)

Poeciloscytus diffusus Uhler, 1872:415.
Polymerus diffusus Knight, 1926:165.

Known from Arizona, California, Utah, Colo-
rado, New Mexico, Idaho, Oregon, Washington,
and British Columbia.

Records for Nevada: 2cf 3 9 June 8, 1966,
Goldfield; 2d" June 7, 1966, Tonopah, Nye
County (W. Gagne): Ormsby County (C. F.
Baker).

Genus Tropidosteptes Uhler

Tropidosteptes vittifrons (Knight)

Neoborus vittifrons Knight, 1929:5.

This species is common in Arizona, breeding
on Fraxinus arizonicus.

Fig. 248. Lygidea mendax Rent., 9

MraiDAE of the Nevada Test Site 187

Records: 12 d 9 May 21, 1909, West Wats Genus Lygidea Reuter

[sic.], Utah (E. D. Ball); d July 8, 1930, Rich-

field, Utah (E. W. Davis), taken at light, d 9 Lyguua mono neuter

May 25, 1963, Moapa (R. C. Bectel); d 9 Lygidea morio Reuter, 1909:47.
June 6, 1966, Las Vegas, Nevada (D. F. Zoller), This species was reported only from Cali-

reported as defoliating ash, Fraxinus, shade trees fornia.

y' Lygidea annexa (Uhler)

Tropidosteptes illitus (Van Duzee) r .j Tr ■ i ",m^mr,

r ' Lygidea annexus Knight, 1917:639, note.

Neoborus illitus Van Duzee, 1921:120. This species was described from Colorado

Neoborus illitus Usinger, 1945:585, figs., biol. and later was reported from California. The

Described from Marin County, California, writer has examined specimens only from Colo-

where it was breeding on ash, Fraxinus. rado.

Genus Pinalitus Kelton
Key to the Species

1. Rostrum reaching base of posterior trochanters, or beyond 3

Rostrum not reaching base of posterior trochanters 2

2. Length of second antennal segment exceeds width of pronotum at base; thick-

ness of segment II less than segment I solivagus Van D.

Length of second antennal segment much less dian width of pronotum at base;
thickness of antennal segment II subequal to thickness of segment 1(d)
calif ornicus, n. sp.

3. Rostrum only reaching upon posterior trochanters, or upon fourth ventral segment 4

Rostrum reaching beyond posterior trochanters, or upon sixth ventral segment
approximalus Stal

4. Dorsal surface clothed with long, simple, suberect pubescence, extending well

above the silvery sericeous pubescence; ( 9 ) length of second antennal seg-
ment not equal to width of pronotum at base utahensis, n. sp.

Dorsal surface with simple pubescence more recumbent, not conspicuously sub-
erect; ( 9 ) length of second antennal segment subequal or greater than
width of pronotum at base 5

5. Frons with red transverse lines; dorsal surface reddish yellow; size smaller,

length 4.7-4.9 mm rubrotinctus, n. sp.

Frons without red lines; hemelytra marked with fuscous ( d ), or dappled with
reddish only ( 9 ); larger, length 5.1-5.7 mm brevirostris, n. sp.

Pinalitus approximates (Stal) Pinalitus brevirostris, new species

Deraeocoris approximates Stal, 1858:185. Allied to approximalus (Stal) but differs in

Lijgus approximates Reuter, 1879:53. the distinctly shorter rostrum which reaches

Lygus approximates Knight, 1917:597, Fig. 180. only upon posterior trochanters.

Pinalitus approximates Kelton, 1955:536, figs. Male. Length 5.7 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:

Known from Alaska, Washington, Idaho, clypeus not black. Rostrum, length 2.1 mm,

Colorado, New Work, and British Columbia in reaching upon base of posterior trochanters,

Canada. Occurs on spruce, Picea. pallid, apex blackish. Antennae: segment I,

188

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

length .51 mm, pale yellowish, with very fine,
short, fuscous pubescent hairs; II, 2.0 mm, cylin-
drical, pale dusky yellow, with minute short
pubescence; III, .88 mm, pale fuscous; IV, .47
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .85 mm, width at
base 1.6 mm, disk minutely punctate, yellow-
ish, calli and a submarginal band along basal
margin, and base of propleura, blackish, collar
white. Scutellum fuscous, lateral margins, apex
and part of median line pale, clothed with
short, simple yellowish pubescent hairs. Hemel-
ytra pale to yellow and dusky brown, the dark-
er color broken by dappled paler areas; cuneus
pallid, apex and basal area with reddish brown
pigment in hypodermis; clothed with rather
short, recumbent, yellowish simple hairs and
thickly intermixed with appressed, silvery seri-
ceous pubescence. Membrane pale, lightly
shaded with fumate to dusky brown, veins red-
dish brown. Ventral surface pale yellowish and
fuscous, mesostemum fuscous. Venter pallid, a
lateral line and the genital segment fuscous.
Legs pallid to yellowish, coxae more white, fe-
mora dusky yellow, hind pair more brownish,
tibiae dusky yellow, spines brown, without spots.

Female. Length 5.2 mm, width 2.1 mm.
Head: width 1.05 mm, vertex .44 mm; brownish
yellow, lines absent. Rostrum, length 2.2 mm,
reaching upon posterior trochanters, yellowish
brown, apex blackish. Antennae; segment I,
length .44 mm, just equal to width of vertex,
yellowish brown; II, 1.66 mm, cylindrical, slen-
der, only slightly thicker near apex, pale yellow-
ish; III, .85 mm, pale fuscous; IV, .51 mm, pale
fuscous. Pronotum, length .85 mm, width at base
1.7 mm, subequal to length of antennal segment
II; disk and calli light yellow, a narrow submar-
ginal fuscous band along base. Scutellum with
or without fuscous. Hemelytra yellowish, hypo-
dermis of clavus and corium with reddish brown
pigment, which shows in a reticulate pattern, or
dappled with lighter spots. Ventral surface and
legs yellowish brown, without fuscous shading
or marks.

Holotype: cf Aug. 8, 1925, alt. 9000 ft, Stone-
wall, near Trinidad, Colorado (H. H. Knight).
Allotype: 9 same data as the type. Paratypes:
4 cf 5 $ , taken with the types on spruce, Picea
engelmanni.

Pinalittis utahensis, new species

Allied to brevirostiis but differs in the slight-
ly shorter rostrum, thicker and more erect pu-
bescence; frons with transverse red lines, also
with red on the juga and lora.

Male. Length 5.0 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head;
width 1.02 mm, vertex .34 mm; light yellow
brown, frons with median line, transverse lines
each side and arc line at base, red; juga, lora,
and margin of gena, red. Rostrum, length 2.0
mm, pale yellow, apex black, reaching upon
apex of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length
.52 mm, yellowish; II, 1.94 mm, cylindrical, yel-
lowish brown, thickly covered with short yellow-
ish pubescence; III, 1.0 mm, fuscous brown; IV,
.51 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .88 mm,
width at base 1.63 mm, disk finely punctate,
calli and a band around basal margin black,
basal edge white. Dorsal surface thickly clothed
with suberect simple golden hairs, and thickly
intermixed with more appressed, silvery serice-
ous pubescence. Scutellum yellowish, fuscous
each side of a pale median line. Hemelytra yel-
lowish brown, clavus and corium with spot shad-
ins; of fuscous and brown, also with indistinct
patches of paler color; cuneus pale to yellowish,
apex brownish black, discal area with some red-
dish in hypodermis. Membrane pale, apical half
with irregular pattern of fuscous shading, veins
reddish brown, also with some fuscous shading
within areoles. Ventral surface pale yellowish to
fuscous, mesostemum fuscous; venter pallid to
white beneath, sides with a broad reddish lateral
line, genital segment brownish black. Legs pale
yellowish, hind femora with an irregular partem
of reddish brown on anterior aspect; tibiae pale
yellowish, spines reddish brown.

Female. Length 5.0 mm, width 2.2 mm.
Head: width 1.10 mm, vertex .47 mm; yellow-
ish brown, frons without lines but with red on
juga, lora, and edge of genae. Rostrum, length
2.3 mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters.
Antennae: segment I, length .50 mm; II, 1.7 mm,
cylindrical, more slender than in the male,
length subequal to width of pronotum at base.
Pronotum, length .98 mm, width at base 1.73
mm, black color alont{ basal marsrin much re-
duced.

Holotype: cf July 26, 1917, Mr. Lemon, alt.
near 9000 ft, Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona (H.
H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: cf taken with the types, cf Aug. 13,
1916,' Soldier Summit, Utah.

Pinalittis solivagus (Van Duzee)

Lygidca solivaga Van Duzee, 1921:119.

This species was described from Siskiyou
County, California. The present placement of
the species in the genus Pinalittis is based on
study of paratypes.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

189

Pinalitus rubrolinctus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with brevi-
rostris, but may be separated by the smaller
size, red lines on head and reddish yellow color.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.8 mm. Head:
width .92 mm, vertex .36 mm; brownish yellow,
frons with transverse and median lines red,
juga, lora and genae reddish. Rostrum, length
2.0 mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters,
yellowish brown, apex dark brown. Antennae:
segment I, length .47 mm, pale yellowish; II,
1.7 mm, cylindrical, pale vellowish; III, .98 mm,
yellowish brown; IV, .52 mm, dusky brown.
Pronotum, length .74 mm, reddish brown, calli
and margins of disk becoming infuscated, collar
and basal edge of disk white; disk finely punc-
tate. Scutellum reddish brown, apex pallid. Dor-
sal surface clothed with rather short, recum-
bent, fine simple yellowish pubescent hairs, and
sparsely intermixed with silvery sericeous hairs.
Hemelytra reddish yellow to reddish brown,
subtranslucent along outer and apical margins
of clavus, embolium and cuneus more reddish.
Membrane pale, tinged with brown, veins red-
dish brown. Ventral surface brownish yellow,
sides more reddish; venter pallid on middle,
sides reddish brown, genital segment yellowish
brown. Legs pale yellowish brown, hind femora
more reddish brown; tibiae pale yellowish
spines light brown.

Female. Length 4.8 mm, width 2.0 mm.
Head: width .98 mm, vertex .46 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.2 mm, reaching full length of posterior
trochanters. Antennae: segment I, length .47
mm; II, 1.63 mm; III, .92 mm; IV, .51 mm. Pro-
notum, length .84 mm, width at base 1.62 mm.
Slightly more robust than the male, but very
similar in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d July 26, 1917, Mt. Lemon, alt.
9000 ft, Santa Catalina Mts., Arizona (H. H.
Knight). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: cf 4 9 taken with the types, d 2 9
Aug. 9, 1930, San Francisco Mts., Arizona (E.
D. Ball).

Pinalitus califomicus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with solivagus
(Van D.) from which it may be separated by
the shorter and thicker second antennal seg-
ment.

Male. Length 5.0 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.08 mm, vertex .44 mm; yellowish, vertex
narrowly red bordering basal carina, face with
reddish along sutures. Rostrum not reaching

apex of hind coxae, but due to faulty point
mounting it is obscured and defies measure-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length .54 mm, yel-
lowish; II, 1.32 mm, slender at base but taper-
ing thicker on middle, thickness on apical half
subequal to segment I, yellowish, rather thickly
pubescent; III, .61 mm, dusky yellow. Pronotum,
length .91 mm, width at base 1.7 mm; disk fine-
ly punctate, yellowish, a definite but narrow
dark line borders lateral margins and extends
along basal margin as a narrow submarginal line
just inside the pallid edge. Scutellum pallid
to yellowish. Dorsal surface including the hemel-
ytra finely but definitely punctate, nearly glab-
rous, but bearing minute short pubescence.
Hemelytra yellowish, punctures on corium fus-
cous, tip of clavus and small spot on base of
paracuneus fuscous. Membrane pale, apical area
and reticulate pattern on central area, and the
veins fuscous. Ventral surface yellowish, venter
dotted with minute reddish hypodermal dots.
Legs pale yellowish, hind femora shaded with
fuscous on apical half; tibiae pale, brown spines
with small fuscous dot at base of each.

Holotype: d May 21, 1879, alt. 1750 ft,
Geysers, California (collector's name absent),
U. 'S. N. M.

Genus Otihops Fieber

Orthops campestris (Linneaus)

Cimex campestris Linnaeus, 1758:448.
Orthops pastinacae Fieber, 1861:279.
Lygus campestris Reuter, 1888:271.
Lygus campestris Knight, 1917:592, Fig. 177.
Lygus campestris Knight, 1941:148, key.
Orthops campestris Carvalho, 1959:176, cat.

So far this species has not been taken at the
test site, but a specimen was taken about 150
miles to the east: 9 June 29, 1965, Cedar City,
Utah (H. H. Knight).

Known distribution: Arizona, California,
Utah, Idaho. Colorado and most states to the
east. Breeds on plants belonging to the Umbel-
liferae.

Genus Lygus Hahn

Lygm desertinus, new name

Capsus desertus Becker, 1864:487.
Lygus desertus Knight, 1944:471.

I agree with some authors that Capsus
desertus Becker (1864) probably belongs in the
genus Lygus where L. desertus Knight (1944)
would be preoccupied. To prevent future
changes of name I accept this viewpoint, and

190

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

propose desertinus as a new name. There is some
doubt, however, whether the Becker paper is
a valid publication.

This species is known from Arizona, Cali-
fornia, Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Wyoming,
Idaho, Oregon, and Washington. It is typical of
the Great Basin area, and extends into the west-
ern edges of Colorado and Wyoming, and north-
ward along the eastern edges of Oregon and
Washington. It is common in the semiarid areas
of these western states where it is the most wide-
spread and frequent species of Miridae. Its
distribution at the test site is indicated in Table
I. At the test site, L. desertinus was taken most
commonly from Stanleija pinnata and Chryso-
thamnus viscidiflorus. In the four months that it

was collected, it was more abundant in June
than in July and August. Only one specimen was
taken in October.

Lygus elisus Van Duzee

Lygus pratensis var. elisus Van Duzee, 1914:20.
Lygus elisus Van Duzee, 1916:40, list.
Lygus elisus Shull, 1933:1076.
Lygus elisus Knight, 1941:152, distr.

Records for the test site: Area 1M, d" 2 9
July 16, 1965, taken at incandescent light; Area
M (Mercury), 9 Aug. 3, 1965, at incandescent
light; Area 5M, 2cf 1 9 Aug. 13, 1965, on Stan-
leya pinnata; 9 Aug. 18, 1965, on Salsola kali;
Area 12M, 9 Aug. 6, 1965, on Chrysothamnus

Table 1. Collection records of Lygus desertinus at the Nevada Test Site.

Host and no. collections

Area

Date1

No.
specimens

Artemisia tridentata (3)

12, 19, F

June 23, July 31 (1962)
Aug. 9

15 3 9

Astragalus lentiginosus ( 1 )

T

June 14

39

Alriplex canescens (5)

16, 18

June 12, 20, 23, 24, July 7

113 9

Baileya multiradiata (2)

17, C

June 10, 12

18 3 9

Castilleja sp. ( 1 )

C

June 13

3

Chaenactes stevioides ( 1 )

C

June 13

3

Chenopodium fremonti ( 1 )

12

Aug. 6

9

Chenopodium leptophyllum ( 1 )

12

Aug. 7

9

Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus (11)

6, 12. 17

June 11, 15, July 27,
Aug. 1, 5, 6, 7, 23, 25

63 3 9

Elymus cinereus ( 1 )

12

Aug. 13

9

Eriogonum sp. (2)

12

Aug. 26

29

Eriogonum deflexum (5)

12, 16

Aug. 1, 6, 11, 23

263 9

Franseria acanthocarpa ( 4 )

12, 17

July 5, 19, 27, Aug. 26

233 9

Crayia spinosa ( 1 )

401

June 18

223 9

Lepidium sp. ( 1 )

C

June 13

19 3 9

Lepidium fremontii ( 1 )

9

June 10

3

Lupinus argenteus ( 1 )

19

June 22

73 9

Malacothrix glabrata ( 1 )

17

June 12

23 3 9

Oenothera californica

18

June 11

33 9

Rihes sp. ( 1 )

12

Aug. 11

9

Rumex salicifolius (3)

2, 12

June 18 (1964)

33

Spliaeralcea sp. ( 1 )

17

June 17

103 9

Stanleya pinnata (12)

5, 11, 16, C

June 10, 12 (1964), July 20
(1964), Aug. 6, 11, 13. 20,
23, 28, Oct. 19 (1960)

74 3 9

Tetradymia axillaris ( 1 )

C

June 13

9

Tetradymia glabrata (2)

c

July 1, 7

103 9

Unknown (15)

17, 18

June 10, 11, 14, 17°, 24,

5, 12, 16, 17, 18,
19, 401, T, M, E

July 14, 2200, 25° ° (1962),
Aug. 800, 9°, (1964), 9"°
(1964), 15°, 17

593 9

'1965 unless otherwise indicated.
° Incandescent-light trap.
00 Black-light trap

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

viscidiflorus; Area 17M, d Aug. 5, 1965, on
Franseria acanthicarpi; cf Aug. 26, 1965, on
Franseria acanthicarpi.

In the western states this species is generally
very abundant in alfalfa fields along with Lygus
hesperus, but is not regarded as destructive of
seed as the species hesperus. Shull (1933) has
shown that elisus prefers bean plants where they
are grown, reporting that the species was a de-
structive pest of beans in Idaho.

Lygus hesperus Knight
Fig. 250

Lygus elisus var. hesperus Knight, 1917:575.
Lygus hesperus Shull, 1933:1076.
Lygus hesperus Stitt, 1940:19.
Lygus hesperus Knight, 1941:151.

This is the "legume bug" of Shull (1933)
who completed a thesis project covering the life
history and host preferences of this species in
Idaho. Later Stitt (1940), working in Arizona,
demonstrated that feeding by this species on
alfalfa destroyed the ovaries of developing seed,
and that hesperus is responsible for serious losses
in alfalfa seed production.

Lygus hesperus has been collected in all
states along the 100th meridian and the other
western states. It thrives best where there is
enough moisture to grow alfalfa and other her-
baceous plants. Hesperus has a wider distribu-
tion than descrtinus, occurring at higher eleva-
tions in all the mountains of the western states.
This species is the most variable in color and
size of any Lygus, and is best distinguished by

Fig. 249. Platylygus vanduzeei Usinger, 9 .

the

the long rostrum which exceeds slightly
apices of the posterior coxae.

Records for the test site are shown in Table
3

Table 2. Collection records of Lygus hesperus at the Nevada Test Site.

No.

Host and no. collections

Area

Date'

specimens

Berula erecta ( 1 )

CE

July 18 (1961)

3

Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus (3)

12M, 17M

Aug. 5, 6, 27

39

Eriogonum deflexum (3)

12M, 16M

Aug. 6. 11, 23

33 29

Eriogonum inflatwn ( 1 )

16M

Aug. 20

9

Eriogonum nodosum (2)

16M, 17M

Aug. 30

3 9

Franseria acanthacurpa ( 1 )

17M

Aug. 5

29

Rumex salicifolius ( 1 )

12CI

June 18 (1964)

33

Salix goodingii ( 1 )

12C1

June 18 (1964)

3

Stanleya pinnata (6)

5HN, 5M,

12M,

July 20, 29 (1964),

16M

Aug. 13, 20.

23,

28

63 49

Tamarix pentandra ( 1 )

401M

July 27

3 9

Unknown (10)

IB, 5M, 16M

June 10, 12. 18.

20

July 20",

17M, 401M

M

31°°, Aug. 8°°,

17, 23°

63 99

'1965 unless otherwise indicated.
"Incandescent-light trap.
"Black-light trap

192 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Genus Platyhjgus Van Duzee apex of posterior coxae. The species is known

from California, Arizona, Nevada, Utah, Colo-

Platylygus vanduzeei Usinger rado and New Mexico. At the test site this

Fi§- 249 species was found only on Pinus monophylla,

D7„. j , • t' • inoi inn r- but in Arizona and Colorado it was taken from

Platylygus vanduzeei usinger, 1931:129, fig. p. ,

Platylygus vanduzeei Usinger, 1933:172, distr. J5 ^on, erosa-

J ■ ,& ° Records from the test site: Area 18M, 4<3

This large, robust species may usually be 17 9 June 23, 1965; Area 19M, 4 c? 14 9 June

recognized by the wedgeshaped mark of darker 23, 1965; Area 401M, 4d" 11? June 19, 1965.

color across middle of corium, while the calli Other record: 24 c* May 26, 1961, Mt. Springs

have redbrown dots, marks and lines. Length Summit, alt. 4500 ft, Clark County, Nevada (R.

6.8 mm, width 2.9 mm. Rostrum reaching near C. Bechtel), on Pinus monophylla.

Genus Dichrooscijtus Fieber
Key to the Species

1. Rostrum not reaching beyond apex of hind coxae 2

Rostrum reaching upon posterior trochanters or beyond 11

2. Rostrum reaching upon hind coxae 4

Rostrum not reaching beyond middle coxae 3

3. Pronotum deeply rugulose; hemelytra pale, sprinkled with a few red flecks;

apical margin of corium and embolium, and tip of cuneus, fuscous to
black; length 3.5 mm rugosus, n. sp.

Pronotum only slightly rugulose; hemelytra pallid to yellowish, without red
flecks; apical margin of corium and embolium, and spot on clavus by apex of
scutellum, fuscous; length 4.4 mm elegans Uhler

4. Pronotum punctate, surface of disk distinctly shining; length 4.5 mm.

nitidus, n. sp.

Pronotum not distinctly punctate; surface of the disk not distinctly shining 5

5. Clavus not infuscated 6

Clavus fuscous on inner half bordering scutellum, apical area of corium also
fuscous; length 3.7 mm fuscosignatus, n. sp.

6. Hemelytra largely red, hypodermis of clavus and corium thickly filled with red

granulations; length 4.4 mm irroratus Van D.

Hemelytra not so red, onlv very few if any red flecks on clavus and corium;

color mostly pallid, yellowish green 7

7. Body and hemelytra brownish yellow, or tan colored; corium not distinctly fus-

cous on apical area; narrow apex of cuneus may be dark or reddish; length
3.9 mm flavescens, n. sp.

Body and hemelytra greenish, or yellowish but with fuscous on apical area of

corium, or cuneus with red more extensive than narrow apex S

8. Dorsal surface green or greenish 9

Dorsal surface more yellowish than green 10

MmlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 193

9. Veins of the membrane and tip of cuneus, red; length ( 9 ) 4.8 mm, ( c? ) 5-6
mm rufivenosus, n. sp.

Veins of the membrane yellow, without red on veins or tip of euneus; length ( 9 )
4.4 mm, ( cf ) 5.1 mm flavivenosus, n. sp.

10. Vertex wider than one-third the width of head; scutellum with a bit of red on

median line; cuneus with basal half and spot on apex, red; length 3.5 mm

cuneatus, n. sp.

Male vertex only equal to one-third the width of head; scutellum uniformly yel-
lowish; cuneus with reddish only on narrow apex; length 4.4 mm
angustifron.s, n. sp.

11(1). Hemelytra chiefly red 12

Hemelytra not chiefly red, sometimes with some red granulations in the hypo-

dermis 18

12. Paracuneus and scutellum pallid 13

Paracuneus red like the corium 14

13. Frons and vertex strongly convex, base of clypeus not visible from above; length

5.0 mm convexifrons, n. sp.

Frons and vertex rather flat, base of clypeus visible from above; length 5.4 mm
suspectus Reut.

14. Rostrum reaching upon eighth ventral segment ( 9 ), or to genital segment in

the male 15

Rostrum reaching only to fifth ventral segment, or upon posterior trochanters 16

15. Vertex narrow, subequal to dorsal width of an eye ( c? ) , or ( 9 ) subequal to

length of antenna! segment I; paracuneus deeply colored like the corium and
cuneus; length 5.7 mm rufipennis (Fall.)

Vertex wider, equal to half the width of head ( cf ) , and greater than half the
width ( 9 ); paracuneus paler than corium; length 4.7 mm
rainieri, n. sp.

16. Width of vertex subequal, or equal to more than half the width of head 17

Width of vertex distinctly less than half the width of head; length 3.7-4.0 mm
ruberellus, n. sp.

17. Width of vertex somewhat greater than half the width of head; length 4.3-4.8

mm latifrons, n. sp.

Width of vertex subequal to half the width of head; length 5.0-5.3 mm

adamsi, n. sp.

18(11). Corium with a black vitta placed upon a wedge-shaped red area; para-
cuneus clear translucent; length 5.1 mm vittalipennis, n. sp.

Corium without the black vitta placed on red of the corium 19

19. Cuneus red, or reddish orange, outer margin may be pallid 20

Cuneus pallid, apex and narrowly along inner margin, red 23

194 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

20. Rostrum reaching beyond posterior trochanters 21

Rostrum only reaching upon posterior trachanters 22

21. Veins about areoles reddish brown; paracuneus tinted reddish orange; hemel-

ytra with reddish brown pigment in hypodermis coagulated, breaking down
and leaving clear spaces; length 4.6 mm cleleticus, n. sp.

Veins about areoles pallid; paracuneus and inner basal angle of cuneus, white;
hemelytra largely pink to orange colored, not coagulated and forming clear
spaces; length 4.4 mm pinicola, n. sp.

22. Corium and clavus rather uniformly pink red, the color due to small dots and

granulations in hypodermis; scutellum and cuneus more of a smooth pink;
head pallid, eyes black; length 4.2 mm utahensis, n. sp.

Corium with reddish band across apical margin, also irregularly red on middle
of corium; length 5.0 mm junipericola, n. sp.

23. Dorsal surface light brownish yellow; scutellum with a triangular reddish mark

each side just before apex; corium with a reddish band across apical margin,
veins of membrane and apex of cuneus, red , barberi Kngt.

Dorsal surface pallid, or shaded and marked with reddish brown 24

24. Yellowish brown, clavus and corium without fuscous marks or dots; width of

vertex ( c? ) a trifle less than dorsal width of an eye; length 3.0 mm
minimus, n. sp.

Dorsal surface pallid, but shaded and marked with reddish, or red brown 25

25. Pubescent hairs and bristles on head and pronotum, black; central area of corium

and of clavus, with a group of red dots, a few joining together at center to
make an irregular blotch apicalis, n. sp.

Pubescent hairs and bristles on head and pronotum, golden yellow; central area
of corium and of clavus, without a group of red dots; apical area of corium
and inner half of clavus at middle, fuscous vittatus Van D.

Dichrooscijtus irroratus Van Duzee states have been assigned here by later writers,

r,. , . ,, „ ,„,., lon but I find that they are not the same.

Dichrooscijtus irroratus Van Duzee, 1912:482. J

-r, j r ti » mw „ a Probably the type was taken at light, since

Record for the test site: Area 12M, 9 Aug. ,, c , . . i \, . « „ . ° ,

r. m^r /t»t»t- n ■■ j ,i-i. Dr. Schwarz stated that all specimens were col-

9, 1965 (I. M. Merino), at incandescent light; , j . ., ■ • ... <• .-> \, „ . i

. „nVr „ a t- ,r.™ ,ii i i.i.° lected in the vicinity of the Montezuma Hotel,

Area ECH, 9 Aug. 5, 1963, at black light. , . , . .. , , /., ., r ., ^ „.

° which is situated at the mouth or the Galhnas

This species was described from Colorado, River Canyon, at an altitude of 6770 ft."
and is now known from Idaho, Utah, Wyoming,
New Mexioo, and Texas. It is known to breed

on Juniperus, and probably on more than one Dichrooscijtus rugosus, new species

species. Runs in the couplet with elegans Uhler,

where the rostrum does not surpass the middle

Dichrooscijtus elegans Uhler coxae; differs from all known species by the

Dichrooscijtus elegans Uhler, 1904:356. deeP1>' ruSose Pronotum-

This species was described from New Mexi- Female. Length 3.4 mm, width 1.5 mm.

co. It is distinguished by the short rostrum as Head: width .98 mm, vertex .41 mm; pallid,

shown in the key. Specimens from the eastern frons with several oblique, impressed lines each

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

195

Fig. 250. Lygus licsperus Kngt, tf .

side of median line; apical half of elypeus, and
line each side extending to base, reddish purple.
Rostrum, length 1.05 mm. reaching to middle
of intermediate coxae, pallid, apex black. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .30 mm, pallid; II, 1.22
mm, slender, pallid; III, .47 mm, dusky; IV, .28
mm, dusky. Pronotum, lengdi .74 mm, width at
base 1.36 mm; disk coarsely and deeply punc-
tate, the punctures more or less connected by
transverse rugulose lines; calli convex, deeply
impressed at mesal angles; pallid, sparsely
sprinkled with reddish purple flecks. Scutellum
strongly convex, punctate and transversely rugu-
lose; sparsely dotted with purple. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent, pale to yellowish
simple pubescent hairs. Hemelytra pallid, apical
margin of corium and embolium, and apex of
cuneus fuscous to black; clavus and corium

sprinkled with reddish flecks and dots, a limited
fuscous spot on clavus by apex of scutellum;
cuneus white, with a few red flecks on basal
half, apex black. Membrane light fuscous brown,
veins white. Ventral surface white, mesostemum,
patches on sides of thorax and basal half of ven-
ter, red purple. Legs pallid, a few reddish flecks
on femora, tips of tarsi fuscous.

Holotype: § June 13, 15 mi N of St. George,
Utah (Russian). Paratypes: 9 taken with the
type. 9 July 14, alt. 7000 ft., Magdalena, New
Mexico.

Dichwoscytus nitidus, new species

Distinguished in the key by the punctate
pronotum and shining surface.

Male. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .34 mm; brownish yel-
low, frons with transverse pallid lines on frons.
Rostrum, length 1.4 mm, reaching upon apex of
posterior coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .45
mm, pale greenish; II, 2.1 mm, cylindrical, pale
greenish yellow; III, .85 mm, pale to dusky; IV,
.51 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width
at base 1.3 mm, pale to greenish yellow, shallow-
ly punctate, shining, with fine short, sparsely set
pubescence. Scutellum moderately convex,
brownish yellow, apex paler. Hemelytra brown-
ish yellow, tip of clavus and apical margin of
corium reddish brown; cuneus brownish yellow,
apical half of inner edge and narrow apex red.
Membrane pale fuscous, paler on middle; veins
red, apical half of brachium and a callus spot

Fig. 251. Dichrooscyius viridicans Kngt., $

196

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

bordering apex of larger areole, white. Ventral
surface and legs, pallid to greenish. Genital seg-
ment and claspers typical of the genus.

Female. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Head: width 1.10 mm. vertex .41 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.5 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .47 mm,
yellowish green; II, 1.8 mm, cylindrical, slight-
ly more slender near base; III, .85 mm, pale to
dusky; IV, shriveled.

Holotype: d" Aug. 12, 1925, Pagosa Springs,
Colorado (H. H. Knight), swept from Juniper.
Allotype: 9 same data as type. Paratypes: 2 5
taken with the types.

Dichrooscytus fuscosignatus, new species

Distinguished as shown in the key; pale yel-
lowish, inner half of clavus and apical fourth
of the corium shaded with fuscous.

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.36 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .34 mm; frons with striae
poorly indicated. Rostrum, length 1.18 mm, just
reaching upon apex of hind coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length .30 mm, yellowish; II, 1.77
mm, cylindrical, pale yellowish; III, broken.
Pronotum, length .64 mm, width at base 1.26
mm; indistinctly punctate, minutely transversely
rugulose; pallid to yellowish, finely and minute-
ly pubescent. Seutellum uniformly pallid. Hemel-
ytra pallid, subtranslucent, inner half of clavus
and apical fourth of corium fuscous; pale to yel-
lowish pubescent; membrane uniformly fumate,
brachium opaque, yellowish, a calloused line
bordering apex of larger areole. Ventral surface
and legs pallid to yellowish. Genital segment
fuscous and brown; genital claspers distinctive
of the genus.

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .90 mm, vertex .41 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.2 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .34 mm; II,
1.3 mm; III, .51 mm; IV, .32 mm. Pronotum,
length .64 mm, width at base 1.18 mm. Color
and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d" Aug. 12, 1925, Pagosa Springs,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same data
as the type. Paratypes: 2d" 2 9 , taken with the
types on Juniperus.

Dichrooscytus flavescens, new species

Runs in the key near rufivenosus from which
it differs by the smaller size, and yellowish or
tan color.

Male. Length 3.9 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.0 mm, vertex .40 mm; brownish yellow.
Rostrum, length 1.39 mm, reaching to apex of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .41
mm, yellowish; II, 1.9 mm, cylindrical, light
brownish yellow; III, .68 mm, pale fuscous; IV,
.40 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width
at base 1.32 mm, disk minutely rugulose, uni-
formly light yellowish brown. Seutellum moder-
ately convex, apical half more flat and trans-
versely rugulose, brownish yellow. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent, fine simple yel-
lowish pubescence. Hemelytra uniformly light
brownish yellow, or tan colored; cuneus light
yellow, narrow apex red. Membrane uniformly
pale dusky brown; veins yellowish, reddish
about the smaller areole. Ventral surface and
legs uniformly light brownish yellow.

Female. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width 1.02 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.3 mm, reaching upon hind coxae. An-
tennae: segment I, length .34 mm; II, 1.53 mm;
III, .58 mm; IV, .34 mm. Pronotum, length .75
mm, width at base 1.42 mm. Coloration and pu-
bescence very similar to the male, except cuneus
without the red apex.

Holotype: d Aug. 19, 1927, Newcastle,
Wyoming (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same
data as the type. Paratypes: 18 d 11? taken
with the types: 4d July 29, 1931, Medicine Bow
Mrs., Wyoming (H. H. Knight).

Dichrooscytus rufivenosus, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with jlavivenosus from which it may be separ-
ated by the bright red veins in membrane, and
red apex of the cuneus.

Male. Length 5.6 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .37 mm; brownish yellow.
Rostrum, length 1.1 mm, only slightly exceeding
apex of middle coxae, or to middle of hind coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .44 mm, pale yel-
lowish; II, 1.8 mm, cylindrical, greenish yellow;
III, .78 mm, pale to dusky; IV, .37 mm. Prono-
tum, length .68 mm, width at base 1.29 mm,
yellowish green, finely rugulose near sides of
disk; finely pale pubescent as on the hemelytra.
Seutellum moderately convex. Hemelytra green,
pigment in hypodermis tends to coagulate in dry
specimens; sparsely and finely pubescent; cuneus
green, narrow apex red. Membrane pale fuscous,
veins bright red. Ventral surface and legs pale
green. Genital segment and claspers typical for
the genus.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

197

Female. Length 4.2 mm. width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.15 mm, slightly surpassing middle
coxae, reaching to middle of hind coxae. An-
tennae: segment I, length .42 mm; II, 1.5 mm,
slightly more slender on basal half; III, .74 mm;
IV, .40 mm. Pronotum, length .66 mm, width at
base 1.3 mm. Color and pubescence very simi-
lar to the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 12, 1925, Pagosa Springs,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same data
as the type. Paratypes: 14 d 43 § taken with the
types. 4 9 Aug. 3, 1929, Pavson, Arizona (E. D.
Ball). cT Aug. 15, 1930, Richfield, Utah (E. W.
Davis), at light.

Dichroosci/tus flavivenosus, new species

Allied to rufivenosus but size smaller, veins
of the membrane yellow.

Male. Length 5.1 mm, width 1.46 mm. Head:
width .79 mm, vertex .37 mm, pale greenish yel-
low. Rostrum, length 1.40 mm, barely exceed-
ing tips of middle coxae, or reaching upon
middle of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I,
length .37 mm, pale greenish yellow; II, 1.9 mm.
cylindrical, slightly more slender near base,
greenish vellow, brownish on apical fourth; III,
.62 mm, dusky yellow; IV, .34 mm, dusky. Pro-
notum, length .68 mm, width at base 1.29 mm;
disk somewhat rugulose near lateral margins;
sparselv clothed with suberect, golden yellow
pubescent hairs. Hemelytra with pubescence
similar to that on pronotum. color greenish yel-
low, cuneus more pallid. Membrane nearly clear
but tinged with pale dusky brown; veins defin-
itely yellow, without red. Ventral surface pale
yellowish to green. Legs uniformly pale yellow-
ish, tips of tarsi fuscous. Genital claspers typi-
cal for the genus.

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width 1.02 mm, vertex .41 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.36 mm, reaching upon middle of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm; II,
1.4 mm; III, .62 mm; IV, ..34 mm. More robust
than the male but very similar in color and pu-
bescence.

Holotype: d Sept. 6, 1931, Grand View,
Grand Canvon, Arizona (H. H. Knight). Allo-
type: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes: 3d"
8 9 taken with the tvpes on Juniperus. 5 9
Aug. 14, 1925, Mesa Verde National Park, Colo-
rado (II. H. Knight). The following records
from the Nevada Test Site: Area 19M, 9 June
22, d" June 23, 1965 (H. H. Knight & J. M.

Merino); Area 401M, d 9 June 19, 1965, taken
on Juniperus osteospcrma; Area 17M, d June
17. 1965, on Juniperus osteosperma; Area 18M,
2 9 June 23, 1965 (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no), taken on Juniperus osteosperma; Area EM,
d July 26, 1962.

Dichrooscytus cuneatus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with angusti-
frons, from which it differs by the wider vertex,
smaller size, and red on basal half of cuneus.

Female. Length 3.5 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .37 mm; yellowish.
Rostrum, length 1.29 mm, reaching upon apex of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .37 mm,
pale yellowish; II, 1.50 mm, cylindrical, slightly
more slender near base, pale yellowish; III, .64
mm, dusky; IV, .40 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length .71 mm, width at base 1.29 mm; lateral
areas of disk rather strongly rugulose, pale yel-
lowish. Scutellum moderately convex, yellowish,
median line reddish on basal half. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with recumbent, yellowish pubes-
cence. Hemelytra pale yellowish, apical margin
of corium infuscated; cuneus pallid, reddish on
basal half and on apex. Membrane pale fus-
cous brown, veins pallid. Ventral surface pallid
to yellowish, a few small red flecks on sides of
venter. Legs pallid to pale yellowish, femora
with a few scattered red flecks.

Holotvpe: 9 Aug. 13, 1925, Durango, Colo-
rado (H. H. Knight). Paratype: 9 taken with
the type.

Diehrooscijtus angustifrons, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with cuneatus
from which it differs by the narrowed vertex,
greater size, and by having reddish only on apex
of cuneus.

Male. Length 4.4 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex ..34 mm, frons vertical in
position. Rostrum, length 1.36 mm, reaching
upon apex of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I,
length .41 mm, light green; II, 2.0 mm, cylindri-
cal, pale to dusky; III, .81 mm, dusky; IV, .47
mm. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base
1.29 mm; disk minutely rugulose, pallid to
greenish. Scutellum yellowish brown. Dorsal
surface sparselv clothed with recumbent, pale
to golden pubescence. Hemelytra pale yellowish
and tinted pink, embolium pale to tinted green-
ish; cuneus pale, basal half tinted pink, apex
and narrow edge as far as brachium, red. Mem-
brane pale fuscous, veins pale except around

198

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

smaller areole, where they are red. Ventral sur-
face pale to yellowish; legs pale, sometimes
tinted irreen.

o

Female. Length 4.0 mm, width 1.6 mm.
Head: width 1.0 mm. vertex .40 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.36 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .42 mm; II,
1.6 mm; III, .71 mm; IV, .40 mm. Pronotum,
length ..58 mm, width at base 1.26 mm. Color
and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: c? Aug. 22, 1925, Pingree Park,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 2 same
data as the type. Paratypes: 2cf 19 taken with
the types.

Dichwoscytus convexifrons, new species

Keys out in the couplet with suspectus Reut,
but differs in having the frons strongly convex,
so that the base of clypeus is not visible as
viewed from above.

Male. Length 4.9 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.32 mm, vertex .18 mm; brownish yellow,
with fuscous hairs. Rostrum, length 2.0 mm,
reaching upon sixth ventral segment, brownish
yellow. Antennae: segment I, length .44 mm,
yellowish; II, 1.8 mm, cylindrical, a bit more
slender on basal half, pale brownish yellow; III,
.85 mm, pale to dusky; IV, .64 mm, dusky. Pro-
notum, length .78 mm, width at base 1.60 mm;
disk rather flat, calli moderately convex, pale to
brownish yellow; clothed with rather short, sub-
erect black bristles. Scutellum moderately con-
vex, yellowish brown, mesonotum more brown.
Dorsal surface clothed with rather short, recum-
bent yellowish pubescence. Hemelytra red to
reddish brown, pale to yellowish along claval
suture and apex of clavus, embolium pallid or
yellowish white; cuneus deeper red, paracuneus
pale yellowish. Membrane pale fuscous brown,
veins red. Ventral surface pallid to yellowish.
Legs rather uniformly pale or pale yellowish.

Female. Length 5.3 mm, width 2.2 mm;
costal margin moderately arcuate. Rostrum,
length 2.2 mm, reaching upon base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length .51 mm; II, 1.83
mm, more slender on basal half; III, .82 mm,
pallid; IV, .61 mm, brownish. More robust than
the male but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: <$ July 31, 1931, Teton National
Forest, Wyoming (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9
same data as the type. Paratypes: 2cf 3 9 taken
with the types.

Dichwoscytus vittatipennis, new species

Allied to suspectus Reut., with the long ros-
trum reaching almost to base of genital seg-
ment; with a black vitta superimposed upon a
red wedge-shaped area of corium; inner margin
of corium and the paracuneus clear translucent.

Male. Length 5.2 mm, width 2.1 mm. Head:
width 1.46 mm, vertex .78 mm; brownish yellow,
frons smooth and shining. Rostrum, length 2.8
mm, reaching to base of genital segment. An-
tennae: segment I, length .44 mm, yellowish; II,
1.97 mm, cylindrical, slender, more slender on
basal half; III, broken. Pronotum, length .92
mm, width at base 1.73 mm; disk smooth and
shining, calli defined by impressed line, clothed
with very fine, short recumbent pubescence.
Scutellum convex, pale yellowish, with very fine
short pubescence. Hemelvtra clothed with re-
cumbent, simple, golden yellow pubescence;
red, embolium and wide outer margin of clavus
pallid to yellowish, wide inner margin of corium
and the paracuneus, pallid translucent; inner
two-thirds of clavus red, blackish bordering
apical half of scutellum; corium with a black
wedge superimposed over the wedge-shaped
red of the corium; cuneus bright red, narrow
outer margin and inner basal angle joining with
paracuneus, clear translucent; membrane uni-
formly fuscous, veins pale yellowish. Legs uni-
formly pallid pale yellowish; tibial spines yel-
lowish brown, tips of tarsi fuscous. Genital seg-
ment and the claspers typical of the genus.

Holotype: d July 10, 1965, Kyburz, Cali-
fornia (H. H. Knight), sweeping on conifers.

Dichrooscytus suspectus Reuter

Dichrooscytus suspectus Reuter, 1909:37.
Dichrooscytus suspectus Knight, 1941:165.

This is a widely distributed species, breed-
ing on Pinus resinosa and P. virginiana in the
eastern states and other pines in the west. I
have definite records from Pingree Park, Colo-
rado; Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming; and
Lake Tahoe, California (H. H. Knight).

Dichrooscytus rufipennis (Fallen)

Lygaeus rufipennis Fallen, 1807:84.
Dichrooscytus rufipennis Fieber, 18.58:21.
Dichrooscytus rufipennis Knight, 1941:165.

This species is so closely related to one or
more species from the western United States that
it seems desirable to place it in the key for
separation of the species. It definitely occurs in

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

199

North America as I have found it breeding on
Pinus sylvestris in New York, but I have not
seen specimens from the western states as yet.

Dichrooscytus ruberellus, new species

Allied to rufipennis (Fallen), but differs in
the shorter rostrum and smaller size.

Male. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .86 mm, vertex .34 mm; yellowish red.
Rostrum, length 1.4 mm, reaching upon the fifth
or sixth ventral segment. Antennae: segment I,
length .34 mm, brownish yellow; II, 1.49 mm,
cylindrical, yellowish brown, darker near apex;
III, .64 mm, brownish yellow; IV, .51 mm, dusky.
Pronotum, length .58 mm, width at base 1.12
mm; reddish yellow, a shade of green about the
calli. Seutellum reddish, paler on base. Dorsal
surface clothed with recumbent, golden yellow
pubescence. Hemelytra uniformly yellowish red,
not paler on paracuneus or cuneus, embolium
more yellowish. Membrane uniformly pale fus-
cous, veins reddish. Ventral surface pale yellow-
ish brown, venter more or less green on the
sides. Legs uniformly pale yellowish brown, tips
of tarsi darker. Genital segment and claspers
typical for the genus.

Female. Length 3.9 mm, width 1.4 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.46 mm, reaching to base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length .32 mm; II, 1.36
mm, slightly more slender on basal half; III, .64
mm, dusky; IV, .48 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length .58 mm, width at base 1.22 mm. Very
similar to the male in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d Aug. 22, 1925, Pingree Park,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same
data as the type. Paratypes: 16 o" 19 9 taken
with the types on Juniperus sibirica, which is
the host plant for this species.

Dichrooscytus rainieri, new species

Allied to rufipennis (Fallen), but separated
in the key by the wider vertex; also by die small-
er size and rostrum reaching upon genital seg-
ment.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width 1.19 mm, vertex .60 mm; pale yellowish,
with short, erect, black bristle-like hairs. Ros-
trum, length 2.48 mm, reaching upon base of
genital segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.34 mm; 1.46 mm, cylindrical, but slightly more
slender on basal half, pale yellowish brown;
III, .85 mm, yellowish brown; IV, .54 mm, fus-

cous. Pronotum, length .74 mm, width at base
1.49 mm; disk nearly flat, pale to green, clothed
with short, black bristle-like hairs. Seutellum
pale greenish, sparsely set with short, black
bristle-like hairs. Hemelytra reddish, embolium
and paracuneus pallid, cuneus light red; clothed
with recumbent, yellow to golden, simple pubes-
cent hairs, and sparsely intermixed with erect,
short dark hairs. Membrane nearly clear but
shaded with dusky brown, veins red. Ventral
surface pallid to light yellowish brown. Legs
pallid to light dusky brown, front legs with a
slight tint of green.

Female. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.9 mm;
costal margin moderately arcuate. Head: width
1.15 mm, vertex .62 mm. Rostrum, length 2.5
mm, reaching upon base of eighth ventral seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length .34 mm; II,
1.42 mm; III, .85 mm; IV, .54 mm, Pronotum,
length .74 mm, width at base 1.53 mm. Very
similar to the male in color and pubescence,
but red coloration a bit paler.

Holotype: d Aug. 14, 1931, Mt. Rainier,
Washington (H. H. Knight). Allotype: $ same
data as the type. Paratypes: d* 7 9 taken with
the types.

Dichrooscytus latifrons, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with adarnsi,
but size smaller and more slender, width of
vertex greater than half the width of head.

Male. Length 4.8 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .55 mm. Rostrum, length
1.9 mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters or
to the fourth ventral segment. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .34 mm, yellowish; II, 1.36 mm,
cylindrical, slightly more slender near base, pale
yellowish, apical fourth brownish; III, .71 mm,
dusky; IV, ..54 mm. Pronotum, length .64 mm,
width at base 1.38 mm; disk transversely rugu-
lose, bearing erect, short brown to black bristles;
green to greenish yellow. Seutellum green to yel-
lowish. Hemelytra uniformlv medium red, para-
cuneus scarcely paler, embolium pallid; clothed
with recumbent, pale to golden brown pubes-
cence. Ventral surface pale yellowish to green-
ish. Legs uniformly pale brownish yellow, hairs
and spines yellowish brown. Genital segment
and claspers typical of the genus.

Female. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Rostrum, length 1.8 mm, reaching to base of
ovipositor, brownish yellow. Antennae: segment
I, length .34 mm; II, 1.22 mm, cylindrical, more
slender on basal half; III. .71 mm; IV, ..54 mm.

200

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base 1.42
mm. Very similar to the male in color and pu-
bescence.

Holotype: <S Aug. 20, 1925, Pingree Park,
Colorado (H. H. Knight). Allotype: 9 same
data as the type. Paratypes: 3d" Aug. 12, 1929,
San Francisco Mrs., c? May, 1930, Tucson, Ari-
zona (E. D. Ball).

Dichrooscytus adamsi, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with latifrons
from which it differs by larger size; width of
vertex subequal to half the width of head.

Male. Length 5.4 mm, width 2.1 mm. Head:
width 1.36 mm, vertex .68 mm; clothed with
erect, short brown hairs. Rostrum, length 2.1
mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters, or
upon the fourth ventral segment. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .44 mm, brownish yellow; II,
1.83 mm, cylindrical, yellowish brown; III, .81
mm, brown; IV, .51 mm. Pronotum, length .78
mm, width at base 1.76 mm; disk rather flat,
transversely rugulose, yellowish brown. Scutel-
lem transversely rugulose, brownish yellow.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent to sub-
erect, simple golden to brown pubescence.
Hemelytra reddish to red, embolium and para-
cuneus yellowish to pallid, cuneus deeper red.
Membrane pale fuscous brown, veins reddish
brown. Ventral surface uniformly pale yellow-
ish. Legs pallid to very light yellowish brown,
tibial spines golden brown.

Female. Length 5.0 mm, width 2.1 mm;
costal margin slightly arcuate. Head: width 1.4
mm, vertex .74 mm. Rostrum, length 2.1 mm,
reaching to base of ovipositor. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .40 mm; II, 1.73 mm, slightly
more slender on basal half; III, .88 mm; IV, .61
mm. Pronotum, length .84 mm, width at base
1.8 mm. Very similar to the male in color and
pubescence.

Holotype: J July 15, 1932, Mt. Adams,
Washington (A. R. Rolfs). Allotype: 9 same
data as the type. Paratypes: 5 c? 2 9 taken with
the types.

Dichrooscytus pinicola, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with deleticus, but differs in the narrower ver-
tex, which in width does not equal half the
width of head; paracuneus white, apical margin
of corium fuscous.

Male. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.8 mm. Head:
width 1.22 mm. vertex .54 mm. Rostrum, length

2.1 mm, reaching upon sixth ventral segment.
Antennae: segment I, length .44 mm, yellowish;
II, 1.77 mm, cylindrical, yellowish; III, .85 mm,
pale to dusky; IV, .40 mm, dusky. Pronotum,
length .74 mm, width at base 1.52 mm; pallid
to yellowish, calli slightly darker. Scutellum
moderately convex, pale yellowish, tinted pink.
Dorsal surface clothed with recumbent, fuscous
to yellowish simple pubescence, more fuscous
hairs on head and pronotum. Hemelytra pale
yellowish, a touch of pink in the hypodermis,
apical margin of corium fuscous brown; para-
cuneus white, cuneus reddish pink, paler on
outer margin. Membrane clouded with fuscous
brown, veins reddish brown, apex of brachium
white. Ventral surface pallid to pale yellowish,
sides of venter showing some pink. Legs pallid,
tibial spines brownish, tips of tarsi fuscous.
Genital segment and claspers typical of the
genus.

Holotype: d* June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Pinus monophylla. Paratype: c* same
data as type.

Dichrooscytus deleticus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with pinicola,
from which it differs in having the paracuneus
tinted reddish orange; veins about the areoles
reddish brown.

Male. Length 4.9 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width 1.10 mm, vertex .54 mm. Rostrum, length
1.97 mm, reaching upon fifth ventral segment.
Antennae: segment I, length .34 mm, yellowish
brown; II, 1.63 mm, cylindrical, more slender on
basal half, pallid, apical half brownish to dark
brown on apex; III, .74 mm, fuscous brown; IV,
.64 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .72 mm,
width at base 1.46 mm; disk white, tinged with
yellow, pigment appears leached out across
basal area. Scutellum white, tinged or scortched
with brown. Head, pronotum, scutellum and
corium, sparsely set with short, suberect, dark-
bristle hairs; hemelytra somewhat shining,
clothed with more recumbent brownish pubes-
cence. Hemelvtra with whitish, opaque pigment
in hypodermis, much of it leached out so what
remains appears coagulated, the whole being
stained with reddish orange; the overall effect
suggests the bugs had lived in a hot, arid situa-
tion. Membrane uniformlv fumate, veins red-
dish brown. Ventral surface dusky white. Legs
pallid, tarsi dusky, apical tarsal segment fuscous.

Holotype: d July 29, 1931, Medicine Bow
Mrs., Wyoming (H. H. Knight). Paratypes: 4 c"

MlBtDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

201

taken with the type, probably sweeping pines
or Juniper, although I am unable to recall the
exact habitat, for it was a brief stop along the
highway in a hot arid situation.

Dichrooscytus harhcri Knight

Dichrooscytus barberi Knight, 1925:95.

Length 4.4 mm, width 2.3 mm. Dorsal sur-
face light brownish yellow; scutellum with a
triangular reddish mark each side just before
apex; corium with a reddish band across apical
margin; veins of membrane and apex of cuneus,
red. Known from the Huachuca Mts., Arizona.

Dichrooscytus vittatus Van Duzee

Dichrooscytus vittatus Van Duzee, 1921:122.

Length 5.0 mm, width 2.0 mm. Rostrum
reaching upon sixth ventral segment. Hemelytra
with a fuscous band across apex of corium;
cuneus pallid, apex red; veins in the membrane,
red.

Described from Huntington Lake, Fresno
Counts'; Fallen Leaf Lake, Eldorado County;
and Lake Tahoe, California.

Dichrooscytus apical is, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with vittatus
Van D. from which it differs by having black-
bristles on head and pronotum; central area of
corium and clavus with a group of red dots.

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.15 mm, vertex .57 mm; with short black
bristles, frons with arcuate reddish brown lines
each side of median line. Rostrum, len<^th 1.9
mm, reaching upon sixth ventral segment. An-
tennae: segment I, length .34 mm, pale yellow-
ish; II, 1.49 mm, cylindrical, more slender on
basal half, pallid; III, .85 mm, dusky; IV, broken.
Pronotum, length .6S mm, width at base 1.4
mm; disk pallid to yellowish, calli shaded with
brown; with short black bristles intermixed with
yellowish to brown recumbent pubescence. Scu-
tellum whitish, tinted pink; mesonotum brown-
ish black. Hemelytra clothed with recumbent,
yellowish to brown pubescence; pallid, band
across apex of corium, dots and spots on middle
of corium, and a few on clavus, reddish brown
to purple; paracuneus white; cuneus pale but
margins reddish, apex with deep red to black.
Membrane nearly clear, veins and more or less
each side shaded with fuscous; veins around
smaller areole reddish. Ventral surface pallid to
reddish brown, sides of venter with reddish
brown. Genital segment pale, basal half on each

side brownish black. Legs pallid, femora with
small, evanescent reddish brown spots; coxae
fuscous at base, front pair more white.

Holotype: tf June 19, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no), taken on Juniperus osteospcrma.

Dichrooscytus junipericola, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with utahensis,
but distinguished by having reddish band across
apical margin of corium, also irregularly red on
middle of clavus.

Female. Length 5.0 mm, width 2.0 mm.
Head: width 1.36 mm, vertex .68 mm; yellowish
brown. Rostrum, length 2.2 mm, reaching to
base of ovipositor, yellowish brown, apex black.
Antennae: segment I, length .47 mm, yellowish;
II, 1.88 mm, cylindrical, slightly more slender
on basal half, pale yellowish; III, .85 mm, pallid
to dusky; IV, .51 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length
.86 mm, width at base 1.7 mm; pallid to pale
yellowish brown. Scutellum moderately convex,
yellowish brown. Dorsal surface clothed with
recumbent to suberect, fuscous hairs on head
and pronotum, and hemelytra with recumbent,
simple yellowish pubescence. Hemelytra pale
yellowish, a reddish band across apical margin
of corium, also irregularly red on middle, the
clavus with reddish near apex of scutellum;
cuneus red, lateral margin pale, paracuneus
yellowish white. Membrane nearly clear, but
tinted with dusky brown; veins red, apical curve
of brachium white. Ventral surface and legs pale
yellowish, tibial spines brownish, tips of tarsi
fuscous.

Holotype: 9 June 19, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Juniperus ostcosperma. Paratype: 9
June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Nevada Test Site ( H.
H. Knight & J. M. Merino), taken on Juniperus
ostcosperma.

Dichrooscytus utahensis, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with juniperi-
cola, but distinguished by the uniformly pink
clavus and corium; vertex ( cf ) just equal to
one-third the width of head.

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .96 mm, vertex .32 mm; pallid, eyes
brownish black. Rostrum, length 1.36 mm, reach-
ing to base of hind trochanters. Antennae: seg-
ment I, length .41 mm, greater than width of
vertex, pale yellowish; II, 1.77 mm, cylindrical,
slightly more slender at base, pallid; III, broken.

202

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Pronotum, length .64 mm, width at base 1.22
mm, pallid to pink. Scutellum moderately con-
vex, pink. Dorsal surface clothed with recum-
bent to suberect, yellowish to golden simple pu-
bescence. Hemelytra pink, the color arising from
fine granular dots in the hypodermis, embolium
paler; cuneus pink, an oblique pale area bor-
dering or separating the pink area from the
bright red apical edge. Membrane uniformly
clear, veins red, posterior bend of brachmm
nearly white, but flecked with red. Ventral sur-
face pallid to white. Legs pallid to pale yellow-
ish, tibial spines golden brown.

Holotype: d Aug. 15, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in light trap. Paratype: <j"
same data as the type.

Dichrooscytiis minimus, new species

Runs in the key to the section where the
rostrum extends beyond posterior trochanters;
differs from allied species by the small size,
narrow vertex, hemelytra tan colored, without
marks or dots.

Male. Length 3.0 mm, width .68 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .30 mm; eyes large. Ros-
trum, length 1.36 mm, reaching upon seventh
ventral segment. Antennae: segment I, length
.37 mm, yellowish; II, 1.46 mm, cylindrical,
pallid to pale yellowish; III, .61 mm, pale; IV,
.44 mm, dusky. Pronotum, length .58 mm, width
at base 1.10 mm, pale yellowish, calli not out-
lined. Scutellum pale yellowish. Dorsal surface
clothed with recumbent, pale yellowish simple
pubescence. Hemelytra tan colored, embolium
paler, cuneus with narrow red apex; membrane
pale fumate, vein about apex of smaller aerole,
red. Ventral surface and legs pale yellowish.

Holotype: o" Aug. 4, 1917, Williams, Arizona
(H. H. Knight).

Genus Bolteria Uhler

Bolteria funiperi, new species

Fig. 252

Allied to amicta Uhler, but differs in lacking
a lunate black ray behind the calli; also differs
in having outer half of clavus and inner half
of corium, white.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .36 mm, vertex .65 mm; reddish, vertex
and bordering eyes in front, white, reddish
brown behind carina edge of vertex. Rostrum,
length 2.3 mm, reddish to fuscous, reaching
upon base of genital segment. Antennae: seg-

ment I, length .44 mm, pallid to dusky; II, 1.9
mm, slender, cylindrical, a trifle thinner near
base, pallid to yellowish, pubescence minute;
III, .85 mm, dusky; IV, .51 mm, pale fuscous.
Pronotum, length .81 mm, width at base 1.46
mm; minutely punctate, with short minute pale
pubescence; disk creamy white, calli and anter-
ior angles reddish brown, collar black, basal
margin shaded with fuscous. Scutellum convex,
white, basal area with a few reddish brown dots
and vermiculate marks on median area; meso-
notum reddish brown. Hemelytra reddish brown
to fuscous brown on apical area of corium,
inner half of corium as far as tip of clavus, and
outer half of clavus except base, opaque white;
margins of the dark area breaking into flecks
and dots where joining the white areas; clothed
with minute, appressed, simple pubescent hairs;
cuneus white, apex and narrow outer margin
reddish brown, more blackish on apex. Mem-

Fig. 252. Bolteria juniperi, tf

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

203

brane pale fuscous, paler on central area, veins
reddish, paler around apex of larger areole. Dor-
sal aspect and the body moderately shining,
pubescence inconspicuous. Ventral surface red-
dish brown, strongly shining, propleura and epi-
meron white. Legs white, tarsi dusky, tibial
spines yellowish brown.

Female. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Head: width 1.46 mm, vertex .74 mm; fuscous
brown, vertex and frons pallid, frons with trans-
verse reddish brown lines. Rostrum, length 2.4
mm, reaching upon eighth ventral segment, red-
dish brown. Antennae: segment I, length .41
mm, pallid; II, 1.87 mm, slender, pallid; III, .68
mm; IV, .47 mm. Pronotum, length .85 mm,
width at base 1.5 mm. Slightly more robust than
the male, but very similar in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: d* June 20, 1965, Scipio, Utah ( H.
H. Knight). Allotype: 9 taken with the type.
Paratypes: d" 5 9 taken with the types on
Juniperus osteosperma, which is the host plant.
2cT 1 9 June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Nevada Test
Site (H . H. Knight & J. M. Merino), taken on
Juniperus osteosperma. d" June 16, alt 8000 ft,
near Grand Canyon, Arizona.

Concerning the host plant, all specimens of
this species were taken only on small trees, five
to seven feet in height. Extensive collecting on
the larger Juniperus osteosperma trees yielded
eleven other species of Miridae, but not a single
specimen of B. juniperi on the large, old trees.

Bolteria speciosa (Van Duzee)

Dichrooscytus speciosus Van Duzee, 1916:236.
Bolteria speciosa Knight, 1920:127 (1919).
Bolteria speciosa Knight, 1928:131, key.

Records: 2 9 June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Juniperus osteosperma. The types
came from G. Alpine Creek, Tahoe, California
(E. P. Van Duzee). 2c? 2 9 July 27, 1932, Fallen
Leaf Lake, near Lake Taho, California ( R. L.
Usinger), taken on Juniperus.

Genus Stenotus Jakovlev

Stenotus binotatus (Fabricius)

Lygaeus binotatus Fabricius, 1794:172.
Phytocoris binotatus Fallen, 1829:78.
Oncognathus binotatus Fieber, 1861:246.
Stenotus binotatus Reuter, 1888:636, syn.
Stenotus binotatus Van Duzee, 1917:323, cat.

Stenotus binotatus Knisrht, 1923:614.
Stenotus binotatus Knight, 1941:175.
Stenotus binotatus Carvalho, 1959:254, cat.

Known distribution: Utah, Idaho, Oregon,
Washington, Idaho, Colorado, and eastern states.
Host plants: orchard grass (Dactyl is glomerata),
timothy (Phleum pratense), and to some extent
other grasses.

Fig. 253. Adelphocoris rapidus (Say), 9 .

Genus Adelphocoris Reuter
Adelphocoris superbus (Uhler)

Calocoris superbus Uhler, 1875:838, PI. 42, Fig.

3.
Adelphocoris superbus Tucker, 1907:60.

Reported from western states: Arizona, Cali-
fornia, Nevada, Utah, Colorado, Idaho, Wyom-
ing, Kansas, New Mexico, and Texas. This
species must occur on the test site, but I was
unable to find it.

Genus Calocoris Fieber

Calocoris fasciativentris Stal

Calocoris fasciativentris Stal, 1862:320.
Calocoris palmeri Uhler, 1872:410.

204

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Calocoris fasciativcntris Knight, 1927:43.

This species is known from Arizona and
Colorado.

Genus Poecilocapsus Reuter

Poecilocapsus nigriger (Stal)

Bracln/coleus nigriger Stal, 1862:19.
Poecilocapsus nigriger Van Duzee, 1917:336, cat.
Known from Los Angeles County and Whit-
tier, California, taken on Salvia apiana by E. L.
Paddock.

Genus Horcias Distant

Horcias dislocatus (Say)

Capsus dislocatus Say, 1832:393.
Horcias dislocatus Carvalho, 1959;100.

Known from Colorado, Texas and states to
the east.

Horcias sexmaculatus (Barber)

Poecilocapsus sexmaculatus Barber, 1906:280.

Known from Colorado, Oklahoma, and Tex-
as. Breeds on Rudbeckia columnaris.

Genus Creontiades Distant
Key to the Species

1. Length of first antennal segment not equal to width of head; rostrum not sur-

passing the hind coxae

Lengdi of first antennal segment exceeding width of head; rostrum extending
beyond tips of hind coxae; d\ length 6.8 mm rubrinervis Stal

2. Width of vertex subequal to twice the width of first antennal segment; d\

length 7.8 mm femoralis Van D.

Width of vertex greater than twice the width of first antennal segment; d",
length 6.8 mm debilis Van D.

Creontiades femoralis Van Duzee

Creontiades femoralis Van Duzee, 1914:19.

Male. Length 6.8 mm. Head: width 1.26
mm, vertex .39 mm. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.09 mm, width .20 mm. Rostrum, length
2.5 mm, reaching upon apex of middle coxae.
This species is known from San Diego County,
California.

Creontiades rubrinervis (Stal)

Megacoelum rubrinervis Stal, 1862:32.
Creontiades rubrinervis Distant, 1883:237, PL 23,

Fig. 12.

Male. Length 6.8 mm. Head: width 1.12
mm, vertex .37 mm. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.19 mm, width .17 mm; II, 2.9 mm. Ros-
trum, length 2.8 mm, reaching upon posterior
trochanters.

This species is known from Arizona, Texas,
Florida, and Mexico.

Creontiades debilis Van Duzee

Creontiades debilis Van Duzee, 1915:111.
Creontiades debilis Knight, 1927:43, host.

This species is known from Florida, Georgia,

Mississippi, and Texas. Breeds on Daubentonia
longifoliae; also reported as a pest of cotton.

Genus Garganus Stal
Garganus splendidus Distant

Garganus splendidus Distant, 1893:429, PL 37,

Fig. 9.

This colorful species may be distinguished
by the red orange color, with collar and scutel-
lum greenish white; length of first antennal seg-
ment exceeding width of head by half the dor-
sal width of an eye.
Records: d" 9 Oct., 1928, Santa Cruz County
(A. A. Nichol); d* 2 Aug. 1, 1924, Patagonia
(E. P. Van Duzee); d" 9 Aug. 23, 1937, No-
gales, Arizona (C. J. Drake & F. Andre).

Genus Ganocapsus Van Duzee

Ganocapsus filiformis Van Duzee

Ganocapsus filiformis Van Duzee, 1912:481.

I have specimens of this species from Tuc-
son, Nogales, Rincon Mts., and Patagonia, Ari-
zona, where A. A. Nichol found it breeding on
Amaranthus pahneri.

MlKIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

205

Genus Stittocapsus Knight

Stittocapsus franscriae Knight

Fig. 22

Stittocapsus franscriae Knight, 1942:156.

This species was described from Mohawk,
Arizona (L. L. Stitt), where the bug was breed-
ing on Frameria dumosa Torr. This species of
plant is at the test site, occuring around Mer-
cury, Rock Valley, Jackass Flats and French-
man Flat (Beatley. 196.5), so the bug may well
occur at the test site.

Genus Closterocoris Uhler

Clostcrocoris amoenus (Provancher)
Fig. 20

Pycnopterna amoena Provancher, 1887:114.
Clostcrocoris ornata Uhler, 1890:77.
Closterocoris amoenus Van Duzee, 1912:321.
Closterocoris amoenus Van Duzee, 1917:367.

This species is common in the southern half
of California and could easily occur in southern
Nevada. It was reported as occurring in the
eastern part of the United States and Canada in
the early records, but I have never found this
species among material collected in the eastern
states during the past fifty years. It raises the
question as to whether some early specimens
were mislabeled as to the place of origin.

Genus Ectopiocerus Uhler

Ectopiocerus anthracinus Uhler

Ectopiocerus anthracinus Uhler, 1890:73.
Ectopiocerus anthracinus Reuter, 1912:33.

Records from California: Los Angeles Coun-
ty ( Coquillett ) ; Sequoia Nat. Park (J. C. Brad-
ley); Kaweah river, alt. 6000 ft (E. L. Diven);
Tuolumne County (Nunenmacher); d 9 June
20, 1926, Fresno (C. J. Drake).

Genus Dacerla Bergroth

Dacerlo injlata (Uhler)

Myrmecopsis inflatus Uhler, 1894:277.
Dacerla injlata Bergroth, 1897:95.
Dacerla injlata Carvalho, 1959:350.

Records from California: d 9 July 10, 1915,
Tahoe (E. P. Vanduzee); 9 May 17, 1931, Cal-
averas County (R. L. Usinger), on Lupinus;
d 9 July 23, 1929, Eldorado County ( R. L.
Usinger); d 9 July 4, 1935, Albolado (E. L.
Paddock), on Lupinus andersonii.

Genus Cyphopelta Van Duzee

Cijphopelta modesta Van Duzee
Fig. 21

Cyphopelta modesta Van Duzee, 1910:81.

Records for California: Los Angeles County
(Coquillett); Stanford University Arboretum
(H. Morrison); Cvpress Ridge, Marin County
(E. C. Van Dyke).

Fig. 254. Taediu salicis (Kngt. ), 9.

Genus Notholopus Bergroth
Notholopus californicus (Knight)

Calocorisca californicus Knight, 1933:69.
Notholopus californicus Carvalho, 1955:224.

This species was described from San Ber-
nardino and Tulare counties, California, and not
since reported elsewhere.

Genus Pycrwcoris Van Duzee
Pycnocoris ursinus Van Duzee

Pycnocoris ursinus Van Duzee, 1914:24, n. gen.,

n. sp.

This species is known from La Jolla, San
Diego, and Alpine, California.

2(16 Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Genus Lampethusa Distant Genus Tacdia Distant

Lampethusa anatina Distant Taedia parenthesis (Knight)

Lampethusa anatina Distant, 1884:303, PI. 29, Paracalocoris parenthesis Knight, 1930:817.

Fig. 13; PI. 451, n. sp., (1893). Taeclia parenthesis Carvalho, 1959:262.

This speeies is known from Arizona and The species is known only from Arizona.
Texas.

Lampethusa nicholi Knight Taedia virgulatus (Knight)

Lampethusa nicholi Knight, 193:71. Paracalocoris virgulatus Knight, 1930:820.

This species is known from Arizona and Taedia virgulatus CarvaUio, 1959:263.

Texas. This species is known only from Arizona.

Genus Neurocolpus Reuter
Key to the Species

1. Antennal segment I widest at the inflated apex 2

Antennal segment I not inflated nor wider at apex 9

2. Rostrum reaching beyond middle coxae 3

Rostrum just attaining posterior margin of middle coxae; color uniformly yellow-
ish or fulvous simplex Van D.

3. Length of antennal segment I less than half the length of segment II 4

Length of antennal segment I equal to or greater than half the length of seg-
ment II 5

4. Hind tibiae with reddish band on base and at middle; cuneus reddish to strongly

red montanus, n. sp.

Hind tibiae with a dark hand only on base; cuneus yellowish to brownish

: stitli, n. sp.

5. Length of antennal segment I equal to half the length of segment II, or less 6

Length of antennal segment I equal to more than half or about three-fifths the
length of segment II; coloration varied with fuscous and black, with pale
spots present in the dark areas mcxicanus Dist.

6. Dorsal surface uniformly dark reddish brown, unspotted; apical one-third of

scutellum white or yellowish johnstoni Kngt.

Scutellum and pronotal disk with reticulate pattern of fuscous and brown 7

7. Length of antennal segment I subequal to width of head 8

Length of antennal segment I clearly less than width of head, falling short by
half the dorsal width of an eye; antennal segment II dusky brown, darker
brown on apical half nicholi, n. sp.

8. Pronotal disk and scutellum strongly marked with a reticulate pattern of fus-

cous brown; frons with strong oblique and transverse lines
chiricahuae, n. sp.

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

207

Pronotal disk and scutellum pallid, scutellum with small black dots across
middle; frons with lines obsolete obsoletus, n. sp.

9. Rostrum not reaching beyond apex of hind coxae 11

Rostrum reaching beyond hind coxae, or upon fourth ventral segment 10

10. Antennal segment I equal to three-fourths the length of segment II; hind tibiae

pallid, with basal one-fourth dark colored tiliae Kngt.

Antennal segment I equal to three-fifths the length of segment II; hind tibiae
pale but with two bands of dark color longirostris, n. sp.

11. Length of antennal segment I exceeding width of head 12

Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of head arizonae Kngt.

12. Length of antennal segment I less than two-thirds the length of antennal segment II 13

Length of antennal segment I about two-thirds the length of segment II

nubilus Say

13. Hind femora pallid, with apical one-fourth black jessiae Kngt.

Hind femora fuscous or reddish on basal half and the apical half likewise

rubidus Kngt.

Neurocolpus simplex Van Duzee

Neurocolpus simplex Van Duzee, 1918:281.

Known from Coachella, California, where
Van Duzee collected it on Palo- Verde, Cerci-

Fig. 255. Neurocolpus tiliae Kngt., tf .

dium torreyanum. Other record: 2$ April 26,
1916, Sabino Canyon, Santa Catalina Mts., Ari-
zona (J. F. Tucker).

Neurocolpus arizonae Knight

Neurocolpus arizonae Knight, 1934:163.

Known from Arizona, Utah, New Mexico,
and Texas. Host plant is Prosopis juliflora. Rec-
ord: taken on mesquite June 30, 1965, St.
George, Utah (H. H. Knight).

Neurocolpus mexicanus Distant

Neurocolpus mexicanus Distant, 1883:263, PI.

23, Fig. 5.

Known from Arizona, Texas, and Mexico.
Records: 9 June 1, 1926, alt. 6000 ft., Chirica-
hua Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). d1 June 22,
1908, 9 Nov. 22, 1910, Brownsville; d 9 June
8, 1963, McAllen; 9 June 5, 1963, Mission (J.
Hannah); J April 15, 1936, Dimit, Texas (S. E.
Jones ) .

Neurocolpus nubilus (Say)

Capsus nubilus Say, 1832:22.
Neurocolpus nubilus Carvalho, 1959:172.

This species is known from Colorado, New
Mexico, Texas and all states eastward.

208

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Neurocolpus montanus, new species

Allied to mexicanus Distant, but distin-
guished as shown in the key.

Male. Length 6.1 mm, width 2.38 mm. Head:
width 1.09 mm, vertex .44 mm; pallid, marked
and shaded with reddish brown, frons with
oblique and transverse red lines. Rostrum,
length 2.1 mm, reaching upon middle of hind
coxae. Antennae: segment I, length 1.15 mm,
somewhat flattened, apex inflated (width .34
mm ) , tapering to more narrow at middle ( width
.27 mm), reddish to reddish brown, paler on
ventral aspect, the reddish color forming a net-
work to separate numerous white spots; clothed
with erect bristle hairs and thickly intermixed
with flattened, black scale-like hairs, which are
wider on apical half; II, 2.3 mm, brownish yel-
low, apical half red to reddish brown, cylindri-
cal, apical half gradually thicker, thickness (.15
mm) near apex about equal to thickness of fore
tibia on basal half; III, .68 mm, white, apical
half infuscated; IV, .54 mm, fuscous. Pronotum,
length 1.3 mm, width at base 2.1 mm; collar
flat, reddish disk pale to reddish brown; clothed
with erect pale to brownish bristles, basal
half with about 12 tufts of erect black hairs.
Scutellum darkened with reddish brown, apex
white; also bearing erect long hairs. Dorsal sur-
face clothed with pale to golden, suberect simple
hairs and intermixed with shorter, recumbent to
appressed, golden sericeous pubescence. Hemel-
ytra dark reddish brown, embolium with several
whitish spots, apical half of corium, and clavus
bordering scutellum, shaded with black; cuneus
red, darker on base and apex. Membrane fus-
cous, a clear spot at each side behind areoles,
veins red, blackish on basal half. Ventral sur-
face chiefly red, red granules visible in the
hypodermis. Legs red, femora with numerous
pale spots, tibia pallid, basal one-fourth red-
dish, a narrow red band on base of apical half;
femora thickly clothed with erect, golden and
black bristle hairs, apical one-third intermixed
with some flattened black hairs; tibiae with
erect, long bristles and hairs. Genital segment
and claspers typical of the genus, not showing
external specific characters.

Female. Length 6.4 mm, width 2.4 mm.
Head: width 1.15 mm, vertex .47 mm; pallid,
marked with reddish brown, frons with several
oblique to transverse lines. Rostrum reaching
to middle of hind coxae. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.15 mm, apex (width .37 mm) inflated
as in the male; pallid, reticulate with reddish,
with erect bristles and flattened hairs as in the

male; II, 2.3 mm, cylindrical, slender on basal
half, apical half gradually thickened as in the
male; III, .75 mm, pale fuscous; IV, .58 mm,
fuscous. Pronotum, length 1.36 mm, width at
base 2.0 mm. Color more reddish brown than
the male; pubescence similar to the male.

Holotype: d" June 26, 1926, alt. 5000 ft,
Santa Rita Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allo-
type: 9 taken with the type. Paratypes: d"
taken with the types. 2 d" July 18, 1917, Goudy
Creek Canyon, Arizona (H. H. Knight), o*
June 7, 1926, alt. 4.500 ft, Tucson, Arizona (A. A.
Nichol). cT July 5, 1926, alt. 8000 ft, Rincon
Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Neurocolpus stitti, new species

Allied to montanus but differs in having dark
band at base of hind tibia but without a band
on middle; the dark color brown rather than
fuscous, reddish brown on cuneus.

Male. Length 6.1 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .44 mm; pallid, with
weak brown lines on frons. Rostrum, length 2.2
mm, barely surpassing middle coxae and reach-
ing to middle of hind coxae. Antennae: segment

I, length 1.12 mm, width on apex .37 mm, nar-
rowing from there to base, apex somewhat in-
flated, nearly glabrous, elsewhere clothed with
erect brown bristles, and intermixed with golden
brown flat hairs which are wider on apex, color
dark brown but spotted and marked with pale;

II, 2.45 mm, cylindrical, slender on base and
gradually thickened to apex, clavate on apical
one-third, pallid to yellowish, apical half be-
coming dark reddish brown, with pubescence
very short and inconspicuous; III, .74 mm, pale,
apical half infuscated; IV, .64 mm, pale fus-
cous. Pronotum length 1.25 mm, width at base
1.87 mm, pale yellowish, basal half of disk
shaded with fuscous, bearing tufts of ereot black
hairs. Scutellum pale yellowish, marked with
fuscous dots across middle. Dorsal surface
clothed with pale to golden, erect simple hairs
and thickly intermixed with more recumbent
and appressed, golden sericeous pubescence.
Hemelytra pale yellowish, shaded and marked
with dark brown; corium, inner half of clavus
bordering scutellum, and spots on embolium
darker brown; cuneus yellowish brown, apex and
spot on paracuneus dark brown. Membrane fus-
cous, a large pale spot by apex of cuneus; veins
fuscous brown, brachium more yellowish about
apex of larger areole. Ventral surface pale yel-
lowish. Legs pale yellowish, hind femora shaded
and marked with brown on apical half; front

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

209

and middle femora spotted with brown on apical
one-third; femora with long erect hairs, hairs
arising in the dark brown areas also dark; hind
tibiae pallid to yellowish, dark brown only on
basal one-fourth, bearing erect long golden
bristles and spines. Genital segment and claspers
distinctive of the genus, but not showing distinc-
tive specific characters externally.

Female. Length 6.2 mm, width 2.4 mm.
Head: width 1.05 mm, vertex .47 mm; pallid,
oblique and transverse lines on frons rather
weak. Antennae: segment I, length 1.09 mm,
width of inflated apex .36 mm, narrowing to-
ward base, bristles and hairs as in die male;
II, 2.28 mm; III, .71 mm; IV, .64 mm. Prono-
tum, length 1.4 mm, width at base 1.97 mm.
Very similar to the male in color and pubescence.

Holotype: d" June 1, 1941, Pinal Mountain,
Arizona (L. L. Stitt). Allotype: 9 same data as
the type. Paratvpes: 3d" taken with the tvpes.
of June 1. 1926, alt. S000 ft, Chiricahua Mts.,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Neurocolpus nicholi, new species

Runs in the key near chiricalutae and ohso-
Jetus but differs from both by the short first
antennal segment, which in length is not ecpial
to width of head.

Male. Length 5.4 mm, width 2.1 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .44 mm; frons with
oblique and transverse lines, lower half of head
also marked with brown lines. Rostrum, length
2.0 mm, just reaching to base of hind coxae.
Antennae: segment I, length .SS mm, slightly
wider (.27 mm) at die inflated apex, but taper-
ing gradually narrower to base, pale yellowish,
marked with dots and irregular lines; II, 1.77
mm, yellowish brown, apical half moderately
incrassated and dark brown; III, .54 mm, yel-
lowish brown; IV, .51 mm, dusky brown. Pro-
notum, length 1.22 mm, width at base 1.87 mm;
pallid, lightly shaded with irregular patches and
dots of brown; basal half of disk with several
tufts of erect black hairs. Scutellum pallid,
shaded and marked widi irregular patches and
marks of brown. Hemelytra pallid, shaded and
marked with patches of fuscous brown, the dark-
areas spotted with pale; embolium pallid,
spotted and marked with dark brown; cuneus
dark brown, paler on outer margin. Membrane
pale translucent, shaded and marked with fus-
cous, darker within areoles, veins pallid about
apex of larger areole. Dorsal surface clothed
with suberect to erect, pale to golden simple

bristle hairs and thicklv intermixed with recum-
bent to appressed golden sericeous pubescence.
Ventral surface pallid to yellowish, venter more
yellow. Legs pallid to pale yellowish, hind fe-
mora marked with a reticulate pattern of brown
marks and dots; tibiae yellow, hind pair shaded
with brown on base; femora and tibiae bearing
erect, long pilose hairs, pallid to golden in dif-
ferent lights; tibiae bristles obscured and inter-
mixed widi erect hairs. Genital segment and
claspers distinctive of the genus, but not provid-
ing good external specific characters.

Holotype: d May 4, 1926, alt. 2700 ft, Santa
Catalina Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Named
for the collector, Mr. Andrew A. Nichol, who
did important ecological work with plants and
animals of Arizona.

Neurocolpus chiricalutae. new species

Runs in the key to die couplet where first
antennal segment is subequal to width of head;
pronotum and scutellum with a reticulate pat-
tern of dark brown.

Male. Length 6.4 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.08 mm, vertex .44 mm; frons with strong
oblique and transverse lines. Rostrum, length
2.1 mm, reaching base of hind coxae. Antennae:
segment I, length 1.05 mm, apex moderately in-
flated, wider (.31 mm) here than at middle
(.27 mm); ground color pallid and marked with
a reticulate pattern of dark brown; clothed with
erect golden bristles, and intermixed with flat,
dark brown scalelike hairs which are wider on
apical half. Segment II, 2.1 mm, cylindrical,
narrow at base, but gradually widened to in-
crassate on apical one-third where the color is
dark brown; III, .64 mm, pale to fuscous; IV,
.61 mm, pale fuscous. Pronotum, length 1.42
mm, width at base 2.0 mm; disk with a reticu-
late pattern of dark brown over a paler ground
color; basal half of disk with several small tufts
of dark brown hairs. Scutellum with an irregu-
lar reticulate pattern of dark brown over a paler
ground color. Dorsal surface clothed with erect,
pale to golden simple hairs, and intermixed with
recumbent and appressed golden sericeous pu-
bescence. Hemelytra dark brown, clavus and
embolium with a few pallid spots and flecks;
cuneus reddish to dark brown. Membrane pale
fuscous brown, a large pale spot behind tip of
cuneus and apex of areoles, veins reddish to
dark brown. Ventral surface pale yellowish and
marked widi reddish brown; sides of venter
more strongly marked with dots and spots of

210

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

reddish brown. Genital segment and claspers
follow a generic pattern.

Holotype: tf June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft, Chi-
ricahua Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Neurocolpus obsoletus, new species

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with chiricahuae, but differs in the pallid color,
pronotum without reticulate color pattern.

Female. Length 5.9 mm, width 2.4 mm.
Head: width 1.09 mm, vertex .47 mm; pale yel-
lowish, without strong marks or lines. Rostrum,
length 2.1 mm, pallid, reaching upon middle of
hind coxae. Antennae: segment I, length 1.05
mm, inflated on apex (width .34 mm) and
tapers gradually narrower to base, pallid, dorsal
aspect of the inflated apex dark brown, basal
half with a fine lined reticulate pattern of
brown; clothed with erect pale bristles and in-
termixed with erect, dark brown flat scalelike
hairs which are wider on apical half. Segment
II, length 1.94 mm. cylindrical, slender on basal
half, yellowish brown, apical half gradually
tapering thicker, incrassate and dark brown; III,
.68 mm, pale yellowish; IV, .58 mm, pale yel-
lowish. Pronotum, length 1.36 mm, width at
base 2.10 mm; pallid to pale yellowish, without
dark marks or shading; bearing pale bristle
hairs intermixed with darker hairs on basal half
of disk, some groups of which form tufts. Scu-
tellum pallid, shaded brown on base, with a
group of small brown dots strung across middle
of disk. Hemelytra pallid and shaded with pale
yellowish brown, inner half of clavus and apical
half of corium shaded to dark brown, the darker
areas invaded by pale spots and dots, cuneus
pallid, with dark brown narrowly across base
and the apex darker brown. Membrane pale fus-
cous brown, darker within areoles, veins yellow-
ish except base of brachium. Dorsal surface
clothed with suberect pale hairs, intermixed
with appressed, golden yellow sericeous pubes-
cence. Ventral surface pale yellowish, without
marks or dark shading. Legs pallid, hind femora
with three irregular patches of dark brown on
apical half, bearing dark and light colored erect
hairs, but shorter and more sparsely set com-
pared with related species.

Holotype: 9 May 27, 1928, alt. 3300 ft, Rin-
con Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Neurocolpus longirostris, new species

Runs in the key to a couplet with tiliae Kngt,
as both species have the rostrum extending be-

yond the hind coxae; distinguished by the short-
er first antennal segment and posterior tibiae
having two dark annuli.

Male. Length 6.3 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .47 mm; pallid to yellow-
ish, lines on frons nearly obsolete. Rostrum,
length 2.6 mm, reaching beyond hind coxae to
fifth ventral segment, pallid, apex dark brown.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.32 mm, not in-
flated at apex, width at middle .31 mm, some-
what flattened, narrow width .18 mm, pale to
yellowish brown, paler beneath, sides showing
spots and flakes of lighter color; clothed with
erect brown bristles, intermixed with erect, flat-
tened, brown scalelike hairs, that are wider on
apical half; II, 2.2 mm, cylindrical, incrassated
on apical half to nearly twice thickness at base,
bearing short pubescence, yellowish, apical half
dark reddish brown; III, .78 mm, pallid, apical
half reddish brown; IV, .64 mm, fuscous, nar-
rowly white at base. Pronotum, length 1.19 mm,
width at base 1.8 mm; pallid, darkened by an
irregular, reticulate pattern of light brown,
larger pale areas near median line and on calli;
basal half of disk with several small tufts of
dark brown hairs, the tufts not as dense or
with as many hairs as found in other species.
Scutellum pallid to light brown, the pale color
appears to come from deposits of material in
the hypodermis. Hemelytra light brown, marked
with many pallid spots on clavus and corium,
the light spots arise from pigment in the hypo-
dermis; embolium pallid put broken by light
brown areas; cuneus pallid, apex and spot on
paracuneus reddish brown. Membrane fuscous
brown, a large pale spot behind apex of cuneus
and extending behind larger areole, brachium
whitish, darker on basal half. Dorsal surface
clothed with erect to suberect, simple, pale to
golden hairs and intermixed with shorter, ap-
pressed and recumbent silvery to golden serice-
ous pubescence. Ventral surface pale to yellow-
ish and light brown. Legs pale, hind femora
darkened by a reticulate pattern of light brown;
hind tibiae with brown spots and marks cover-
ing basal one-fourth; clothed with erect brown
hairs that obscure or become confused with the
true spines.

Female. Length 6.7 mm, width 2.4 mm.
Head: width 1.08 mm, vertex ..50 mm. An-
tennae: segment I, length 1.50 mm, width at
middle .34 mm; II, 2.4 mm, incrassated apical
half slightly more than twice thickness at base;
III, .81 mm; IV, .75 mm. Pronotum, length 1.39
mm, width at base 2.0 mm. Somewhat more

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 211

robust than the male, but very similar in colora- Neurocolpus rubidus Knight

P ' Neurocolpus rubidus Knight, 1934:164.

Holotype: d July 6, 1937, Dayton, Washing- Known from Texas> Kansas ininois Michi.

ton (R. E. Miller). Allotype: 9 same data as ohio New York, and Maryland,
the type. Para types: 3d" taken with the types.
d 9 July 10,' 9 July 28, 1937, alt. 4747 ft,

Dayton, Idaho (R. E. Miller), d July 31, 1920, Neurocolpus jessiae Knight

Missoula, Montana (A. A .Nichol). 29 July 20, Neurocoipus jessiae Knight,1934:163.

1925, Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming (A. _ , _,,, .5; , , „

a m- u n Breeds on Elder (bambucus sps. ) Known

A. Nichol).

from Texas, Mississippi, Missouri, Illinois, Iowa,
Wisconsin, and New York.

Neurocolpus tiliae Knight
Fig. 255

Neurocolpus tiliae Knight, 19.34: 162. Neurocolpus johnstoni Knight

Known from Minnesota, Iowa, Kansas, and Neurocolpus johnstoni Knight, 1934:166.
Texas. At present known only from Texas.

Genus Phytocoris Fallen
Key to the Sections

1. Second antennal segment uniformly colored, pallid, white, yellow, dark brown

or black; without a distinct white band at base Section A, p. 211

Second antennal segment with one or more pale to white bands or annuli 2

2. Second antennal segment with one pallid or white band at base only

Section B, p. 218

Second antennal segment with more than one pale band or annulus 3

3. Second antennal segment with two pale or white annuli, not counting incom-

plete pale spots on dorsal aspect of basal half 4

Second antennal segment with three or more pale or white annuli

Section D, p. 255

4. Dorsal surface with deciduous black or brownish black, scalelike hairs inter-

mixed with other types of pubescence Section C, p. 236

Dorsal surface without deciduous black scalelike hairs Section CC, p. 247

Genus Phytocoris Fallen
Key to the Species, Section A

1. Length of antennal segment I subequal to, or longer than width of pronotum at base 2

Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of pronotum 9

2. Body and dorsal surface thickly covered with appressed, silvery scalelike hairs 3

Body and dorsal surface not covered with appressed, silvery scalelike hairs 4

3. Antennal segment I thickly set with long white hairs on ventral surface to form

a brush; color uniformly pallid or white; length 4.9-5.4 mm
Candidas Van D.

212 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Antennal segment I without a thick brush of hair on ventral surface; pronotal
disk yellowish to red; scutellum fuscous, also with fuscous lines formed on
claval vein, radial vein and more widely along inner margin of corium;
length 5.9-6.3 mm squamosus Kngt.

4. Frons black; antennal segment I with fuscous spots on dorsal surface; femora

with a reticulate pattern of fuscous marks; length 8.1 mm
nigrifrons Van D.

Frons not black 5

5. Scutellum and pronotal disk with a pallid or white median line, roseate border-

ing this line, the reddish color stronger over hemelytra in the male; female
brachypterous, paler in color, hemelytra tinted with roseate; length ( 9 )
7.3 mm, ( c? ) 8.5 mm roseipennis Kngt.

Scutellum and pronotum without indication of a pale median line 6

6. Dorsal surface and hind femora with a strong and regular reticulate red pattern;

basal edge of pronotum pallid, under lining a transverse subbasal line of
black spots which bear tufts of flat black hairs; length 6.8-7.3 mm
rufoscriptus Van D.

Dorsal surface and hind femora without a reticulate red pattern 7

7. Cuneus with reddish 8

Cuneus pallid to fuscous; antennae pale dusky yellow, segment I with paler
spots; male genital segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 261); length 6.6
mm tenuis Van D.

8. Pronotal disk chiefly red; femora red, pale dots minute; male genital segment

and claspers distinctive (Fig. 256); length 7.1 mm cunealis Van D.

Pronotal disk pale to yellow, reddish brown on sides and base; femora reddish
brown, with large and small white dots and spots; male genital segment and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 258); length 7.5 mm fuscosignatus Kngt.

9(1). Legs and antennae with sparsely set, long erect hairs; length of hairs more

than twice thickness of tibia; scutellum black, edges of the black cut by

pale spots on margins; female brachypterous, length 5.6 mm, male 6.2 mm

longihirtus, n. sp.

Without long erect hairs 10

10. Hemelytra green, finely flaked with pallid or dusky 11

Hemelytra not green, or if so, smooth green without flakes 13

11. Cuneus or areole veins reddish 12

Cuneus and veins not reddish; hemelytra uniformly pale greenish, flaked with
white, veins pallid or green; length 4.7-5.7 mm consors Van D.

12. Cuneus reddish, areole veins pallid; length 4.6 mm cuneoiinctus Kngt.

Cuneus reddish on apical half, areole veins red; length 6.1 mm

geniculatus Van D.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 213

13. Dorsal surface bearing deciduous, black, scalelike hairs, intermixed with simple

and sericeous pubescence 14

Dorsal surface without deciduous, black scalelike hairs 15

14. Length of antennal segment I subequal to width of head; length 3.7-3.9 mm

ventralis Van D.

Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of head; length 4.1-4.2 mm
ephedrae Kngt.

15. Scutellum with a small round black spot each side before apex 16

Scutellum without black spot each side before apex 18

16. Dorsal surface pallid, tinted pink, reddish on cuneus; scutellum more strongly

convex on apical half; length 6.1-6.8 mm interspersus Uhler

Dorsal surface not pink or cuneus reddish 17

17. Dorsal surface pale yellow; deeper yellow on clavus, apical area of corium,

apical half of cuneus and on femora; length 7.0-8.5 mm laevis Uhler

Dorsal surface pallid to dusky; femora dusky to pale fuscous, irrorate with paler
spots; length 8.5-8.8 mm rolfsi Kngt.

18. Hemelytra clear yellowish green; membrane with conspurcate and vermiculate

dark fuscous markings; pronotal disk shaded with black, clothed with seri-
ceous white pubescence, intermixed with fuscous and black hairs; femora
reddish to dusky orange; length 6.2-6.5 mm becki, n. sp.

Otherwise colored 19

19. Length of antennal segment I not exceeding width of head 25

Length of antennal segment I greater than width of head 20

20. Cuneus shaded or marked with red 21

Cuneus not marked with red 22

21. Cuneus and paracuneus solid red; pronotal disk red, yellowish between the

calli; first antennal segment diiek, scarcely more slender on apical half;
length ( 9 ) 4.9 mm rubwornatus Kngt.

Cuneus yellowish, only flecked and spotted with red; pronotal disk fuscous,
margins shaded with reddish black; first antennal segment thicker near
base and tapering more slender on apical half; length ( 9 ) 4.7 mm
piilchellus Kngt.

22. First antennal segment pallid, not marked or shaded with fuscous 23

First antennal segment shaded or marked with fuscous 24

23. Rostrum reaching upon seventh or eight ventral segments; femora uniformly

dusky brown, not irrorate or spotted; length ( 9 ) brachypterous 6.7 mm,
( d ) 7.0 mm longirostris Kngt.

Rostrum shorter, just reaching upon fourdi ventral segment; femora light fus-
cous brown, irrorate with pale spots, one large pale area at middle of apical
half; length 6.8-7.6 mm seminotatus Kngt.

214

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

24. Antennal segment I pallid, blackish on ventral surface; scutellum blackish, me-
dian line and a stripe each side pallid; hemelytra brownish black, inner
margins of clavus, outer margins of corium, embolium and cuneus, pallid;
membrane uniformly fuscous; length 7.8 mm fuscipennis Kngt.

Antennal segment I fuscous, above irrorate with pale spots; scutellum black,
lateral margins with four or five pallid spots; hemelytra pallid, thickly reti-
culate and conspurate with brownish black; membrane fuscous, apical half
with paler areas; length ( tf ) 6.1 mm reticulatus, n. sp.

25 (19). Rostrum reaching behind posterior coxae, or to middle of venter; length
4.7-5.6 mm ramosus Uhler

Rostrum not reaching behind posterior coxae 26

26. Dorsal surface without black bristles intermixed with golden yellow simple

hairs 27

Dorsal surface with black bristles intermixed with suberect golden yellow
simple hairs; color deep green; length 4.8-5.2 mm .... nigripubescens Kngt.

27. Cuneus and areole veins red; hind femora light reddish brown, irrorate with

pale spots; length 4.7 mm vanduzeei Reut.

Cuneus and veins not red; femora and body rich golden yellow, not irrorate;
length 4.9 mm vividus (Uhler)

Phytocoris becki, new species
Fig. 259

Distinguished by the beautiful light yellow-
ish green color of the hemelytra, reddish orange
femora, pallid and blackish pronotum, and uni-
formly yellowish brown antennae (frontispiece).

Male. Length 6.3 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.15 mm, vertex .51 mm; yellowish white,
eyes dark brown, collum brownish red above;
clypeus yellowish, apical half with red on med-
ian line. Rostrum, length 2.6 mm, reaching upon
fifth ventral segment, pale yellowish, apical half
becoming brownish black. Antennae: segment
I, length 1.05 mm, slightly thicker (.18 mm) on
basal half, brownish yellow, clothed with sub-
erect and recumbent golden yellow hairs, sparse-
ly intermixed on dorsal aspect with erect yel-
lowish bristles, the length of which do not equal
thickness of segment; II, 3.2 mm, cylindrical,
just half as thick as segment I, uniformly yellow-
ish brown, clothed with short, minute dusky pu-
bescence; III, 1.66 mm, pale brownish yellow;
IV, .91 mm, dusky yellow. Pronotum, length .98
mm, width at base 1.87 mm; pallid to white,
margins of disk, median line and collar, dark
fuscous to black, propleura white but with a
reddish bar across middle of coxal cleft; disk
and collar clothed with suberect and recumbent,
fuscous to brownish black pubescence, inter-
mixed on the black areas with spots, also a solid

line on collar and median line of disk, with re-
cumbent sericeous white pubescence. Meso-
scutum moderately exposed, reddish orange,
fuscous on middle, clothed with recumbent seri-
ceous white pubescence. Scutellum yellowish to
reddish orange, basal half with sericeous white
pubescence.

Hemelytra uniformly light yellowish green,
clothed with simple and sericeous, recumbent,
pallid to golden yellow pubescence; cuneus uni-
formly yellowish green like the corium, not dark-
er on apex. Membrane opaque white, somewhat
dusky yellow, on basal half; apical half strongly
marked with reticulate, conspureate and vermi-
culate patterns of fuscous and black, leaving a
small white spot at tip of cuneus; veins con-
colorus with the dusky yellowish brown of the
areoles. Ventral surface pallid to yellowish green,
mesostemum reddish brown; venter yellowish
green, broadly reddish orange beneath and on
sides, genital segment more yellowish beneath.
Legs pallid, coxae nearly white, hind pair
marked with red; femora reddish orange, spines
pallid; tarsi pale to fuscous and brown. Genital
segment and claspers distinctive of the species
(Fig. 259).

Female. Length 6.1 mm, width 2.2 mm.
Head: width 1.17 mm, vertex .58 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.7 mm, reaching upon fourth ventral
segment. Antennae: segment I, length 1.09 mm,
thickness .20 mm; II, 3.0 mm; III, 1.4 mm; IV,

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

215

jru^o<uan?ia£u& KmqL

Figs. 256-258. Male claspers. 256, Phytocoris cunealis
Van D.; 257, P. longihirtus; 258, P. fuscosignatus
Kngt.

missing. Pronotum, length 1.02 mm, width at
base 1.93 mm. Very similar to the male in color
and pubescence.

Holotype: c? June 14, 1965, Tippipah
Springs, Nevada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H.
Knight & J. M. Merino), taken on Ephedra
nevadensis, host plant of the species. Allotype:
9 same data as the type. Paratypes: 22 c? 6 9
collected with the types on Ephedra nevadensis.
Area 401M, 9 June 18, d 9 June 19, 5cf
9 9 June 20, 1965, all taken on Ephedra nevad-
ensis; Area 17M, d June 16, 1965; Area 18M,
2d" June 11, d July 7, 1965; Area 19M, 2
nymphs June 23, 1965, on Epliedra nevadensis;

Area CT, 2cf June 20, 1965; Area CM d" June
13, 1965, Nevada Test Site.

This species is named for Dr. D Elden Beck,
whom I have known since he was a graduate
student at Iowa State University, when he took
my course in systematic entomology. He and
Dr. D. M. Allred are in charge of some ecologi-
cal studies being carried out by Brigham Young
University, under contract with the Atomic
Energy Commission. He collected the first speci-
mens of this species that I ever saw, and when
he called me to take a look, I knew at once it
was the most beautifid Phytocoris I had ever
seen. I am indebted to Dr. Beck for the oppor-
tunity of working on the Miridae of the test
site, a project that has culminated in the present
publication.

Phytocoris candidus Van Duzee

Pallacocoris candidus Van Duzee, 1918:288.
Known only from California.

Phytocoris squamosus Knight

Phytocoris squamosus Knight, 1934:11.

Known from Arizona, California and Neva-
da. Becord from die test site: Area 17M, 2cf
Aug. 8, 1865, taken at black light.

Phytocoris nigrifrons Van Duzee

Pliytocoris nigrifrons Van Duzee, 1920:352.
Known only from California.

Phytocoris roseipennis Knight

Phytocoris roseipennis Knight, 1934:3.
Known only from Arizona.

Pliytocoris rufoscriptus Van Duzee

Phytocoris rufoscriptus Van Duzee, 1914:15.

Known from San Diego and Los Angeles
Counties, California.

Phytocoris tenuis Van Duzee
Fig. 261

Phytocoris tenuis Van Duzee, 1920:341.

Known from the Santa Cruz Mts. and Tuo-
lumne County, California.

Phytocoris cunealis Van Duzee

Fig. 256

Phytocoris cunealis Van Duzee, 1914:16.

Known from San Diego, Tulare and Los An-
geles Counties, California.

216

Bhicham Young University Science Bulletin

Phytocoris fuscosignatus Knight
Fig. 258

Phytocoris fuscosignatus Knight, 1928:45.
Known from Oregon.

Phytocoris cuneotinctus Knight

Phytocoris cuneotinctus Knight, 1925:55.

Originally described from Arizona and now
found at the test site: Area CM, 4cf 4 9 June
12, 1965, Nevada Test Site, taken on Atriplex
canescens. New record for Utah: 2c? 6$ June
30, 1965, St. George (H. H. Knight).

Phytocoris geniculatus Van Duzee

Phytocoris geniculatus Van Duzee, 1918:286.

Originally described from California and now
found at the test site: Area 401M, 9 June 14,
cf June 18, 1965, taken on Grayia spinosa.

Phytocoris ventralis Van Duzee

Phytocoris ventralis Van Duzee, 1918:287.

Originally described from California, and
now known from the test site: Area JA, cf July
20, 1962, at black light; Area CB, 9 Aug. 7,

1964, at black light; Area 410M, d July 21,

1965, at black light; Area M, 9 Aug. 15, 1965,
at incandescent light.

Phytocoris ephedrae Knight

Phytocoris ephedrae Knight, 1961:478.

Known from Arizona and Texas, and now
taken at the test site: Area CM, 9 June 13,
1965, on Ephedra nevadensis; Area 401M, 3d"
1 9 June 20, 1965, on Ephedra nevadensis; Area
18M, 9 July 22, 1965, at black light.

Phytocoris consors Van Duzee

Phytocoris consors Van Duzee, 1918:287.

Known from California and Nevada; now
found at the test site: Area 16M, 5cf 2 9 June
24, 1965, on Atriplex canescens; Area 17M, 3 9
Aug. 25, 1965, on Atriplex canescens; Area 18M,
cf 9 June 23, 1965, on Atriplex canescens; cf
9 July 7, 1965, on Atriplex canescens; cf July
22, 1965, at black light; Area 401M, 9 June
20, cf June 22, on Atriplex canescens; Area
ECB, cf Aug. 3, 1962, at black light.

Phytocoris interspersus Uhler

Phytocoris interspersus Uhler, 1895:32.

Known from Arizona, California, Utah, Colo-

rado, New Mexico, Idaho, and British Columbia,
Canada.

Phytocoris laevis Uhler

Phytocoris laevis Uhler, 1895:. 3.3.

Known from Arizona, Utah, New Mexico,
Colorado, South Dakota, and Alberta, Canada.

Phytocoris rolfsi Knight

Phytocoris rolfsi Knight, 1934:1.

Known from Oregon and Washington.

Phytocoris rubroornatus Knight

Phytocoris rubroornatus Knight, 1961:482.
Known from Arizona.

Phytocoris longirostris Knight

Phytocoris longirostris Knight, 1934:6.
Known only from Arizona.

Phytocoris fuscipennis Knight

Phytocoris fuscipennis Knight, 1934:5.
Known from Arizona.

Phytocoris seminotatus Knight

Phytocoris seminotatus Knight, 1934:7.
Known only from Arizona.

Phytocoris ramosus Uhler

Phytocoris ramosus Uhler, 1894:252.

Known from Arizona, California, and the test
site: Area 5M, cf July 20, 1965, at incandescent
light. A new record for Utah: 5cf 4 9 June .30,
1965, St. George (H. H. Knight).

Phytocoris nigripubescens Knight

Phytocoris nigripubescens Knight, 1925:55.

Known from Arizona, Nevada, and Utah.
Becord from the test site: Area 5M, 9 June 12,
10cf 18 9 June 10, 1965, breeding on Larrea
divaricata; Area C, cf June 20, 1965, at incan-
descent light; Area MD, 14 cf 5 9 May 16, 1961,
at black light; Area 5A, 4cf July 10, 1964, on
Larrea divaricata; Area 5A, 9 July 10, 1964, on
Larrea divaricata.

Phytocoris vividus (Uhler)

Lygus vividus Uhler, 1894:260.

Known from Arizona, California, and Ne-
vada. Test site record: Area 5M, cf June 10,
1965.

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

217

Phytocoris vanduzeei Reuter

Dichrooscytus marmoratus Van Duzee, 1912:

512 (preoc. ).
Phytocoris vanduzeei Reuter, 1912:30.

Known from New Mexico.

Phytocoris rcticulatus, new species
Fig. 260

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with fuscipennis Kngt, from which it may be
separated by the black scutellum, pale only on
edges where pale spots cut into the black disk.

Male. Length 6.3 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .38 mm; pallid, frons with

260

hjJXcwlwJMr

Figs. 259-261. Male claspers. 259, Phytocoris becki;
260, P. reticulatus; 261, P. tenuis Van D.

transverse brown lines; clypeus with a brownish
black U-shaped mark based on middle. Rostrum,
length 2.6 mm, reaching upon middle of genital
segment, pallid to brownish, apex black. An-
tennae: segment I, length 1.4 mm, thicker near
base, more slender on apical half but enlarged
slightly at apex, brownish, pallid beneath, dorsal
surface with both pale and brown spots, apex
annulate with brown; II, 2.7 mm, cylindrical,
uniformly yellowish brown, deeper brown just
before apex; III, 1.26 mm, dark brown; IV, miss-
ing. Pronotum, length 1.0 mm, width at base 1.8
mm, disk pallid, tinged with brown, anterior
angles dark brown; calli moderately convex,
basal margin with an impressed dark brown
line; propleura pallid, dark brown along dorsal
margin, also a dark brown ray across lower half
of coxal cleft and extending across middle of
propleuron. Mesoscutum broadlv exposed,
brownish black, a pale spot each side. Scutel-
lum brownish black, basal angles pale, the dark
color broken by three pallid spots each side of
disk. Hemelytra with pallid base, thickly reticu-
late and conspurcate with brownish black, inner
apical angle of corium darker, a pale spot touch-
ing base of cuneus, and cuneus more pallid on
base. Membrane pale, apical half with three
fuscous spots, vein between areoles dark fus-
cous. Ventral surface pallid, mesosternum
brownish black; lateral line of venter and basal
area of genital segment brownish black. Coxae
pallid; femora pallid, apical half reticulate with
dark brown; front tibiae pallid, triannulate with
dark brown, leaving base and apex pallid; tarsi
dark brown. Genital segment and claspers dis-
tinctive, left side of segment with prominent
tubercle high above base of left clasper (Fig.
260).

Female. Length 6.6 mm; macropterous,
rather similar to the male. Head: width 1.09
mm, vertex .41 mm. Rostrum bent and crumpled,
apparently it would reach to middle of ovipositor
sheadi. Antennae: segment I, length 1.66 mm,
dark brown, with diree larger pale spots on dor-
sal aspect; II, 3.2 mm, cylindrical, yellowish
brown, slightly darker on apical third; III, 1.5
mm, brownish black; IV, missing;. Pronotum,
length 1.02 mm, width at base 1.9 mm; basal
submargin with several fuscous spots, otherwise
like the male. Hemelytra more broadly pallid
than the male but with similar reticulate pat-
tern of fuscous brown. This specimen is poorly
preserved, apparendy having been rescued from
a liquid badi.

Holotype: d April 11, 1961, Area CRA 10,
Nevada Test Site, taken in a can pit-trap. Alio-

218

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

type: 9 Oct. 18, 1961, Area CBA 2, Nevada
Test Site, taken in a can pit-trap. Paratypes: d
Oct. 25, 1961, Area NCB; Area CB A2, 2d 1 9
Oct. 23, 1961; Area NCB, d Oct. 18, 1961; Area
ACC, d Oct. 9, 1961; Area 12EC10, 9 Nov. 7,
1961; Area 6CL, 9 Nov. 6, 1961, all from can
pit-traps at the Nevada Test Site.

Phijtocoris longihirtus, new species
Fig. 257

Antennae and legs bearing sparsely set long
erect hairs, but distinguished from hirtus Van D.
by the short antennal segment I which in length
is subequal to width of head across eyes.

Male. Length 6.5 mm, width 2.4 mm. Head:
width 1.2 mm, vertex .51 mm; frons convex,
with four or five transverse brown lines each
side, with longitudinal, interrupted median
line; also a dark sutural line between jugum
and lorum. Bostrum, length 2.9 mm, reaching
upon fourth ventral segment, pallid to brownish
yellow. Antennae: segment I, length 1.2 mm,
fuscous brown, pallid beneath, above with three
larger and several smaller pale spots, set with
several long, erect, yellowish hairs; II, cylindri-
cal, dusky brown, set with some 20 long, erect,
yellowish to golden hairs; III, broken, but bear-
ing long, erect hairs. Pronotum, length 1.2 mm,
width at base 2.14 mm; disk pallid to dusky
brown, bearing several erect long hairs; ealli
moderately convex, thickly marked with small
spots, marks and curved lines, also with irregu-
lar marks in front of, and a strong black dot
each side of basal margin near inner angle, dark
brown. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, brown-
ish black. Scutellum pallid, disk fuscous brown,
irregularly marked with pale spots, bearing four
or six erect, long hairs. Hemelytra with a pallid
background color, shaded and marked with fus-

cous brown, the draker areas irrorate with pale
spots, which in some areas may increase in num-
ber and size to reduce the dark color into reticu-
late lines and dots; in this specimen the dorsal
surface is badly rubbed but there are indica-
tions of long hairs; cuneus marked similarly to
the corium. Membrane pallid, marked with dots
and spots of fuscous brown, veins pallid and
marked widi brown. Ventral surface pallid,
shaded and marked with fuscous and brown.
Legs pallid, coxae with brownish spot near base;
femora pallid and marked with brownish; tibiae
pallid, with a fuscous brown band each side of
middle, also with base and narrow apex shaded
darker; tarsi fuscous. Male genital segment and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 257).

Female. Length 5.8 mm, width 2.9 mm;
brachypterous. Head: width 1.29 mm, vertex .58
mm; frons roundly convex. Bostrum, length 3.0
mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters. An-
tennae: segment I, length 1.3 mm; II, 2.4 mm;
III, .92 mm; .74 mm; all segments sparsely set
with erect long hairs. Pronotum, length 1.12
mm, width at base 2.0 mm; calli strongly con-
vex, basal area of disk rather broadly impressed
on median line. Hemelytra brachypterous, cos-
tal margin broadly arcuate, rounded apically,
cuneus indistinct if present, membrane absent;
color fuscous brown, having numerous small and
large irrorations, in some places broadly ex-
panded and merging into wide pale areas; tip
of abdomen exposed, and a few erect long
bristles visible. Ventral surface and legs colored
like die male; with long bristles on the legs and
ventral surface of abdomen.

Holotype: d April 25, 1961, Area JAL10,
Nevada Test Site, taken in a can pit-trap. Allo-
type: 9 May 18, 1962, Area JAL2, Nevada Test
Site, taken in a can pit-trap.

Genus Phytocoris Fallen
Key to the Species, Section B

1. Legs and antennae clothed with erect, long, sparsely set pallid hairs, length of

hairs greater than thickness of segment 2

Legs and antennae normally clothed with erect hairs, but length of hairs not

much greater than thickness of the segment 3

2. Antennal segment II brownish yellow, pallid at base; hemelytra pallid, with a

round black spot on paracuneus; length 6.1 mm hirsuticus, n. sp.

Antennal segment II pale brownish, fuscous on apex and bordering the basal
white annulus; hemelytra with fuscous and black, without a round black
spot on paracuneus; length 8.5 mm hirtus Van D.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 219

3. Length of antennal segment I subequal to, or greater than, width of pronotum

at base 4

Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of pronotum 7

4. Antennal segment I white, black beneath, a full length heavy black line on

dorsal aspect; also with black lines on femora and on dorsal surface, over a
pallid to white background; length ( d* ) 7.0 mm, ( S ) brachypterous, 5.6
mm nigrolineatus, n. sp.

Antennal segment I without full length black lines 5

5. Clavus and corium fuscous, but with very few setigerous dots 6

Clavus and corium with numerous, small setigerous fuscous dots, widi larger fus-
cous spots on embolium and cuneus; hind femora fuscous brown, irrorate
with numerous small dots and spots; length ( o" ) 6.3 mm, ( 9 ) brachy-
pterous 4.4 mm canescens Reut.

6. Dorsal surface with deciduous, black scalelike hairs intermixed widi simple

hairs and silvery sericeous pubescence; hind femora black above, broken
by four large white spots; length 6.1-6.4 mm angustatus Kngt.

Dorsal surface without deciduous, black scalelike hairs; hind femora without
large white spots; length 6.8 mm formosus Van D.

7. Length of antennal segment I, not equal to width of head S

Length of antennal segment I, equal to or greater than width of head 15

8. Pronotal disk with basal submarginal band of dark fuscous, sometimes waved,

or with blackish spots 10

Pronotal disk without submarginal fuscous band or spots 9

9. Antennal segment I pale yellowish brown, dorsal aspect with four or five pale

spots; rostrum reaching to base of genital segment; length 5.1-5.4 mm
mellarius Kngt.

Antennal segment I reticulated with reddish brown, leaving several large white

spots; rostrum just reaching upon posterior trochanters; length 4.7-5.4 mm

commulus Kngt.

10. Basal submargin of pronotal disk with a waved fuscous band, the darker points

slightly elevated 11

Basal submargin of pronotal disk without a waved band, without elevated points 12

11. Cuneus and apical area of corium reddish; male genital segment without tu-

bercle above base of left clasper; length 3.3-3.5 mm miniatus Kngt.

Cuneus and corium pallid and with fuscous; male genital segment with a
blunt tubercle above base of left clasper; length 3.6-4.3 mm
breviusculus Reut.

12. Basal submargin of pronotal disk with a continuous fuscous band 13

Basal submargin of pronotum with four or six disconnected, nonelevated fus-
cous spots; rostrum just reaching upon posterior coxae; femora brownish
red, irrorate with several white spots; length 5.0 mm tinctus Kngt.

220 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

13. Femora uniformly dark brown, irrorated with a dozen or so small white spots;

length 5.8-6.0 mm umbrosus Kngt.

Femora fuscous to black, paler on basal half, marked with both small and large

pallid or white spots 14

14. Hemelytra pale fuscous brown, clavus and corium with several pallid or white

spots; length 4.9-5.5 mm stellatus Van D.

Hemelytra pallid to fuscous, corium with central area broadly pallid; without
smaller white or pallid spots; length 5.8-6.0 mm simulatus Kngt.

15(7). Length of antennal segment I subequal to width of head 16

Length of antennal segment I greater than width of head 20

16. Dorsal surface with deciduous, black scalelike hairs intermixed with simple

and sericeous white pubescence; femora., and hemelytra chiefly pallid,
inner apical angle of corium with a wedgeshaped fuscous mark; length 3.7
mm albellus Kngt.

Dorsal surface without deciduous, black scalelike hairs 17

17. Antennal segment I pallid, marked with black spots and reticulations, but the

apical one-fourth solid black 18

Antennal segment I, reddish brown to fuscous, irrorate with pallid and white,

the apical one-fourth not solid black 19

18. Rostrum just reaching base of posterior trochanters; male genital segment with

a small tubercle above base of left clasper; length 3.4-3.6 mm
breviatus, n. sp.

Rostrum reaching upon seventh ventral segment; male genital segment without
a tubercle above base of left clasper (Fig. 273); length 4.5 mm
decurvatus, n. sp.

19. Tibiae, reddish brown to brownish black, irrorate with white spots, not annulate

with pale; cuneus and areole veins reddish; male genital segment and clasp-
ers distinctive (Fig. 269); length ( cf ) 5.8 mm politus Reut.

Cuneus and areole veins not reddish; front tibiae pallid, with two fuscous bands,
the apex pallid; slender, length 5.8-6.0 mm maritimus Van D.

20(15). Front tibiae with two or more white annuli 21

Front tibiae without bands or white annuli 36

21. Color reddish brown over a pallid ground color; cuneus and areole veins bright-

er red; membrane translucent white, sparsely conspurcate with small fus-
cous dots; length 5.7-6.0 mm jucundus Van D.

Color not at all reddish 22

22. Front tibiae with a fuscous band on apex 23

Front tibiae with four fuscous bands, but pallid on apex; slender form, length
5.3 mm carnosulus Van D.

23. Dorsal surface without deciduous, black scalelike hairs 24

Dorsal surface with a scattering amount of deciduous, black scalelike hairs 32

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 221

24. Rostrum reaching behind posterior coxae 25

Rostrum just reaching upon middle of hind coxae; head white, without marks
or lines; male genital segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 271); length
7.5 mm merinoi, n. sp.

25. Rostrum reaching behind posterior trochanters 26

Rostrum just reaching upon posterior trochanters, or upon fourth ventral seg-
ment; head pallid, clypeus with reddish brown V-shaped mark; antennal
segment II uniformly yellowish brown, narrowly pale at base; male genital
segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 275) stitti Kngt.

26. Front tibiae with not more than three white annuli, and leaving the apex

black 28

Front tibiae with four white annuli, and leaving apex black 27

27. Scutellum and mesonotum infuscated, but having the median line pale; antennal

segment I fuscous brown, irrorate with pale spots, the apex not darker;
male genital segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 270); length 6.6-6.8
mm quadriannulipcs, n. sp.

Scutellum and mesonotum pallid, but with fuscous on median line and marks

elsewhere; antennal segment I with pale spots but apical one-fourth black;

male genital segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 276); length 5.9-6.8

plenus Van D.

28. Antennal segment I distinctly thicker on basal half; posterior tibiae yellowish on

dorsal surface, reddish brown on ventral surface; genital segment without
tubercles; length 4.8 mm bakeri Reut.

Antennal segment I not distinctly thicker on basal half; posterior tibiae colored

otherwise 29

29. Middle tibiae banded with fuscous and pale like the front tibiae 30

Middle tibiae not clearly banded with pale and dark color like the anterior
tibiae; male genital segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 2S3); length 6.S
mm piceicola Kngt.

30. Antennal segment I pallid on ventral aspect 31

Antennal segment I fuscous to black on ventral aspect; scutellum white on basal
angles and apex, the pale median line bordered by black which beyond
middle spreads laterally to leave the apex white; length 6.4 mm
angusticollis Kngt.

31. Slender form; hemelytra pallid, marked with small fuscous dots and reticula-

tions only; male genital segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 278); length
5.7 mm gracillatus, n. sp.

Robust form; hemelytra pallid, shaded and marked by large black areas; inner
margins of clavus pallid, corium with a large triangular spot on outer
apical angle, and a smaller spot on middle, white; length 7.2 mm
tricinctipes, n. sp.

32(23). Front tibiae with three distinct pale annuli 33

Front tibiae with two rather incomplete annuli; male genital segment without a
distinct tubercle, right clasper distinctive ( Fig. 285 ) ; ( <S ) paratype, length
6.2 mm fraterculus Van D.

222 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

33. Pronotal discal area paler, median line infuscated, being a forward extension

of the basal dark band; basal half of antenna] segment II with two or

three paler spots just beyond the basal white band 34

Pronotal disk not showing the median fuscous line 35

34. Length of antennal segment I (46 units) slightly greater than width of head

plus width of vertex ( 44 units ) ; length ( d ) 7.9 mm ( Fig. 263 )
hesperius Kngt.

Length of antennal segment I (39 units) not equal to width of head plus width
of vertex (41 units); length ( d" ) 6.6 mm hesperellus, n. sp.

35. Femora brownish black, rather uniformly irrorate with small white spots, be-

neath and above; hind femora with an oblique, subapical white bar on
anterior aspect; male genital claspers distinctive (Fig. 266); length (cf ),
7.5 mm heidemanni Reut.

Front femora pallid beneath, posterior aspect with two parallel brownish black

lines; hind femora with small and large white spots, but not forming a clear

cut oblique band; male genital claspers distinctive (Fig. 284), the right

clasper extending around to base of left clasper; length 6.1-6.4 mm

cercocarpi Kngt.

36(20). Front tibiae reddish brown, dorsal surface with a row of white spots from
base to near apex; scutellum white or yellowish, with a reddish spot each
side before apex; length ( 9 ) 6.2 mm politus Reut.

Front tibiae without spots or bands 37

37. Dorsal surface yellowish green, corium along claval suture, and inner apical

angle, red; clavus along claval suture and margin bordering scutellum, red;
length 6.1-7.1 mm roseotinctus Kngt.

Otherwise colored 38

38. Dorsal surface yellowish green, pronotal disk dusky red; mesoscutum, paracun-

eus, flecks on cuneus, hind femora except pale spots, red or dusky red;
length 5.6 mm pulchellus Kngt.

Otherwise colored 39

39. Dorsal surface brownish red, varied with pale; femora yellowish, marked by

reticulate pattern; antennal segment II uniformly yellowish brown, with a
narrow white annulus at base; length 6.8 mm mirus Kngt.

Otherwise colored 40

40. Body and dorsal surface uniformly pallid or dull gray, dorsal surface minute-

ly dotted with setigerous dusky dots; embolium with a series of small fus-
cous spots; antennal segment I white, marked by several brown spots, set
with erect white bristles which in length exceed thickness of segment; an-
tennal segment II uniformly dusky yellow, with pallid annulus at base;
length 8.1 mm ingens Van D.

Otherwise marked and colored 41

41. Dorsal surface and body covered with appressed, white scalelike hairs; antennal

segment I white, marked by a reticulate pattern of black lines and spots;
antennal segment II black, a narrow white annulus next to the fuscous

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

223

joint; rostrum pallid, reaching upon seventh ventral segment; genital seg-
ment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 286); length 5.3 mm
albidosquamus, n. sp.

Otherwise marked 42

42. Dorsal surface pallid to dusky gray, with a pallid median line on head, prono-

tum and scutellum; frons distinctly striated; antennal segment I dusky gray,
sometimes with pallid spots; antennal segment II uniformly yellowish
brown, pallid at base; length ( cf ) 6.8 mm, ( 9 ) brachypterous, 5.3 mm
validus Reut.

Otherwise marked 43

43. Antennal segment I uniformly pale yellowish, without spots; dorsal surface pal-

lid, median line of pronotum and scutellum white, bordered each side by
pale fuscous lines; length 5.1 mm flavellus, n. sp.

Antennal segment I pallid, but marked by small to medium sized fuscous spots 44

44. Rostrum reaching beyond hind coxae; antennal segment I pallid, marked by

spots and reticulate pattern of brown; dorsal surface with numerous seti-
gerous fuscous dots; hind femora fuscous brown, irrorate with small pale
dots and a few larger white spots; male genital segment distinctive ( Fig.
281); length 5.6 mm varius Kngt.

Rostrum just reaching upon tips of hind coxae; antennal segment I pallid, with a
few pale brownish spots; head and pronotum white, without spots or
marks; segment II yellowish brown, with pallid annulus at base; length
7.6 mm albiccps, n. sp.

Phi/tocoris hirtas Van Duzee

Phytocoris hirtus Van Duzee, 1918:284.

This species is known from southern Cali-
fornia— Pasadena and near San Diego.

Phytocoris comulus Knight

Phytocoris comulus Knight, 1928:38.

Known from Arizona, Colorado, New Mexi-
co, and Nebraska. Breeds on Pinus edulis.

Phytocoris cancscens Reuter

Phytocoris canescens Reuter, 1909:30.

Described from Claremont, California (C. F.
Baker). Known from Dan Diego County (Van
Duzee), and Berkeley, Sept. 1919 (H. Dietrich).

Phytocoris angustatus Knight

Phytocoris angustatus Knight, 1961:483.
Known only from Arizona.

Phytocoris formosus Van Duzee

Phytocoris rcuteri Van Duzee, 1914:18, preoc.
Phytocoris formosus Van Duzee, 1916:37, n. n.
Phytocoris formosus Knight, 1927:44, host.

Known from San Diego County, California.
Host plant is Adenostcgia filifolia.

Phytocoris hirsuticus, new species

Runs in the key to the couplet with hirtus
Van D., but distinguished by the shorter first
antennal segment, also by the all pallid color
except for the small black spot on paracuneus.

Female. Length 6.1 mm. width 2.4 mm.
Head: width 1.08 mm. vertex .47 mm; pallid,
eyes brown. Rostrum, length 2.2 mm, reaching
to base of posterior trochanters, pallid, apex
dark. Antennae: segment I, length 1.3 mm, pal-
lid, thickly clothed with erect long hairs which
in length are twice the thickness of segment; II,
2.1 mm, cylindrical, clothed with short pubes-
cence except for a few long erect hairs near
base, brownish yellow, pallid at base; III, 1.25
mm, dusky, pale at base; IV, .85 mm, pale dusky
brown. Pronotum, length 1.05 mm, width at base
1.83 mm; uniformly pallid like the scutellum.

224

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Dorsal surface clothed with rather long, erect,
simple, pale hairs, intermixed with recumbent,
moderately thick, pallid to silvery, sericeous pu-
bescence. Hemelytra pallid, a rounded small
black spot on inner or membrane margin of
paracuneus. Membrane pale white, rather uni-
formly sprinkled with very small pale fuscous
dots; veins pallid, areoles also with the fine dots.
Ventral surface uniformly pallid, tinged slight-
ly yellow; venter with erect long hairs. Legs also
pallid, clothed with erect long pale hairs, tibial
spines and erect hairs longer than elsewhere;
tarsi and claws yellowish.

Holotype: 9 June 20, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Atriplex canescens. Paratypes: 3 9
taken with the types.

Fhijtocoris nigrolineatus, new species
Fig. 262

Distinguished by the long first antennal seg-
ment, which in length exceeds width of prono-
tum at base, white above, with a black line each
side that extends full length of segment.

Male. Length 7.4 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .51 mm; pallid, frons
with oblique black lines each side, median line
white, edged with black; clypeus with a median
black line, forked on basal one-third to form
a Y. Rostrum, length 3.0 mm, reaching upon fifth
ventral segment, pale, apical half brownish
black. Antennae: segment I, length 1.87 mm,
white, ventral surface black, dorsal aspect with
a heavy black line from base to apex, outer later-
al aspect with a more slender black line; clothed
with fine, recumbent pale pubescence, with just
a few short erect bristles; II, 3.5 mm, slender,
pale yellowish brown, pallid at base, apex
blackish; III, 2.3 mm, black, pallid at base; IV,
1.49 mm, black. Pronotum, length 1.05 mm,
width at base 1.8 mm; disk pallid, shaded with
fuscous and black; basal edge and lateral mar-
gin white, bordered by black, median line white,
edged with black; propleura white, a heavy
black line from behind lower margin of eye, ex-
tending across middle of coxal cleft to near basal
margin, a secondary black line from top of coxal
cleft extending back parallel to the lower line.
Mesoscutum rather broadly exposed, a pale spot
each side, like an extension forward from the
pallid basal angle of scutellum. Scutellum pallid,
disk fuscous to black each side of the white
median line, apex more broadly pallid.

Dorsal surface rather sparsely set with short,
erect pubescent hairs, more diickly intermixed

with recumbent, silvery sericeous pubescence.
Hemelytra pallid, shaded and striped with fus-
cous and black, claval vein and radial vein for
full length, marked by a black line; inner half of
corium shaded and spotted with fuscous, cen-
tral area with pallid spot that extends as an
oblique line to inner apical angle; embolium
pallid, edged with fuscous within, apex black;
cuneus white, apex and inner edge spotted and
marked with black. Membrane white, strongly
and thickly marked with reticulate and vermicu-

-nSL&AlZAQXXJJAr

t^

266 KsuAjiyrrvounrunJU Kmt.

Figs. 262-26G. Male claspers. 262, Plujtocoris nigro-
lineatus; 263, P. hesperius Kngt.; 264, P. hesperel-
lus; 265, P. mellarius Kngt.; '266, P. heidemanni
Reut.

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

225

late black pattern, more sparsely marked around
central area, also a paler spot by apex of cuneus
and marginal spot at middle of apical half;
cubital vein pale yellowish, vein between areoles
black. Ventral surface of thorax pallid, shaded
with fuscous and black. Legs white, hind coxae
fuscous on base, front and middle femora white,
but with dorsal and lateral black lines to match
antennal segment I; hind femora with reticulate
pattern on dorsal aspect, anterior and posterior
aspects with longitudinal black lines; tibiae with
longitudinal black line on dorsal aspect, the line
interrupted or becoming obsolete on distal one-
third, apices black, ventral aspect with two black
spots, indicating two incomplete black annuli;
tarsi black. Venter pale beneath, sides with dor-
solateral black band; basal half of genital seg-
ment black; a sharp tubercle above base of left
clasper ( Fig. 262 ) , claspers distinctive.

Female. Length 5.8 mm, width 2.1 mm,
brachypterous. Head: width 1.09 mm, vertex ..58
mm. Rostrum, length 3.4 mm, reaching upon
base of ovipositor. Antennae: segment I, length
2.07 mm; II, 3.7 mm; III, 2.4 mm; IV, 1.2.5 mm;
color as in the male. Pronotum, length .78 mm,
width at base 1.32 mm. Hemelytra brachypter-
ous, cuneus rounded, very short; membrane ab-
sent.

Holotype: a* June 17, 1965, Area 6M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino),
taken on Salazaria mcxicana. Allotype: 9 June
15, 1965, Area 6M, Nevada Test Site (H. H.
Knight & J. M. Merino), taken on Salazaria
mcxicana. Paratypes: <S June 17, 1966, Gerlach,
Washoe County, Nevada (W. Gagne). Area
TM, cf 9 June 14, 1965; Area ISM, 3a* July
22, 1965, at incandescent light; Area 12M, 2 a*
July 25, 1962, at black light; Area 12CF, a*
Aug. 9, 1964, at incandescent light, Nevada Test
Site.

Phytocoris mcllarius Knight
Fig. 265

Phytocoris mcllarius Knight, 1925:56.

Described from Arizona; now found at the
test site: Area 12M, a* 3 9 Aug. 24; 2 9 Aug.
25, 1965, on Pinus monophylla; 9 July 27, a*
Aug. 9, 1965; 9 July 25, 1962, at black light; a*
July 25, 1962; Area 12CE, 2 a* July 24, 1964, on
Pinus monophylla; Area 12CF, a* Aug. 9, 1964,
at incandescent light; Area 16M, 4 a* 6 9 June
24, 1965, on Pinus monophylla; Area 19M, a*
June 23, 1965; Area 401M, o" 3 9 June 19, 1965;
Area ECA, a* Aug. 5, 1962, at black light.

Phytocoris pulchcllus Knight

Phytocoris pulchcllus Knight, 1934:15.

Known from Arizona, where it has been
taken on Qucrcus oblongifolia.

Phytocoris miniatus Knight

Phytocoris miniatus Knight, 1961:480.

This species was described from Tucson, Ari-
zona, and is now known from Utah: 2 a* June
30, 1965, St. George (H. H. Knight).

Phytocoris breviusculus Reuter

Phytocoris breviusculus Reuter, 1876:68.
Phytocoris breviusculus Knight, 1927:44.
Phytocoris breviusculus Knight, 1941:184.

This species breeds on "mesquite" but is
most commonly taken at lights. It is known from
Arizona, Texas, Alabama and rarely northward.

Phytocoris albellus Knight

Plujtocoris albellus Knight, 1934:14.

This species was described from Arizona and
is now known from California: 2 a* Aug. 22,
1924, Mountain Springs (E. P. Van Duzee).

Phytocoris tinctus Knight

Phytocoris tinctus Knight, 1928:36.

This species is known from Arizona and Cali-
fornia.

Phytocoris umbrosus Knight

Phytocoris umbrosus Knight, 1928:37.

This species is known from Arizona, Colo-
rado, and New Mexico.

Phytocoris stellatus Van Duzee

Phytocoris stellatus Van Duzee, 1920:3.50.

Tins species was described from Carmel,
California. Additional records: a* 9 Aug. 20,
Pingree Park; a* 9 Aug. 24, Estes Park; a* 9
Aug. 7, 1925, Trinidad (Stonewall), Colorado
(H. H. Knight), taken on Pinus aristata.

Phytocoris simulatus Knight
Fig. 268

Phytocoris simulatus Knight, 1928:34.

Known from Colorado and New Mexico,
where it breeds on Pinus edulis.

226

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Phytocoris politus Reuter
Fig. 269

Phytocoris politus Reuter, 1909:21.

The only specimens of this species that I
have seen are co-types from Ormsby County,
Nevada (C. F. Baker).

Phytocoris maritimus Van Duzee

Phytocoris maritimus Van Duzee, 1920:349.

This species was described from Carmel,
California, and I have not seen any new mate-
rial.

Phytocoris jucundus Van Duzee

Phytocoris jucundus Van Duzee, 1914:17.

Known only from California where Van
Duzee found it abundant on pine trees in the
Cuyamaca Mts., San Diego County.

Phytocoris decurvatus, new species

Fig. 273

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with breviatus, but may be distinguished by the
longer rostrum and male genital segment with-
out a tubercle above base of left clasper (Fig.
273).

Male. Length 5.5 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .30 mm; eyes large, ver-
tex narrow. Rostrum, length 2.6 mm, reaching
upon seventh ventral segment, pale yellowish,
apex black. Antennae: segment I, length 1.02
mm, white, pallid beneath except at base, dorsal
surface with reticulate pattern of brownish
black, apex broadly black above, pallid below,
spines pallid, others black that arise from black
surface; II, 2.4 mm, cylindrical, brownish black,
darker on apex and bordering the white annulus
at base; III, 1.19 mm, black, white at base; IV,
.95 mm, black. Pronotum, length .74 mm, width
at base 1.4 mm, fuscous brown, calli paler, basal
edge of disk pallid, but irregularly cut and in-
vaded by a sub-basal black band which is wider
near middle; propleura fuscous, pale on ventral
edge. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, dark fus-
cous, a pale spot each side. Scutellum pallid,
fuscous on median line at base, but leaving a
narrow pale median line, the infuscation flaring
out beyond middle to connect with stronger
black spot each side before apex.

Dorsal surface clothed with suberect pale to
fuscous pubescent hairs, intermixed with recum-
bent and appressed, pale to silvery, sericeous
pubescence. Hemelytra fuscous to black, paler
along claval commissure, a paler triangle on

apical edge of corium; cuneus dark, pale on
outer edge except for three spots. Membrane
opaque white, rather evenly and thickly marked
with conspurcate, reticulate and vermiculate
patterns of fuscous brown, a small clear spot by
apex of cuneus. Thorax fuscous beneath. Coxae
pallid, femora pallid at base, but for the most
part marked with reticulate pattern of fuscous
and black; front and middle tibiae with three
blackish annuli, leaving pallid bands at base and
apex; hind femora with brownish black but
broken by small and large pallid spots; tarsi fus-
cous, but middle segment paler. Venter fuscous,
paler beneath; genital segment without tubercles
but form of claspers distinctive (Fig. 273).

Holotype: d Aug. 9, 1965, Area 12M, Ne-
vada Test Site (J. M. Merino), at black light.

Phytocoris breviatus, new species
Fig. 274

Runs in the key to the couplet with decur-
vatus from which it may be separated by the
shorter rostrum, and male genital segment with
a small tubercle above base of left clasper (Fig.
274).

Male. Length 5.6 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width 1.08 mm, vertex .34 mm, subequal to dor-
sal width of an eye; pale yellowish, frons with
oblique reddish lines each side of median line,
vertex also with reddish lines. Rostrum, length
2.04 mm, just reaching to base of posterior tro-
chanters, pallid, apex brownish black. Antennae:
segment I, length 1.05 mm, pallid, a black band
on apex, an irregular brownish black band just
before middle, and brownish spot above at
base, also a few erect pale bristles on dorsal
aspect; II, 2.0 mm, fuscous brown, more fuscous
near apex, a white annulus at base; III, 1.19
mm, black, white annulus at base; IV, missing.
Pronotum, length .88 mm, width at base 1.53
mm; pale yellowish brown, disk infuscated,
darker near lateral margins, sub-basal margin
with a line of connected fuscous spots, calli more
yellowish; propleura pallid, a black line crosses
middle of coxal cleft. Mesoscutum yellowish, a
fuscous spot each side of median line. Scutellum
pale yellowish, a fuscous line or with dots on
median line, apical half with fuscous dots or
marks each side, wide of the median line.

Dorsal surface with suberect pale to golden
simple pubescent hairs, intermixed with recum-
bent and appressed golden sericeous pubescence.
Hemelytra pallid, tinted pale yellowish, marked
with dots and fuscous spots, embolium with a
series of pallid and fuscous spots; cuneus pale

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

227

yellowish, apex and inner basal angle yellowish,
disk fuscous but irrorate with several pale dots.
Membrane opaque milky white, conspurcate and
reticulate with pattern of fuscous brown; spot
behind smaller areole more or less connected
with a larger pallid area at middle of apical half,
and a darker area of fuscous brown behind this;
cubitus pale yellowish. Ventral surface of thorax
pallid, sternum fuscous but with a pale median
line. Legs pallid, femora with fuscous and red-
dish brown spots, hind femora with reticulate
pattern of fuscous on apical half, apical one-
fourth darker and irrorate with small pale spots;
all tibiae triannulate with fuscous, leaving base
and apex yellowish; tarsi yellowish brown. Ven-
ter pale to yellowish, with a lateral line of dark
spots; genital segment with tubercle above base
of left clasper (Fig. 274) and claspers distinc-
tive.

Female. Length 5.8 mm, width 2.0 mm. Ros-
trum, length 2.2 mm, yellowish, apex brownish
black, reaching upon base of posterior trochant-
ers. Antennae: segment I, length 1.1 mm; II, 2.1
mm; III, 1.25 mm; IV, .81 mm, color as in the
male. Pronotum, length .92 mm, width at base
1.6 mm. Color and pubescence very similar to
the male.

Holotype: d Aug. 26, 1965, Area M (Mer-
cury) Nevada Test Site (J. M. Merino), at lab-
oratory lights. Allotype: 9 Aug. 8, 1965, 17M,
Nevada Test Site (J. M. Merino), at black light.
Paratypes: Area M, d Aug. 8, 3 9 Aug. 17, 2 9
July 27, 1965, at incandescent light; Area 5M,
9 July 19, 1965, at black light; Area 16M, d
Aug. 19, 1965, on Atriplex canescens; Area 18M,
6 9 July 22, 1965, at black light; Area CE, d
2 9 July 21, 1962, at black light; Area ECH, 9
Aug. 5, 1962, at black light. "

Phytocoris merinoi, new species

Fig. 271

In the key this species runs close to stitti
Kngt, but size larger, rostrum just reaching upon
middle of hind coxae; head white, without
marks; male genital segment and claspers dis-
tinctive ( Fig. 271 ) .

Male. Length 7.5 mm, width 2.7 mm. Head:
width 1.15 mm, vertex .37 mm; white, without
marks. Rostrum, length 2.5 mm, just reaching to
middle of hind coxae, pale yellowish, apex black.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.4 mm, dark
browTi, irrorate with three large and many small
pale spots, bristles few, length not exceeding di-
ameter of segment; II, 3.2 mm, cylindrical, yel-
lowish brown, with narrow pale annulus at base;

III, 1.49 mm, yellowish brown; IV, .68 mm, pale
yellowish brown. Pronotum, length 1.15 mm,
width at base 2.0 mm; pallid to white, disk with
basal half more or less filled with fuscous spots
but basal angles broadlv white, lateral margins
with four or five fuscous spots; propleura white,
a fuscous line along dorsal margin; collar white,
a fuscous spot just opposite top margin of coxal
cleft. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, fuscous,
a pale spot each side. Scutellum rather strongly
convex, pallid, basal half freckled with fuscous,
but median line remains clear.

Dorsal surface clotiied with rather short, sub-
erect, simple fuscous hairs, and intermixed with
recumbent and appressed, pale to silvery, seri-
ceous pubescence. Hemelytra pallid to white,
shaded and marked with conspurcate pattern of
dots and spots; claval vein mostly pallid, outer
apical half of corium paler, with fewer and
smaller dusky spots; embolium pallid, marked
by a series of fuscous spots; cuneus with reticu-
late pattern of fuscous, basal angles paler, ex-
treme apex brownish yellow. Membrane opaque
white, with conspurcate and reticulate pattern of
fuscous brown marks; small area by tip of cuneus
and larger area around middle of apical half
nearly clear of spots; cubital vein pale to white,
areoles with numerous brownish dots and marks.
Ventral surface of thorax pallid to white, meso-
stemum slightly infuscated. Legs pallid to white;
femora with reticulate pattern of fuscous brown
on apical half, broken and filled with numerous
pale irrorations; front and middle tibiae with
three fuscous annuli, not counting base and apex
which show slight infuscation; hind tibiae with
three fuscous areas on basal half, counting a
wide and indistinct reticulate area on middle.
Venter chiefly pallid but having a broken fus-
cous brown lateral line, and small dots and spots
elsewhere. Genital segment with tubercles and
claspers that are distinctive (Fig. 271).

Female. Length 6.8 mm, width 2.5 mm.
Head: width 1.12 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.7 mm, reaching near apex of hind
coxae. Pronotum, length 1.19 mm, width at base
2.17 mm. Very similar to the male in coloration
and pubesence.

Holotype: d June 11, 1965, Area 16M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D. E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino), taken on Grayia spinosa. Allotype:
9 same data as the type. Paratypes: d 5 2
taken with the types. Area 6M, 2 9 June 15,
1965, taken on Salazaria mexicana; Area CM, 9
June 13, 1965, taken on Hymcnoclea salsolae;
Area MD, 2d May 16, 1961, at black light, Ne-
vada Test Site.

228

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Phytocoris quadriannulipes, new species
Fig. 270

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with plenus Van D., from which it may be separ-
ated by seutellum having a pale median line
and apex of antennal segment I not black; male
genital segment and claspers distinctive ( Fig.
270).

Male. Length 7.6 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.12 mm, vertex .37 mm; pale yellowish,
frons with striae and vertex with reddish brown
lines. Rostrum, length 2.9 mm, reaching upon
seventh ventral segment, yellowish, apex dark
brown. Antennae: segment I, length 1.39 mm,
reddish brown, with a dozen or so pallid glab-
rous spots, ventral surface pallid, set with golden
brown spines; length of spines slightly exceeding
diameter of segment; II, 2.7 mm, cylindrical,
yellowish brown, with narrow pale annulus at
base; III, 1.36 mm, dark brown; IV, .98 mm, fus-
cous brown. Pronotum, length .90 mm, width at
base 1.6 mm; pallid to yellowish brown, basal
edge pallid, bordered by an irregular sub-basal
fuscous band; disk irregularly marked with fus-
cous, calli with reddish brown lines; propleura
pallid, dorsal margin with brownish line, a
wider red brown bar across middle of coxal
cleft. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, dusky
brown, median line pallid. Seutellum dusky
brown, irrorate with paler, narrow median line
white.

Dorsal surface clothed with rather short,
suberect, simple brownish hairs, intermixed with
recumbent and appressed, golden and some sil-
very sericeous pubescence, llemelytra pallid to
duskv brown, claval vein and apical area of
corium darker, embolium pale, marked with a
series of dark brown spots; cuneus pale, with a
reticulate pattern of dark brown, apex, spot on
margin of paracuneus, and tip of embolium
brownish black. Membrane opaque white, radier
uniformly marked with conspurcate, reticulate,
and vermiculate patterns of dark brown; small
spot by apex of cuneus and marginal area at
middle of apical half, nearly clear of spots;
cubital vein reddish brown, vein separating areo-
les, dark fuscous. Thorax dusky brown beneadi,
spot on epimera paler. Coxae white, hind pair
with two brown spots near base; femora marked
with reticulate pattern of brown, irrorate widi
numerous small pale spots, paler on base; tibiae
pallid to white, annulate with dark brown, leav-
ing four white annuli, and the apex dark brown.
Venter pallid, sides rather densely marked with
flakes and dots of reddish brown. Genital seg-
ment with tubercles and form of claspers dis-

Fig. 267. Phytocoris heidmanni, o type.

tinctive of the species ( Fig. 270 ) . The fact that
no females were taken with the males at light,
suggests that the females may be brachypterous.

Holotype: d* July 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light trap. Paratypes:
3d" same data as the type. 3d May 21, 1930,
Richfield, Utah (E. W. Davis), taken at light
trap.

Phytocoris stitti Knight

Fig. 275

Phytocoris stitti Knight, 1961:474.

Tins species is known only from Tucson,
Arizona.

Phytocoris plenus Van Duzee
Fig. 276

Phytocoris plenus Van Duzee, 1918:282.

This species was described from San Diego
County, California. I now recognize specimens
from the test site: Area CT, 2d" 29 June 20,
1965, on Malacothrix; Area 17M, d" Aug. 8,

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

229

1965, at black light; Area 18M, 5tf 16? Julv
22, 1965, at black light; Area 410M, 3 9 July 21,
1965, at black light; Area TM, 9 June 14, 1965;
Area M, 9 Aug. 25, 1965, at incandescent light;
Area CBA8, 2d April 25, 1961, taken in a can
pit-trap; Area 1BF30, 9 May 19, 1961, taken in
a can pit-trap.

Phytocoris bakeri Reuter

Phytocoris bakeri Reuter, 1909:28.

The type of this species came from Clare-
mont, California (C. F. Baker), and I have seen
other specimens from Los Angeles County, Cali-
fornia.

&imUSXC±iJJy}Grwt.

AWcMLuA/l/a-nD.

Figs. 268-272. Male claspers. 268, Phytocoris simulatus
Kngt.; 269, P. politus Ileut.; 270, P. quadriannu-
lipcs; 271, P. merinoi; 272, P. stellatus Van D.

Phytocoris piceicola Knight
Fig. 283

Phytocoris piceicola Knight, 1928:32.

This species is known from Arizona and
Colorado, where it occurs on spruce, Picea.

Phytocoris camosulus Van Duzee

Phytocoris camosulus Van Duzee, 1920:347.

This species was described from Prescott,
Arizona.

New records: d July 5, 1917, Fort Stockton,
Texas (H. H. Knight), taken at light. Area 12VI,
d July 25, 1962; d Aug. 9, 1965, at black light;
Area ECH, d Aug. 5, 1962, at black light, Ne-
vada Test Site.

Phytocoris hesperius Knight
Fig. 263

Phytocoris hesperius Knight, 1928:44.

Known from Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico,
Wyoming, and Oregon.

Phytocoris heidemanni Reuter

Figs. 266, 267

Phytocoris heidemanni Reuter, 1909:27.

Described from New Mexico. I have identi-
fied specimens from Santa Catalina Mts., Ari-
zona. Also collected on Pinus pondcrosa in Colo-
rado.

Phytocoris cercocarpi Knight
Fig. 284

Phytocoris cercocarpi Knight, 1928:39.

This species was described from Colorado
where it was taken on mountain mahogany,
Cercocarpus parvifolius.

Phytocoris roscotinctus Knight

Phytocoris roscotinctus Knight, 1925:52.

This species is known from Arizona and New
Mexico.

Phytocoris gracillatus, new species
Fig. 278

Allied to angusticollis Kngt., but differs in
having antennal segment I pallid on ventral
aspect; hemelytra pallid, marked with small fus-
cous dots and reticulations only; male genital
segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 278).

Male. Length 6.0 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .92 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid, frons with
striate black lines that merge to form a black

230

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

patch each side; clypeus black, a yellowish spot
each side on basal half, apex and margins pallid
on apical half. Rostrum, length 2.4 mm, reaching
upon sixth ventral segment, pallid, apex black.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.12 mm, ventral
surface pallid except at base, edged by a black
line, dorsal aspect black, broken by four white
spots, spines suberect, pale to yellowish, length
scarcely equal to thickness of segment; II, 2.55
mm, brownish black, with a white annulus at
base; III, 1.39 mm, black, narrowly pale at base;
IV, .88 mm, black. Pronotum, length .74 mm,
width at base 1.36 mm; pale and shaded with
fuscous, basal edge of disk white, bordered by
a sub-basal black band; calli with dark lines and
collar with two black spots above; pleura pallid,
with black line bordering dorsal margin, a sec-
ond but shorter black ray across middle of coxal
cleft. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, black, a
pale spot each side. Scutellum black, basal
angles and median line that widens toward apex,
white.

Dorsal surface clothed with simple, suberect
black hairs, intermixed with recumbent and ap-
pressed, silvery sericeous pubescence. Hemel-
ytra pallid, rather thickly marked with small and
large fuscous spots and dots, darker on inner
half of corium, a black line forming on radius,
paler bordering commissure of clavus; cuneus
pallid, thickly marked with spots and reticulate
marks, outer edge white. Membrane opaque
white, thickly and strongly marked with con-
spurcate and reticulate patterns of fuscous,
apical half with two large patches that break on
the edges into reticulate marks and dots; cubital
vein pallid, vein separating areoles black. Thorax
beneath fuscous black, median line of meso-
sternum and mark across episternum pallid.
Coxae pallid, femora pallid, front pair with two
broken longitudinal black lines on posterior as-
pect; middle femora pallid, with reticulate black
pattern on apical half; hind femora black, irro-
rate with many small and large white spots;
tibiae triannulate with black, front pair with
apical band widest, middle pair with apex and
base pallid; posterior tibiae pallid, with three
dark band areas which are broken by white
spots; tarsi fuscous. Venter fuscous and black,
paler beneath but invaded by dark spots. Genital
segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 278).

Female. Length 5.8 mm, width 1.7 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum
length 2.4 mm, reaching upon fifth ventral seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length 1.05 mm,
white, dorsal aspect with four black spots; II,
2.5 mm; III, 1.4 mm; IV, .85 mm, Pronotum,

aWJjL Kjv,oL

/nXJSSruuLd'VanD.

Figs. 273-277. Male claspers. 273, Phytocoris decurvat-
us; 274, P. hreviatus; 275, P. stitti Kngt; 276, P.
plenus Van D.; 277, P. albiceps.

length .85 mm, width at base 1.48 mm. Paler
and more broadly white than in the male, but
pubescence similar.

Holotype: c? June 23, 1965, Area 19M, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 June 17, 1965, Area 17M, Nevada
Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino). Para-
types: 2d July 6, 1930, Richfield, Utah (E. W.
Davis), cf June 1, 1931; d June 6, 1932, Yaki-
ma, Washington (A. R. Rolfs), in light trap.

Phytocoris tricinctipes, new species

Fig. 280

In the key this species runs in the couplet
with gracUlatus, but is very different in size

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

231

and robust form; hemelytra shaded and marked
by large black areas.

Female. Length 7.2 mm, width 2.4 mm.
Head: width 1.22 mm, vertex .44 mm; pallid,
frons marked by black striae each side of middle,
apical margin black; clypeus with vittate marks
on base, a black U-shaped mark across middle.
Rostrum, length 3.3 mm, reaching to base of
ovipositor, pallid, apex brownish black. Anten-
nae: segment I, length 1.32 mm, pallid beneath,
brownish black above, irrorate with three large
and several small pale irrorations, also provided
with a few erect black bristles which in length

278

cuuxyjcJJJA/

280 lAiajricXLpsuv-

281 V-CLhjjJAs

Figs. 278-281. Male claspers. 278, Phytocoris gracil-
latus; 279, P. fhvellus; 280, P. tricinctipes; 281,
P. varius Kngt.

do not exceed diameter of segment; II, 3.0 mm,
brownish black, a white annulus at base, apex
nearly black; III, 1..53 mm, black, narrowly pale
at base; IV, 1.02 mm, black. Pronotum, length
1.12 mm, width at base 1.93 mm; fuscous to
black, calli pale but marked with black lines,
disk with basal edge white, sub-basal margin
black, propleura black, lower margin white.
Mesoscutum moderately exposed, pale yellow-
ish, central area and lateral edges blackish.
Scutellum blackish, basal angles, apex and nar-
row median line pallid.

Dorsal surface clothed with suberect, simple
black hairs, intermixed with recumbent, in part
appressed, silvery sericeous pubescence. Hemel-
ytra pallid, broadly shaded and marked with
black, the dark areas more or less irrorate with
pale spots; outer half of clavus, inner half of
corium, a wide spot at middle and oblique
patch joining inner apical angle, blackish but
edges cut by irrorate pale spots; embolium with
fuscous marks, the apex black; cuneus and para-
cuneus black, outer basal angle of cuneus white.
Membrane opaque white, heavily shaded with
fuscous and black, reticulate, conspurcate and
vermiculate patterns formed by the dark color,
with several medium sized clear areas not in-
vaded by markings, largest clear spot by apex of
cuneus; cubital vein pale, vein between areoles
blackish, ostiolar peritreme white, blackish on
area above. Coxae pallid except for spot on base;
femora with strong reticulate pattern of brown-
ish black, paler near base; tibiae with three
blackish bands that are broken by pale spots,
posterior tibiae more thickly irrorate with pale
or white; tarsi fuscous, paler on middle. Venter
pallid, with two lateral lines formed by series of
spots on segments.

Male. Length 6.6 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.15 mm, vertex .34 mm. Rostrum, length
3.2 mm, reaching upon eighth ventral segment.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.25 mm; II, 2.8
mm, brownish black, with white annulus at
base; III, 1.56 mm, black, pallid at base; IV,
1.02 mm, black. Pronotum, length .95 mm, width
at base 1.73 mm. Genital segment and claspers
(Fig. 280) distinctive of the species.

Holotype: 5 July 22, 1965, Area 18M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino), at
incandescent light. Allotype: o* May 26, 1961,
alt. 5400 ft, Mt. Springs Summit, Clark County,
Nevada (R. C. Bechtel), taken on Pinus mono-
phyUa. Paratypes: 2 9 June 23, 1965, Area 18M
Nevada Test Site ( H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no), taken on Pinus monophylla. cf $ taken

232

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

with the allotype. 9 June 8, 1958, Galena Creek,
alt. 6200 ft, Washoe County, Nevada (F. D.
Parker).

This species is a predaceous type, and I
suspect it may feed on some phytophagus
species of the pine.

Phytocoris hesperellus, new species
Fig. 264

Runs in the key to the couplet with hesperius
Kngt, from which it differs in the shorter first
antennal segment, which is not equal to width
of head plus width of vertex.

Male. Length 6.6 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid, frons
with weak reddish striae, clypeus with reddish
brown on middle and sides. Rostrum, length
2.9 mm, reaching upon seventh ventral segment.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.32 mm, set with
white bristles, the length of which just equal
diameter of segment, ventral surface fuscous,
above with white near base, marked with red-
dish brown marks, two large white spots on
apical half; II, 2.9 mm, yellowish brown, with
white annulus at base, and two pale yellowish
spots on dorsal aspect near the white annulus;
III, .48 mm, fuscous, yellowish at base; IV, 1.08
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .88 mm, width
at base 1.76 mm; disk and calli white, basal
edge of disk white, lateral margins and more
broadly at basal angles blackish, sub-basal mar-
gin including four tumid points, black, also with
tufts of brownish black scalelike hairs; propleura
black, ventral margin white. Mesoscutum nar-
rowly exposed, covered with silvery sericeous
pubescence. Scutellum fuscous, basal angles and
narrow apex, pallid.

Dorsal surface clothed with pale and fuscous,
suberect simple hairs, interspersed with recum-
bent and appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence. Hemelytra pallid, shaded and marked
with fuscous; embolium and outer half of cor-
ium, clavus excluding margins of commissure,
and cuneus except outer white margin, fuscous.
Membrane opaque white, thickly marked with
conspurcate, reticulate and vermiculate particles
of fuscous, a small unmarked spot by apex of
cuneus; cubital vein reddish brown, dividing
vein fuscous. Ventral surface of thorax fuscous.
Coxae pallid, with a reddish brown spot at base
of posterior pair; femora pallid, apical half fus-
cous, marked by irrorate pale spots; front femora
with longitudinal reddish brown line on pos-
terior aspect; front tibiae with three black bands.

Fig. 282. Phytocoris salicis Kngt., J1 .

apical band complete, the other two broken and
spotted widi white on dorsal aspect, other tibiae
not banded, just white and marked with fuscous
dots. Venter fuscous; genital claspers distinctive
(Fig. 264).

Female. Length 6.4 mm, width 1.9 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.7 mm, reaching upon fifth ventral seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length 1.42 mm; II,
2.9 mm, yellowish brown, darker on apex and
next to the white basal annulus; III, 1.36 mm;
IV, .88 mm. Pronotum, length .92 mm, width
at base 1.6 mm. Very similar to the male in pu-
bescence and coloration.

Holotype: rf July 1, 1955, Salt Lake City,
Utah (H. B. Stafford). Allotype: 9 June 16,
1965, Area 17M, Nevada Test Site (H. H.
Knight & J. M. Merino).

Phytocoris albidosquamus, new species
Fig. 286

Form of body and pubescence suggestive of
squamosum Kngt., but antennal segment I much
shorter, white, with a black reticulate pattern
outlining white spots; segment II black and with
a white annulus at base.

MlBlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

283 j2LCQla>ia Kmgt.

-COATlL Knot

jlfiaJbLhJMXUbVamTL

ua/rnuu^

Figs. 283-286. Male clampers. 283, Phytocoris piceicola
Kngt.; 284, P. cercocarpi Kngt; 285, P. fraterculus
Van D.; 286, P. albidosquamus.

Male. Length 5.3 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .88 mm, vertex .44 mm; white, thickly
covered with appressed white scalelike hairs;
clypeus with a wide, black median line on basal
half, extending above as a black spot on apex of
frons. Rostrum, length 2.9 mm, reaching upon
seventh ventral segment, pallid, apex black. An-

233

tennae: segment I, length 1.2 mm, white, dorsal
aspect with reticulate black pattern that out-
lines several white spots, bearing a few erect
white bristles which in length do not exceed
width of segment; II, 2.9 mm, black, with nar-
row white annulus at base; III, 1.3 mm, black;
IV, .51 mm, black. Pronorum, length .85 mm,
width at base 1.36 mm; white, calli outlined
in black, a sinuate or waved black line on sub-
basal margin of disk, propleura uniformly white.
Mesonotum moderately exposed, black, thickly
covered with white scalelike hairs. Scutellum
rather strongly convex, white, blackish on middle
at base, the dark color forks at middle of disk
and reaches margin well before apex.

Dorsal surface, including the head, thickly
and closely covered with appressed, flat, scale-
like white hairs, intermixed with suberect, short
pale and fuscous simple hairs. Hemelytra white,
marked with black lines and spots; claval vein
indicated by five or six lineate spots, inner apical
angle of corium with edge black, also extending
upon paracuneus, radial vein with two black
dashes; apex of embolium and tip of cuneus
black, inner margin with a tuft of black hairs
at middle, on apex and at apex of paracuneus;
a sprinkling of small brownish black dots on
corium and disk of cuneus. Membrane opaque
white, marked with clusters of reticulate, con-
spurcate and vermiculate fuscous dots and
marks; a fuscous arc beginning at apex of small-
er areole, curving posteriorly to outer margin,
and a spot on margin at middle of apical half,
frayed on edges with dots and vermiculate
lines; cubital vein white, the vein dividing the
areoles, dark. Mesostemum and pleura fuscous
to black. Legs pallid, front femora with lines
composed of spots, middle femora with reduced
spots on apical half; hind femora with larger
black spots and marks, the dorsal aspect more
white and with reduced fuscous marks; front
tibiae with three fuscous bands, the apical band
on apex, the bands broken or invaded by white;
middle and posterior tibiae white, with black
dots but not forming bands; tarsi black. Venter
white and marked with black; sides with a nar-
now longitudinal black line, genital segment
black on base. Genital segment without tu-
bercles but claspers distinctive (Fig. 286).

Holotype: d June 14, 1965, Area TM, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Paratypes: cf 2 June 14, 1961,
Area 5M, Nevada Test Site, at black light; the
female specimen in poor condition — badly
rubbed and legs broken — is not suitable for alio-

234

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

type description. 3d* 4 9 June 17, 1966, Gerlach,
Washoe County, Nevada (W. Gagne), at light.

PhytocorLs flavellus, new species
Fig. 279

Distinguished by the uniformly pale yellow-
ish first antennal segment; median line of pro-
notum and scutellum white, bordered each side
by a pale fuscous line; genital segment with
tubercles and claspers distinctive (Fig. 279).

Male. Length 5.7 mm, width 1.87 mm. Head:
width .98 mm, vertex .40 mm; pale yellowish,
without distinct markings. Rostrum, length 2.4
mm, reaching to sixth ventral segment, pale yel-
lowish, apex brown. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.12 mm, slightly thicker on basal third,
uniformly pale yellowish, set with a few erect
bristles, length about equal to thickness of seg-
ment; II, 2.4 mm, cylindrical, uniformly brown-
ish yellow, white annulus at base, clothed with
minute, recumbent yellowish pubescence; III,
1.53 mm, brownish yellow; IV, missing. Prono-
tum, length .85 mm, width at base 1.5 mm; pallid
to yellowish, median line white, with white pu-
bescence, bordered each side by fuscous lines;
basal edge of disk white, subbasal margin with
two tumid spots each side of middle, outlined
by pale fuscous; propleura pallid, with the fus-
cous ray across coxal cleft, extending to posterior
margin and across the episternum. Scutellum
and mesoscutum with median line white, edged
with fuscous.

Dorsal surface clothed with suberect to re-
cumbent, pale yellowish to golden simple pu-
bescence, and intermixed with recumbent and
appressed, silvery sericeous pubescence. Hemel-
ytra pallid to pale yellowish, darkest specimens
with a bit of pale fuscous on radial vein and
inner margin of corium; in darkest specimens
with a bit of reddish brown on outer edge of
cuneus and tip of embolium. Membrane opaque
white, marked with clusters of fuscous conspur-
cate, reticulate and vermiculate markings; cubi-
tal vein pallid. Mesosternum fuscous, episternum
crossed with pallid and fuscous rays. Legs pallid
to pale yellowish; front femora with a pair of
longitudinal brownish lines; hind femora brown-
ish, weakly irrorate with pale spots; tibiae pale
yellowish, front pair more brownish on apices;
tarsi fuscous brown. Venter pale to yellowish,
finely marked with reddish and brown dots; sides
with distinct dark brown lateral line. Genital
segment distinctive, a rather sharp small tubercle
each side on dorsal margin (Fig. 279).

Female. Length 5.1 mm, width 1.8 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,

length 2.3 mm, reaching upon fifth ventral seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length 1.22 mm;
II, 2.27 mm; III, 1.6 mm; IV, missing. Prono-
tum, length .81 mm, width at base 1.5 mm. Very
similar to the male in coloration and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: o* June 11, 1965, Area 16M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Reck, H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino). Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: d" and 2 nymphs taken with the
types on Grayia spinosa. Area 6M, d" June 15,
1965; Area C, 3d1 June 20, 1965, at incandes-
cent light; Area 5M, 2d" 1 9 July 19, 1965, at
black light; Area 410M, 5cf 2 9 July 21, 1965, at
black light; Area 1R, d July 31, 1961, at black
light, Nevada Test Site.

Phytocoris albiceps, new species
Fig. 277

Allied to merinoi, but separated by the all
white head and prothorax which are without in-
fuscations; tibiae without distinct fuscous bands.

Male. Length 7.1 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.22 mm, vertex .38 mm; white, without
infuscations. Rostrum, length 2.7 mm, reaching
to near apex of hind coxae, brownish yellow,
apex dark brown. Antennae: segment I, length
1.49 mm; pallid to yellowish white, with brown
pubescence near apex grouped in spots but sur-
face color not evident, set with a few pale
bristles which in length about equal diameter
of segment; II, 3.1 mm, cylindrical, brownish
yellow, pallid at base, clothed with minute pal-
lid pubescence; III, 1.6 mm, yellowish brown;
IV, missing. Pronotum, length 1.19 mm, width
at base 2.07 mm; white, or tinted yellowish, no
infuscations. Scutellum and mesonotum white,
without infuscations. Dorsal surface clothed with
short, suberect, pallid and fuscous simple hairs,
intermixed with recumbent and appressed, sil-
very sericeous pubescence. Hemelytra white,
apical area of corium with a few small, pale fus-
cous dots. Outer edge of cuneus yellowish, inner
basal angle with a fuscous point bearing a tuft
of dark brown hairs. Membrane and veins
opaque white, the whole surface with a scatter-
ing few small brown dots. Ventral surface of
thorax pale yellowish white, sternum darkened
with light brown. Legs pallid to yellowish white;
femora with weak indications of darker infusca-
tions; tibiae without fuscous bands; tarsi fuscous
brown. Venter yellowish white, sides with a
weak fuscous lateral line. Genital segment and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 277). Note the sharply
hooked, slender tip of right clasper which is dis-

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

235

289

OOXA/Uly VojtiD.

290

ondjM.\aim^KmrjL

\-U

Female. Length 7.0 mm, width 2.3 mm.
Head: width 1.12 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.7 mm, reaching upon apex of hind
ooxae. Antennae: segment I, length 1.3 mm; II,
2.7 mm; III, 1.4 mm; IV, .68 mm. Pronotum,
length 1.1 mm, width at base 1.87 mm. Very
similar to the male in color and pubescence.

Holotype. tf May 21, 1938, Barstow, Cali-
fornia (J. Standish), taken at light. Allotype: 9
same data as the type. Paratypes: 6<J taken
with the type. 9 April 1, 1941, Yuma (L. L.
Stitt), taken on Franseria dumosa; 9 April 10,
1942, Ajo, Arizona (L. L. Stitt).

PJnjtocoris angusticollis Knight

Phytocoris angusticollis Knight, 1925:57.

This species is known from the Santa Cata-
lina Mts., Arizona.

Phytocoris fraterculus Van Duzee
Fig. 285

Phytocoris fraterculus Van Duzee, 1918:283.

This species is known from northern Arizona,
and in California from Yosemite National Park,
Nevada County, and San Diego County.

Phytocoris minis Knight

Phytocoris minis Knight, 1928:35.

This species was described from Colorado
where it was taken on spruce, Picea. Also taken
from the Santa Catalina Mts. and Huachuca
Mts., Arizona.

uiaftSZALUA - Hmdt. Phytocoris ingens Van Duzee

') m,. .*„„„..:„ :.,„„.,„ \7„„ rv,->„„ io.on.Tin

Figs. 287-291. Male claspers. 287, Plu/tocoris difformis
Kngt.; 288. P. lenis Van D.; 289, P. calvus Van D.;
290, P. conspurcatus Kngt.; 291, P. utahensis Kngt.

tinctive. After making the illustration from the
type specimen, and desiring to clean up some
debris that comes with trap light specimens, or
using a general purpose killing bottle, while
using a camels hair brush, it accidentally broke
off the more delicate curved tip of the right
clasper.

Phytocoris ingens Van Duzee, 1920:340.

This large hairy species was taken at Pasa-
dena, California.

Phytocoris validus Reuter

Phytocoris validus Reuter, 1909:31.

This species was described from Colorado
where it is fairly common. Other record: d"
Aug. 24, 1922, at Capa, South Dakota (H. C.
Sever in ) .

Phytocoris varius Knight
Fig. 281

Phytocoris varius Knight, 1934:9.

This species is known from Arizona and
Colorado; taken on "Cedar Trees," Juniperus.

236 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Genus Phytocoris Fallen
Key to the Species, Section C

1. Scutellum more strongly convex on posterior half difformis Kngt.

Scutellum normal, not more strongly convex on apical half 2

2. Length of antennal segment I greater than width of head S

Length of antennal segment I not exceeding width of head 3

3. Length of antennal segment I subequal to width of head 4

Length of antennal segment I much less than width of head; vertex very nar-
row, its width about one-fourdi the width of head; length ( S ) 4.6 mm
brevicornis, n. sp.

4. Antennal segment I black beneath; width of vertex about equal to one-fourth

the width of head; male genital segment without tubercles (Fig. 288);
length ( cf ) 4.1 mm lenis Van D.

Antennal segment I pallid beneath; width of vertex more than one-fourth the

width of head 5

5. Hemelytra pallid, with a fuscous line formed along claval vein and on radial

vein of the corium; male genital segment with thick, heavy tubercles (Fig.
302); lengdi 3.7-4.1 mm juniperanus, n. sp.

Hemelytra more uniformly fuscous, widiout definite fuscous lines on clavus and

corium 6

6. Rostrum reaching upon base of genital segment; genital segment with tubercle

on left side, rather short and somewhat removed from base of left clasper
(Fig. 296); length 4.2 mm chiricahuae, n. sp.

Rostrum only reaching to base of seventh or eighth ventral segment 7

7. Width of vertex just equal to one-third the width of head; genital segment with

tubercle on left side well removed from base of left clasper (Fig. 299);
length 4.7-5.1 mm relations, n. sp.

Width of vertex greater than one-third the width of head; genital segment with
tubercle on left side, longer and resting in contact with the left clasper
(Fig. 297); length 4.7 mm flaviatus, n. sp.

8. Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of head plus width of vertex 9

Length of antennal segment I equal to width of head plus width of vertex;
length ( c? ), 5-9 mm utahensis Kngt.

9. Frons with fuscous; ventral surface of first antennal segment pallid 10

Frons white; vertex with a pair of short, longitudal fuscous lines on middle;
ventral surface of first antennal segment blackish, above with several white
spots; length ( $ ), 4.1 mm albifrons, n. sp.

10. Cuneus with reddish; hind femora brownish black on apical half, with many
small and several large, rounded pallid spots, but not uniting to form defi-
nite bands; lengdi 5.8-6.0 mm calvus Van D.

Cuneus not reddish 11

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 237

11. Scutellum with fuscous marks and shading 13

Scutellum white, having a small fuscous spot each side just before apex 12

12. Width of vertex not equal to dorsal width of an eye; genital segment distinctive

(Fig. 301); length ( <S ), 5.2 mm albiscutellatus, n. sp.

Width of vertex slightly greater than dorsal width of an eye; male genital seg-
ment distinctive (Fig. 300); length ( o* ), 6.0 mm laticeps, n. sp.

13. Antennal segment I pallid on ventral aspect 14

Antennal segment I red brown on ventral aspect; rostrum reaching upon eighth
ventral segment; length 4.1 mm minuendus, n. sp.

14. The black basal half of antennal segment II, without pale spots 16

The brownish black basal half of antennal segment II, with pale spots 15

15. Scutellum and mesonotum infuscated, but median line remains pallid or white;

hind femora pallid, apical half with reticulated dark brown, but leaving an
oblique white band on both anterior and posterior aspects; male right clasp-
er (Fig. 292) distinctive; length 6.1 mm calli Kngt.

Scutellum and mesonotum infuscated, not divided by a pallid median line; hind
femora brownish black, having many white spots, but these not joined to
form an oblique band; male right clasper (Fig. 303) distinctive; length 6.3
mm calif ornicus, n. sp.

16. Width of vertex equal to more than one-third the width of head; male genital

segment and claspers distinctive (Fig. 294); size small, length ( c? ) 4.1 mm
santaritae, n. sp.

Width of vertex not equal to more than one-third the width of head 17

17. Hind femora with an oblique white band on subapical area of posterior and

anterior aspects; male genital segment with a long tubercle on left side that
lies close to basal part of left clasper (Fig. 290); length 5.8 mm

conspurcatus Kngt.

Hind femora without a wide, clear cut oblique white band on subapical area 18

18. Rostrum reaching upon male genital segment; genital segment with a rather

short, slightly upturned tubercle above base of left clasper (Fig. 293)
empirensis, n. sp.

Rostrum just reaching upon seventh ventral segment; male genital segment
with a thicker, slightly downturned tubercle that sets more closely to the
base of left clasper (Fig. 295) rinconae, n. sp.

Plujtocoiis bicvicornis, new species middle, fuscous brown. Rostrum, length 1.76

Fig. 304 mm, reaching upon posterior trochanters, yel-

rv„4j ■ u j i ni • i j i .. lowish to dark brown on apex. Antennae: seg-

Distinguished from allied species bv the short . , , „ , , \ . . , . to.

r- . ° i . i . i L . , ', . , ment 1, length .64 mm, yellowish brown, dark

first antennal segment which m length is much , . & , , - „ . , TT

i u -J..U r u i brown above, leaving three yellowish spots; 11,

less than width of head. , _„ , , , & . , ' , . r ,

1.7b mm, dark brown, with white annulus at

Male. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.8 mm. Head: base and a second one beginning at middle; III,

width .95 mm, vertex .27 mm; eyes large and 1.29 mm, dark brown, pallid at base; IV, missing.

ertex narrow, pale yellowish brown, frons with Pronotum length .85 mm, width at base 1.6 mm,
transverse fuscous striae; clypeus with a gemi- pallid to dusky brown, with sub-basal undulating
nate mark on base, and transverse mark on fuscous line, with two tumid spots each side of

238

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

middle; calli and anterior angles of the disk,
brownish black; propleura pallid, with a dark
brown line along dorsal margin and a short one
across top of coxal cleft. Mesoscutum moderate-
ly exposed, brownish black. Scutellum rather
strongly convex, pale yellowish; across base and
rather broadlv on median line, and expanding to
cover central area of disk, brownish black. Dor-
sal surface clothed with suberect, fuscous simple
hairs, intermixed with recumbent and in part ap-
pressed, silvery sericeous pubescence.

Hemelytra dark brownish to fuscous black,
pale to pallid along commissure and central area
of clavus; apical half of eorium with central area
pallid; embolium with pale spots along margin;
cuneus paler on base, die disk with black spots.
Membrane fuscous brown, broken by conspur-
cate and reticulate pattern of pale spots and
larger areas. Mesosternum brownish black, epi-
mera dark brown, ostiolar peritreme pallid. Legs
pallid to yellowish and marked with dark brown;
coxae pallid, a brown spot at base; femora with
reticulate pattern of dark brown and pale spots;
front and middle tibiae brownish black, tri-
annulate with pallid white; posterior tibiae with
one complete pale band near base, bands on
apical half broken and more or less filled with
black spots; tarsi dark brown, paler on middle.
Venter brownish black, the dark color broken by
numerous pale marks. Genital segment and
claspers distinctive ( Fig. 304 ) .

Female. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.87 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.8 mm, reaching upon posterior tro-
chanters. Antennae: segment I, length .74 mm;
II, 1.7 mm; III, 1.09 mm; IV, .68 mm. Pronotum,
length .82 mm, width at base 1.56 mm. Very
similar to the male in pubescence and coloration.

Holotype: d April 26, 1916, Sabino Canyon,
Tucson, Arizona (J. F. Tucker). Allotype: $
May IS, 1929, Tucson, Arizona (E. D. Ball).
Paratypes: d $ taken with the holotype.

Phytocoris juniperanus, new species

Fig 302

Runs in the key near chiricahuae but differs
in having a strong fuscous line on claval and
radial veins; male genital segment and claspers
distinctive (Fig. 302).

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid and marked
with fuscous, frons widi oblique striae, trans-
versely fuscous across apex; clypeus white, spot
on middle and transversely across base reddish

brown; base of juga and dorsal margin of lora,
reddish brown. Rostrum, length 2.0 mm, reach-
ing to base of genital segment, pallid, apex dark
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .85 mm,
just equal to width of head, pallid beneath,
white above, apex and a large spot beyond
middle black, a small dark spot just short of

oMi Kmat.

JLMlQUASl/nMA

amth/wtaji

Aumconasi

cJwucan

Figs. 292-296. Male claspers. 292, Phytncork calli
Kngt; 293, P. empirensis; 294, P. santaritae; 295,
F. rinconac; 296, P. chiricahuae.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

239

middle, set widi several pale spines which in
length exceed diameter of segment; II, 1.86 mm,
fuscous and brown, a white annulus at base, a
pale band at middle but edges not sharply de-
fined; III, .95 mm, fuscous to black, pale at
base; IV, .71 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length
.72 mm, widdi at base 1.36 mm; pallid, calli
shaded with fuscous, bristle hairs on disk with
minute fuscous dot at base of each; basal edge
of disk pallid, with a sub-basal, sinuate black
band bordering the pale edge, bent forward at
middle to join a narrow fuscous line on middle
of disk; propleura white, a fuscous to red ray
across top of coxal cleft. Mesoscutum dark fus-
cous. Scutellum pallid, fuscous on middle at
base, with a round fuscous spot each side on
margin, at the one-third distance point, measur-
ing from apex back to basal angle of scutellum.
Dorsal surface clothed with suberect, simple fus-
cous hairs, intermixed with recumbent and ap-
pressed, silvery sericeous pubescence, also with
a scattering of deciduous, black scalelike hairs.

Hemelytra pallid, and shaded with dark fus-
cous; claval vein and cubitus outlined by fus-
cous and black lines; inner apical half of corium
dark fuscous, bordered by a triangular pallid
area that joins the pale paracuneus; cuneus pal-
lid, blackish on apex and narrowly along inner
edge. Membrane opaque white, thickly marked
by conspurcate, reticulate and vermiculate pat-
terns of dark fuscous; veins pallid except the
short vein separating the areoles. Ventral sur-
face of thorax dark fuscous, ostiolar peritreme
white. Legs pallid, apical half of femora marked
by reticulate pattern of brownish black; front
tibiae triannulate with fuscous, apical band more
brownish than black; tarsi fuscous, paler on
middle. Venter pallid and shaded with fuscous;
genital segment more fuscous, each side with a
rather thick, prominent tubercle above base of
leftclasper (Fig. 302).

Holotvpe: d June 19, 1965, Area 401M,
Nevada test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Meri-
no), taken on Juniperus osteosperma. Paratypes:
5 c? taken with the type, d July 22, 1965, Area
18M, Nevada Test Site (D' E. Beck & J. M.
Merino), taken at black light, d Aug. 3, 1962,
Area ECB, Nevada Test "Site, taken at black
light.

Phytocoris chiricahuae, new species

Fig. 296

Allied to juniperanus. rostrum reaching upon
base of genital segment; form of tubercles on
genital segment and the claspers (Fig. 296), dis-
tinctive of the species.

Male. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.53 mm. Head:
width .81 mm, vertex .37 mm; pallid, strongly
marked with reddish brown; frons with trans-
verse striae, vertex with curving lines, clypeus
with geminate mark on base and spot on middle,
base of juga and spot on base of lora, reddish
brown. Rostrum, length 2.0 mm, reacliing upon
eighth ventral segment. Antennae: segment I,
length .S5 mm, pallid beneath, reddish brown
above but with four glabrous white spots, set
with five or six pallid bristles, which in length
slightly exceed diameter of segment; II, 1.9 mm,
brownish black, with wide white annulus at
base, with pale band on middle but edges not
sharply cut; III, 1.05 mm, dark brown, pale on
base; IV, .68 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .68
mm, width at base 1.25 mm; pallid to dusky,
basal edge of disk white, bordered by a single
brownish black band or line, tumid spots not de-
veloped; calli scarcelv outlined, not darker than
disk; propleura pallid, dorsal edge brown, a
short reddish mark across dorsal edge of coxal
cleft. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, fuscous
brown. Scutellum pallid, disk marked with small
fuscous dots and spots. Dorsal surface clothed
with suberect dark brown or fuscous simple
hairs, intermixed with recumbent to appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence; also intermixed
with deciduous, dark brown or black scalelike
hairs, forming tufts at tip of clavus and on apex
of paracuneus.

Hemelytra with pallid base, but with numer-
ous dusky to fuscous brown clots and spots, not
clear cut; small pale spots and points of silvery
sericeous hairs, stand out on corium and clavus;
cuneus fuscous brown, nearly black on inner
edge and apical half of outer edge. Membrane
■opaque white, but thickly dotted and marked
with conspurcate, vermiculate and some reticu-
late patterns of fuscous brown; a small clear spot
by apex of cuneus and a second spot on margin
at middle of apical half; veins pale to dusky.
Ventral surface of thorax fuscous brown, ostiolar
peritreme pallid. Venter fuscous brown, more
pallid beneath; genital segment with tubercles
and claspers distinctive (Fig. 296).

Holotype: d June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft,
Chiricahua Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Para-
type: d taken with the type.

Phytocoris difformis Knight

Fig. 287

Phytocoris difformis Knight, 1934:8.

Known from several localities in Arizona.
Once taken on Acacia greggi.

240

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

Phytocoris lenis Van Duzee
Fig. 288

Phytocoris lenis Van Duzee, 1923:147.

Known from Lower California. Mr. Van
Duzee reported taking a pair on "mesquite,"
Prosopis.

Phytocoris calvus Van Duzee

Fig. 289

Phytocoris calvus Van Duzee, 1920:343.

Known from Los Angeles County and San
Diego County, California.

Phytocoris utahensis Knight
Fig. 291

Phytocoris utahensis Knight, 1961:473.
Described from Richfield, Utah.

Phytocoris colli Knight
Fig. 292

Phytocoris colli, Knight, 1934:11.

Described from Mt. Timpanogos, Provo,
Utah.

Phytocoris conspurcatus Knight
Fig. 290

Phytocoris conspurcatus Knight, 1920:61, Fig. 16.
Phytocoris conspurcatus Knight, 1941:188, Fig.

175.

Known from several eastern states and as far
west as Colorado, Kansas, Soutii Dakota, and
North Dakota. This is a predaceous species
found on the bark of several kinds of trees.

Phytocoris relations, new species
Fig. 299

Runs in the key to the couplet with flaviatus
from which it differs in relative width of vertex;
width of vertex just equal to one-third the width
of head.

Male: Head: width .89 mm, vertex .30 mm;
pallid to yellowish, frons with brown striae each
side of the dark median line; clypeus with red-
dish brown V-shaped mark on basal half. Ros-
trum, length 2.0 mm, reaching upon seventh
ventral segment, pale yellowish, apex dark-
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .88 mm, pal-
lid, dorsal aspect with apex and two reticulate
spots of dark brown; II, 2.0 mm, dark brown,
with white annulus at base, a somewhat wider
pale annulus at middle but edges not sharplv
defined; III, 1.15 mm, fuscous, pale at base, also

paler at point just beyond middle; IV, .74 mm,
fuscous. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width at base
1.4 mm; pale yellowish brown, basal edge of
disk white, bordered by sub-basal sinute band
or line, scalloped around the slightly tumid
points which bear dark scalelike hairs, disk
shaded darker behind calli; propleura dark
brown above, with reddish brown ray across top
of coxal cleft, ventral half yellowish to white.
Mesoseutum moderately exposed, fuscous. Scu-
tellum pale yellowish, median line dark brown,
apical half with diverging lines from middle, a
fuscous spot each side on lateral margin. Dorsal
surface clothed with suberect, dark brown to
black simple hairs, intermixed with recumbent
and appressed, silvery sericeous pubescence,
also intermixed with deciduous, dark brown to
black scalelike hairs, with tufts of these hairs on
tip of clavus, and inner margin of cuneus and
paracuneus.

Hemelytra pale to yellowish, shaded with
fuscous and dark brown on outer half of clavus,
apical area of corium and spots on embolium;
cuneus fuscous to dark brown, area about the
fracture and spot on apex of corium pallid.
Membrane opaque white, sprinkled with fuscous
brown patterns of conspurcate, reticulate and
vermiculate marks, with two darker patches be-
hind cuneus and areoles; veins pale yellowish,
vein dividing areoles dark fuscous. Ventral sur-
face of thorax dark fuscous brown, ostiolar peri-
treme pale. Legs yellowish and marked with
reddish brown; hind femora dark brown, reticu-
late with small and large pale spots; front tibiae
with three fuscous bands, middle tibiae with four
dark bands, posterior tibiae mostly dark and
marked with pale and dark spots; tarsi fuscous.
Venter dark brown, pallid beneath, with a few
small pale spots laterally. Genital segment with
tubercles and claspers distinctive (Fig. 299).

Female. Length 5.7 mm, width 1.9 mm.
Head: width .92 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
lengdi 2.4 mm, reaching upon base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I. length 1.12 mm; II, 2.3
mm; III, 1.36 mm, fuscous, pale at base and at
a point slightly beyond middle; IV, .85 mm.
Pronotum, length .85 mm; width at base 1.5 mm.
Very similar to the male in color and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: d" Aug. 2, 1917, at top of Bright
Angel Trail, Grand Canvon, Arizona (H. H.
Knight). Allotype: 9 Aug. 15, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light trap. Paratypes:
c? taken with the allotype. 9 July 19, Texas
Pass; o* July 24, Oracle (H. H. Knight); 2d
June 2, 1926, alt. 4500 ft, Tombstone; 9 May

MlHlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

241

9, 1926, Salt River Mts., alt. 1300 ft (A. A. Nich-
ol); d April 27, 1939, Yuma County, Arizona
(L. L. Stitt).

Phytocoris flaviatus, new species
Fig. 297

Runs in the key to the couplet with rela-
tivus, but width of vertex greater than one-third
the width of head; genital segment with left
tubercle and claspers distinctive ( Fig. 297 ) .

Male. Length 4.6 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .85 mm, vertex .34 mm; yellowish, frons
widi oblique, fuscous striae each side of middle,
clypeus with a geminate mark at base and spot
on middle, fuscous. Rostrum, length 1.93 mm,
reaching upon seventh ventral segment, pale yel-
lowish, apex dark brown. Antennae: segment I,
length .88 mm, pallid beneadi, dorsal aspect fus-
cous but with three glabrous yellowish spots,
set with a few pale spines, which in length are
subequal to diameter of segment; II, 2.0 mm,
dark brown, with white annulus at base and one
of the same width at middle; III, 1.05 mm, fus-
cous, pale at base; IV, .62 mm, fuscous. Prono-
tum, length .72 mm, width at base 1.3 mm; pale
yellowish, with minute fuscous dot at base of
each hair, basal edge white, bordered by sub-
basal, undulating black band, including two
slightly tumid spots each side of middle; calli
yellowish, without dark lines, collar with black
spot each side of median line; propleura pallid
to yellowish, a short fuscous ray across top of
coxal cleft. Scutellum pale yellowish, a fuscous
spot each side on margin just before apex. Dor-
sal surface clothed with suberect, simple fus-
cous hairs, intermixed with spots of recumbent
to appressed, silver)' sericeous pubescence, and
sprinkled with brownish black scalelike hairs,
also with spots and tufts of the same.

Hemelytra pallid to pale yellowish, marked
and shaded witii fuscous and black; clavus pal-
lid, outer half with dark spots separated by tiiree
or four pale spots; corium with large, oblique
black spot on apical half, a triangular white spot
on apex, small fuscous spots on basal half, em-
bolium with a series of fuscous spots; cuneus
fuscous, yellowish on outer basal angle, set with
clusters of deciduous hairs on inner margin.
Membrane opaque white, diickly sprinkled with
conspurcate, reticulate and vermiculate fuscous
marks, a paler spot by apex of cuneus ; veins pal-
lid, the short vein separating areoles, fuscous.
Mesosternum and pleura brownish black, ostiolar
peritreme pallid. Legs pallid to yellowish, fe-
mora marked with reticulate pattern of brown-

ish black on apical half, hind femora with two
oblique paler marks on apical half; fore tibiae
with three dark bands, annuli much reduced on
middle tibiae; hind tibiae pallid, blackish near
base but pallid on dorsal aspect, with one com-
plete black annulus at middle; tarsi pale, slightly
dusky on base and apex. Venter dark fuscous
brown, pale to yellowish on ventral surface.
Genital segment with tubercles and claspers dis-
tinctive (Fig. 297).

Holotype: d Sept. 6, 1931, above Bright
Angel Trail, Grand Canyon, Arizona (H. H.

Knight).

Phytocoris albifrons, new species

Distinguished from allied species by the
white irons; collar and calli deep brown, but
median line pallid.

Female. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.6 mm.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex ..34 mm; frons
white, a spot on median line, but no indication of
striae; vertex widi two fuscous lines, one each
side of the white median line; clypeus with dark
brown across middle. Rostrum, length 1.6 mm,
just reaching upon posterior trochanters, yel-
lowish, apex dark brown. Antennae: segment I,
length .98 mm, reddish brown beneath, dorsal
aspect dark brown, irrorate with about eight
glabrous white spots, with several erect white
spines which in length are subequal to diameter
of segment; II, 1.87 mm, dark yellowish brown,
with white annulus at base, a second pale band
at middle but edges not clear cut; III, 1.3 mm,
fuscous brown, pale at base; IV, .78 mm, fuscous.
Pronotum, length .72 mm, width at base 1.36
mm; disk pallid, shaded and marked by fuscous
and brown; collar above except median line, and
calli deep reddish brown; median line of disk
pale, edged by fuscous each side; basal edge
white, sub-basal margin of undulating black
band or wide line; propleura white, dorsal mar-
gin fuscous to black, a brownish black spot or
ray across top of coxal cleft. Scutellum white, a
fuscous line or streak each side, beginning near
basal angle and terminating about two-thirds of
distance to apex. Dorsal surface clothed with
suberect fuscous hairs, intermixed with recum-
bent and appressed, silvery sericeous pubescence,
also sprinkled with or set in clumps, deciduous,
brownish black scalelike pubescence.

Hemelytra pallid, shaded and marked with
brownish black; clavus brownish black, some-
what paler behind apex of scutellum, also one or
two pale spots along claval vein; corium brown-
ish black, pallid on base, somewhat paler near

242

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

middle, and a triangular white spot on apex
joining paracuneus; cuneus brownish black,
paler on outer basal angle. Membrane opaque
white, shaded and marked with conspurcate,
reticulate and vermiculate patterns of fuscous
and brown; cubital vein pallid around apex of
larger areole, and paler area behind apex of

kSujAhwlLUy-

mlmusi/nxiwy

299

hjSlnXbHJJy

301

Figs. 297-301. Male claspers. 297, Phytocoris flaviatus;
298, P. minuendus; 299, P. relations; 300, P. lati-
ceps; 301, P. albiscutellutus.

cuneus. Thorax beneath fuscous brown, ostiolar
peritreme pallid. Coxae and basal half of fe-
mora pallid, apical half or femora marked by
reticulate pattern of brownish black; front tibiae
with three fuscous annuli, middle tibiae with
bands reduced and broken by pale irrorations;
tarsi pale, fuscous on base and apex. Venter pal-
lid, sides with spots and marks of reddish brown.

Holotype: 9 May 24, 1924, Tucson, Arizona

(A. A. Nichol).

Plti/tocoris albiscutellatus, new species
Fig. 301

Runs in the key to the couplet with laticeps,
from which it may be separated by the narrow
vertex; genital segment and claspers (Fig. 301)
distinctive of the species.

Male. Length 5.4 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.04 mm, vertex .30 mm; vertex not equal
to dorsal width of an eye; pallid, frons with
transverse striae each side of median line, ver-
tex with median line white; clypeus with dark
brown across middle and at base. Rostrum,
length 2.5 mm, reaching to near base of genital
segment, brownish yellow, apex dark brown.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.09 mm, pallid
beneath, brown at base, dorsal aspect dark
brown, with three or four glabrous white spots,
apex brownish black, with several erect pallid
spines which in length exceed diameter of seg-
ment; II, 2.3 mm, dark yellowish brown, with
white annulus at base, also a yellowish annulus
at middle but edges not sharply cut; III, 1.36
mm, fuscous brown, pale at base, also a paler
yellowish band just beyond middle; IV, 1.02
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .95 mm, width at
base 1.66 mm; pale yellowish to dusky and
shaded with fuscous, basal edge of disk white,
sub-basal margin with sinuate band of fuscous
which includes three tumid points each side of
middle, each point with a tuft of deciduous,
scalelike brownish black hairs until rubbed off;
calli dusky yellow, with reddish lines on an-
terior edge; propleura fuscous brown, lower half
white. Mesoscutum moderately exposed, fuscous
brown, thickly covered with silver)' sericeous pu-
bescence. Scutellum rather strongly convex, uni-
formly white, a small fuscous spot on margin
each side well before apex. Dorsal surface
clothed with suberect, simple fuscous hairs, in-
termixed with recumbent and appressed, silvery
sericeous pubescence, also intermixed with a
sprinkling, and in some spots with tufts of de-
ciduous, brownish black scalelike pubescence.

MmlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

243

Hemelytra pallid to dusky yellow, shaded
and marked with fuscous brown, corium some-
what darker on apical half, but with a pallid
dusky triangular area on apex bordering the
paracuneus; cuneus fuscous, paler on base, apex
and inner margin with black spots and tufts of
the deciduous black hairs. Membrane opaque
white, rather thickly covered with conspurcate,
reticulate and vermiculate patterns of fuscous
brown, more sparsely marked on central area
and a small clear spot by apex of cuneus. Stern-
um and pleura brownish black, ostiolar peri-
treme white. Legs pallid to pale yellowish, fe-
mora with reticulate patterns of dark brown,
hind femora with numerous small and large pale
irrorations. Front tibiae triannulate with brown-
ish black, the third annulus on apex; intermedi-
ate tibiae with four dark annuli, counting a nar-
row terminal band; hind tibiae irregularly
marked with brown and white. Venter dark
brown, segments three to eight with a row of
pallid spots. Genital segments with tubercles and
claspers distinctive of the species ( Fig. 301 ) .

Female. Length 5.4 mm, width 2.0 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.2 mm, reaching to base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.12 mm; II, 2.3
mm; III, 1.5 mm, fuscous, pale at base and near
middle; IV, 1.05 mm. Pronotum, length .86 mm,
width at base 1.6 mm. Very similar to the male
in color and pubescence.

Holotype: J June 20, 1928, alt. 6200 ft,
Chiricahua Mrs., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allo-
type: ? same data as the type. Paratypes: 9
taken with the types. 9 June 22, 1965, Area
19M, Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino), taken on Artemisia tridcntata.

Pht/tocoris laticeps, new species
Fig. 300

Runs in the key to the couplet with albiscu-
tellatus, but differs in the wider vertex which
exceeds the dorsal width of an eye.

Male. Length 6.0 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .40 mm; pallid, frons with
transverse striae each side of middle; clypeus
with reddish geminate mark on base and spot on
middle; base of juga and basal half of lora and
bucculae, reddish. Rostrum, length 3.0 mm,
reaching upon sixth ventral segment, pale yel-
lowish, apex dark brown. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.36 mm, pallid, dorsal aspect with four
or five dark brown spots, several glabrous spots
give rise to erect pale bristles which in length

slightly exceed diameter of the segment; II, 2.9
mm, dark brown, with white annulus at base, a
pale band beginning at middle, the edges not
sharply defined; III, 1.7 mm, fuscous brown, pale
at base; IV, 1.02 mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length
1.03 mm, width at base 1.7 mm; disk pallid to
dusky, basal edge pallid, bordered by a sinuate
black band each side of median line, with two
tumid, scalloped spots each side, bearing tufts
of deciduous black scalelike hairs; calli pallid,
but lateral margins of disk dark fuscous to
black, the dark color extending down on dorsal
margin of propleura as far as top of coxal cleft.
Mesoscutum moderately exposed, fuscous. Scu-
tellum pallid, having a small fuscous spot each
side on margin well before apex.

Dorsal surface clothed with suberect, dark
brown to black simple hairs, intermixed with re-
cumbent and appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence, also intermixed with deciduous, dark
brown to black scalelike hairs, the same form-
ing a tuft at tip of clavus. Hemelytra pallid,
shaded with fuscous brown to form dark patch
on apical area of corium, and smaller patch on
middle; clavus spotted and shaded each side
of claval vein; embolium with fuscous spots;
cuneus brownish black, basal area joining with
triangular spot on apex of corium to form a
sizeable pale area. Membrane opaque white,
marked with fuscous brown in conspurcate, reti-
culate and vermiculate markings, leaving some
clear spaces on apical half, one bordering apex
of cuneus. Mesosternum and pleura brownish
black, ostiolar peritreme pallid. Venter brownish
black, edges of sternites and spots on lateral
areas, pallid. Genital segment brownish black,
bearing a long tubercle above base of left clasp-
er, also a somewhat smaller tubercle just above
base of right clasper; claspers distinctive (Fig.
300).

One may think the claspers and tubercles are
very close to those of utahcnsis Kngt, but the
key shows other distinctions, such as wider ver-
tex, and differences in length of antennal seg-
ments.

Holotype: tf Aug. 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light.

Phytocoris minuendus, new species

Fig. 298

Runs in the key to couplet 13, where it is
separated from allied species by the reddish
brown first antennal segment.

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .82 mm, vertex .27 mm; pale and marked

244

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

with fuscous, frons with median line and oblique
striae fuscous brown, clypeus with geminate
mark on base and transverse band across middle
reddish brown, base of jugum and mark on basal
half of lorum, also reddish brown. Rostrum,
length 1.9 mm, reaching upon eighth ventral seg-
ment, pallid to brownish yellow, apex dark
brown. Antennae: segment I, length .75 mm,
ventral surface and dorsal aspect reddish brown,
dorsal aspect with four or five white glabrous
spots, set with pallid bristles, which in length
are subequal to diameter of segment; II, 1.66
mm, yellowish brown, with white annulus at
base, also a second pale or yellowish band be-
ginning at middle, edges not sharply defined;

III, 1.02 mm, yellowish brown, pale at base;

IV, broken. Pronotum, length .74 mm, width at
base 1.3 mm; disk pallid, shaded and darkened
with fuscous brown, collar with black, median
line above with white spot; basal edge white,
bordered by a sinuate sub-basal black band,
having four tumid points, two each side of me-
dian line; propleura white, dorsal margin brown-
ish black, a black ray across top of coxal cleft.
Mesoscutum moderately exposed, brownish
black. Scutellum brownish black, apex white but
a broad black median line divides the white
apex, disk with three or four small pale spots
each side of the median line. Dorsal surface
clothed with suberect dark simple hairs, inter-
mixed with recumbent and appressed, silvery
sericeous pubescence, also intermixed with a
sprinkling of deciduous, brownish black scale-
like hairs; these hairs more abundant on sub-
basal margin of pronotum, tip of clavus and
inner margin of cuneus.

Hemelytra dark fuscous to brownish black,
clavus slightly paler on edge of commissure;
corium fuscous brown, slightly paler exterior to
radial vein, and a paler triangle bordering para-
cuneus; cuneus fuscous brown, darker on edges
except outer basal angle. Membrane opaque
white, ratiier thickly marked with conspurcate,
reticulate and vermiculate patterns of fuscous
brown, a paler area by apex of cuneus and area
on margin; veins dark brown, paler at apex of
areoles. Thorax beneath brownish black, ostiolar
peritreme white. Legs pallid, femora marked on
apical half with reticulate pattern of reddish
brown, the hind femora more nearly solid dark
brown with many small white spots; fore tibiae
with three dark annuli, middle tibiae with weak-
er bands; hind tibiae brownish black, a wide pale
band just short of middle and a reduced white
band at middle of apical half; tarsi pale, dusky
on apex. Venter dark brown, ventral area with

rows of pale spots. Genital segment with tu-
bercles and claspers distinctive (Fig. 298);
tubercles far removed from base of claspers.

Holotype: d" April 20, 1926, Santa Cruz
River, Pima County, Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Phytocoris californicas, new species
Fig. 303

Runs in the key to the couplet with colli
Kngt., but may be separated by lack of a pale
median line on mesonotum and scutellum.

Male. Length 6.4 mm, width 2.2 mm. Head:
width 1.05 mm, vertex .30 mm; frons with
oblique reddish brown striae each side of me-
dian line, lower face marked with reddish brown.
Rostrum, length 2.6 mm, reaching upon seventh
ventral segment, pale yellowish, apex dark
brown. Antennae: segment I, length 1.29 mm,
pallid to yellowish beneath, dorsal aspect red-
dish brown, irrorate with five or six large and
several smaller, glabrous white spots, set with
several erect white bristles which in length ex-
ceed diameter of segment; II, 2.5 mm, dark
brown, with white annulus at base, three pallid
spots on dorsal aspect of basal half, a pallid
annulus just beyond middle, but edges not
sharply cut; III, 1.53 mm, dark brown, pale at
base, also paler at point beyond middle; IV, 1.02
mm, fuscous. Pronotum, length .94 mm, width
at base 1.7 mm; disk pallid to fuscous brown,
calli and collar with reddish brown lines, a pale
spot on median line of collar; basal edge white,
bordered by an undulating fuscous line, with
two tumid points each side of middle, dark pu-
bescence mostly rubbed off; propleura deep
brown, lower half white. Mesoscutum moderate-
ly exposed, dark brown. Scutellum pale to
brownish yellow, fuscous but with pale spots,
median line dark brown, a pale spot each side
of middle on apex. Dorsal surface clothed with
suberect, golden brown to black simple hairs,
intermixed with recumbent and appressed, sil-
very sericeous pubescence, also intermixed with
a sprinkling and spots of deciduous, golden
brown to black scalelike hairs.

Hemelytra pallid to dusky, shaded with fus-
cous and brown, a darker spot on apical area
of corium which is bordered by a triangular
paler spot that joins the para cuneus; cuneus
somewhat darker fuscous brown, inner edge and
apex darker and bearing clusters of the decidu-
ous brown hairs. Membrane opaque white,
thickly sprinkled with conspurcate, reticulate
and vermiculate dark brown marks; scarcely

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

245

paler or clear of spots just behind cuneus, and
the usual area behind that, invaded with spots.
Ventral surface of thorax dark brown, ostiolar
peritreme pallid. Legs pallid to pale yellowish;
femora marked by reticulate patterns of reddish
brown, hind femora darker and irrorate with
numerous pale spots; tibiae with diree brown
bands, apex with terminal band; intermediate
libiae with bands much reduced, actually four
annuli indicated, with narrow apex brown; hind
libiae with numerous brown spots and dots.
Venter dark brown, ventral area with many small
pale spots. Genital segment with tubercles and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 303).

Holotype: d" March 1, 1935, Santa Ana, Cali-
fornia (E. L. Paddock), taken on Salvia melli-
fera.

Phytocoris santaritac, new species
Fig. 294

Runs in the key near empircnsis from which
it may be separated by die wide vertex, which
in width exceeds one-third the width of head.

302

-MJLmlmAOMLLAr

crunuy

Figs. 302-304. Male claspers. 302. Phytocoris juniper-
anus; 303, P. californicus; 304, P. brevicornis.

Male. Length 4.2 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
widdi .78 mm, vertex ..34 mm; pallid to dusky
brown, frons with oblique striae each side,
clypeus with reddish brown on base and middle.
Rostrum, length 1.9 mm, reaching upon genital
segment, pale to yellowish brown, apex darker.
Antennae: segment I, lengdi .88 mm, pale yel-
lowish beneath, dorsal aspect dark reddish
brown, widi two large and two smaller white
glabrous spots, set with a few erect pale spines,
which in length about equal diameter of seg-
ment; II, 1.87 mm, dark brown, widi white an-
nulus at base, a slightly wider yellow band be-
gins at middle, apex more brownish black; III,
1.12 mm, fuscous, pale at base; IV, .78 mm, fus-
cous. Pronotum, length .71 mm, width at base
1.19 mm; pale to dusky brown, basal edge white,
sub-basal margin with undulating black line
which curves around the slightly tumid spots,
two each side of median line; calli scarcely dif-
ferentiated by color, but with an impressed line
indicating basal margin; propleura white, dark
brown along dorsal margin, a reddish ray crosses
top of coxal cleft. Mesoscutum moderately ex-
posed, dark brown. Seutellum pale yellowish,
spot on median line at base, spot on margin each
side before apex, and small spot on apex, brown.
Dorsal surface clothed with suberect, fuscous or
brown simple hairs, intermixed with recumbent
and appressed, silverv sericeous pubescence; also
interspersed widi deciduous brownish black
scalelike hairs, occurring as tufts on black sub-
basal line of pronotum, at tip of clavus and
along inner edge of cuneus.

Hemelytra pale to dusky brown, somewhat
dark brown on embolium, along claval vein,
inner apical angle of corium, and cuneus. Mem-
brane opaque white, rather closely marked with
conspurcate, reticulate and vermiculate patterns
of dusky brown, a small white spot behind apex
of cuneus, and marginal spot at middle of apical
half; the cubital vein mostly pallid. Ventral sur-
face of thorax brownish black, ostiolar peritreme
white. Legs pallid to yellowish brown, femora
marked with reticulate pattern of reddish brown,
the hind femora more heavily marked with red-
dish brown, anterior aspect with three or four
large pale spots, while the dark areas show small
pale irrorations; fore tibiae reddish brown, cut
by three white annuli, hind tibiae white but
marked and spotted with dark brown. Venter
reddish brown to dark brown, ventral sclerites
with pale edges and spots. Genital segment with
distinctive tubercles and claspers (Fig. 294).

Holotype: S Sept. 26, 1925, Santa Rita Mts.,
Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

246

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Plujtocoris empirensis, new species
Fig. 293

Runs in the key to couplet with conspurcatus
Kngt., but hind femora without an oblique white
band on subapical area; male genital segment
with shorter tubercle situated well above base
of left clasper (Fig. 293).

Male. Length 4.9 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
widdi .95 mm, vertex .32 mm; pallid and marked
widi reddish brown; frons with oblique reddish
brown striae each side of median line; clypeus
with gemmate mark on base and a brown mark-
across middle. Rostrum, length 2.1 mm, reaching
upon basal half of genital segment, pallid, yel-
lowish brown on apex. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.05 mm, pallid beneath, dark brown
above, with large white spot on middle and a
second one at middle of apical half, two smaller
white spots on basal half and other small ones in
the dark color of apical half; II, fuscous brown,
with white annulus at base and pale band on
middle (see female); III, broken. Pronotum,
length .82 mm, widtii at base 1.53 mm; pallid
and shaded with fuscous brown, basal half
showing minute setigerous dots; basal edge
white, bordered by the usual sinuate fuscous
band, pubescence rubbed off; propeura white,
fuscous brown across dorsal margin, a reddish
brown ray across dorsal margin of coxal cleft.
Mesoscutum moderately exposed, brownish
black. Scutellum pallid, median line solid brown
on basal half, splits on apical half to form a pale
median line, with an oblique brown ray arising
from the margin each side before apex. Dorsal
surface clothed with suberect, simple fuscous
hairs, intermixed widi recumbent arid appressed,
silvery sericeous pubescence, also interspersed
with deciduous, brownish black scalelike hairs
which are grouped as tufts on tip of clavus and
inner basal edge of cuneus.

Hemelytra pallid and shaded with fuscous
and dark brown; clavus except commissure mar-
gins, and inner third of corium dark fuscous
brown, paler areas of corium showing setigerous
fuscous spots; embolium pallid, but witii a few
small fuscous spots; cuneus fuscous, outer
basal margin and bordering fracture, pallid,
paracuneus fuscous. Membrane opaque white,
marked with conspurcate, reticulate and vermic-
ulate patterns of fuscous brown, less crowded on
apical half; cubital vein pallid. Mesosternum and
pleura fuscous, ostiolar peritreme white. Legs
pallid, femora marked with spots and reticulate
patterns of brownish black on apical half, hind
femora irrorate with small pale spots but not

forming an oblique band; tibiae annulate witii
dark brown and pallid bands, posterior pair
more broadly pale, the dark areas broken by
pale spots. Venter pallid, shaded and marked
with brown on sides. Genital segment with
tubercles and claspers distinctive of the species
(Fig. 293).

Female. Length 5.2 mm, width 2.0 mm.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .37 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.6 mm, reaching upon eighth ventral
segment. Antennae: segment I, length 1.25 mm;
II, 2.3 mm, fuscous brown, with white annulus
at base, a second pale band beginning at
middle; III, 1.36 mm, fuscous, pale at base; IV,
.85 mm, width at base 1.5 mm. Color and pubes-
cence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d May 20, 1928, alt. 5000 ft. Em-
pire Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: 2
same data as the type.

Phytocoris rinconae, new species
Fig. 295

Runs in the couplet with empirensis from
which it may be separated by the shorter ros-
trum; male genital segment with tubercles and
claspers distinctive (Fig. 295).

Male. Length 5.0 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .30 mm; pale yellowish,
frons with oblique fuscous striae each side of
median line; clypeus with geminate mark at
base and spots on middle. Rostrum, length 2.4
mm, reaching upon seventh ventral segment, yel-
lowish, apex dark brown. Antennae: segment I,
length 1.05 mm, ventral surface pallid, dorsal
aspect reddish brown, with three large glabrous
white spots plus two or three small ones, bearing
several erect white bristles which in length
slightly exceed thickness of segment; II, 2.1 mm,
dark brown, witii a white annulus at base and
a second pallid band beginning at middle; III,
1.36 mm, fuscous, white at base, pale yellowish
on apical half; IV, .92 mm, fuscous. Pronotum,
length .81 mm, width at base 1.56 mm; color
and pubescence same as for empirensis. Dorsal
surface clothed with suberect, yellowish to gold-
en brown simple hairs, intermixed with recum-
bent to appressed, silvery sericeous pubescence,
also interspersed with deciduous, golden brown
to black scalelike hairs; in perfect specimens
these hairs occur in tufts on tumid spots at base
of pronotum, tip of clavus and along inner mar-
gin of cuneus.

Hemelytra pale yellowish, shaded with dusky
brown and fuscous; inner half of clavus, inner
and outer margins of corium, paracuneus and

MlBIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE 247

cuneus, dark fuscous brown, except outer margin area of mesosternum dark fuscous, ostiolar peri-
of cuneus near base, the fracture and a triangu- treme white. Legs pallid, femora marked with
lar spot on apex of corium, pallid. Membrane remnants of a reticulate pattern; tibiae very simi-
opaque white, marked with conspurcate, reticu- lar to that described for empirensis. Venter pal-
late and vermiculate patterns of fuscous brown, lid, sides marked with dark brown, reddish
the apical half less crowded with markings, marks lower down. Genital segment with tuber-
leaving a clear area at apex of cuneus and larger cles and claspers distinctive ( Fig. 295 ) .
areole; veins pale, except the short vein separat- Holorype: d May 27, 1928, alt. 3300 ft, Rul-
ing the areoles, fuscous. Propleura and lateral con Mrs., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Genus Phytocoris Fallen
Key to the Species, Section CC

1. Length of first antennal segment subequal, or greater than, basal width of pro-

notum 2

Length of first antennal segment not equal to basal width of the pronotum 4

2. Hemelytra chiefly red; first antennal segment white, spotted and marked with

black; length 6.1 mm roseus Uhl.

Hemelytra chiefly fuscous to black 3

3. Hind femora brownish black, marked with numerous small dots or spots only;

female brachypterous; length 6.8-8.0 mm hopi Kngt.

Hind femora black, broken by large white patches which unite to form a long
white bar on anterior aspect; length 6.8-7.6 mm apache Kngt.

4. Hemelytra yellowish green, clavus, inner apical angle of corium, apex and

inner margin of cuneus, and veins of membrane, deep dark red; length 5.4-
5.8 mm vau Van D.

Color pattern otherwise 5

5. Femora and first antennal segment red, or marked with red 6

Femora and first antennal segment not marked with red 8

6. Femora and first antennal segment red, marked with pale spots 7

Femora pallid to yellowish on basal half; first antennal segment reddish be-
neath, dorsal surface with large pale to yellowish areas; length 4.1-4.5 mm
acaciae Kngt.

7. Hemelytra uniformly bright red; membrane fuscous, but without two marginal

white spots behind cuneus; ( 9 ) length 5.3 mm vinaceous Van D.

Hemelytra pallid gray, shaded with fuscous along inner margin of corium and
on disk of cuneus; embolium and margins of cuneus marked with red; mem-
brane fuscous, filled with small white reticulate spots and marks, having
two white marginal spots behind tip of cuneus; length 4.5-4.7 mm
nicholi Kngt.

8. Antennal segment I pallid on ventral surface 9

Antennal segment I fuscous to black on ventral surface 12

248 Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

9. Antennae pallid to pale yellowish brown, segment I with weak brownish spots;

segment II yellowish brown, pale band at base and more broadly pale on

middle; hemelytra pallid, a fuscous line on radius, and along inner margin

of corium on apical half; length 4.6 mm ( refer to Sec. B. ) flavellus, n. sp.

Color pattern otherwise 10

10. Rostrum just reaching upon hind coxae; embolium with five strong fuscous

spots; corium and hind femora with fine fuscous dots only; ( 2 ) paratype,
length 4.4 mm loretoensis Van D.

Rostrum reaching beyond posterior coxae 11

11. Length of antermal segment I subequal, or slightly greater than basal width of

pronotum; ( 2 ) paratype, length 5.4 mm histriculus Van D.

Length of antennal segment I not equal to basal width of pronotum; clypeus
white on basal half, with gemmate black lines at base; genital segment with
a large vertical tubercle well above base of left clasper ( Fig. 305 ) ; ( cf )
paratype, length 6.1 mm sonorensis Van D.

12. Antennal segment II with dark color on basal half broken by a spot or two on

dorsal aspect 18

Antennal segment II with dark color on basal half not broken by spots or spots

on dorsal aspect 13

13. Cubitus and claval vein both indicated by fuscous lines 14

Cubitus and claval veins not indicated by fuscous lines; clypeus white on basal
half, but with a complete V-shaped line across base; male genital segment
without a tubercle above base of left clasper (Fig. 306); ( <S ) paratype,
length 7.6 mm commissuralis Van D.

14. Pronotal disk with a median line, edged each side by fuscous border; length

4.8 mm strigosus Kngt.

Pronotal disk without definate median white line 15

15. Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of pronotum; or ( 9 ) over 5.5

mm in length 16

Length of antennal segment I slightly greater than width of pronotum at base;
( 2 ) length 4.8 mm lineatellus, n. sp.

16. Antennal segment II black, with clear cut white annulus at base and at middle;

length 6.2 mm descrticola, n. sp.

Antennal segment II brownish black, with a wide pale band at middle but

edges diffuse, not sharply defined 17

17. Dorsal surface of antennal segment I with black reticulate pattern, leaving two

prominent white spots on apical half; male genital segment without tubercle
above base of left clasper (Fig. 308); length 5.8 mm yuma Kngt.

Dorsal surface of antennal segment I white, having one strong black check
mark at middle of apical half, and with black lines at middle; male genital
segment distinctive (Fig. .307), with a definite tubercle above base of left
clasper; length 5.6 mm minituberculatus, n. sp.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

249

18(12). Antennal segment II black, the white band on middle with edges sharp-
ly defined 19

Antennal segment II brownish, broadly pale on middle, edges not sharply defined 21

19. Rostrum reaching upon eighth ventral segment; hind femora dark fuscous to
black, especially on dorsal half, broken only by a few small dots and spots;
length ( 9 ) 4.0 mm, ( c? ) 5.1 mm rostratus, n. sp.

Rostrum not reaching to eighth ventral segment; hind femora white on dorsal
half, blackish only on apical fourth; or, median line of anterior aspect with
black line, also with oblique lines on ventral half 20

20. Length of antennal segment I subequal, or slightly greater than width of head;

hind femora white, with black on apical one-third; lengdi ( tf ) 4.1 mm,
( 9 ) 4.5 mm albidopictus Kngt.

Length of antennal segment I much greater than width of head; hind femora
white, a longitudinal black line on median line of anterior aspect, also joined
by other lines on ventral half; length ( cf ) 4.4 mm, ( 9 ) 4.7 mm
pulchricollis Van D.

21. Length of antennal segment I greater than width of head plus dorsal width of

an eye; length ( c? ) 6.1 mm subcinctus, n. sp.

Length of antennal segment I not equal to width of head plus dorsal width of an
eye; length ( cf ) 5.1 mm sublineatus, n. sp.

Plujtocoris roseus (Uhler)

Compsocerocoris roseus Uhler, 1894:253.
Plujtocoris roseus Reuter, 1909:27.

Known from San Diego County, California.

Phytocoris vinaceus Van Duzee

Plujtocoris vinaceus Van Duzee, 1917:263.

Known from California where it breeds on
Manzanita.

Phytocoris hopi Knight

Plujtocoris hopi Knight, 1928:42.

Known from Arizona, Colorado, and New
Mexico.

Plujtocoris apache Knight

Plujtocoris apache Knight, 1928:41.

Known from Arizona and New Mexico.

Plujtocoris van Van Duzee

Plujtocoris vau Van Duzee, 1912:478.

Known from San Diego County, California,
where it was found on the host plant, Adenosto-
ma fasciculatum, by Timberlake.

Plujtocoris aeaciae Knight

Plujtocoris aeaciae Knight, 192.5:. 53.

Known from Arizona, New Mexico, and Tex-
as; found to be breeding on Acacia greggi.

Plujtocoris nicholi Knight

Plujtocoris nicholi Knight, 1928:29.
Known onlv from Arizona.

Plujtocoris loreioensis Van Duzee

Plujtocoris loretoensis Van Duzee, 1923:149.

Described from Lower California where it
was collected by Van Duzee on Ltjcium richi.

Plujtocoris histriculus Van Duzee

Plujtocoris histriculus Van Duzee, 1920:. 346.
Known from San Diego County, California.

Plujtocoris sonorensis Van Duzee
Fig. 305

Plujtocoris sonorensis Van Duzee, 1920:. 342.

Described from San Diego County, Cali-
fornia.

250

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

tiL / 305 /Ujncr\QJTVUA/\IarriD.

cxjrn/nuA&UA.

, mJjrdAvJtwicwlawjy

307

UU/ma Kmat

Figs. 305-308. Male claspers. 305, Phytocoris sonorcnsis
Van D.; 306, P. commissuralis Van D.; 307, P.
minituberculatus; 308, P. yuma Kngt.

Phytocoris commissuralis Van Duzee
Fig. 306

Phytocoris commissuralis Van Duzee, 1920:251.
Known from southern California.

Phytocoris strigosus Knight

Phytocoris .strigosus Knight, 1925:51.

Known from Arizona and New Mexico.

Phytocoris yuma Knight
Fig. 308

Phytocoris yuma Knight, 1961:479.

Known from Yuma County, Arizona.

Phytocoris alhiclopicttts Knight

Phytocoris albidopictus Knight, 1961:476.

Known from Arizona, California, Nevada,
and New Mexico. One male specimen was taken
at the test site, Area TM, June 14, 1965(D E.
Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).

Phytocoris lincatellus, new species
Fig. 309

Allied to cleserticola but second antenna! seg-
ment longer, length slightly greater than width
of pronotum at base; size much smaller.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.7 mm. Head:
width .92 mm, vertex .44 mm, pallid, frons with
oblique black striae each side of median line;
basal half of clypeus with black V-shaped mark,
apical half with slender median line; dorsal
margin of jugum and of lorum, black. Rostrum,
length 2.4 mm, reaching to base of genital seg-
ment, pallid to dark brown on apical segment.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.32 mm, black
beneath, dorsal surface with three or four large,
irregular, white spots, also with a few smaller
white dots on sides, set with several erect pale
bristles which in length are about subequal to
thickness of segment; II, 2.3 mm, brownish
black, with wrhite band at base, also with yellow-
ish white band on middle but with indefinite
edges; III, 1.6 mm, fuscous brown, pale at base;
IV, broken. Pronotum, lengtii .82 mm, width at
base 1.53 mm; pallid, basal edge white, marked
with an undulating, sub-basal black line which
continues around basal angles and along lateral
margins; calli black, the dark color extending
posteriorly upon disk; collar white but with
black each side of median line; propleura white,
a black ray across middle of coxal cleft, also a
second black line above and parallel with the
first. Scutellum pallid, a broad black mark each
side of middle and flaring to include lateral
margins. Dorsal surface clothed with suberect,
simple pale and fuscous hairs, intermixed with
recumbent and appressed, silvery sericeous pu-
bescence.

Hemelvtra white and marked with black
lines and shaded dark areas; claval vein and in-
terrupted parallel line, black; corium with inner
half and apical area chiefly black, pallid on
middle, radial vein with black; paracuneus and
inner half of cuneus black. Membrane and veins
opaque white with the larger areole, and two
curving bands of black reticulate and conspur-
cate markings. Mesosternum and band across
middle of pleura, brownish black. Legs white

MlRIIME OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

251

and marked with black; hind femora very broad
and long (length 3.4 mm), anterior aspect thick-
ly marked with reticulate bands of black and
oblique streaks of white; fore tibiae black,
broken by three white annuli, the third white
annulus at middle of apical half; posterior tibiae
chiefly white, but marked by spots and two in-
complete black bands. Venter chiefly black but
with white lines and spots beneath and on sides
Genital segment and claspers distinctive, with-
out tubercles (Fig. 309).

Female. Length 4.9 mm, width 1.7 mm;
membrane rather short but not brachypterous.
Head: width .95 mm, vertex .54 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.6 mm, reaching to base of ovipositor.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.49 mm; II, 2.6
mm, black, with white band at base and middle;
III, 1.5 mm, black, white at base; IV, broken.
Pronotum, length .78 mm, width at base 1.3
mm. Very similar to the male in coloration and
pubescence.

Holotype: d June 6, 1961, Area JAA9, Ne-
vada Test Site, taken in a can pit-trap. Allotype:
9 May 22, 1961, Area 5EA7, Nevada Test Site,
taken in a can pit-trap. Paratype: 2 June 6,
1961, Area JAL10, Nevada Test Site, in a can
pit-trap.

Phytocoris desert icola, new species
Fig. 313

Allied to lineatellus, color markings veri-
similar, but second antennal segment shorter,
length not equal to width of pronotum at base;
segment II black, with a clear cut white annulus
at base and one at middle.

Male. Length 6.1 mm, width 2.0 mm. Head:
width 1.02 mm, vertex .52 mm; pallid or white,
frons with oblique black striae each side of the
white median line, shaded brown between the
striae; vertex with small arcuate line each side of
middle, also with a transverse black line on base
just before collar; elypeus brownish black on
middle and geminate mark on base; juga and
lora with black line on dorsal margin. Rostrum,
length 2.8 mm, reaching upon fourth or fifth
ventral segment, pallid, blackish on apex. An-
tennae: segment I, length 1.46 mm, black, un-
spotted beneath, dorsal aspect with several large
and small glabrous white spots, apex black, bear-
ing a few erect white spines which in length
are subequal to diameter of segment; II, 2.65
mm, black, with white annulus at base, also a
pale annulus beginning at middle; III, 1.93 mm,
black, with white annulus at base; IV, missing.

Pronotum, length 1.02 mm, width at base 1.73
mm; white, basal submargin with black line,
making two scallops each side of middle, basal
angles more broadly black; disk chiefly white,
shaded black near lateral margins, over the calli
and spot on collar each side of median line;
propleura with broad black line across middle
of coxal cleft and extending to basal margin, a
second parallel black line across top of coxal
cleft, but not so wide on posterior half. Meso-
scutum moderately exposed, black, a white spot
each side that carries over on basal angles of
scutellum. Scutellum white, black on middle
each side of median line, also with a longitudinal
black ray parallel to median line, slightly wider
on apical half. Dorsal surface clothed with sub-
erect, simple black hairs, intermixed with re-

309 Ja/maMjljujy

310

A,otuAaxaA-

AUXrOLfflCAJMy

wtyXJjriSiaXiuir

313

ds2Asyvtlc(ymr

Figs. 309-313. Male claspers. 309, Phytocoris lineatel-
lus; 310, P. rostratus; 311, P. subcinctus; 312, P.
sublincatus; 313, P. dcserticola.

252

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

cumbent and some appressed, sericeous white
pubescence.

Hemelytra white, shaded and marked with
black; embolium with black spots; claval vein
and radial vein outlined with black, a rather
broad black band on corium bordering clavus,
covering paracuneus and along inner margin of
cuneus; outer half of cuneus white, marked with
small black spots, the apex black. Membrane and
veins white, small vein that separates areoles,
black; marked by brownish black patterns of
reticulate, conspurcate and vermiculate marks,
a stronger arcuate dark mark behind larger
areole, but outer edges breaking into patches
of reticulate pattern; a white spot behind apex
of cuneus, and a second one on margin at
middle of apical half. Mesosternum black, a
white band on sides that crosses lower edge of
episterum, across the pleura and joining with
the white ostiolar peritreme. Legs white, the
femora with reticulate black areas, front femora
with longitudinal black line on posterior aspect;
middle femora more white on basal half; hind
femora largely black, but irrorate with small and
large white spots, anterior aspect with some
larger white spots joined in an oblique direction;
front tibiae white, with four blackish bands, one
on base and fourth band on apex; middle tibiae
with black bands reduced in width; posterior
tibiae nearly white, a narrow black band at base,
one at middle, the third band slightly wider and
nearer base than middle; tarsi fuscous to black.
Venter chiefly brownish black, ventral surface
mostly pallid, sides with white lines and spots;
genital segment nearly black, without tubercles
but claspers distinctive (Fig. 313).

Female. Length 5.6 mm, width 2.1 mm;
moderately arcuate; membrane abbreviated, just
covering apex of venter. Head: width 1.02 mm,
vertex .54 mm; Antennae: segment I, length
1.63 mm, slightly exceeding width of pronotum,
but tlie large size will separate it from females
of lineatellus; II, 3.0 mm; III, 2.1 mm; color and
bands like the male. Pronotum, length .85 mm,
width at base 1.5 mm. More robust than the
male but very similar in coloration and pubes-
cence.

Holotype: tf June 20, 1965, Area CT, Ne-
vada Test Site (H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino).
Allotype: 9 June 13, 1965, Area CM, Nevada
Test Site (D E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M.
Merino). Paratypes: 2d" taken with the type.
9 taken with the allotype. 9 June 22, 1965,
Area 401M, Nevada Test' Site (H. H. Knight & J.
M. Merino).

Phi/tocoris minituherculaius, new species
Fig. 307

Runs in the key to the couplet with yuma
Kngt., from which it may be separated by marks
on antennal segment I; male genital segment
with a small tubercle above base of left clasper
(Fig. 307).

Male. Length 5.5 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .47 mm; pale yellowish,
frons widr black striae that merge to form a
black patch each side of middle, median line
and spot each side of apex, yellow, black bor-
dering base of clypeus; base of clypeus with
geminate black wedges, and band across middle,
black. Rostrum, length 2.5 mm, reaching upon
fifth ventral segment, pale yellowish, apical half
dark brown. Antennae: segment I, length 1.22
mm, black beneath, white above, the black
color extends upward like a reticulate network
to cut the white into spots, leaving four or five
large white spots above; II, 2.5 mm, fuscous
brown, a white annulus at base, a pale annulus
at middle but without sharp edges, the apex
more brownish black, III, 1.63 mm, brownish
black, a white annulus at base; IV, missing. Pro-
notum, length .85 mm, width at base 1.49 mm;
basal edge of disk white, bordered by scalloped
black band that extends around basal angles and
along lateral margins to join up with brownish
black covering the calli; central area of disk
pallid to white; propleura white, a black band
across middle of coxal cleft, and a parallel black
band just above, both slightly undulating but
reaching to basal margin. Mesoscutum broadly
exposed, pallid and fuscous, median line pale,
extending upon scutellum where it is outlined
by a fuscous line each side. Scutellum pallid to
yellowish, each side with fuscous spot on margin,
but not connected with fuscous lines that frame
the pale median line. Dorsal surface provided
with suberect, pallid and fuscous simple hairs,
intermixed widi recumbent, silvery sericeous pu-
bescence.

Hemelytra pallid to white, marked and
shaded with fuscous and black, inner half of
corium mostly black, thining into spots on inner
apical angles, but continuing as a black band
across paracuneus and inner half of cuneus;
radial vein outlined by black, claval vein with
fuscous line broken into short sections; cuneus
with outer edge white except on apex. Mem-
brane and veins opaque white, central area,
within larger areole, and two spots reaching
lateral margin on apical half, marked with reti-
culate, conspurcate and vermiculate patterns of
brownish black;also with a solid arc of dark

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

253

color beginning behind apex of larger areole,
and curving outward to apical margin where it
merges with a patch of reticulate marks. Meso-
sternum and pleura brownish black, ostiolar peri-
treme pallid. Legs pallid and marked with reti-
culate patterns of brownish black; front legs
missing, middle femora with reticulate dark pat-
tern on apical half, tibiae with apex and rem-
nants of two bands dark fuscous; hind femora
rather wide, having a strong reticulate pattern
of brownish black, anterior aspect with reticulate
patterns forming obscure oblique bands of dark
lines; posterior tibiae chiefly white, but rem-
nants of two black annuli may be recognized.
Venter brownish black, ventral area paler, hav-
ing streaks and spots of pallid color. Genital seg-
ment with two small tubercles, one each side,
high above base of clasper ( Fig. 307 ) .

Holotype: d June 14, 1961, Area 5M, Ne-
vada Test Site, taken at black light.

Plujtocoris rostratus, new species
Fig. 310

Runs in the key to couplet 18, where it is
separated from related species by the clear cut
banding of second antennal segment.

Male. Length 4.9 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .S4 mm, vertex .44 mm; pallid and marked
with black, median line of vertex white, ex-
tending forward upon frons, ending in two spots
between the transverse striae, the striae ob-
scured by black shading; clypeus white, brown-
ish black across middle, with geminate black
marks on base. Rostrum, length 2.4 mm, reach-
ing upon eighth ventral segment, pallid, apical
segment black. Antennae: segment I, length 1.09
mm, black, dorsal aspect with eight white spots,
and three or four smaller dots, set with a few
white bristles; II, 2.07 mm, cylindrical, black,
with white annulus at base, a second white band
on middle, the black on basal half, with two
elongate white spots on dorsal aspect; III, 1.4
mm, black, white on base; IV, .92 mm, black.
Pronotum, length .72 mm, width at base 1.26
mm; fuscous to black, basal edge white, central
area of disk pallid to dusky, median line white
between calli, and extending upon collar; pro-
pleura white, a black band across middle of
coxal cleft, becomes wider as it reaches pos-
terior margin, a second black band above and
parallel to the first band. Mesoscutum moder-
ately exposed, black, with a white spot each side
joining the white basal angles of scutellum.
Scutellum black, basal angles and elongate spots

each side of apex, white; in paler specimens the
median line white and bordered by fuscous line.
Dorsal surface clodied with suberect fuscous
and pallid simple hairs, intermixed with recum-
bent and appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence.

Hemelytra shaded with fuscous and black,
with white spots on embolium, paler on middle
of corium and more or less pallid on inner half
of clavus; cuneus nearly black on apical half
and inner margin, outer basal margin white.
Membrane largely brownish black, conspurcate
and somewhat reticulate with opaque white
spots and marks, a spot behind apex of cuneus
and smaller marginal spot at middle of apical
half, opaque white. Mesosternum and pleura
mostly black, a white band across lower half of
epistemum and extending to join the pallid
ostiolar peritreme. Legs pallid and marked with
fuscous and black; front femora with dorsal
line, and longitudinal line on middle of posterior
aspect, black, the lines broken by small white
spots; hind femora largely black, irrorate with
numerous small white spots; fore tibiae black,
broken by three white bands, the third band
occupying middle of apical half; hind tibiae
white and marked with numerous black spots,
more black on basal third, broken on dorsal as-
pect by white spots; tarsi fuscous to black. Ven-
ter mostly black, pallid beneath, sides with white
lines and spots. Genital segment widiout tu-
bercles, and claspers distinctive (Fig. 310).

Female. Length 3.7 mm, width 1.6 mm; em-
bolar margins moderately arcuate, membrane
much reduced, just covering apex of venter.
Head: width .88 mm, vertex .47 mm. Rostrum,
length 2.5 mm, reaching upon middle of ovi-
positor. Anennae: segment I, length 1.36 mm;
II, 2.48 mm, black, with white band on base
and slightly wider band on middle, the black on
basal half with two elongate white spots on
dorsal aspect; III, 1.7 mm, black, white on base;
IV, .88 mm. Pronotum, length .64 mm, width at
base 1.19 mm. Hemelvtra shorter, more arcuate,
but color and pubescence very similar to die
male.

Holotvpe: d July 22, 1965, Area 18M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck & J. M. Merino),
taken at black light. Allotype: 9 June 18, 1965,
Area 401M, Nevada Test Site (H. H. Knight &
J. M. Merino), swept from Chrysothamnus
nauseosus, Paratypes: 9 taken with the allo-
type. 9 June 14, 1965, Area TM; d June 20,
Area 18M; d June 22, 1965, Area 19M; 2d 1 9
July 22, 1965, Area 18M, Nevada Test Site (D
E. Beck, H. H. Knight & J. M. Merino), at black

254

Brigham Younc University Science Bulletin

light. 5d" 5$ June 17, 1966, Gerlach, Washoe
County, Nevada (W. Gagne), at light. Area
JAL6, 2 Oct. 2, 1961, taken in a can pit- trap;
Area JAA3, 9 Oct. 20, 1961, in a can pit-trap;
Area JA, 6c? 2$ July 20, 3d" 1 9 Aug. 7, 1962,
at black light; Area CE, 4d 2 2 July 21, 1962,
at black light; Area CO, 2d" 2 2 Aug. 7, 1964,
at black light; Area M (Mercury), 2 2 Aug. 4,
2d 2 2 Aug. 5, 4d 12 Aug. 15, 1965, at black
light; d Aug. 3, d Aug. 10, d Aug. 12, 2d
Aug. 17, d Aug. 23, 1965, at incandescent light;
Area CM, d 2 June 13, 1965; Area CT, d" 2
June 20, 1965; Area TM, d1 June 14, 1965; Area
410M, 3 9 July 21, 1965, at incandescent light,
Nevada Test Site.

Phytocoris subcinctus, new species

Fig. 311

Runs in the key to the couplet with sub-
lineatus, but may be separated by the longer
first antennal segment.

Male. Length 6.4 mm, width 1.8 mm. Head:
width .94 mm, vertex .48 mm; yellowish, irons
with transverse reddish striae; clypeus widi
geminate mark of reddish lines on base. Ros-
trum, length 2.48 mm, reaching upon fifth ven-
tral segment, yellowish, apex brownish black.
Antennae: segment I, length 1.36 mm, pallid to
pale yellowish, ventral surface fuscous, dorsal
aspect white, marked with remnants of reticulate
lines, leaving four or more sizeable spots of dark
brown, set with several erect pallid bristles,
which in length scarcely equal diameter of seg-
ment; II, 2.4 mm, dark brown, with white an-
nulus at base, a broader pale yellowish band on
middle with edges not sharply defined, the dark
brown on basal half with two elongate yellow-
ish spots on dorsal aspect; III, 1.7 mm, brown-
ish black, with yellowish white annulus at base;
IV, 1.19 mm, dark brown. Pronotum, length .88
mm, width at base 1.53 mm; pallid to white,
basal edge white, sub-basal margin widi a scal-
loped fuscous band, which includes six tumid
spots, each bearing a tuft of golden brown scale-
like hairs; disk rather uniformly dusky white,
calli with indistinct reddish lines; propleura
white, with reddish or fuscous ray across middle
of coxal cleft, which fades out near posterior
margin. Mesoscutum rather broadly exposed,
pallid, marked with reddish brown on middle.
Scutellum pallid, with a pale median line set
off by parallel fuscous lines, the latter fading out
on apical area; also with secondary fuscous lines,
forming elongated fuscous line near margin of
disk, but fading out near basal margin. Dorsal

surface clothed with suberect fuscous and some
pallid simple hairs, rather abundantly inter-
mixed with appressed and recumbent, white
sericeous pubescence; basal margin of prono-
tum, tip of embolium, apex and point on inner
margin of cuneus, spot on inner margin of para-
cuneus, all bearing a tuft of golden brown or
black, erect flat hairs; these black spots are bare
in old or badly rubbed specimens.

Hemelytra pallid or white, shaded and
marked with fuscous; inner margin of corium,
line over radial vein, spots along inner half of
clavus, and a few points on embolium, fuscous
or black. Membrane opaque white, marked with
conspurcate, reticulate and vermieulate patterns
of fuscous brown to blackish; spot by apex of
cuneus, and a much larger marginal area at
middle of apical half, and arcuate band extend-
ing behind apex of larger areole, clear of dots
and spots; veins pallid except the short one
separating the areoles. Mesosternum, except
median line, and laterally except spot beneath
epistemum, fuscous. Legs pallid; front femora
with longitudinal line on posterior aspect, and
reticulate marks on apical half, brownish black;
hind femora brownish black, more blackish
above, everywhere marked with small and some
larger, irrorate spots, the paler areas with a reti-
culate pattern of dark lines; front tibiae with
three dark brown annuli, the darkest one on
apex; posterior tibiae nearly white with reddish
brown spots at base of spines, and on basal half
with indications of two incomplete annuli on
ventral aspect. Venter pallid beneath, sides with
numerous dark brown marks and spots, also a
well developed black lateral line. Genital seg-
ment widiout tubercles but claspers distinctive
(Fig. 311).

Holotype: d Aug. 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken at light trap. Paratypes:
5 c? taken with the type.

Phytocoris sul>lineatus, new species

Fig. 312

Runs in the couplet with subcinctus but may
be separated by the shorter antennal segment
I; frons white, without transverse striae.

Male. Length 5.0 mm, width 1.56 mm; pal-
lid to white, vertex with black line each side
bordering the eye; frons without transverse
striae; clypeus white, with geminate brown lines
on base. Rostrum, length 2.4 mm, reaching upon
seventh ventral segment. Antennae: segment I,
lengdi .98 mm, white, brownish black beneath,
dorsal aspect with a few small dots and marks;
II, 1.9 mm, dark brown, with white band at

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

255

base, middle broadly banded with pale to yel-
lowish, edges not sharply defined, dark area on
basal half with two elongate pale spots; III,
1.32 mm, brownish black, with pale band at
base; IV, missing. Pronotum, length .75 mm,
width at base 1.39 mm; pallid to white, basal
submargin of disk with slightly scalloped brown-
ish black band which does not extend to basal
angles; calli poorly defined but with dark brown
around lateral edges which reaches to anterior
angles; propleura white, a dark brown line
originating behind eye, extends across middle of
coxal cleft and on to basal margin. Mesoscutum
moderately exposed, pallid, brownish on middle.

Scutellum pallid to white, brownish on
middle but leaving pale median line, a weak
brownish line appears parallel to median line,
starting at a point nearer basal angle. Dorsal
surface clothed with fuscous and some pallid,
suberect hairs, thickly intermixed with recum-
bent and appressed, white sericeous pubescence.

Hemelytra pallid or white, inner margin of
corium and a line along apical half of radius,
brownish black, lateral submargins of clavus
with several fuscous brown spots; cuneus white,
with some brown lines and spots on inner mar-
gin and apex. Membrane opaque white, marked
with conspurcate, reticulate and vermiculate pat-
terns of fuscous brown; spot by apex of cuneus
and a much larger area on middle of apical half,
clear of dots or marks; veins pale yellowish, ex-
cept vein separating areoles which is dark fus-
cous. Mesosternum and pleura brownish black,
sides of sternum white, but with dark line divid-
ing the pale area. Legs white, marked with

bands and lines of fuscous brown; front femora
with longitudinal line on posterior aspect, apical
half with dark spots and marks; hind femora
with reticulate patches of dark brown, anterior
aspect with oblique pale spots and areas, com-
bine to make the middle area largely pallid
white; posterior tibiae white, with two brown
spots on ventral aspect near base. Venter pallid
to white, sides marked with numerous small
brown spots and patches, with larger black spots
joining to form a heavy lateral line. Genital seg-
ment without tubercles but claspers distinctive
of the species (Fig. 312).

Holotype: d July 8, 1930, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in light trap. Paratvpe: d
Aug. 13, 1906, Soldier Summit, Utah.

Phytocoris pulchricollis Van Duzee

Pliytocoris pulchricollis Van Duzee, 1923:148.

Described from San Marcos Island, Lower
California, and now known from Arizona and
Nevada.

Records from areas of the Nevada Test
Site: 410M, 3d" July 21, 1965 at incandescent
light; CB, 2cT 2$ Aug. 7, 1964 at black light;
CE, 4d 2 9 Julv 21, 1962 at black light; CM,
d 9 June 13; CT, d 9 June 20, 1965; JA, 6d
2 9 Julv 20, 3d" 19 Aug. 7, 1962 at black light;
JAA3, 9 Oct. 20, JAL6, 9 Oct. 2, 1961 in can
pit-trap; M, 2 9 Aug. 4, 2c? 2 9 Aug. 5, 4d" 1 9
Aug. 15, at black light; d Aug. 3, d Aug. 10, d
Aug. 12, 2d" Aug. 17, d Aug. 23, 1965 at labora-
tory lights; TM, d June 14, 1965.

Genus Phytocoris Fallen
Key to the Species, Section D

1. Length of antennal segment I greater than width of head 2

Length of antennal segment I not exceeding width of head 3

2. Rostrum reaching beyond hind coxae; male genital segment without a tubercle

above left clasper (Fig. 317); length 5.7 mm tanncri, n. sp.

Rostrum not reaching behind posterior coxae; male genital segment with a wide
crested tubercle above base of left clasper (Fig. 314); length 5.8 mm
mesillae, n. sp.

3. Front tibiae with four black annuli, counting the black knee 4

Front tibiae with but three black annuli, the knee pallid; antennal segment II
with but three white annuli; length 4.1 mm tricinctus, n. sp.

256

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

Antennal segment I black, dorsal aspect with two large white spots and one
smaller spot near base; frons with heavy black lines, more black than pal-
lid; length 4.5 mm contrastus, n. sp.

Antennal segment I fuscous brown, dorsal aspect with two large pale spots and
four or five smaller spots in the brown, sometimes more pallid than brown;
frons pallid, each side with reddish brown striate lines; length 4.7 mm
quadricinctus, n. sp.

Phytocoris tricinctus, new species

Fig. 315

Runs in the key to section D where it may
be distinguished by having just three pallid
annuli on second antennal segment.

Male. Length 4.1 mm, width 1.6 mm. Head:
width .91 mm, vertex .34 mm; white, frons with
weak transverse stria; clypeus with red mark
on middle and two red dashes on base. Rostrum,
length 1.7 mm, just reaching to base of posterior
trochanters, pallid, apex brownish black. Anten-
nae: segment I, length .74 mm, pallid, with a few
weak brown spots, spines pallid, length not ex-
ceeding width of segment; II, 1.7 mm, cylindri-
cal, fuscous, with three pallid annuli, the third
one beginning at middle; III, 1.19 mm, fuscous,
pale at base; IV, missing. Pronotum, length .65
mm, width at base 1.29 mm; disk pallid, show-
ing numerous setigerous dots; sub-basal margin
with an undulating fuscous band, basal edge
white; calli indicated by red and brown marks;
propleura pallid, a short reddish brown band
across middle of coxal cleft. Scutellum pallid,
reddish brown spot on middle of base. Dorsal
surface clodied with suberect, pale to fuscous
simple pubescent hairs, intermixed with recum-
bent and appressed, silvery sericeous pubes-
cence, also with a sprinkling of and patches of
deciduous, brownish black scalelike hairs.

Hemelytra pallid, with fuscous lines develop-
ing along claval vein and apical half of radius,
elsewhere with minute brownish setigerous dots;
margins of cuneus with reddish and fuscous dots,
apex more strongly dark brown. Membrane
opaque white, the whole area rather uniformly
marked with conspurcate pattern of fuscous
brown dots, a nearly clear spot by apex of
cuneus, and a secondary marginal spot at middle
of apical half; veins pale, darker about smaller
areole. Ventral surface pallid, mesosternum fus-
cous, episternum with white band that crosses
the epimeron. Legs pallid, femora with brown-
ish reticulations, hind femora with fine reticula-
tions only; front and middle tibiae with drree
fuscous bands, hind tibiae pallid, with small

fuscous dots only. Venter pallid, thickly marked
with brownish reticulations. Genital segment
pallid, a large brown patch each side at base; a
blunt tubercle just above base of left clasper
(Fig. 315), right side with very small tubercle.

Female. Length 4.3 mm, width 1.6 mm.
Head: width .85 mm, vertex .40 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.7 mm, reaching to base of posterior tro-
chanters. Antennae: segment I, length .82 mm;
II, 1.7 mm, banded like the male; III, 1.15 mm;
IV, missing. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at
base 1.3 mm. Coloration and pubescence very
similar to the male.

Holotype: c? Aug. 1, 1930, Superior, Ari-
zona (E. D. Ball). Allotype: 9 May 12, 1929,
Tucson, Arizona (E. D. Ball). Paratypes: 5c?
4 9 taken with the type. 9 taken with the allo-
type. 9 April 28, 1925, alt. 4500 ft, Baboquivari
Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol).

Phytocoris quadricinctus, new species
Fig. 316

Distinguished by the short first antennal seg-
ment, and segment II having four white annuli.

Male. Length 4.7 mm, width 1.5 mm. Head:
width .78 mm, vertex .36 mm; pallid, frons with
four or five short reddish striae on each side.
Rostrum, length 1.77 mm, reaching upon base
of seventh ventral segment, apex brownish black.
Antennae: segment I, length .71 mm, not equal
to width of head, bearing several pallid spines,
length about equal to width of segment, ventral
surface with a thick brush of suberect hairs, pal-
lid, with brown spots, apex reddish brown; II,
1.83 mm, cylindrical, dark brown, basal half
with three white annuli plus a dorsal white spot,
a fourth pale annulus on apical half, leaving the
apical third of segment dark brown; III, .95 mm,
fuscous, pale annulus at base; IV, .61 mm, fus-
cous. Pronotum, length .68 mm, width at base
1.3 mm; pallid, marked and shaded with fuscous
and brown; basal submargin of disk with an
undulating fuscous band that curves around
the tumid high points, two each side of middle.

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

257

aujjAjxicJjrvJJjjy

318

ujnXfuiAAxuy

Figs. 314-318. Male claspcrs. 314, Phytocoris mesillae;
315, P. tricinctus; 316, P. quadricinctus; 317, P.
tanneri; 318, P. contrastus.

Mesoscutum moderately exposed, dark fuscous
brown, a pale spot at each side. Scutellum mod-
erately convex, pallid, dark brown at middle of
base, a fuscous spot each side before apex.

Dorsal surface clothed with suberect, pale to
fuscous simple pubescent hairs, intermixed with
patches of recumbent and appressed, silvery
sericeous pubescence, also with a sprinkling and
patches of deciduous, brownish black scalelike
hairs. Hemelytra pallid, marked with dots and

spots of fuscous, spots along claval vein, and
dots diicker on apical area of corium; cuneus
with reddish dots along outer margin, apex with
a dark spot. Membrane pale white, everywhere
rather thickly marked with reticulate and con-
spurcate pattern of fuscous brown, a small clear
spot at apex of cuneus; veins pale dusky, vein
between areoles dark brown. Mesosternum and
a bar extending back across epimera brownish
black. Legs pallid, front femora witii spots and
broken lines of fuscous; front tibiae pallid, with
four fuscous bands, first one at base, also four
white bands, the apical one covering apex of
tibia; middle femur chiefly pallid, apex dark
brown, forming a dark bar above, middle tibia
black at base; hind femora pallid on basal half
above, ventral half with dark brown spots and
reticulatioivs, apical one-third brownish black-
above; hind tibiae pallid, with small dark spots
but with well developed dark band near base,
and a weaker band at middle. Venter pallid, with
rather broad brownish black lateral stripe, be-
coming black on sides on genital segment. Geni-
tal segment and claspcrs distinctive (Fig. 316),
a small tubercle high above base of left clasper.

Female. Length 3.8 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .82 mm, vertex .40 mm. Rostrum,
length .8 mm, reaching upon sixth ventral seg-
ment. Antennae: segment I, length .78 mm; II,
.9 mm, marked like the male; III, 1.10 mm, fus-
cous, pale at base; IV, .64 mm, fuscous. Prono-
tum, lengdi .62 mm, width at base 1.25 mm.
Color and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotype: d" May 9, 1926, alt. 1300 ft, Salt
River Mts., Arizona (A. A. Nichol). Allotype: 9
same data as the type. Paratypes: 2 9 taken with
the types. 9 May 3, 1927, Terlingua, Brewster
County, Texas (J. O. Martin).

Pliytocoris tanneri, new species

Fig. 317

This species runs in section D, in the couplet
with mesillae, from which it may be separated
by the longer rostrum, and male genital seg-
ment widiout a tubercle above base of left clasp-
er (Fig. 317).

Male. Length 6.4 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width .95 mm, vertex .44 mm; frons with oblique
and transverse reddish brown lines each side
of vertex; base of clypeus with a Y-shaped red
brown mark. Rostrum, length 2.6 mm, reaching
upon fifth ventral segment, pallid to yellowish
brown, apex brownish black. Antennae: segment
I, lengdi 1.53 mm, pallid, ventral surface fuscous,
dorsal aspect with many small red dots and

258

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

several larger brown spots, spines pale to yel-
lowish, length not exceeding width of segment;
II, 2.6 mm, yellowish brown to dark brown, with
a broad pale band at base, next to this a broad
band that is wider on dorsal aspect, sometimes
just barely cuts the ventral part, and at middle
a broad pale to yellowish band without clear
cut edges; III, 1.7 mm, yellowish brown, paler
at base; IV, 1.3 mm, fuscous brown. Pronotum,
length .95 mm, width at base 1.63 mm; pallid,
tinted yellow, basal edge of disk white, bordered
in front by an undulating black line, which in-
cludes three shghtly elevated tumid points each
side of the median line; calli rather flat, edges
indicated by reddish brown color; disk clothed
with suberect black hairs, intermixed with re-
cumbent silvery sericeous pubescence; the sub-
basal, undulating black band has dense clumps
of black hairs set upon the elevated black spots.
Mesoscutum broadly exposed, colored and
marked with reddish and brown, rather densely
clothed with silvery sericeous pubescence. Scu-
tellum pallid or pale yellowish, with geminate
fuscous lines on basal half, set at middle and
leaving a pale median line; either side of median
line is another irregular longitudinal mark diat
divides the remaining space.

Hemelytra pallid but marked widi fuscous
dots and lines; clavus chiefly pallid but with
many dots paralleling the claval suture; corium
with numerous dots and spots on inner third, also
with spots uniting to form a line on apical half
of radius; embolium with a series of reddish
brown spots; cuneus pallid, with black spot at
base and middle of inner edge, the apex broadly
dark; clothed like the pronotum with suberect
black hairs and intermixed with recumbent, sil-
very sericeous pubescence. Membrane opaque
white, rather uniformly marked with reticulate,
conspurcate and vermiculate patterns of fuscous
to black; radial vein reddish brown, vein separ-
ating areoles dark fuscous; a white spot at tip
of cuneus, bounded behind by a solid fuscous
spot, and behind diat a triangular white spot on
margin. Ventral surface pallid, variously marked
and shaded with brown and fuscous; meso-
sternum dark fuscous to black. Coxae pallid; fe-
mora pallid, front pair with two longitudinal
fuscous lines on postero-dorsal aspect; hind fe-
mora pallid, with a reticulate pattern of brown
lines, dorsal aspect nearly solid brown with a
few pale dots left; hind tibiae nearly white, with
small dots and two large ones near base; front
tibiae triannulate with fuscous, the widest band
on apex; tarsi fuscous, middle segment pallid.
Venter pallid, marked with numerous red brown

spots, a broad lateral line indicated by dark
brown. Genital segment and claspers distinctive
( Fig. 317 ) without a tubercle above base of left
clasper.

Holotype: tf July 15, 1929, Richfield, Utah
(E. W. Davis), taken in light trap. Paratypes:
6cT taken with the type. cT July 30, 1930, Rich-
field, Utah (E. W. Davis), at light trap, cf
Sept. 7, 1931, Gallup, New Mexico (H. H.
Knight), taken at light.

This well-marked species, taken chiefly in
Utah, is named for Dr. Vasco M. Tanner of
Brigham Young University, who has done so
much to advance our knowledge of general
entomology and especially of the Coleoptera of
the Great Basin.

Phytocoris mesillae, new species

Fig. 314

Allied to tanneri but distinguished by the
shorter rostrum and the male genital segment
with a wide crested tubercle above base of left
clasper (Fig. 314).

Male. Length 6.1 mm, width 1.9 mm. Head:
width 1.09 mm, vertex .44 mm; frons with in-
complete transverse striae, a strong transverse
brown line just above base of clypeus. Rostrum,
length 2.2 mm, just reaching upon apex of pos-
terior coxae. Antennae: segment I, length .46
mm, set with pallid erect spines which in length
exceed thickness of segment, pale yellowish
brown, with several darker brown spots having
brown pubescent hairs; II, 2.5 mm, dark brown,
with two white annuli or semibands on basal
one-diird, and a slightly broader pale band be-
ginning at middle; III, 1.7 mm, fuscous brown,
pale at base; IV, .98 mm, fuscous. Pronotum,
length .82 mm, width at base 1.46 mm; pallid,
disk widi many small brown dots, calli outlined
by brown lines; propleura pallid, with a brown
line crossing middle of coxal cleft, and extend-
ing beyond as a curved ray; disk clothed with
suberect, short fuscous hairs, intermixed with
varying amounts of deciduous black scalelike
hairs; sub-basal margin with undulating fuscous
band, that fits around four tumid or slightly
elevated spots, two each side of middle line;
also with some silvery sericeous pubescence on
the pallid basal edge. Mesoscutum moderately
exposed, fuscous brown, a paler spot each side.
Scutellum distinctly convex, pallid, median line
fuscous brown on base.

Hemelytra pallid, marked widi dusky brown
dots and spots; clothed with suberect, brownish
black pubescent hairs, intermixed with varying

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

259

amounts of deciduous, brownish black scalelike
hairs. Membrane opaque white, intermixed with
fine conspurcate and reticulate dots and marks,
veins dusky. Ventral surface pallid, mesosternum
fuscous or dark brown. Legs pallid, marked with
dark brown; front tibiae with three white bands
or, say four dark bands, with dark color at base
and apex; middle femora nearly white, but with
a few dark spots on apical half; hind femora
pale, apical half with reticulate pattern of red-
dish brown to brown; hind tibiae pallid, marked
with main- small dots and spots of brown, but no
well defined bands; tarsi fuscous, middle seg-
ment pallid. Venter pallid, sides marked with
reddish dots and patches of brown; genital seg-
ment with a broad crested type of tubercle well
above base of left clasper (Fig. 314).

Holotype: d July 12, 1917, Mesilla Park,
New Mexico (H. H. Knight), taken at light.
Paratype: d taken with the type specimen at
light.

Plu/tocoris contractus, new species
Fig. 318

Runs in the key to Section D, and to the
couplet with quadricinctus; distinguished by the
contrasting white and black colors; antennal seg-
ment I black, with three large white spots on
dorsal aspect.

Male. Length 4.5 mm, width 1.4 mm. Head:
width .75 mm, vertex .34 mm; pallid, frons with
heavy black striate lines, sometimes merging to
become solid black. Rostrum, length .7 mm, pale
yellowish, apex brownish black, reaching upon
posterior trochanters. Antennae: segment I,
length .64 mm, black, with two large white spots
above and a smaller one near base, clothed with
white and black hairs and bristles, hair thicker
on ventral aspect, like a brush; II, 1.60 mm, basal
half white, with three or four fuscous bands,
sometimes one fuscous band is eliminated, also
one white band on apical half, apical one-fourth
black; III, .02 mm, black, pale at base; IV, .61
mm, blackish. Pronotum. length .64 mm, width
at base 1.16 mm; disk pallid, shaded and marked
with black, sub-basal margin with undulating
black band, two scallops each side of median
line curve around tumid elevations; calli and

anterior angles chiefly black. Mesoscutum
moderately exposed, black, a pale spot each
side. Scutellum pallid, median line at base, and
a ray each side on apical half, black. Dorsal
surface clothed with both pallid and black sub-
erect simple hairs, intermixed with recumbent
and appressed, silvery, sericeous pubescence,
also interspersed with deciduous, black scale-
like hairs.

Hemelytra pallid, outer half of clavus and
inner half of corium with reticulate patches of
fuscous spots, apical half of corium crowded
widi black spots and reticulations; dots on em-
bolium and outer edge of cuneus, reddish, a
touch of orange shading on outer apical angle
of corium. Membrane opaque white, whole area
including areoles marked with conspurcate and
reticulate brownish dots, with a spot behind
apex of cuneus and a second spot at middle of
apical half, having fewer or none of the dots;
veins pallid except between areoles, a small
orange colored spot on base of larger areole.
Ventral surface white and marked with black;
mesosternum black, with a white ray across the
episternum. Legs white, apical third of femora
black, the black on hind femora with three white
spots above, basal half with irregular dark marks
beneath; front and middle tibiae white, with
three black annuli, not counting black knees
and touch of fuscous on apex; tarsi black, middle
segment pallid. Venter pallid, sides marked with
brownish and black, with a narrow black lateral
line; genital segment pallid, black on base and
sides; widi a blunt tubercle high above base
of left clasper, right side with a minute tubercle
(Fig. 318).

Female. Length 3.9 mm, width 1.5 mm.
Head: width .78 mm, vertex .44 mm. Rostrum,
length 1.8 mm, reaching upon posterior tro-
chanters. Antennae: segment I, length .58 mm;
II, 1.60 mm; III, ,S8 mm; IV, missing. Pronotum,
length .52 mm, width at base 1.12 mm. Colora-
tion and pubescence very similar to the male.

Holotvpe: d July 19, 1965. Area 5M, Ne-
vada Test Site (D E. Beck, J, M. Merino), at
black light. Allotype: 9 same data as the type.
Paratypes: d taken with the type, d Aug. 3,
1962,' Area EC13, Nevada Test Site, at black
light.

SUMMARY

Approximately 5,000 specimens of plant bugs collecting from June 10-24, 1965, when the
were collected at the Nevada Test Site between desert areas at the test site were unusually pro-
1959 and 1965. Greatest emphasis was given to fuse with blooming vegetation. A total of 160

260

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

species representing 50 genera was taken at the
test site. Of these, 7 genera and 96 species are
new to science.

Comparative data for these and additional
species from other parts of western North Ameri-
ca are also included. These represent an addi-
tional 449 species, of which 5 genera and 148
species are new to science. Altogether, 612

species of 122 genera are included in taxonomic
keys to the subfamilies, genera, and species of
western North America, including a total of 245
new species.

Distribution data are provided for each
species, and host plant relationships are desig-
nated when known.

REFERENCES

AUred, D. M., D E. Beck, and C. D. Jorgensen. 1963.
Biotic communities of the Nevada Test Site. Brig-
ham Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 2(2):l-52.
Atkinson. E. T. 1890. Catalogue of the Insects. II.
Order Rhvnchota, Hemiptera, Heteroptera. Family
Capsidae. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 58(2) :25-199. 1889
(1890).
Barber, H. G. 1906. Hemiptera from southwestern

Texas. Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., 1:278-281.
Beatley, J. C. 1965. Ecology of the Nevada Test
Site II. Geographic and ecologic distributions of
the vascular flora (annotated checklist). U.C.L.A.
12-553, Biology and Medicine, TID-4500-39th ed.
Bergroth, E. 1897. On two remarkable California

Hemiptera. Entomol. News, 8:95-96.
Carvalho, J. C. M. 1957-1960. A Catalogue of the
Miridae of the World. Arq. Museu. Nac. Brasil,
vols. 44-51.

. 1955. Analccta Miridologica: miscellaneous

observations in some American museums and bibli-
ography. Rev. Chilena Entomol., 4:221-226.
Carvalho, J. C. M„ and W. E. China. 1952. The
"Crytopeltis-Engytatus" complex (Hemiptera, Mi-
ridae). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (12) 5:1.58-166.
Carvalho, J. C. M., and E. Wagner. 1957. A world
revision of the genus Trigonotylus Fieber (Hemi-
ptera, Miridae). Arq. Museu Nac. Brasil, 43:121-
155.
China. W. E. 1943. The generic names of British
Insects. Part 8. The generic names of the British
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, with a check list of the
British species, pp. 211-342. Publ. by Royal En-
tomol. Soc., London.
Cook, A. J. 1891. Kerosene emulsions. Michigan

Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., 76:10.
Distant, W. L. 1880-93. Insecta. Rhynchota. Hemi-
ptera, Heteroptera, I. Biol. Centrali-Americana,
London.
Douglas, J. M., and J. Scott. 1869. British Hemip-
tera: additions and corrections. Entomol. Mon.
Mag., 5:259-268.
Fabricius, J. C. 1794. Entomologica systematica, em-
endata et aucta. 4. Hafniae.

. 1803. Systema Rhyngotorum secundum

ordines, genera, species adiectis synonymis, etc.
Brunsvigae, 1803, p. 314.
Fallen, C. F. 1807. Monographia Cimicum Sueciae.
Hafniae, p. 123.

. 1829. Hemiptera Sueciae. 8 vo. London.

1828-1829. Pp. (i-iv), 1-16, 1828; pp. 17-188,
1829.
Fieber, F. X. 1858. Criterien zur generischen Theil-
ung der Phytocoriden (Capsini auct. ). Wiener
Entomol. Monatsschrift, 2:289-327; 329-347.

. 1861. Die europaischen Hemiptera. Hal-

fliigler. ( Rhynchota, Heteroptera ) nach der analy-
tischen Methode bearbeitet. Wien, 1860-1861, pp.
1-112, 1860; pp. 113-444, 1861.
Froeschner, R. C. 1963. Review of the genus Atrac-
totomus Fieber in North America with notes, key,
and description of one new species ( Hemiptera;
Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 58:1-5.

. 1965. Larinocerus balius, a new genus and

new species of plant bug from the United States

(Hemiptera: Miridae). Entomol. News, 76:85-89.

Fourcroy, A. F. 1785. Entomologie Parisiensis. Paris.

2 vols. '
Fulton, B. B. 1918. Observations on the life-history
and habits of Pilophorus walshii Uhler. Ann. En-
tomol. Soc. Amer., 11:93-6.
Geoffroy, E. L. 1785. New species described in

Fourcroy, 1785.
Guerin Meneville, F. E. 1857. Orthoptera et Hemip-
tera de File de Cuba. In De La Sagra, Histoire
physique politique et naturelle de l'lle de Cuba,
7:136-148, 149-182. Folio. Paris. Bertrand.
Hahn, C. W., and G. A. W. Herrich-Schaeffer. 1831-
53. Die Wanzenartigen Insecten. Niimberg. Vols.
1-3 (p. 32), 1831-1835 by Hahn. Vols. 3 (pp. 33)
—9, 1836-53, by Herrich-Schaeffer.
Hussey, R. F. 1924. A change of name (Hemiptera,
Miridae), Bull Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 19(5) :165.
Kelton, L. A. 1955. Genera and subgenera of the
Li/gus complex (Hemiptera: Miridae). Canadian
Entomol., 87:277-301.
. 1965. Chlanu/datus Curtis in North Amer-
ica. Canadian Entomol., 97( 11 ) : 1131-1 144.
Knight, H. H. 1915. Observations on the oviposition
of certain Capsids. J. Econ. Entomol., 8(2):293-
298.

. 1917. New and noteworthy forms of North

American Miridae (Hemiptera). Entomol. News,
28:3-9.

1917. A revision of the genus Lygus as it

occurs in America north of Mexico, with biological
data on the species from New York. New York
(Cornell) Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., 391:555-645.
. 1917. Records of European Miridae oc-
curring in North America ( Hemiptera ) . Canadian
Entomol.. 49:248-252.

1918. New species of Platijlygus with a

note on the male of Largidea grossa Van Duzee
(Hemip. Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc,
13:16-18.
. 1918. The genus Sericoplianes with de-
scriptions of two new species (Miridae, Hemip-
tera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 13:80-83.

MmiDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

261

. 1919. The genus Boltcria (Hemiptera, Mi-

ridae). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 14:126-128.

. 1920. New and little-known species of

Pht/tocoris from the eastern United State.s ( Heter-
optera. Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc.,
15:49-66.

. 1921. Monograph of the North American

species of Deraeocoris ( Heteroptera, Miridae).
Minnesota Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta., Tech. Bull., 1:77-
210, 1920 (1921).

. 1922. The genus Cyrtopeltis Fieber in

North America ( Heteroptera-Miridae). Bull. Brook-
lyn Entomol. Soc, 17-66-67.

— . 1922. The North American species of

Labops (Heteroptera-Miridae). Canadian Ento-
mol., 54:258-261.

1923. A new species of Labopidea on gar-

lic (Heteroptera-Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol.
Soc, 18:31.

1923. The Miridae (or Capsidae) of Con-

necticut. In Bull. 34, Connecticut Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Surv., pp. 422-658.

. 1925. Descriptions of thirty new species

and two new genera of North American Miridae
(Hemiptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 20:33-
58.

1925. Descriptions of a new genus and

eleven new species of North American Miridae

(Hemiptera). Canadian Entomol.. 57:89-97.
. 1925. Descriptions of fourteen undescrib-

ed species of Parthenicus (Hemiptera, Miridae).

Ohio J. Sci., 25(3): 119-129.
. 1926. A new Rliinacloa and three new

species of Lepidopsallus ( Hemiptera, Miridae ) .
Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 20:225-228.

. 1926. On the distribution and host plants

of the cotton flea-hopper (Psallus serUitus Renter)
Hemiptera, Miridae. J. Econ. Entomol., 19:106-107.

. 1926. Descriptions of seven new species

of Pilophorus ( Hemiptera, Miridae ) . Bull. Brook-
lyn Entomol. Soc, 21:18-26.

. 1926. Descriptions of nine new species of

Bryocorinae (Hemiptera, Miridae). Bull. Brooklvn
Entomol. Soc, 21:101-108.

1926. Notes on species of Pohjmerus with

descriptions of four new species and two new
varieties (Hemiptera, Miridae). Canadian Ento-
mol., 58:164-168.

. 1927. Notes on the distribution and host

plants of some North American Miridae ( Hemip-
tera). Canadian Entomol.. 59:34-44.

. 1927. A new Semium from Arizona and

Colorado (Hemiptera, Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn
Entomol. Soc. 22:26-27.

. 1927. Descriptions of nine new species

of Melanotrichus Renter from North America ( Hem-
iptera, Miridae). Canadian Entomol.. 59:142-147.

. 1927. Megalopsallus, a new genus of Mi-
ridae with five new species form North America
(Hemiptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 20:224-
228.

. 1927. Descriptions of seven new species

of the genus Orthotijlus Fieber (Hemiptera, Miri-
dae). Canadian Entomol., 59:176-181.

. 1927. New species of mimetic Miridae

species

from North America ( Hemiptera ) . Entomol. News,
38:302-307.
. 1927. New species and a new genus of

Deraeocorinae from North America ( Hemiptera.
Miridae). Bull. Brooklvn Entomol. Soc, 22:136-
143.

. 1928. New species of Phtjtocoris from

North America (Hemiptera, Miridae). Bull. Brook-
lyn Entomol. Soc, 23:28-46.

. 1928. Key to the species of Clivinema

with descriptions of seven new species ( Hemiptera,
Miridae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 41:31-36.

. 1928. Key to the species of Hadronema

Uhler with descriptions of five new species ( Hemip-
tera, Miridae). Canadian Entomol., 60:177-182.

. 1928. Key to die species of Oncerotnetopus

with descriptions of five new species ( Hemiptera,
Miridae). J. New York Entomol. Soc, 36:190-194.

. 1928. A new key to Bolteria with descrip-
tions of two new species (Hemiptera, Miridae).
Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 23:129-132.

. 1928. Descriptions of four new North

American species of Megaloceroea (Hemiptera, Mi-
ridae). Entomol. News, 39:247-251.

. 1928. New species of Labopidea and

Macrotyloidcs (Hemiptera, Miridae). Canadian

Entomol.. 60:233-236.
. 1928. New species of Halticotoma and

Sixeonotus (Hemiptera, Miridae) Bull. Brooklvn

Entomol. Soc, 23:241-249, 1928 (1929).
. 1929. New species of Neoborus and

Xcnoborus ( Hemiptera, Miridae ) . Bull. Brooklyn

Entomol. Soc, 24:1-11.

— . 1929. Labops verae new species, with

Labopella, Nicholia, and Pronotocepis, new genera
of North American Miridae (Hemiptera). Canadian
Entomol., 61:214-218.

. 1930. New species of Pscudopsallus Van

D., with an allied new genus described ( Hemip-
tera, Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 25-
1-8.

. 1930. A new key to Paracalocoris with de-

scriptions of eight new species ( Hemiptera, Miri-
dae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.. 22:810-827.

. 1931. Dacota hesperia Uhler referred to

Mractotomus, also descriptions of three new species
(Hemiptera. Miridae). Bull. Brooklvn Entomol.
Soc, 26:36-38.

— . 1933. Calocorisca californica n. sp., an

additional genus for the United States. Pan-Pacific
Entomol., 9:69-70.

. 1933. Lampethusa nicholi, a new species

from Arizona and Texas (Hemiptera, Miridae).
Pan-Pacific Entomol.. 9:71-72.

1933. Botht/notus Fieber: Descriptions of

two new species from North America ( Hemiptera,
Miridae). Entomol. News, 44:132-135.
. 1934. Phtjtocoris Fallen — Twelve new spe-
cies from the western United States ( Hemiptera,
Miridae). Bull. Brooklvn Entomol. Soc, 29:1-16.
1934. Neurocolpus Reuter: Key with five

new species (Hemiptera, Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn
Entomol. Soc, 29:162-167.

1938. Strongt/locoris Blanc-hard:

six new
species from North America (Hemiptera, Miridae).
Iowa State Coll. J. Sci., 13:1-7.

. 1941. New species of Irbisia Reuter (He-
miptera. Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc,
36:75-79.

. 1941. The plant bugs, or Miridae, of Illi-
nois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv., 22(l):l-234.

262

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

. 1942. Stittocapsus new genus and Calo-

coris texanus new species from the United States

(Hemiptera, Miridae). Entomol. News, 53:156-158.
. 1943. Dicyphus Fieber: six new species

from western North America (Hemiptera, Miridae).

Pan-Pacific Entomol., 19:53-58.
. 1959. New genera and species of North

American Miridae ( Hemiptera ) . Iowa State Coll.

J. Sci., 33:421-426.
. 1961. Ten new species of Phytocoris from

North America. Iowa State J. Sci., 35:473-484.

1962. Ten new and six old species of

Lopidea from North America (Hemiptera, Miridae)
Iowa State J. Sci., 37:29-41.

. 1963. Review of the genus llnacora Reuter

with descriptions of ten new species ( Hemiptera,
Miridae). Iowa State J. Sci., 38:161-178.

1964. Pht/niatopsallus new genus, and new

species of Phylinae from North America (Hemip-
tera, Miridae). Iowa State J. Sci., 39:127-152.

. 1965. Old and new species of Lopidea

Uhler and Lopidella Knight (Hemiptera, Miridae).
Iowa State J. Sci., 40:1-26.

-. 1965. A new key to species of Reuterosco-

pus Kirk, with descriptions of new species (Hemip-
tera, Miridae). Iowa State J. Sci., 40:101-120.

Laporte, F. L. de. 1832. Essai d'une classification
systematique de l'ordre des Hemipteres in Guerin,
Mag. Zool., 2:1-88, Mag. Zool. 2. suppl.

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae, tenth edition.
Holmiae, 1:824.

. 1767. Systema naturae, twelfth edition.

Holmiae, 1(2) : 533- 1327.

Meyer-Diir, L. R. 1843. Verzeichness der in der
Schweiz einheimischen Rhynchoten ( Hemiptera
Linn.). Heft 1, familie Capsini. Solothurn.

Poppius, B. 1911. Zwei neue nearktische Miriden-
Gattungen. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belgique. 55(1-
4):84-87.

. 1914. Ubersicht der Pilophorus Arten nebst

Beschreibung verwandter Gattungen. Ann. Soc.
Entomol. Belgique, 58(8):237-254.

1914. Einige neue Miriden-Gattungen und

Arten aus Nord-Amerika und Cuba. Ann. Soc. En-
tomol. Belgique, 58(8) :255-261.

Provancher, L. 1886-87. Petite faune entomologique
du Canada. Vol. Ill — Les Hemipteres. Phytocoridae:
pp. 92-113, 1886; 113-156, 1887. Quebec.

Quaintance, A. L. 1898. A preliminary report upon
the insect enemies of tobacco in Florida. Florida
Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 48.

Reuter, O. M. 1876. Capsinae ex America boreali in
Museo Holmiensi asservatae. descriptae. Ofversigt
af Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Fbr-
handlinger, 32(9):59-92 (1875).

. 1879. De Hemipteres e Liberia orientali

nonnullis adnotationes criticae. Ofversigt af Finska
Vetenskaps-Societctens Forhandbnger, 21:42-63
(1878-1879).

1883. Hemiptera Gymnocerata Europae.

Vol. III. Helsingfors, pp. 313-496.

. 1888. Revisio Synonymica Heteropterorum

Palaearcticorum quae descripserant auctores vetus-
tiores (Linneaus 1758-Latreille 1806). Acta Soc.
Sci. Fennicae, XV, 1888. 1:241-313; 11:443-812.

1905. Capsidae Stalianae secundum speci-

. 1907. Capsidae novae in insula Jamaica

mense Aprillis 1906 a D. E. P. van Duzee col-
lectae. Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc. Forh., 49(5).

1909. Bemerkungen uber nearktische Cap-

siden nebst Beschreibung neuer Arten. Acta Coc.
Sci. Fennicae, 36(2).

. 1910. Neue Beitrage jur Phylogenie und

systematik der Miridae nebst einleitenden Bemer-
kungen uber die Phylogenie der Heteropteren-
Familien. Mit einer Stammbaumstafel. Acta. Soc.
Sci. Fennicae, 37(3).

1912. Hemipterologische Miscellen. Ofv.

Finska Cet.-Soc. Forh. 54A(7)
Reuter, O. M., and B. Poppius. 1913. Uber Si'xeono-

tus luteiceps Reuter und Beschreibung einer neuen

Bryocorine. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belgique, 57:278-

279.
Saunders, E. 1875. Synopsis of British Hemiptera-

Heteroptera, Part II. Trans. Entomol. Soc. London,

1875(4):245-309.
Say, Thomas. 1832. Descriptions of new species of

Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America. New

Harmony.
. 1858. Same, reprinted. New York State

Agr. Soc. Trans., 17:755-812.

1859. Same, reprinted. Le Conte edition.

1:310-71.
Shull, W. E. 1933. The identity of two Lygus pests

(Hemiptera, Miridae). J. Econ. Entomol., 26(6):

1076-1079.
. 1933. An investigation of the Lygus species

which are pests of beans (Hemiptera, Miridae).

Agr. Exp. Sta. Univ. Idaho, Res. Bull. 11.
Slater, J. A. 1950. An investigation of the female

genitalia as taxonomic characters in the Miridae

(Hemiptera). Iowa State Coll. J. Sci., 25(1):1-81.
. 1954. Notes on the genus Labops Burmeis-

ter in North America, with the descriptions of

three new species (Hemiptera: Miridae). Bull.

Brooklyn Entomol. Soc, 49(3):57-65; 49(4):89-94.
1956. Mesaloceraea recticornis (Geoffr.

a mirid new to the eastern United States, with the
description of a new genus of Stenodemini ( Hemip-
tera, Miridae). Entomol. Soc. Washington, 58(2):
116-120.

Sorenson, C. J. 1939. Lygus bugs in relation to alfalfa
seed production. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., 284.

Southwood, T. R. E. 1953. The morphology and
taxonomy of the genus Orthotylus Fieber (Hemip-
tera, Miridae), with special reference to the British
species. Trans. Royal Entomol. Soc. London, 104
(ll):415-449.

Stal, C. 1858. Beitrag zur Hemipteren-Fauna Sibi-
riens und des russischen Nord-Amerika. Stett.
Entomol. Zeit., 19 ( 1 ) : 175-198.

. 1859. Hemiptera. Species novas descriptsit.

Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies resa omgring
jorde. Hemiptera, Miridae. pp. 254-259. Ill (Zool-
ogi, Insecter).

-. 1862. Hemiptera Mexicana enumeravit

mina typica redescriptae, I. II. Ofv. Finska Vet.-
Soc. Forh.. 47(12).

speciesque novas descripsit. Stett. Entomol. Zeit.,
23(1-2):81-118; (7-9) : 289-325; ( 10-12): 437-462.

Tucker, E. S. 1907. Some results of decultory col-
lecting of insects in Kansas and Colorado. List of
Hemiptera, Heteroptera. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull.,
4(2):51-112.

Uhler, P. R. 1872. Notices of the Hemiptera of the
western territories of the United States, chiefly

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

263

from the surveys of Dr. F. V. Hayden. In U. S.
Geol. Surv. Terr., Montana, etc. Prelim, rent., pp.
392-423.

. 1875. Report upon the collections of Hem-

iptera made in portions of Nevada, Utah, Cali-
fornia, Colorado. New Mexico, and Arizona during
the years 1871, 1873 and 1874. Wheeler's Rept.
100th Merid., V:829-842.

. 1876. List of Hemiptera of the region

west of the Mississippi river, including those col-
lected during the Havden explorations of 1873. In
Bull. U. S. Geol.-Geog. Surv. Terr., 1, 1876:267-
361. [Issued as a separate: pp. 267-280 +15-9.5].
1877. Report upon the insects collected

by P. R. Uhler during the explorations of 1875, in-
cluding monographs of the family Cvdnidae and
Saldae, and the Hemiptera collected by A. S.
Packard, Jr., M.D. Bull. U. S. Geol.-Geogr. Surv.,
3:355-475.

. 1886. Check list of the Hemiptera-Heter-

optera of North America. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc.

. 1887. Observations on some Capsidae with

descriptions of a few new species (No. 2). Ento-
mol. Amer., 3:29-35. (No. 3), 3:67-72. (No. 4),
3:149-151.

. 1890. Observations on North American

Capsids, widi descriptions of new species. No. 5.
Trans. Maryland Acad. Sci.. 1:73-88.

. 1893. Summary of the collection of

Hemiptera secured by Mr. E. A. Schwarz in Utah.
Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 2:366-385.

. 1893. Hemiptera. In report on a small col-
lection of insects made during the Death Vallev
expedition. North American Fauna, 7:264.

. 1894. Observations upon the Heteropterous

Hemiptera of Lower California, with descriptions
of new species. Proc. California Acad. Sci., (2)4:
223-295.

1895. Descriptions of new species. In A

preliminary list of the Hemiptera of Colorado, by
C. P. Gillette and Carl F. Baker. Colorado Agr.
Exp. Sta., Bull. 31:1-137.

. 1899. A new destructive Capsid. Entomol.

News., 10:59.

1904. List of Hemiptera-Heteroptera of

Las Vegas Hot Springs, New Mexico, collected bv

Messrs E. A. Schwarz and Herbert S. Barber. Proc.

U. S. Nat. Mus.. xxvii. 1904. pp. 349-364.
Usinger, R. L. 1931. A new species of Platylygus

(Miridae, Hemiptera). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 7(3):

129-130.
. 1933. New distributional and host plant

records of Heteroptera for California, I. Pan-Pacific

Entomol., 9(4) : 171-172.

1954. Biology and control of ash plant

bugs in California, f. Econ. Entomol., 38(5):585-
591.

Van Duzee, E. P. 1910. Descriptions of some new
or unfamiliar North American Hemiptera. Trans.
Amer. Entomol. Soc. 36(2):73-88.

. 1912. Synonymy of the Provancher collec-
tion of Hemiptera. Canadian Entomol., 44(11):
317-332.

. 1912. Hemipterological gleanings. Bull.

Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., 10(2) :477-512.
. 1914. A preliminary list of the Hemiptera

of San Diego County, California. Trans. San Diego

Soc. Nat. Hist., 2(l):l-57.
. 1915. New genera and species of North

American Hemiptera. Pomona |. Entomol. Zool..

7:109-121.

. 1916. Notes on some Hemiptera taken

near Lake Tahoe. California. Univ. California Agr.
Exp. Sta.. Tech. Bull. 1:229-249.

. 1916. Check list of the Hemiptera (ex-
cepting Aphididae, Aleurodidae, and Coccidae) of
America north of Mexico. 8 vol.. New York Ento-
mol. Soc.

. 1916. Monograph of die North American

species of Orthoti/lus (Hemiptera). Proc. California
Acad. Sci., (4) 6:87-128.

— . 1916. Review of the genus Macrotylus

Fieb. (Hemiptera). Pomona J. Entomol., 8(1):5-
11.

. 1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of

America north of Mexico ( excepting the Aphididae,
Coccidae, and Aleurodidae). Univ. California Pub.
Tech. Bull. Entomol.. vol. 2.

. 1917. Report upon collection of Hemiptera

made by Walter M. Giffard in 1916 and 1917 chief-
ly in California. Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)
7:249-318.

. 1918. New species of Hemiptera, chiefly

from California. Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4)
8:271-308.

. 1920. New Hemipterous insects of the gen-
era Aradus, Phytocoris and Camptohrochys. Proc.
California Acad. Sci., (4) 9:331-356.

. 1921. Characters of some new species of

North American Hemipterous insects, with one
new genus. Proc. California Acad. Sci.. (4) 11:111-
134.

. 1921. Our North American species of

Strongylocorli (Hemiptera). Proc. California Acad.
Sci.. (4) 11:135-136.

. 1921. A study of the North American

grass-bugs of the genus Irbisia. Proc. California
Acad. Sci., (4) 11:145-152.

1923. Expedition of the California Acad-

emy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in 1921.
The Hemiptera ( True bugs, etc. ) Proc. California
Acad. Sci., (4) 12:123-200.

. 1925. New Hemiptera from western North

America. Proc. California Acad. Sci., (4) 14:391-
423.

— . 1928. A misidentif ied Hadronema ( Hemip-

tera). Pan-Pacific Entomol. 4(4) :182-183.

Wagner, E. 1956. On the genus Strongylocoris Blan-
chard, 1840. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 58
(5):277-281.

. 1952. Concerning some Holartic Miridae

(Hemiptera. Heteroptera). Entomol. Soc. Washing-
ton, 54(6):273-281.

264

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

INDEX— LIST OF GENERA AND SPECIES

Page

Adelphocoris superbus 203

Anhylotylus, n. gen 55

pallipes, n. sp 56

Argyrocoris scurrilis 117

Atomoscelis modestus 26

Atractotomus acaciae 57

albidicoxis 57

balli 57

cercocarpi 57

hesperius 57

nicholi, n. sp 58

purshiae 57

reuteri 57

Beamerella personatus 58

Bcckocoris, n. gen 35

laticephalus, n. sp 36

Bifidungulus puberus 102

Boltcria juniperi, n. sp 202

speciosa 203

Bothynotus barberi 83

Brachyccratocoris, n. gen 61

nevadensis, n. sp 61

Calocoris fasciativentris 203

Campylomma verhasci 28

Capsus ater 186

Caulotops agavis 79

barberi 79

Ceratocapsus apicalis 156

fusiformis 156

nevadensis, n. sp 156

nigrocuneatus, n. sp 157

Ceratopidea, n. gen 100

daleae, n. sp 100

Chaetofoveolocoris, n. gen 179

hirsute 180

Chaetophylidea, n. gen 33

moerens 33

Chlamt/datus associatus 28

becki, n. sp 28

monilipes 28

suavis 28

uniformis 28

Clivinema medialis 83

serica 83

sidcata 83

Closterocoris amocnus 205

Coquillettia ajo, n. sp 63

alhella, n. sp 62

luteiclava, n. sp 63

virescens, n. sp 63

Creontiades debilis 204

femoralis 204

rubrinervis 204

Criocoris saliens 35

Cyphopelta modesta 205

Cyrtopeltis (Engi/tatus) modestus 75

(Usingerella) simplex 75

Ct/rtopeltocoris ajo, n sp 163

alhofasciatus 162

arizonae, n. sp 163

balli, n. sp 164

barberi, n. sp 164

conicatus, n. sp 163

huachucae, n. sp 162

oklahomae, n. sp 162

Daccrla inflata 205

Daleapidea, n. gen 101

albescens 102

daleae, n. sp 101

Deraeocoris (Camptohrochis) bakeri 81

barberi 81

(Camptohrochis) brevis 80

bullatus '. 82

califomicus 81

cerachates 81

convexulus 81

fulgidus 81

(Camptohrochis) luridipes 81

manitou 81

schwarzii 81

(Camptohrochis) validus 81

Dichaetocoris, n. gen 109

brevirostris, n. sp 115

cohradensis, n. sp 116

juniperi, n. sp 113

merinoi, n. sp Ill

minimus, n. sp 116

nevadensis, n. sp 113

peregrinus Ill

pinicola, n. sp 110

spinosus 116

stanlet/aea, n. sp 115

symphoricarpi, n. sp 114

utahensis, n. sp 114

Dichrooscytus adamsi, n. sp 200

angustifrons, n. sp 197

apicalis, n sp 201

barberi 201

convexifrons, n. sp 198

cuneatus, n. sp 197

deleticus, n. sp 200

elegans 194

jlavescens, n. sp 196

flavivenosus, n. sp 197

fuscosignatus, n. sp 196

irroratus 194

junipericola, n. sp.
latifrons, n. sp. ...
minimus, n. sp.

201

199

202

nitidus, n. sp 195

pinicola, n. sp 200

rainicri, n. sp 199

ruherellus, n. sp. 199

rufipcnnis 198

rufivcnosus, n. sp 196

rugosus, n. sp 194

suspectus 198

utahensis, n. sp 201

vittatipennis, n. sp 198

vittatus 201

Dicyphus agilis 69

hrachypterus 73

califomicus 70

crudus 70

diplaci, n. sp 71

disclusus 70

elongatus 73

hesperus 73

minimus 75

paddocki, n. sp 73

pallicomis 70

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

265

phaceliae, n sp 71

ribesi, n. sp 70

rivalis .. 73

rubi, n. sp 72

rufescens 70

stitti, n. sp 74

tinctus 73

usingeri 73

Ectopiocerus anthracinus 205

Europiella albipubescens, n sp 46

angulata 41

arizonae, n. sp 45

balli, n. sp 44

brevicornis, n. sp 45

concinna 43

decolor 43

grayiae, n. sp 41

humeralis 41

hjcii, n. sp 40

montanae, n. sp 45

nicholi, n sp 42

nigricomis, n. sp 40

nigrofcmoratus, n. sp 39

pilosula 44

punctipes, n. sp 47

rubricornis, n. sp 39

rufiventris, n. sp 42

sparsa 47

stigmosa 43

stitti, n. sp 46

unipuncta, n. sp 44

viridiventris, n. sp 42

yampae, n. sp 43

Eurychilopterella barberi 82

Eustictus 82

hirsutipes 83

morrisoni 83

obscurus 83

produetus 82

pusillus 83

salicicola 82

Ganocapsus filiformis 204

Garganus splendidus 204

Hadronema picta 94

sinuata 95

uhleri 94

uniformis 95

Halticotoma andrei, n. sp 78

brunnea, n. sp 78

cornifer 78

nicholi 78

calida 78

Halticus intermedins 88

Hesperocapsus, n. gen 103

abroniae 107

anograe 107

artemisicola 103

davisi 103

demcnsus 107

gaurae, n. sp 107

plagiatus, n. sp 103

sericatus 105

stitti, n. sp 106

tanneri 103

utahensis, n. sp 105

Hespero phylum arizonae, n. sp 80

heidemanni 80

Hoplomachidea consors 34

Hoplomachus affiguratus 33

Horcias dislocatus 204

sexmaculatus 204

Hi/aliodcs vitripennis 79

llnucora albifrons 102

arizonae 102

nicholi 102

santacatalinae 102

llnacorella argcntata 102

nigrisquamosa 102

sulcata 102

Irbisia brachycera 185

elongata 185

nigripes 186

pacifica 185

shulli 185

Lahopella claripennis 88

Labopidea allii 96

arizonae 96

atriseta 96

chloriza 96

idahoensis, n. sp 97

nigripes 96

nigrisetosa 96

simplex 96

utahensis, n. sp 97

viridula 96

Lahops hesperius 88

hirtus 88

utahensis 88

Lampethusa anatina 206

nicholi 206

Largidca arizonae, n. sp 85

balli, n. sp 86

gerhardi, n. sp 86

grossa 84

nevadensis, n. sp 84

pucida 84

rubida 84

shoshonea, n. sp 87

■stitti, n. sp 86

Larinoccrus halius 58

Lcpidopsallus arizonae, n. sp 52

californicus, n. sp 53

hesperus, n. sp 53

longirostris, n. sp 54

monticola, n. sp 54

nicholi, n. sp 52

ovatus 51

pini, n. sp 53

rubidus 51

tuthilli, n. sp 52

Leptopterna dolahrata - 180

ferrugata 180

Litomiris curtus 179

debilis 179

gracilis 179

punctatus 179

rubicundus 179

Lopidca becki, n. sp 98

deserta, n. sp 99

fuscosa, n. sp 100

knowltoni 99

scutata 99

Lopidclla flavoscuta 100

Li/gidca annexa 187

morio 187

Lt/gus desertinus 189

266

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

elisus 190

hesperus 191

Macrolophus lopezi 75

mimuli, n. sp 75

Macrotyloides apicalis 98

vestitus 98

Macrottjlus infuscatus 62

salviae, n sp 62

Megaloceraea recticornis 180

Megalopsallus latifrons 26

marmoratus, n. sp 27

nuperus 26

rubropictipes 26

Melanotrichus albocostatus 125

altliaeae 120

atricornis 120

atriplicis, n. sp 125

azteci, n. sp 122

brevirostris 120

brindleyi, n. sp 127

chelifer 120

coagulatus 124

custeri, n. sp 122

eurotiae, n. sp 128

ferox 120

inconspicuus 120

incurvus 120

malvastri, n. sp 120

mistus 125

nevadensis, n. sp 122

nicholi 120

pattens, n. sp 125

senectus 125

shoshonea, n. sp 124

stitti, n. sp 128

tibialis 119

uniformis, n. sp 128

utahensis, n. sp 127

viridicatus 119

tcileyae 125

Merinocapsus, n. gen 34

ephedrac, n. sp 34

Microphi/Icllus symphoricarpi, n. sp 30

Microphylidea, n. gen 29

pattens, n. sp 29

prosopidis, n. sp 29

Mimoceps insignis 177

Monosynamma bohemani 31

Neurocolpus arizonae 207

chiricahuae, n. sp 209

jessiae 211

johnstoni 211

longirostris, n. sp 210

mexicanus 207

montanus, n. sp 208

nicholi, n. sp 209

obsoletus, n. sp 210

nubilus 207

rubidus 211

simplex 207

stitii, n. sp 208

tiliae 211

Nevadocoris, n. gen 59

becki, n. sp 59

bullatus, n. sp 60

pattidus, n. sp 60

Noctuocoris fumidus 109

Notholopus califomicus 205

Oncerometopus califomicus 182

nicholi 182

nigriclavus 182

Oncotylus guttulatus 59

Orectoderus arcuatus 64

longicollis 64

schuhi 64

Orthops campestris 189

Orthotylus angulatus 116

(Neomecomma) candidatus 117

fuscicornis 117

piceicola 117

ute 117

vigilax 117

Pamillki behrensii 155

Parthenkus accumiilus, n. sp 133

aridus 134

atriplicis, n. sp 135

basicornis, n. sp 144

becki, n. sp 149

boutalouae, n. sp 154

brevicornis, n. sp 141

brindleyi, n. sp 141

brunneus 152

candidus 142

cercocarpi, n. sp 148

condensus, n. sp 133

conspersus, n. sp 139

covilleae 153

cowaniae, n. sp 148

cuneotinctus 142

davisi, n. sp 132

deleticus, n. sp 137

desertus, n. sp 134

discalis 153

femoratus 152

furcatus, n. sp 133

fuscipilus, n. sp 137

fuscosus, n. sp 145

grex 142

incurvus, n. sp 150

irroratus 152

merinoi, n. sp 135

micans 153

minipunctatus, n. sp 139

rnuchmorei, n. sp 144

multipunctatus, n. sp 135

mundus 134

nevadensis, n. sp 146

nicholellus, n. sp 145

nicholi 142

nigripttnctus, n. sp 132

obsoletus, n. sp 147

oreades 151

pallidicollis 151

pallipes, n. sp 154

picicollis 153

pictus 151

pilipes, n. sp 137

pinicola, n. sp 140

ribesi, n. sp 149

ruber 152

rubropunctipcs, n. sp 147

rubrosignatus, n. sp 140

rufiguttatus, n. sp 150

rufivenosus 152

rufusctilus 152

sabulosus 134

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

267

selectus 142

soror 142

tenuis, n. sp 139

trispinosus, n. sp 134

utahensis, n. sp 146

Phyllopidea hirta 32

montana, n. sp 33

picta 32

utahensis, n. sp 32

Phymatopsallus fuscipunctatus 51

pantherinus 50

prosopidis, n. sp 49

ribesi, n. sp 50

texanus 50

Phytocoris acaciae 249

albellus 225

albiceps, n. sp 234

albidopictus 250

albidosquamus, n. sp 232

albifrons, n. sp 241

albiscutellatus, n. sp 241

angustatus 223

angusticollis 235

apache 249

bakeri 229

becki, n. sp 214

breviatus, n. sp 225

brevicornis, n. sp 237

breviusculus 225

californicus, n. sp 243

colli 240

calvus 240

candidus 215

canescens 223

carnosulus 229

cercocarpi 229

chiricahuae, n. sp 239

commissuralis 250

comulus 223

consors 216

conspurcatus 240

contrastus, n. sp 259

cunealis 215

cuneotinctus 216

decurvatus, n. sp 225

deserticola, n. sp 251

difformis 239

empirensis, n. sp 246

ephedrae 216

flavellus, n. sp 234

flaviatus, n. sp 241

jormosus 223

fraterculus 235

fuscipennis 216

fuscosignatus 216

geniculatus 216

gracillatus, n. sp 229

heidemanni 229

hesperellus, n. sp 232

hesperius 229

hirsuticus, n. sp 223

hirtus 223

histriculus 249

hopi 249

ingens 235

interspersus 216

jucundus 225

juniperanus, n. sp 238

laevus 216

laticeps, n. sp 243

lenis 240

lineatellus, n. sp 250

longihirtus, n. sp 218

longirostris 216

hretoensis 249

maritimus 225

mellarius 225

merinoi, n. sp 227

mesillae, n. sp 258

miniatus 225

minituberculatus, n. sp 252

minuendus, n. sp 243

minis 235

nicholi 249

nigrifrons 215

nigripubescens 216

nigrolineatus, n. sp 223

piceicola 229

plenus 228

politus 225

pulchellus 225

pulchricollis 255

quadriannulipes, n. sp 228

quadricinctus, n. sp 256

ramosus 216

relativus, n. sp 240

reticulatus, n. sp 217

rinconae, n. sp 246

rolfsi 216

roseipennis 215

roseotinctus 229

roseus 249

rostratus, n. sp 253

rubroornatus 216

rufoscriptus 215

santaritae, n. sp 245

seminotatus 216

simulatus 225

sonorensis 249

squamosus 215

stellatus 225

stitti 228

strigosus 250

subcinctus, n. sp 254

sublineatus, n. sp 254

tanneri, n. sp 257

tenuis 215

tinctus 225

tricinctipes, n. sp 230

tricinctus, n. sp 256

umbrosus 225

utahensis 240

validus 235

vanduzeei 217

varius 235

vau 249

ventralis 216

vinaceus 249

vividus 216

yuma 250

Pilophoropsis balli, n. sp 158

brachypterus 159

nicholi 159

Pilophorus balli, n. sp 176

barberi, n. sp 171

chiricahuae, n. sp 172

268

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

clavicornis 168

crassipes 167

diffusus, n. sp 168

discretus 168

dislocatus, n. sp 171

exiguus 168

fuscipennis 168

hesperus, n. sp 169

jezzardi, n. sp 170

longisetosus, n. sp 174

merinoi, n. sp 175

microsetosus, n. sp 169

nevadensis, n. sp 172

opacus 168

salicis, n. sp 173

schwarzi 167

tanneri, n. sp 173

tibialis 168

tomentosus 168

utdhensis, n. sp 175

vicarius 168

Pinalitus approximates 187

brevirostris, n. sp 187

califoruicus, n. sp 189

rubrotinctus, n. sp 189

solivagus 188

utahensis, n. sp 188

Pithanus maerkeli 177

Plagiognathus salviae, n. sp 30

Platylygus vanduzeei 192

Poecilocapsus nigriger 204

Polymerus diffusus 186

relativus 186

Porpomhus curtulus 179

Prepops atripennis 182

bivittis 181

rubroscutelhtus 182

rubrovittatus 182

Psallus atriplicis, n. sp 48

merinoi, n. sp 47

purshiae, n. sp 48

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus 55

Pseudopsallus angularis 103

Pycnocoris ursinus 205

Pycnoderes atratus 77

quadrimaculatus 77

Ranzovius moerens 35

Reuteroscopus dreisbaehi 55

Rhinacha forticornis 35

Semium subglaber 88

Schaffneria schaffneri 156

Sericophanes fuscicornis, n. sp 160

nevadensis, n. sp 160

rubripes, n. sp 161

triangularis 160

tumidifrons, n. sp 160

Sixeonotus bebbiae, n. sp 76

dextratus 76

insignis 76

nicholi '. 76

Slaterocoris croceipes 90

longipennis, n. sp 90

robustus 90

rubrofemoratus, n. sp 90

sheridani, n. sp 92

stygicus 90

utahensis, n. sp 92

Spanagonieus albofasciatus 31

Squamocoris, n. gen 31

arizonae, n. sp 109

utahensis, n. sp 108

Stenodema virens 178

Stenotus binotatus 203

Stittocapsus franseriae 205

Taedia parenthesis 205

virgulatus 205

Teleorhinus brindleyi, n. sp 65

cyaneus 65

nigricornis, n. sp 66

oregoni, n. sp 66

utahensis, n. sp 65

Teratocoris discolor 179

saundersi 179

Trigonotylus americanus 179

Tropidosteptes illitus 187

vittifrons 186

KNOWN PLANT HOST - BUG ASSOCIATIONS AND STATE

Abronia elliptica

Hesperocapsus abroniae: Colorado
Acacia greggii

Atractotomus acaciae: Arizona

Phytocoris acaciae: Arizona, New Mexico, Texas

Phytocoris difformis: Arizona
Adenostegia filifolia

Phytocoris formosus: California
Adenostoma

Parthenicus picicollis: California
Adenostoma fasciculatum

Phytocoris vau: California
Agave

Caulotops barberi: Arizona
Agave palmeri

Caulotops agavis: Arizona
Agropyron repens

Capstis ater
Allium

Labopidea allii

Amaranthus palmeri

Ganocapsus filiformis: Arizona
Anogra coronopifolia

Hesperocapsus anograe: Colorado
Artemisia

Deraeocorii (Camptobrochis) brevis: Nevada

Europiella yampae: Colorado

Melanotrichus shoshonea: Wyoming

Melanotrichus tibialis: Nevada

Parthenicus utahensis: Nevada

Slaterocoris robustus: Utah
Artemisia californica

Melanotrichus tibialis: California
Artemisia filifola

Hesperocapsus artemisicola: Colorado
Artemisia tridentata

Chlamydatus becki: Utah

Deraeocoris schwarzii: Nevada, Utah

Europiella decolor: California, Colorado, Nevada,
Utah

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

269

Europiclla nigricomis: Nevada

Europiella stigmosa: Nevada, Utah, Colorado

Europiella unipunctata: Nevada, Utah

Hesperocapsus davisi: Nevada

Lopidea fuscosa: Nevada

Lygus descrtimis: Nevada

Melanotrichus nevadensis: Nevada

Phyllopidea montana: Colorado

Phyllopidea picta: Utah

Phytocoris atbiscutcllatus: Nevada

Slaterocoris robustus: Colorado, Nevada

Slaterocoris rubrofemoraius: Nevada

Spanagonicus albofasciatus: Nevada
Astragalus lentiginosus

Lygus descrtimis: Nevada
Atriplex

Megalopsallus rubropictipes: Nevada

Parthenicus atriplicis: Nevada

Parthenicus mundus: California
Atriplex canesccns

Europiella nigrofcmoratus: Nevada

Europiella punctipes; Nevada

Europielh sparsa: Nevada

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Melanotrichus atriplicis: Nevada

Parthenicus atriplicis: Nevada

Parthenicus cuneotinctus: Nevada

Phytocoris breviatus: Nevada

Phytocoris consors: Nevada

Phytocoris cuneotinctus: Nevada

Phytocoris hirsuticus: Nevada

Psallus atriplicis: Nevada
Atriplex confertifolia

Parthenicus cuneotinctus: Nevada
Atriplex poh/carpa

Melanotrichus stitti: Arizona
Baccharis linearis

Sericophanes fuscicornis: Arizona
Bailcya multiradiata

Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Bebbia juncea

Sixeonotus bebbiac: Arizona
Berula erecta

Lygus hesperus: Nevada
Bigclovia

Europiclla pilosula: Utah
Bouteloua gracilis

Parthenicus boutclouae: Arizona
Carex

Tcratocoris discolor
Castilleja

Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Ceanothus fendleri

Parthenicus oreadcs: Arizona, Colorado
Cercidium Torreyanum

Neurocolpus simplex: California
Cercocarpus parvifolius

Atractotomus cercocarpi: Colorado, New Mexico

Phytocoris cercocarpi: Colorado
Cercocarpus paucidentatus

Parthenicus cercocarpi: Arizona

Chaenactis

Coquillettia luieiclava: Nevada

Hesperocapsus stitti: Arizona
Chaenactis stcvioides

Brachyceratocoris nevadensis: Nevada

Lopidea hnowltoni: Nevada

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Chamaebatiaria foliosa

Dicyphus usingcri: California
Chcnopodium

Atomoscelis modestus: Arizona
Chcnopodium atrovirens

Melanotrichus pollens: Nevada
Chenopodium fremonti

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Melanotrichus coagulatus: Nevada
Chenopodium leptophyllum

Lygus desertinus

Melanotrichus coagulatus: Nevada

Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada
Chrysothamnus

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) bakcri: Nevada

Europiella angulata: Colorado

Nevadocoris bullatus: Nevada

Phyllopidea utahensis: Utah

Pilophorus nevadensis: Nevada

Pilophorus opacus: Colorado

Polymcrus relativus: Utah

Slaterocoris croceipes: Colorado, Utah
Chrysothamnus nauseosus

Bcckocoris laticephalus: Nevada

Europiclla albipubescens: Nevada

Lopidea hnowltoni: Nevada

Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada

Slaterocoris croceipes: Nevada
Chrysothamnus paniculatus

Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada
Chrysothamnus parryi

Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada
Chrysothamnus viscidiflorus

Lopidea deserta: Nevada

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Phytocoris rostratus: Nevada

Lygus elisus: Nevada

Lygus hesperus

Onccrometopus nigriclavus: Nevada

Parthenicus trispinosus: Nevada

Polymcrus relativus: Nevada
Clematus ligusticifolia

Haltieus intermedins: Colorado, New Mexico
Covillea (synonym of Larrca)

Parthenicus covillcac: California
Cowania stansburiana

Parthenicus cowanic: Arizona
Croton

Pseudatomoscclis seriatus: Nevada

Dactylis glomerata

Stenotus binot-atus
Dalea

Daleapidea albescens: Arizona

Dalea emoryi

Daleapidea albescens: California
Dalea polyadenia

Ceratopidea daleae: Nevada

Daleapidea daleae: Nevada

Dichuetocoris peregrinus: Nevada
Dalea schottii

Daleapidea daleae: California
Daubcntonia longifoliac

Creontiadcs debilis
Digitalis purpurea

Dicyphus pallicornis: British Columbia, Washington

Diplacus longifloris

Dicyphus diplaci: California

270

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Elymus cinereus

Li/gus desertinus : Nevada
Ephedra nevadensis

Ankylotylus pallipes; Nevada
Lopidea scutata: Nevada
Merinocapsus ephedrac: Nevada
Pht/tocoris becki: Nevada
Phytocoris ephedrac: Nevada
Encelia farinosa

Onceromeiopus nigriclavus: California
Eriogonum

Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Rhinacloa forticornus: Nevada
Eriogonum dcflexum

Coquillettia albella: Nevada
Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Lygus hesperus: Nevada
Melanotrichus coagulaius: Nevada
Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada
Eriogonum fasciculatum

Lopidea becki: Nevada
Eriogonum inflatum

Coquillettia albella: Nevada
Lygus hesperus: Nevada
Eriogonum nodosum

Lygus hesperus: Nevada
Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada
Eriogonum umbellatum

Lopidea becki: Nevada
Eucnide cordata

Macrolophus lopezi: California
Euphorbia albomarginata

Semium subglaber: Nevada
Eurotia lanata

Melanotrichus eurotiae: Nevada
Franseria acanthicarpa

Chlamydatus associatus: Nevada
Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Lygus elisus: Nevada
Rhinacloa forticornus: Nevada
Spanagonicus albofasciatus: Nevada
Franseria dumosa

Phytocoris albiceps: Arizona
Stittocapsus franseriac: Arizona
Fraxinus

Tropidosteptes illitus: California
Tropidosteptes vittifwns: Nevada
Fraxinus arizonicus

Tropidosteptes vittifrons: Arizona
Galium angustifolia

Prepops bivittis: California
Gaura coccinea

Hcsperocapsus guarae: Colorado, South Dakota
Grat/ia spinosa

Europiella grayiac: Nevada
Lygus desertinus: Nevada
'Nevadocoris pallidus: Nevada
Phytocoris flavellus: Nevada
Phytocoris geniculatus: Nevada
Pht/tocoris merinoi: Nevada
Guardiola platt/phylh

Sixeonotus dextratus: Arizona
Guticrrezia microcephalia

Parthenicus brevicornis: Nevada

Hymcnoclea

Coquillettia luteiclava: Nevada
Hipnenoclea salsola

Phytocoris merinoi

Hyptis emoryi

Parthenicus nicholi: Arizona
Iva xanthifolia

Atomoscelis modestus: Colorado
Juniperus

Bolteria speciosa: California
Dichrooscytus fuscosignatus: Colorado
Dichrooscytus irroratus
Dichrooscytus nitidus: Colorado
Phytocoris varius: Arizona, Colorado
Schaffneria schaffneri: Texas

Juniperus monosperma

Dichaetocoris spinosus: Arizona

Juniperus osteosperma

Bolteria juniperi: Nevada
Bolteria speciosa: Nevada
Dichaetocoris juniperi: Nevada
Dichrooscytus apicalis: Nevada
Dichrooscytus flavivcnosus: Nevada
Dichrooscytus junipcricola: Nevada
Parthenicus tenuis: Nevada
Phytocoris juniperanus: Nevada

Juniperus pachyphaloea

Dichaetocoris spinosus: Arizona

Juniperus sibirica

Dichrooscytus ruberellus: Colorado

Larrea

Parthenicus covilleae: Arizona

Larrea divaricata

Parthenicus covilleae: Nevada
Phytocoris nigripubescens: Nevada

Larrea glutinosa

Parthenicus covilleae: Texas

Lepidium

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Lepidium fremontii

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Lupinus andersonii

Daccrla inflata: California

Lupinus argenteus

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Lycium

Europiella rufiventris: Arizona
Europiella viridiventris: Arizona

Lycium andersoni

Europiella lycii: Nevada

Lycium richi

Europiella humeralis: California
Phytocoris loreioensis: California

Lycium torreyi

Europiella nicholi: Arizona

Malacothrix

Phytocoris plenus: Arizona

Malacothrix glabrata

Clamydatus associatus: Nevada
Hcsperocapsus plagiatus: Nevada
Li/gus desertinus: Nevada
Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada

Mahastrum fasciculatum

Melanotrichus malvastri: California

Manzanita

Phytocoris vinaceus: California
Martynia parviflora

Dicyphus stitti: Arizona

Mimulus cardinalus

Cyrtopeltis (Usingerclla) simplex: Arizona
Macrolophus mimuli: Arizona

MlRIUAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

271

Nicotiana trigonophylla

Dicyphus minimus: Arizona
Nolirui microcarpu

Halticotomu nicholi: Arizona
Oenothera ealifornica

Bifidungulus puberus: Nevada

Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Panicum huachucae

Porpomiris curtulus: Colorado
Phacelia crenulata

Hoplomuchidca consors: Nevada
Phacelia ramosissima

Dicyphus phaccliac: Nevada
Phlcum prutensc

Capsus ater

Stenotus hinotatus
Picea

Orthotylus piccicola: Colorado

Pinalitus approximates

Phytocoris minis: Colorado

Phytocoris piceicola: Arizona. Colorado
Picea cngelmanni

Pinalitus brevirostris: Colorado
Pinus

Largidea gerhardi: Colorado

Largidea grossa: California

Largidea rubida: Colorado, Arizona

Lepidopsallus arizonae: Arizona

Lepidopsallus hesperus: Idaho, California, Wyoming

Lepidopsallus longirostris: Colorado, Wyoming,
Arizona

Lepidopsallus monticola: Arizona, Colorado

Parthenicus pinicola: Arizona
Pinus aristata

Phytocoris stcllatus: Colorado
Pinus edulis

Lepidopsallus pint: Colorado

Parthenicus pinicola: Colorado

Phytocoris comulus: Arizona. Colorado, Nebraska,
New Mexico

Phytocorus simulatus: Colorado, New Mexico

Pilophorus fuscipennis: Arizona, Colorado

Pilophorus hesperus: Colorado

Pilophorus jczzardi: Colorado
Pinus flexilis

Parthenicus fuscosus: Arizona

Pilophorus hesperus: Wyoming
Pinus monophylla

Ccratocapsus nigrocuncatus: Nevada

Dichaetocoris mcrinoi: Nevada

Dichaetocoris nevadensis: Nevada

Dichaetocoris pinicola: Nevada

Dichrooscytus pinicola: Nevada

Largidea nevadensis: Nevada

Lepidopsallus pini: Nevada

Lopidea scutata: Nevada

Parthenicus pinicola: Nevada

Phytocoris mellarius: Nevada

Phytocoris tricinctipes: Nevada

Pilophorus mcrinoi: Nevada

Pilophorus microsctosus: Nevada

Platylygus vanduzeei: Nevada
Pinus murrayana

Largidea shoshonca: Wyoming
Pinus ponderosa

Largidea stitti: Arizona

Phytocoris heidemanni: Colorado

Pilophorus dislocatus: Colorado

Pilophorus hesperus: Colorado

Platylygus vanduzeei: Arizona, Colorado
Pinus resinosa

Dichrooscytus suspectus
Pinus scopulorum

Pilophorus hesperus: Colorado
Pinus sylvestris

Dichrooscytus rufipennis: New York
Pinus virginiana

Dichrooscytus suspectus
Poa compressa

Capsus atcr
Polcmonium humile

Dicyphus hrachypterus: Washington
Populus latifolia

Orthotylus angulatus: Colorado, Utah

Orthotylus utc: Colorado
Populus tremuloides

Orthotylus (Neomecomma) candidatus: Minnesota
Prosopis

Microphylidea prosopidis: Arizona

Phymatopsallus prosopidis: Arizona

Phytocoris lenis: California
Prosopis juliflora

Microphylidea prosopidis: Nevada, Utah

Neurocolpus arizonae

Orthotylus vigilax: California

Phymatopsallus prosopidis: Nevada
Purshia tridentata

Atractotomus purshiae: Nevada

Ccratocapsus fusiformis: Nevada

Deraeocoris bullatus: Nevada

Dcraeocoris fulgidus: Nevada

Psallus purshiae: Nevada
Quercus agrifolia

Lepidopsallus ovatus: Arizona, California
Quercus emoryi

Lepidopsallus nicholi: Arizona
Quercus oblongifolia

Phytocoris pulchellus: Arizona
Kibes

Dicyphus rihesi: Nevada

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Parthenicus ribesi: Colorado

Phymatopsallus ribesi: Nevada
Robinia

Atractotomus alhidicoxis: Arizona
Rubus odoratus

Dicyphus rubi: New York
Rudbeckia columnaris

Horcias sexmaculatus
Rumcx salicifolius

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Lygus hesperus: Nevada

Rhinacloa forticornis: Nevada

Salazaria mexicana

Larinocerus balius: Nevada

Nevadocoris bullatus: Nevada

Phytocoris merinoi: Nevada

Phytocoris nigrolineatus: Nevada
Salicornia

Megalopsallus nupcrus: California
Salix

Orthotylus fusicornis: Colorado

Pilophorus salicis: Colorado
Salix goodingii

Lygus hesperus: Nevada

272

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Salsola kali

Lygus elisus; Nevada
Salvia apiana

Poecilocapsus nigriger: California
Salvia dorrii

Macrotylus salviae: Nevada

Plagiognathus salviae: Nevada
Salvia mellifera

Phytocoris calif ornicus: California
Sambucus

Neurocolpus jessiae
Scirpus

Teratocoris discolor

Spliaeralcea

Ceratocapsus nevadcnsis: Nevada
Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Melanotrichus azteci: Arizona
Oncotylus guttulatus: Nevada
Rhinacloa forlieornis: Nevada

Stachys albens

Dicyphus hesperus: California

Stanleya pinnata

Dichaetocoris stanleyaea: Nevada
Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Lygus elisus: Nevada

Lygus hesperus: Nevada

Rhinacloa forticomis: Nevada
Si/mphoricarpos longifloris

Dichaetocoris si/mphoricarpi: Nevada

Microphylellus symphoricarpi: Nevada
Tamarix pentandra

Lygus hesperus: Nevada

Rhinacloa forticomis: Nevada
Tetradymia

Chlamydaius monilipes: Nevada

Lopidea deserta: Nevada
Tetradymia axillaris

Lygus desertinus: Nevada
Tetradymia glabrata

Lygus desertinus: Nevada

Nevadocoris becki: Nevada

Rhinacloa forticomis: Nevada

Slaterocoris longipennis: Nevada
Verbascum virgatum

Dicyphus hesperus: Nevada
Viguiera multiflora

Chlamydatus associatus: Nevada

Hadronema picta: Nevada
Yucca

Halticotoma valida: Arizona, California, Colorado,
Oklahoma, Texas, Utah

STATE DISTRIBUTION OF WESTERN SPECIES OF MIRIDAE

(* = new species, " = new genus and species, "* = new genus only)
(H = holotype, A = allotype, P = paratype)

Alabama

Phytocoris breviusculus
Alaska

Leptopterna ferrugata

Pinalitus approximatus

Teratocoris saundersi
Arizona

Adelphocoris superbus

Argyrocoris scurrilis

Atomoscelis modestus

Atractotomus acaciae

A. albidicoxis

A. balli

A. hesperius
°A. nicholi, HAP

A. reuteri

Bifidungulus puberus
'Bolteria juniperi, P

Bothynotus barberi

Calocoris fasciativentris

Caulotops agavis
"C. barberi

Ceratocapsus apicalis

°C. nevadcnsis, P
°°°Chaetofoveolocoris hirstuta

Chlamydatus suavis

"Coquillettia ajo, HP

Creontiades rubrinervis

Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modestus
C. (Usingerella) simplex

"Cyrtopeltocoris ajo, H

°C. arizonac, HP

"C. barberi, H

"C. conicatus, H

"C. huachucae, H
Daleapidea albescens
Deraeocoris barberi
D. bullatus
D. (Camptobrochis) hakeri

D. manitou

Dichaetocoris spinosus
Dichrooscytus barberi

°D. flavivenosus, HAP
"D. latifrons, P
*D. mirmnus, H
°D. rufivenosus, P

Dicyphus minimus
"D. stitti, HAP
° Europiella arizonae, HAP
•£. balli
°E. brevicornis, HAP

E. concinna
E. humeralis

°E. nicholi, HAP
°E. rufiventris, HAP

E. sparsa
"E. stitti, HP
°E. viridiventris, HAP

Eurychilopterella barberi

Eustictus hirsutipes

E. morrisoni

E. obscurus

E. productus

E. pusillus

Ganocapsus filiformis

Garganus splendidus

Hadronema uhleri

H. picta

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

273

H. sinuata
'Halticotoma andrei, H

H. cornifcr

H. nicholi

H. vulklu

Hcsperocapsus abroniae

II. anograe

II. demensus
°H. stitti, HAP

Hesperoplu/lum heidemanni

Ilnacora arizonae

I. nicholi

I. santacatalinae

Labopidea arizonae

L. simplex

Lampethusa anatina

L. nicholi

* Largidea arizonae, H
°L. halli, H

L. rubida
°L. stitti, H

'Lepidopsallus arizonae, HAP
°L. tongirostris, P
°L. monticohi, P
°L. nicholi, HAP

L. ovatus
°L pint, P

Litomiris punctatus

L. ruhicundus

Lopidea scutata

Lopidella fhwoscuta

Lygus dcscrtinus

L. hesperus
"Macrolophus mimuli, HAP

Macrotyloides apicalis
"Megalopsallus marmoratus, HAP

Melanotrichus albocostatus
°M. aztcci, HAP

M. chelifcr

M. incurvus
°M. malvastri, P

M. nicholi
•M. stitti, HAP
'Microphylidea prosopidis, P

Nenrocolpus arizonae
*JV. chiricahuac, H

N. mexicanus
"N. montanus, HAP
°N. nicholi, H '
"N. ohsoletus, H

N. simplex
*N. stitti, HAP

Onceromctopus nicholi

O. nigriclavus

Oncotylus guttulatus

Orthops campestris

Orthoti/lus vigilax
"Parthenicus houtalouac, HAP
"P. cercocarpi, HAP

P. covilleae
"P. cowaniae, HAP

P. cuneotinctus
'P. deleticus, H
°P. fuseipilus, H
°P. fuscosus, HAP

P. irroratus

P. micans
°P. nicholellus, HAP

P. nicholi

"P. ohsoletus, HP

P. oreades

P. pallipes, H

P. picicollis

P. pictus
°P. pinicola, P
°P. ruhropunctipes, HA
"P. rufiguttatus, HAP

P. rufivenosus

P. rufusculus

P. sabulosus

P. selectus
" Plupnatopsallus prosopidis, P

Plu/tocoris acaciae

P. albellus

P. albidopictus
°P. albiceps
"P. albifrons, H
°P. albiscutellaius, HAP

P. angustatus

P. angusticollis

P. apache
°P. brevicornis, HAP

P. breviusculus

P. carnosulus
°P. chiricahuac, HP

P. comulus

P. cuneotinctus

P. difformis
"P. empirensis, HA

P. ephedrae
"P. flavhtus, H

P. fraterculus

P. fuscipennis

P. heidemanni

P. hesperius

P. hopi

P. intcrspersus

P. laevis

P. longirostris

P. mellarius

P. miniatus
"P. minuendus, H

P. mirus

P. nicholi

P. nigripubescens

P. piceicola

P. pulchellus
°P. quadricinctus, HAP

P. ramosus
'P. relativus. HP
°P. rinconae, H

P. roseipennis

P. roseotinctus

P. rubroomatus
°F. santaritae, H

P. seminotatus

P. squamosus

P. stitti

P. strigosus

P. tinctus
•P. tricinctus, HAP

P. umhrosus

P. varius

P. vividus

P. yuma
"Pilophoropsis halli, HP

P. braclu/pterus

P. nicholi

274

Bwcham Young University Science Bulletin

'Pilophorus barberi, H
"P. chiricuhuae, HP

P. clavicornis

P. crassipes

P. exiguus

P. juscipennis
"P. hesperus, P
"P. microsetosus, P

P. vicarius
"Pinalitus rubrotinctus, HAP
•P. utahensis, HAP

Plati/lygus vanduzeei

Polymerus diffusus

Prepops atripennis

P. rubroscutellatus

P. rubrovittatus

Pseudatomoscelis seriatim

Pseudopsallus annularis

Pycnoderes atratus

P. quadrimaculatus

Ranzovius moerens

Reuteroscopus dreisbachi

Semium subglaber
"Seticophanes fuscicornis, HP

S. triangularis
'Sixeonotus bebbiae, HAP

S. dextratus

S. insignis

S. nicholi
"Squamocoris arizonae, HP

Stittocapsus franseriae

Taedia parenthesis

T. virgulatus

Tropidosteptes vittifrons

Arkansas

Labopidea allii

California

Adelphocoris superhus
Atomoscelis modestus
Atractotomus hesperius
A. reuteri
Bolteria speciosa
Capsus ater

Ceratocapsus fusiformis
* "Chaetophylidea moerens
Chhmydatus monilipes
C. suavis
Clivinema sulcata
Closterocoris amoenus
Creontiades femoralis
Criocoris saliens
Cyphopelta modesta
Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modestus

C. (Usingerella) simplex
Dacerla inflata
Daleapidea albescens

*"D. daleae, P

Deraeocoris californicus

D. (Camptobrochis) hakcri
D. (Camptobrochis) hrevis
D. (Camptobrochis) luridipes
D. (Camptobrochis) validus
D. ccrachates

D. convexulus
D. fulgidus

Dichrooscytus suspectus
"D. vittatipennis, H
D. vittatus

Dicuphus californicus

D. crudus
*D. diplaci. HAP

D. elongatus

D. hesperus
"D. paddocki, HA
°D. phaceliac, H

D. rivalis

D. rufescens

D. usingeri

Ectopioccrus anthracinus
Europiella concinna

E. decolor
E. sparsa
Hadronema uhleri
Halticotoma valida
Hcsperocapsus tanneri, A
Hoplomachus affiguratus
Irbisui brachycera

I. pacifica

Labopidea arizonae

L. atriseta

L. nigripes

Largidea grossa

L. pucida
° Lcpidopsallus californicus, HAP
"L. hesperus, P

L. o vat us

L. rubidus

Litomiris gracilis

Lygus desert inus

Macrotijloides apicalis

M. vestitus

Macrotylus infuscatus

Lygidca annexa

L. morio

Melanotrichus coagtilatus

M. ferox
°M. mahastri, HAP

M. tibialis

Ncurocolpus simplex

Notholopus californicus

Oncerometopus californicus

O. nigrichvus

Oncotylus guttulatus

Orthops campestris

Orthotylus vigilax

Pamillici hehrensii

Parthcnicus brunncus

P. candidus

P. covilleae

P. discalis

P. femoratus

P. grex

°P. muchmori, H

P. mundus

P. pallidicollis

P. picicollis

P. ruber
P. soror
Phutocoris albellus

°P. albiceps
P. albidopictus

P. hakcri

*P. californicus, H
P. calvus
P. candidus
P. cancscens
P. consors

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

275

P. cunealis

P. commissuralis

P. formosus

P. jraterculus

P. geniculatus

P. hirtus

P. histriculus

P. ingens

P. interspersus

P. jucundus

P. nigrifrons

P. maritimus

P. plenus

P. ramosus

P. roseus

P. mfoscriptus

P. squamosus

P. stcllatus

P. sonorensis

P. tenuis

P. tinctus

P. vau

P. ventralis

P. vinaceus

P. vividus

Pilophorus discretus

P. tibialis

P. tomentosus

P. schwarzi
"Pinatitus califomicus, H

P. solivagus

Platylygus vanduzeei

Poecilocapsus nigriger

Polymcrus diffusus

Prcpops bivittis

Pseudatomoscetis scriatus

Pseudopsallus angularis

Pycnocoris ursinus

Pycnodercs atratus

Ranzovius moerens

Spanagonicus albojaciatus

Slaterocoris croceipes
"Sericophancs rubripes, H
°S. tumidifrons, H

Teleorhinus cyaneus
°T. nigrieornis. P

Tropidosteptes illitus

California ( Baja )

Dicyphus dischisus
Eurnpielhi humeralis
Macrolophus lopczi
Megalopsallus nupenis
Parthenicus covillcac
Phytocoris lenis
P. loretoensis
Pseudopsallus angularis

Colorado

Adelphocoris superhus
Argyrocoris scurrihs
Atomoscclis modcstus
Atractotomus cercocarpi
A. hcsperius
Bifidungulus puhcrus
Calocoris fasciativentrvi
Campijlomma vcrhasci
Cerutocapsus apicalis
C. fusiformis
'Cyrtopcltocoris balli, HAP

Dcraeocoris (Camptohrochis) bakeri

D. (Camptobrochis) lircvis

D. barberi

D. fulgidus

D. manitou
"Dichaetocoris coloradensis, HAP

D. spinosus
° Dichrooscytus angustifrons, HAP
°D. cuneatus, HP
"D. flavivenosus, P
"D. fuscosignatus, HAP
°D. latifrons, HA
°D. nitidus, HAP

D. irroratus
"D. ruberellus, HAP
°D. rufivenosus, HAP

D. suspectus

Dicyphus agilis

D. hesperus
Europiella angulata

E. decolor
E. sparsa
E. stigmosa

"E. yampae, HAP

Eustictus pusillus

Hadronema picta

H. uhleri

Halticotoma valida

Halticus intermedins

Hesperocapsus abroniae

H. anograe
°"°H. artemisicola

H. demensus
*H. gaurae, P

H. sericatus

H. tanncri

Hoplomachus ajfiguratus

Horcias dislocatus

H. sexmaculatus

Ilnacora alhifrons

llnacorclla nigrisquamosa

I. sulcata

Irbisia brachyccra

Labopidea chloriza

L. ni gripes

L. simplex

Labops hcsperius

L. hirtus
'Largidca gerhardi, H

L. rubida
°L. shoshonca, H.
* Lcpidopsallus Jongirostris, HAP
•L. monticola, HAP

L. rubidus
°L. pirn, HAP
°L. tuthilli, H

Leptopterna dolabrata

L. ferrugata

Litomiris debilis

L. ruhicundus

Li/gidea annexa

Lygus desertinus

Macrotyloidcs vestitus

Megalopsallus latifrons

M. ruhropictipes

Melanotrichus albocostatus

M. althaeae

M. chelifer

M. coagulatus

276

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

M. incuTvus
M. viridicatus
Mimoceps insignis
M onosynamma bohemani
Neurocolpus nubilus
Noctuocoris fumidus
Oncerometopus nicholi
O. nigrichvus
Oncotylus guttulatus
Orectoderus longicollis
Orthops campestris
Orthotylus angulatus
O. (Neomecomma) candidatus
O. fuscicornis
O. piceicola
O. ute

Parthenicus oreades
"P. ribesi, HAP
"P. pinicola, HAP
"Phyllopidea montana, HAP
Phytocoris cercocarpi
P. comulus
P. conspurcatus
P. heidemanni
P. hesperius
P. hopi

P. intersperses
P. laevis
P. minis
P. piceicola
P. simulatus
P. stellatus
P. umbrosus
P. validus
P. varius
"Pilophorus balli, HAP

P. crassipes
'P. diffusus, HAP
*P. dislocatus, HAP
P. fuscipennis
*P. hesperus, HAP
°P. fezzardi, HAP
•P. longisetosus, H
"P. microsetosus, P
P. opacus
"P. salicis, HAP
"P. utahensis, P
P. vicarius

Pinalitus approximates
"P. brevirostris, HAP
Platylygus vanduzeei
Poltjmerus diffusus
Porpomiris curtulus
Prepops bivittis
P. rubroscutellatus
Pseudatomoscehs seriatus
Sericophanes triangularis
Sixeonotus insignis
Slaterocoris croceipcs
S. robustus
°S. utahensis, P
Stenodema virens
Stenotus binotatus
Teratocoris discolor
T. saundersi

Florida

Creontiades dcbilis
C. rubrinervis

Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modestus
Dicyphus minimus
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus
Ranzovius moerens
Spanagonieus albofasciatus

Georgia

Creontiades dehilis

Idaho

Adelphocoris superbus

Atomoscelis modestus

Atractotomus purshiae

Campylomma verbasci

Capsus ater

Criocoris saliens

Dichrooscytus irroratus

Dicyphus hesperus

Hadroncma uhleri

H. uniformis

Hoplomachus affiguratus

Unacorella argentata

I. sulcata

Irbisia brachycera

I. elongata

1. nigripes

I. pacifica

I. shulli
"Labopidea idahoensis, H

L, nigrisetosa

Labops hesperius

L. hirtus
° Lepidopsallus hesperus, HAP

L. rubidus

Leptopterna ferrugata

Litomiris curtus

L. debilis

Lygus desertinus

L. elisus

L. hesperus

Macrotyloides vestitus

Megaloceraea recticornis

Melanotriehus albocostatus
"M. brindleyi, A

M. coagulatus

M. mistus
°M. shoshonea, P

M. viridicatus

Mimoceps insignis
"Neurocolpus longirostris

Orthops campestris

Orthotylus ute
'Parthenicus brindleyi, HAP
* Phyllopidea montana, P

Phytocoris intersperses

Pinalitus approximatus

Polymcrus diffusus

Prepops bivittis
"Slaterocoris utahensis, P
""Squamocoris utahensis, P

Stenodema virens

Stenotus binotatus
"Teleorhinus brindleyi, HP

Illinois

Criocoris saliens
Labopidea allii
Monosynamma bohemani

Neurocolpus jessiae
N. rubidus

MlHIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

277

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus
Teralocoris discolor

Iowa

Criocoris saliens
Hesperophylum heidemanni
Lahopidca allii
Litomiris debilis
Melanotrichus althaeae
M. incurvus

Monosynamma bohemani
Neurocolpus jessiae
N. tiliae
Teratocoris discolor

Kansas

Adelplwcoris superbus
Criocoris saliens
Hadronema picta
* * ° Hesperocapsus artemisicola
Labopidea allii
Neurocolpus rubidus
N. tiliae
Phytocoris conspurcatus

Kentucky

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus

Maryland

Neurocolfnts rubidus
Porpomirk curtulus

Michigan

Melanotrichus althaeae
Neurocolpus rubidus

Minnesota

Criocoris saliens
Leptoptcrna ferrugata
Melanotrichus althaeae
"M. brindleyi, P
Neurocolpus tiliae

Orthoti/tus (Neomccomma) candidatus
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus
Teratocoris discolor

Mississippi

Creontiades debilis

Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modestus

Neurocolpus jessiae

Missouri

Ceratocapsus apicalis
Labopidea allii
Neurocolpus jessiae
Spanagonicus albofasciatus

Montana

Atractotomus hespcrius

Capsus ater

Deraeocoris barberi
"Europictla montanac, HAP

Hesperocapsus tanncri

llnacorclla argentata

Irbisia brachycera

I. nigripes

I. pacifiea

Labopidea simplex

L. viridula

Labops hesperius

L. hirtus
'Largidea shoshonea, P

Leptopterna ferrugata
Litomiris curtus
L. debilis
Mimoceps insignis
"Neurocolpus longirostris
Orthotylus ute
Prepops bivittis
Stenodema virens

Nebraska

Criocoris saliens
Irbisia brachycera
Phytocoris comulus
Porpomiris curtulus
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus

Nevada (not including Nevada Test Site)
Adclphocoris superbus
""Ceratopidea daleae, P
"Ceratocapsus nigrocuneatus, P
Clivinema medialis
Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) bakcri
D. b rev is

D. fulgidus
Europiella concinna

E. decolor
E. stigmosa
Hadronema picta
H. uniformis

'Hesperocapsus utahensis, P

Irbisia pacifiea

Labopidea nigripes

Labops hirtus

Lopidea knowltoni

Leptopterna ferrugata

Litomiris debilis

Lygus desertinus

Megalopsallus rubropictipes

Melanotrichus coagulatus

M. tibialis

Oncerometopus nigriclavus

Parthenicus covilleae

Phytocoris albidopictus
'P. albidosquamus, P

P. consors

P. nigripubescens

P. politus
'P. rostratus, P

P. squamosus
"P. tricinctipes, AP

P. vividus
"Pilophorus microsetosus. P
*P. nevadensis, HAP

Platylygus vanduzeei

Polymerus diffusus

P. relativus

Prepops atripennis

P. bivittis
'Psallus merinoi

Pseudopsallus angularis

Slaterocoris robustus
"Squamocoris utahensis, P

Teratocoris discolor

Tropidosteptes vittifrons

Nevada Test Site

00 Ankyloiylus pallipes, HAP
Atomoscelis modestus
Atractotomus purshiae
°°Beckocoris laticephalus, HAP

278

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Bifidungulus puberus
"Bolteria juniperi, P

B. speciosa
"Brachyceratocoris nevadensis, HAP

Ceratocapsus fusiformis
°C. nevadensis, HAP
"C. nigrocuneatus, H
"Ceratopidea dalcae, HAP

Chlamydatus associatus
*C. becki, P

C. monilipes

"CoquiUettia albetta, HAP
°C. luteiclava, HAP

*C virescens, H
Daleapidea albescens
"D. <fa/ea<?, HAP

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) bakeri

D. brevis
D. bullatus
D. schwarzii

'Dichaetocoris brevirostris, H
°D. juniperi, HAP
*D. merinoi, HAP
"D. nevadensis, HAP
D. peregrinus
*D. pinicola, HAP
°D. stanleyaea, HAP
°D. st/mplioricarpi, HAP
"Dichrooscytus apicalis, H
°D. flavivenosus, P
*D. junipericola, HP
°E>. pinicola, HP

D. irroratus
Dici/phus hesperus

*D. rifcesi, HAP

"Europiella albipubescens, HAP

£. decolor
°E. grayiae, HAP
8£. Zycit, HAP
°E. nigrofemoratus, HP
"E. nigricornis, HAP
°E. punctipes, HAP

E. sparsa
E. stigmosa

"E. unipucta, HAP

Hadronema picta

H. uhleri

Hesperocapsus davisi
"H. plagiatus, HAP

Hoplomachidea consors
"Largidea nevadensis, HAP

Larinocerus halius
"Lepidopsallus pini, P
"Lopidea becki, HAP
•L descrta, HAP
°L, fuscosa, HAP

E. knowltoni

L. scutata

Lygus desertinus

L. clisus

L. hesperus

Macrotylus infuscatus
"M. salviae, HAP

Melanotrichus albocostatus
°M. atriplicis, HP

M. chelifer

M. coagulatus
"M. eurotiae, HAP
"Af. nevadensis, HAP

"M. pollens, HAP
"Merinocapsus ephedrae, HAP
'Microphylellus symphoricarpi, HAP
"Microphylidea pallcns, H
'M. prosopidis, HAP
"Nevadocoris becki, HAP
"N. bullatus, HAP
°N. pallidus, HAP
Oncotylus guttulatus
"Parthcnicus accumulus, HP
°P. atriplicis, HAP
"P. frecfo, HAP
"P. brevicornis, HP
°P. condensus, H
P. covilleae
P. cuneotinctus
"P. desertus, H
"P. jurcatus, HP
•P. incurvus, HP
*P. merinoi, HP
"P. miniopunctatus, H
*P. nevadensis, H
*P. nigripunctus, HP

P. pictus
"P. pilipes, HP
*P. pinicola, P
"P. rubrosignatus, H
P. rufusculus
P. sabidosus
"P. trispinosus, H
"P. utahensis, P
Pln/llopidea hirta
P. picta
"Phymatopsallus prosopidis, HAP
•P. ritesi, HAP
Phytocoris albidopictus
°P. albidosquamus, HP
*P. albiscutellatus, P
°P. fcecfci, HAP
"P. breviatus, HAP
P. carnosulus
P. consors
"P. contrastus, HAP
P. cuneotinctus
"P. decurvatus, H
*P. deserticola, HAP
P. ephedrae
"P. flavellus, HAP

P. geniculatus
°P. gracillatus, HA
*P. hesperellus, A
"P. hirsuticus, HP
"P. juniperanus, HP
"P. lineateltus, HAP
"P. longihirtus, HA

P mellarius
"P. merinoi, HAP
*P. minituberculatus, H

P. nigripubescens
"P. nigrolineatus, HAP
P. plenus
P. pulchellus
P. ramosus
•P. reticulatus, HAP
°P. rostratus, HAP
P. squamosus
°P. tricinctipes, HP
P. centralis
P. vividus

MlRIDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

279

'Pilophorus mcrinoi, HP
"P. microsetosus, HAP
'Plagiognathus salviae, HAP

Platylygus vanduzeei

Polymerus relaiivus
"Psallus atriplicis, HAP
"P. purshiae, HAP

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus

Rhinucloa forticomis

Semium subglaber
'Sericophanes nevadensis, HP

Slaterocoris croceipes
"S. longipennis, HAP
*S. ruhrofemoratus, HAP

Spanagonicus albofasciatus

Stenodema virens

Stittocapsus franseriae

Trigonotylus americanus

New Hampshire

Hesperophylum heidemanni

New Jersey

Porpomiris curtulus
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus
Spanagonicus albofasciatus

New Mexico

Adelphocoris superbus
Argyrocoris scurrilis
Atomoscelis modestus
Atractotomus cercocarpi
A. reuteri

Ceratocapsus apicalis
Clivinema scrica
Deraeocoris barbcri
D. manitou
Dichrooscytus elegans
D. irroratus
"D. rugosus, P
Eustictus obscurus
Hadronema picta
H. sinuata

Halticus intermedins
Labopcllu claripennis
Labopidca chloriza
L. simplex
Largidca rubida
Leptopterna dolabrata
Litomiris ruhicundus
Melanotrichus chclifer
M. coagulatus
M. incurvus
Mimoceps insignis
Neurocolpus arizonac
N. nubilus

Oncerometopus nigriclauus
Parthenicus aridus
Plu/tocoris acaciae
P. albidopictus
P. apache
P. comulus
P. heidemanni
P. hesperius
P. hopi
P. interspersus
P. laevis
"P. mesillae, HP
P. roseotinctus

P. simulatus
P. strigosus
P. umbrosus
P. vanduzeei
Platylygus vanduzeei
Polymerus diffusus
Prepops rubroscutcllatus
"Teleorhinus utahensis, P
Sericoplianes triangularis

New York

Dichrooscytus rufipennis
"Dicyphus rubi, HAP
Labops hirtus
Monosynamma bohemani
Neurocolpus jessiae
N. rubidus'
Pinalitus approximatus
Porpomiris curtulus

North Carolina

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus

North Dakota

Irbisia brachycera
Plu/tocoris conspurcatus
Sericophanes triangularis

Ohio

Neurocolpus rubidus

Oklahoma

Atomoscelis modestus
'Cyrtopeltocoris oklahomae, H
Halticotoma valida
Horcias sexmaculatus
Labopidea allii
Oncerometopus nigriclavus
Sericophanes triangularis

Oregon

Campt/lomma verbasci
Capsus ater

Deraeocoris (Camptobrochis) validus
Dicyphus rivalis
"Europiella rubricornis, AP
Hadronema uniformis
llnacora albifrons
Ilnacorclla argentata
Irbisia shulli
Lxd)opidea atriseta
L. nigripes
L. nigrisetosa
Labops hesperius
L. hirtus
Largidca grossa
L. pucida

Leptopterna fcrrugata
Lygus desertinus
Megaloceraea recticornis
Monosynamma bohemani
Orectoderus schuhi
Plu/tocoris fuscosignatus
P. hesperius
P. rolfsi

Pilophorus tibialis
Pithanus maerkeli
Polymerus diffusus
Stenotus binotatus
0 T eleorhinus oregoni, HP

280

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

South Dakota

Atomoscelis modestus

Ceratocapsus apicalis
°Hesperocapsus gaurae, HAP

Litomiris curtus

L. debilis
"Melanotrichus custeri, HAP
"M. unifortnis, P

Plujtocoris conspurcatus

P. laevis

P. validus

Sericophanes triangularis

Teratocoris discolor

Texas

Adelphocoris superhus
Argyrocoris scurrilis
Atomoscelis modestus
Beamerella personatus
"""Chaetofoveolocoris hirsuta
Creontiades debilis
C. rubrinervis
Criocoris saliens

Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modestus
Cyrtopeltocoris albofasciatus
Dichrooscytus irroratus
Dicyphus minimus
Eustictus pusillus
Halticotoma valida
Horcias dislocatus
H. sexmaculatus
Labopella claripennis
Lampethusa anatina
L. nicholi

Lepidopsallus rubidus
Litomiris rubicundus
Neurocolpus arizonae
N. jessiae
N. johnstoni
N. mexicamts
N. nubilus
N. rubidus
N. tiliae

Oncerometopus nigriclavus
Parthenicus covilleae
Phytocoris acaciae
P. breviusculus
P. carnosulus
P. ephedrae
"P. quadricinctus, P
Prepops rubrovittatus
Pseudatomoscelis seriatus
Pycnoderes atratus
Ranzovius moerens
Schaffneria schaffneri
Sericoplianes triangularis
Sixconotus insignis

Utah

Adelphocoris superbus

Argt/rocoris scurrilis

Atomoscelis modestus
"Bolteria juniperi, HAP
"Chlamydatus becki, HAP

C. unifortnis

C. suavis

Clivinema medialis

C. serica

Dcraeocoris (Camptobrochis) bakeri

D. hrevis

D. schwarzii

" Dichaetocoris minimus, H
°D. pinicola, P
'D. utahensis, HAP

Dichrooscytus irroratus
"D. rufivenosus, P
"D. rugosus, HP
°D. utahensis, HP

Dicyphus hesperus

Europiella angulata

E. decolor
E. pilosula

"E. rubricornis, H
E. sparsa
E. stigmosa
°E. unipuncta, P
Hadronema sinuate
H. uhleri

Halticotoma valida
Hesperocapsus davisi
H. tanneri
°H. utahensis, H
llnacorella argentata
Irbisia brachycera
I. pacifica
J. shulli

Labopidea chloriza
L. simplex
°L. utahensis, H
L. viridula
Labops utahensis
Lepidopsallus rubidus
Leptopterna ferrugata
Lopidea scutata
Lygus desertinus
Megalopsallus latifrons
M. rubropictipes
Melanotrichus albocostatus
M. brevirostris
M. coagulatus
"M. custeri, P

M. inconspicuus
"M. uniformis, HAP
"M. utahensis, HAP

M. viridicatus

M. wileyae
"Microphylidca prosopidis, P

Mimoceps insignis

Neurocolpus arizonae

Noctuocoris fumidus

Orthops campestris

Orthotylus angulatus

O. (Neornecomma) candidatus

O. fuscicornis
"Parthenicus basicornis, H
°P. conspersus, HAP

P. cuneotinctus
'P. davisi, HP

P. multipunctatus, H

P. sabulosus

P. soror
•P. tenuis, HP
"P. utahensis, H

Phyllopidea picta
"P. utahensis, HAP

Phytocoris colli

P. cuneotinctus

P. intcrspersus
°P. gracillatus, P

MlRlDAE OF THE NEVADA TEST SlTE

281

"P. hesperellus, H

P. laevis
•P. laticeps, H

P. miniatus

P. nigripubescens
"P. quadriannulipes, HP

P. ramosus
"P. relativus, AP
°P. subcinctus, HP
°P. sublineatus, HP
"P. tanneri, HP

P. utahensis
"Pilophorus hesperus, P
"P. tanneri, HA
°P. utahensis, HAP
"Pinalitus utahensis, P

Plahjhjgus vanduzeei

Pohjmerus diffusus

P. relativus

Porpomiris curtulus

Prepops atripennis

P. bivittis

Pseudatomoscelis seriatus

Sericophanes triangularis

Slaterocoris croceipes

S. robustus
°S. rubrofemoratus, P
°S. utahensis, HA
"Squamocoris utahensis, H

Stenodema virens

Stenotus binotatus
"Teleorhinus utahensis, HA

Teratocoris discolor

Tropidosteptes vittifrons

Washington

Atomoscefo modestus

Campylomma verbasci

Capsus ater

Crioeoris saliens
" Dichrooscytus adamsi, HAP
'D. rainieri, HAP

Dicyphus, bracht/pterus

D. elongatus

D. pallicornis

D. tinctus

Hadronema uhleri
"Halticotoma brunnca, H

Hoplomachus affiguratus

llnacora albifrons

Irbisia elongata

I. pacifica

I. shulli

Labopidea nigrisetosa

Labops hesperius

L. hirtus

Largidea grossa

Lepidopsallus rubidus

Lygus desertinus

Leptopterna ferrugata

Melanotrichus albocostatus

M. mistus

Megaloceraea recticornis

Monosynamma bohcmani
'Neurocolpus longirostris

Orectoderus arcuatus
'Phytocoris gracillatus, P

P. rolfsi

Pinalitus approximatus

Pitlianus maerkeli
Polymerus diffusus
Stenotus binotatus
"Teleorhinus nigricornis, HA

Washington, D. C.

Hesperophylum heidcmanni

Wisconsin

Neurocolpus jessiae

Wyoming

Adelphocoris superbus

Atractotomus hesperius

Capsus ater
° 'Dichrooscytus convcxifrons, HAP
°D. deleticus, HP
"D. flavescens, HAP

D. irroratus

D. suspectus

Dicyphus hesperus

Europiella pilosula
'Hespcrocapsus gaurae, P

Hoplomachus affiguratus

llnacorclla nigrisquamosa

1. sulcata

Irbisia brachycera

1. elongata

Labopidea nigriietosa

L. simplex

Labops hesperius

L. hirtus

"Largidea shoshonea, A
"Lepidopsallus hesperus, P
°L. longirostris, P

Litomiris curtus

L. deb His

Lygus desertinus
"Melanotrichus hrindleyi, HP

M. coagulatus

M. incurvus
"M. shoshonea, HAP

M. viridicatus

Mimoceps insignis
'Neurocolpus longirostris

Orthotylus ute
"Phyllopidea montana, P

Phytocoris hesperius
° Pilophorus diffusus, P
"P. hesperus, P
"P. microsetosus, P

Prepops bivittis
"Telcorhinus hrindleyi, P

Teratocoris saundersi

Foreign Countries
Alberta (Canada)

Capsus ater

Hoplomachus affiguratus

llnacorella sulcata

Irbisia nigripcs

Labops hesperius

L. hirtus

Melanotrichus mistus

Phytocoris laevis

British Columbia ( Canada )
Campylomma verbasci
Dicyphus elongatus
D. pallicornis

282

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Lahops hirtus
Labopidea nigripes
L. nigrisetosa
Megaloceraea recticomis
Melanotrichus albocostatus
M. atricornis
M onosi/namma bohemani
Phytocoris interspersus
Pinalitus approximates
Pithanus maerkeli
Polymcrus diffusus
Prepops bivittis

Finland

Tcratocoris saundersi

Manitoba (Canada)

Tcratocoris saundersi

Mexico

Creontiades rubrinervis
Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modeslus
Ncurocolpus mexicanus
Prepops bivittis
Pycnoderes atratus
Ranzovius moerens

Puerto Rico

Cyrtopeltis (Engytatus) modestus

Venezuela

Ranzovius moerens

S-ffi'^t

Brigham Young University
Science Bulletin

MUS. COIMP. ZOOL.
LIBRARY

'APR 2 1 1976

HARVARD

OSTEOLOGY AND MYOLOGYEOFY
PHRYNOSOMA P. PLATYRHINOS GIRARD
AND PHRYNOSOMA D. HERNANDESI GIRARD

by

Richard L. Jenkins

and
Wilmer W. Tanner

BIOLOGICAL SERIES — VOLUME IX, NUMBER 4
JUNE, 1968

BRIGHAM YOUNG UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BULLETIN
BIOLOGICAL SERIES

Acting Editor: Wilmer W. Tanner, Department of Zoology and Entomology,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Associate Editor: Earl M. Christensen, Department of Botany,
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah

Members of the Editorial Board:

Ferron L. Andersen, Zoology

Joseph R. Murdock, Botany

J. V. Beck, Bacteriology

Wilmer W. Tanner, Zoology, Chairman of the Board

Stanley L. Welsh, Botany

Robert W. Gardner, Animal Science

Ex officio Members:

Rudger H. Walker, Dean, College of Biological and Agricultural
Sciences

Ernest L. Olson, Director, University Press

The Brigham Young University Science Bulletin, Biological Series, publishes
acceptable papers, particularly large manuscripts, on all phases of biology.

Separate numbers and back volumes can be purchased from University
Press, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. All remittances should be
made payable to Brigham Young University.

Orders and materials for library exchange should be directed to the Division
of Gifts and Exchange, Brigham Young University Library, Provo, Utah 84601.

Brigham Young University
Science Bulletin

OSTEOLOGY AND MYOLOGY OF

PHRYNOSOMA P. PLATYRHINOS GIRARD

AND PHRYNOSOMA D. HERNANDESI GIRARD

by

Richard L. Jenkins

and
Wilmer W. Tanner

BIOLOGICAL SERIES — VOLUME IX, NUMBER 4
JUNE, 1968

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

MATERIALS AND METHODS
OSTEOLOGY

The skull

The lower jaw

Hyoid apparatus

MYOLOGY

DISCUSSION

Osteology

Myology

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY
LITERATURE CITED

Page
1

3

9
10

10

28

28
31
13
34

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure

1. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Dorsal view of the skull

2. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Ventral view of the skull

3. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of the skull

4. Phrynosoma douglassi hemandesi. Dorsal view of the skull

5. Phrynosoma douglassi hemandesi. Ventral view of the skull

6. Phrynosoma douglassi hemandesi. Lateral view of the skull

7. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Ventral view of head and thorax musculature.

superficial layer; Right Half: first depth

8. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Ventral view of head and thorax musculature.

second depth; Right Half: third depth

9. Phninosomn platyrhinos platyrhinos. Ventral view of head and thorax musculature.

fourth depth;' Right Half': fifth depth

10. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Dorsal view of head and thorax musculature.

superficial layer; Right Half: first depth

11. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Dorsal view of head and thorax musculature.

second depth; Right Half: third depth

12. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Dorsal view of head and thorax musculature.

fourth depth;' Right Half: fifth depth

13. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature.

layer

14. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature.

15. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature.

16. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature.

17. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature.

18. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature.

Left Hilt.

Left Half:

Left Half:

Left Halt:

Left Half.

Left Hall:
Superficial

First depth
Second depth
Third depth
Fourth depth
Fifth depth

Page

4

5

6
7
8
9

11

12

13

14

15

16

20

21
22
23
24
25

Table

1.

2.
3.

LIST OF TABLES

Page

Comparative measurements of the occipital spines, lower jaw and quadrate showing size relation-
ships of these structures in Phrynosoma ditmarsi, douglassi, and platyrhinos

Ratios of measurements indicating the posterodorsal shift of the skuU of the genus phrynosoma

Ratios and measurements indicating the relationship of skull length to skull width in Phrynosoma
platyrhinos, Phrynosoma douglassi, and Phrynosoma ditmarsi

Determinations of considered parts of an isosceles triangle portraying the relative position of the
occipital condyle to the posterior surfaces of the squamosals

OSTEOLOGY AND MYOLOGY OF

PHRYNOSOMA P. PLATYRHINOS GIRARD

AND PHRYNOSOMA D. HERNANDESI GIRARD

by

Richard L. Jenkins and Wilmer W. Tanner

INTRODUCTION

Phnjnosoma Wiegmann (horned lizard ) is
a peculiar North American genus of the family
Iguanidae inhabiting the central and western
United States and northern and central Mexico.

The osteology of Phnjnosoma has not been
adequately worked out and described, but has
been dealt with in varying degrees by many
authors. Cope (1892) gives a general account
of the osteology of Phnjnosoma douglassi. Phnj-
nosoma cornutum and Phnjnosoma coronation.
The same account was incorporated into Cope's
Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes (1900) and
supplemented with some measurements, exter-
nal moqmological illustrations, and brief de-
scriptions of other members of the genus.

Bryant (1911) gives the general osteology of
Phnjnosoma, which is an amplification of Cope's
account (1900), illustrates the pelvic girdles of
Phn/nosoma b. blainvillii and Phrynosomc
(Anota) m'callii, and sterna and dorsal views of
the skull of Phnjnosoma d. douglassi, Phnjno-
soma b blainvillii, Phnjnosoma phtyrhinos and
Phn/nosoma m'callii and discusses the external
characteristics and general osteology of all spe-
cies considered by him.

Broom (1948) gives general notes on a skull,
which he believed to be Phnjnosoma cornutum,
and illustrates the dorsal, occiput and temporal
regions of the skull as well as the inner side of
the right mandible. From a single skull of
Phnjnosoma cornutum prepared by us, it is dif-
ficult to definitely verify Broom's illustrations
and to associate them with Phnjnosoma cor-
nutum.

Detrie (1950) illustrates and describes the
osteology of the skull of Phnjnosoma cornutum.
His illustrations of dorsal, ventral, lateral, and
posterior views of the skull are probably the
best in the available literature on Phnjnosoma.

Reeve (1952) uses the material published by
Cope (1900), Bryant (1911) and Broom (1948).
in providing a descriptive osteology of Phnj-
nosoma based mainly upon Phnjnosoma cornu-

tum and includes unlabelled photographs of
dorsal views of Phnjnosoma m'callii, modcstum,
solarc, phtyrhinos, douglassi omatissimum, or-
bicularc cortczii, cornutum, and coronutum
blainvillii. The photographs lack detail, but are
excellent for observing the outline and general
shape of the dorsal aspect of the skull.

Etheridge (1964) characterizes the skeletal
morphologv and svstematic relationships of sce-
loporine lizards and portrays the peculiarity of
Phnjnosoma from all other iguanids as being
its short, wide, flattened body, short tail, and
large head spines (excluding Phrynosoma dit-
marsi which does not possess the latter ) . He
lists the head ornamentation reflected in the con-
figuration of skull bones as osteological peculiari-
ties of the genus. These included: the presence
or absence of tuberosites, spines or horns on the
dentary, prearticular, supra-angular, parietal,
frontal, postorbital, jugal and squamosal; the
absence of lacrimal and postfrontal; formation of
a supra-orbital arch; the restricted size of the
suborbital vacuites and supratemporal fenestrae
or entire closing of the latter; maxilla separated
from the nasals" by the prefrontals or in contact
with the nasals; posterolateral projections of the
diapophyses of the second sacral vertebrae usual-
ly lacking; caudal vertebrae all nonautotomic
and usually less than 20; Meckel's groove usually
open and splenial extending almost to mental
sN-mphysis; retroarticular process vertically flat-
tened or absent; median process of the inter-
clavicle extremely short; scapular ray short or
absent; clavicles lacking hooklike processes;
sternum short and broad across its base; sternal
fontanelle extending well forward of the widest
part of the sternum: usually 2 sternal ribs, oc-
casionallv 1 or 3. (the number may be variable
on each side): widely separated xiphisternal
rods usually lacking rib connections; 7-9 post-
sternal dorsal ribs as long as the sternal ribs.
each bearing a short costal cartilage; incipient
zygosphenes and zygantra present, being best
developed in the caudal vertebrae.

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

Etheridge (op. cit.) lists other skeletal fea-
tures which Phrijnosoma has in common not only
with sceloporines but also with other iguanids
and lists external differences between Phrijno-
soma and the sceloporines.

Myological studies on Phrijnosoma are not
extensive and those available are limited in
scope. Sanders (1S74), in his notes on the myol-
ogy of Plmjnosoma coronatum, provides the
most extensive myological work on Phrijnosoma.
He describes the myological arrangement and
illustrates the superficial musculature, muscula-
ture of the inner arm and arrangement of the
tendons surrounding the knee. He also used an
older terminology than is now in use, and did
his work probably from a single specimen as he
mentions "my specimen" in the beginning of
his paper.

Camp (1923) illustrates a ventral view of the
head and neck myology of what he terms Phrijno-
soma hernandesi.

Norris and Lowe ( 1951 ) indicate the sys-
tematic status of Phrijnosoma mcallii, and make
a very restricted study of the osteology and
myology confining their study mainly to the
temporal and neck regions.

There is much disagreement concerning the
phylogenetic status of the genus Phrijnosoma
within the family Iguanidae. Mittleman (1942)
distinguishes Phrijnosoma as "a primitive but
highly specialized genus," and illustrates the
genus as a very early branch from the Scelopo-
rus protostock. Savage (1958) includes Phrijno-
soma in the "sceloporines" based on the verte-

brae characteristics and nasal structure, and in-
dicates Phrijnosoma to be a highly specialized
genus. Etheridge (1964) removes Phrijnosoma
from the sceloporines and states: "The only
osteological characteristic common to Phrijno-
soma and the sceloporines, but absent in all
other mainland iguanids north of Panama, is
the presence of a large sternal fontanelle; it is
very small or absent in the others." Although
Etheridge suggests that Phrijnosoma is more
closely related to the sceloporines than to other
iguanids, he states: "Phrijnosoma is extremely
odd and differs . . . from all other iguanids."

Our study is one in a series of comparative
studies and deals with the anterior osteology and
myology of Phrijnosoma and other closely related
iguanid genera. Its purpose is to present illustra-
tions and descriptions of the anterior osteology
and myology of Phrijnosoma platyrliinos platy-
rhinos Girard and the osteology of the skull of
Phrijnosoma douglassi hernandesi Girard, which
may be used as a basis for future comparative
studies of Phrijnosoma and other genera con-
sidered to be closely related to Phrijnosoma.
Where possible we compare and draw con-
clusions concerning the osteology and myology
of these species.

Appreciation is extended to Drs. Richard
Etheridge and Hobart M. Smith who reviewed
this paper prior to publication and to Dr. James
Peters of the United States National Museum for
the loan of the specimens of Phrynosoma dit-
marsi and to Mr. David F. Avery for permitting
the loan of iguanid skulls.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Tile principal species used for this study are
Phrijnosoma platyrliinos platyrliinos Girard and
Phrijnosoma douglassi hernandesi Girard.

Skulls and skeletons were prepared by soak-
ing fresh and preserved, skinned specimens in
50 percent ammonium hydroxide for 12 hours
with subsequent boiling for 5-30 minutes. They
were then picked clean with forceps. Both ar-
ticulated and disarticulated skeletons were pre-
pared; however, osteological descriptions refer
to an articulated structure in this study.

Some experimental, skinned specimens were
soaked in full strength and others in dilute
clorox bleach for varying lengths of time: how-
ever, this method of skeletal preparation was
not satisfactory because the small bones and
cartilage were destroyed by the clorox.

Fresh and preserved specimens were skinned
for myological study. In the anterior gular, ven-
tral, and lateral neck, and lateral abdominal
regions, muscle fibers attached to and easily
pulled away with the integument were not dis-
regarded.

Skull illustrations were drawn on graph
paper directly from observation through the
stereoscopic microscope. The myology was
studied by describing and illustrating the su-
perficial musculature. These were then dissected
away to expose the next layer or deeper muscles.
Because the musculature is bilaterally symmetri-
cal, it was possible to show in one illustration
two depths of muscles. This not only reduced
the number of illustrations but also provided a

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

comparative relationship between the superficial
and deeper muscles.

Measurements of the skull were made in
millimeters with calipers. Skull depth was
measured from the ventral surface of the occipi-
tal condyle to the dorsal surface of the main
body of the parietal. Skull length was measured
from the posterior surface of the occipital con-
dyle to the most anterior part of the premaxilla.
Skull width was designated as the distance be-
tween the third temporal spines.

All osteological and myological descriptions
and illustrations refer to adult specimens. Speci-
mens prepared for this study (juveniles and
adults) are tagged with the following Brigham
Young University numbers:

Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos Girard (27
specimens ) .

BYU 22825; 22823; 22820; 22827; 22824;

22819; 22813; 22821; 22818; 22816; 22826;

22814; 22833; 22839; 14838; 22830; 22834;
22860; 22840; 22842; 22838; 22841; 22832;
22831; 22823; 23740; 23741.

Phrynosoma douglassi hernandesi Girard (12
specimens ) .

BYU 22817; 14333; 22828; 22829; 22822;

22815; 1143; 2261; 667; 23808; 23809;

23S10'

Specimens prepared for myological purposes
were preserved in 10 percent formalin, with
some being transferred into 70 percent alcohol.
All specimens prepared for this study are acces-
sioned in the herpetologieal collections of the
Natural History Museum of Brigham Young
University, Provo, Utah.

Terminology follows primarily that of Robi-
son and Tanner (1962), Avery and Tanner
(1964), Reeve (1952), Oelrich (1956) and
Etheridge (1964).

OSTEOLOGY OF THE HEAD OF PHRYNOSOMA P. PLATYRHINOS
AND PHRYNOSOMA DOUGLASSI HERNANDESI

The Skull
Premaxilla (Figs. 1 and 3) bears six teeth and
is a single bone located at the anterior tip of the
upper jaw. A dorsal process forms approximately
one-half of the medial border of the fenestra ex-
onarina and terminates as a wedge between the
anterior third of the paired nasals. An expansion
on each side, located ventral to the mesial part
of the ventral border of the fenestra exonarina,
extends laterally and lengdiens ventrally, form-
ing an oblique articulation with the most anterior
extension of the maxilla. A foramen is located on
each side of the premaxilla near the angles
formed by the dorsal process and lateral ex-
pansions.

Nasals (Figs. 1 and 3) are paired structures
forming the anterodorsal angle of the skull and
located posterodorsally from the posterior edge
of the fenestra exonarinae and wedge of the dor-
sal process of the premaxilla, to the anterior
border of the frontal. A small variable, latero-
posterior process projects posteriorly from the
main bodv of each nasal in most specimens. The
nasal articulates laterally with the prefrontals.

Prefrontals (Figs. 1 and 3) lie lateral to the
nasals and form the anterior parts of the orbits
and superciliary fossae. Each prefrontal has

three processes. A lateral process extends pos-
teriorly above the anterodorsolateral border of
the orbit, thus forming the anterior half of the
superciliary bar and making a clear distinction
between the orbit and superciliary fossa. A
medial process projects posteriorly forming the
anteromesial border of the superciliary fossa and
articulates mesially with the nasal and anterior
frontal. A ventral process, completely forming
the lateroanterior border of the orbit, is the most
massive of the three processes. It overlays pos-
teriorly and articulates with the dorsal process
of the maxilla. Posteromesially the ventral pro-
cess articulates with the palatine.

Frontal (Fig. 1) is a single bone which forms
the posterior halves of the superciliary fossae.
The posterior half of the medial border of each
fossa is formed by a process which projects an-
teriorly between the superciliary fossae to the
medial processes of the prefrontals and then
continues as a broad wedge between the medial
processes of the prefrontals to articulate anteri-
orly with the nasals. Two processes, one on each
side extend laterally, forming the posterior bor-
ders of the superciliary fossae. Each process cul-
minates with a lateroanterior extension which
forms the posterior part of the superciliary bar.
Located at the posterolateral point of each later-

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

PREMAXILLA

FENESTRA EXONARINA
NASAL

FRONTO-PARIETAL SUTURE
FRONTAL

PINEAL FORAMEN-
PARIETAL -
INTEROCCIPITAL SPINE

MAXILLA

PREFRONTAL

ECTOPTERYGOID
SUPERCILIARY BAR
JUGAL
SUPERCILIARY FOSSA

POSTORBITAL SPINE
POSTORBITAL

SQUAMOSAL

FIRST TEMPORAL SPINE
OCCIPITAL SPINE

Fig. 1. Phrynosonw pktyrhinos plahjrhinos. Dorsal view of the skull. BYU 22816, 22823. X 4.

al process is a postorbital spine. The posterior
border of the frontal articulates with the an-
terior border of the parietal.

Postorbital (Figs. 1 and 3) separates the orbit
and supratemporal fossa. The anterior side forms
the posterior border of the orbit and has an
anteroventrolaterallv projecting process which
forms the posterior part of the ventrolateral or-
bital boundary. The process articulates with
the jugal.

In most specimens an expansion of die bone
extends posteroventrolaterally to articulate with
the squamosal and jugal, and together with the
posterior postorbital edge forms the anterior
boundary of the supratemporal fossa. This ven-
troposterior expansion may be variable in size
on either side of a single specimen.

Articulation of the postorbital dorsomesially
is mainly with the parietal, however, ventral to
the postorbital spine a small, extreme dorsal
projection articulates at its tip with the frontal.
One or more tubercles is usually present on
the dorsal surface of the postorbital in adult
specimens.

Jugal (Figs. 1 and 3) forms most of the ven-
trolateral border of the orbit and projects pos-
teriorly forming the anterolateral part of the
temporal arch. Anteriorly the jugal becomes
slender, overlapping and articulating ventrally
with the maxilla to form an oblique suture. In
most specimens the oblique suture is curved dor-
sally making a more slender, anterior projection.

The anterior apex of the jugal terminates within
approximately one millimeter of the ventroan-
terior corner of the orbit. Articulation is also
mesially, dorsoposteriorly, and posteriorly with
the ectopterygoid, and ventroanterior and ven-
troposterior processes of the postorbital, and the
squamosal respectively.

On the lateral margin of the jugal is a series
of spines (usually numbering four in adults)
which is a continuation from the squamosal se-
ries to approximately the mid-ventrolateral bor-
der of the orbit.

Parietal (Fig. 1) is a single structure located
posterior to the frontal. The parietal terminates
anterolaterally on each side in an inverted V
with the pointed apex being slightly ventral and
mesial to the postorbital spine. Each V is
wedged between and articulates with the lateral-
ly projecting process of the frontal and the dorsal
postorbital including its small, most dorsal pro-
jection. The lateral parietal forms the medial
border and approximately one-third of the mesial
part of the posterior border of each supratem-
poral fossa.

Two large spines project posterodorsally from
the posterior parietal. Although these spines are
formed as a part of the parietal, and could cor-
rectly be called parietal spines, they are referred
to as occipital spines (or horns) in the literature.
To maintain uniform terminology in the litera-
ture for these structures, the term occipital spine
is retained.

Osteology and Myology of Piihynosoma

FENESTRA VOMERONASALIS EXTERNA—
FENESTRA EXOCHOANALIS

PARASPHENOID PROCESS

BASIPTERYGOID PROCESS

QUADRATE

PROOTIC

FACIAL FORAMEN

ANT. SEMICIRCULAR CANAL
PARAOCCIPITAL PROCESS

SPHENOOCCIPITAL TUBERCLE

INCISIVE PROCESS
VOMER

PALATINE

?X— -ECTOPTERYGC

PTERYGOID

EPIPTERYGOID

BASISPHENOID

BASIOCCIPITAL

FENESTRA OVALE

OPISTHOTIC

TABULAR

EXOCCIPITAL

OCCIPITAL CONDYLE

SUPRAOCCIPITAL

Fig. 2. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Ventral view of the skull. BYU 22816, 22824, 22823. X 4.

The dorsal surface of the parietal bears
many tubercles, some of which are usually pres-
ent and variable in size in different specimens.
Seven major tubercles are consistently present
on all specimens examined. The seven tubercles
are as follows: a single tubercle between the
occipital spines which has been referred to as
an interoccipital spine; a single tubercle on the
dorsolateral surface at the base of each of the
two occipital spines; a single, smaller tubercle
on each dorsolateral side of the parietal imme-
diately anterior to each of the tubercles located
at the base of each occipital spine; two greatly
enlarged tubercles located near the center of the
parietal, one on each side of the imaginary
midline.

The parietal articulates anteriorly with the
frontal, lateroanteriorly with the postorbital,
lateroposteriorly with the squamosal and tabu-
lar, ventrolaterally with the prootic and ventro-
posteriorly with the opisthotic and supraoccipital.

Note: The pineal foramen is located medial-
ly along the fronto-parietal suture and is bor-
dered anteriorly by the frontal and posteriorly
by the parietal. The fronto-parietal suture forms
the boundary of the pineal foramen usually a
little farther anteriorly than posteriorly.

Squamosal (Figs. 1 and 3) is located at the
posterolateral angle of the skull and forms the
ventrolateral border and approximately two-
thirds of the lateral part of the posterior border
of the supratemporal fossa. Each squamosal

bears three temporal spines, die longest spine
being the most posterior and referred to as the
first temporal spine. From posterior to anterior
the temporal spines are progressively shorter.

Ventral and slightly mesial to the first tem-
poral spine, the squamosal projects ventrally for
articulation with the quadrate and ventromesial-
ly with the tabular. Articulation is also postero-
dorsallv with the parietal anteromesially with the
postorbital and anterolateral^- with the jugal.
The squamosal may have a few small tubercles
on its dorsal surface.

Maxilla (Figs. 1 and 3) is located laterally to
the premaxilla and prefrontal and bears approxi-
mately 14 conical, pleurodont teeth. The maxilla
consists of three major projections. An anterior
projection and a dorsal projection form the ven-
tral and most of the lateral border of the fenestra
exonarina. A posterior projection tapers ventral-
ly, ventral to the anterior projection of the jugal.
The anterior, dorsal, and posterior processes of
the maxilla articulate with the premaxilla, pre-
frontal, and jugal respectively. The anterior pro-
cess is the broadest (most massive), the dorsal
process the shortest, and the slender posterior
process the longest. Medially the maxilla articu-
lates with the palatine.

Basioccipital (Fig. 2) is located ventral to the
foramen magnum and posterior to the basisphe-
noid. In adult specimens a single occipital con-
dyle exists which results from fusion of three

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

MENTAL FORAMINA

PALATINE

DENTARY

PTERYGOID

CORONOID-

-PREMAXILLA
NASAL

-PREFRONTAL

-SUPERIOR LABIAL FORAMINA
-MAXILLA

ORBIT

-FRONTAL

-SUPRATEMPORAL FOSSA
-SUBORBITAL FORAMINA
-JUGAL

POSTORBITAL

--SQUAMOSAL
PARIETAL

INFRATEMPORAL FOSSA-
EPIPTERYGOID

SURANGULAR

QUADRATE

ARTICULAR

RETROARTICULAR PROCESSJ
ANT. SEMICIRCULAR CANAL -

Fig. 3. Phrytwsoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of the skull. BYU 22816, 22823, 22813. X 5.

occipital condylar divisions present in the im-
mature lizard. The basioccipital forms the ven-
tromedial part of the occipital condyle and fuses
posterodorsolaterally with the exoccipital, to
form a single occipital condyle, and laterally
with the opisthotic.

On the anterolateral ventral surface, the basi-
occipital forms the posterior majority of the two
spheno-occipital tubercles. Articulation anterior-
ly is with the basisphenoid.

Supraoccipital (Fig. 2) borders the foramen
magnum dorsally. The supraoccipital unites
laterally with the opisthotic and ventrolaterally
with the exoccipital. Dorsally, articulation is
with the parietal.

Note: In adults the supraoccipital, exoccipi-
tal, and basioccipital are fused forming a single
structure surrounding the foramen magnum. In
juveniles some sutures can usually be seen which
separate the several occipital bones and show
distinctly the three embryonic condyles which
form the single occipital condyle in adults.

Exoccipital (Fig. 2) forms the lateral border
of the foramen magnum. The paraoccipital pro-
cess of the exoccipital projects from the mesial

occipital laterally to articulate with the tabular.
Occasionally the extreme lateroventral tip of the
paraoccipital process lies next to the quadrate;
however, in most cases the posteroventral part
of the tabular lies between the paraoccipital pro-
cess and the quadrate.

The posterior part of the posterior, ventral
semicircular canal is formed by the lateral exoc-
cipital and the most medial part of the paraoc-
cipital process. The posterior part of the hori-
zontal canal is formed by the dorsomesial part
of the paraoccipital process.

Opisthotic (Fig. 2) is located anterior to the
exoccipital and medial part of the paraoccipital
process. The prootic and opisthotic are fused
and form the otic capsule which is the enlarged
area of the posterolateral wall of the braincase.
The opisthotic forms the posterior part of the
otic capsule and can usually be determined only
by location in adults since it fuses anteriorly
with the prootic. Posteriorly it fuses with the
exoccipital and articulates with the tabular. Dor-
sallv it contacts the supraoccipital and parietal
and ventrally it articulates with the basioccipital.

Prootic (Fig. 2) forms the anterior part of the
otic capsule and contains most of the anterior

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

PREMAXILLA

FENESTRA EXONARINA

NASAL

FRONTAL

FRONTOPARIETAL SUTURE

PINEAL FORAMEN

PARIETAL

INTEROCCIPITAL SPINE

SUPRAOCCIPITAL

MAXILLA

PREFRONTAL
ECTOPTERYGOID
SUPERCILIARY BAR

SUPERCILIARY FOSSA
JUGAL
POSTORBITAL
POSTORBITAL SPINE

— V- SQUAMOSAL

OCCIPITAL SPINE
FIRST TEMPORAL SPINE

Fig. 4. Phrynosoma douglassi hernandesi. Dorsal view of the skull. BYU 22815, 22817. X 4.

semicircular canal. The prootic is fused posteri-
orly with the opisthotic and articulates with the
parietal dorsally and with the basisphenoid
ventrally.

The fenestra ovalis is located anterior and
slightly ventral to the most medial part of the
paraoccipital process and is formed anteriorly
by the prootic and laterally by the opisthotic.

Tabular (Fig. 2) is located anterior and be-
tween the lateral paraoccipital process and die
medial side of the posterior ventral projection of
the squamosal. It articulates with the squamosal
laterally, the opisthotic medioanteriorly and the
parietal dorsally. Articulation is medially with
the paraoccipital process and ventrally with the
quadrate. The tabular can be observed by look-
ing posteroventrolaterally through the supratem-
poral fossa. The extreme posteroventral tip of
the tabular can be observed by looking at die
posterior aspect of the skull. The dp articulates
with the quadrate and appears to be fused with
the squamosal to the extent that it is barely
visible.

Quadrate (Figs. 2 and 3) is located anterior
and ventral to the ventrally projecting part of the
squamosal and articulates ventrally with the ar-
ticular of the lower jaw to form the posteroven-
trolateral angle of the skull. The quadrate is
roughly triangular, witii the blunt apex joining
ventrally with the articular. The medial and
lateral sides of the quadrate are thickened and
rounded (more so medially) and terminate dor-
sally as the major portions of a condyle. The
quadrate is trough-shaped posteriorly and has a

slight anteriorly convex appearance. Articula-
tion dorsally is with the squamosal and tabular.

Basisphenoid (Fig. 2) is located anterior to
the basioccipital. The basisphenoid is Y-shaped
with the apex of the Y being very broad and
usually bears, at each posterolateral corner, a
small posteriorly projecting process which forms
the extreme anterior part of the spheno-occipital
tubercle. The anterior arms of the Y are basi-
pterygoid processes of the basisphenoid and they
articulate with the medial pterygoid at the point
where the quadrate processes of the pterygoid
are first distinguishable anteriorly. Articulation
is dorsally with the prootic and posteriorly with
the basioccipital. The parasphenoid process pro-
jects anteriorly from the anteromedial basi-
sphenoid to the vomers, forms a base to the
membranous interorbital septum, and serves as
an attachment for membranes lying between the
paired bones forming the roof of the mouth.

Pterygoids (Fig. 2) are located anterior to the
two large basipterygoid processes of the basi-
sphenoid and form the floor of the orbits posteri-
or to the palatines and medial to the ectoptery-
goids. Each pterygoid is a broad flat bone which
bears a large laterally compressed quadrate pro-
cess projecting posterolateral])' and articulating
with the ventral part of the medial side of the
quadrate. The pterygoid articulates mesially with
the basipterygoid process of the basisphenoid
near the far anterior part of the quadrate pro-
cess of the pterygoid. Dorsal to the articulation
of the pterygoid with the basipterygoid process,

Brigham Young University Science Bulleti

FENESTRA VOMERONASALS EXTERNA-

FENESTRA EXOCHOANALIS

PARASPHENOID PROCESS

BASIPTERYGOID PROCESS

PROOTIC

QUADRATE

INCISIVE PROCESS
VOMER

PALATINE

ECTOPTERYGOID
PTERYGOID

EPIPTERYGOID

BASISPHENOID

BASIOCCIPITAL

OPISTHOTIC

TABULAR

EXOCCIPITAL

OCCIPITAL CONDYLE

ANT. SEMICIRCULAR CANAL -

PARAOCCIPITAL PROCESS

SPHENO-OCCIPITAL TUBERCLE

Fig. 5. Phrynosoma dougkssi hernandesi. Ventral view of the skull. BYU 22815, 22817. X 3.5.

the quadrate process articulates with the epi-
pterygoid. Ariculation lateroanteriorly is with
the ectopterygoid and anteriorly with the pala-
tine. From the ventrolateroposterior surface of
the pterygoid a small, tubercle-like process pro-
jects ventrally and slightly laterally, and joins
the ectopterygoid anteriorly. Pteiygoid teeth are
lacking.

Ectopterygoid (Figs. 1 and 2) lies between
the pterygoid and the upper jaw near the
posterior part of the obliquely sutured ar-
ticulation of the jugal and posterior process of
the maxilla. Articulation is medially with the
broad, flat part of the pterygoid including the
tubercle-like process which projects ventrally
and slightlv laterally from the ventrolateropos-
terior pterygoid surface. Articulation is laterally
with the medioventral surface of the upper jaw
along the oblique suture formed by the jugal and
maxilla.

Epipterygoid (Fig. 2) is a small, slender,
rounded bone located anterior to the anterior
semicircular canal and dorsal to the angle
formed by the articulation of the pterygoid, and
basipterygoid process of the basisphenoid. Ar-
ticulation is ventrally with the dorsal (dorso-
lateral ) surface of the anterior part of the quad-
rate process of the pterygoid and dorsally with
the prootic from the anterodorsal surface of the
anterior semicircular canal. The epipterygoid is
slightly curved medially and projects dorsally
and slightlv posteriorly from its ventral articu-
lation.

Palatine (Fig. 2) forms the ventroanterior
floor of the orbit anterior to the pterygoid. The
palatine is slightly concave dorsally and forms
the posterior border of the fenestra exochoanalis.
Articulation is posteriorly with the pterygoid,
anteromedially with the vomer, ventrolaterally
with the maxilla and anterodorsolaterally with
the prefrontal.

Vomer (Fig. 2) is located between the medial
palatine and the premaxilla . The paired vomers
articulate anteriorly but are separated posteriorly
for most of their length. Each vomer can be
divided into two parts in most specimens ob-
served. The larger, anterior part forms the main
body and articulates with its paired component
anteriorly, and these in turn articulate with the
premaxilla. The larger, anterior part forms the
medial boundaries of the fenestra vomerona-
salis externa and fenestra exochoanalis, articulat-
ing lateroposteriorly with the palatine and me-
dioposteriorly with the smaller posterior part of
the vomer. The smaller posterior part forms the
posteromedial area of the vomer. It is triangular-
shaped, variably fused with the larger anterior
part of the vomer, and articulates posteriorly
with the palatine.

Septomaxilla (not illustrated) is a paired
structure located anteriorly within the nasal cap-
sule and separates partition-wise the anterior
nasal chamber from the cavity which houses
Jacobson's organ. The septomaxilla is variously
ossified, the more ossified part being centrally

OSTEOLOGY AND MYOLOGY OF PllRYNOSOMA

MENTAL FORAMINA-

PALATINE

DENTARY

CORONOID

INFRATEMPORAL FOSSA

EPIPTERYGOID

SURANGULAR

QUADRATE

ARTICULAR _

RETROARTICULAR PROCESS^
ANT. SEMICIRCULAR CANAL -

PREMAXILLA

NASAL

PREFRONTAL

SUPERIOR LABIAL FORAMINA

MAXILLA

SUPRATEMPORAL FOSSA

ORBIT

■SUBORBITAL FORAMINA

■FRONTAL

-JUGAL

-POSTORBITAL

PARIETAL
SQUAMOSAL

Fig. 6. Phrynosoma douglassi hernandesi. Lateral view of the skull. BYU 22815, 22817. X 4.

located within the dividing partition on either
side of the skull. Peripherally, the ossified part
is continuous with the cartilagenous and connec-
tive tissues respectively which attach ventrally
to the vomer, medially to the nasal septum and
laterally and dorsally to the border of the fenes-
tra exonarina.

The Lower Jaw
Dentary (Fig. 3) is paired and forms the an-
terior one-half of the lower jaw, and bears on
its mediodorsal surface all of the small, rounded
conical-shaped, pleurodont teeth of the lower
jaw. The dentary of each rami articulates an-
teriorly at the mental symphysis. Each dentary
extends posteriorly from its anterior articulation
with its paired component and has on its medial
side a mediodorsal margin and a medioventral
margin. Meckel's groove is located between the
two margins. The anterior parts of the splenial
and coronoid are wedged between the two mar-
gins posteriorly on the medial surface of the
dentary. Articulation is dorsolateroposteriorly
and ventroposteriorly with die surangular; pos-
terodorsally with the coronoid; medially with the
splenial; and ventromedioposteriorly with the
angular.

Surangular (Fig. 3) is located posterior to the
dentary. It has two complete mandibular spines
projecting laterally from its lateral surface. Ar-
ticulation is anterolaterally and anteroventrally

with the dentary; dorsoanteriorly with the coro-
noid; dorsomedially with the prearticular; ventro-
medially with the angular; and posteriorly with
the articular.

Articular and Prearticular: the prearticular
forms the most medial part of approximately the
posterior half of the lower jaw. It fuses posterior-
ly with the articular. The articular (Fig. 3)
forms the posterior end of the lower jaw, con-
tains a posteroventromesially projecting retroar-
ticular process, and has dorsoanteriorly a fossa
for articulation with the ventral end of the
quadrate. Articulation of the articular-prearticu-
lar complex is laterally with the surangular;
medioventrally with die angular; anteroventrally
with the splenial; and dorsoanteriorly with the
coronoid.

Angular is located along the ventromedial
part of the lower jaw at the approximate distance
of the coronoid. The posterior part of the an-
gular projects posteriorly beyond the posterior
part of the coronoid, and articulates along its
dorsoposterior surface with the prearticular. Ar-
ticulation dorsoanteriorlv is with the splenial,
and ventrally and laterally with die surangular
and dentary.

Splenial forms the medial surface of the low-
er jaw and is wedged anteriorly between the
mediodorsal and medioventral margins of the
dentary and posteriorly between the prearticu-

10

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

lar and angular. Articulation is ventroanteriorly
with the medioventral margin of the dentary;
ventroposteriorly with the angular; dorsally (an-
terior to posterior) with the mediodorsal margin
of the dentary, the ventral eoronoid and pre-
articular.

Coronoid (Fig. 3) is located slightly posterior
to the most posterior teeth and forms the medial,
mediodorsal surface of the lower jaw dorsal to
the splenial and anterior part of the prearticular.
The coronoid is roughly triangular and has a
slender anterior apex wedged between the
mediodorsal margin of the dentary and the
splenial. Posteriorly the coronoid projects dor-
sally to form the coronoid process of the lower
jaw. Articulation is ventroanteriorly with the
splenial, ventroposteriorly with the prearticular,
dorsoanteriorly and lateroanteriorly with the
dentary, and lateroposteriorly with the suran-
gular.

Hyoid Apparatus

Hyoid is located between the mandibular
rami deep to the throat musculature. The basi-
hyal, hypohyal, ceratohyal, ceratobranchial I and
ceratobranchial II are its component parts. The
basihyal, being centrally located and the main

body of the hyoid, is used as a reference point
for die other parts.

Tlie hypohyal is a slender, elongated carti-
laginous process which extends anteriorly from
the anterior part of the basihyal at the midline.

The ceratohyal consists of two separate parts.
A small, rather triangular shaped, dorsolaterally
projecting part articulates proximally with the
anterodorsolateral border of the basihyal and
distally with the elongated, posterolaterally pro-
jecting part of the ceratohyal. The latter elon-
gated part articulates anteriorly with the distal
part of the anterior part of the ceratohyal and
posteriorly with the distal part of the cerato-
branchial I.

The ceratobranchial I projects posterolateral-
ly from the dorsolateral border of the basihyal,
posterior to the articulation of the small anterior
part of the ceratohyal with the basihyal. Distally
the ceratobranchial I is enlarged and articulates
with the distal end of the elongated part of the
ceratohyal.

The ceratobranchial II is reduced to a minute
cartilaginous process which projects posteriorly
from the posterolateral border of the ventral
portion of the basihyal.

The ceratohyal, ceratobranchial I and cerato-
branchial II are paired structures.

MYOLOGY OF THE HEAD AND THORAX OF
PHRYNOSOMA P. PLATYBH1NOS

Intermandibularis Complex

The intermandibularis complex constitutes
the superficial throat musculature between the
mandibular rami anterior to the ventral portion
of the constrictor colli. This complex can be
divided into three rather arbitrary divisions with
the following descriptions:

(1) M. intermandibularis anterior superfici-
alis (Fig. 7) originates on the anterior one-fifth
of the mandibles and extends anteriorly and
mesiallv to insert onto the ventromesial surface
of the anterior part of the mandibular rami near
the mental symphysis and in the ventral midline
raphe respectively. This muscle is present to
variable degrees and is usually pulled from the
complex to remain with the integument upon
dissection.

(2) M. intermandibularis anterior profundus
(Figs. 7 and 13) originates posterior to the inter-
mandibularis anterior superficialis to approxi-
mately one-half the length of the mandibular

rami. Fibers extend in a slightly posterior direc-
tion mesially in contrast to the anterior and
mesially projecting fibers of the intermandibu-
laris anterior superficialis. The originating,
lateroposterior fibers are deep to the originating
fibers of the mandibulohyoideus I. Insertion is
in the ventral midline raphe.

(3) M. intermandibularis posterior (Figs. 7
and 13) originates along the posterior one-half
of the mandibular rami and extends mesially to
insert in the ventral midline raphe. Fibers of
the intermandibularis posterior appear to be con-
tinuous posteriorly with the ventral fibers of the
constrictor colli; however, bv careful dissection
the fibers of these two muscles can be separated.

M. constrictor colli (Figs. 7, 10, and 13) origi-
nates on the posterior part of the squamosal
ventral to the first (longest) temporal spine.
From the squamosal region fibers extend lateral-
ly and ventrallv around the neck posterior to the
retroarticular process and intermandibularis pos-
terior, and insert in the mid-ventral raphe. The

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

11

INTERMANDIBULARIS ANT. SUP.

GENIOGLOSSUS
-INTERMANDIBULARIS ANT. PROF.
-MANDIBULOHYOIDEUS II

-MANDIBULOHYOIDEUS

-MANDIBULOHYOIDEUS
-INTERMANDIBULARIS POSTERIOR
-PTERYGOMANDIBULARIS

-STERNOHYOIDEUS I
-CONSTRICTOR COLLI
-STERNOHYOIDEUS II
-STERNOHYOIDEUS
ANCONAEUS HUMERALIS
LATERALIS

lLCORACOBRACHIALIS LONGUS
lLBRACHIALIS INFERIOR
L BICEPS

rPECTORAUS

Fie 7 Phrvnosoma platurhinos platt/rhinos. Ventral view of head and thorax musculature. Left Half: superficial
layer. Right Half: first deptJi. BYU 14838, 22832, 22839, 22833, 22830, 22840, 22860. 22838, 22841. X 3.5.

constrictor colli is deep to the skin and over-
lays superficially the depressor mandibulae.

M. pectoralis (Figs. 7 and 16) originates along
the mid-ventral line of the sternum and sepa-
rates anteriorly to allow for origin of the sterno-
hyoideus. Origin continues anteriorly from the
separation along the interclavicle and clavicle.
Posteriorly from the separation, fibers arise from
the midline of the sternum and laterally along
the xiphoid rod to the area posterior to the ven-
tral extension of the third sternal rib. Fibers ex-
tend (anterior to posterior) posterolaterally,
laterally, and anterolateral^, converging for a
double insertion. The most anterior fibers insert
in the fascia which superficially covers the
shoulder muscles. The remaining fibers insert

onto the deltopectoral crest of the humerus.

M. mandibulohyoideus I (Fig. 7) originates
from the ventromesial borders of the mandibular
rami at approximately the level of the third
(counting posterior to anterior) mandibular
spine. Fibers extend posteromesially overlaying
much of the mandibulohyoideus III and a small
portion of the mandibulohyoideus II, and insert
onto the posterior one-third of the distal cerato-
branchial I in an overlapping manner, overlap-
ping portions of the insertion and origin of the
mandibulohyoideus II and hyoglossus respec-
tively.

M. mandibulohyoideus II (Fig. 7) originates
from a small, narrow tendon which extends pos-
teriorly from the mandibular symphysis and ap-

12

BniCHAM Young University Science Bulletin

GENIOGLOSSUS

HYOGLOSSUS

MANDIBULOHYOIDEUS III

PTERYGOMANDIBULAR^

BRANCHIOHYOIDEUS

STERNOHYOIDEUS I

STERNOHYOIDEUS

EPISTERNOCLEIDOMASTOIDEl

STERNOHYOIDEUS

CLAVODELTOIDEUS

SUPRACORACOIDEUS

Fig. 8. Phrt/nosoma platyrhinos plaiyrhinos. Ventral view of head and thorax musculature. Left Half: second
depth. Right Half: third depth. BYU 22838, 22839, 22841, 22840, 22833. 22861. 22830, 22832. 22860. X 3.5.

pears continuous with the midline raphe to the
wider, anterior part of the muscle. From the
wider, anterior part of the muscle where fibers
meet at the midline raphe to form the tendinous
origin, fibers separate in an inverted V form and
extend posterolaterallv to insert onto the distal
one-third of the ceratobranchial I. Approximate-
ly the most distal fourth of this muscle is over-
lapped superficially by the mandibulohyoideus
I. The mandibulohvoideus II is deep to the in-
termandibularis complex, mesial to the mandib-
ulohvoideus I, and overlaps parts of the genio-
glossus and hyoglossus.

M. Iatissinnis dorsi (Figs. 10 and 14) origi-
nates deep to the skin from the thick, super-
ficial, dorsal fascia of the back.

The fibers of this broad, thin, rather triangu-

lar-shaped muscle extend anteroventrolaterally
and split into a large anterior bodv and small
posterior slip. The anterior bodv is composed of
approximately three-fourths of the muscle fibers
which continue between the anconaeus cora-
coideus and anconaeus scapularis muscles to in-
sert tendinouslv onto the processus lattissimus
dorsi of the humeral shaft. The posterior slip is
composed of the remaining posterior muscle
fibers (approximately one-fourth of the muscle)
and extends anteroventrally to insert onto the
lateral, posteriorlv extending fibers of the pec-
toralis approximately five millimeters posterior
to the delto-pectoral crest ( insertion of the pec-
toralis) of the humerus.

M. anconaeus scapularis (Figs. 10 and 16)
originates from the lateroposterior scapular sur-

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

13

HYPOHYAL

BASIHYAL
CERATOHYAL
CERATOBRANCHIAL II
BRANCHIOHYOIDEUS
CERATOBRANCHIAL I

STERNOHYOIDEUS III
STERNOHYOIDEUS II
SUPRACORACOIDEUS
CORACOID

CORACOBRACHIAL^ BREVIS
BRACHIALIS INFERIOR

L-CORACOBRACHIALIS LONGUS

BICEPS
—STERNAL FONTANELLE
—STERNUM

OBLIQUUS ABDOMINIS EXT.
INTERCOSTALES INTERNI
BLIQUUS ABDOMINIS INT.

Fig. 9

Ventral view of head and thorax of: a. Phrynosoma p. pkttyrhinos, ventral view of head and thorax muscu-
lature Left Half: fourth depth. Right Half: fifth depth, also showing sternum and rib attachments BYU
00330 22830 °°840 •',:,860 '""839 22841 22833, 22823, 22831. 22818. b. Phrynosoma dttmarst USNM
36022 left half of sternum and rib attachments, c. Phrynosoma douglassi BYU 22817 left half of sternum
showing rib attachments, d and e. Phrynosoma p. platyrhinos, BYU 22830; 22841, left half of sternum show-
ing rib attachments and arrangement. X 3.5.

14

Bbigham Young University Science Bulletin

CONSTRICTOR COLLI
-EPISTERNOCLEIDOMASTOIDEUS
-CLAVODELTOIDEUS
r ANCONAEUS HUMERALIS
LATERALIS

I L ANCONAEUS SCAPULARIS
lLANCONAEUS CORACOIDEUS
L-CORACOBRACHIALIS LONGUS
-TRAPEZIUS
LATISSIMUS DORSI

Fig. 10. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Dorsal view of head and thorax musculature. Left Half: superficial
layer. Right Half: first depth. BYU 14838, 22833, 22823, 22840, 22832, 22830, 22861. X 3.5.

face by a tendon which extends laterally be-
tween the subscapularis II and the scapulohu-
meralis anterior, continues deep to the distal
fibers of the scapulodeltoideus and attaches to
the anterior head of the humerus, deep to the
anterior inserting fibers of the scapulodeltoideus.
The tendon gives rise to muscle fibers in the area
between the scapulodeltoideus and the latissi-
mus dorsi. At the point where muscle fibers be-
gin, there is a rather complete separation of the
muscle into an anterior smaller bundle and a
larger posterior bundle. These bundles unite
approximately one-half the length of the brachi-
um and continue as one mass to insert onto the
olecranon process of the ulna and the above
sesamoid.

M. anconaeus coracoideus (Fig. 10) originates
mainly bv a long, narrow tendon from the lateral
apex of a broad triangular-shaped tendon locat-
ed posterior and dorsal to the distal fibers of the
subscapularis II and the subscapularis I respec-
tively. The anterior apex of the triangular-
shaped tendon unites with the inner surface of
the scapula anterior to the mesial head of the
subscapularis II, whereas the posterior apex at-
taches to the inner surface of the coracoid near
its posterior tip. The lateral apex forms a long,
narrow tendon which gives rise to muscle fibers
of the anconaeus coracoideus posterior to the dis-
tal fibers of the anterior body of the latissimus
dorsi. Some dorsal fibers of the anconaeus cora-
coideus arise bv a short tendinous head from the

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

15

SPINALIS CAPITIS
SCAPULODELTOIDEUS

SUBSCAPULARS
SERRATUS (VENTRAL PART)

«A,-OBLIQUUS ABDOMINIS EXT.

Fie 11 Phrunosoma phttirhinos platyrhmos. Dorsal view of head and thorax musculature Left Half : second
& depth Right Half! third depth. BYU 22838. 22833, 22839, 22860, 22841, 22832, 22861, 22830, 22823. X 3.5.

distal posterior fibers of the latissimus dorsi.
Fibers extend laterally posteroventral to the an-
conaeus scapularis, dorsoposterior to the an-
conaeus humeralis medialis and posterodorsal
to the coraeobrachialis longus, and unite distally
with the anconaeus scapularis for a common in-
sertion with the latter onto the olecranon pro-
cess of the ulna and the above sesamoid.

M. anconaeus humeralis lateralis (Figs. 7, 10,
and 16) originates mesial to the insertions of the
scapulodeltoideus and posterior clavodeltoideus
from the proximal head of the humerus and the
entire anterior, humeral shaft. Fibers proceed
ventral to the anconaeus scapularis and antero-
dorsal to the brachialis inferior, somewhat inte-
grating proximally with the brachialis inferior
"and to a greater degree with the anconaeus

scapularis distally. Insertion is with the rest of
the anconaeus complex on the olecranon process
of the ulna and the above sesamoid.

M. brachialis inferior (Figs. 7, 9, and 15)
originates from the humeral delto-pectoral crest
posterior to the insertions of the clavodeltoideus
and supracoracoideus along the proximal ap-
proximately four-fifths of the anteroventral hu-
meral shaft. Fibers extend distally ventral to the
anconaeus humeralis lateralis and anterior to the
biceps, integrating proximally to a lesser degree
with the fibers of" the former and more so distal-
ly with those of the latter. Insertion is onto the
radius.

M. biceps (Figs. 7 and 9) originates from the
medioanterior border of the ventral surface of
the coracoid by a muscular head and a long,

16

Brigham Younc University Science Bulletin

--LONGISSIMUS CAPITIS

OBLIQUUS CAPITIS MAGNUS

--RECTUS CAPITIS POSTERIOR
--LONGISSIMUS CERVICUS

Fig. 12. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Dorsal view of head and thorax musculature. Left Half: fourth
depth. Right Half: fifth depth. BYU 22832, 22823, 22830, 22841, 22831. X 3.5.

rather broad, slender tendon. The originating
muscular head is located anterior to the long,
slender tendon and consists of a small bodv of
muscle. Fibers of the small, muscular body con-
verge immediately from the origin to give rise
to a very narrow tendon. The narrow tendon
continues distally paralleling the larger, pos-
terior originating tendon which arises directly
from the coracoid posterior to the origin of the
muscular head. The two tendons give rise to
two bodies of muscle fibers respectively in the
area posterior to the deltopectoral crest of the
humerus. The two muscular bodies continue
distally posterior to the brachialis longus. Distal-

ly the anterior body integrates somewhat with
fibers of the brachialis inferior and the two mus-
cular bodies join with the latter to form a com-
mon tendon. The common tendon extends be-
tween the radial and ulnar humeral processes
and bifurcates for insertion onto the ventral sur-
faces of the proximal radial and ulnar heads.
The two muscular bodies are often better sepa-
rated from each other or seen bv viewing the
biceps from its dorsal surface.

M. coracobrachial longus (Figs. 7, 9, and
10) originates tendinouslv from the extreme pos-
terolateral tip of the coracoid and extends along
the posterior brachium superficially, posteroven-

Osteology and Myology of Phuynosoma

17

tral to the anconaeus scapularis and posterodor-
sal to the biceps, overlapping the deep ancona-
eus humeralis: medialis. Fibers insert distalh'
onto the proximal surface of the ulnar process.

M. coracobrachialis brevis (Fig. 9) originates
from the posterior approximate two-thirds of the
ventral surface of the coracoid. At the origin
the fibers are separated into anterior and pos-
terior parts consisting of approximately four-
fifths and one-fifth of the muscle mass respec-
tively. Fibers extend laterally and slightly pos-
teriorly dorsal to the proximal bicepital tendons
to insert as a continuous muscular mass onto the
humeral head, the concave area between die
delto-pectoral and humeral crests, and the proxi-
mal half of the posteroventral humeral surface.

M. anconaeus humeralis medialis (Fig. 12)
originates from the humeral crest and the entire
length of the posterodorsal surface of the hu-
meral shaft. The anconaeus humeralis medialis
is located deep anteriorly to the anconaeus cora-
coideus, deep posteroventrallv to the anconaeus
scapularis, and deep anterodorsallv to the cora-
cobrachialis longus. Small bundles of fibers
unite distallv with the anconaeus coracoideus,
anconaeus scapularis and anconaeus humeralis
lateralis for a common insertion onto the ole-
cranon process of the ulna and the above sesa-
moid.

Anconaeus Complex

In the distal approximate one-half of the
brachium where the anconaeus muscles appear
to partially unite one with another, the muscle
fibers do not reallv intermingle but tripinnately
and bipinnatelv form two small, narrow tendons
which are continuous with the major extreme
distal, common tendon of the anconaeus com-
plex. Numerous small fiber-like slips appear to
terminate in the two tendons. We believe, how-
ever, that the continuing fascia of each slip
forms the two tendons. The longer of the two
tendons receives slips from the anconaeus scapu-
laris, anconaeus humeralis lateralis and ancona-
eus humeralis medialis. The shorter and most
obscure of the two tendons receives slips from
the anconaeus scaplaris and anconaeus cora-
coideus. These tendons are located at the area
of adjoining slips of the foregoing muscles.

M. genioglossus (Figs. 7 and 8) originates
from the ventral and mesial surfaces of the an-
terior one-fifth of the mandibular rami. Fibers
extend in a posterolateral direction overlapping
ventromesiallv in a flap-like manner the antero-
lateral portion of the hvoglossus. The laterally
attached fibers of the flap integrate dorsally

with those of the hvoglossus and lateral fibers
of the tongue. Distalh', fibers extend dorsallv
and insert onto the dorsolateral surface of the
ceratohval.

M. hyoglossus (Fig. 8) originates along the
lateroventral, ventral and posteroventral sur-
faces of the distal one-half of the ceratobranch-
ial I. Fibers pass anteriorly, ventral and lateral
to the ceratobranchial I, lateral to the cerato-
hval, and ventrolateral and lateral to the basi-
hval and hypohyal. Fibers are continuous lat-
erally with those of the genioglossus, and slight-
ly anterior to the basihyal. The dorsal fibers
become continuous with those of the tongue.
The ventral fibers continue anteriorly, lateral to
the hypohyal, and extend dorsallv most anterior-
ly to become continuous with fibers of the an-
terior part of the tongue. Insertion is in the
tongue and the oral-phan ngeal tissue forming
the floor of the mouth and pharynx. The ma-
jority of the fibers of the hyoglossus are con-
tinuous with the muscular tongue.

Sternohvoideus Complex

The sternohvoideus complex consists of three
separate muscles which arise from the anterior
sternal and scapular areas and insert along the
posterior hvoid appartus.

(1) M. sternohyoideus I (Figs. 7 and 8) origi-
nates mainlv from the mesial surface of the
scapula, however, a few bundles take origin
from the most anterior part of the clavicle.
Fibers extend anteromesially, ventral to the epi-
sternocleidomastoideus and continue nearly
parallel with the ceratobranchial I to insert
along the posterior border of the anterior two-
thirds of the ceratobranchial I and the ventro-
posterior border of the basihyal. Although the
fibers appear to form a continuous mass at the
insertion, those inserting along the posterior bor-
der of the ceratobranchial I are partially divided
into slips.

(2) M. sternohyoideus II (Figs. 7. 8, and 9)
originates from the anterolateral surface of the
sternum slightly posterior to the lateral process
of the interclavicle. Fibers extend anteriorly and
slightly mesiallv. and divide into two bundles
just before reaching the small ceratobranchial
II. The divisions continue on either side of the
small ceratobranchial II to insert onto the dorso-
posterior surface of the basihyal.

(3) M. sternohyoideus III (Figs. 7, S, and 9)
originates from the ventral surface of the pos-
terior part of the anterior one-third of the
sternum. Fibers extend anterolaterallv ventral

18

Briciiam Young University Science Bulletin

to the sternohvoideus II and sternohyoideus I to
insert onto the dorsal area of the posterior sur-
face of the most enlarged part of the cerato-
branchial II.

M. branchiohyoideus (Figs. S and 9) origi-
nates from the anterodorsal border of the distal
four-fifths of the ceratobranchial I. Fibers ex-
tend anteromesially from the ceratobranchial I
to insert onto the posterior border of the proxi-
mal two-thirds of the ceratohyal. The branchio-
hyoideus covers nearly the entire area between
the ceratobranchial I and the ceratohyal and lies
dorsal to the posterior approximate one-third of
the hvoglossus.

M. pseudotemporalis superficialis (Fig. 16)

originates from the parietal along the anterior
posteromesial border of the supratemporal fossa.
Fibers overlap the mesial and dorsomesial fibers
of the adductor mandibularis externus and only
with difficulty can be separated into a rather
distinguishable separate muscle. There is some
question as to whether the pseudotemporalis su-
perficialis should actually be considered as a
separate muscle, or a part of the adductor man-
dibularis externus medius. Considering the
pseudotemporalis superficialis as a separate
muscle, with the foregoing understanding of its
obscure separability, fibers extend anteroventral-
ly from the origin along the dorsomesial and
mesial fibers of the adductor mandibularis ex-
ternus to insert onto the mesial surface of the
coronoid.

M. pseudotemporalis profundus (Fig. 17)
originates along the ventral four-fifths of the
anterior, lateral and posterior borders of the
epiptervgoid. Fibers extend slightly anteroven-
trally along the ventral epiptervgoid forming a
triangular-shaped muscle with the apex at the
origin. The broader, ventral fibers insert onto
the mesial surangular slightly posterior and ven-
tral to the mesial surface of the coronoid.

M. adductor mandibularis externus (Figs. 14

and 15) originates inside the supratemporal fossa
from the squamosal, parietal, postorbital, jugal,
quadrate, and opisthotie. Fibers extend antero-
ventrallv to insert onto the coronoid, dorsal part
of the surangular and superficial aponeurosis of
the infratemporal region. The adductor mandi-
bularis externus is best considered a single, mas-
sive muscle which can be somewhat separated
into a dorsolateral, superficial sheet-like flap
and a large massive bodv medial to the super-
ficial flap. Some medial fibers can occasionally
be partially separated from the massive medial
body, however, this is difficult to do in most
cases.

M. adductor mandibularis posterior (Fig. 16)

originates from the posterior surface of the
quadrate ventral to the adductor mandibularis
externus. Fibers intermingle with the ventral
fibers of the adductor mandibularis externus,
which makes separation into an individual entity
difficult. From the origin, fibers extend antero-
ventrallv to insert onto the dorsal surface of the
extreme posterior surangular and the dorsal sur-
face of the articular.

Note: The adductor mandibularis muscles
are difficult to separate from each other. It
would perhaps be as well to consider the whole
complex as the adductor mandibularis and note
that the muscular mass is often partially seg-
mented in some areas.

M. levator angularis oris (Fig. 16) originates
from the medioanterior surface of the squamosal
and the ventrolateral surface of the postorbital.
Fibers extend anteroventrallv, ventral to the
lateral part of the postorbital and the posterior
part of the jugal, to insert onto the anterior and
anterodorsal surfaces of the coronoid.

M. levator pterygoideus (Fig. 18) originates
tendinouslv from the ventrolateral parietal near
the anteromesial border of the supratemporal
fossa. Fibers extend ventrally, posterior and
mesial to the epiptervgoid to insert onto the pos-
terior part of the anterior one-third of the quad-
rate process of the pterygoid.

M. protractor pterygoideus (Fig. 18) origi-
nates from the lateral surface of the anterior
prootic, mesial and anteromesial to the anterior
semicircular canal. Fibers extend lateroventrallv
and slightly posteriorly to insert onto the pos-
terior one-half of the quadrate process of the
pterygoid.

M. levator scapulae superficialis (Figs. 16

and 17) originates tendinouslv from the ventro-
lateral diapophvsis of the atlas. The levator
scapulae superficialis is triangular in shape with
the apex at the origin. Fibers extend posteriorly
ventral to the longissimus cervieus to insert onto
the anterolateral edge of the supraseapula.

M. levator scapulae profundus (Figs. 16 and
17) originates tendinouslv with the levator
scapulae superficialis from the ventrolateral dia-
pophvsis of the atlas. Fibers extend posteriorly
ventral and parallel to those of the levator
scapulae superficialis and insert onto the antero-
lateral edge of the ventral supraseapula and the
dorsal end of the clavicle. In some specimens
the levator scapulae profundus does not appear
to be separable from the levator scapulae super-

Osteology and Myology of Phhynosoma

19

ficialis. However, the two muscles can usually
be carefully separated into two main bodies, the
levator scapulae superficialis being dorsal and
the largest.

M. scapulodeltoideus (Figs. 11, 14, and 15)
originates from the dorsal clavicle and the an-
terolateral side of the ventral two-thirds of the
suprascapula.

The originating posterior fibers are deep to
those of the posterior trapezius and anterior
latissimus dorsi. From the origin fibers extend
ventrallv and insert onto the anterior humeral
head deep to the clavodeltoideus.

M. clavodeltoideus (Figs. 8, 10, and 14) origi-
nates from the posterior proximal one-third of
the clavicle and the anterolateral area of the
lateral process of the interclavicle. Posteriorly,
fibers overlap the insertion of the scapulodel-
toideus and insert onto the humeral head slight-
ly posterior to the insertion of the scapulodel-
toideus.

M. episternocleidomastoideus (Figs. 8, 10,
and 16) originates from three heads. The sterno-
hvoideus II trisects the originating fibers of the
episternocleidomastoideus, therefore the sterno-
hvoideus II is conveniently used as a reference
point proximallv. Ventromesial fibers of the
episternocleidomastoideus originate from the
dermis of the skin and are usually torn loose
from the origin and overlooked when the speci-
men is skinned. This head overlies the sterno-
hvoideus II ventromesially to the other two
heads. Another head originates along the ven-
tral and anterior sides of the lateral process of
the interclavicle. This head lies dorsal and
mesial to the trisecting fibers of the stemohyoi-
deus II. The third head originates from the
lateral edge of the anterior part of the sternum
and overlies ventrallv the origin of the sterno-
hvoideus II. The fibers of the three heads come
together to form the bellv of the muscle which
rises sharply anterodorsallv, deep to the clavo-
deltoideus for a single insertion onto the post-
ventral squamosal and extreme lateral paraoc-
cipital process ventral and mesial to the inser-
tion of the depressor mandibularis.

M. sacrolumbalis (Figs. 11, 15, and 18) origi-
nates from the most lateral, dorsal and anterior
surfaces of the enlarged transverse process of
the first sacral vertebrae and the anterior and
lateral surfaces of the crest of the ilium. A few
fibers are periodically continuous with those of
the dorsal back musculature by interconnecting,
slender tendons running obliquely postmesially
from the sacrolumbalis. From the origin, fibers

continue anteriorly and slightly laterally to in-
sert tendinouslv onto the ribs and most distally
onto the anteroventrolateral process of the axis.

M. supracoracoideus (Figs. 8, 9, and 15) origi-
nates from the anteroventral surface of the cora-
coid. Fibers extend posteroventrolaterallv pos-
terior and ventral to the clavodeltoideus to in-
sert onto the anteroventrolateral surface of the
proximal head of the humerus.

M. scapulohumeral anterior (Fig. 16) origi-
nates from the anterolateral surface of the
scapula and the primary coracoid ray. Fibers
extend ventroposteriorlv forming a broad, thin
muscular sheet. Anteroventral fibers overlap
superficially those of the dorsal supracoracoi-
deus and are partially divided into a ventral,
originating head from the primary coracoid ray.
The thin muscle sheet continues ventroposterior-
lv passing deep to the originating tendon of the
anconaeus scapularis and inserts onto the dorso-
mesial surface of the proximal head of the hu-
merus mesial to the proximal insertion of the
anconaeus humeralis lateralis.

M. mandibulohyoideus III (Figs. 7 and 8)
originates from the ventromesial borders of the
mandibular rami posterior and slightly dorsal to
the originating fibers of the mandibulohyoideus I
at approximately the level of the second (count-
ing posterior to anterior) mandibular spine.
Fibers pass dorsal and lateral to the mandibulo-
hyoideus I, mesial to the pterygomandibular
and insert onto the posterior end of the cerato-
hyal.

M. pterygomandibularis (Figs. 7 and 8) origi-
nates from the posterior area of the small, pos-
teroventrolateral process of the pterygoid, the
ventral and lateral parts of the larger posterior
quadrate process of the pterygoid and the ven-
tral, anterior part of the basisphenoid. Fibers
extend posteroventrally (mostly ventrallv) lateral
to the mandibulohyoideus II and mesial to the
posterior mandibular ramus to insert onto the
ventral and lateral surfaces of the articular.

M. depressor mandibularis (Figs. 15 and 16)
originates from the posterior, ventral projection
of "the squamosal, ventral to the first (largest)
temporal spine. The posteromesial originating
fibers overlap superficially the anterolateral
fibers of the episternocleidomastoideus. From
the origin, fibers extend ventrallv and slightly
anteriorly to insert onto the intraarticular pro-
cess of the articular, deep to the insertion of the
cervicomandibularis. Fibers are deep to the
constrictor colli proximallv and the cervico-
mandibularis distallv.

20

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

-HNTERMANDIBULARIS ANT. PROF.

HNTERMANDIBULARIS POSTERIOR

-CONSTRICTOR COLLI

TRAPEZIUS

Fig. 13. Phrynosoma pUityrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature. Superficial layer.
BVU 14838. X 5.5.

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

21

ADD. MANDIBULARS EXTERNUS

-CLAVODELTOIDEUS
-SCAPULODELTOIDEUS

■LATISSIMUS DORSI

Fig. 14. Phrynosoma platyrhinos phih/rhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature. First depth. BYU
14838. 22833, 22838. X 5.5.

Brigham Younc University Science Bulletin

— yY ADD. MANDIBULARS EXTERNUS

-DEPRESSOR MANDIBULARS

SUPRACORACOIDEUS
- -SCAPULODELTOIDEUS

--SERRATUS (VENTRAL PART)

BRACHIALS INFERIOR

SACROLUMBALIS

OBLIQUUS ABDOMINIS EXT.

Fig. 15. Phnjnosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature. Second depth BVU
22832, 22838, 22833, 22839. 22860, 22841, 22840. 22830, 22823. X 5.5.

Osteology and Myology of Phhynosoma

23

-A LEVATOR ANGULARIS ORIS

PSEUDOTEMPORALIS SUP.
-ADD. MANDIBULARIS POSTERIOR

DEPRESSOR MANDIBULARIS

4XA EPISTERNOCLEIDOMASTOIDEUS

-LEVATOR SCAPULAE PROF.
-LEVATOR SCAPULAE SUP.
--SCAPULOHUMERAUS ANTERIOR
--SUBSCAPULARIS II

-PECTORALIS

--SERRATUS (VENTRAL PART)
--ANCONAEUS SCAPULARIS
-ANCONAEUS HUMERALIS LATERALIS

INTERCOSTALES EXTERNI

ig 16 Phnmosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature. Third depth. BYU
14838. 228.32, 22839. 22833, 22823, 22841, 23742, 22861. 22830, 22860, 22840. X 5.5.

24

BniGHAM Young University Science Bulletin

PSEUDOTEMPORALIS PROF.

LEVATOR SCAPULAE SUP.

LEVATOR SCAPULAE PROF.

CLAVICLE

LAT. PROCESS OF INTERCLAVICLE

SCAPULA

SUBSCAPULARIS II
SERRATUS (DORSAL PART)

SUPRASCAPULA
HUMERUS

INTERCOSTALES EXTERNI

RADIUS
ULNA

Fig. 17. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platy rhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature. Fourth depth. BYU
22841, 22832, 22839, 22840, 22861, 22830, 22823. X 5.5.

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

25

■LEVATOR PTERYGOIDEUS
-PROTRACTOR PTERYGOIDEUS

-SERRATUS (DORSAL PART)

SACROLUMBAL^

Fig. 18. Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos. Lateral view of head and thorax musculature. Fifth depth. BYU
22832, 22841, 22833, 22839, 22860, 22840. X 5.5.

26

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

M. trapezius (Figs. 10 and 13) originates
from the dorsolateral fascia of the anterodorso-
lateral thoracic region posterior to the originat-
ing cervicomandibularis. Fibers pass antero-
ventrally deep to the skin to form a small, elon-
gated, triangular muscle which overlaps super-
ficially the latissimus dorsi proximally and dis-
tallv the insertion of the levator scapulae super-
ficialis and origin of the scapulodeltoideus. In-
sertion is onto the anterolateral surface of the
suprascapula.

M. serratus is divided into dorsal and ven-
tral parts. The dorsal part (Figs. 17 and 18)
originates as three slips in the dorsolateral re-
gion and from the posterolateral borders of the
first three cervical ribs. Fibers of each slip ex-
tend posterodorsolaterallv, overlapping each
other and insert separately onto the dorsal area
of the mesial side of the suprascapula. The
ventral part of the trapezius (Figs. 11, 15, and
16) originates as two slips ventrally and posteri-
orly to the dorsal part of the serratus. The an-
terior slip arises from the anterior and lateral
surfaces of the second cervical rib. Fibers ex-
tend anterodorsallv overlapping most of the an-
terior and lateral surfaces of the second cervical
rib. The posterolateral, flap-like fibers usually
extend far enough posteriorly to overlap part of
the lateral surface of the third cervical rib.
Insertion is onto the mesial surface of the supra-
scapula ventral to the insertion of the dorsal
part of the serratus.

The larger, posterior slip originates from the
ventral tips and ventrolateral surfaces of the
third, fourth, and fifth cervical ribs. Fibers ex-
tend anterodorsallv to insert onto the lateral
surface of the suprascapula.

M. costocoracoid (Fig. 9) originates from the
anterior border of the first sternal rib. Fibers
extend anteromesiallv to insert onto the anterior
part of the posterolateral edge of the sternum
and the posterior edge of the sternal end of a
long, flat ligament which extends anterodorso-
laterallv from the most lateral part of the an-
terior sternum to attach onto the mesial surface
of the scapula, dorsal to the subscapularis I.

M. subscapularis II (Figs. 11, 16, and 17)
originates from two heads. The lateral head
arises from the ventrolateral surface of the su-
prascapula and the dorsolateral surface of the
scapula deep to the proximal scapulodeltoideus
and ventrolateral to the larger ventral slip of
the serratus. The mesial head originates along
the mesial surface of the suprascapula. Fibers
of the two heads extend posteroventrallv, join
ventral to the proximal end of the larger, ventral

serratus slip and continue for insertion onto the
posteromesial surface of the large, anteromesial
head of the humerus.

In some specimens the posterior fibers of the
mesial head do not join the lateral head, but
form a small tendon which continues from the
junction of the two heads to insert mesiallv with
the lateral head onto the anteromesial head of
the humerus.

M. subscapularis I (not illustrated) originates
from the entire dorsal surface of the coraeoid.
Fibers extend posterolaterallv between the cora-
eoid and the long, flat ligament located anterior
to the costocoracoid (see costocoracoid). Inser-
tion is onto the anteromesial surface of the large
anteromesial head of the humerus.

M. internal sternocoracoid (not illustrated)
originates from the posterodorsolateral surface
of the sternum. Fibers extend anteriorly and
overlap distallv the distal fibers of the external
sternocoracoid. Insertion is onto the antero-
dorsomesial surface of the coraeoid mesial to
the originating fibers of the subscapularis I.

M. external sternocoracoid (not illustrated)
originates from the anterolateral border of the
sternum. Fibers extend anteromesially, mesial
to the subscapularis I, anteroventrolateral and
ventral to the internal sternocoracoid, and dor-
sal to the articulation of the coraeoid and ster-
num. Insertion is with the internal sternocora-
coid onto the anterodorsomesial surface of the
coraeoid mesial to the originating fibers of the
subscapularis I.

M. obliquus abdominis externus (Figs. 9, 11,
and 15) originates anteriorly to posteriorly from
the dorsal and postlateral surfaces of the ribs
along the lateroventral approximate one-half
and ventrolateral areas of the body. Anteriorly
fibers are numerous and more easily distin-
guishable than the more dorsal fibers of the
lateroventral abdominal region. Most of the lat-
ter are usually removed with the skin. The
heaviest accumulation of fibers is anterior and
along the lateroventral-ventrolateral angle of the
bodv. Fibers extend posteroventrallv and most
insert onto the xiphoid rods, ends, and distal
anterolateral surfaces of the ribs. Posteriorly a
few fibers extend posteroventrallv, ventral to
the posterior slip of the intercostales externi and
insert onto the pubis. It does not seem feasible
to divide the obliquus abdominis externus into
superficial and profundus parts.

M. intercostales externi (Figs. 11, 12. 16, and
17) originates from the posterolateral surfaces
of the ribs deep to the obliquus abdominis ex-

Osteology and Myology or Phrynosoma

27

ternus, the sacrolumbalis and serratus muscles.
Fibers are most numerous anteriorly and extend
posteroventralh' from their respective origins to
insert onto the anterolateral surface of the fol-
lowing posterior rib. A small slip arises by one
to three heads from the reduced, posterior, three
ribs. The heads unite and fibers extend postero-
ventralh' for a common insertion onto the pubis.

M. intercostales interni (Fig. 9) originates
deep to the intercostales externi from the pos-
teromesial surfaces of the ribs. Fibers are most
numerous anteriorly and very difficult to sepa-
rate from the intercostales externi posteriorly
along the sides of the body. The fibers parallel
those of the intercostales externi and insert onto
the posteromesial surface of the following pos-
terior rib.

M. obliquus abdominis internus (Fig. 9) origi-
nates slip-like from the ventroanterior surfaces
of the ribs, lateral and ventrolateral to the trans-
versalis. Fibers extend vertically and slightly
anteriorly for insertion onto the dorsolateral sur-
face of the sternum, sternal ribs, xiphisternal
rods, and dorsolateral rectus abdominis. The
obliquus abdominis internus is superficial to the
dorsolateral, lateral, and ventrolateral parts of
the highly pigmented parietal peritoneum.

M. transversalis (not illustrated) originates
from the ventrolateral surfaces of the thoraci-
columbar vertebrae. Fibers extend anterolat-
erallv and insert slip-like along the ventropos-
terior surfaces of the dorsal parts of the fourth
and fifth cervical and first through ninth tho-
racicolumbar ribs. The transversalis is located
in the ventromesial area of the fourth and fifth
cervical and first through ninth thoracicolumbar
ribs, deep to the dorsal parts of the obliquus
abdominis internus , intercostales interni and
ribs. It is superficial to the dorsal part of the
highly pigmented parietal peritoneum.

Dorsal Neck Musculature

The dorsal back and neck musculature rep-
resents a multiple slip-like muscle mass com-
bined into six major muscles. Excluding the
rectus capitus anterior, the remaining five mus-
cles appear to be closelv related because of
their relative positions. In some cases, fibers
and tendons of one muscle intermingle pos-
teriorly with the dorsal back musculature. This
makes definite points of separation into com-
plete, separate muscles difficult in some cases.

The terminology used for the dorsal neck
musculature is taken from Oelrich (1956).

M. spinalis capitis (Fig. 11) originates multi-
ply and tendinouslv from the neural spines of

the sixth and seventh cervical and first through
fifth thoracicolumbar (dorsal) vertebrae, and
dorsal back musculature. Long, single tendons
extend anteriorly, deep to the dorsal fascia, and
coalesce in the immediate dorsal neck region to
form a continuing muscle belly which inserts
onto the posterior parietal and supraoccipital.
The spinalis capitis is superficial to the rest of
the dorsal neck musculature.

M. rectus capitis posterior (Fig. 12) originates
tendinouslv from the neural spines, neural
arches and transverse processes of the cervical
and thoracicolumbar vertebrae. A few dorsal
fibers extend anteriorly and insert along the
neural spines of the second, third, and fourth
cervical vertebrae overlapping most anteriorly
the posterior approximate one-half of the origi-
nating fibers of the obliquus capitis magnus.
The remaining ventrolateral fibers extend an-
teriorly from the origin and insert along the
neural spines, neural arches, and transverse pro-
cesses of the cervical vertebrae. The rectus capi-
tis posterior is divided posteriorly into medial
and lateral sections which constitute the dorsal
back musculature and may be called the spinus
dorsi and longissimus dorsi respectively.

M. obliquus capitis magnus (Fig. 12) origi-
nates from the neural spines and neural arches
of the second and third cervical vertebrae.
Fibers extend obliquely in an anterolateral di-
rection dorsal to the larger, most anterior part
of the rectus capitis posterior and dorsomesial to
the longissimus cervicus to insert onto the ex-
treme ventrolateral supraoccipital and posterior
exoccipital.

M. longissimus cervicus (Fig. 12) originates
from a tendinous sheath located along the lat-
eral margin of the ventral part of the rectus
capitis posterior. Some fibers which extend
ventrally beyond the tendinous sheath of the
rectus capitis posterior originate from the area
ventral to the transverse processes of the third
and fourth cervical vertebrae. A few posterior
fibers are continuous with the dorsal back mus-
culature. From their respective origins the
fibers extend obliquely in an anterolateral direc-
tion, posterior and parallel to the obliquus capi-
tis magnus and insert onto the lateral extension
of the exoccipital. including its paraoccipital
process.

M. rectus capitis anterior (not illustrated)
originates from the ventral surface of the verte-
bral column and the capitular regions of the
anterior thoracicolumbar and cervical ribs.
Originating fibers extend anteriorly along the

28

Brigham Young University Science Bulletin

ventral spinal column and become partially di-
vided into four heads. Two lateral heads, one
on each side, insert tendinouslv onto the ventral
spheno-oecipital process and receive fibers from
both the lateral and mesial heads. The remain-
ing two heads located mesial and dorsal to those
inserting tendinouslv onto the spheno-oecipital
process, insert onto the majority of the ventral
and posterior basioccipital.

M. longissimus capitis (Fig. 12) originates
from the lateral regions of the atlas and axis.
and the anteroventrolateral inserting fibers of
the rectus capitis posterior. Fibers continue an-
teroventrallv forming a cone-shaped muscle
which overlavs dorsallv the inserting levator
scapulae superficialis. Insertion is onto the lat-
eral and posterior sides of the spheno-oecipital
process.

DISCUSSION

A study of the anterior osteology and myol-
ogy of Phrynosoma portrays major peculiarities
and trends existing in the genus Phrynosoma
which are not evident in other iguanids ex-
amined.

Osteology

Based on comparisons of the skulls of Sauro-
malus (Avery and Tanner, 1964) and Ctcno-
saura (Oelrieh, 1956), and the general accounts
of reptile osteology by Williston (1925) and
Romer (1956), Avery and Tanner indicate osteo-
logical characters of the skulls of iguanid lizards
to be stable within generic limits. Studies on
Sauronwlus (Avery and Tanner, 1964), Crota-
phytus (Robison and Tanner, 1962), and Ctcno-
saura (Oelrieh, 1956) portray the apparent gen-
eral stability of the osteological characters found
in the iguanid skulls; however, skulls of P. p.
platyrhinos and P. d. hernandesi observed in this
study differ from the iguanid skull as portrayed
by the above authors in that the postfrontals
and lacrimals are absent, and spines project
from various bones of the skull.

Among the osteological peculiarities in
Phrynosoma listed by Etheridge (1964) are the
absence of lacrimal and postfrontal bones. Cope
(1900) states that the lacrimals are present in
Phrynosoma douglassi, Phrynosoma cornuttim,
and Phrynosoma coronatum, and describes the
lacrimal as being small and not reached by the
anterior angle of the jugal. He also found the
postfrontal present as a rudiment in Phrynosoma
douglassi, but "coossified" in Phrynosoma eornu-
tum and Phrynosoma coronatum. Bryant (1911)
considers the postfrontals to be usually ossified
and the lacrimals small in Phrynosoma. Obser-
vations of immature and mature skulls of P. /).
platyrhinos and P. d. hernandesi confirm the
findings of Etheridge (1964) to the extent that
the lacrimal and postfrontal bones are not pres-
ent in the two species considered in this study.

Smith (1960) states that the compounding of
bones is an evolutionary trend, increasingly so
in reptiles, mammals and birds. The deviation
by Phrynosoma from the general iguanid skull,
particularly evidenced by the fusion or loss of
the lacrimal and postfrontal bones, suggests die
hypothesis that Phrynosoma is a highly special-
ized iguanid genus.

Although it is not the primary purpose of this
paper to determine the detailed phytogeny of
Phrynosoma, a comparison of the occipital spines
and the lower jaws of platyrhinos, douglassi and
ditmarsi indicates a possible phylogenetic trend.
P. platyrhinos exhibits elongated occipital spines
and a smaller lower jaw, whereas douglassi
and ditmarsi exhibit much shorter occipital
spines and a larger lower jaw. It appears that
with an increase in the size of the occipital
spines in Phrynosoma there is a decrease in the
size of the lower jaw. The ratio of the length
and depth ( immediately posterior to the coro-
noid process) of the lower jaw between these
three species supports such a conclusion
(Table 1).

Reeve (1952) considers P. ditmarsi and P.
solarc to be the most specialized forms in the
genus Phrynosoma. The former species lacks
occipital spines, whereas the latter possesses four
elongated ones. According to Reeve, only three
specimens of Phrynosoma ditmarsi are known,
the two listed in Table 3 and a third in the
American Museum of Natural History.

Phrynosoma ditmarsi may be a primitive
phrynosomian which is a relict of a former
essentially spineless group which gave rise to
the occipital spined, horned lizards of today, or
it may be a specialized branch of the short-
horned douglassi group. A selection for occipital
( also mandibular and temporal ) spines may
have essentially eliminated the primitive spine-
less group of which P. ditmarsi may be a relict.
The inverse relationship in the relative sizes of

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

29

Table 1. Comparative measurements of the occipital spines, lower jaws and quadrate showing size relation-
ships of these structures in Phrynosoma ditmarsi, douglassi and platyrhinos.

ditmarsi'

t

dougla

isi

platyrhinos

Range

Average

Range

Average

Range

Average

Length of occipital spines

-0-

-0-

1.8-2.2

2.00

3.9-6.8

4.84

Depth of lower jaw""

3.1-3.5

3.30

2.7-3.5

2.93

1.2-1.7

1.52

Length of lower jaw

15.2-19.0

17.10

15.9-19.3

17.43

13.9-15.5

14.84

Length of quadrate

5.2-8.8

7.00

5.5-7.3

6.38

4.0-4.7

4.34

"Measurements taken from preserved specimens and X-rays. These
measurements may be conservative.
"Immediately posterior and next to the coronoid process.

the occipital spines and the lower jaw indicates
that the large size of the lower jaw may have
been an important protective device correlated
with burrowing habits. The spines could have
been selected for as a protective device, thus
relieving the selection pressure of a protective
nature for a massive lower jaw. Smith (1946)
cjuotes Ditmar (1936) as writing concerning
P. ditmarsi, "The rarity of this homed lizard
might be accounted for in consideration of its
relatively smooth skin and absence of head
spines rendering it an easy prey for various
snakes. Thus, the general abundance of those
species with bristling body spines and long
horns upon the head might also be explained."
Ditmar's statement is indicative of a possible
major selective force ( that of predation by other
animals) involved in the acquisition of long
head spines in Phrynosoma. Such speculation,
however, should also include the douglassi
group which does not have the bristling body or
head ornamentation that would interfere with
feeding by predators but is, nevertheless, abun-
dant in manv geographical areas.

The shape of the skulls of Phrynosoma doug-
lassi and Phrynosoma platyrhinos shows a gen-
eral posterodorsal shift of the skull elements
from the shapes of the skulls of Sauromalus and
other iguanids examined. The shift in the skull
components has involved a dorsal uplift and
lateral expansion of the posterior part of the
skull with a subsequent shortening of the skull
anteriorly. The uplift posteriorly and the short-
ening of the skull anteriorly appear to have pro-
duced the snubbed nose and the greater general
posterodorsal-anterovcntral-posterior angle of
the skull of Phrynosoma as compared to the
basic iguanid structure as found in Sauromalus
(Table 2).

As indicated in Table 2. the higher per-
centage resulting from a ratio of skull depth

skull length in Phrynosoma demonstrates a pos-
terodorsal shift of the skull bones in Phrynosoma
producing a much shorter and relative wider
skull than is commonly observed in the basic
iguanid structure.

The oblong temporal fenestra in Sauromalus
is directed lengthwise much more anteriorly
than it is in Phrynosoma. This condition also
suggests the posterior shift in the skull elements
to have taken place, in that the anterior part of
the supraternporal fossa is pushed posteriorly to
its nearly mesiolateral, generally, oblong loca-
tion in Phrynosoma.

In Phrynosoma platyrhinos the occipital
bones are at the approximate level of the pos-
terior surfaces of the squamosals. In Phrynosoma
douglassi the occipital bones are well anterior
of the posterior surfaces of the squamosals.

The degree of shift of the bones of the pos-
terior part of the skull has produced different
positions and relationships between the occipital
and squamosal bones in adult Phrynosoma platy-
rhinos, Phrynosoma douglassi and Phrynosoma

Table 2. Ratios of measurements indicating the
posterodorsal shift of the skull bones of the genus
Phrynosoma.

Specimen

"Skull depth

Ratio in

Species

number

to

length

percentage

Sauromalus

obesus

BYU 21723

9/36

25

BYU 21728

8/32

25

BYU 21734

7/28

25

Phrynosoma

platyrhinos

BYU 22816

7/16

44

BYU 22824

7 15

47

BYU 22813

8/16

50

Phrynosoma

douglassi

BYU 22817

8 18

44

BYU 23811

8 15

53

BYU 14333

8/17

47

"Ratio of measurements is to nearest mm.

30

Bhigham Young University Science Bulletin

ditmarsi. These differences can be best ex-
pressed by determining the ratio of length to
width of the skull in the two species and by
determining the differences in the angles pro-
duced by the position of the skull bones, particu-
larly between the occipital and squamosals.

Measurements found in Table 3 show a com-
parison of the distance between the third tem-
poral spines ( skull width ) and the distance from
the posterior surface of the occipital condyle to
the anterior, medial surface of the premaxilla
(skull length). The ratio of the two measure-
ments indicates a greater lateral expansion of
the posterior part of the skull in douglassi and
ditmarsi than in platyrhinos in that in the former
species the width of the skull is wider, as indi-
cated by the smaller ratio percentage.

Table 3. Ratios and measurements indicating the
relationship of skull length to skull width in Phrynosoma
platyrhinos, Phrynosoma douglassi and Phrynosoma
ditmarsi.

Ratio of sicul]

Ratio in

Specimen

length to skull

per-

Species

number

width in mm.°

centage

Phrynosoma

platyrhinos

BYU

22816

16.0/20.2

79.3

BYU

22824

14.8/18.8

78.7

BYU

22813

16.1/20.3

79.3

BYU

22823

15.5/19.4

79.9

Average

15.6/19.7

79.2

Phrynosoma

douglassi

BYU

22817

18.3/25.0

73.2

BYU

23811

15.2/19.3

78.8

BYU

22815

15.8/21.2

74.5

BYU

14333

16.7/22.2

75.2

Average

16.5/21.9

75.3

Phrynosoma

ditmarsi"

USNM

36013

15.3/21.7

70.5

USNM

36022

16.5/23.0

71.7

"These measurements were made from X-ray plates.

The position of the occipital condyle in adult
specimens when compared to the level of the
posterior surfaces of the ventrally projecting
parts of the squamosals, suggests that the pos-
terior part of the skull of Phrynosoma douglassi
is more laterally expanded than in Phri/nosoma
platyrhinos; also, in adult douglassi the occipital
condyle is noticeably anterior to the posterior
surfaces of the squamosals, whereas in platij-
rhinos the occipital condyle is at the level of the
posterior surfaces of the squamosals or slightly
posterior to that level.

In an ontogenetic series of specimens of
douglassi, early juveniles do not show the
marked anterior location of the occipital condyle
in relation to the posterior surfaces of the squa-

mosals. The location of the occipital bones in
early juveniles of this species resembles closely
their location in platyrhinos. As one ascends
the age series in douglassi there is a progressive
development of anterior convexity of the occipi-
tal region, whereas a series of different aged
platyrhinos skulls do not show such a convexity.

The similarity of location of the occipital
bones in early juveniles of these species, to-
gether with the marked difference in the posi-
tion of these bones in adult douglassi, demon-
strates an ontogenetic anatomical difference be-
tween the two species.

X-rays taken of adult P. ditmarsi (USNM
36013, 36022) and compared to skulls of doug-
lassi show an obvious similarity of structure and
pattern in their skulls, particularly in the occipi-
tal region. Unfortunately, juveniles of ditmarsi
are not available; however, the marked similarity
of adult skulls indicate that ditmarsi is closely-
related to douglassi and may be expected to
show a similar ontogenetic development of the
skull.

If we consider an isosceles triangle to have
its vertex at the middle of the occipital condyle
and its base, the distance between the middle of
the posterior surfaces of the ventrally projecting
parts of the squamosal, then we find in Phryno-
soma douglassi the base angles of the triangle
to be approximately 30 degrees. This portrays
the position of the occipital condyle in douglassi
to be where the legs of the isosceles triangle
meet to form the vertex angle. The occipital
condyle is noticeably anterior to the level of the
posterior surfaces of the squamosals (see
Table 4).

In Phrynosoma platyrhinos the angle com-
parable to the aforementioned vertex angle in
Phrynosoma douglassi is usually a straight angle;
however, there is a tendency in some specimens
of platyrhinos for this angle to be obtuse slightly
posterior to the level of the posterior surfaces
of the squamosals. For this reason no isosceles
triangle or base angles comparable to those pre-
viously discussed for douglassi are present in
platyrhinos.

In douglassi the anterior position of the oc-
cipital bones may be accounted for because of
the lateral enlargement and expansion of the
posterior part of the skull in this species (see
Table 3). Determination of the ratio of skull
length to skull width (Table 3) and the degrees
of the base angle (Table 4) in P. ditmarsi dem-
onstrates a close similarity to P. douglassi. The
close resemblance of ditmarsi to douglassi sug-
gests that ditmarsi is a branch (presumably the
terminal one) of the douglassi phylogenetic line.

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

31

Table 4. Determinations of considered parts of an isosceles triangle portraying the relative position of the
occipital condyle to the posterior surfaces of the squamosals.

Species

Specimen
number

Measurements of isosceles
triangle in mm.
leg base

Degrees of base

angle determined

bv the law of cosines

Phrynosoma platijrhinos

Phrynosoma douglassi

BYU 22816
BYU 22824
BYU 22813
BYU 22823

BYU 22817 10.0

BYU 23811 7.7

BYU 22815 8.2

BYU 14333 9.0

Average 8.7

Phrynosoma ditmarsi" USNM 36013 8.0

USNM 36022

9.3

14.0
12.8
13.6
13.7

17.0
13.3
14.2
16.0
15.1

14.8
17.0

32
30
30
27
30

22
24

"These measurements were made from X-ray plates.

From the series of specimens examined, it
appears that douglassi and platijrhinos differ in
the number and arrangement of the sternal ribs.
The former species has three sternal ribs, where-
as plat ij rhinos shows a variation in number. In
platijrhinos three variations occur between the
sternum, xiphisternal rod, and the third rib. In
approximately an equal number of specimens,
the third rib has an attachment onto the sternum
(and also articulates with the anterior edge of
the xiphisternal rod at the point of attachment),
or is attached to the anterior surface of the
xiphisternal rod at a variable distance distal to
the sternum. In a few specimens the third rib
approaches the sternum but ends in the soft
tissues without articulating with either the
sternum or the xiphisternal rod.

We also noticed that the third rib in platij-
rhinos is variable in size not only when com-
pared to the first two ribs but also when com-
pared with the third rib in a series.

According to Ethridge (1964) the usual
number of sternal ribs in platijrhinos is two. Our
data, based on 31 specimens, indicates that in
51.6 percent the third rib actually articulates
with the sternum and that 48.4 percent either
articulates with the xiphisternal rod or ends in
the soft tissue between the second rib and
xiphisternal rod. There may be a variation in
this character between populations. Our series
is from Nevada and Utah and may not reflect
the same percentage of variation as in a series
from farther south in California.

In contrast, douglassi and presumably dit-
marsi (only USNM 36022 was examined for this
character) have three sternal ribs all of approxi-

mately equal size, with the third always articu-
lating with the sternum and not in contact with
the xiphisternal rod at the point of sternal
attachment.

The number of sternal ribs found in Cro-
taphytus (Robison and Tanner, 1962), Sauro-
malus (Avery and Tanner, 1964) and some
sceloporines ( Etheridge, 1964 ) range from three
to five; therefore, it appears that douglassi more
closely resembles other iguanids than does platij-
rhinos, based upon sternal rib comparisons.

MYOLOGY

Except for the studies of Sanders (1874),
Camp (1923), and Norris and Lowe (1951),
myological considerations of the genus Phryno-
soma are meager. Although a study of the
myology of all species of Phrynosoma is beyond
the scope of this paper, comparisons of represen-
tative long horn and short hom species seeming-
ly portray an anterior myological arrangement.
The comparisons are not only somewhat differ-
ent among species of Phrynosoma, but also far
different in scope than the variations that exist
between other iguanid genera, as portrayed by
Oelrich (1956), Robison and Tanner (1962),
and Avery and Tanner (1964).

A comparison of the anterior anatomy of
Phrynosoma d. hemandcsi with that of Phryno-
soma p. platijrhinos shows observable myological
differences. In douglassi the dorsal part of the
M. serratus consists of a small anterior slip and
an elongated posterior slip. The posterior fibers
of the latter slip may be the beginning of a third
slip and homologous to a third slip in platijrhinos.

Bricham Young University Science Bulletin

The M. Iatissimus dorsi of douglassi does not
possess a small posterior slip grossly inserting
into the M. peetoralis, as does platijrhinos. The
M. pseudotemporalis superficialis is much more
massive and identifiable in douglassi than in
platijrhinos. The M. obliquus abdominis exter-
nus also is proportionately more extensive in the
former species.

The M. depressor mandibularis is approxi-
mately twice the size in douglassi as in platij-
rhinos specimens of the same size. The adductor
mandibularis musculature is also more massive
in douglassi.

Phrijnosoma p. platijrhinos appears to be
more specialized myologicallv than Plinjnosoma
d. hcrnandcsi. In the former species the M. Iatis-
simus dorsi has a posterior segment which at-
taches to the M. peetoralis. The M. Iatissimus
dorsi in Phrijnosoma douglassi is similar to the
general iguanid structure, as portrayed by
Robison and Tanner (1962) and Avery and
Tanner ( 1964 ) , in that segmentation is lacking.
The M. obliquus abdominis externus is smaller
in Phrijnosoma platijrhinos than it is in Phrijno-
soma douglassi. It is extensive and massive in
Crotaphytus (Robison and Tanner, 1962) and
Sauromalus (Avery and Tanner, 1964). The
presence of the M. pseudotemporalis superfici-
alis to a much lesser degree in platijrhinos, as
compared to douglassi, is also indicative of a
greater specialization of platijrhinos in that this
muscle is massively present in Ctcnosaura (Oel-
rich, 1956), Crotaphytus (Robinson and Tanner,
1962), and Sauromalus (Avery and Tanner,
1964). The myological differences between
Phrijnosoma platijrhinos and Phrijnosoma doug-
lassi indicate that platijrhinos is more specialized
than douglassi and has in some characters de-
parted from the basic iguanid structures more
obviously than in the less specialized douglassi.

Avery and Tanner (1964) suggest the myol-
ogy to be relatively stable in the Iguanidae, to
the extent that myological characters may be
used for interpreting phylogenies between ig-
uanid genera. Rased upon anterior myological
comparisons between Ctcnosaura (Oelrich,
1956), Crotaphytus (Robison and Tanner, 1962),
Sauromalus (Avery and Tanner, 1964), and
Phrijnosoma, it appears that the myology is rela-
tively stable at the generic level. However,
Phrijnosoma shows a greater departure from the
basic iguanid structure than has previously been
known to exist.

Of the fifty-seven muscles of Phrijnosoma
platijrhinos and Phrijnosoma douglassi consid-
ered, fifty do not appear to differ significantly
from other genera ( Robison and Tanner. 1962;

Avery and Tanner, 1964; Oelrich, 1956). Mus-
cles of the two species which show a marked
observable difference as compared to other
aforementioned iguanid general are the M.
sternohyoideus, M. subscapularis II, M. epi-
sternocleidomastoideus, M. serratus, M. trapezi-
us, M. obliquus abdominis externus, and M.
branchiohyoideus.

The M. sternohvoideus in Phrynosoma con-
sists of three separate muscles, whereas a single
sternohyoideus is present in Ctcnosaura (Oel-
rich, 1956), Crotaphi/tus (Robison and Tanner,
1962), and Sauromalus (Avery and Tanner,
1964). The three sternohyoideus muscles in
Phrijnosoma were probably derived originally
from a single foldlike muscle similar to the
sternohyoideus found in the latter three genera.
This muscle may have important phylogenetic
significance in future studies of the phylogeny of
iguanid genera, particularly of those genera
closely related to Phrijnosoma.

The M. subscapularis II has two originating
heads in Phrijnosoma, whereas there is one
originating head in Crotaphytus (Robison and
Tanner, 1962) and Sauromalus (Avery and
Tanner, 1964).

In Phrijnosoma the M. episternocleidomas-
toideus originates by three heads. Avery and
Tanner (1964) report the M. episternocleido-
mastoideus to originate by a single head in
Sauromalus, Sccloporus, and Dipsosaurus. Robi-
son and Tanner (1962) state that the M. epi-
sternocleidomastoideus originates as a single
head in Crotaphytus wislizeni and from two
heads in Crotaphytus collaris and Crotaphytus
reticulatus. Oelrich (1956) describes the M.
episternocleidomastoideus to have a single head
in Ctcnosaura pectinata.

The M. serratus, M. trapezius, and M.
obliquus abdominis externus are reduced in
Plinjnosoma platijrhinos and Phrijnosoma doug-
lassi based on the occurrence of these muscles in
Sauromalus (Avery and Tanner, 1964) and Cro-
taphytus (Robison and Tanner, 1962). Phrijno-
soma lacks the anterior two slips of the ventral
part of the M. serratus as described by Robison
and Tanner (1962) for Crotaphytus. The M.
trapezius is reduced and much less extensive in
Phrijnosoma than it is illustrated and described
to be for the above genera. Mivart (1S67)
states that the M. trapezius is very extensive in
Iguana tuhcrculata. which gives further evi-
dence of the peculiarity of the reduced nature
of the M. trapezius in Phrijnosoma as compared
to other iguanids. The M. obliquus abdominis
externus appears to be reduced in Phrijnosoma

Osteology and Myology of Phrynosoma

when compared to its existence in Crotaphytus
(Robison and Tanner, 1962) and Sauromalus
(Avery and Tanner, 1964). The fibers are much
less extensive and abundant except in the region
of the lateroventral-ventrolateral angle of the

body.

The M. branchiohyoideus in Phrynosoma is
much more extensive than it is in Sauromalus
(Avery and Tanner, 1964), Crotaphytus (Robi-
son and Tanner, 1962), or Ctenosaura (Oelrich,
1956).

The structure of the M. biceps in Phryno-
soma is similar in Ctenosaura pectinata, Cro-
taphytus collaris. Crotaphytus wislizeni, Scelo-
ponis magister, and Iguana tuberculata
(Howell, 1936), in that each has a proximal,
small, muscular body in the specimens examined.
Howell ( 1936) describes the M. biceps of Iguana
as having a short proximal belly and a distal
belly, the former having fibers which converge
( insert onto ) a broad tendon which separates
the two bellies. Each has a separate origin. In
Phrynosoma the proximal, small, muscular body
wives rise to a narrow tendon which parallels a
broader originating posterior tendon of the M.
biceps. Each of the two tendons gives rise to
separate muscular heads which unite distally.
The main difference in the proximal structure
of the M. biceps between Phrynosoma and Ig-

33

nana (Howell, 1936) appears to be that in the
former, the M. biceps is divided to a greater
degree than in the latter. The M. biceps of
Sauromalus originates from a single, long, broad
tendon and lacks an anterior, small, muscular
body. Therefore, it appears that Phrynosoma is
more closely related to Crotaphytus and Scelo-
porus than Sauromalus.

The dorsal neck musculature, illustrated and
described in this study for Phrynosoma platy-
rhinos, consists of the same six major muscles
listed and partially described by Oelrich ( 1956 )
for Ctenosaura. The dorsal neck musculature of
Phrynosoma douglassi and Phrynosoma platy-
rhinos does not appear to be drastically differ-
ent from that of Ctenosaura. However, there is
some segmentation which is difficult to inter-
pret, as well as some intermingling of fibers and
tendons of the dorsal neck muscles.

Even though the myology may be more
adaptable and" changeable than other morpho-
logical structures as suggested by Brock (1938),
it appears to be stable to the extent that the
myology of species and genera can be char-
acterized. There does not appear to be a single
general trend in die myology, such as segmenta-
tion alone, that implies myological specializa-
tion of a species due to any one condition.

CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY

This study confirms the work of Etheridge
(1964) in suggesting the peculiarity of the
genus Phrynosoma within the family Iguanidae.
The anterior osteology and myology of Phryno-
soma platyrhinos platyrhinos Girard and Phryno-
soma douglassi herna'ndesi Girard indicate Phry-
nosoma to be highly specialized and to differ
significantlv from the Iguanid structure as por-
trayed by Oelrich (1956), Robison and Tanner
(1962), and Averv and Tanner (1964). They
also differ because of: ( 1 ) absence of lacrimal
and postfrontal bones; (2) occurrence of occipi-
tal (also mandibular and temporal) spines; (3)
posterodorsal shift of the skull elements; (4)
divided nature of the M. sternohyoideus, M. sub-
scapularis II and epistemocleidomastoideus; (5)
reduced nature of the M. serratus. M. trapezius,
M. obliquus abdominis extemus; and (6) great-
er mass of the M. branchiohyoideus.

The absence of lacrimal and postfrontal
bones, occurrence of occipital (also mandibular
and temporal) spines, and posterodorsal shift in
the shape of the skull indicate Phrynosoma to be
a highly specialized iguanid genus.

The divided nature of the M. sternohyoideus,
M. subscapularis II, and M. epistemocleidomas-
toideus, and the reduced condition of the M.
serratus, M. trapezius, and M. obliquus abdomi-
nis extemus, and the expanded nature of the M.
branchiohvoideus are also suggestive of speciali-
zation of the genus Pluynosoma from the iguan-
id structure as portrayed by other authors (loc.

cit). „,

The structure of the M. biceps in Phryno-
soma indicates that this is more closely related to
Sccloporus and Crotaphytus than to Sauromalus,
in that a small, anterior, muscular body of the
M biceps is lacking in the latter.

Comparison of the anterior anatomy of
Phrynosoma platyrhinos and Phrynosoma doug-
lassi shows platyrhinos to be more specialized
than douglassi in that platyrhinos shows a great-
er departure from the basic iguanid structure.
In platyrhinos the tendency for a reduction in
size and a loss of a sternal articulation for the
third sternal rib, segmentation of the M. latissi-
mus dorsi. and a reduction in size of the M.
obliquus abdominis externus and the M. pseudo-

34

Brigham Young University Science Hi i 1 i rw

temporalis superficialis when compared with
douglassi, are indicative of the greater speciali-
zation of platyrhinos.

There appears to be an inverse relation be-
tween the relative sizes of the occipital spines
and the size of the lower jaw ( Table 1 ) in
Phrynosoma which may be indicative of intra-
generic relationships and phylogeny.

Observation of the type and paratype
(USNM 36013, 36022) of Plmjnosoma ditmarsi
leaves no doubt that it is a unique species be-
longing to the douglassi group. The almost com-
plete absence of spines, the pronounced supra-
occipital notch, the massive lower jaw, and the
pronounced anteriorly convex occipital structure
are obviously relating characters in these two
species. An x-ray of the skull of ditmarsi also
indicates a close, if not identical, series of bones

and bone patterns to douglassi.

There is no evidence to support a conclusion
that the douglassi group, even though more
primitive, is the ancestral stock of the platy-
rhinos phylogenetic line. In fact both lines show-
structural specializations that are peculiar to
each. In platyrhinos the large spines, reduced
number of sternal ribs, and the muscular spe-
cializations are unique. Species in the douglassi
group are peculiar in that the spines are short or
absent, the skull is shorter, wider, and with a
noticeable convexity in the occipital region, and
the lower jaw is larger.

Comparative osteological and myologieal
studies on genera believed to be closelv related
to Phrynosoma are needed in order that phylo-
genetic relationships between Phrynosoma and
other genera can be eorrectlv determined.

LITERATURE CITED

Avery, David F., and Wilmer W. Tanner. 1964.

The osteology and myology of the head and thorax

regions of the obesus group of the genus Sauromalus

Dumeril ( Iguanidae ) . Brigham Young Univ. Sci.

Bull., Bio. Ser., 5(3):l-30.
Brock, Gwendolen T. 1938. The cranial muscles of

the Gecko. — a general account, with a comparison

of the muscles in other Gnathostomes. Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, Ser. B, 108:735-761. 8 text-figs.
Broom, Robert. 1948. Note on the skull of the

American homed lizard, Phrynosoma. Anal. Transv.

Mus., 21:43-45, 1 fig.
Bry'ant, Harold C. 1911. The horned lizards of

California and Nevada of the genera Phrynosoma

and Anota. Univ. California Pub. Zool., 9(l):l-84,

9 pis.
Camp, Charles Lewis. 1923. Classification of the

lizards. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 48(11):289-

481, 112 text-figs.
Cope, Edward Drinker. 1892. The osteology of the

Lacertilia. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 30 ( 138) : 185-

221, 6 pis.
. 1900. The crocodilians, lizards, and snakes

of North America. In Annual Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,

1898(2) :151 1294, 36 pis.
Davis D. Dwic.ht. 1934. The collared lizard, a labo-
ratory guide. New York, viii, 57 p.
Detrie, Arthur j. 1950. Osteology of the skull of

Phrynosoma cornutum (Harlan). Field and Lab.,

Dallas 18(4): 146-155, 7 figs.
Ditmars, Raymond L. 1936. The reptiles of North

America. Doubleday, Doran; Garden Citv, New

York, xvi, 476 p.. 136 pis.
Etheridge, Richard. 1964. The skeletal morphology

and systematic relationships of sceloporine lizards.

Copeia. 1964(4) :610-631, 6 figs., 4 this.
Howell, H. B. 1936. Morphogenesis of the shoulder

architecture, reptilia. Quart. Rev. Biol., 11:138-200,

4 text-figs.

Mittleman, M. B. 1942. A summary of the Iguanid

genus Urosaurus. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.. 91(2):

106-176.
Mivart, St. George. 1867. Notes on the myolog) ol

Iguana tuberculata. Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1867:

766-797, 18 figs.
Norris, Kenneth S. and Charles H. Lowe, Jr. 1951.

A study of the osteology and musculature of

Phrynosoma m'callii pertinent to its systematic status.

Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., 9(7): 117-125, 3 figs.
Oelrich, Thomas M. 1956. The anatomy of the

head of Ctcnosaura pcctinata (Iguanidae). Misc.

Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, 94:1-122. 59 tigs.
Reeve, Wayne L. 1952. Taxonomy and distribution

of the horned lizards genus Phrynosoma. Kans.

Univ. Sci. Bull., 34(2) :817-960. 12 figs.. 3 pis.
Robison, Wilbur Gerald, Jr., and Wilmer W. Tanner.

1962. A comparative study of the species of the

genus Crotaphytus Holbrook (Iguanidae). Brigham

Young Univ. Sci. Bull., Biol. Ser., 2(1):1-31, 12

pis.. 2 this.
Romer, Alfred Sherwood. 1956. Osteology of the

reptiles. Univ. Chicago Press; Illinois, xxi, 772 p.,

248 figs., bibl. 709-736.
Sanders, Alfred. 1874. Notes on the myology of the

Phrynosoma coronatum. Proc Zool. Soc, 1874:71-

89, 6 figs.
Savage, Jay M. 1958. The iguanid lizard genera

Urosaurus and Via with remarks on related genera.

Zoologiea 43(21:41-54. 6 text-figs., 1 tbl.
Smith, Houaht M. 1946. Handbook of lizards, lizards

of the United States and of Canada. Comstockj

Ithaca, New York, xxi, 557 p., 135 pis.. 136 test-
tigs.. 41 maps.
-. 1960. Evolution of chordate structure. Holt,

Reinhart and Winston, Inc., New York. xiv. 529

p., 357 figs.
Williston, S. W. 1925. Osteology of the reptiles.

Harvard Univ. Press: Cambridge, xiii. 300 p.

191 figs.

ofc

cme

Bookbinding Co.
1 00 Cambi
1 Charlestown,

" ' • St.

i29|

3 2044 072 224 660